@ COGS O INS OOF EHF ofof oof Gr ote feteletelpfele! clateate 2 m: at oud 2 * ae CIP a ee eee aes

eae

oe haere eee et a af lemon te moe

ae eh hel eka eae nr. "

OOO Oe PURER we em ee where ate ete tel owe le ete mew whe wea ore ‘ob

ryt were teene et a ee ee ee a etaperate wenisieeret vim

e 29° ee ee oe ee a ee ——~ we eee

San ee eh eed ra ah ia otra

PERIOD wat ow

RE eo ears

il ae wee alice ay ne ns ad "

Nee aed

eres

fapietahe wel ehorg ater

TSM EP giao

FPP yterm ey

Aa A OSS

ee ee

ee ee . pete eo wrette a tw BPI Fr - irene avila werd aero ee 6 ’

yivieteleie viery wiutwialsieepeletereeivvint winter ginicia 2 8 9» : pes oy Dg ou earner trains bn tierce ort enhekoToaain Sanobocenaronanbeeet ene hehehbahchAsbthsne Lady abd paaanaad ah aaabeasconaneesati oe

piece OMe ORL PRET e RINE Te TE TT wl phere lew wenn rman ere pehatreeite Fateypd nesting nid east ne nee e eee e ant nabinindadonnded Nee Una p Vbagin ata nainaita wind aati aH HNaengertg tte OPO Bae e lg one ob eeeh rote DiorwrecereHetewle/ePe

poarvapsinsvatrincdtt iene lier fet rnd sarcoser SNH eT OE SO Soph sade inca chet lotama lh deak, Lledo Tek devised tan eee a i Naaadivnd duis Iribshchead

’ Sa nel a Seton than a et EE Ao SSE SINE TI nig ee re een nthe Minchdatnaedeteds hata inde te te ethene ie Cee

t . Ne ek Mel Bat el tele kOe cel ail id pip dbihdidethdhthdetetntatetetticemes bate

Ayn a ee NTN Sica tad nck ethic ddadih teak ek he et

caged a mates m4 hoes Leith dbihintnth dh edie oe event erveer

cated ntndhetiathdinth, fate beidhdailideccdbdbaeinibidnie in ndeshttteahdstadhdnieee te ee a

a ek ee een es Saethdh Aeededind nk ee tee ee)

Ce ee ee ee ee a

nme ne ae ne AS

SE OT ee

; ieee he eo ee

bi faleiedindeelio th ak eaiadde dated indaale tntetedintnacted

ee ee St eee al eS

on at etebeutero aha te eee E HEIN CT Bt fewer Sela, abaetieteinthetine’ mbar

rn reel or wet wi are SUN RRS PS

Se eel he PoigialCerrer«w~ 4 4

. 7 ha ink seis desiadvaraier Gn Foerster wwintehe:

Ee ee ee ea ve

Tice dich se dnaiincibet i ahah Oh Sk dh Hh disse skeathcin death a milcdiiediaatndindinaies iytetete ee AC oar Or arent

ee A ee

aah

ROR ey Sow Reete OR! aera ean HE

a) 19 Olena baat eres: tile err Oar eer mise POye

. raeblen bach thd sh ede ty bh /thaleld coed thgik 0. vivheansl orem

ender . - - PES ED ECR CE OPE Tare Riel erD pe rete Nee

ob Tishaa bh Polite esdbtendein thai adslnation ne nee

Were bers Mbit int Middl ited Mathie bddbid ddd ka ak ee Oe canines

bd bit aa ih P ien< notin limo porta inietitind Gh letintnih ss thc deldeidat edhe nee Le tee ce, kee dh

tedh-wineinihtaddb tant mend ia ny Pn POTTER YORE Wie Were ¥it oreo es Walele agarevers)scirendjelawiaie Nt aht

x EI dient MMOS nd punting teh C1 OER BE SR IE al eEmenediehwiepee: one vias lop ie elmer

Pet nsheantendd- sides AO tertile antes aan> nite feof anh Po ew Toe py wee tore ee

= “™~ ere see

ei hasnt i a te S694: 8H ew wie ie) erro ereie- aie

Pete He AOTC OEE RETO rs

SD etna tiny

or eee . - 7 a ee a wwe

iialatalnled os Oe Teer eee ter eee

} hr eaiar srt vir umn indblirtt rd hoe nd De aethdiotdh, tach cadena ethdedheaes hb tee ee

paras be tone bOhrindbs PMY rir eset pared —HomPned et hth hak de Ree LIA Apia edea eee hee Wpacwaenmnee tinct

2 va neh Ril flan A Th P-thtn detent th tintadindh tate dedeah-th-dh dnie-toeac dL oodak a os VECO TY EO eee re ere ewe

dial ditaintle tedtee cee she? nd maaan a sinag ne ’ " nd OT Oe Oe ep lee ee ee ee ee

‘ WOU OOM EWS Ly etal ieMes ih ht SARA ee ae) le oe ot okt hae aeabdie

CIV Pwd ewe . d dee en vet. CCUUSOOEVE ENON COTE: Selhdedheh A deen ie ek de ee ok cad fe anaes ee i

“ vata aiisiadn bole : ’ Teer vey 4 7 . Me “

EV EV OME ET HS TEL TY TS EP Tee WE re wow ree CUES y aL ETT ONE ERS Oe ree E ECE TTT

bliin ddictielh di tetedndieds te tedacielintnteteldietate a tthe b eo i ak tad

\ Adind dh ft tedtah Bad x

Phe IM Nelew oa eter

pane ee sete . .

9 eS Me eel pe eee

—

i he tei

IR ee

eee

Se an hak adalat

nen ntti ¢

trencietiy VE ESPEN Ye ew eA -

bth diedididindint tied tisha pai Fabio me bens retold noon tne ire Se

Pee SRT SPT ed rine ea aoe

~“ ene A Dledadh ded i Soo ed

ore ie rewere

a ar ee

hshthtedbibtadh teieabababtadat batdaiamh haan ee

“ ee a ee

So OMNI inte Penta BUEN Wen wte ew eye Ene are a Sel erie Na Mee New ete

prahdnththtnghdinthdoknibardbihteanstrtedadeahsotnteahdad

hanaae ended

cit, aah th Pade Sad Da Wk inte ah ht Pah

bdbthen cbadiahaieditaand tne te ade ete ee te ee tt deeiettairtrs

COT Pepe ee 88 er Pelee 8 © ewe eee Owe Ww ee or ete eee aoe

Se ee art ete ONE ET

Ee Teele Wey Pe inci

FR le eee ge wee on Pe

La OY OM PS TS ON Ono

a A Sp shy’

ws h Gettin gh eda AS Paahthdees Sadietened

PVC EY rey sien oe ~

elo ntale tw sowie ofefe'= - $

Se eee

Agenda ne

om af eer at

Pe oe st wletedyty =

Se i ah a ee

PO EE EEE ye He re ww ep rery es “~

POR ewe ere es weiner te Sw ew vee died ustedes

Ea eT eae ne Nett ert tel tela ae aetna I We! SNE a eee

ee eee ee ee Deol eee ee oe ae

eee wee aig het Shahi late wow ee" Cee e ee ee ee oe eee

eee eee ree

I WY Cee ee

See eae WEF a Be Ee TE IWR EEE ge wlele ere ew

inth>thdbtintithdtidhth hen he oe ee ee . shh diandinad nds ed

2 OW PETE ew Oe re Pew eres’ series eee os

Ce ee ee ee ie ee ee ee ee ee

Dededhdthandhthtete een de ek ee dh ok a eae

PE we Ee bi egle

PON eer

anes moar

PORE OE YE ee Na Pay

ee a

we i ae

Vig ye errres

CO Od ew en ee ee ele SE Te Habe es yee

VEN W EW OW tire er wele one SSW ew eee wel

le ee ee ee ec en eee |

Ov Tey rowley ls

Se ee eee ee

Se ee ye PI TV PEPE ee ENT TPS Pegs pref

Pee Te nee i! Fe We

i Lots rtntindh-2

Wjetwheioipie Ne FM weir “ i P : Stille ttadid th Roe a at ae

Pie Pathe ew Se » fm “hth sh dh de Dedpattsd tarictindieT eink dtetatintaeteeeditinth thte-tatirtirtettetdit <> andttetetiindiatiae

eee eee

wheelie

tee awn

BIS Mee «

ee Ee Ry FEROS EE Ne Pee ee ey wee ey : : entree ‘

: ‘, > >, 7 tes . NG te eagle NON he Dies i NO a A ed ey ag Bd ere pees “on x a4 7

POT WY Ne Ie te ntl we) eel nl ew ten WIE ete aR ENS vipers’ Path iedielinded Tey Hew = defn Veen gates bath Badk dh Bed hdirthtlnd Halindhtietndndit Ntiethdvd etd peace, Goda eemaioh tedee ta cadetadeek inte to aetet

ey 8 EES Wow Ney eet ry Ataf bh 2 dpdindinds pth chde thin cas Pe NL EET nh ON OST eS ee ie dstiet det sts TEP ONY wipe Pree Se Meee weir Wigiblw one louie

“~ " vw aaleé

i ee ee

Pee ONT eee Pe eee PP ee ee

adh detuaht tieidiththtaded et eo on ne

bandied : wie eee pe aN eer Ne

¢ WK dads ic ide th Rh catalase oe ee en aE

PEO ST Nee ew Ee ty ew y

pth setedinds Sede I bs ak ie ake

etn ey

WE ae gle Sicha at gylw ews

Art rtvh So 6D Mi tied £ ln OARS EI ee Td th Oh

eS he Bee ee ee ea . vw

Ra ee rete Tet book ah ck aii dn dn de theinecdietetetiekadk deta thse dnhodll

, oe ee ee ee

ww SY we aelgig¢g petty wile

"1,

Der wear ew

CA IN welt yi ee Ww wee &

VERT UE Ser ee CET POF a

SNe pest Ni eager he rg ee ai Na wwe er we

erwin

nn - : hginiten™ 1 ONES Rw eee ibtednbs ek dtd bthdded bn hpi irish tiictttrhaiih he eee . . .

Pesyty ter Neel ewig ehatatdin'e v's tied Sui dh thle Miran ON * » Crete Ayer ortho . ¥ ee ee eo aa kk bas ads

tres BirAtndte Rt). eM 9 e YY wes Fe Wiig We arta eee ip COC Lye LO TY Ee le wiht wie Nearing Ne ntateebtleds thdieddh-ttos eA RAL he hah el were VCP Owe gees reece AD SAS RADE S Ss

we fale ew "erway a we Wwigie-w Ce Op ey ay eet ees es PRE UNO EY WW we reas wh i LP OP ARACEAE PO f vy SCOT VOU PaO SRAUE RR EAA DEER ADR E ROD Oa ae ee re ht ha nek

- ee - : Nile ylg ol ONE rere “ endl re bie Z 2 i vw t®

sé dakagatinting ONE ewe lew ewer YE PIE ET ENTE VENTE T LT VUE ED EN e Wy va we rte moth tl yt TV pds rthstndieh rt redth 2-44 1st etn) Aedchntdiec nl weer ape

ther Pee ge ye > PETER ys read dee ald de Y va wey ox ltt d oh ret th rth ole tet i Ree . ‘ Path dregs sis add that oer fos se vce + verre acta ore wept Coa :

owe ew wee ERE REP WTI > tno oer wd seaniednaaied r n . é - t re , ore Sli dette hei tht dead at

Oe rig: pnt rep vente Meld ihe wneiadinddrns nds Led c04) Sa ek owery “ Meditate Ae a Se ee ee a ee ee ie

> oe eee

ee OLE ETeVe we

TERS OT UR.

we ap ele ee een

wey

raw

POHONTUI Wwe ire whee Y

Stet dhdh Peet Lae aie th th dthidhte tad eictinttaaith Cote Y eee Ne wy ded teas - i

bileetiatidt by Dh dhl tednde badd te tein dhtrdbethe) sted ated tts revs rn vl nt naan?

wv rey . nw rw plat Stari ie here Phat igtw rb: 0h We wien owe eee Vee wT ww wo” Oe deata

. Henrts ° eS AOS Se NEL et Ah ean | Vt ww a vl ? ¥ Sl Me aad 4 .

ode } Oe ewe Se Oe Oe > PIV EP TP he we

FS pare eS Slate Se ew ale ly Sete lee Sg WINE INS DE Ty va by rete ; “ ae

ee ee eo hl hhc eh a hee et Bev pt Ptndeaiati Sind pla mma fe =) seirdnth ly Doers nk eh

lh ec i ee en te er a ee View ore evr wees PPE PTY OE Or er ere .

~erre . ML b << , ~ ‘v* ade v ev

cr UPr FTE 68 view ey TE i ERE yw rey ws aed + *

ie Mt dee te ee ee ee id a hte ttetdttn op che ee ee)

wees este we: —— Re SS Riek tied fists a SOOT Te wis Daal Ses . Fer Peery terre ns

rtrd ate Has Cee OE Sonlaett vd Lod) Sees Seah die tide Srl ds Alesis tlode Retind hs Fe OAT SE mares roar VN rowr " (rie het ae vinte rice ewe E RE CET Ta Ley ETE ET ELT TE NEE Ye ee ere

ur Mindat db LS ead ni Roney ditivt'y Liotta 8D oreo rt darth 2 sia Atle Se it SEN ia rvewrr ees Trev Ve a ae ee ea Te eo eI Waa oe ere Whe eareenne 9S ede eerie:

We eee Oi Batat oh ohn da dkictntt Dri tiehd eB PDA OIE SEN val LAAN os Cpe PE yt nl en > Tf did” Sd Y CUVEE TR Oe eer et ete meee

yale he ote Wit aye wlgiyiehwwints wwii Spey tetemae wevrerutotemahehe ne COV EG pee Te EET TT er ry gee COUN Yee OPE ELT Tee TE Myer ET YS er

eT a ee ee ee a > + thedny \ ee See SW EG WY ETE SE e oe FEE Heres WTOC OCD wy TORTS HOG welele

On eit ate ~ tel CP TET OP eT eww ee tht hee ee

Sieh Minty 5 SIRS AREAS SRS SENSOR v wr Sid da ae OD A ded ee om veer

er aa ee hee . » ‘oe sree TOV eww eee bd dota tidied vires ~ wy

Dee ee ici hah dh, teks Ite had kt ee cere ereyr id ah th4h Goth ie Ee PETE he er ee we eo vl wie re He

Fete OAT 1 th eel BID ESS Gi Cte WS) DOLL IO Sot Sab Ps ond verre. CVE eR we OO ET EE VPN ees ee

owe YVeryy re ey yp eer

owes t ote wy try ws Wet sO Moree oy 2 Pei ytd Aad > Ctl hae sy

hands) -thdbd be teteiednd tb thae ide i tae, th aad Ah hte oe be ak a te ace a sk 6 be PAT thd ody ewrrperrs

i ov hil bok nn ne he oe

Peer SPR Tee PPV 8 eT Or eg wr ow i oreo oe Ve ewe ewe Uee r i t Ort dA oe 4 ‘Sy see we

er wy ee UUW PE WET hy Wee ay eee ai eet CORON we i. : - vrvvy ew eg Oy eee eety ee bw he he (EUCSS Cer rey ry Whee ae eee mie eo mie pie ries

: , wie "we 4 x . orreey ECT FEET CP We he eye rele e tte pe

. . . . . ". ewe ow :

» ie Ogres ; a ’ :

Soieste vit oy fa Digs Swen er verre t+ wha

awe ee? ? elke we . . re were a woo ets o

wwe ew eve oP

Perey ery yrs WY eee

ee ee ee ee ee ei ae

ow how vie ee ee Met an ae ae

rye yee

St We hh oe le ee ee ee

se ee ee Sree aie te task A fs tds Shh vd dette aadadhte thsi dete tte taad

* tL lk ee eh 2h ee a TY awe w wiel a iel gee eth Ele eae ee THE Ey re wit :

Pete een Phe oe ee ee ie

oer a Kar es

¢ * $3

ee.)

opel senwchibcelseonsgpenhgen

qupttuehadns

ete A | as Ae LS RT ere eee, va

_. i. * ee ey eae ee © e ~'™% oC sean toes ; ome

ro ae vw ‘ 7 de Vip ‘ F é ae > .J %, <*

ppl | wv ‘Miu ie 4 © ee a

POH, we hy a e Vv > 1 ive wom owe see seek al ae Pa | 1

-rariety <4

» bs 98 TRASK. yf

pr Kew? shy My ay teed Qh te ow.

Tt AS Rae” erp bd abiebiv zy fd

3 4 ' Z ~ *etUgs A}

Tr MARR WA ean nr in

rane {I Ww || Sed | alata f ppg apt

vnitt

Na | a A A Aad ete a ONS

AV ma Nagy bd, i SPECTRO AA. TEM -

"Nhe "th LETTER Tat wee Nhs RA ay rey > itennan an "

}eX

mi aq 9 wiv

i hoo ye ie ere

‘ \ ri Ve ! FuAs. a iY q vuy¥

TLL ERR hy Nb mR ee

1 a 1

du weeverest* ~ = ee Saat eal

oie a Vibiay

A LM | 3 1 es irine...* ctvne

yh el “Woo. TOA AC hy secs A WUyEg eye atet

, sek eeReeeeune rete Wy AN een

: anh "\)

y4 a Se fey < i g

SOY wt ll nit tote TOY UL

to UTE ee tebinn avetrectttcemueee rein weceeese

We wenn ve 3.50 a) ei < oh Ee Swe. er. oh’ -* { ‘an

UCB eye Ng Rae a iby Syouu Wy pit ee wit" SUS ISI A

” = Pure a Ae ’ é . 4 sy {

7 wWevye" Ppt aes Pity | aphid |) b aga dy t*..:

vee i at 8 RAS TTT Tie ve Ay Se hiaieiad i

vn a) ltl Se << A a yard 5 Vee ls

7 . ane push iM! vee veve Welty, Wy yor

he | uly ap Pi btetee (Jt Sw vinll Niwy vy vi wwe ro Ve swe

Teg tye a My X rat weer > Wesuuserce -*

by ed wy Vea, ‘ ey CA ree SS new ied | yess hte

levees ay WY yay ypu DE epee | ae

fd. oe ae M4

Perna et OUT Re fant Sheik ee amecot nnn TF cay tg gUHTOTTE EEL aes -

¥ ne Cw & pve CU we Wey on e &

in Pee Mass Le a . AALS ee weveULS. ,

4 “Naga iat ify a LA® AM

‘Sat dilttees ba STEAM ai awn girmoeneet

CE NCO! PLL ye ~ gee res no |

nswrse a dt Mane SSSA Aantal unnaacdtlnt reeeeet

| ACS AaAga. Ae i we VUuci eg

Ne a ‘ | ~ w ‘ . whe, L&@

AAS Sy ene a *~ \ ivy Bee WG” eae ih ) Svonteny NW

Bee iat rah ot te UV. bd Oy yl Buy, Ppa taetatd

¢ “\.* Way i} 4 ~< ~~ Nha a coer Se ie

‘ Wy Selah and — Sy, eek eS wwe vv

J oa)! |} | AAS adc ieee Wy RN a 14 4

RARDOALSE . |

~? hee eb hee <b r duve™ ww L~ fy iia t

CUS Heh artnet gnCre TT

vertex HTTP aR rete ae TTT et

HLL TCE LTE) Map nie fin) sae eg ttnatyne

“Uieylyrt b. w' 4 vv? ’ wey Tees: es UE a et) a? , 1), 4

fl whit Whi WHF es 30 tM Vy ETT Tent NU LID! aa OvOuy.:

OVW por te Y a

emcees ONT ee Reece reoremaete

i oor Dita’ ary Mun os UP Cy

dh | ig

ae) ow bALL Ol Ue | a,

} all | Pe ov WANT I Sree rs woe aa RAPA SoA cece eletetamn lee, Wao ert

¥ A as \ We Loe wy eet Na Vy Mas

beyay ess Wile yt lias Ve Add |e eee id Noy ‘He

Witty Bs, Tu | PEE TREE LE PEP revert Bons ~* eSOL oi “e | Veccal:

alte | | pred ed 1d aye *& 7 DAL LT ail a beie Te bal MeL wren - TU |

Bisa ore Wags, iyi) Ny mer “SS Soeeass Vases See. fre tt Ht oye (7

ni “IN. ete . 1 Sy ae ] Nevresepauegees! vy oUuee | ; y yreletivee

° Z| ; : dl v

faquvov"” Wyte ws MUU. My Nereeeetlst | yreves ki want!

os ~_ 4" Ye Dea Vere Wy- ter wo of Be os ts Yh peBty

meget ONIN Tl rcmesyen oles TT

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

INCLUDING

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

(BEING A CONTINUATION OF TILE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITIT LOUDON AND

CHARLHSWORTII'S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ )

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pi: D;,: F.0.S.,; F.L:8., F-GS:;

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.S.,

AND

RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S.

VOL. I.—NINTH SERIES. 2econlan

RA AAGS |

LOND OR.

PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,

SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.;

BAILLIFRE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN,

1918.

“Omnes res create sunt divine: sapientia et potenti testes, divitie felicitatis

humane :—ex harum usu bovitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini;

ex ceconomia in conseryatione, proportione, renoyatione, potentia majestatis

elucet. Harum itaque indagatio ab hominibus sibi relictis semper sestimata ;

a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper

inimica fuit.”—Lrinnaus.

“Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour

voir quelle est le chef-d’eeuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor-

tent toutes ses opérations.”—Bruckner, Théorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden,

sy y

1767.

ofa) sibel bel bl@el ter helio LE S¥lVvANEpOWELSs

Obey our summons; from their deepest deils

The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild

And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs ‘

That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme

And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed,

But scatter round ten thousand forms minute

Of velvet mass or lichen, torn from rock

Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too

Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face

They erop the lily, and each sedge and rush

That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles,

Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread,

The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne,

All, all to us unlock their secret stores

And pay their cheerful tribute.

J. Taynor, Norwich, 1818.

CONTENTS OF VOL, II.

[NINTH SERLIS. |

NUMBER 7.

Page

I. Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews.—

No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc., F.RS., &e.

Be OEM WR matt sl ercnars a fea «oe oh hal, ae ors ee Vc ees Siete « 4.6, OR 9° 1

Il. New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. By

CH uE ETE OMAR Cites vec eee rus eas cies wales eee ob eases ets 59

ITI. New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descriptions

of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distribution of

Species resembling each other. By Colonel C. SwinHou, M.A.,

Baba ees) Cr lates VIF OX ees os tence agen dseesueecrr es 65

IV. Some Mediterranean Bryozoa. By AntHur Wm. WATERS,

eer Grime (PIAte EEA tat sod dda ne Aico ad oles weal hae 96

_V. Notes on Asteroidea—II. By Waxrer K. Fisuer, Director,

Hopkins Marine Station--of Stanford University, California.

Piel eet la boro) vitals atts Spink dt ahtinaa STi eae wee a hele + wee eee 105 |

VI. Is Dierocelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat ? A Note on

anew Variety. By H. A. Bayzis, B.A. (Plate XIV.).......... REE

VIi. The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish (Nawcrates

Gucion). By), Dy KF, Gricanisr, M.A. D.8e..Ph.D,.... 6...) ne 114

iv CONTENTS.

Page

VIII. Notes upon the Sika-Deer of North China. By Arruur

DEC ARLE: SOWRREN UH. 2ii5.5 ck ters, “ane Ae ote. reuetabeteits aera ailerey<irea 119

IX. Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of South

American Birds. By CHarius Cuuss, F.Z.S., M.B.0.U......... 122

NUMBER 8.

X. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla

Part II. The Antilopine, Rupicaprineg, and Caprine, with a Note

on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine. By R. I.

Pocoew, ERIS)... cashes sep tateies «ahaa ll iei ean the ceenetate 125

XI. On Four new Species of the Genus Demodez, Owen. By

UATNILAREY SLIT apse ego nisee rma eheyee cee ecae hs oe fe Mila neee sen ctreeon, lemodatrsleticgs 145

XII. New Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. By OLDFIELD

PADUA IG roe ince ae - Us oer aeeeta oe searala-s ¢ Rigtewmads om elt oine tet eiame tes 146

XIII. A new Duiker from Zanzibar. By OLpFIELD THOMAS + oil

XIV. Notes on Alcides, Schonh. (Curceulionide, Coleoptera). By

Guy Ac dK SM ARSHALL, DISGis cisyc uses cies Octo eet eee eee ierats 152

XV. On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops eleyans, Mén, By

Gok DOULENGER: PIRIS. ciaaiccce cae Deedee eee nee eee 158

XVI. Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Acanthosaura

from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLtencer, F.R.S....... far atoenae .. 162

XVII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—lV. On

new LHelconine, mostly Australian. By Rowianp E. TurRNER,

BS. Sete ieee ae os Ae See Oe ot Aide ens 163

XVIII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal

Family dggcide. By Wels. DiptAn@, «tee. sqriie lee opie oe 173

New Book :—Report on Cetacea stranded on the British {Coasts

during 1917. By S. F. Harmer, Se.D., F.R.S., Keeper of the

Department of Zoology, British Museum ...........00s0005 179

Proceedings of the Geological Society wi. vn. ses ee eae veers ee 180

CONTENTS, Vi

NUMBER 9.

Page

XIX. Descriptions of New Jyralide of the Subfamily Py-

raustine. By Sir GroraEr I, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.5., &e. ...... 181

XX. New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide in

the British Museum. By Rowxanp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S. .. 197

XXI. A revised Classification of the Otomyine, with Descriptions

of new Genera and Species. By OLDFIELD THOMAS ............ 203

XXII The Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minur. By O p-

PIRLD THOMAS ....+. EARS ee DEA OIE Earn SOO RCO eC RE raat

XXII. On a new Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorchestes from

Phapend yp Mills. By Srantmy HERer ooo 5 ces sce cs ee om el ales 213

XXIV. Gn some Ixternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.—

Part Ill. The Bubaline and Oryyine. By Rh. I. Pococx, F.R.S... 214

XXYV. Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new Species

of Syntomide, Nymphalide,.and Hesperide, and I'wo Genera of

Byntomiden. By Wi J. Kavey PBS. 02 0).00. 0.00. 00s cas 225

XXVI, Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. By

Robert Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W.J.Souuas ........ 232

NUMBER 10. -

XXVIT. On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog, Rana

gepmecned, la yi A!) BOULENGWR, ERS yi). < ceds ox nes kee « 241

XXVIII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhyn-

ehotal Family Lygeide, By Wi. DIsTANT:.2,).000. 0,060.00 257

XXIiX. The Myth of the Ship-holder: Studies in Echeneis or

TKiemora.—I. By E. W. Gupger, State Normal College, Greens-

Baro eel roo. Ce tbeS ek Wisse VEL.) istics ekic cine vad utes 271

XXX. The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by Krefft,

Sperean Animal vel Thylacoleo by Owen, and Thylacoleo by Ly-

dekker. By R. Erurnrives, Jur., Director and Curator of the

Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Plates X VIIL.-

vi ; CONTENTS.

: Page

XXXT. Notes on Myriapoda—XII. A Preliminary List for

Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. 0.,

and Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var.n. By Hitpva K. Brave-

Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rey. 8.

CAs AM BRAD DER KSC... tei aiate pe PuNets cutie Waa d a tane 319

XXXII. Notes on various Species of the American Genus

Asty/us, Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters [{ Coleo-

Yuus, ’ I

ptera]. By Grorer Cuartes CuamPpion, V.Z.8. .......... a alee OO,

XXXII. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-

dactyla.—Part IV. The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and AZpycerine.

By Risk. (Pococn, HORAN ico meee meta eet eae nin ie ew nee 567

XXXIV. Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhinolophide

and Megadermatide. By Knup ANDERSEN.............+eeeeee. 374

XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXX. By T.D.A.

Cockunna., Upiversity oMUolatido 56h cocks cuca ee s oan nee 384

New Book :—Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M.,

G.C.5.I. Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady

Hooker: By Leongun Tox genre cans satiny oe seas. 1 oe

NUMBER 11.

XXXVI. Descriptions of New Pyralideé of the Subfamily Py-

raustne. Ly Sir Georer F, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &c. ...... 393

XXXVI. On the Synonymy of some Kuropean Diplopods (Myria-

poda), with Special Reference to Three Leachian Species. By

RicHaRrp SGAGNALIA aH Aten ee eesti MARIA rth cca to «+ AOR

XXXVI. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. Ly Louis

B. Prowr, el, asses ae af Serets aM aaOIE asses oT a CE 412.

XAXIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LAXAIL By

T. D. A. CocKERELL, University of Colorado ............++4. .. 418

XL. On some Fishes from the Shari River, with Descriptions of

Two new Species. By G. A. Boutencer, F.RS. . igs. ee. vas « 426

CONTENTS. Vil

XLI. Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians. By

ee er ELEM GOR ME Lao sig tae sia sere s So eo hy SOMO OSCeOe 427

XLII. Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the

Australian Region. By S. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects, U.S. Bureau

of Entomology, Washington, D.C.

XLII. On some Exteraal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

==Part V. The Tragelaphine, By R. 1. Pocock, F.R.S. ........ 440

NUMBER 12.

XLIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

art Vi the Aomne.. By KR. 1:-Pocock, PRS, 02.6. e.< 00 449

XLY. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera—XXXVI. On new

African Philanthine. By Rowtanp E. Turner, F.Z.8., PIS. .. 459

XLVI. A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South

Africa. By S. H. Haueuron, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant Director,

South African Museum ............- Pater nis, vo eines Spams,» vo. clos 468

XLVII. Notes on Myriapoda,— XIV. The Re-discovery of

Cylindroiulus parisiorum (Brélemann et Verhoeff), By Hiipa K.

Brape-Binks, M.Sce., M.B., Ch.5., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the

Rey. 8S. Granam Brape-Birxs, M.Se.

XLVIII. Note on the Pectoral Fin of Lusthenopteron, By Dr.

BEANISHAVA PE ERONTEVIOS = cmucrerckes) sic «0 teeta nsec tslaka diy. «6 A471

XLIX. Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXXAXIL By T.D. A.

CocKERELL, University of Volorado ...... SRR big WE OG OUR EL 476

L. A new Species of Likigmodontia from Catamarea. Ly OLp-

Pe MSa eID ASEM) NANA cistern <a) ofchareie 4.0 clei a ef PMMENC, cclSnie n'y sss eiele ssi es 482

LI. Two new Forms of Legyada. By OLpFieLp THomas...... 484

LI. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal

family, Lege. By W. DISTANT! = rasta ss on. eee ig 486

MeN Fes. ccyatetesa ccccn wie aE ge an aa aC

PLATES IN VOL. II.

PLATE I.)

JUURRE Ssctaee : ;

Lv. Structure of Bispira volutacornis and Pomatocerus triqueter.

v. | :

VI.J

VILL. |

IX. --Genitalia of Indo-Malayan Heterocera.

x,|

XI. J

XII. Mediterranean Bryozoa.

XIII. Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher).

XIV. Dicroccelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum.

XV.

XVI. \ Kcheneis or Remora.

XVII.

XVIII.

XIX. ¢ Ungual Phalanges.

XX, s

NINTH SERIES. No. 7.

T H E e x NALS

: MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

INCLUDING

Z00L0GY, BOTANY, AND GE LOLOGY.

JULY 1918.

ea za i

CONDUCTED BY \ 4

“WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.RS., F.LS.. 96s

_ ARTHUR B. SHIPLEY, M.A., 80o.D., F.RS., F.28.,

AND

RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z. S,

BEING A CONTINUATION or THE ‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH

yersers. LOUDON AND rs copenmn adca “ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HIBTORY.”

‘WITH FOURTEEN PLATES.

Eo SGP CAG, Sole Ss LONDON:

- PAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET StREKY.

Sold id eer Marshall, Hamilton, Kent. & Co., te: Bailliere, Paris :

and Hodges Figgis, & 0o., Dublin,

WATKINS: & DONCASTER

Raturalists, gies a

mois in stock every ktnd ot APPARATUS ands

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

-OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs ke.

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, we., ENGLAND.

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s.

- By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, ERS., ke.

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with a tees of pee

— new Species.

A few ponies of other Parts of Vol. II. still on hand.

_ .Price 21s.

a —------ g

- TAYLOR pail eee Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, E.C. 4.—

. &

Super Bowie 800, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Text-figures.

Price 12s. 6d.

3 A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA. |

L. gs. GIBBS, FLS., F.R.M.S.

TAYLOR AND Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Rates for Advertisements tS the Annals and 2

Magazine of Natural a es

Gunes ga Six — see ae Twelve |

Insertion. — Insertions. - Insertions.

PAGE - - - 2 Do Ox 1 16 ‘Oeach 1 12 O-each’

HALF-PAGE ... =-- 2837 o cn Ag Be 5, eg

QUARTER-PAGE - 126 Mt Oe My CAO...” Semeerur

All applications for space to be made to : CE USER’ GS SN areca

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, , Croydon, f

die

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

[NINTH SERILES.]

OU ea Sre orere-GadbhoD per litora spargite muscum,

Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes:

Pollice virgineo teneros hie carpite flores:

Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. -

At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ;

Ite, recurvato variata corallia truneo

Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas

Ferte, Dew pelagi, et pingui conchylia suceo.”

N. Parthenti Giannettusi, VW, he onlen Jo

OZ Aneonian |

at :

ass Nsti,

+ /

No. 7. JULY 1918.

JUL 31497

\ a

2 fe oe ae

I.—Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Ai —_

—No. XLI. By Prof. M‘Inrosu, M.D., LL.D., D.Sc.,

F.R.S., &c.

[Plates I.-VI.]

1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide, chiefly of Bispira

volutacornis, Montagu. ;

2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide, chiefly of Pomato-

cerus triqueter, L.

1. On some Points in the Structure of the Sabellide,

chiefly of Bispira volutacornis, Montagu.

Many authors have alluded to the structure of the Sabellids

since Cuvier noted that they rarely form a calcareous tube,

whilst they had the fan-lke gills and the thoracic membrane’

of the Serpulids. In alluding to the branchiz of the

Sabellids he mentions “un filament charnu,” and, further,

that in this group the two “filets charnus ” (fleshy filaments

—probably the tentacles) adherent to the branchize do not

form an operculum. Most text-books, like those of Huxley,

Gegenbaur, and Hayek, contain references to the “ carti-

laginous”’ skeleton in Sabellids and Serpulids.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 1

2 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Wotes from the

Amongst others, R. Wagener* (1832) describes the

alimentary canal in Sabella ventilabrum (8S. penicillus, Li.) as

having two sacs in front, such apparently, from his figure,

representing the anterior nephridia. He pointed out the

commissures connecting the great nerve-cords.

Milne-Edwards (1888) considered the circulation in the

Sabellids to be akin to that of Nephthys and the Nereide,

a dorsal and a ventral trunk being present, and the inner

aspect of the integument is supplied with a multitude of

vascular filaments for the secretory organs, and, with the bases

of the feet, present also a capillary rete which probably aids

in respiration, though the main respiratory organs are the

cephalic fans. He did not allude to the special vascular

sinus around the gut.

Grube (1838) gave a general account of the structure of

Sabella unispira (Spiroyraphis spallanzani), especially of the

alimentary and circulatory systems. He pointed out that

Leuckart was wrong in attributing two vascular trunks to

each branchial filament. He thought that the anterior

(thoracic) nephridia were connected with reproduction.

Kolliker +, in his researches (1856), describes the “‘ carti-

lage” of several annelids, such as Sabella unispira (Spiro-

graphis spallanzani), but he was uncertain as to the distine-

tions between the blood-vessels and the nerves of the

filaments, and his figures indicate that his “ Knorpelfaden ”

structurally differs from that described here. He noted the

specially thickened hypoderm (his epithelial layer).

De Quatrefages (1850) thought that in the branchie of

the Sabellide and Serpulide are venous and arterial twigs,

which mingle in a system of vessels the walls of which

cannot be distinguished from the surrounding tissues, and in

which respiration is carried on through the thin covering

tissues and their cilia. He describes in these branchie what

he terms acartilaginousskeleton, composed of cells surrounded

by a tough fibrous investment like a periosteum. According

to this author, the cephalic ganglia in Sabella flabellata,

Savigny, form two pairs connected by a large commissure,

and from these branches go to the branchiz and the eyes.

The cesophageal connectives are very short. The visceral

system seems to arise from these ganglia as a small twig on

each side furnished with two ganglia. The great ventral

nerve-cords are separate throughout, though nearer each

other posteriorly, and the first ganglia are close to the cephalic,

* “Tsis,’ 1832, p. 655, Taf. x.

+ ‘Untersuchungen z. vergl. Gewebelehre augestelt in Nizza im

Herbste ’ (1 Sitzung. 13 Dec.).

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 3

the others following segmenutally, each being joined to its

neighbour by fine connectives and giving branches to the

muscles and various organs.

Dr. Thos. Williams* (1858) stated that the segmental

organs both in Sabellids and Serpulids were absent from the

anterior or thoracic region aud were present only in the

abdominal portion in the form of looped tubes, but he could

not distinguish the part of the tube to which the ova were

attached. He thought the ova did not escape into the

ceelom, but were confined in a membranous bag. He found

a similar structure in the Amphictenidie, Spionide, and

other forms.

In Spirographis spallanzant Claparede (1873) describes the

giant fibres of tle nerve-cords as separate in the inter-

ganglionic spaces from the trunk, and figures them (his pl. v.

fig. 5) surrounded by connective tissue. Internally is a

medullary substance. ‘These fibres run throughout the

abdomen without apparent anatomical connection. In the

thorax they are repeatedly joined by anastomoses. Through-

out the rest of the body the nervous chain is united in each

segment by two transverse commissures. On entering the

thorax the two tubular fibres divide into two Grauenes,

which pass forward reduced in diameter, and ultimately

penetrate the cerebral ganglia, where they branch and are

lost. Various branches are given off from the tubular fibres

along the commissures, but he could not trace them along

the ventral nerves of the thorax. ‘The branchial nerves are

greatly developed in the Sabellids and in Myaicola. He

found in Spirographis that circular muscular fibres penetrate

the ventral shields and that the fibres generally show nuclei

surrounded by granular matter. Further, that in transverse

section of the setigerous processes the bristles are arranged

in a spiral, just as Pruvot and Racovitza showed subse-

quently. No dorsal vessel exists anteriorly, only a plexus of

anastomosing trunks from which the large branchial vessel

arises on each side. A periintestinal sinus surrounds the

stomach +. ‘There is a well-developed rete in the collar, and

the purified blood afterwards enters the ventral trunk.

He considered that in the Sabellids the connective tissue

of the anterior region is of importance and aids in filling up

the cselomic cavity, which is almost suppressed, except the

spaces for the branchial vessels. ‘The two segmental tubes

* Philos. Trans. 1858, p. 123, pl. vii. fig. 13.

+ De Quatrefages first described this plexus around the gut (his lacunar

system). is

4 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

in front are curved on themselves, and are highly vascular.

He thought they secreted mucus.

He describes and figures the “ cartilage” of the branchial

apparatus of Spirographis, with its ‘ perichondrium,” as if

this was a separate tissue, and the same tissues occur in

Myzicola and Protula. In his figure this structure is shown

as a rod with a single transverse series of septa in the

filaments, and his description of the general structure corre-

sponds with that in Bispira. His figures of the various

parts in the sections of Spirographis, though small, are

generally true to nature, for the author had equal facility

with pen and pencil.

Lowe * (1878-9) distinguishes in the branchie of the

Serpulids an ectothelium and an endothelium, the former

coating the outer surface of the bifid region in a section of

the filament, the latter the inner surface. He seemis to agree

with Kowalewsky in regard to the homologies of the nervous

system of worms and vertebrates, and concludes with a com-

parison of the Sabellid skeleton with that of the embryo

dog’s skull in horizontal section (his fig. 8).

Cosmovici (1880) considered that, as in Mywzicola, the

organ of Bojanus in the Sabellids was situated at the ante-

rior end, each organ, from a pouch which is longer than in

Myzicola, opening by a pore, the cilia of the interior causing

currents in this direction. The segmental organs are found,

he states, in each segment from the middle of the body to

the tail, and consist of a ciliated funnel behind the diaphragm

and a tube which opens below the setigerous process of the

foot. These organs transmit the reproductive elements,

which are developed in glands attached to the inferior lateral

vessel and extending to the superior lateral vessel. He thus

considered the thoracic glands the organs of Bojanus.

A careful account of the thoracic glandsand other segmental

organs is given by Prof. Haswell { (1884), who, in contrast

with the views of some later authors, could find no internal

opening of the former. His sections of the thoracic region

of Hupomatus, a Serpulid, agree on the whole with those of

Pomatocerus. He points out that the true segmental organs

are found in pairs in all the segments of the posterior or

abdominal region. He figures the appendix to the thoracic

glands in Hupomatus, but does not allude to it. The position

of the nerve-cords in relation to the ventral longitudinal

* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xxxii. p. 158, Taf. ix.

+ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. vol. ix. pp, 7-12 (sep. copy).

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 5

muscles needs revision, but the general structure is in accord-

ance with nature. His account of the circulation in both

Sabellids and Serpulids is excellent.

Viallanes * (1885) thought the skeletogenous tissue of the

Sabellids (e. g., Sabella flabellata) approached that of the

vertebrates, though Krukenberg found that chemically it

differed. In the tentacles (his antennz) the skeleton (“tige

cartilagineuse ”) forms a central are enveloped in thick peri-

chondrium continued from the branchial lamina, and it

seems to be absolutely homogeneous and transparent, though

composed of a single row of cells. The perichondrium he

compares to horn, and it and the “ cartilage” have no ground.

or fundamental substance. This skeleton is in contact with

a blood-vessel which passes to the tip and is surrounded by

a lymphatic space, and he thought that the lymph, and not

the blood, respired directly.

Pruvot + (1885), like many others, alluded to the branchial

“cartilage ” of the Sabellids, and described the union of the

dorsal and ventral lougitudinal muscles to form two large

cylindrical muscles which go to the branchie, a fasciculus

passing to each filament. The anterior thoracic glands are

coiled or tangled (‘ enchevétrés’’), and open dorsally behind

the branchiz in the median line. He did not place the same

weight as Claparede did on the distinctions of this organ

in the Sabellids and Serpulids respectively, and they are

soldered in the middle line in Sabella penicillus. The

tentacles (his antennz) vary from the normal two to ten or

twelve (Sabella terebelloides, S. analis, &c.). In Apomatus

ampulliferus, Phil., there are three pairs, and they resemble

the branchial barbules, whilst in Potamilla reniformis two

pairs occur, the first being well differentiated, but the

second represents an intermediate structure with the

branchial barbules..

Andrews ¢ (1891) described the structure of the compound

eyes of annelids, his Potamilla reniformis having seven or

eight eyes on each branchial filament instead of the three

given by Malmgren ; and Sadella microphthalma, Verrill,

has them on the outer side of each branchial stem, which

likewise has transverse bars of pigment. In Dasychone con-

spersa, Ehlers, the eyes also occur along the outer bases of

* Ann, Sc. Nat. 6 sér. t. xx. pp. 1-20, 1 pl.

1 Archiv. Zool. Expér, 2 séx, t. iil. p. 335,

{ Journ. Morphol. pp. 271-899, pl. xxi,

6 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the filaments (pl. xxi. figs. 20-22); and, lastly, he gives an

account of Sabella melanostigma (pl. xxi. figs. 17-19).

A large memoir on the structure of the Tubicolar Polychets

(chiefly Sabellids and Serpulids) was published by Soulier *

(1891). Itdeals particulariy with such forms as Spirographis

spallanzani, Viviani, Branchiomma vesiculosum, Montagu,

Sabella viola, Grube, Myzicola infundibulum, Montagu,

and M. esthetica, Claparéde; whilst amongst Serpulids

Protula milhact, Marion, Serpula infundibulum, D. Chiaje,

and Hydroides pectinata, Miller, were specially studied.

Interesting accounts are given of some of these in captivity,

including the formation and structure of their tubes and

other features. His interpretation of the structure of the

anterior ‘‘nephridia” (pericesophageal glands) for the most

part agrees with that of Ed. Meyer. The histology of the

skin and other organs is described with great detail in

this paper.

A memoir by Ed. Meyer + on the Sabellide and Serpulide

(his Serpuliden) was published in Russian in 1893. A

careful account of the nephridia in Eupomatus and Psygmoe-

branchus and the structure of the body-wall is given, along

with the structure of the nephridia in Sabellaria alveolata.

Late stages in the development of Psygmobranchus pro-

tensus further elucidate the subject. Like Soulier, he

describes and figures a ciliated funnel opening into the peri-

visceral cavity at the cephalic end of the anterior segmental

organs or thoracic glands. Since the work of Claparéde no

investigator except Hisig has more fully dealt with the

structure of the Polychzts, more especially of the Sabellids

and Serpulids, and his memoirs in the Naples ‘ Mittheil-

ungen’ f are models of patient research, skilful draughts-

manship, and general accuracy.

Otocysts were early described in the Sabellids by

De Quatrefages (1844) in an Amphicora, and, amongst

others, Claparéde, Langerhans, Meyer, Brunotte, De

St. Joseph, Caullery and Mesnil, Soulier, and Fauvel have

studied their occurrence in this group. The most compre-

hensive account is given by Fauvel § (1909), who describes

them in Branchiomma vesiculosum, in the first bristled

segment, in two species of Potamilla, viz. Potamilla reni-

* Thése, ‘ Etud. sur Anat. des Annél. Tubic. de la Cette, Secret. du

Tube, &c.,’ Montpellier, 1891.

+ ‘Die Organisation de Serpuliden u. Hermelliden,’ Kasan, 1893, 3 pls.

{ £. g., Bd. vii. and Bad. viii.

§ Ann. Se. Nat. 9 sér. t. vi. pp. 1-144, pls. i.-iii.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 7

formis and P. forelli, in Amphiglena mediterranea, three

species of Jasmineira, viz. J. caudata, J. oculata, and J. elegans,

in Myzicola infundibulum and three other species of Myai-

cola, in three species of Chone, viz. C. duneri, C. arenicola,

and C. colluris, in Huchone rosea, Dialychone acustica, in Oria

armandi, and Orcopsis metchnikowii. In this family they

occupy the first bristled segment and they are innervated

from the esophageal collar. As in other annelids, Fauvel

considers that these organs perform the function of stato-

cysts, for perceiving vibrations, and are, perhaps, also organs

of orientation.

Numerous instances of the regeneration of both extre-

mities have been recorded in the Sabellids. Thus, Dalyell *

observed the reproduction of both ends in Sabella pavonia

(his Amphitrite ventilabrum). Grube aud De St. Joseph

subsequently found a similar condition in the same species.

C. Vaney and A. Conte f described regeneration after experi-

ments in Spirographis spallanzant. Ivanow ~ and Orlandi §

respectively studied the same species in regeneration,

Grube || found renewal of the anterior region in Potamilla

reniformis and De St. Joseph 4 in P. forelli, with regenera-

tion of the branchiz in MMyaicola dinardensis and in Dasy-

chone bombyx. Soulier**, again, describes regeneration of

the branchive in Branchiomma vesiculosum.

One of the most complete accounts of the regeneration of

the anterior and posterior ends of a sedentary annelid is

that of P. Ivanow{ (1908) in Spirographis spallanzani.

Both text and figures are full of interest—especially as

regards the nervous system and segmental organs. Many

authors, however, describe bifid posterior ends of other

species,

The Sabellide, like the Terebellide, are stated by

Dr. Goodrich ++ to possess nephridia which open internally,

and that the genital funnel becomes connected with the

nephrostome and loses its primitive opening to the exterior.

An account of the “cartilaginous” substance in the

branchiz of Spirographis spallanzani, Branchiomma kéllikeri,

Sabella reniformis, and Savella infundibulum is given by

* ‘Powers of the Creator,’ vol. ii. p. 225 (1853).

+ Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. t. xiv. (1908).

t Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. xci. p. 511, Taf. xx.—xxii.

§ Archiv. Zool. Napoli, vol. iii. 2 tig. (1906).

|| ‘in Ausflug-Triest u. Quarnero,’ 1861.

q ‘“ Annél. Dinard,” Ann. Sc. Nat. 7 sér.

** Trans. Instit. Zool. Montpelier, 1891.

Tf? Quart. Journ, Micros. Se. vol. xliii. n. s. p. 740.

8 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Nowikoff * (1912), illustrated by representations of stained

sections, which indicate the position of muscles, nerves, and

blood-vessels as well as the skeletogenous elements. He

regards the supporting substance as homologous with that

in Mollusca and Vertebrates, presenting, moreover, less

polygonal or somewhat rounded cells, with ground- substance

of a chondro-mucoid character, with nuclei and proto-

plasmic contents, and having externally a layer, which he

terms perichondrium, upon which the cuticle and its nuclei

rest. The author does not go into the distribution of the

skeleton in the foregoing forms, but confines his attention

chiefly to the histology of the tissue, the so-called “ carti-

lage ”-cells being filled with fluid, and almost resemble

plant- -cells from their distinctness. "They ” possess one, rarely

two, nuclei. The perichondrium is granular and has an

alveolar (basement-) layer between it and the hypoderm.

The structure of the body-wall in Sabella penicillus, L.,

is typical, though there are special developments of the

surface. Thus, on each side of the mid-ventral line a thick

glandular layer outside the circular muscular coat occurs.

‘This appears to be a special development beneath the hypo-

derm, which is readily traced over it and along each side of

the mid-ventral fissure. The circular muscular coat is well

developed and is continuous or nearly so. The dorsal longi-

tudinal muscles are in section thick externally, but taper to

the mid-dorsal line, where a hiatus for the suspensory

mesentery of the alimentary canal occurs. These muscles

are comparatively narrow and do not reach the lateral edge.

In the same way the ventral longitudinal muscles are compact

or almond-shaped in section, slightly thinned internally, and

each is separated by a wide gap from the muscle of the

opposite side. Both dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles

have a translucent sarcolemma on the free surface and both

show bands of sarcolemma here and there cutting the mass

into various fasciculi. Under the inner edge of each lies

the nerve-trunk surrounded by neurilemma and with com-

paratively little neuroglia. On the upper and inner edge of

each is a large neural canal, which in many sections is larger

than the nerve-trunk and is occupied by a coagulable

material. It appears to be unnecessary to call such a tube

a giant nerve-fibre, and, indeed, the term neural canal was

adopted in 1877+, and may as well comprehend the finer

* Zeitsch. f. w. Zool. Bd. ciii. p. 686, Taf. xvi.

+ “On the ‘Arrangement and Relations of the Great Nerve-cor ds in

the Marine Annelids,” Proceed. Roy. Soc. Edin. Session 1876-77

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 9

canals, which can be traced into nerve-cells. An intricate

series of fibres in transverse section occurs in the middle

line between the nerve-cords and surrounds a small granular

area above and another below. In each segment (probably

at the junction) a very complex series of fibres—chiefly

transverse and oblique—commingle over the nerve-area,

whilst in the intermediate regions the ventral vessel and the

muscular fibres and mesentery attached to the lower edge of

the alimentary canal are more distinct. The alimentary

canal itselfis normal in section, and it has large blood-sinuses

and vessels on its wall, besides the dorsal trunk (in its region).

The thoracic glands occur in front, and the segmental organ

lies to the exterior of the ventral longitudinal muscle.

Toward the posterior end, whilst little change takes place

in the hypoderm and the ventral subhypodermic belt, or in

the circular muscular coat, the dorsal longitudinal muscles

are considerably extended laterally, whereas the ventral

longitudinal muscles are diminished in transverse diameter

and. have the bristles close to their outer edge. The nerve-

cords occupy the same position at the inneredge of the muscles

and next the circular coat, the neural canal having about

the same proportional size asin front. The complex crossing

of fibres above the area occurs at intervals as in front. The

gut in this region is filled with dark sandy mud.

Branchial Apparatus.—One of the most interesting featur s

in the structure of the Sabellids, such as Bispira volutacornis,

Montagu, is the chordoid skeleton which supports the bran-

chial apparatus, and which commences behind the brain as

a small lateral area (Pl. IIT. fig. 15, ch.), which soon develops

into an arc on each side (PI. I. fig. 1, ch.). About the region

of the brain the lateral ares fuse in the mid-dorsal line

(PL. I. fig. 2, ch.) and thus form a continuous curved belt from

side to side, not, however, of uniform breadth in a given

section, but with indentations, as at the large coelomic area

dorsad of the brain or at the enlargements laterally. This

chordoid tissue is finely reticulated in the adult, more

distinctly cellular in the young, the connecting walls staining

slightly, and nuclei are very evident, especially in young

examples. It is bounded externally by the firm investment

or “perichondrium,” the basement-tissue and muscular layers,

hypodermic and articular, whilst internally it is bounded by

the same homogeneous border of “perichondrium ” to which

muscles are attached. This “perichondrial” boundary

(Pl. II. fig. 10, pr.) is not a separate layer, but processes from

its inner edge all round pass as bridles to the reticulations

and cells composing the interior, so that the two are modi-

fications of the same tissue, the whole organically connected

10 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

as a stout supporting layer externally and a central region

of complex reticulations. There is thus a considerable

divergence from the bone-forming periosteum or the peri-

chondrium of vertebrate cartilage, though the structureless

matrix of the latter with its enclosed cells comes nearest. The

great mass of this chordoid skeleton is dorsal, as are also the

ganglia, whilst the great nerve-cords rapidly seek a ventral

position, the former being above the alimentary canal, the

latter beneath it. The muscular fibres on the innercurve of the

chordoid skeleton about the level of the open vestibule—that

is, before the closure to form the cesophagus—are not longi-

tudinal, but oblique or vertical, stretching from the lower part

of the inner concavity to the upper part of the arch, so that

they would shorten the curve. Moreover, the “perichondrial’’

border shows large reticulations on its inner edge, a feature

of importance in the elasticity of the parts during the varied

movements (PI. II. fig. 10). The inner border of this tissue

widens at the level of the full development of the apparatus,

and atits broad lateral part the sides of the curve projecting

outward are laced together by muscular fibres, so that the

curve—acute as it is—can be shortened. At this level also

the chordoid central area is strengthened by special processes

of the marginal tissue (“‘ perichondrial”’ of authors). At the

origin, again, of the chordoid skeleton (Pl. III. fig. 15, ch.)

transverse muscles connect the two sides, and mesenterial

fibres pass from their lower edge to the cesophagus, whilst

the common duct of the thoracic glands is clasped by the

strands. It forms a protective shield and support to the

two great vascular trunks, the coelomic spaces, and to

the cephalic ganglia, whilst stiffening the attachments of the

muscles of the region; indeed, in extent, it exceeds the

cephalic skeleton of the cuttlefishes, and yet it has a certain

degree of elasticity in the varied and graceful moyements

associated with the display of the branchiz. Passing forward

the lateral regions of this chordoid skeleton enlarge and

begin to present intruding pillars, cutting the outer edge

into regular spaces with convex margins externally, the first

indication of the bases of the branchial filaments. Then

the chordoid tissue arranges itself in long lobes connected

with a narrow and rapidly diminishing inner belt of the

same tissue, and this is soon followed by the disappearance

of the inner belt and the inner portion of each lobe, leaving

only a rounded or ovoid chordoid area marking the origin of

each filament (Pl. II. fig. 12). The space occupied by the

chordoid arch is now the seat of a series of radially arranged

muscular bands, two for each filament, a connective-tissue

septum from each chordoid oval passing in transverse section

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 11

between them. The cuticle and hypoderm externally become

erevate and then notched, whilst spaces or slits appear

between the chordoid ovals, by-and-by pass to the surface,

and thus truncated fillets representing the separate filaments

are formed all round the edge of the branchial base. The

outer edge of each has a thick coat of hypoderm under the

cuticle, but this diminishes internally on the sides, becoming

thinner in its progress inward, the whole area resembling a

narrow wedge with the broad end outside (PI. II. fig. 12).

Within the broad end is the basement-membrane and a

“ perichondrial ” area surrounding the chordoid oval from

which the median strand passes inward to support the blood-

vessel. In this region the bases of the filaments and their

axes are joined. by a long band of the “ perichondrial ”

substance, the appearance after partial maceration resem-

bling a chain of Perophora listeri or similar series of tunicate

stolons.

The two bands of muscle then show signs of diminution.

Just before the filaments separate, small clear spaces occur

at somewhat regular intervals in the interfilamentar tissue,

but they are not visible after separation. At this level the

sections of the bases.of the filaments have their longest

diameter radial (PI. II. fig. 12), but this by-and-by shortens,

and their inner border separates from the internal lining

at the base, and each forms an independent filament, the

muscular fibres, meanwhile, gradually diminishing. The

chordoid cells in these form a double row (PI. IJ. fig. 12),

sometimes with two nuclei, but generally with a single

nucleus in each, and the number of cells diminishes in the

distal parts of the filament (PI. I. fig. 4). When a pinna

is cut longitudinally, a double row of cells is present in the

sections (Pl. I. figs. 5 & 6), besides the external investment,

or, as the knife slants superficially, the closer lines indicating

the cells of the hypoderm intrude, as at the lower part of

the drawing (fig. 6). The nerve occupies an area near the

ciliated groove at the inner border. The double character

of the slits is still preserved, for one-half of the inner joins

that of its neighbour to the right, and the other that to the

left. Then the diameter of each filament, now free, still

further diminishes, and tlie blood-vessel is separated from

the chordoid skeleton only by a narrow belt of connective

tissue. Moreover, a double row of pinne springs from the

inner and narrower edge, the outer having its thicker belt

of hypoderm and its more massive connective-tissue layer and

nerve internally. A single row of chordoid cells passes from

the chordoid oval into each pinna as its skeletogenous rod,

and thus the whole system is continuous from its massive

12 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

base to the threads in the delicate pinne, which have a

thick coat of hypoderm and a ciliated cuticle. In the young

Bispira the chordoid cells are especially large and distinct.

The branchial skeleton thus springing from a firm base

spreads forward (or, as usually described, “upward ”) as a

vase- or funnel-shaped sheet, binding together the bases of

the filaments and, finally, dividing into the isolated rods for

the filaments and pinnules. At the origin of the filaments the

skeletogenous tissue forms a broad belt, continuous externally

as a narrow rim, and having within this a small group of

the chordoid reticulations, then a series of skeletogenous

areas (in section) sometimes with marginal muscles, indi-

cating the rudiments of the filaments. The chordoid

reticulations then become more numerous, the “ perichon-

drial” area diminishes, the soft parts increase, and by-and-by

the separate filament is evolved. The chordoid rods to the

pinnules appear to pierce—if such an expression can be used

in connection with this continuous tissue—the ‘ perichon-

drial’? investment of each filament, and come into contact

with the reticulations at the outer part of each. The whole

chordoid skeleton is, however, a continuous structure, and

it-is only the continuity of the areole of the pinnules with

those of the filaments which makes the use of the term

* piercing the perichondrium ” intelligible. A comparison of

the adult and young specimens of the annelid show that the

nuclei are remarkably distinct in the latter, whilst the

smaller number and proportional larger size of the cells are

features of moment. Many previous authors having used,

in connection with this skeletogenous tissue, terms which

would imply separate tissues, it has been necessary to insist

on the unity of the structure as a whole.

Another feature of the chordoid skeleton is its connection

with the shedding of the whole branchial apparatus in the

Sabellids, for all the chordoid tissue appears to be thrown

off with the branchial fans and the tentacles, the funnel-

shaped anterior or distal portion consisting largely of this

tissue covered by the integuments. The vessels on the

proximal side would thus be more readily constricted, and

an active surface for the reproduction of the apparatus

uncovered. Whether this shedding of the branchial fans

occurs frequently in nature is an open question, but the

annelids in confinement sometimes do so.

The branchial fans double inward at their ventral base as

a thin lamina with miniature filaments, each with its chor-

doid axis, and along the inner border of each the nerve-

strands occur.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 13

The tentacles (Pl. I. fig. 3, ¢.) belong to the branchial

system, and separate in such a form as this and probably

in all or many Sabellids, along with the branchiz, which in

their normal line of separation show a notch between the

symmetrically curved chordoid basal support, which unites

the halves above the gap by a firm bar of similar tissue.

A little beyond the outer edge of this bar on each side

springs a tentacle, the spout-shaped external basal fold of

which is deeply pigmented with brown in Bispira. The

inner basal web of each runs forward on the first dorsal

branchia, whilst the outer web forms a free flap, the important

furrow from the base of the branchial fan lying between

them, and it is this groove which is pigmented. The tentacle

itself is continuous with the inner flap or base, and presents

a somewhat thicker median rib supported by the chordoid

skeleton, the whole tapering to a delicate tip. Its nerve is

of considerable size, and the organ is probably of great

importance in regard to the nature and contents of the

currents swept through the groove. Claparéde * applied the

term “tentacle” to the inner lateral fold of the mouth in

his sections, but such is a wholly different structure from

the tentacle as here described, and performs a different

function.

In transverse section the tentacle, when fairly formed,

presents a rounded axial region and two flaps or lamelle

arranged in opposite curves (PI. I. fig. 7). The curves of

the lateral fiaps or wings are diagnostic, and indicate special

functions, one flap curving to the left of the central region

and the other more or less to the right in transverse section.

Over the whole is the cuticle, then a layer of short nucleated

epithelium resting on a basement-tissue, and within it a

consistent connective tissue and probably muscular fibres,

though these are indistinct on the wings. The central region

is more or less rounded in section, with a tough cuticle and

thinner hypoderm, but it is supported by a transparent

skeletogenous axis containing a homogeneous substance

surrounded by granules, whilst on one side (that furthest

from the curved flaps) is a band of muscular fibres and on

the other a nerve. The fact that this homogeneous substance

does not stain would point to its solidity or coagulability.

It is noteworthy that in the marginal line of filaments

connected by the ‘ perichondrial” strand, similar appear-

ances, without the granules, in section are found, so that

the tinted centre may be of the same “perichondrial ”

* Annél. Sédent. pl. i. fig. 1, é2.

14 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

substance. The curve of the larger flap, which appears to

be normal, would seem to show that the connective tissue in

its middle is more or less elastic. Viewed in section the

central rib presents cuticular and hypodermic coverings,

then the transparent skeletogenous layer, which shows no

evidence of cameration, and in the centre the tinted coagu-

lable substance surrounded by the granules. In all proba-

bility this is a blood-vessel, and a trunk is seen in other

forms, such as Spirographis, running up the centre of the

skeletogenous sheath which ends in a delicate tip; and in

the basal region of the tentacle numerous fine twigs ramifty

in the tissues. In sections from the tip downward the

longer curved flap lies within the outer branchial row,

between it and the tip of the inner row, and it has a blood-

vessel at its edge.

Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia in section (Pl. I.

fiz. 1, cg.) form two ovoid masses, connected by a broad

commissure, and situated about the commencement of the

chordoid skeleton of the region. The outer and more

cellular part of each ganglion stains slightly, whilst the

inner region and the commissure are pale. Moreover, at

the outer edge of each mass is a pale area in section sur-

rounded by brown pigment apparently representing an eye

(PL. III. fig. 14, oc.), and thus akin to the deep-seated eye of

the ammocete stage of the lamprey, though it does not reach

the surface in adult life. The capsule is consistent and

stains, the centre being pale as if functioning as a lens,

whilst the brown pigment seems to be chiefly massed on the

inner border. Between the dorsal mass of muscle and the

ganglia isa large vascular trunk on each side—the branchial—

besides a closely reticulated tissue, the same tissue occurring

laterally where the lower ends of the muscles cease; whilst

the cesophagusis in the middle line below the commissure, and

its sheath of muscle and connective tissue abuts inferiorly on

a broad glandular hypodermic area ventrally, the apex of

which is joined to the cesophageal sheath by the same

reticulated connective tissue mentioned previously. In front

of the ganglia a large coelomic space and a vascular trunk

lie at the base of the branchial apparatus before separation

into branches for the filaments.

The sections, at the separation of the great nerve-cords

from the cephalic ganglia were somewhat imperfect, but

these trunks appeared to follow a similar course to those of

Spirographis, as described and figured by Meyer* and

others.

: Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiii. fig., and Bd. vill. pp. 537-

569.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 15

The great cords after the disappearance of the eyes pass

downward with their cellular sheath to the sides of the

cesophagus (PI. III. fig. 15), having beneath them only the

deuse mass of the ventral glandular hypoderm, the cesophagus

being surrounded by the tissues of the region before this

takes place, and, as those around the organ are chiefly

muscular, firm constriction of this part can readily occur,

the distinction between this region, imbedded as the gullet

is in firm contractile tissues (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9), and that

which follows—in which the canal is more or less free—is

therefore marked. Proceeding backward the cesophagus is

fixed by a median mesentery ventrally and by various strands

dorsally to a transverse sheet above it and the nerve-cords, a

space, divided into two by a median muscle, occurring above

—that is, below the dorsal longitudinal muscles (PI. II. fig. 8).

The nerve-cords with their investment then pass below the

level of the alimentary canal and lie at some distance from

each other at the inner border of the ventral longitudinal

muscles, the ventral blood-vessel being between them and

the massive ventral hypoderm externally. A small neural

canal is now visible at their upper and inner border, no trace

of this having been observed previously, as the great cords

lay at the sides of the gullet. Passing gradually downward

the cords are enclosed by fibres from the circular coat

crossing above and below them (PI. II. fig. 8), the small

neural canal, sometimes two, being visible—for instance, at the

ganglia in the nerve-sheath at the upper and inner angle of

each. The nerve-cells are confined for the most part to the

exterior investment of the ganglia and the trunks, though

some are in thesubstance of both. The transverse (circular)

fibres above the cords increase in strength, and are further

stiffened by the fusion of strong muscular fibres from the

sheath of the alimentary canal in the middle line. Other

fibres pass outside the cords, and even between them in the

intervals between the ganglia, so that in this region they are

well supported and they are nearer each other than in

front. The transverse (circular) fibres above the cords

remain after the muscular band from the gut disappears and

a median mesentery takes its place, whilst the small neural

canal shows little change. Proceeding backward, the ventral

blood-vessel is surrounded by a thick ring of muscular and

connective-tissue fibres fixed ventrally between the neural

canals and beyond them. ‘The neural canals are now con-

siderably larger, and the gut and the ventral vessel are

connected with the slender transverse fibres by a thin

mesentery ; but this only lasts for a short distance, when the

thick investment of the trunk again appears in the progress

16 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

backward, so that an intermittent arrangement is present, a

feature probably due to the intervals between the thicker

mesenterial bands from the gut, these bands being composed

of fibres studded with nuclei ; and the fibres cross each other

on their way to those beneath the cords in the interganglionic

areas. The neural canal is sometimes double on one side,

single on the other. At the thickened perivascular areas

the gut touches or is sessile on the coat of the vessel. In

the intermediate regions, where the vessel hangs in a thin

mesentery, it hasa pigmented coat of clavate chloragogen-

cells (PI.III. fig. 17, ch/.), the broad end being external, so that

they form an are on each side. The secretion of these, no

doubt, is of some importance in connection with the vascular

trunk and the celom*. Anteriorly, when the thickened

coat occurs, the pigmented cells are placed to the exterior

of the arch on the coelomic surface, but, by-and-by, in the

progress backward they are grouped inside the channel of

the tube on the blood-vessel, and this continues till 1t again

is free. The great cords are now more rounded in section,

with the neural canals at their upper border or at their outer

and upper border, and on the right side in one case two are

present, the larger almost extra-neural and pressing into the

border of the ventral muscle. Comparatively few cells occur

in the interganglionic areas, the general surface of the cords

in section being finely granular and somewhat reticulated

so as to form rounded areas. ‘The cells increase at the

ganglionic regions, and appear chiefly in the neuroghia, only

a few occurring in the commissural band. Posteriorly, the

cords in section at a commissure are placed close together

with the neural canals between them, the nuclei of the

neuroglia scattered thinly in their area in section and more

thickly exteriorly.

A short distance behind the foregoing the body-wall

assumes its normal arrangement, the ventral longitudinal

muscles lying within the hypoderm, basement-tissue, and

circular coat, whilst the nerve-cords and the intermediate

ventral blood-vessel occupy the space between their inner

ends. Each cord has the circular muscular coat, the base-

ment-tissue, and the glandular mass of the shield externally,

with its fibrous area inferiorly, and above it is the now large

neural canal, which has a firm wall and usually a coagulum

* In a large example a peculiar and symmetrical appearance was caused

anteriorly by the intrusion of the massive ventral coat ef hypoderm on

each side of the cords and their ganglia, so as to form an arborescent

mass above and on each side over the inner ends of the ventral longitudinal

muscles. Such probably was due to pressure in preparation.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. Li

in its lumen, the edge of which stains deeply. A reticulated

investment (neurilemma) separates it from the ventral

blood-vessel, and a firm layer of the same tissue roofs in the

entire area, the fibres of which closely link it on to the

alimentary canal immediately above. he neural canal soon

becomes as large as the section of the nerve, and, as

mentioned, it seems unnecessary to term it a “giant fibre.”

Cunningham * (1888) is inclined to regard the neural

canals as supporting structures, which prevent the nerve-

cords being bent at a sharp angle, and where they are highly

developed the cords are not separated from the epidermis.

He states they have a position similar to that of the noto-

chord in relation to the neurochord and aorta. He failed

to trace a connection between these canals and any ganglion-

cell, whilst admitting their homology with those of the

Errant annelids.

In a section of a young Bispira stained with Ehrlich’s

hematoxylin, the cephalic ganglia are rather widely separated,

for they occupy the upper and outer border of the vestibule

leading to the mouth, and which has the outline dorsally

of the letter M. To the exterior is a pale belt free from

cells, then a band of muscular fibres inside the chordoid

layer with its investment, whilst the cuticle and hypoderm

form the superficial coverings. The chordoid cells are large,

distinct, and transparent, each with its nucleus, and some-

times with two, and they form at the level of the brain a

horseshoe guard on the dorso-lateral region, the ventral

aspect of the ganglia abutting to a large extent on the

mucous membrane of the vestibule, the isthmus between

them following the descending bars of the M in its progress

from side to side. Moreover, in contact with the isthmus

dorsally are the basement-membrane and the hypoderm of

the cephalic cul-de-sac in free communication with the sea

water. The organ thus is in a favourable position for

receiving impressious from the exterior as well as by its

nerve-trunks, whilst the elastic chordoid skeleton gives

sufficient protection. In the transverse sections the entire

ganglion on each side is dotted with deeply stained nerve-

cells, which perhaps are most numerous toward the surface,

and they extend into the nerve-trunks, leaving the organ, as

well as being distributed on the isthmus from side to side.

In some cases they are grouped in arcs with the pale neuroglia

between, as if pertaining to a lobule, but, as a rule, there is

little definition in this respect. Immediately behind, the

* Quart. Journ, Micros, Se. n. s. vol. xxviii. p. 275.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 2

18 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

nerve-mass bulges ventrally at the sides of the vestibule, and

the trend of the intervening commissure is more or less

straight—from the change in the roof of the vestibule, the

central lines of the M being more or less obliterated.

The eyes (Pl. [1I. fig. 14) do not appear in the sections

until the protective chordoid tissue has diminished to a

small arc above the posterior region of the cephalic ganglia,

and when a mere chink above the gullet indicates the external

pit in communication with the sea-water. The cesophagus

itself is now enclosed in connective tissue and circular

muscular fibres. The eyes rest on the ganglia, and the great

trunks arise near, and show a pale faintly granular central

area and a thick investment of neuroglial cells. The eyes

have dense brown pigment-cells apparently radially arranged

round a pale region, which probably represents a lens, a

thinner layer of the pigment occurring on one side of the

elliptical organ according to the level of the section. In

some sections a pale spot appears in the centre of the pale

brownish median region, the dark pigment forming a belt

exteriorly. These eyes appear to be similar to those Meyer *

found in Psygmobranchus protensus (=Protula tubularia,

Mont.) and Amphiglena mediterranea.

In Serpula contortuplicata (= Hydroides norvegica) De

Quatrefages describes the cephalic ganglia as large and only

separated by a constriction in the middle line, and giving

off from each side a large branch to the branchiz. The

cesophageal connectives are longer than in Sabella, and from

the first widely separated pair of ganglia a considerable

trunk passes to the “ voile palléal” (the thoracic membrane).

‘The ventral cords remain separate, and ganglia connected

by a slender commissure occur in every segment. The

trunks are wider apart anteriorly than posteriorly.

Muscular System and Body-wall.—About the level of the

brain muscular fibres are fixed to the inner wall of the

chordoid skeleton (Pl. I. fig. 10, m.), which here attains

great development, and their general trend shows that they

draw the horseshoe bend of the skeleton close. Proceeding

backward, a strong longitudinal muscle (PI. I. fig. 1, m.)

appears at the ventral end of the diminished chordoid area,

and a smaller muscle above the skeleton, and the disappear-

ance of the skeleton permits this muscle to form a con-

tinuous curved sheet, widest below, in the area formerly

occupied by the skeleton, and it soon approaches its fellow

of the opposite side, separated only by a series of transverse

* Mitt. Zool. Stat. Neapel, Bd. vii. Taf. xxiy. fig. 14.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 19

fibres which connected the inner ends of the vanishing

skeleton. Externally are circular fibres, which pass down-

ward to a firm connective-tissue area at each side of the

massive ventral hypoderm. This great muscular sheet is

most massive below, where it supports the origins of the

great nerve-trunks. At first no differentiation of the sheet

is observable ; then pale connective-tissue fibres appear in

its middle opposite the upper end of the nerve-masses, and

in this an aperture ‘appears, its cavity being surrounded by

stained granules, and now it is seen that there are two

longitudinal muscles, an upper and somewhat smaller

rounded muscle, which projects dorsally on each side of the

median groove, and a larger ovoid muscle at the outer side

of the nerve-trunk, the two being separated on each side by

an increasing coelomic area. The two dorsal muscles are

separated by a space, crossed by the circular fibres of the

body-wall, and others passing from the inner edge of the

muscle and from the six or more vertical bands from the

alimentary canal. The hypoderm covering the prominence

of these muscles dorsally is specially thickened. The second

or ventral pair of muscles are still lateral in position, have

the circular fibres, basement-tissue, and hypoderm externally,

the nerve-cords and neuroglia internally, and connective-

tissue bands and the hypoderm below. ‘The dorsal muscles

remain more or less rounded in section (PI. II. figs. 8 & 9,

dm.), but the ventral muscles become somewhat longer,

more oblique in position, and the nerve-cords now lie below

their inner edge inferiorly. Their elongation and obliquity

increase in the following sections, for they assume a spindle-

- like outline, their limiting fibres fusing across the middle

line with each other and with those from the vertical bands

and those surrounding the gut, whilst the nerve-cords now

‘lie below this fibrous isthmus, with a small neural canal in

the neuroglia of their upper and inner border. The dorsal

muscles are still rounded or ovoid, separated by a consider-

able interval in the middle line and wholly dorsal in position,

but they by-and-by become pear-shaped in section, pointed

mid-dorsally, and thicker externally; moreover, they slope

a little downward and laterally. The ventral muscles

stretch upward almost to the dorsal bristle-tuft, and are

thus longer than the former (Pl. I. fig. 8, vm.)—indeed,

their mass exceeds that of the dorsal, a condition so different

from that in Pomatocerus. The dorsal muscles do not meet

in the middle line, though thinned like the ventral in

expansion of the body-cavity, and they are still less in bulk

20 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

than the ventral. The oblique are long and slender, and

are fixed over the outer part of the nerve-trunks.

Passing backward, in the anterior region, the dorsal

muscles increase in bulk and pass further downward, the

dorsal arch of the body being better developed, and the feet

having taken a lateral position somewhat below the middle

line. A median hiatus still occurs dorsally, and the muscles

increase in thickness from this downward until reaching the

blunt cone inferiorly. The ventral longitudinal muscles

are sausage-shaped in section and now not half the bulk of

the dorsal.

In the middle of the body of Bispira the walls have

assumed the normal arrangement, the hypoderm being. thin

dorsally, thickened laterally, especially on the processes, and

considerably diminished (from that in the front) in the

mid-ventral line, the ventral] area in section being that of a

gracefully curved spindle, massive in the middle below the

nerves, tapering off at each side, and again having thickened

glandular areas in the lateral region with its processes.

The dorsal longitudinal muscles are larger, somewhat

thinned toward the dorsal middle line, where there is no

distinct hiatus at the attachment of the mesentery, and the

curve on each side increases in breadth to the lateral

processes, where it bends slightly inward, and in some a slight

median projection or keel occurs to which the median mesen-

tery is attached. These muscles are lined by the coelomic

cells with nuclei. The fasciculi in section are fibrillar, and

they abut externally on the somewhat thin circular coat

and internally on the ceelomic surface. The ventral longi-

tudinal muscles are less in bulk and more compact, but have -

similar fasciculi, each having a blunt point in section sloped

upward and inward at the nerve-cord, slightly tapered and

rounded at the external edge. In the interganglionic areas

the nerve-cords have the support of the muscle on each side,

the inner end often rising above them, and a deep hollow, in

which the blood-vessel and its mesentery lie, between them.

The neural canals are slightly larger than in front, an

additional smaller canal in one case being within the larger

on the right, and the investment of each is firm, with a few

nuclei, and the usual coagulable conteuts. They occupy the

upper and inner region of each trunk, though a small one

occasionally is seen toward the lower border of the cord

at the ganglia. The alternation of the slender ventral

mesentery with its pigmented cells free in the coelom, and

the massive tunnel of crossed fibres with the vessel and its

cells inside, and others along the coelomic wall adjoiming

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 21

still continues. The gut in the middle of the body is capable

of great dilatation, and there is a slight separation of the

dorsal longitudinal fibres in the mid-dorsal line, but the

fasciculi are similar to those in front, and the muscles are

broader—that is, stretch further downward. On the other

hand, the ventral muscles are more compact, and the hypo-

derm in the mid-ventral arc has diminished and shows a

furrow (‘‘copragogue’’) in the centre, and the sides project

a little. The area of the nerve-cords in section is smaller,

and the neural canals are proportionally larger. ‘The same

alternation of the muscular arches and tunnels with the free

mesentery and its vessel occurs, but the ventral longitudinal

muscles are thicker, their transverse diameter less, and

their inner ends rise much above the nerve-cords, though

these ends are thinner than the outerin section. The dorsal

longitudinal muscles have attained great preponderance in

bulk. In this region muscular fibres pass downward by the

side of the gut and from the inner border of the lower mass

of the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and cause, by passing

through the fasciculi 6f the ventral sheet, a differentiation

into an inner and outer belt at intervals.

Posteriorly the chief changes are the diminution and

flattening of the body-wall, the great lateral expansion of

the dorsal longitudinal muscles, so that each has a clavate

outline in section, and a median hiatus, to which the

mesentery goes, is present. The ventral muscles have pro-

portionally increased in bulk and each is also clavate in

section, the broad end being exterior, but they do not pro-

ject above the great nerve-cords as in the middle region of

the body. One of the most evident changes is the appear-

ance of vertical bands of muscles which connect the dorsal

with the ventral longitudinal muscles on each side of the

alimentary canal, and they penetrate the fasciculi in both

to the basement-membrane. The nerves and the neural

canals are likewise diminished. Toward the tip of the tail

an increase in the hypoderm takes place all round, the

shrunken muscles rendering this more conspicuous, the

dorsal longitudinal thinning off in the middle line much

more than the ventral, so that the gut occupies the dorsal

arch, whilst a thick mass of hypoderm occurs ventrally.

The muscles of the spines and bristles follow the same

plan throughout, forming a fan-like or radiating series in

each case.

Bristles.—When the setigerous process in the middle of

the body is cut at right angles to its long axis two groups

of bristles are found, a more compact series arranged in a

22 Prof. M‘tntosh’s Notes from the

somewhat spiral manner, and an outer series forming a single

curve, the larger bristles in this case being above and the

smaller at the ventral end.

Circulation.—In transverse sections from the tip of the

branchial fan backward it is found that a clear space, it

may be with a translucent coagulum in the centre, appears

on the inner curve of each fan dorsally and soon is sur-

rounded by a well-defined nucleated wall. Passing back-

ward the trunk has a curved lamina attached to it about

the level of the fused branchial filaments, and then it

occupies a larger internal lamella, with the curved mem-

brane distally. Before the chordoid skeleton appears the

two trunks are imbedded in the folds, which by-and-by lead

to the mouth, being situated on each side of the median

fissure (Pl. I. fig. 2, dv.), when only slight crenations mark

the incipient filaments with their chordoid skeleton, the

central chordoid mass having disappeared. These trunks

would seem to arise from the division of the dorsal vessel

anteriorly, but the sections of the region did not afford

absolute proof. Moreover, it has to be noted that, if

these are vessels, their contents’are devoid of the minute

corpuscles present in the trunks elsewhere. Anteriorly the

dorsal blood-vessel splits into two great trunks for the

branchial fan, and each of these at the level of the chordoid

skeleton divides into a series for the filaments, the whole in

section having the aspect. of a rosette (Pl. I. fig. 2, dv.).

In the middle of the body the dorsal vessel has disappeared,

and a plexus or blood-sinus surrounds the gut, whilst the

ventral vessel remains as before ; and this conditions remains

to the posterior end.

In a series of sections of a large example in which the tho-

racic glands were unusually spacious, but which (preparation)

had been overheated and damaged, deeply stained granular

masses occurred inside the membranous sheath around the

gullet, such probably representing the blood in the large

sinus, though it might be mistaken for masses of sperms.

At the level of the brain in transverse section the ventral

attachment of the collar occurs on each side of the central

glandular area, the cuticle and hypoderm of the body-wall

bending outward and ensheathing the collar, that part of it,

however, covering the central glandular area being much

more cellular and granular as well as slightly thicker than

the rest. Between the two layers of hypoderm the collar

has connective-tissue fibres, cells, and probably muscular

fibres, though the latter were not differentiated. The flaps

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 23

on the sides of the dorsal furrows have the same structure

and all are modifications of the wall of the body.

_ Alimentary Canal.—The aperture of the mouth, fed by

the grooves from the branchial fan, besides those elsewhere

described, and with its dorsal transverse fissure and the two

lateral folds or lappets on each side below, soon assumes in

section the form of a transverse slit, the dorsal epithelial

wall of which is boldly scalloped or crenate, with two pro-

jections in the middle line, whilst the ventral is two-lobed—

two prominent lobes or projections occurring on each side

of the central fissure. Then, passing backward, the canal

forms a long transverse or slightly fusiform slit, its epithelial

surface becoming at the same time less dense, whilst various

mesenterial strands are attached to its outer wall; but soon

the epithelial lining diminishes in depth and the canal be-

comes more capacious—shorter in transverse and longer in

vertical diameter ; its walls increasing in thickness, and its

muscular and mesenterial strands more numerous. There-

after its inner lining is thrown into narrow longitudinal

ridges, and strong muscular fibres are attached to its outer

surface. ‘The great increase of the mucous lining and the

diminution of the diameter of the canal cause the organ in

section to be ovoid or even rounded, the entire area being

occupied by the folds of the inner lining and the basement-

tissue— circular and radiating fibres externally giving firm-

ness to the rounded canal (Pl. I. fig. 1, d.). Then the

mucous folds change their character, and the inner lining

is thrown into slightly arborescent ridges in transverse

section, somewhat after the fashion of the gizzard of certain

Orthoptera, but it is not chitinous. Behind this, though

still in the anterior or “thoracic” region, the canal retains

the bold longitudinal ridges of the mucous surface, though

they are less arborescent ; the suspensory mesentery from

the mid-dorsal arch is short and strong, and the walls

of the gut are massive, since, besides the coats formerly

mentioned, a reticulated conuective-tissue layer with vascular

spaces, as well as a chlorogogenous coat, surround it.

Besides, it is further clasped by powerful vertical bands

passing on each side from the dorsal longitudinal muscles to

the area of the nerve-cords (Pi. II. fig. 8). The ventral

blood-vessel lies in the thick investment immediately beneath

it, and a complicated plexus of muscular and connective-

tissue fibres takes place beneath the canal and above the

ventral vessel in various sections at intervals. Posteriorly,

the canal considerably diminishes and its internal surface is

24 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

marked by complex folds. Dorsally and externally is the

median mesentery, whilst inferiorly is the ventral mesentery

enclosing the blood-vessel, and at intervals the plexus of

muscular fibres from the oblique muscles and the gut itself,

making the arch over the ventral vessel.

Thoracic Glands.—The thoracic glands, or anterior seg-

mental organs of some, have been the subject of various

interpretations. Thus Ehrenberg * in Amphicora sabella

and Grube in Spirographis spallanzani thought them re-

productive organs. Oscar Schmidt + more or less followed

this interpretation, though he associated them also with an

excretory function. He describes them as two short sacs

opposite the first bristle-bundle in Amphicora mediterranea,

each with a duct leading obliquely forward to join its fellow

and to open in the mid-dorsal line behind the branchie.

Williams, again, did not allude to these organs, but located

the segmental organs of Sabellids and Serpulids in every

abdominal segment, each with an external and an internal

opening. Leydig and Huxley (the latter in Filograna)

added little more than a notice of them. De Quatrefages

considered them in the Serpulids as blind hepatic sacs con-

nected with the stomach. Claparede (1870) thought them

modified segmental organs which in the Serpulids secreted

mucus, the ordinary segmental organs occurring in all the

abdominal segments of such as Psyymobranchus. Cosmovici

interpreted them as excretory organs or “Organs of Bo-

janus”’ ; whilst the segmental organs in the posterior region

transmitted the ova and sperms. Langerhans termed them

head-glands in Sabella (Potamilla) stichophthalmus aud Eu-

chone rosea, and that they opened dorsally. A. G. Bourne }

(1883) considered these organs in Haplobranchus tubiparous

glands or modified nephridia, and he mentions no ducts.

In his account of the segmental organs of Branchiomma

Brunotte § describes, alter “Clapar éde, the thoracic glands as

thoracic segmental organs, and situated in the first and

second segments, thus being less developed than in Spiro-

graphis spallanzant, and even than in Chetozone and Myzicola,

the former species having them in all the thoracic segments,

the latter in more than twosegments. The author interprets

their structure as glands formed by the volutions of two

tubes, and in his figures (pl. i. fig. 31, and pl. ii. fig. 40)

shows the ceelom as filled by the coils of these, yet in pl. ii.

* Mitth. Verh. Ges. Nat. Freunde, Berlin, 1836.

+ Neue Beitriige Naturges, der Wiirmer-Reise nach Faror, 1848, Jena.

t Quart. Journ. Micros. Soe, vol. xxiii. p. 168.

§ Recherches Anat. Branchiomma, p. 59 (1888).

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 25

fig. 38 only the section of a single tube on each side is indi-

cated. This interpretation shows certain differences from

the arrangement in Bispira. Brunotte’s view that the walls

of these tubes (individual folds) are specially arranged holds

only good in Bispira, so far as it refers to folds of the

appendicular duct posteriorly (Pl. Il. fig. 11, tg.). The

author is inclined to think that these thoracic segmental

organs represent the series found in other forms, and are

probably homologous with the longitudinal canal in Lanice.

The thoracic glands (anterior nephridia) in Bispira and

other Sabellids follow a different arrangement from those in

the Serpulids, e. g. Pomatocerus, which have their widest part

anteriorly and diminish in their progress backward to a

blind end. ~In longitudinal section these glands fill the

ccelomic spaces of the first two segments in Bispira, which

thus agrees with Branchiomma as described by Brunotte,

though their convolutions would appear to be larger, such

depending to a certain extent on the degree of contraction

or expansion. In the serial (transverse) sections from the

front the first trace observed is a small tube with pigmented

walls situated about the level of the upper arch of the gullet,

between the approximated dorsal and ventral longitudinal

muscles, avd it is imbedded in muscular fibres stretching

from the gullet to the body-wall. Such represents the

anterior duct of each side, thus corresponding to the arrange-

ment in the Serpulids. The thoracic gland increases

gradually in size and passes downward to the exterior of the

cesophagus, resting on a plate of muscle passing outward to

the wall and cutting off a coelomic space above it on each

side. Here the small tube has fixed to it a loop of vesicular

and cellulo-granular tissue which seems akin to the chlora-

gogenous investment of the gut, the cells and vesicles

hanging on a thin mesenterial tissue in groups (PI. II.

fig. 11, chi.). The structure of the gland in section is similar

to that in the Serpulids, but the walls are, perhaps, less

massive than in Pomatocerus, though of considerable thick-

ness, the tough external layer having muscular fibres within

it and the epithelial layer being largely developed. With

the increase of the ceelomic space the gland on each side

moves downward and the cellular loop (really a tube)

enlarges, and the sections of the gland lie within the ring

of this tissue. Then sections of two glandular tubes

appear, as if the organ had become bifid, both connected

with the granular cellular tissue, the vesicles and cells

projecting into the ring from the limiting membrane ex-

ternally, and they form a thicker and more definite layer.

26 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

Moreover, that part of the wall of the vesicular tunnel

adjoining the gut-wall applies itself to it, whilst the outer

part of the cellular structure forms loops in connection with

the thoracic glands, which when the sides are flattened

present in section the aspect of a tube, as shown by Brunotte

(his pl. i. fig. 21). Masses of cells with brown pigment occur

on various parts of this cellular membrane, and the trans-

parent cells themselves are often grouped near tle oblique

muscles as they pass to their insertion above and to the

exterior border of the great nerve-trunks, A conspicuous

feature at this level is the occurrence of a comparatively

large aperture through the body-wall just below the bristle-

tuft, the finished nature of which shows that it is a permanent

structure, but whether in connection with the thoracic

glands or otherwise the imperfection of the sections does

not enable a decision to be made. ‘The area of the thoracic

glands is much larger than in front, the reverse of the con-

dition in the Serpulids, and they form complex structures

by folding or division. The complexity of these glands is

best shown in longitudinal sections, and they fill up the

celomic space in the first two segments. Brunotte de-

scribes them as double. [urther, toward the posterior part

of the glands one tube is found in section to the outer side

of the fibres of the oblique muscle and has considerably

diminished. Transverse sections of the smaller tubes present

an investing membrane lined by nucleated cells probably

with internal cilia, all the parts, including the thoracic gland

proper, being more delicate and trausparent than in Poma-

tocerus. ‘Then the gland increases in area and shows various

folds or pouches, and the vesicular and cellular strands

become abundant, the main gland, to which these are

attached, often presenting septa dividing it into two cham-

bers. Finally, the gland and its tubular appendages

disappear, only the translucent botryoidal tissue being left

in strands connected with the mid-ventral region, and passing

up to the dorsal longitudinal muscles. Besides the vesicles

and cells attached to the membrane a small tube is seen in

section, and, moreover, it is clear that this tissue is identical

in structure with that attached to the wall of the gut, and

nucleated strands pass beneath the canal to be attached to

it above the ventral blood-vessel, probably separated from

the gut-wall during preparation. Further backward the

wall of the alimentary canal is free from this tissue, only a

slight development of it taking place posteriorly.

Segmental Organs.—In the middle of the body a folded

tube with transparent nucleated cells lies in the space above

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 27

the outer ends of the ventral longitudinal muscle. The

nuclei along the sides of the tube stain deeply, thus outlining

the canal which curves downward and outward and opens

below the bristle-tuft external to the outer edge of the

ventral muscle (Pl. II. fig. 13, so.). Nothing was seen of

its internal connections except an occasional wider section.

Separate masses of the deeply stained cells were noticed here

and there, as if from folding or lobulation of the main tube,

which in some cases appeared to form loops, and the vascular

supply is abundant. Occasionally masses of minute cells

were present toward the middle, attached by mesenteries to

the other parts of the organs, and in section such were

sometimes circular. The ducts seem to be smaller and

longer posteriorly, and in some cases did not appear to be

functional, especially toward the tip of the tail. Further

investigations in this region are, however, necessary. When

the nephridial tubes are cut longitudinally the nuclei

ranged along each wall are conspicuous.

In Amphiglena mediterranea the chordoid arch supporting

the branchive is narrow and composed of but two large cells

from side to side of the middle of the bar, which is boldly

curved ventrally at each end, whilst the central bar is

concave dorsally beneath the dorsal groove—the whole

having the form of certain bows, especially as a blunt conical

projection occurs at each end of the transverse bar where

the cells also are increased. The mouth in section in this

region forms a vertical slit, bifid dorsally—that is, leaving a

median pointed cone dorsally. The cephalic ganglia occupy

a similar position to that of the typical forms. The pharynx

soon forms a thick-walled tube rounded in section, and filled

with granules and spicules, the mesentery holding the dorsal

vessel above and the ventral inferiorly, the latter being close

to the two nerve-cords which lie on the inner surface of the

massive and continuous hypodermic glandular area of the

region and at some distance from each other, the compara-

tively massive ventral longitudinal muscles being as yet to

their outer border and wide apart, whilst the ventral blood-

vessel is placed between them. No neural canals are

present. Proceeding backward the ventral longitudinal

muscles, which are now extended and comparatively thin,

send their inner edges into the median groove formed in the

centre of the ventral hypodermic mass, the nerve-cords,

which were very indistinct in the preparations, apparently

lying at the sides of the fissure, in the middle of which is the

mesentery from the alimentary canal fixed to the distal end

of the fissure. About the level of the nerve-cords is the

28 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

ventral blood-vessel which has remarkably thick walls, so

that at first sight the mass resembles the halves of a narrow

elliptical ganglion or flattened cord, after the character of

that in Arenicola, since the actual cords are difficult to

recognize. The thickness of the walls of the vascular trunk

would indicate special contractility in this region. The

hypoderm is thus divided into lateral lobes with a slight

median ventral ridge, the whole being glandular.

The body-wall in Dasychone dalyelli (argus) has externally

the cuticle and a thick hypoderm, and there is a glandular

ventral belt of great depth as in Sabella, with a median

notch. The circular muscular coat appears to be compara-

tively thin, though continuous. The dorsal longitudinal

muscles are in section rather broad and thin, the thickest

end being external, and a hiatus occurs in the mid-dorsal

line. A considerable gap exists between the ventral longi-

tudinal muscles, which are about the thickness of the dorsal,

though narrower, and without curvature, apparently from the

feebleness of the oblique muscles. At intervals somewhat

powerful muscular bands slope downward and inward, to be

attached to the complex area above the nerve-cords, but the

system is less marked than in Sabella. The alimentary

canal has its median dorsal and median ventral mesenteries.

The nerve-trunks lie more distinctly under the mner edge

of each ventral longitudinal muscle, and no neural canal is

present. The fibres of the circular and oblique appear to

cross between them, and from the trunks fibres radiate into

the glandular coat outside. The ventral longitudinal mus-

cular layer is often broken up into several fasciculi.

The structure of the body-wall i Chone infundibuliformis,

Kroyer, introduces a new type into the series, were it only

for the remarkably coiled arrangement of the muscular

fasciculi of the longitudinal muscles in transverse section.

The cuticle covers a hypoderm well developed and highly

glandular throughout, the long cylindrical cells being

characteristic, especially when slight softening of this coat

occurs. In the mid-dorsal line is a deep groove, and its

bottom and sides show a somewhat finer granular structure,

so that it may be a more sensitive area than the general

surface. A decided thickening of the hypoderm takes place

in the mid-ventral line, and it tapers to the normal thickness

in the ventro-lateral region. The circular muscular coat is

well developed and continuous, modifications occurring at

each foot. The dorsal longitudinal muscles are largely

developed, and, like the ventral in section, are in two concen-

trically arranged bands, the outer layer, however, extending

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 29

over the dorsum of both. ‘The median band is somewhat

triangular with the pointed end internally, the outer is ovoid,

and in the hiatus between the muscles of opposite sides the

alimentary canal is suspended, and so closely that no

mesentery is apparent—indeed, it would seem that the mus-

cular fibres which pass from the circular coat into its walls

form the suspensory apparatus. Veutrally the longitudinal

muscles likewise form in transverse section two areas, in

this case somewhat heart-shaped, the base of each being

central, the apex external, and the outer (ventral) fillet of

the muscle likewise extends over both areas. ‘The inner

edge of each muscle is separated by a considerable gap, in

which lie the nerve-trunks which rest in a granular neuro-

glia, with the neurilemma and the circular muscular coat

externally, whilst to their upper edge are attached strands

from the alimentary canal. The two cords are surrounded

by a sheath or neurilemma, and at the upper and inner

angle is a small neural canal. At the ganglia the neuri-

lemma is confined to the outer surface. In the mid-ventral

line beneath them is a granular mass (in section) of neuro-

glia, and a trace also appears at each side, whilst in the

region of the separate cords this inferior granular structure

is thicker in the centre‘and tapers off laterally. On each

side of the strands from the alimentary caual is a foliate

granular mass (male elements ?), whilst between the strands

is the ventral blood-vessel. Large vascular trunks or

sinuses occur along the wall of the alimentary canal. The

fan-like arrangement of the long hooks is well shown in

such sections.

Somewhat behind the foregoing the mid-dorsal groove

becomes only a slight deptession, though the hypoderm

retains the same character as in front and the cuticular

surface appears to be ciliated... The hypoderm now forms a

coat of nearly equal depth all over, though there is still

a slight thickening in the mid-ventral line due apparently

to increase in the basement-substance as well as in the

hypoderm proper. The circular coat has inereased in

strength, the suspensory fibres for the alimentary canal are

longer, and the canal itself shows both cireular and longi-

tudinal fibres, whilst the folds of the mucous surface are

sometimes so arranged in the empty organ as to interlock.

Strong fibres at intervals pass from the dorsal to the ventral

region—grasping the alimentary canal at each side, and

being attached to the fibres, including those of the oblique

muscles, which form a complex around the ventral blood-

vessel and over the nerve-cords. The latter have now, at

30 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

their upper part, a larger neural canal which in some sections

exceeds in bulk the main mass of each nerve, as in Allen’s

Pecilochetus*. The neuroglia external to the trunks has

increased. The condition of the dorsal and ventral longi-

tudinal muscles is the same as in front, the coiled arrangement

of the fasciculi being conspicuous in section.

In a section about half an inch from the tip of the tail,

no evident dorsal notch occurs in the hypoderm, but a deep

groove exists between the thickened hypoderm on each side

of the mid-veutral line. ‘The circular muscular coat is still

conspicuous. Hach moiety of the dorsal longitudinal

muscle is now separate, the outer coil dorsally leading ex-

ternally to several folds wedged between the moieties, the

inner being rounded and smaller than the outer moiety. A

strong series of muscular fibres leaves the dorsum, joins the

oblique, and passes to the ventral border on the outer side

of the nerve-trunks. The arrangement of the coils in the

ventral longitudinal muscles in section is as in front, viz.,

the outer or ventral band envelops both moieties which are

irregularly rounded and the inner is the smaller. The

alimentary canal is small, firm, and rounded, highly vascular,

and fixed by the mesenteries as in front, its circular mus-

cular coat being couspicuous. ‘The nerve-cords have a

considerable mass of neuroglia externally—that is, between

them and the circular muscular coat. A small neural canal

occurs at the upper and inner border of each, the nerve-

tissue completely surrounding it. ;

In the Dialychone acustica of Claparéde +, the two stato-

cysts (otocysts) in the first segment are well developed, but

the chief interest, in connection with the present remarks,

is the characteristieally coiled condition of both dorsal and

ventral longitudinal muscles (on section) from the anterior

end backward. ‘The large size of the skeletogenous reti-

culations and their numerous nuclei are also features of

note. In a female large ova occurred in the anterior

thoracic region.

The body-wall in Othonia conforms to the general type

of the family. In those having the body-cavity distended

with comparatively large ova the muscular layers are some-

what thinner, and the alimentary canal forms an ellipse

held by the dorsal and ventral mesenteries, the minute

nerve-cords apparently having no neural canals.

In Euchone analis (about ¢ of au inch) from the front the

* Journ. M. B, A. vol. xlviii. p. 105,

+ Annal. Chét. Neap. p. 482, pl. xxx. fig. 3.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 31

hypoderm is greatly developed on the ventral surface, thin-

ning off in the lateral regions, and with a slight groove mid-

dorsally. ‘the circular muscular coat is fairly developed

all round. The dorsal longitudinal muscles form a con-

tinuous loop in transverse section, the broader end of each

being external, and the short mesenterial attachment of the

alimentary canal separates each muscle in the mid-dorsal

line. The folds of the ventral longitudinal muscles are also

apparently continuous in section, both these and the dorsal

being somewhat lappet-shaped, the inner end being pointed,

the internal fold of the muscles terminating before reaching

the point in each case. The oblique muscles seem to be

feeble and indistinct, each appearing as a thread-like process

along the inner border of the ventral longitudinal muscle,

and being attached over each nerve-cord. The alimentary

canal (gullet) is large in this region, and has a firm exterior

with circular and longitudinal muscular fibres, and a thick

mucous coat, the nerve-cords are comparatively small and

lie in the intervals between the ganglia in the middle line

below the attachinent of the mesentery from the gut. Ex-

ternally are a mass of neuroglia, the circular muscular coat,

and the much thickened hypoderm of the ventral surface,

which shows no median groove in this region. The nerve-

area is considerably larger when a ganglion is severed. The

canal is ensheathed by a firm mesentery fixed on each side over

the nerve-cords. A small canal occurs in the median line

above the nerve-cords, and the gonads are at each side.

The sheath of the alimentary canal is close to the vessel,

thus differing from the usual condition of a free space

between loose mesenteries.

A little (4 im.) behind the foregoing the ventral surface is

marked by a deep groove, so that the thick hypoderm forms

acrescentic mass on each side. The alimentary canal is

much enlarged, and its lumen filled with folds of mucous

membrane. ‘The dorsal and ventral longitudinal muscles

have the same structure in section.

Yoward the posterior region of the body, whilst at first

the ventral muscles indicate no change, the dorsal loop

presents a hiatus at the ventral edge on each side of the

middle line, from which apparently the homologues of the

oblique muscles pass, the outer co being enlarged next

the fissure; such is the condition at + of an inch from the

tip of the tail. The whole aspect of each muscle, however,

alters at about § of an inch from the tip of the tail. Each

dorsal muscle Gems in section a continuous thick arch

superiorly, the inner end bending downward and forming a

32 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

coil of a turn and a half, whilst the outer and thicker end

does the same. Each ventral muscle, on the other hand,

makes a single coil of one turn anda half from its outer

end, and thus forms a contrast with the double coil in each

dorsal. The small gut lies in the centre, fixed by the

ordinary mesenteries. The ventral groove is now open and

the veatral hypoderm is considerably thinner.

Euchone would thus appear to show a more primitive type

than Chone, since anteriorly the dorsal and ventral longitu-

dinal muscles have asimple loop, after the manner of Nereis,

whereas posteriorly the coiled type of muscle has made its

appearance. It is also in contrast with Dialychone of

Claparéde, in which the coiled muscles begin at the anterior

end.

2. On some Points in the Structure of the Serpulide,

chiefly of Pomatocerus triqueter, L.

Less was accomplished in the minute structure of the

Serpulids than in the Sabelhds until Claparede took up

the subject in his ‘ Recherches sur la structure des Anné-

lides Sédentaires’ *. He dealt in this group for the most

part with Protula intestinum, in which he found the hypoderm

greatly developed on the ventral surface and richly vascular.

In P. infundibulum he noted the pennate arrangement of

the longitudinal muscles in section, and pointed out that

the intestinal sinus is lodged between the epithelial coat

and the circular muscular fibres, and that giant fibres occur

in its great nerve-cord and cesophageal commissures. He

thought that in Psygmobranchus protensus the distaut halves

of the ganglionic cord denoted inferiority, especially as in

larval aunelids this condition is more marked than in the

adult. Three pairs of ganglia occur in the thoracic region,

the largest being the second, and they are united by trans-

verse commissures. He stated that in the Serpulids only a

single pair of segmental organs occured, viz., in the thorax,

and that they gave exit to the reproductive elements. In

his description and figures the voluminous folds of the organ

are indicated, and he “considered that, by filling up the body-

cavity, they conduced to the solidity of the region.

Schenk (1874) gave a brief account of the structure of

the body-wall in Serpula uncinata. In his transverse sections

he appears to have overlooked the great nerve-trunks, though

traces of these occur in his figures.

* Posthumously published in 1873.

+ Sitzb. K. Akad. Wiss, Wien, Bd. lxx. pp. 1, 2, pl. i.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 33

Eugen Lee* (1912) describes the blood-vessels and

sinuses in Protula, Vermilia, and otffer Serpulids :—The

main channels, he states, are determined by the meta-

merization and differentiation of mesodermic bands which

arise from pole-cells. The gaps between the splanchno-

pleure and intestinal epithelium, or between the neural and

heemal mesenuteries and septa, give rise to channels for the

nutrient fluid diffusing through the epithelium of the gut.

The channels at first have no proper walls. The walls of

the visceral sinus and dorsal and ventral vessels are due ‘to

muscular differentiation of thesplanchnopleure The lumen

of other blood-channels is interseptal and closed off by

peritoneal walls from the ccelom. —

As indicated in the remarks on Bispira, E. Meyer has

devoted much attention to the structure of the Serpulids,

which he contrasted chiefly with the Hermellide. He also

followed the development of the thoracie nephridia in

Psygmobranchus protensus, and went minutely into the

processes and collar of the anterior region. His observations

on the various organs, though somewhat diffuse, are of much

interest. The Sabellids were included with the Eriographi-

didze and Serpulide under his Serpulid.

A prominent feature in the antericr body-wall of Protula

tubularia; Mont., is the great size of the dorsal longitu-

dinal muscles, thus agreeing with Pomatocerus. The cuticle

and hypoderm are well developed throughout, whilst on the

veutral region anteriorly is a thick glandular investment

with numerous small blood-vessels at its inner edge, a

condition probably associated with a special secretion. In

order to follow the arrangement of the muscle it is necessary

to examine the extreme anterior end, where the dorsal

surface has a deep groove in the middle line, the rounded

parts on each side indicating the projecting dorsal muscles,

which already are large. The lateral regions are formed by

extensions of the body-wall, and bear the bristles in each

segment. A thin circular coat lies under the hypoderm

external to the dorsal longitudinal muscles, and it extends

into the lateral! regions. Sections of the posterior end of

the ganglia lie below the great muscles, and in the mid-

ventral line is an elongated area between them. The ali-

mentary canal is clasped by strong circular muscular fibres,

the circular muscular coat of the body-wall being external

to it. In the middle line numerous vertical fibres pass

* Jen. Zeitsch. Natur. xlvill. pp. 482-78, with 6 plates.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. a

34 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

from the alimentary canal to the mid-dorsal groove, and

they by-and-by separate the nervous masses on each side.

A projecting process, probably glandular, occurs on each

side of the middle line ventrally, and the hypoderm is

specially thickened toward its exterior. At the outer edge

of the space lying below and external to the great dorsal

muscle on each side is a muscular band, but such is distinct

from the ventral longitudinal muscles which in section

appear as small rounded areas on each side of the middle

line, and with the nerve-trunks and the great neural canals

at their inner borders. Proceeding backward the ventral

longitudinal muscles gradually separate from each other and

become flattened in section, thus carrying the nerve-trunks

further from the middle line, the ventral blood-vessel lying

in the centre with the alimentary canal above it grasped

between the massive dorsal longitudinal muscles. In the

long space between the ventral muscles and the nerve-cords

are several small fascicules of longitudinal muscular fibres,

and large processes of tle alimentary canal appear above

the inner edges of the ventral longitudinal muscles. The

vascularity of the inner region of the hypoderm is note-

worthy. Further backward thecesophageal region diminishes,

whilst a process of the gut appears above it, and the two

processes beneath the cesopbageal chamber have moved”

inward toward the ventral blood-vessel, whilst the dorsal

longitudinal muscles are somewhat further apart. The

ventral longitudinal muscles are larger and are elongate-

ovoid in transverse section with the nerve-cords at their

inner edges. They are separated by the processes of the

gut and the ventral blood-vessel.

In the posterior region a change has taken place in the

structure of the body-wall. The dorsal longitudinal muscles

have now spread out into thick plates on each side of the

middle line, and in the lateral region end in a massive

rounded area of folded muscular fasciculi, which in section

show a pennate or feathered aspect. A large alimentary

canal oceupies the centre. ‘The ventral longitudinal muscles

are still proportionally small, forming, in section, elongated

plates somewhat thicker externally, and with the nerve-

cords and their large neural canals at the inner edge. The

are separated from each other by the ventral blood-vessel,

which is in contact with the gut superiorly. The inner

edges of the ventral muscles have thus moved nearer the

middle line. The ventral hypoderm now presents the same

structure as the dorsal.

The hypoderm in Serpula vermicularis is firmer than in

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 35

Protula, and anteriorly the ventral hy poderm is non-vascular.

Within is the circular coat which extends all round, and

presents special developments at the foot. The dorsal

longitudinal muscles form massive kidney-shaped lobes in

transverse section, separated in the mid-dorsal line by the

alimentary canal and its short meseiitery and by a vessel at

each side. These muscles extend from the dorsal almost

to the ventral edge, and are proportionally larger than in

-Protula. On the other hand, the ventral longitudinal are

smaller, and in section are short spindle-shaped bands widely

separated from each other, and with the nerve-cord and its

large neural canal at the inner edge. Between the latter

stretches a thin but continuous layer of longitudinal fibres,

having the circular muscular coat externally and the ventral

blood-vessel internally, with the muscular aponeurosis on

each side, as well as certain fibres from the slender oblique,

which passes the cord and is attached over the thin muscular

layer. The alimentary canal has a thick investment of

circular muscular fibres with groups of inner longitudinal

and a richly folded mucous lining. It stretches from the

dorsal surface to the ventral blood-vessel. The dorsal fold

arising from the foot is hollow distally,

An interesting feature is the presence of a peri-intestinal

sinus in the outer wall of the alimentary canal and ex-

tending from the posterior region forward to the cesophagus,

and which takes the place of the dorsal vessel of other

forms, and the same arrangement occurs in the Ariciide,

Cheetopteride, Ammocharide, Sabellide*, and _ other

families. |

The peri-intestinal sinus surrounds the canal throughout

the greater part of its extent, and in Hupomatus elegans

Prof. Haswell states that the sinus ends in front of the ceso-

phageal region in a-short wide dorsal sinus or cardiac sac,

from which a pair of vessels pass to each branchial base,

“ where it (each) unites with a smaller branch from the ventral

vessel to form the common branchial vessel,’’ which makes

a curve—giving off a branch to each branchia and the

operculum and pseudo-operculum. ‘The ventral vessel is

a distinct wide trunk, which is continued along the body,

and in front communicates with the branches from the

dorsal sinus. ‘The capillaries of the collar and flaps receive

blood from the ventral vessel, and, as in the branchiz, the

circulation is to-and-fro.”” The blood which enters the peri-

intestinal sinus by the segmental vessels is carried forward

* Haswell, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S,W. vol. ix. pp. 1-27 (sep, copy).

36 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

by peristaltic contractions to the cardiac sac, whence it is

driven at intervals forward to the common branchial vessels

and by the separate trunks to the tips of the branchie. It

returns by the same course and enters the lateral ventral

trunks, and passes to the ventral vessel, by which it is

distributed to the collar and the body generally ” (Haswel/).

In Pomatocerus the abdominal region possesses the peri-

intestinal vessel and a minute ventral trunk. Anteriorly

the former splits into a large dorsal vessel or cardiac sac

and about 16 smaller vessels, which run on the wall of the

alimentary canal. Further forward the peri-intestinal vessels

join the dorsal trunk, thus making two main trunks, a large

dorsal and a small ventral. Then the dorsal bifureates into

the two branchial, and so does the ventral, but Prof. Haswell

was uncertain whether the latter communicated with the

former as in Hupomatus. All the vessels possess a muscular

wall, and the blood in the majority is of a light green colour,

and contains certain clear oval bodies probably derived from

the epithelial lining of the vessels.

A pair of thoracic glands exist in this group as in the

Sabellide. In Hupomatus and Serpula each has the form of

a brown body with its long axis directed longitudinally, the

posterior part with thinner clearer walls and an anterior

dark brown folded part. No opening into the coelom was

made out by Prof. Haswell. In front the gland is continued

into the ciliated duct, which passes almost directly inward

to meet its fellow in the middie line, the common duct going

straight forward to open ventrally (dorsally) between the

bases of the branchiz. The gland is lined by large, granular,

nucleated cells, each furnished with a flagellum at its apex.

Haswell found the “true” segmental organs in all the

abdominal segments, viz., delicate pyriform sacs ciliated

internally, and opening externally on the sides of the seg-

ments by slit-like apertures having active cilia. No internal

aperture.could be made out. In Kupomaius each in the

female contained a group of ova at various stages up to the

fully developed egg. ‘These segmental organs alternated

with the ovaries. In the males these sacs were always

empty.

No featureis more distinctive of the Serpulids in contrast

with the Sabellids than the extreme transparency, thinness,

and minute serrations 0’ the hooks. Asarule, they approach

in shape those of the Ampharetidze rather than those of the

Sabcllidee. The hard. smooth, calcareous nature of the tube

probably necessitates a special adaptation of a mobile torus

with flexible hooks, the free edge of which is beset with a

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 37

multitude of minute processes—probably of great use in

fixation. Another structural characteristic is that of the

first or collar bristles, which, for example, in the Spirorbids

are of specific importance. The absence of tentacles (two

of which are present in the Sabellids) and the presence of a

calcareous operculum in the Serpulids are distinctive, just as

the long branchiz of the Sabellids are in contrast with the

shorter organs in the Serpulids.

The secretion of the tube, as indicated under Pomatocerus

triqueter, takes place with cousiderable rapidity—for instance,

on the carapace of the shore-crab, on porcelain or stone-

vessels and bottles thrown into the sea, and is further proved

by observations in confinement. Mr. Arnold Watson thinks

itis secreted by the outer side of the collar, since, as soon as

the anterior part of the annelid emerges, the collar is folded

over the edge of its tube, its two lobes meeting over the

mucro. He adds, however, that the formation of a dia-

phragm in a broken tube shows. that other parts may likewise

secrete the calcareous matter. As detailed in the structure

of the hypoderm, the collar and the free surfaces of the

thoracic jacket contain much glandul:r tissue, as likewise

do the lamelize or elevations for the tori uncinigeri.

Hypoderm.—In the auterior sections of the body-wall of

Pomatocerus triqueter the dorsal is distinguished from the

ventral hypoderm by the intensity of the stain (Ehrlich’s

Hematoxylin and Kosin) * in the latter, viz., from the slight

projection below the enlarged base of the dorsal flap or pro-

cess to that of the opposite side, the glandular tissue, like

that of the cesophageal wall, readily absorbing this stain, so

much so as to become opaque. The dorsal hypoderin, on the

other hand, has only the nuclei tinted near its outer edge, and

the inner part of the enlarged base of the dorsal flap shows

likewise glandular tissue. The thoracic collar anteriorly

(Pl. IV. fig. 21) is somewhat complex in Pomatocerus tri-

gueter, having dorsally a large fan-shaped lamella on each

side, then a gap between it and the continuous ventral

portion.of the collar, whilst a small lamella with processes

on the edge occurs at the gap, its hase having a closer con-

nection with the ventral, than the dorsal moiety. This

condition of tlie ventral hypoderm continues backward to

the end of the thoracic glands, the lateral processes bearing

the hooks being especially glandular. Then the glandular

* IT am indebted to Miss Lamont, of the Zoological Department of

Edimburgh University, for aid in section-making, my own trained men

being on service.

38 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

tissue forms a patch on each side of the middle line ventrally,

as well as on the edges of the ventro-lateral processes, and

thus these form a contrast with the dorsal (branchial) pro-

cesses. Thereafter (proceeding backward) the glandular

tissue is almost absent from the median ventral region, but

is highly developed on the ventro-lateral processes ; soon,

however, it again appears in the ventral plate or fillet, which

has glands along its lower edge, a few remaining in the

hypoderm of the ventral surface of the body-wall.

So long as the free flap of the thoracic jacket or collar

occurs, the glandular tissue in the hypoderm of the ventral

edge of the flap is dotted at intervals with glands, and they

are also distributed along the ventral hypoderm of the

body-wall, but m moderate numbers. As the flap diminishes

the ventral median groove of the body-wall becomes deeper,

but its hypoderm is thinner than that at the sides (beneath

the ventral longitudinal muscles), the glands, however, being

continued in it. When the jacket ends, the hypoderm

generally is somewhat thinner, the ventral groove rather

more shallow, and the glands are but slightly developed, the

most conspicuous aggregations being in the lateral thickenings

bearing the hooks, so that the region is in marked contrast

with the anterior. This description applies to the body-wall

as far backward as the valvular region of the alimentary

canal.

In the posterior division of the body the glands still occur

in the lateral region and on the lamelle for the hooks, as

well as a few along the ventral border, especially on each

side of the ventral groove. Very few occur dorsally—indeed,

in most sections they are absent form the dorsal arch, only

nuclei occurring there.

The hypoderm at the level of the origin of the opercular

stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 20) often presents a fan-like arrangement

of its long cells, as at Ape., a condition probably due to

slight folds in the sections, but such recalls the aspect of some

simple sense-organs, e. g. eyes, though no pigment is present,

only the stout basement-tissue on which the cells rest.

That this modified hypoderm in the anterior region performs

special functions is evident by gontrastmg the outer and

inner surfaces of the thoracic collar or jacket, also by the

massive thickness of some parts, the thinness of others, and

the blanks in the layer only invested by cuticle (d.) in the

same figure. The almost perfect regularity of the nuclei

and the fibroid aspect of the long cells are other features of

moment. The blanks (d.) in the hypodermic coating

consist of a reticulum of nucleated cells supported internally

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 39

by strands of basement-tissue, whilst externally is the

cuticle and within it a very thin extension of the hypoderm

from each side, only of sufficient depth to contain the

abbreviated nuclei continued in close array along it. The

general aspect of the reticulum agrees with that found in

the central area of the differentiating opercular stalk, and is

in contrast with the modified hypoderm above-mentioned.

Thoracic Glands.—In the fresh example two brownish

bands lie on each side in front, pointed behind, and increasing

in diameter as they go forward. A wide duct from each

passes inward, apparently with a slight forward obliquity, to

meet its fellow of the opposite side, and then by a common

median duct to open dorsally between the bases of the

branchie. The lateral ducts show large brownish granular

glands similar to those lining the interior of the glands

proper, but they do not pass forward from the point of

junction of those of opposite sides.

The glands in the anterior region of Pomatocerus triqueter

are first noticeable in transverse sections from the front as

somewhat irregular spaces due to folds, for this is their

widest region, shortly after the ventral cords leave the

brain, and in the lateral region to the upper and outer side

of the nerve-trunks. The early stages do not present so

definite a cellular lining as subsequently forms, though the

cells are present, with processes, apparently of cilia, extending

inward from their free edges. Surrounding the cellular

lining is a layer of connective tissue with numerous nuclei.

The spaces soon unite (proceeding backward) into a large

cavity lined with cubical cells, and stretching from the

nerve-cord obliquely upward and outward to the bristle-tuft

(Pl. V. fig. 26, ég.), the processes still projecting from the

inner surface of the cellular lining (the flagella mentioned by

Prof. Haswell). Externally is a compact cellular mass, cm.,

with distinct nuclei, and this, from the contraction of the

lumen of the organ and its passage toward the ventral

aspect, gets above the cavity—touching the basement-

membrane of the body-wall. The latter in this region has

the comparatively small dorsal muscles separated by a gap, in

the middle of which is the mesentery holding the dorsal blood-

vessel aud the alimentary canal below it. A considerable

band of longitudinal muscle (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.*) lies dorsad of

the two masses of the dorsal longitudinal, and separated from

them by septa. A thin band of longitudinal muscular fibres

stretches on each side a short distance to the inner side of

the nerve-cord. As the thoracic gland diminishes, its cubical

cells and their large nuclei become clearer, the processes still

40 Prof, M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

project from. their inner edges, and the duct lies to the

ventral or inner edge of the toriand the bristles. When the

tube has about 18 cells in its wall (and is therefore small)

the glandular or dorso-lateral appendix, em., is fully twice

its diameter, and soon the tube vanishes, leaving only the

thin glandular belt within the body-wall. This dorso-lateral

appendix appears to be somewhat akin to the multinucleated

celomie bodies described by Prof. Caullery * in Hunice

harassti, Aud. & Ed. As already mentioned, the ducts from

the anterior end show flask-shaped brown granular glands,

but the single duct formed by their union is quite pale.

Toward the termination of the thoracic glands, and behind

tllem, the coelomic cavity contains vessels and chloragogenous

tissue covered with opaque granular masses, often enveloped

in the chloragogenous sheaths. These continue for some

distance backward and by-and-by disappear.

Whilst the thoracic glands are still of moderate size—that

is, toward their posterior third,—it is noticeable that they

are bounded externally by a firm layer of the body-wall

ending inferiorly in a free process, which in transverse

section is clavate (Pl. V. fig. 28, p.). This layer, ad., has

rather regularly arranged fibres at right angles to the axis

of the body, which stain like the muscles in their neigh-

bourhood, and do not resemble the hypodermic nucleated

cells. It has externally the pad or process bearing the

hooks, and it terminates ventrally, rather past the middle of

the section of the thoracie gland with its appendix, in the

free process, the ventral end being pale. The narrow bar,

however, proceeding forward, soon enlarges into a thicker

laver of prism-like cells with the nuclei at their free surface,

thus giving the aspect of a series of punctures at tle en-

larged outer ends, for the cells, ce., are clavate and minutely

granular (Pl. V. fig. 29). This peculiar cellular layer runs

upward on the external border of the branchial stalk, the

inner layer, continuous with the dorsal hypoderm, pre-

senting quite a different structure, and the nuclei are

within their superficial ends (Pl. V. fig. 29). The function

of this special cellular development would seem to be in

connection with the well-developed hook-pads of the region

rather than with the thoracic glands, probably acting as an

elastic cushion. ‘The muscular fibres seen in Pl. V. fig. 28, m.,

are those which move the hook-pad, whilst that structure

itself is largely composed of the modified hypodermic cells

just described. Hence the appearances of the parts vary

* Compt. rend. Soc. Biol. t. xxviii. p. 5931915)

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 41

according to the line of section. ‘Thereafter, the tissue

gradually merges into the hook-pad with its superficially

arranged glands, and so on throughout the region, the inner

or secondary ridge appearing and disappearing in each

segment.

The supporting tissue in the anterior region of Pomato-

cerus triqueter differs from that in the Sabellids. Just as

the nerve-cords leave the cephalic ganglia, and whilst still

connected by a long and strong commissure, no special

supporting tissue is visible. The long, narrow, hypodermic

cells of the dorsal wall (PI. [V. fig. 20, Ape.) are indeed of

great depth, especially in the middle line, so that when torn

they resemble fibres, whilst within the basement-membrane

are only the thin circular muscular fibres and the dorsal

longitudinal muscles—as yet little developed. As thie

opercular stalk leaves the body-wall of the region (PI. IV.

fig. 20, op.) its central areolar mass joins the other tissues

and may stiffen the parts, for as yet the fibres of the dorsal

longitudinal muscles are few. Through this mass a bifid

nerve-trunk from the cephalic ganglia passes. The remark-

able thickness and the appearances of the hypoderm of the

region in this species would suggest the view that it may

more or less be connectéd with the function of the special

chordoid skeleton of other forms. In this respect the dorsal

‘differs essentially from the ventral hypoderm of the region,

which is richly glandular. The muscular tissue at the base

of the stalk is reticulated in longitudinal section, as if the

sarcolemma formed a network ; indeed, reticulation of the

muscular fibres themselves would appear to occur, though

the trend of most at the base of the stalk is longitudinal.

The projection of the opercular stalk causes asymmetry

of the body-wall and of the incipient dorsal longitudinal

muscles, for the muscle of the same side considerably in-

creases 1n size, probably in relation to the movements of the

stalk. ‘The body-wall remains asymmetrical after the stalk

separates, that side being less than the opposite one, in

which, moreover, the slits separating the branchie first

appear. This asymmetry subsequently disappears in front

when the filaments approach separation, but it is a marked

feature. Connective-tissue cells fill up the lateral space

within the body-wall beyond the region of the cephalic

ganglia, but these do not show special chordoid structure.

Deeply stained nerve-cells surround the cords and the

trausverse fibres between them. ‘The enlarged base of each

ventral flap of the thoracic jacket has connective-tissue cells

similar to those in the lateral region of the body, the flap

42 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

being joined to the body-wall by a firm isthmus in the

middle line, its two surfaces beyond being structurally

differentiated, the inner (that is, next the body-wall) being

coated by a thick layer of the long hypodermic cells with

the nuclei near the surface, whilst the outer has much

shorter cells, the inner ends of which seem to run into the

reticulated connective-tissue of the central region. Masses

of gland-cells, moreover, occur along the convex margin of

the jacket. In the area of the cephalic ganglia the modified -

hypoderm is thickened in the mid-dorsal line and also

laterally so as to form a protection to the organs. Then

on the side (generally the left) from which the opercular

stalk springs this modified hypoderm bulges out and envelops

it (Pl. IV. fig. 20). Further, the glandular nature of the

ventral wall diminishes, and a split separating the jacket or

collar appears and joins the folded lateral and dorsal flaps,

both the inner surface of the collar and the outer of the

body-wall being invested by layers of the hypoderm. As soon

as the collar becomes free (in section) the entire body-wall,

with the exception of a narrow lateral belt on each side, is

invested by this modified hypoderm, the thickest parts being

the dorso-lateral and mid-dorsal regions ; and the origin of

the opercular stalk has the same investment, special support

being afforded by the adjoining mid-dorsal and lateral en-

largements of this modified hypoderm. Proceeding forward

the ventro-lateral regions of this coat are considerably

thickened, and a deep furrow now cuts off the opercular

stalk (Pl. IV. fig. 22). ‘Ihe diminished area of the anterior

region is specially stiffened, for in section the greater part

of its surface is composed of this modified hypoderm, the

only gaps being those of the mouth, the branchial trunks,

and a coelomic space. The shape in section is that of a

curved dumb-bell (Pl. IV. fig. 23), the narrow median region

with the oval slit corresponding to the handle and the

enlarged lateral regions to the bells. Instead of the dorsal

region having the thick layer of modified hypoderm, it is

now the ventral surface, and the band is dilated at each side,

after which is a connective-tissue belt, then a band of the

modified hypoderm round the bulbous ends, in which

by-and-by appear the slits indicating the separation of the

branchial filaments. These slits have a regularly arranged

cellular investment with distinct nuclei, and they increase

in size and number from behind forward. The intermediate

region, between the dilated ends of the dumb-bell, has only a

thin coating of ordinary hypoderm, and is thus in contrast

with the lateral regions. Advancing forward a slit appears

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 43

on each side of the vestibule, and thus the enlarged ends of

the dumb-bell are more distinctly differentiated from the

curved median region with its widening vestibule (PI. IV.

fig. 23). At this level there are four intermediate branchial

slits, and the inner on each side is the more elongated, whilst

the conical ventral edge of the lateral enlargement is

stiffened by a cap of the modified hypodermic tissue. ‘She

ventral collar (jacket) has now much diminished in size, but

the dorsal edge of the organ still shows a coating of the

modified hypoderm. Further forward the collar forms but a

small U, the thick layer of its hypoderm being, as formerly,

dorsal; the median lamella containing the vestibule is longer,

whilst the dilated ends are somewhat crescentic and show

six intermediate slits. The ventral edge still has the thickest

cap of modified hypoderm. ‘The vestibule has now expanded

laterally into a wide space at the base of the branchiz, and

there are seven intermediate slits, the largest being dorsal and

the smallest ventral in position. Advancing forward, or

distally, the shts increase to nine, and the outer margin of the

dilated ends becomes frilled as the filaments differentiate,

the dorsal, where the largest slits are, soon presenting fila-

ments connected only as their outer border, the free inner

edge being deeply grooved (bifid in section) (PI. II. fig. 12).

The outer border of each filament has the tough cuticle

with the hypoderm beneath, in which is a nerve, and joining

in the centre a connective-tissue area which runs inward to

the free grooved edge, whilst the sides are strengthened by

the modified hypoderm, especially externally, for it tapers

internally. Each of the lamine forming the groove has a

blood-vessel in its centre (Pl. III. figs. 18 & 19), and

branches by-and-by enter the pinuules. Proceeding still

further distally, the curve in each fan is larger, and the

dorsal filaments, which have become rounder and _ their

hypoderm more glandular, show longer connecting bands,

and finally separate, the isolated ones having slightly

shallower grooves than the fixed, whilst their radial diameter

diminishes and their transverse increases proportionally.

The filaments gradually taper distally, the edges of the

groove break into pimne (Pl. IV. fig. 25), and the

modified hypoderm forms three distinct external divisions,

whilst in the centre is the connective-tissue area with its

blood-vessel, a vessel occurring also in each pinna. Besides

the central blood-vessel there are two conspicuous channels

slightly to the exterior on each side, and these probably

communicate with the celom. In longitudinal sections of

the filaments the centre shows a distinctly chordoid structure

44 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notvs from the

not always easily observed, and this is apparently due to

the cells of the hypoder m or to a supporting tissue within

it, the former interpretation being the more likely, as no

differentiation is observed in transverse section.

Diverse views have been held with regard to the structure

of the filaments and pinnules; thus Meyer described a

diverticulum of the colom in each filament and pinnule,

whilst Orley insisted that only connective tissue occupied

the centre. It is by no means easy to decide, since in the

case of_sections the parts are considerably altered even in

good preparations. A coelomic space occurs on both sides

at the level of the dumbbell-shaped region in front of the

brain (PI. LV. figs. 20 & 21, ce.), and their walls are defined

by connective- tissue, and ‘probably muscular, fibres, the

area surrounding them consisting of nucleated connective-

tissue cells. About this level the thoracic jacket or collar

has just become tree or is only connected by a narrow

isthmus. As a rule, also, the two sides are asymmetrical in

section, the opercular halt having no slits, but a considerable

coelomic space, whilst the other side has only small apertures,

so that the area within (that 1 is, ventral to) the slits is reticu-

lated, these reticulations in the succeeding sections becoming

less and less until only the branchial vessel 1s evidentsi ihe

epithelium surrounding the slits becomes regularly arranged

and forms the hypoderm aud cuticle of the filaments, each

side being attached to a separate filament. The elongated

centre of each filament in formation is almost wholly occupied

by nucleated connective tissue with the blood-vessel in the

centre, but two splits, one on each side of the mesentery, are

often seen at the distal end of the central area, occasional

strands of tissue crossing the spaces in some sections. The

definite median mesentery with its central blood-vessel and

the definite coelomic spaces at each side, and from end to

end in transverse section of a pinnule, as shown by Soulier

in Protula milhacit, have not been observed either in

filament or pinnule. In longitudinal sections of a filament,

the sides are formed of cylindrical nucleated epithelium,

whilst the centre is almost filled with nucleated connective-

tissue cells, a narrow split at one or other side being present,

and even this has a few strands with nuclei. ‘The pinnules

of this form (Pomatocerus) show only a central cavity in

which the blood-vessel is (Pl. IV. fig. 24), but the ccelomic

fluid could readily rush to and fro in the space around it,

whether a special mesentery fixes it or not. On the whole,

therefore, the view that the coelomic spaces—carried forward

to the splits for the commencing branchial filaments—do not

blindly end there, but communicate with the filaments and

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 45

pinnules, would seem to correspond with the appearances.

The branchial apparatus of such forms would thus in

their movements appear to have not cnly muscular aid, but

the important influence of the ccelomic fluid, so that the

ciliary action of the pinnules and filaments would materially

aid respiration as well as conduce to alimentation.

Opercular Stalk.—The operculay stalk arises as a process

of the basal region of the branchial apparatus immediately

in front of the brain, the tissues of one side gradually

projecting (Pl. IV. fig. 20), then being nipped off as an

independent process surrounded by the cuticle, the moditied

hypoderm as a considerable coat all round, and a central

area more or less muscular at first, with numerous nuclei.

The base of the organ occupies at first more than half the

dorsal outline, but, as it separates and the median fissure

deepens, the other side increases in bulk. The external

fold of the cuticle bends inward, the hypodermic cells

curving round the central areca (PI. IV. fig. 22) and soon

the stalk is free. Its outline in section is somewhat rhom-

boidal, and much smaller than itis distally. Atthis level the

thoracic jacket or collar is fixed by a broad isthmus to the

region below the gullet. Then the stalk becomes conical in

section, and the blood- vessel in the centre of the muscular

tissue more distinct, whilst_the modified hypoderm, which is

almost fibroid in section, maintains nearly an equal thickness

all round. The base of the cone—that is, the dorsal edge—

by-and-by lengthens by a transverse projection at each side,

so that it resembles a cocked hat in section (PI. VI. fig. 32),

the projecting edges having the thickest hypoderm from the

approximation of the er layers separated by a line, the

central pseudo-chordoid and muscular areas with the vessel

remaining as before. The opercular stalk at this level is

flattened externally or dorsally, convex ventrally, and its

cuticleis dense. <A differentiation of the central region now

takes place, for the outer or dorsal edge of the hypoderm be-

comes thinner,and anclongate-ovoid: and apparently muscular

area stretches from lateral projection to cae projection, a

groove in which the blood vessel lies (V1. V. fig. 30) occurring

ventrally. The muscular fibres seem to pass to the calcareous

region of the opcrculum—namely, to the tip of the stalk.

‘They are well developed in the region of the lateral ridgrs.

The appearance of the parts seems te vary considerably in

sections of different examples, a feature due perhaps to

recently reproduced organs (¢/. Pl, V1. figs. 82 & 33) and

to obliquity in section, ‘for in some cases “(PL VI. fig. 33)

muscle and pseudo-chordoid tissue are both present. The

reticulations of the next (more distal) area are larger and

46 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

better defined than the pseudo-chordoid tissue which occupies

the convex region ventrally (Pl. VI. fig. 33). The chordoid

axis soon increases in bulk, and fills the stalk except the

thin hypodermic region and a stripe of pseudo-chordoid

tissue, still with its blood-vessel ventrally, the cuticle

enveloping all. The basement-tissue is slightly developed

in the ventral arch, but forms a well-marked layer dorsally,

fusing with the tough issue in the middle of the stalk, but

being better differentiated at the base of each external ridge,

a thin line of it running almost to the tip of the latter.

The section of a nerve (Pl. VI. fig. 32, n.) occurs at each

outer angle and in the middle of the dorsal arch, the former

being outside the basement-tissue, the latter within it. In

the basal (proximal) or incipient condition of the stalk this

basement-tissue is less developed than distally, and the

relationships of the nerve therefore undergo changes. The

groove for the larger blood-vessel in some preparations

sinks more deeply into the chordoid tissue. The projecting

ends of the ovoid area of the opercular stalk assume a

clavate outline and then disappear—that is to say, the ridge

on each side of the stalk ceases after the lateral filaments

of the stalk have separated. With the disappearance of the

lateral ridges the chordoid tissue occupies in section the

entire area of the ovoid stalk, only a thin, barely visible,

belt of hypoderm occurring under the cuticle. In some of

the sections the strands of the chordoid tissue are arranged

in a somewhat radiate manner with the nuclei and cut ends

of fibres at the circumference, so that, when the hypoderm

and the cuticle are shed, such might be mistaken for

the modified hypoderm. Further, the blood-vessel is now

enveloped by the chordoid tissue. Soon a differentiation in

the midst of this area appears as a smooth central region

from which lines radiate to the external margin. This

central region gradually increases distally, and the differ-

entiation of the radiating cells with the nuclei externally

gives it, In some preparations, the appearance of a hypo-

derm within a hypoderm as just mentioned ; and, moreover,

a ridge or papilla appears on one side of the actual cuticle

or hypoderm. The blood-channel is enclosed in the inner

area, and is large. The ventral hypoderm and cuticle

diminish and disappear, leaving what was the chordoid area

and its central region, with the addition of a small patch,

isolated in cuticle, to represent the former envelope of the

stalk, and that soon vanishes. Thus the enlarged opercular

stalk now consists of the tough cuticle, the modified coating

of the chordoid area representing the hypoderm, with its

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 47

nuclei externally and a large pale area, probably chordoid,

with a well-defined ovoid outline, in the centre of which is

the blood-vessel. Muscular fibres would thus act on the

base and up the stalk of the operculum, whilst its rigid

tissues distally are fitted to perform the part of a plug to

the calcareous tube. Beyond the lateral subulate processes

the distal region of the decalcified operculum presents

externally a tough cuticular investment, then a layer of long

hypodermic cells with the nuclei near the external border,

the central area being occupied by a tough nucleated plasma

with small spaces near the external margin, where a thin

basement-tissue bounds the hypoderm.

In vertical section the decalcified operculum has on its

convex side the thick cuticle very dense at the rim, then a

deep layer of long narrow granular cells, a thin connective-

tissue or chordoid centre, and on the concave surface

(anterior) a narrow belt of reticulated tissue, and externally a

cuticular coat about twice the thickness of that on the convex

side. When viewed externally the distal (calcareous)

region of the operculum preseuts a minutely reticulated

condition all over (after decalcification).

It has generally been held that the operculum is developed

on a modified branchial filament, and hence the occasional

occurrence of one on each side, or the facility with which a

new organ is produced on the right when the other is lost.

Without calling this view in question, the foregoing account

shows that about half the area of the body-wall behind the

branchial base is concerned in the production of the oper-

culum with its special differentiation of tissues, and that

the development.of the branchial filaments occurs in front

under different conditions, and rather in association with

the vestibule and mouth than with the protective, or it may

be in certain cases the reproductive, functions of the oper-

culum. The appearance of the inter-filamentar slits after

the formation and separation of the opercular stalk point

to a wide divergence both of structure and function, though

it may be argued that these radical differences may have

been evolved slowly in the history of the race. Yet eye-

specks or more complex visual organs are never found on

the opercula, while they are not infrequent on the branchial

filaments ; just as calcareous or other hard structures belong

to the opercula, for the soft cellular thickenings of the tips

of the branchial filaments, which characterize certain varieties

of Filograna, and which some have supposed to perform

opercular functions, can scarcely be placed in this category.

Moreover, in some groups the opercula are very variable,

48 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

and may be present or absent, as in /lograna, with per-

plexing indifference, whilst in other forms their stability

and characteristic shape have made them of specific im-

portance. It is interesting in connection with~ the

branchial view of the opercular stalk that transverse bars

of bluish pigment are occasionally seen on it.

Muscular System.— Immediately behind the brain muscular

bands pass from the sides of the ventral to the dorsal wall

(or vice versd), some of the same side being attached to the

base of the opercular stalk dorsally—indeed, they seem to be

strongest and best developed at first on that side. Ventrally

they are inserted on each side of the nerve-cord, and

by-and- -by they bound the thoracic glandular organ on its

inner border.

Behind the ganglia and the opercular stalk the body-wall

assumes a more symmetrical outline, and the dorsal longi-

tudinal muscles become more distinct and quite separate

from each other, but the ventral longitudinal muscles are

indistinguishable. In the median ventral region, however, a

special thin longitudinal muscular band occurs on each side,

and continues backward a short distance—disappearing as

the actual ventral longitudinal muscles become distinct.

These ventral longitudinal muscles are formed by fibres on

the lateral region of the body-wall outside the anterior

glandular organ and its appendix, and not in contact with

the nerve-cords, which are separated from them by a con-

siderable interval. Their outline in transverse section is

elliptical, and, as the glandular organ in its progress back-

ward diminishes, the fibres seem to pass externally ; then, as

the glandular tube disappears they form a thin stratum to

the outer side of the nerve-trunks and in contact with

them, the anterior median ventral fibres being still visible

between the nerve-trunks, By-and-by the median, or pseudo-

ventral, or anterior ventral, fibres (Pl. V. fig. 26, m.”) dis-

appear from the middle line, and the ventral longitudinal

form a spindle-shaped layer in section, separated by an

interval from the dorsal, which bend inward at their lower

ends, whereas the vent ‘al pass outward below and beyond

them. The dorsal and the ventral longitudinal muscles,

however, by-and-by fall into line and the body-wall becomes

more compact, the dorsal muscles retaining the great

preponderance in bulk, and closely approximated to. the

ventral, only a slight incurvation of the inner surface and

traces of the oblique muscle indicating the line of separation ;

yet the distinctly pennate arrangement of the fasciculi

of the dorsal is characteristic. The nervé-cords are more

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 49

closely approximated than in front, but are still separated

by a considerable interval. The body behind the foregoing

region of the thorax becomes rounded in transverse section,

a large area being occupied by the dorsal longitudinal

muscles, which cover nearly two-thirds of the circumference

(Pl. V. fig. 27), and form a broad belt in section, only

slightly narrowed as it approaches the mid-dorsal line, where

no distinct hiatus occurs, the whole forming a hoof-shaped

belt. The ventral longitudinal muscles, on the other hand,

form two spindle-shaped areas, now also with pennate

fasciculi, separated by the median space containing the

ventral blood-vessel. This disproportion of the dorsal

longitudinal muscles continues to the posterior end, though

in relation to the diminished area of the body-wall both sets

of muscles are more bulky; whilst the thinning of the dorsal

muscles toward the middle line is scarcely evident.

The dorsal longitudinal muscles, though comparatively

small, are formed in front of the cephalic ganglia, and at the

ganglia they show two lateral enlargements connected by a

median band of fibres to which the dorsal vessel is attached.

Behind the ganglia the connecting band of fibres is shorter

(in transverse section), whilst the lateral enlargements are

gradually increasing. These muscles do not at this part

reach the lateral regions of the body, but lie in a special

cavity invested by membrane on each side of the median

dorsal vessel, the direction of the lateral masses being nearly

vertical, since to their exterior is the dilated anterior end of

the thoracic glands. Proceeding backward, the first change

noticeable is an increase of the nucleated connective tissue

in the median belt and its continuation between it and -the

enlarged lateral regions until each of the latter is separated,

so that it liés in a membranous chamber of its own, the

spindle-shaped median belt being characterized by its nume-

rous connective-tissue nuclei. Moreover, the direction of

the muscular fibres of this median band seem to differ, since

they are obliquely cut in the sections. Each dorsal longi-

tudinal lies in its sheath in this region, with the vertical

bands of muscle and the dilated cavity of the thoracic gland

to its exterior, the long diameter of the mass being still

nearly vertical. Then, instead of being spindle-shaped, the

median band of muscle is divided into two by a central

dimple to which the mesentery from the dorsal vessel is

attached. This separation of the two halves increases until

there is a clear space between them, the median mesentery

now being fixed to the basement-tissue inside the hypoderm,

the separated portions of the muscles lying closely over

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 4

50 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

the larger masses beneath them, and they soon fuse with

them, meanwhile this wide space dorsally intervening. The

diminution of the cavity of the thoracic gland on each side

permits the muscles to assume a more oblique position, so

that their axis in section is directed downward and outward.

On the disappearance of the thoracic glands (in the progress

backward) the muscles more closely approach each other in

the mid-dorsal line, the upper as well as the lower ends

. being pointed in section. Then a tendency for the lower

ends to bend inward is noticeable, the investing mesentery

being still visible externally, whilst the muscles have like-

wise considerably increased in bulk. This divided condition

of the dorsal longitudinal muscles characterizes the anterior

region of the body, for toward the middle there is complete

union of the halves (Pl. V. fig. 27), and the entire muscle

has greatly increased in size, forming a broad crescent which

reaches by its expanded inferior edges almost to the ventral

surface. No distinct trace of a mid-dorsal fissure is seen,

the median mesentery being attached to a slight muscular

ridge at its inner surface.

Alimentary Canal_—The various ciliated grooves from the

branchial apparatus to the mouth converge to the double

isthmus connecting the two fans, and which in the sections

is usually V-shaped, the apex being directed ventrally

(Pl. 1V. fig. 23), the upper layer being pierced by a

blood-vessel at each end. ‘Then, proceeding backward, the

V expands into a curve, the ventral isthmus receives a

coating of hypoderm, both isthmuses becoming shorter and

thicker, with a slit at either end opening by-and-by

to the dorsal surface. Further, the cellular walls of the

central chamber of the isthmus (the vestibule) have a more

finely granular structure than the hypoderm’ covering the

ventral surface, and the dorsal border is soon modified, by

a median furrow, into two thick ridges—about the level of

the origin of the staik of the operculum. The dorsal wall

of the vestibule or mouth increases in thickness, and the

opercular stalk sends out a process which fuses with the

opposite side, so that two apertures now exist, viz., the mouth

and that dorsad of the groove and ridges and formed by the

external pit. Processes fuse with the point of junction, and

others from the dorsal region of the now irregularly quad-

rangular part soon fill up the extended area (PI. IV. fig. 21), »

leaving a small space dorsad of the mouth.with its ventral

edge marked by the groove before-mentioned, and showing a

slight differentiation “of its hypodermic wall. The vestibule,

on the other hand, has glandular walls which stain deeply

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 51

all round. This dorsal pit, still retaining the dorsal groove

with modified cells on each side, then disappears, but it comes

near the central nervous system, and perhaps performs a

sensory function. Immediately thereafter the central

nervous system occupies the region above the gullet—sepa-

rated therefrom by strands of connective tissue with several

apertures. The gullet has an internal lining of columnar

nucleated cells which stain deeply, surrounded by a circular

muscular coat and an external investment of reticulated

tissue and nucleated cells. It is slung by several bands to

the coelomic wall around it, and instead of its cavity, now

diminished, having its long axis transversely placed, it is

vertical. Below it is the commissure between the cesopha-

geal ganglia, above it is a large transverse space in which

the dorsal vessel by-and-by appears, and the common duct of

the thoracic glands occurs below the hypoderm above it, and

blood-vessels lie internally. The investing cells and tissue

increase in bulk, and the cut ends of numerous vessels are

intermingled, whilst median furrows give a cruciform aspect

to the central cavity in section, and longitudinal muscular

fibres are more distinct within the circular coat. Below it

is the ventral blood-vessel. in the median line. The nuclei

of the ccelomic cells are distinct and correspond with those

investing the alimentary canal. In this region (thoracic)

the dorsal and ventral blood-vessels are of large size, and the

rete around the alimentary canal well developed as a ring of

longitudinal vessels in section (Pl. VI. fig. 35). The alimen-

tary canal now increases in size, and, in the preparations,

shows a tendency to split into layers, the entire lumen being

filled up by the various coats. Instead of the firm circular

coat with a few longitudinal fibres between it and the

‘columnar epithelial layer characteristic of the smaller

cesophagus, the area in section enlarges, the circular coat be-

comes thinner, the longitudinal investment within it thickens,

as also does the cellular mucous layer, and there is a ten-

dency to separation of these coats in the sections—indeed,

it is clear that a change is taking place in the structure of

the walls of the gut, probably representing a differentiated

stomach, the central part in the sections representing the

invaginated gullet and the larger separated external region

the stomachal wall. ‘The latter consists internally of a

closely arranged, almost fibroid, cylindrical epithelium of

uniform thickness, then of the longitudinal fibres, followed

by the thin circular coat. The foregoing coats are invested

‘by the cellular and a vascular coat, which presents two

variations, for the smaller region in front shows the cut ends

52 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

of numerous longitudinal blood-vessels and a large dorsal

vessel, whereas the larger stomachal area, with its firm and

thick walls and its central vertical slit, has externally a

blood-sinus all round, and no separate dorsal vessel is now

apparent. The narrower anterior region, therefore, with its

numerous longitudinal vessels, may differ in function from

the wider posterior region surrounded by a blood-sinus.

The enlarged region, with its thick walls, continues beyond

the posterior termination of the thoracic glands—that is,

after the formation of the ventral longitudinal muscles—and

behind this where the body-wall is wider and more flattened.

Food is more frequently present in the anterior part than

in the wider posterior region. In the narrower part of the

body, behind the foregoing, where the muscles become pro-

portionally massive, the walls of the intestine are much

folded and the area is large, but the structure of the wall is

the same, though little cellular tissue surrounds the vascular

sinus externally. Still further back the gut dilates into a

wide chamber without folds and having the vascular sinus

externally. Then it thickens laterally, apparently from a

septum-like fold with a vertical V-shaped slit in. the centre,

the upper and lower arches being thin. Thereafter the firm

and rather thick-walled canal shows a median pair of plates

in section, as if from a fold or valve (Pl. V. fig. 31), and

then, proceeding backward, enlarges so as to form the two

halves of a pear which fill up the entire central area, a slit

soon appearing in the middle of each half, and finally

broadening out into a T-shaped fold, which runs from the

transverse dorsal folds by a long median one to the ventral

wall (Pl. V. fig. 27, d.). Such appears to be a valvular

structure, and it is interesting that the lateral walls are thin,

the ventral arch thick, and the dorsal somewhat thin in the

median line, whilst the double stalk of the T is thick. The

double stalk of the T, indeed, widens, has the structure of

the gut, even to the vessels, on its walls, and gradually takes

the place of the wall in front, for it is apparently a valvular

invagination. If the serial sections can be relied on, it

would seem that in this region the sinus breaks up into

longitudinal vessels, the ventral remaining as before. The

gut is of various shades of brown or reddish brown, the

elands of its walls usually being brown by transmitted light.

Toward the tail (Pl. VI. fig. 34) the chief feature is the

diminution of the canal and the larger size of the cells of the

cylindrical epithelium, which is richly ciliated, lining it.

The wall of the gut is sometimes folded, but no distinct

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 53

evidence of a typhlosole in this region occurs.. Moreover,

whilst the ventral vessel remains in position, the vascular

branches on the walls are inconspicuous, though they seem

to form a reticulate series. ‘This part of the gut is often

loaded with sandy débris, surrounded by the dilated but

tough investment of the gut-wall, which appears to contain

inner longitudinal and circular muscular fibres, though these

are only visible in some sections, the tough investment

in dilatation being apparently homogeneous, as observed in

cases where the cylindrical epithelium has disappeared by

maceration.

Nervous System.—The cephalic ganglia occur behind the

bases of the branchie, their anterior border appearing about

the level of the base of the opercular stalk as it begins to

project from the somewhat quadrangular outline of the body

in section. They form a fused mass above the cesophagus,

supported in front by a dense group of nucleated cells with

slight differentiations-at each side, probably indicating the

issue of nerves. Then a somewhat narrow band appears,

chiefly of transverse fibres with two large nerves passing off

at each end, one entering the base of the operculum on the

left and the other entering the lateral tissues, whilst those

on the right go to corresponding parts. The central part of

the ganglia behind increases in bulk, the organ forming a

broad band with an enlargement at each end, the whole

surrounded by a coating of the nucleated cells, and many

transverse commissural nerve-fibres appearing in the centre.

The outer enlargement then bends downward and elongates

ventrally, the transverse commissural fibres still persisting

between the sides, but finally these are gradually replaced

by the nucleated cells, and the great nerve-cords, widely

separated, lie on each side of the cesophagus. Before this

occurs, however, long commissural fibres pass between

the trunks over the cesophagus. There is thus a variation

from the ordinary arrangement in typical forms, in which

these cords slant below the cesophagus and meet more or

less closely in the first ganglion of the chain. The nerve-

cords are wide apart in the region of the muciparous

glands, and it is just after these have been passed in the

backward progress that a small neural canal is observed at

the inner end of each trunk—still at a considerable distance

from its fellow, and with the fibres of the special interneural

bands of longitudinal muscular fibres still present. The

nerve-trunks lie at the inner edge of each ventral longi-

tudinal muscle, which forms a comparatively thin plate on

54 Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

each side. In the middle of the body the nerve-cords are

still separated by a considerable interval, the median mesen-

tery with the ventral vessel being attached to the basement-

tissue between them, and each has a large neural canal filled

with coagulable substance superiorly—occupying fully half

the area. Instead of the more or less complete fusion of

the ganglia at intervals, all that occurs in this type is a slight

increase of the nerve-cells in the separate trunks and the

passage of commissural fibres between them, with an increase

of the neuroglia and its nuclei, the large neural canals under-

going no change. The interganglionic regions are recog-

nized by the absence of the transverse or commissural fibres

and of the increased neuroglia, and by the conspicuous

condition of the median ventral mesentery with its blood-

vessel, the strands of the mesentery passing directly to the

basement-tissue.

Posteriorly the great nerve-cords are nearer each other,

yet separated by a considerable interval. In section they

have the same granular and streaked appearance, with a

small neural canal at the upper and outer border, which lies

against the inner margin of the ventral muscle. Numerous

neuroglial nuclei occur at the commissural regions, which

occur as in front. In longitudinal sections of the tail the

nerve-cords follow every fold of the body-wall, dipping with

a sharp angle into each pit, so that the neural canals have no

noteworthy influence in this connection. The main direction

of the nerve-fibres is longitudinal, and lateral branches leave

at each dissepiment even to the tip of the tail.

Various authors have dealt with the general topography

of the nervous system of the Serpulids: the earlier, such as

De Quatrefages, described a smaller and a larger pair of

cephalic ganglia which lie over the csophagus, with the

various nerves which proceed from them. Pruvot also held

that there were two pairs of ganglia. E. Meyer, again,

found that in Psygmobranchus protensus and Hupomatus

lunuliferus, Clap., there were, in addition to the smaller

central and the larger lateral lobes from which the great

trunks to the branchial system arise, two accessory lobes to

the latter; and his minute aceount of the branches from

the cephalic ganglia and of those from the great nerve-cords

(termed by him “ spinal nerves ”’) is excellent and his figures

carefully drawn.

Reproduction—In the ripe female, longitudinal sections

of the tip of the tail show that the larger ova in the ccelomic

spaces do not, as a rule, extend quite to the tip, about eight

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews, 55

segments presenting only small ova. As the sections pass

downward from the dorsum toward the ventral aspect a

process appears at the posterior edge of the rounded projec-

tion formed by each segment. This is the first indication of

the segmental organ, and, in accordance with the structure

of the parts, it appears earliest in the terminal segments, the

process surrounding the cavity of the segmental organ.

These processes, as well as the hypoderm of the segment, are

outside the basement-membrane, which, with the circular

fibres, separates them from the longitudinal muscles in the

preparations. In transverse sections of the caudal region it

is seen that these segmental cavities pass inward and down-

ward, to open by a wide aperture on the ventral surface

(Pl. VI. fig. 34, ao.) on each side of the ventral groove, and

the ripe ova can be followed from their inner (ccelomic)

aperture to the wide external one. These wide tubes might

aptly be called, after Dr. Goodrich, coelomoducts, since they

transmit only the reproductive elements, which enter at the

space above and to the exterior of the outer ends of the

ventral longitudinal muscles. Besides the conspicuous

larger ripe ova, smaller ova occasionally occurred in the

canal. These segmental organs seem to be simple wide

passages for transmitting the ova to the exterior without the

complexity of structure observed in other forms. The inner

opening is above and to the outside of the ventral longitu-

dinal muscles, the canal curving round the latter to open on

the ventral surface below it. The ovaries are situated over

the ventral longitudinal muscles, the products being shed

into the coelom, in which further growth takes place. The

females, from November onward for some months, have a

bright pinkish coloration posteriorly, so that the breeding-

season is prolonged.

In passing from behind forward the size of the body-wall

and its muscles increases, but the general arrangement of the

segmental orgaris and of the ovarian tufts is the same, the

external apertures being outside the shallow ventral groove

of the region and of the nerve-cord on each side.

So far as could be observed, no atrophy in the wall of the

alimentary canal takes place in the ripe forms, and the

muscles of the body-wall likewise are normal.

The Serpulids proper, in the separation of the sexes, are

in contrast with such as Spirorbis and Amphicora (a Sa-

bellid), in which Meyer observes that the anterior abdominal

segments are female, the posterior male; whereas in Salma-

cina Giard held that this condition is reversed.

Fig.

Fug.

Fig.

is)

[o>)

Prof. M‘Intosh’s Notes from the

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES *.

PLATE I,

Transverse section through the region of the cephalic ganglia,

cg., of alarge Bispira volutacornis, Montagu. ‘The chordoid

skeleton, ch., is at this level divided into lateral halves, whereas

a little in front it forms a continuous arch from side to side.

cm., ganglionic commissure; d., cesophagus; cd., dorsal pro-

cesses; ct., thoracic collar or jacket; m., anterior single mass

of longitudinal muscles; ¢yo., median or common duct of

thoracic glands. Enlarged.

. Similar section anterior to the former, the chordoid arch being

now complete. 4év., branchial blood-vessel, which is dividing

into branches; ch., chordoid skeleton; ve., ventral region of

the collar; 7., nerve. Enlarged.

. Transverse section of the cephalic region of a young example

(partly macerated) at the origin of the branchial filaments

indicating the tentacles, ¢. From its macerated condition the

margins and posterior region are only diagrammatic. Slightly

reduced from Zeiss oc. 4, obj. A.

Transverse section of the distal region of a macerated branchial

filament. x oc. 4, obj. A.

Longitudinal section of a branchial filament in a similar con-

dition, to show the arrangement of the chordoid skeleton.

X oc. 2, obj. D.

. Longitudinal section of another filament, indicating the appear-

ance of the cellular hypoderm covering the chordoid skeleton.

Young example. xX oc. 4, obj. D, with 2 inches of draw-tube.

. Transverse section of a tentacle, with its peculiarly curved

lamelle and its central skeleton and vessel.

Prats II.

Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira volutacornis,

Mont. The dorsal muscles are proportionally small and some-

what rounded, the bristles are still at the dorsal edge, and the

ventral longitudinal muscles are somewhat pointed externally,

though little weight is to be placed on this feature. A complex

series of muscular fibres passes from the dorsal longitudinal

muscles downward to the inner border of the nerve-area, and

above the point of meeting is the ventral blood-vessel, vv.

s., blood-sinus around the cesophagus. Enlarged.

9, Transverse section a little behind the former. The dorsal and

ventral longitudinal muscles are larger, whilst the absence of

the sheets of muscle passing from the dorsal to the ventral

aspect permits the oblique muscles, om., to be seen passing to

the edge of the nerve-cords. The commissure between the

ganglia is marked, the ventral vessel being above it. The

hypoderm in the mid-ventral line remains massive. Enlarged.

Fig. 10. Portion of the chordoid skeleton. The passage of processes

* I am indebted to the Carnegie Trust for the artists’ aid with these

Plates.

Fig. 11.

Fig. 12.

Fig. 18.

Fig. 14.

Fig. 15.

Fig. 16.

Fig. 17.

Fig. 18.

Fig. 19.

Fig. 20.

Fig. 21.

Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Andrews. 57

from the external mass, pr., throughout the reticulated central

region and their fusion with the inner edge are indicated.

m., muscle. X 650 diam.

Transverse section of the anterior region of Bispira. d., ceso-

phagus surrounded by firm muscular bands; ¢g., thoracic

glands with pale membranous tubes of chloragogenous tissue,

chl., attached ; ne., great nerve-cords. oc. 4, obj. A.

Transverse section of two branchial filaments with their chordoid

axes before separation. X oc. 4, obj. D.

Transverse section of a ventral longitudinal muscle in the poste-

rior region of the annelid, with portions of a segmental organ,

so. X oc, 4, obj. A.

Pruate III.

Transverse section of the ganglionic region of Bispira voluta-

cornis, showing the eyes, oc. cp., last trace of the external

cephalic pit ; xf, ventral fimbrie. oc. 4, obj. A.

Transverse section of the ganglionic region with the great nerve-

cords, ne., at the sides of the cesophagus and about the level of

the chordoid skeleton, ch., the external margin of which is not

smooth, but has processes. Cells and fibres intervene between

the dorsal muscles, dm., and strong transverse fibres below

them, whilst under these are vertical fibres, more or less

mesenterial, in which the common duct of the thoracic glands,

tgo., lie. The massive ventral hypoderm, fp., occurs inferiorly.

The dorsal region is only partially represented, and the lower

division of the great muscular mass is only indicated at m.

The preparation is somewhat stretched inferiorly. Enlarged.

Transverse section toward the termination of the thoracic

glands, ¢g., which are represented by two tubes. om., con-

nective tissue with nuclei and muscular fibres, probably part

of the oblique muscle of the side. x oc. 4, obj. A.

Transverse section of the region of the nerve-cords in the middle

of the body. Ap., hypoderm; ze., nerve-cords; vv., ventral

blood-vessel with a coating of chloragogenous cells, chi.

xX oc. 4, obj. A.

Slightly oblique section of a branchial filament of Pomatocerus

triqueter, _bv., blood-vessel ; cw., coelomic space; m., nerve.

Xx oc. 2, obj. D.

Transverse section of a branchial filament toward the base and

where its inner edge is produced into a groove with ciliated

sides. X oc. 2, obj. D.

PLATE LV.

Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri-

queter, L., near the origin of the opercular stalk (op.). d., the

vestibule ; ds., dorsal pit; hpt., modified hypoderm’ covering

the inner surface of the thoracic collar or jacket and the outer

side of the body-wall. The dorsal surface is to the right.

xX about 35 diam.

Transverse section of the body-wall in front of the foregoing.

The opercular stalk (op.) projects much further, the dorsal pit

(ds.) is larger, and the slits (6f:) indicating the spaces between

the branchial filaments are present. Spaces (cw.), apparently

coelomic, occur on each side. X about 35 diam.

Fig.

Frg.

23.

26.

27.

Jol.

Notes from the Gatty Marine Laboratory.

. Transverse section of the region in front of fig. 21, in which the

opercular stalk is separating and the slits (f,) for the forma-

tion of the branchial filaments making rapid progress on the

other side. On the ventral surface. (left in the figure) the

thoracic collar is free. Similarly magnified.

Transverse section after the separation of the opercular stalk

and when slits are appearing on the left or opercular side

(upper in the figure). The great expanse of the vestibule, d.,

is noteworthy; 2., branchial nerve, the others lie toward the

inner ends of the slits. Only the inner branchial nerve, z., is

indicated in this figure.

Transverse section of the tip of a branchial filament of the fore-

going, The blood-vessel occupies the centre. It is richly

ciliated in life. x oc. 2, obj. D.

. Longitudinal section of a filament of Pomatocerus triqueter, L.,

with portions of pinnules. X oe, 2, obj. D.

PLATE V.

Transverse section of the anterior region of Pomatocerus tri-

queter, L., with the thoracic glands, ¢g., in full development,

that on the left showing the origin of the duct which joins

that of the opposite side at the median outlet (¢go, in PI. TIL.

fig. 15 for Bispira). em., cellular appendix of the thoracic gland;

d., esophagus with its chloragogenous coat; dm., dorsal ‘longi-

tudinal muscles; hyp., modified hypoderm ; mo, special anterior

median muscular layer on the dorsum; m.?, special ventral

layer of muscle; nc., nerve-cords. Above the gullet is the

dorsal blood-vessel in the median mesentery, and a space

occurs above it between folds of mesentery, but soon disappears.

x about 35 diam.

Transverse section of the body-wall toward the posterior region.

The dorsal muscles, dm., are of great size, with scarcely a

trace of separation in ‘the mid-dorsal line; wm., ventral

muscles; vv., ventral vessel with chloragogenous cells ex-

ternally. The outline of the gut is T-shaped. x about 35

diam.

. Transverse section of an anterior foot with the hook-pad about

the level of the diminishing thoracic gland, ¢y.; ad., incipient

muscular fibres of the process opposite the external papilla, p.

In this section none of ne peculiar clavate nucleated cells are

visible. X oc. 2, obj. A

. Section behind the foregoing cutting the superficial part of the

hook-pad, and showing the greatly developed hypodermic

cells with the nuclei situated externally, and forming an elastic

cushion in connection with the pds row of minute hooks,

,(g-, thoracic gland. X oe. 2, obj. A

ransverse section of the opercular stalk in another example, in

which the central area is chordoid or baa a in aspect. The

nerves are not entered. x oc. 4, obj. A

Transverse section of the alimentary canal, showing lateral folds

of the mucous membrane, almost valvular in appearance.

x 350 diam.

On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, &e. 59

PLATE VI.

Fig. 82, Transverse section of the opercular stalk (now shaped like a

cocked hat) after the lateral ridges have appeared. The great

development of the modified hypoderm (Apz.) is conspicuous.

n., nerves; O¢., basement-tissue, which is highly developed.

X oc. 4, obj. A.

Fig. 38. Oblique section of the distal end of the operculum, showing on

the right the presence of the ridge and on the left a reticulated

epee of the region beyond after decalcification. x oc. 2,

obj. A.

Fig. 34. Oblique section of the tip of the tail of a mature female speci-

men. ov., ova; vm., ventral longitudinal muscles ; ao., external

aperture of the modified segmental organ; d., anus. The

canal is richly ciliated in this region... x oc, 2, obj. A.

Fxg. 35. Transverse section of the cesophageal region, with its thick

mucous lining internally, its chloragogenous coat (cAl.) exter-

nally, with its plexus of blood-vessels (dv.). dv., dorsal blood-

vessel, X 280 diam. °

II.—New Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus.

By OLbDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Dendromus (Poemys) exoneratus, sp. n.

Closely allied to D. nigrifrons of Hast Africa and Uganda,

but larger and with whitish ear-patches.

General colour as in nigrifrons, but the blackish frontal

patch and the dorsal line less developed. At the anterior

base of thé ears, just in front of the base of the proectote,

there is a pair of whitish patches, each about 3 mm. in

diameter, which throw up by contrast the blackish frontal

patch. These whitish patches are found in all the six

specimens from Nigeria available, and in none of those from

Uganda and British Hast Africa.

Skull decidedly larger than that of nigrifrons.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh by collector) :—

Head and body 61 mm.; tail 71; hind foot 18;

ear 13.

Skull: greatest length 21°3 ; condylo-incisive length 19;

zygomatic breadth 10°5 ; interorbital breadth 3; breadth of

brain-case 9:7 ; palatal length 8°7 ; upper molar series 3°2,

60 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of

Hab. Panyam, Bauchi Province, Northern Nigeria.

Alt. 4000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 12.1.16.19. Original

number 83. Collected 16th September, 1911, and presented

by the Rev. G. T. Fox. Six specimens.

Distinguished from its ally D. nigr?frons—near zoologically,

but very distant geographically—by its longer skull, the

whitish pre-aural patches, and the reduced black markings.

Dipodillus jordani, sp. n.

A very small gerbil, apparently representing in Algeria

the little D. marie and D. henleyi of Lower Egypt.

Size less than in D. simoni, greater than in marie and

henleyt. General colour dull sandy, very much as in the

first-named, the. dorsal hairs prominently tipped with

dark brown, so that the general tone is much darker and

duller than the bright clear buffy of D. henleyi. Supraorbital

light patches not very white, but extended backwards nearly

to the ear, where they almost join the snowy white post-

* auricular patches. Hars small, their edges brownish. Soles

naked, with the usual six pads. ‘Tail longer than the head

and body, greyish white below, pale brownish above and at

the end, which is inconspicuously pencilled, its hairs about

5 mm. in length.

Skull with the broad brain-case and small muzzle charac-

teristic of simon, henley?, and other allied species. In size

it is markedly less than in s¢moni, larger than in marie and

henley?. Supraorbital edges with fine sharp and_ slightly

overhanging ledges, about as in D. henleyi. Bulle large,

exceeding those of the larger D. simoni, about equalling

those of D. henley?. Molars small.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 67 mm.; tail 80; hind foot 19°5;

ear 9.

Skull: greatest length 22°4; greatest diagonal length to

back of bulla 22°3; condylo-incisive length 20°2 ; nasals 7°7 ;

breadth of brain-case 11°6; palatal foramina 3°8; diagonal

horizontal diameter of bulla 8°5 ; upper molar series 3:0.

Hab. (of type). Guelt-es-Stel, Central Plateau of Algeria.

Alt. 900 m. :

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12.6.12.100. Original

number 111. Collected 22nd April, 1912, by Dr. K. Jordan.

Presented by Lord Rothschild.

I have hitherto hesitated to describe this little gerbil on

Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 61

account of its general resemblance to D. simoni, Lataste,

from near the same region. But I now see that its longer

tail, smaller skull, smaller teeth, and proportionally larger

bulle indicate that it is not really related to that animal, but

is an Algerian ally of the Lower Egyptian D, marie, Bonh.,

and D. henleyi, de Wint., from both of which it differs by its

larger size. JI have named it in honour of its captor,

Dr. Jordan, of Tring, to whose efforts in collecting Algerian

small mammals the National Museum is so largely indebted.

Dipodillus arabium, sp. n.

Allied to D. famulus, but with less heavily tufted tail and

even larger bulla. Sides not completely naked.

Size rather smaller than in famulus. General colour of

the same soft drabby fawn, darker on the back, paler and

clearer on the sides. ‘Top of nose with scarcely a trace of

a dark nose-patch. White patches over eyes and behind

ears well marked. Lars rather short, their proectote coloured

like the head, not darkened. Hands and feet white as usual.

Soles essentially naked, but there are a number (twenty to

thirty) of small hairs on the terminal third, upon and between

the pads, thus showing an approximation to the condition in

Gerbillus; pads six in number, the proximal ones small.

‘Tail rather shorter than in famulus, well-haired and tufted as

compared with most members of the group, but with nothing

like the remarkable tuft found in famulus; whitish below

and on the sides, its upper surface mixed brown and fawn,

the terminal tuft brown, but perhaps like that of famulus

black when unbleached.

Skull with narrow interorbital region, low and broad

brain-case, and bulle even larger, though very slightly so,

than in D. famulus.

Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :-—

Head and body 86 mm.; tail 140; hind foot 24;

ear 13°5.

Skull: greatest median length 28°7; greatest diagonal

length 29°5; condylo-incisive length 25°6; zygomatic

breadth 15; nasals 10°8; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth

on lip of meatus 15°8; palatal foramina 4°6; greatest

diagonal horizontal diameter of bulle 11:2; upper molar

series 3°7.

Hab. 'Tebuk, on the Hedjaz Railway, Arabia. Alt. 2000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 10. 3.12.1. Original

number 7. Collected 3rd January, 1909, by Douglas

Carruthers. Two specimens.

62 Mr. O. Thomas on new Forms of

This pretty species seems only nearly related to the

D. famulus of Aden, the other species of this region all

having comparatively small bulle. Its partially hairy soles

seem peculiar to itself and to the species next described.

On the same expedition Mr. Carruthers also collected, at a

place about 200 miles east of the Dead Sea, an example

almost topotypical of, and certainly referable to, D.dasyuroides,

-Nehring*. But I fail to see any reason for its distinction

from D. dasyurus, Wagn., from the neighbouring coast of

the Red Sea, of which we have two examples from Sinai,

presented by the Giza Zoological Gardens, Nehring himself

gives no valid reasons for the distinction, merely saying that

the species “ appears to be new, although allied to D. dasyurus,

which is so insufficiently described that nothing can be done

without examination of the type.” Both dasyurus and

dasyurotdes have bullee of the comparatively small size usual

in the genus.

Dipodillus hilda, sp. n.

A Moroccan species with partially hairy soles.

Size and general appearance very much as in the browner

forms of D. campestris, to which the type has been hitherto

referred. General colour above russet- or cinnamon-brown,

not unlike the deepest and richest specimens of Apodemus

sylvaticus. Sides clearer and lighter, approaching “ sayal-

brown.” Under surface, as usual, pure white. Face with

scarcely perceptible supraorbital light patches ; post-auricular

white patches present. Hars with their proectote pro-

minently blackish, contrasting markedly with the general

colour of the head; hairs on metentote white. Hands and

feet white. Soles with six pads, the region between the

second and posterior pairs thinly clothed with fine hairs, very

much asin D. arabium. Tail buffy brown above, darkening

terminally, whitish below; the tip probably not heavily

tufted, but this part is imperfect in the type.

Skull considerably smaller and narrower than that of

D. campestris, apparently like that of D. arabium, but the

bulle have been lost in the type.

Measurements of the type :—

Tail (imperfect) more than 100 mm.; hind foot (wet)

22°) earls).

Skull : greatest length 28; zygomatic breadth 15; nasals

* SB. Ges. Nat. Berl. 1901, p. 173.

Dendromus, Dipodillus, and Gerbillus. 63

11:2 ; interorbital breadth 5:2; breadth of brain-case 13°5 ;

palatilar length 12°5; palatal foramina 5°1; upper molar

series 3°95.

Hab. Northern Morocco. Type from the sea-coast 70

miles (122 kilometres) south-west of Tangiers.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 86.9.10.1. Collected and

presented by Capt. Savile Reid.

The specimen on which this species is founded has lain for

30 years among the series of D. campestris, to which it has a

strong superficial resemblance. But examination of its feet

and skull shows that it has really nothing to do with that

animal, but represents in Morocco the same type of gerbil as”

that just described as D. arabiwm; it is therefore a form

entirely new to the fauna of Barbary.

Dr. Cabrera has noted that there is a gap in the distribution

of D. campestris just in the region where Capt. Savile Reid

captured this gerbil.

Gerbillus calidus, sp. n.

A pale desert-coloured species allied to G. paeba.

Size about as in paeba. General colour above pale sandy

fawn, not or scarcely darkened on the back. Under surface

wholly snowy white, the white rather high up on the sides,

and wholly aielanig the fore limbs, on to which the darker

body-colour does not encroach. Area round eyes whitish,

not sharply defined ; a small white patch behind ears. Ears

pale fawn, like the head, their edges not darkened. Feet

wholly white; soles hairy throughout except for a round

patch on the heels, and at the bases of the digits just distal

to the large compound sole-pad. Tail whitish, the upper

surface a little darker ; the slight terminal crest browner.

Skull more slender than that of G. paeba, the bulle

smaller.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 85 mm.; tail 99 ; hind foot 24 ; ear 17.

Skull: greatest length 28°3 ; condylo-incisive length 24°8 ;

zygomatic breadth 14; nasals 11°2; interorbital breadth 5 ;

breadth of brain-case 13:3; palatal foramina 5:3; diagonal

horizontal diameter of bulla 8°2; upper molar series 4:0.

An older specimen has a tail 115 mm.; hind foot 255;

greatest length of skull 30; bulla 8-8.

Hab. (of type). Molopo, W. of Morokwen, Bechuana-land.

Other examples from Otjimbingue, Damara-land (Andersson).

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no, 4.10.1.72. Original

64 On new Forms of Dendromus, Dipodillus, &e.

number 76. Collected 11th July, 1904, by R. B. Woosnam.

Five specimens examined.

This is the species quoted as Gerbillus paeba schinzi, Noack,

by Schwann *, who rightly identified it with Andersson’s

Damara specimens so named by me some years before. But

in making that earlier determination I was clearly in error,

as Noack’s animal was much larger, had naked metatarsals,

and was probably some form of Taterona.

From G. paeba this gerbil is readily distinguishable by its

much paler colour, the complete inclusion of the fore-limbs

In the white body area, and its smaller bullee.

Gerbillus paeba broomi, subsp. n.

Paler than true paeba, the foot longer.

Colour dark sandy fawn, intermediate between. that of

G. calidus and of true paeba; the hairs of the back pinkish

buff, heavily darkened by their brown or blackish tips; the

sides clearer pinkish buff. Under surface as usual white,

but this does not pass across the fore limbs, as on the front

of these the body-colour runs down to the wrists. Face

rather greyer than body. Postorbital and postauricular light

patches present, but inconspicuous. Hars greyish with a

narrow brown edging. Hands and feet white; soles hairy

to the same extent as described above in ealidus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the skin) :—

Head and body 100 mm.; tail 109 ; hind foot (wet) 28°5.

flab. Port Nolloth, Namaqualand.

Type. B.M. no. 98.9.3.2. Collected September 1897

and presented to the National Museum by Dr. R. Broom.

A paler form of Smith’s G. pveba. There isin the Museum

collection an example of this group from Deelfontein, Central

Cape Colony, so closely matching Smith’s type (which was

said to come from north of Latakoo) that I am disposed to

think some mistake was made by Smith as to the region

where his type was got. For north of Latakoo would have

been in the desert area, where the desert form G. calidus

occurs, while the type of-paeba (which is also that of tenuis)

is of strong non-desert cinnamon-colour, very like the Deel-

fontein specimen. Possibly it was obtained on the way out

or home, as Smith passed, and that then it was wrongly

supposed to have been got at his farthest north.

* P.Z.S. 1906, i. p. 106.

On new Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 65

III.—New Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera, and Descrip-

tions of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distri-

bution of Species resembling each other. By Colonel C.

Swinuog, M.A., F.L.S., &e.

[Plates VII.-XI.]

THE geological distribution of species has always been the

weak point of all lepidopterists ; the superficial resemblance

of specimens from widely different parts of the globe has

sufficed to declare them as of identically the same species.

I have endeavoured in this paper to show that this is easily

disproved by the examination of the genitalia. When the

genitalia are so different as to make it impossible for breeding

with each other, it is positive proof of the difference of

species. Classification based upon eye-judgment alone is

bound to be faulty. There are, of course, many problems

before us still: species which appear to the eye abundantly

distinct have a habit of presenting similar genitalia ; on the

other hand, species which to the eye appear to be identical

possess genitalia which are very distinct from each other.

T am much indebted to the Rev. C. R. N. Burrows for the

great pains he has taken in dissecting the moths I have sent

him, and to Mr. F. N. Pierce of Liverpool, to whom all

Mr. Burrows’s drawings were submitted by him, and to them

both for their joint report, All the Plates were drawn by

Mr. Burrows and the text-figures by Mr. Pierce, and the

remarks on the genitalia of the different species are extracts

from their joint reports.

Family Agrotide.

Chloridea marmada, nov.

3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing whitish flesh-

colour, nearly white, without any markings whatever except

black dots on the vein and on the outer margin of the wing ;

hind wing pure white, with a black outer marginal band, cilia

white. Underside: both wings white, fore wing with a dis-

coidal black spot and a short medial subterminal black band,

hind wing with a similar black band; abdomen with the

basal segments white above, the two middle segments red-

brown, the anal segments shading paler; anal tuft with pale

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 5

66 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

red-brown hairs. On the underside the body and legs are

white.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 14% inch.

Hab. Roebourne, Aneaalia

The shape of the wings is similar to that of C. obsoleta,

Fabr., but the fore wing is narrower.

Huxoa cabara, nov.

?. Head, thorax, and fore wing ochreous brown: fore

wing with the costa yellowish, with black and pale yellow

spots ; a black spot in the cell and another at the end; sub-

basal, antemedial, medial, and postmedial outwardly curved

transverse lines of black dots, the first two more or less

obsolete hindwards, the last outwardly edged by a pale

yellowish line ; between this and the margin there is a pale

brown band composed of a double line of spots, the margin

with black lunules ; cilia brownish yellow, with basal black

minute Junules, a yellowish line between the two rows of

lunules: abdomen and hind wing pale brown, the cilia yellow,

with minute black lunules. Underside : fore wing with black.

and yellow dots on the costa towards the apex; a double

discal row of brown spots, the outer row with a black spot on

the costa; the whole inner surface of the wing from these

rows to the base of the wing is brown, the outer portion

whitish grey: hind wing whitish grey, irrorated with brown

atoms ; a black discoidal spot, an outwardly curved brown

macular band in continuation of the inner macular row of the

fore wing; cilia of both wings whitish grey, with black

basal points.

Expanse of wings, 2, 1,% inch.

Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra ; three specimens.

Family Acronyctide,

Genus AMPHIPYRA, Oclis.

I have long been in doubt that A. swrnia, Felder, from

Japan, was the same as A. pyramidea, Linn., from Europe;

and, moreover, I have always been of opinion that there were

two species in Japan, and therefore sent examples of both to

Mr. Burrows, and also an example of A. magna, Walker,

from the Punjab, and his and Mr. Pierce’s joint report, com-

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 67

paring their genitalia with that of the European species

A. pyramidea from Mucking in Essex, is as follows :—

“These mounts show four distinct species closely allied.

“ Plate no. IX. fig. 12. surntia (Yokohama, Japan) (mounted

dorsal uppermost). Valve squared,

uncus large, cornuti long and fine,

no pips on § vessica.’

5 pe 13a. pyramidea (England). Valve

pointed upwards, many hairy cor-

nuti, many pips.

RB a! 14. magna (Punjab). Valve pointed

but not upturned, enormous cornuti,

; pips large and few.

id 7 13. yama (Asama Yama, Japan).

Valve square, the uncus agrees with

the other forms but much smaller,

there are a large number of cor-

nuti.”

Amphipyra yama, nov.

& 2. Palpi, head, and body ochreous brown; collar and

thorax pricked with grey and white: fore wing with a short

longitudinal black streak inside the end of the cell ; subbasal

line indicated by a black mark on the costa; antemedial line

consisting of obscure black lunules pricked with white ;

a postmedial sinuous line of black lunules outwardly edged

with white ; some black streaks on the veins between this

and the outer margin, which contains black lunules at the

vein-ends inwardly edged with white; cilia ochreous brown:

hind wing pale dull red, without markings. Underside: both

wings brownish grey; a pale, outwardly curved, brownish

discal band, and on the hind wing a discoidal spot; face,

pectus, thorax, and legs dark greyish brown; tarsi black.

Expanse of wings 23% inchies.

Hab. Asama Yama, Japan.

Allied to A. surnia, Felder; fore wing narrower, and the

apex subacute; genitalia different (Pl. LX. fig. 13).

Family Erastriida.

Lophoruza cretonia, nov.

3d ?. Head and body ochreous brown ; wings dull ochreous,

irrorated with brown, markings red-brown: fore wing with

the costa brown, with some darker spots; faint transverse

68 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

somewhat sinuous lines, subbasal and antemedial, the outer

third of the wing brown, paling towards the costa ; a large

yellowish-white patch near the hinder angle, consisting of

three conjoined spots, decreasing in size from the hinder

margin upwards, the patch with broad dark brown sides

containing small pale dots on the margins: hind wing darker

in colour, with a central yellowish space,

Expanse of wings 1 inch.

Hab. Coomoo, Sherlock River, Australia.

Cerynea sumatrana, nov.

6. Head and body dark chocolate-brown ; thorax with a

yellow spot on each side ; abdomen with yellow bands, most

prominent on the first two segments: wings with the basal

half ochreous, thickly irrorated with brown on the basal two-

thirds, the outer portion of the ochreous space with the

minute irrorations leaving an ochreous band across the middle

of the wings, not reaching the costa on the fore wing, its

outer edge outwardly angled above the. middle and below the

middie on the hind wing ; the costal space and outer marginal

space dark chocolate-brown ; the outer margin of both wings

with black spots ; cilia dull ochreous, with brown spots and

brown tips. Underside: fore wing blackish brown, an

ochreous spot at the end of the cell, hinder margin with the-

basal half ochreous ; hind wing blackish brown, an ochreous

middle band and a black spot in the cell.

Expanse of wings 3% inch.

Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra.

Family Stictopteride.

Stictoptera talagt, nom. nov.

Stictoptera tongluana, Swinhoe, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xix.

p- 838 (1917).

Hab. Talagi (Everett).

I made a mistake in reading the label on this species.

Talagi is a small island off Isabel Island in the Solomon

group; Tonglu is in Sikkim. It is therefore necessary to

ter the name of the species.

Family Sarrothripide.

Characoma sumatrana, nov.

g. Resembles Characoma curiosa *, Swinhoe, from Burma.

* Trans, Ent, Soc, 1890, p. 255.

Species of Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 69

Head, body, and fore wing grey, irrorated with minute

chocolate-brown atoms ; markings chocolate-brown ; a band

behind the head: fore wing with a duplex, outwardly and

evenly curved band across the wing at the basal third (curtosa

also has this band, but it is sharply angled inwards below its

middle); some brown marks at the base, costa and hinder

margin of the wing, a patch on the costa extending from

near the band to near the apex; a fine medial, waved, trans-

verse line, which does not reach the hinder margin ; a small

ringlet in the interno-median interspace beyond the middle,

some spots in a row above it; a sinuous subterminal line ; a

double marginal line with its upper half filled in with brown;

cilia grey, with some pale brown marks: hind wing white,

with some slight grey suffusion on the outer margin.

Eixpanse of wings, ¢,, 38 inch.

Hab. Padang, W. Sumatra.

Blenina alena, nov.

3 ?. Head, thorax, and fore wing uniform dark grey ; a

brown line behind the head and a brown line down each side

of the thorax ; abdomen pale grey: fore wing irrorated with

minute brown atoms ; subbasal line represented by a black

spot on the costa and another below it ; antemedial line very

sinuous, commencing with a spot on the costa, then out-

wardly curved, bent inwards at the cell, then outwards into a

long acute angle, and runs down to the hinder margin ; post-

medial line also very sinuous and more or less dentate in

parts, outwardly highly curved, some marginal black points

and pale grey cilia: hind wing greyish white, the costal and

outer marginal spaces suffused with brownish grey, the veins

dark grey on the outer half of the wing. Underside: fore

wing blackish brown, a small space at the base and the

hinder margin white: hind wing much as it is on the upper-

side. *

Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 1% inch.

Hab. Mackay, Queensland.

Selepa oranga, nov.

@. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing blackish brown ; the

ground-colour of the fore wing is really pale pinkish, but it

is most thickly covered with blackish irrorations, leaving a

pale streak below the costa and a broader pale streak from

the costa near the apex to the middle of the hinder margin ;

reniform and orbicular represented by white dots, the latter

70 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

surrounded by blackish and again by pale pinkish ; a duplex,

oblique, and highly curved line, centred with white from the

median vein near the base to the middle of the wing above

the hinder margin ; above this is a similar circular duplex

line outside the space round the orbicular, these lines more or

less indistinct; an obscure pale pinkish space on the hinder

margin beyond the middle; marginal line black, inwardly

edged with pale pinkish on both sides; cilia brown: hind

wing dark grey, the outer margin brownish; outer marginal

line black, somewhat sinuous, outwardly edged with a pale

line ; cilia brown.

Expanse of wings, ?, 1 inch.

Hab, Sarawak, Borneo.

Gadirtha guineana, nov.

3 2. Palpi greyish white, second joint black on, the sides ;

head and thorax mixed grey and white; a black stripe

behind the collar and one on each side of the thorax; abdo-

men dark grey, with darker segmental bands: fore wing with

the ground-c lour white, densely irrorated with pale choco-

late-brown ; costa with a large black antemedial patch and a

smaller curved subapical patch, and two black spots between

them ; orbicular and reniform round black rings, pale inside

and dull ochreous spot in their centres, the former small, the

latter very large ; black marks below the first patch, some

black spots in an oblique row in the disc, black marginal

lunules at the vein-ends, and a number of black spots close

together on the outer half of the hinder margin, above which

there is some whitish suffusion : hind wing pale grey, outer

margin broadly blackish ; cilia of both wings pinkish grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢ ? , 244)—24% inches.

Hab. Dinawa, 4000’, Mt. Kebea, 6000’, New Guinea

(A. E. Pratt).

Several examples. Some of the specimens have a dark

central suffusion, somewhat resembling G. ¢mpingens, Walker ;

eenitalia different (Pl. LX. figs. 10 & 11) ; note the differ-

ence in the valvule, costa, uncus, and the extraordinary

development of the gnathos, which is new to us ; the tegumen

is also utterly different.

Family Acontiide.

Genus MAurILiA, Méschler.

M. teonica, Walker, is quite different from Jf. ecervina,

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 71

Walker—two cornuti in the latter, three in the former, one

short and two gementate, besides other differences shown in

the figures. MZ. undaira, mihi, and M. tuniteata, mihi, are

also distinct species ; besides the enlargement of the costa,

the cornuti are absent, the rugose patch on the vesica is much

more prominent, and there are many other features which

the figures will show (note arm on costa and cornuti). I

have undatra from New Guineaand tunicata from New York,

N. Queensland, and had specimens from both localities

examined (Pl. VII. figs. 1, 2, 3, 3a, & 4).

Maurilia instabilis.

Anomis instabilis, Butler, Ill, Het. B.M. vii. p. 72, pl. cxxxi. fig. 3

(1889).

Maurilia iconica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xi. p. 873 (1912),

The prominent black discoidal lunule on the fore wing

differentiates it from zconica ; the genitalia is also somewhat

different ; note the thickening of patch on costa and the two

cornuti instead of three.

In my collection from Kurseyong and the Khasia Hills.

Pl. VII. fig. 1 enstabilis, fig. 2 iconica.

Maurilia tunicata, nov.

3. Palpi brown, first joint white beneath ; head, thorax,

and fore wing of the type-specimen pale rufous tinged with

ochreous ; in the other examples the colour is darker, markings

indistinet, but apparently similar to those of M. undaira ;

hind wing pale black, veins dark black; abdominal area

somewhat paler. Underside blackish, the costa and hinder

margin of the fore wing and the costa and abdominal margin

of the hind wing whitish ; pectus, body, and legs white, legs

with brown stripes ; tarsi black, with white rings.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 15%; inch.

Hab. Cape York, N. Queensland, Australia ; two examples.

Pl. VII. fig. 3. Note the difference of arm on costa and

cornuti.

Maurilia undaira, nov.

6. Palpi, head, body, and fore wing purplish brown ; two

antemedial lines, a large round whitish reniform, with a

minute yellow centre ringed with brown, this large spot

interrupting the medial line, all erect and sinuous, the sub-

basal line not distinguishable ; two oblique, smuous, post-

72 Colonel (. Swinhoe on new

medial lines from the costa beyond the middle to the hinder

margin near the angle; a submarginal sinuous series of

black points, all these lines somewhat indistinct: hind wing

blackish brown, becoming pale towards the abdominal

margin; no markings; cilia of both wings concolorous with

the wings. Underside rather pale purplish black: fore wing

with centre suffused with black, the hinder marginal space

whitish grey, and the costa grey: hind wing with some (but

less) black suffusion in the middle ; a discoidal black lunule ;

the abdominal marginal space pale: body and legs of the

colour of the wings, legs with white stripes, tarsi with white

rings.

9. Paler, with a rufous tinge ; markings similar.

Expanse of wings, o 145, 2? 1,5 inch.

Hab. Ekeikei, 1600’, New Guinea.

Genitalia distinct, note arm on costa, no cornuti (Pl. Vil,

fies. 3a & 4).

Maurilia fortis, nov.

9. Paipi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark rufous, with

a curved dark brown patch below the middle of the costa,

containing a dull scarlet patch against the costa and a curved

similarly coloured spot on its lower outward side; a white

dot ringed with brown in its centre, two grey large spots or

patches inside the outer part of the brown space, and a white

dot ; lines a little darker than the ground-colour ; subbasal

lines short ; two oblique sinuous antemedial lines, two similar

postmedial lines, a submarginal series of black dots; cilia

brown, with white tips: hind wing pale brown, costal space

grey, no markings ; cilia ochreous, with white tips. Under-

side: body white ; legs white, with a brown stripe on the upper

side ; tarsi dark ionaa n, with white rings : > wings grey, fore

wing with some brownish suffusion i in the cell region ; cilia

of both wings brown.

lixpanse of wings, ? , 14% inch.

Hab. Ekeikei, 1500', New Guinea.

Maurilia dalama, nov.

@. Palpi pale red, the last joint: brownish; thorax dark

pinkish brown ; collar and fore wing pinkish red ; abdomen

pinkish grey, with brown segmental lines: fore wing uniform

pinkish red, lines slightly “darker ; indistinet subbasal line

short, antemedial line slightly sinuous, erect ; a faint lunular

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 73

discoidal mark, a short sinuous mark above it, another sinuous

line inwardly below it; a postmedial highly curved and

recurved line; a row of submarginal black dots; cilia con-

colorous with the wing: hind wing white, without markings.

Underside: body, legs, and wings white, somewhat shining,

without any markings.

Eixpanse of wings, 2, 1,3; inch.

Hab. Queensland, Australia.

Carea intermedia, nov.

3d. Head and thorax dark flesh-pink ; a dark line down

each side; abdomen white, with some flesh-pink suffusion

and segmental lines: fore wing clear, pale flesh-pink; a

darker line from the costal third to a little beyond the middle

of the hinder margin, nearly straight, slightly bent inwards

below the costa; a dark inwardly and evenly curved Tine

from the costa one-fourth from the apex to the hinder angle,

some slight darker shading on the upper half; on the inner

side of this line a faint line runs close to it ; outer marginal

line and cilia dark brown: hind wing pure white, without

markings ; cilia brown.

?. More pink than ‘the male; the fore wing is very

uniform in shade of colour, with very faint traces of the

transverse lines.

Expanse of wings, ¢ ?, 1,4 inch.

Hab. Kandy, Ceylon, and Palni Hills, 8. India.

The lines are disposed like those in C. subtilis, but it is

altogether a different-looking insect. I have subéclis of both

sexes from different parts of India and also from Ceylon.

Pl. VIII. fig. 6 subtilis, fig. 7 intermedia ; the genitalia

varies but little.

Carea innocens, nov.

?. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing bright pinkish red ;

palpi white beneath, the colour of the wing very uniform and

bright; the only lines at all distinguishable are two, and

these are very indistinct—the first a slightly curved line a

little darker than the ground-colour from the costa before the

middle to the hinder margin near the angle, the other an

erect whitish line from the costa one-fifth trom the apex to

the hinder angle; the cilia is brown, the outer margin of the

wing angled as in C. subtilis: hind wing white, the outer

margin narrowly suffused with pale pinkish red ; cilia simi-

larly coloured, with pale basal line: abdomen white, with

74 Colonel C, Swinhoe on new

dorsal black dots. Underside: both wings pale pinkish red,

hinder marginal space of fore wing glistening white, the base

and abdominal half of hind wing whitish ; body and legs

white ; upperside of legs pinkish red.

Expanse of wings, ?, 13 inch.

Hab, Palhi Hills, Bandora, near Bombay.

Acontia dohertyi, nov.

2. Palpi yellow, its upperside dark brown ; head, thorax,

and fore wing bright clear yellow, very uniform in colour: fore

wing with the markings dark chocolate-brown, costal line

chocolate-brown, subbasal line hardly visible, antemedial line

inwardly curved obliquely from the costa, one-third from the

apex, then inwardly curved to the hinder margin one-third

from the hinder angle, forming a very acute angle above its

middle, its point continued to the outer margin below the apex;

a curved line from the costa before the apex to the end of the

other line below the apex; postmedial line similar in shape, its

point with a line connecting it with the antemedial line at its

middle; a spot at the upper end of the cell, a fine anteciliary

line, and dark chocolate-brown cilia: hind wing yellowish

white, without markings ; cilia pale chocolate-brown. Under-

side: both wings yellowish white, without markings.

Expanse of wings 1,4; inch.

Hab. Sambawa Island, west of Java (Doherty).

Acontia talauta, nov.

3. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark chrome-

yellow : fore wing with the lines rufous, antemedial line very

acutely outwardly angled to a point on the median vein, then

inwardly oblique to the hinder margin at the basal third ;

postmedial line similarly shaped, commencing on the costa

near the apex and ending on the hinder margin a little beyond

the middle; a slightly curved short line from the costa one-

fourth from the apex, almost parallel with the upper part of

the postmedial line; a black dot close to the apex of the

wing, the outer marginal space broadly suffused with dark

red-brown, its inner side irregular and highly curved; much

as in A. transversa, Guen. ; outer margin of the wing with a

line of yellow lunules, cilia dark brown: hind wing yellowish

white, nearly white, no markings, marginal line yellow and

sinuous, cilia brown. Underside pale yellowish grey, the

hinder marginal space of the fore wing and inner portion of

Species 0) Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 75

the hind wing paler; pectus dark brown, body and legs

greyish brown.

Eixpanse of wings, 6, 1,’ inch.

Hab. Talaut Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty).

The genitalia is somewhat similar to that of A. migrator,

Walker, from Australia (type from Moreton Bay, Queensland,

in B.M.). I have it from Rockhampton, Queensland, but

the colour of the insect is very different. A. mdgrator is

quite distinct from A. transversa, Guen., from India, of

which Hampson makes it a synonym,

Pl. VIII. fig. 8 talauta, fig. 9 migrator.

Family Catocalide.

Enmonodia padanga, nov.

3. Purple-brown tinged with pink, head and collar dark

brown; thorax purplish grey witha brown stripe down each

side; abdomen with the basal half grey with brown seg-

mental bands, the anal half crimson with brown segmental

lines : fore wing with the costal and basal spaces anda smear

in the disk purplish grey, the rest of the wing dark purplish

brown; a dark brown stripe from the apex to vein 5; an

angulated black line down the disk to the hinder margin,

outwardly lined with purple-grey (somewhat obscure); asub-

terminal row of black Junules; an inverted comma-shaped

discoidal mark composed of fine black rings, its inner end

with an oval black spot attached to its outer side: hind wing

uniform purple-brown, a postmedian pinkish-grey transverse

line composed of conjoined acute angles. Underside uni-

formly ochreous-scarlet: fore wing with the costa brown; a

large round brown spot in the middle of the cell, two brown

bars closing the end; three angulated thick brown outwardly-

curved lines close together across the middle; a broad brown

transverse band on a pale brown space in the outer marginal

space: hind wing with a brown lunule in the cell; the three

centre thick lines as in the fore wing, but more widely separ-

ated from each otlier, the marginal space as in the fore wing.

?. Brownish ochreous, minutely irrorated with brown

atoms; two round black spots encircled with brownish

ochreous opposite the eid of the cell ; a straight double thin

dark brown band from the apex, broadening hindwards and

extending to near the abdominal margin of the hind wing, the

marginal space outside these lines thickly smeared with

76 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

brown; a subterminal series of acutely angled white conjoined

marks on both wings from the double line hindwards ; on the

hind wing between ’the medial band and the white angular

series 1s a brownish shaded band, the outer margin of the

wing dark brown. Underside with the ground-colour as in

the male, but densely irrorated throughout with brown atoms,

two brown bars closing the cell of the fore wing; a medial

blackish-brown line across both wings, bent inwards on to the

costa on the fore wing; asimilarly shaped but angulated post-

medial line, a double submarginal line, the inner one

thickened towards the costa of fore wing, anda thin row of

black lunules close to the margin ; cilia of both wings black.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 9 ‘3k inches.

Hab. Padang, Sumatra.

Anua clementi, nov.

?. Head, thorax, and fore wing clear ochreous grey: fore

wing not irrorated as in most of the species of this group, but

striated with grey over the entire wing, the fine striations

quite clear throughout and more numerous towards the outer

margin; a hardly visible ear-shaped mark at the end of the

cell, an angulated black spot on the costa beyond the middle,

from its point an outwardly curved, waved, faint grey line runs

to near the middle of the hinder margin, where it is bluntly

angled and runs up to the costa one-fourth from the base; a

broad brown diffused band down the wing one-fifth from the

outer margin, angled outwards below the costa, where it is

darkest, then somewhat acutely angled inwards and again

outwards ; ; cilia brown: hind wing bright ochreous yellow, a g

broad black discal band, not reaching the hinder angle and

suddenly narrowing before reaching the costa near the apex.

Underside greyish ochreous : fore wing with a very large

lower discal black patch: hind wing witha pale discal brown

band, blackish on the costa, and enlarged and black at its

lower extremity, which does not reach the hinder angle.

Iixpanse of wings, ? , 3 inches.

Hab. Roebourne, Sherlock River, Australia (Clement),

The black band of the hind"wing in the type-specimen is

much broader than in the others. I have three examples, all

females; J can find no striations on the fore wing of any of

the long series in my collection of this group. I have seven

species, “there is no black spot, angulated or otherwise, in the

centre of any of them.

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. (7

Ercheia anvira, nov.

3. Head, body, and fore wing pinkish ‘brown: fore wing

with a pale brown stripe below the middle running from base

to outer margin ; transverse lines brown, subbasal; short ante-

medial and medial; the postmedial line bends outwards from

the costa in a circle, is bent abruptly inwards below and then

straight to the hinder margin; all/these lines are sinuous and

double ; a brown subapical patch in the costa, reniform, ear-

shaped, pale, and on a small brown patch; terminal line

crenulate; cilia pale with brown tips: hind wing black,

greyish towards the base and abdominal margin ; a white

spot at the end of the cell, one close to the hinder angle, one

near the outer margin below the middle ; an elongated white

spot on the margin below the apex and another above the

hinder angle. Underside pale greyish yellow: fore wing

with the costa brown; a brown stripe Wee the middle from

the base to the postmedial brown band, which is straight ;

a broad discal band: hind wing with a small round. spot at

the end of the cell; a highly sinuous thin median band, a

broad irregular-shaped .diseal band ; both wings with small

black Junules on the outer margin.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,5), 2 2 inches.

Hab. Kina Balu, Borneo.

Seven males,

Ercheia careona, nov.

3 2. Head, collar, and i pinkish grey; thorax with

a brown patch in the middle: fore wing dafk pinkish black,

pinkish-grey irrorations fomuids the base ; ; the hinder margin

broadly pinkish grey, irrorated with pinkish-brown atoms,

this feature less strongly defined in some of the females; a

submarginal pinkish-grey line and some pinkish-grey irrora-

tions on the margin: hind wing black, paling somewhat

towards the base and abdominal margin ; a large white spot

at the end of the cell, connected with another near the hinder

margin ; a long white mark on the outer margin below the

apex, and another behind the hinder angle. Underside

much as In anvira, but the bands are broader.

_ Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, ? 1,9) inch.

Hab, Kalao Island, near Celebes.

One male and five alee:

78 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Ercheia enganica, nov.

3 9. Head and body greyish brown: fore wing with the

ground-colour brownish pink, irrorated with brown; a trian-

gular black basal patch, edged with white, its lower side

limited by vein 1, containing three ochreous costal dots and

a subbasal ochreous basal line, the outer lower portion of the

wing more densely irrorated ; a short white line on the disco-

cellulars, a white dot above it, another outwardly below it;

a thick black lunular spot, outwardly pale-edged, in the

middle of the first interspace, another beyond it with a black

sinuous line, outwardly edged with white, connecting it with

the hinder margin; a large black patch on the costa extend-

ing to the apex, a white submarginal line running through

it and continued with an outward curve to the hinder margin ;

an indistinct series of black lunules on the margin; cilia

brown: hind wing black, slightly paling towards the base ; <

large white spot at the end of the cell, a smaller one near the

middle of the outer margin, and a still smaller one near the

hinder angle ; a long white streak on the outer margin below

the apex. Underside pale yellowish on basal half, then black

to the outer margin ; a broad white postmedial band narrowing

hindwards, a white patch at the apex and halfway down the

margin: hind wing with a black spot at the end of the cell ;

an antemedial outwardly curved thin black band, followed by

a white band; the outer half of the wing black, with a thin

white band running through it ; a white streak on the margin

below the apex ; a spot on the middle and another near the

hinder angle.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 14, ? 2 inches.

Hab. Engano Island, near Sumatra.

Two males and one female.

Genus BASTILLA, nov.

Belongs to Hampson’s first section of his genus Parallelia ;

mid-tibie of male dilated, with a groove containing a fringe

of large scales; hind tarsi of male with the first joint fringed

with hair aboveat base; fore wing with the costa lobed before

middle. :

Type, Bastilla redunca, Swinhoe, Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon. i.

p. 141 (fig.) (1900).

Dysgonia manillana, nov.

3d ?. Head and thorax greenish brown; abdomen greenish

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 79

grey with thin segmental brown lines: fore wing with the

basal third greenish brown, blackish towards the antemedial

line, where it gradually becomes nearly pure black and is

outwardly edged with white; a broad white medial band

minutely irrorated with grey; a black discal band, its inner

side suffused and thickly joined along the costa to the ante-

medial line, its outer side angled outwards below the costa

and again at its middle, then curving and narrowing inwards

to the hinder margin and edged with white ; the outer por-

tion of the wing pale brown with a darker shade running

through it, ending in an apical black patch with its inner side

suffused, its outer side dentated, some dark suffusion at the

outer margin: hind wing with the basal third pale brown, a

medial white band, darker brown outside it, some white suffu-

sion at the middle of the outer margin ; a thin brown marginal

line on both wings ; cilia of fore wing pale brown, of hind

wing white with some pale brown on its lower part. Under-

side brownish grey ; a broad, diffused, discal, brownish band

on both wings with the outer margin whitish.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1,4 inch.

Hab, Manilla, Philippines.

Dysgonia fruhstorferi, nov.

3d. Head and body grey-brown: fore wing with the basal

third grey-brown; a broad medial white band rather thickly

irrorated with minute grey atoms, especially on the upper and

lower ends, the band evenly inwardly curved on both sides,

edged with black on the inner side and with a large tri-

angular black patch on the outer side, its outer edge from

the costa a little apart from its inner edge, curved into an

acute point, then slightly curved inwards and narrowing to a

point on the hinder margin, slightly edged with white from

the costa to the point, four white costal dots between it and

the apex, a brown shade from the apex running down the

outer side of the black patch followed by a whitish shade, the

outer margin brownish and two black angular spots at the

apex, the upper one encircled with white, the lower one edged

with white at its outer side; small black marginal spots and

cilia ; altogether more or Jess of the stuposa pattern: hind

wing grey-brown, faint indications of a thin greyish band

down the middle and greyish on the middle of the outer

margin.

Expanse of wings, 6, 275 inches.

> TO

Hab, Fergusson Island, Papua (fruhstorfer).

80 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Chalciope satna, nov. r

3. Antenne and palpi grey-brown, the latter black at the

sides; face and pectus greyish ochreous, the latter with a

black stripe on each side ; legs ochreous grey marked with

black ; head, body, and wings ochreous brown: fore wing

with the inner portion filled in by a very large black elongated

triangular patch, edged with whitish, its ‘upper and lower

sides almost straight, its outer edge slightly evenly inwardly

curved, leaving the margins narrow, its upper point very acute

and nearer the apex than it is even in C. cephise of Cramer ;

an oblique narrow white band through its middle, open at

both ends, the ends slightly irrorated with brown, some black

points on the outer white lining of the black patch, the outer

margin brown ; the cilia brown with a pale inner line; some

whitish suffusion on the hinder margin: hind wing dark

brown ; a faint, narrow, grey band not nearly reaching either

the costa or the hinder angle, where there is a little pale

suffusion ; cilia grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 2,3, inches.

Hab. Nias.

Allied to nothing I know of; the largest species of the

genus I have yet seen.

Hypetra minima, NOV.

@. Palpi dark brown at the sides, whitish beneath, the

tips of last joints white ; head, body, and fore wing uniform

chocolate-brown: fore wing with a deep black subbasal

quadrgte patch with pale edgings close to the hinder margin,

excavated on its upper and lower sides, a brownish patch

between it and the costa ; a curious hook-shaped deep black

mark at the end of the cell, its upper part thickened and

uadrate, a brownish patch between it and the costa, another

brownish patch on the costa before the apex, and a small one

at the apex; a series of minute black dots on the outer

margin: hind wing chocolate-grey, a little paler basally, no

markings; cilia of fore wing pale chocolate-brown, of the

hind wing slightly paler than the wing-colour, two whitish

subapical spots on it and another at the hinder angle. Un-

derside: fore wing greyish brown, hinder margin white,

cilia grey: hind wing pale greyish brown, the outer margin

broadly darker, cilia white, greyish at the tips.

Expanse of wings, 2, 1;% inch.

Hab. Luzon, Philippines.

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 81

Family Erebiide.

We cannot believe that the genus Argiva and its allies can

belong to the family Catocalide. It seems to us that Argiva

has no relation whatever to the genus Catocala; their struc-

ture is completely different; they have enormous’ black

densely hairy extensile organs (“‘ coremata”’) upon the dorsal

surface of the tegumen, almost hiding the armature of the

delicate valves. These alone confirm, by the absence of the

large scaptilum of Catoca/a, that the relationship is mistaken.

Pl. X. fig. 20 shows the genitalia of Argiva hieroglyphica

(the type of Argiva), fig. 21 that of fraaini, Linn. (the type

of Catocala), copied from Pierce’s ‘Genitalia of British

Noctuidee,’ fig, 23 that of the common European species,

nupta, Linn. ; note the entire absence of the coremata and

the asymmetry of nupta, which is usual in Catocala and its

relatives.

The habits of life of such of the species as are known to

me are entirely different to those of the Catocalide ; they are

crepuscular and mostly cave-dwellers, very quick and sharp

in their short flights, the males darting forwards and. attack-

ing those that pass, much after the manner of some of the

butterflies of the family Nymphalide. This is particularly

the case with Patula macrops; I have watched them in the

caves of the Island of Elephanta in the Bombay Harbour.

Genus Araiva, Hiibner.

The genitalia of the different forms of Argiva are very

similar ; the differences are so slight, they may arise from

mounting. J give the figure of the costa of A. hiero-

glyphica, the type of the genus (text-fig. 15). There appears

to be no difference in any of the mounts except the “ costa,”

which varies slightly under different names.

Argiva lunaris. —

Bocana lunaris 9, Walker, xxxi. 57 (1864).

Nyctipas hieroglyphica, Hampson (part.), Phal. xii, p. 275 (1918).

Hab. Celebes, Gilolo.

A perfectly distinct species, sexes alike. I have both

sexes from N, Celebes and Gilolo (text-fig. 18).

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist, Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 6

82 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Argiva sumbana, nov.

3. Much like the male of lunaris, but the subapical yel-

lowish-white bar is not continuous, but is shorter even than

in hieroglyphica and is broken into two pieces. Underside

paler; two large subapical spots, well separated, another in

the middle of the disk.

9. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown,

the outer third black-brown, the comma-shaped discoidal

mark as in the male; the subapical bar white and short,

Fig. 15. Fig. 16. Fig. 17.

Fie. 15.—hieroglyphica. ‘ Costa” more parallel sides.

0 ‘ ” :

Fig. 16.—swmbana. “Costa” perhaps running narrower.

Fig. 17.—luzonica, “ Costa” perhaps more curved.

Fig. 18.—lunaris. “ Costa” appears narrower, but hardly in the same

plane. :

Fig. 19.—ceramica, ‘ Costa” somewhat differently shaped.

consisting of three attached spots, the two lower ones large,

the upper ones small; no other markings ; hind wing simi-

larly coloured, and with a large white upper discal spot.

Underside paler and more ochreous, the spots ochreous white;

the subapical spots as above, but not connected ; a discal row

of large spots across both wings ; the middle spot in the fore

wing and the second upper spot in the hind wing pushed

outwards.

Expanse of wings, g 3, 8zio inches.

Hab. Sumba Island (Doherty) (text-fig. 16).

Species of Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 83

Argiva luzonica, nov.

3. Brown-black, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal

mark very indistinct, without any distinguishing blue or

white scales; the subapical streak very narrow, little more

than a thick sinuous line, the colour dark chrome-yellow:

hind wing unmarked. Underside paler, the subapical streak

thicker and ochreous white, separated into two pieces; a faint

small ochreous-white spot in the middle of the disk; hinder

marginal spot suffused greyish.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 3 inches.

Hab. Luzon, Philippines (text-fig. 17).

Argiva ceramica, nov.

3. Black-brown, the inverted comma-shaped discoidal

mark very obscure, hardly traceable ; the subapical streak

more curved than in the other forms, slightly thickened on

the costa, but otherwise of fairly even width, ending in a

point quite close to the outer margin; colour ochreous white ;

no other markings. Underside paler, the subapical streak

similar ; the hinder marginal space of the fore wing slightly

suffused with grey.

9. Fore wing with the basal two-thirds ochreous brown,

the ring of the discoidal mark the only distinct part of this

mark, its tail well separated from its beginning and connected

with a highly curved black line to the hinder margin; the

outer third of the wing dark brown ; the subapical streak

broad, narrowing hindwards, its end blunt and not reaching

the outer margin; a large white spot in the middle of the

disk: hind wing with the basal half dark brown, the outer

half ochreous brown, divided by a series of indistinct whitish

marks, Underside paler; both wings uniformly coloured,

except that the hinder margin of the fore wing is slightly

greyish ; the subapical streak and discal spot as above ; a

minute whitish spot in the upper disk of the hind wing.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3, 2 3% inches (text-fig. 19).

Hab, Ceram Island.

Genus CARIONA, nov.

Differs from the genus Patula in having the hind wing

normal, the neuration normal. In Patula the costal half is

aborted, and forms a fold turned over on the upper surface

containing a large glandular patch, making the veins aborted.

Section III. 8. of Hampson’s genus Nyelipao, Phal. xii. p. 286

(1913).

Type, albictneta, Kallar,

84 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Genus EREBUS.

Erebus variegata.

Nyctipao variegata, 3, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) xiv. p. 482

(1887) ; Hampson (part.), Phal. xii. p. 296, pl. 206. fig. 6, g (1913).

Hab. Solomons.

NV. caliginosa, Butler, 7. c. p. 433, which Hampson makes

the female of variegata, is a distinct species; it is not the

female of variegata. I have the true female of variegata,

also from the Solomons (from Shortland Island); it is very

similar to the male, has more white suffusion in the wings,

and is much larger.

Erebus ephesphoris.

Phalena noctua crepuscularis, Cram, Pap. Exot. ii. p. 99, pl. 160. fig. A

(1779) (nec Linn.).

Nyctipao ephesphoris, Hiibner, Verz. Schmett. 272, 2675 (1827).

Nyctipao ephesphoris, Walker, xiv. 1805 (1858).

Nyctipao leucotenia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 184 (1852); Hampson, Phal.

xii, p. 298, pl. 207. figs. 7 3, 8 Q (1918).

Hab. Amboina.

Ihave one male and three females from Amboina which

are undoubtedly identical with lewcotenia and with Hamp-

son’s excellent figures. The type came from Amboina,

Lérebus saparea, nov.

@?. Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing

with indications of a subbasal band ; a rather broad sinuous

antemedial brown band from costa to hinder margin, followed

by a similar band a little before the middlé, outwardly edged

with greyish ochreous from the hinder margin to the whorl-

shaped discoidal mark, which is very large; its black ring

strongly outwardly edged with white, which thickens on the

costa and has a billhook-shaped large centre filled in with

brownish ochreous, ringed with deep black, and edged in-

wardly and outwardly with white; a brown thin even discal

band with a slight outward curve from the costa to the outer |

margin, followed by a pale and more ochreous space ; the

other third of the wing as dark as its basal portion ; a large

subcostal white spot before the apex, oval and excavated on

its outer side, a small white lunule immediately below if,

followed by five white lunular marks inwardly edged with

black down the disk—the first minute, the fourth well out-

wards, the row ending in an outwardly-curved white line

close to the hinder margin ; cilia brown with white spots at

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 85

the interspaces in the lower two-thirds of the wing: hind

wing with two bands in continuation of the third and fourth

bands of the fore wing, the pale ochreous-tinged space extend-

ing almost to the outer margin; a large oval subapical white

spot and a row of six white lunules, three and three in

echelon. Underside paler and more ochreous; a black and

white discoidal lunule on each wing; the subapical and

discal spots as above.

Expanse of wings, 2 , 4,45 inches.

Hab. Sapareea, Celebes.

Erebus niasana, nov.

6. Chocolate-brown; head and thorax dark brown ; abdo-

men brownish grey, the first two segments filled in with

black-brown, nearly pure black, the next pale grey, the rest

of the abdomen darker grey: fore wing with a thick white

line, a thin band from the hinder margin one-fourth from

the base obliquely towards the apex curling round the discoidal

whorl-shaped mark, its outer side before it begins the curl

broadly pale grey, extending in a subdued form to the apex

of the wing, with some pure white patches outside the band;

the ground-colour of the wing above this band very dark

chocolate-brown ; the black ring round the discoidal mark

sinuous, the inner portion is black and confused, outwardly

ringed with dull brownish ochreous ; a large triangular white

subapical spot ; some indistinct blackish discal lunules, one

or two of them pricked with white: hind wing with the pale

grey band of the fore wing continued subbasally, followed by

a thin dark brown band; a medial band, an ochreous-grey

discal shade with black spear-shaped marks on its outer side; -

a subapical white lunule and an indistinct submarginal lunular

line. Underside with tle basal two-thirds pale and ochreous-

tinged; fore wing with a subapical white spot and three in

the disk; hind wing with a subapical small spot.

?. Paler than the male; the medial pale grey band ob-

scure ; a whitish slightly sinuous line across the disk of the

fore wing edged with brown, and continued across the middle

of the hind wing ; a large subapical spot on the fore wing,

with five discal white lunules, outwardly edged with black,

the third and fifth with the white only indicated on the hind

wing ; there is an antemedial band, a white subapical lunule,

and a discal row of black lunules inwardly edged with white.

Underside as in the male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 3755, 2 4,5 inches.

Hab. Sitoli, Nias.

86 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Erebus malanga, nov.

3. Head and thorax dark brown; abdomen grey with

whitish and dark grey segmental bands, the first two segments

black-brown: fore wing with the central band broad through-

out, slightly curved, and ochreous white until it is sharply

angled round the discoidal whorl-shaped mark, the upper

part from the angle to the costa quite white; the black ring

of the whorl is correspondingly sharply angled, its inner side

inwardly edged with white, the centre portion very obscure ;

the bill-hook is greyish pink ringed with black, and this colour

runs right round the centre portion; all the upper portion of

the wing is very dark, the subapical spot is fairly large,

triangular, its lower point blunt, a small white dot outwards

below it, followed by an irregular row of five white lunules

outwardly edged with black, the first a double lunule, the

lower lunules in a black suffusion, and a black angular patch

outwardly edged with white on the hinder margin against

the middle of the central band: hind wing with antemedial

and medial blackish bands outwardly edged with ochreous

grey ; a subapical white lunule; a much curved and recurved

black lunular discal line inwardly edged with whitish ochreous,

greatly protruded outwards in its middle, with a blunt square

and ochreous suffusion on each side and a blackish suffused

patch below the subapical lunule. Underside pale brownish

ochreous, the outer marginal space suffused with brown :.

fore wing with a whorl of whitish spots round the outside of

the cell ; a subapical spot, seven discal spots, the fifth well

outside: hind wing with a black spot in the cell, two indis-

tinct outwardly curved brownish lines in the middle; a sub-

apical white lunule, a small white dot below it; a discal black

lunular line, disposed as on the upperside.

@?. Very similar to the male.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 4y45, 9 4425 inches.

Hab. Malang, Java.

Hrebus philippensis, nov.

3+ Chocolate-brown, tinged with ochreous: fore wing with

a thin obscure whitish line from the basal fourth of the hind

wing running towards the apex, but not continued beyond

the whorl-shaped discoidal mark, which it curves round and

thickens somewhat towards the costa; the space above this

line dark brown to the apex, but the portion beyond the

whorl is without the white line; the whorl line is black as

Species of Indo-Malayan Ai terocera. 87

usual; on the inner side inside the black line is a narrow

pinkish-ochreous stripe, its lower end curved and broadened,

and joining a large black patch; a thin greyish-ochreous

middle line edged with black across the wing, with a small

outward angle at its middle; a blackish suffusion on the

lower disk ; a subapical white rather large spot and four discal

white spots in an irregular row, outwardly edged with black :

hind wing with the base dark brown; an antemedial brown

line with a pale outer edging ; a medial somewhat crenulate

greyish-ochreous line in continuation of the middle line of

the fore wing; a subapical white spot; a discal indistinct

greyish-oclireous line, more or less lunular, the hollows of the

lunules filled in with black, the row deeply curved above its

middle and then deeply and bluntly outwardly angled below

its middle; body concolorous with the wings; the first two

segments of the abdomen black, the third pale grey. Under-

side ochreous brown, the outer half dark, limited by a brownish

thin band across both wings; the discal markings disposed

as on the upperside, the white spots larger.

2. Brown with a lilac tinge ; abdomen with the first two

segments black ; wings of a uniform colour, the upper dark

portion of the male- only slightly indicated except towards

the apex, which is dark; the whorl-shaped discoidal mark as

in the male ; a broad white band across both wings, broadest

on the hind wing, its outer side with points like a fringe; the

discal markings as in the male. Underside pale ochreous

brown; the medial white band macular on the fore wing,

broad on the hind wing; the discal markings as on the

upperside.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 4, ? 4,45 inches.

Hab. Cape Engano, Luzon, Philippines.

Genus PatuLa, Guen.

Patula does not possess the two curious chitinous plates in

the connection between the 8th and 9th abdominal segments

found in Argiva; Pl. XI. figs. 24, 25, 26, & 27 show the

genitalia of the true P. macrops, drawn on the same plane as

in the figure of the genitalia of Argiva. In the development

of the coremata it agrees with Argiva; the structure of the

valve and the shape of the penis are the chief points. The

hind wing of the male has the costal half aborted, forming

a fold turned over on the upper surface, containing a large

glandular patch of flocculent hair; vein 4 runs to the

functional apex, 5 from the middle of discocellulars, 6 to

the fold, 7 and 8 very minute to near base of centre.

88 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

Patula moriola, nov.

9. More or less similar in pattern to the common Indian

species P. macrops, Linn., but the antemedial line ends

hindwards in two conjoined rings, the lower one touching the

hinder-margin; it isa smaller insect, much paler in colour,

without the purplish glow of patula, the brown colour having

a distinct ochreous tinge ; it cerlainly cannot be the female

of P. macfarlanei, which Hampson says is also to be found

in Amboina, though the type came from Cape York in

Australia, the markings being very different.

Expanse of wings, 2, 575 inches.

Hab. Amboina Isl.

Patula oadoxia, nov.

3 9. Also very similar in pattern to P. macrops, but the

outer transverse sinuous lines are farther apart on the fore

wing and the submarginal line of the hind wing is not nearly

so sharply doubled ; it is a very large Patula, larger even

than macrops, and the colour is quite different, being paler

aud more ochreous even than mortola. The genitalia, as

might be expected, also differs from that of macrops; the

valves of P. macrops are much broader, the penis is also

different, there are larger bunches of cornuti and chitinous

red, and the sacculus of the valves is much more developed

(Pl. XI. figs. 26 & 27).

Expanse of wings, ¢ 6,5, 2 5; inches.

Hab. Alu Island, Solomons, a small island close to Short-.

Jand Island.

Two males, four females.

Patula tpsa, nov.

3 ¢. Very similar in. pattern to macrops, but paler in

colour and is a smaller insect ; the genitalia is also different ;

the penis agrees somewhat with that of macrops, but the

valves are much narrower; the difference is shown in the

Pl; XE; fies 25.

EXxpanse of wings, ¢ 5, 2 5-54 inches.

Hab. Kandy, Ceylon.

Family Noctuide.

Brevipecten promona, nov.

3. Palpi white beneath, dark brown above; antenne

Species of Indo- Malayan Heterocera. 89

grey; head, body, and fore wing dark grey, the ground-

colour being white, thickly irrorated with dark grey atoms ;

thorax with a brown stripe down each side: fore wing

with the lines darker grey, subbasal, from the costa to

vein 1 indistinct ; antemedial line slightly oblique from costa

to hinder margin ; ; medial line similar, its upper part lost in

a large jet-black patch from the costa, its inner side deeply

excavated and edged with white, a grey line closing the cell ;

postmedial line outwardly oblique from the costa, acutely

angled and inwardly oblique to the hinder margin close to

the termination of the medial line; marginal line crenulate,

some brownish suffusion on the margin ; cilia greyish brown :

hind wing pale grey, whitish towards the base and abdominal

margin ; ‘terminal jine dark grey ; cilia white on the lower

half, grey upwards, intersected by a grey line. Underside:

both wings evenly pale grey ; a w hite subapical small patch

on the fore wing, with a black spot on its inner side, which

is in continuation of an indistinct grey discal transverse line.

Expanse of wings 1, inch.

llab. Cape York, N. Queensland (Déme/).

Has some resemblance to B. captatus, Butler, from India,

of which I have both sexes.

Capnodes asulca, nov.

?. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish brown, very

uniform in colour throughout : fore wing with a black spot

in the cell and four in a cluster at the eae a curved dark

mark on the costa near the apex, with a ‘disjointed white

streak on its inner half; a discai transverse sinuous row of

white dots from the inner end of the streak across the wing,

each dot with a black dot on its inner side; a row of sub-

terminal black dots: hind wing with a discal row of similar

white and black dots and subterminal black dots. Underside

paler ; a discal indistinct thin band and subterminal black

dots on both wings ; aie brown.

Expanse of wings, 2,14 inch.

Hab. Khasia Hills.

Diomea nasea, nov.

3. Very dark olive-brown, nearly black, very uniform in

colour ; palpi white on the inner sides, a white stripe on each

shoulder ; thorax and both wings with numerous round white

spots : fore Wing with costal spots at equal distances apart,

with minute dots immediately below them; transverse rows

90 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

of basal, antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal spots and

some medial white specks, the postmedial row consisting of

three rows, the others of two rows and a marginal series :

hind wing with indications of a medial white line and many

white spots covering the outer half of the wing: legs with

white bands.

Eixpanse of wings, 3, 1;p inch.

Hab. Kuching, W. Borneo.

Oresia camaguina, nov.

&. Palpi brown ; head and collar orange; thorax and fore

wing dark ochreous brown; very dark and uniform in colour on

the fore wing, making the markings very obscure and difficult

to trace ; a darker streak on the median vein; an oblique.

straight double line from apex to hinder margin, its upper

half filled in with pale dull ochreous, a narrow brown shade

from its middle to the lower end of the cell, then in a straight

line to the middle of the hinder margin ; two white ochreous

patches on the outer margin, in its middle and at the hinder

angle touching each other; cilia dark brown: hind wing

white, the veins and streaks in the interspaces pale grey.

?. Much as in O. emarginata, Fabr., from the Indian

region, but all the markings on the fore wing more or less

obscure.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 1,%, ? 1,% inch.

Hab. Camaguin Island, near Manilla, Philippines

(Semper).

Genus SERICIA.

Sericia, Guen. Noct. iii. p. 172 (1852), type speetans, Guen., from

Australia.

Spiredonia, Hampson, Moths India, ii. p. 457 (1894) (nec Hubner).

Sericia sumbana, nov.

gf 2. Fore wing narrow, much narrower than in any other

species of this genus; upperside with the ground-colour

pinkish grey, suffused in parts with pinkish brown; mark-

ings much as in the common Indian species, S. zamis, of

Cramer; the discal ocellus filling the lower curve of a figure

of €, small: hind wing of the same pinkish-grey ground-

colour, with the usual familiar markings. Underside much

paler and brownish grey.

Expanse of wings, ¢ ¢ , 2755 inches.

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 91

Hab. Samba Island, south of Flores Island in the Timor

Sea (Doherty).

I have four males and one female of this very distinct

form.

Family Hypenide.

Genus GLOBOSUSA, nov.

6. Antenne unipectinated, palpi long and somewhat up-

turned, the first two joints thickened and with stiff paired

bristles, the last joint very slender, with bristles before its

end ; top of head with short thick hairs which protrude some-

what in front; all the legs naked, with very long spurs ;

both wings rounded in a circular form: fore wing broad,

costa and hinder margin straight, cell broad, discocellulars

nearly straight; vein 2 froma little beyond the middle of the

cell, 3 from about halfway from it and the cell-end, 4 and

5 from the end; 6, 7, 8, and 9 deeply curved, 6 from upper

end, 7, 8, and 9 stalked: hind wing with vein 2 from the

middle of the cell, 3 and 4 on a short stalk, 5 from the cell-

end, 6 and 7 from the upper end, 8 free, recurved, touches 7

near its base.

Type, G. curiosa, mihi.

A very curious-looking moth.

(rlobosusa curtosa, nov.

3. Antenne grey, palpi blackish brown, legs yellow striped

with black on the upperside; head, thorax, and fore wing

saffron-yellow : fore wing with faint indications of subbasal,

antemedial, and postmedial grey lines ; a blackish postmedial

patch on the costa and black dots on the outer margin: hind

wing yellowish white, indications of a recurved medial grey

line, its lower part with black spots on veins 3 and 2 and two

near the abdominal margin; indications of a postmedial

outwardly curved grey line and black lunular spots on the

outer margin. Underside uniform yellowish white; fore

wing with a linear black spot in the cell, a smaller one at the

end, small postmedial and subapical brownish marks ; hind

-wing with a small lunular discoidal black spot.

IEixpanse of wings, g, 1 inch,

Hab. Saugir Island, south of the Philippines (Doherty).

92 Colonel GC. Swinhoe on new

Bertula adra, nov.

3. Upperside: head, thorax, and fore wing dark olive-

brown; traces of antemedial, medial, and postmedial out-

_wardly curved, somewhat sinuous brown lines; a submarginal

straight white Tine inwardly edged with dark brown from the

costa near the apex to the hinder margin close to the angle:

hind wing brownish grey, a faint brown lunule at the end of

the cell ; traces of a medial outwardly curved brownish line ;

a white submarginal line from close to the hinder angle,

angled outwards, then crenulate upwards, and becomes obsolete

before reaching ‘the costa. Underside grey: fore wing with

some brownish suffusion on the upper part, whitish along the

hinder marginal space; a postmedial, outwardly curved,

crenulate brown line ; a straight brownish submarginal line ;

the outer portion of the wing whitish: hind wing white,

thickly irrorated with brown atoms ; a brown lunule at the

end of the cell; two outwardly curved crenulate brown lines,

outwardly edged with white, corresponding to the two lines

on the fore wing.

Expanse of wings, g, 1 inch.

Hab, Jaintia Hills, Assam.

Genus WILKARA, nov.

gS. Antennee simple ; palpi upturned, very long, second

joint very long, rising much above the head, densely hairy,

third joint concealed by the hairs; hind legs ‘with the tibiee

densely hairy, the tufts of hairs extending, reaching halfway

down the naked tarsi; thorax crested; abdomen smooth :

fore wing narrow, costa nearly straight, apex somewhat

rounded, outer margin convex, hinder anglesomewhat rounder,

hinder margin slightly convex: hind wing with the costa

straight, apex and hinder angle rounded, outer margin nearly

Straight : fore wing with vein 2 from the middle of the cell,

3, 4, and 5 from the lower angle, 6 and 7 from upper angle ;

a long brush of stiff straight hairs from the subcostal vein

crossing the upper end of the cell, with some shorter similar

hairs beyond it: hind wing with vein 2 from before the

middle of cell, 3, 4, and 5 from the lower end, 6 and 7 from

upper end, 8 free.

Type, W. nigerrima, nov.

Species of Indo- Malayan FHeterocera. 93

Walkara nigerrima, nov.

3. Upperside dark uniform black, with a slight lilac tinge :

fore wing with a small white dot in the middle of the cell, a

white spot at the end ; a brown, nearly erect, antemedial line,

a white subapical costal dot, a black apical spot ; an oblique,

straight, brown, thick line from this spot right across both

wings, outwardly edged with whitish, to the abdominal

margin of the hind wing beyond the middle. Underside :

fore wing coloured like the upperside, the costal space above

the culersital vein pinkish grey, the outer veins streaked with

pinkish grey; the brush of hairs grey: hind wing black, the

abdominal space pale.

Expanse of wings 1,4 inch.

Hab. Kalim Bungo, Central Nias (Kannegieter).

Bomolocha olypea, nov.

6. Head, body, and wings dark pinkish grey: fore wing

with the costal line black; a large medial black aan across

the wing, its inner edge upright ‘but bent inwards a little on

the costa, its outer edge from. one-sixth from the apex with

many outward dentations to vein 3, then with a slight inward

curve obliquely to the hinder margin a little bey rond the

middle ; no other markings on either wing. Underside pale

uniform brownish grey, fore wing with some blackish suffu-

sion on the basal half,

Bxpanse of wings, ¢, 1 inch.

Hab. Mahableshw ar, Bombay Presidency.

Bomolocha commiztura, nov.

3. Upperside olive-brown; the ground-colour is really

whitish, but the whole surface of both wings is densely

irrorated with olive-brown atoms: fore wing with a black

discoidal spot; traces of a whitish, outwardly curved, ante-

medial line ; a postmedial white line, inwardly edged with

black, outwardly oblique and incurved below the costa, then

slightly sinuous, straight down with a slight incurve to

vein 2, then with smooth inward curve to the hinder margin

beyond the middle; traces of a white sinuous eee

line; a white marginal lunular line outwardly black-edged ;

cilia with indistinct white inner line: hind wing paler; an

indistinet, whitish, outwardly curved, postmedial, sinuous

94 Colonel C. Swinhoe on new

line, the outer margin marked like it is on the fore wing.

Underside brownish grey, with some greyish-white streaks in

the interspaces.

Expanse of wings, ¢, 1;%5 inch.

Hab. Lombok Island, between Bali and Sumatra.

Bomolocha variegata, nov.

@. Palpi and head greyish ochreous, thorax greenish

brown, wings greyish ochreous: fore wing with the costal

line ereenish brown, a patch of that colour in a triangular

form filling the cell and the basal part of the next lower

interspace ; the outer part of the wing similarly coloured, an

apical curved ochreous-grey streak in it which joins the

ochreous-grey space between, the hinder portion of the wings

ochreous grey ; marginal line brown, crenulate, and with

white points; cilia ochreous grey: hind wing without

markings, the margins as on the fore wing. Underside

ochreous grey, as also are the body and the legs: fore wing

with a white spot at the end of the cell and two subapical

white spots, the latter nearly obsolete in the type-specimen.

Expanse of wings, ? , 3% inch.

Hab. Kina Balu, N. Borneo.

Bomolocha uniformis, nov.

&. Palpi, head, thorax, and fore wing dark greyish

ochreous ; a blackish discoidal spot, no other markings : hind

wing grey, also without markings. Underside : body, legs,

and wings uniformly grey, no “markings except for an in-

distinct darker grey discoidal spot on each wing.

Expanse of wings 1,’ inch.

Hab. Jaiutia Hills, Ag am.

Family Nymphnulide.

Dracenura arfakalis, nov.

3S ?. Palpi brown, white beneath; collar grey ; head,

thorax, and fore wing ‘dark purplish owe : fore wing ait

the veins blackish ; a black spot in the cell and another’ at

the end, no other markings: hind wing pure white ; a brown

marginal band with irregular inner margin, thickened some-

Species of Indo-Malayan Heterocera. 95

what at the apex: abdomen with the basal half grey, with

some white on the segments; anal half black, tuft white.

Underside: fore wing paler, a black discoidal spot; hind

wing as on the upperside ; body and legs white.

Expanse of wings, ¢ 9, 1-176 inch.

Hab. Arfak Mts., N. New Guinea, 4000’ (Pratt).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Prats VII.

Fig. 1. Maurilia instabilis, p. 71.

Fig. 2. tconica, p. 71.

Fig. 3. —— tunicata, p. 71.

Figs. 3a, 4. —— undaira, p. 71.

Puate VIII.

Fig. 6. Carea subtilis, p. 73.

Fig. 7. intermedia, p. 73.

Fig. 8, Acontia talauta, p. 74

Fig. 9. migrator, p. 74.

‘Pruate IX.

Fig. 10. Gadirtha impingens, p. 70.

guineana, p. 70.

Fig. 12. Amphipyra surnia (Yokohama, Japan), p. 67.

Fig. 18 yama (Asama Yamay Japan), p. 67.

Fig. 13.4 pyramidea (England), p. 67.

Fig. 14 magna (Punjab, India), p. 67.

PratreE X.

Fig. 20. Argiva hieroglyphica, p. 81.

Fig. 21. Catocala fraxini, p. 81.

nupta, p. 81.

Pratt XI.

Fig. 24, Patula macrops, p. 87.

Fig. 25. ipsa, p. 88.

Figs. 26, 27, ordovia, p. 88.

96 Mr. A. W. Waters on

IV.—Some Mediterranean Bryozoa.

By Artour Wm. Waters, F.L.S., F.G.S

[Plate XII. ]

In my collection there are many specimens which I have

intended to describe or revise, but the description of various

large collections has prevented, and I am glad now to make

a beginning by dealing with five interesting forms~from

Naples and Oran :—

Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien.

Lepralia bifurcata, sp. 0.

Lepralia circumeincta, Neviani.

Lepralia oranensis, sp. n.

Lagenipora tgnota, Norman.

Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien. (PI. XII. figs. 1, 5.)

Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, ‘ Bryozoaires, Mission”° du Cap Horn,’

p. 18, 1888.

‘The small specimen from Naples seems to correspond with

Jullien’s description, and has large recurved spines all over

the zocecium, curved and pointed at the base, and their form

suggests that they were movable. ‘The peduncle is large

and is also covered with spines, while the stolon is much

narrower than the peduncle.

In my specimen I am not able to see clearly the base of

the peduncle or the adjoining stolon, but believe it is correctly

drawn. The contraction near the base has no appearance of

being accidental, though more complete material is desirable.

This specimen was referred to in my description of the

Red Sea Bryozoa*. It will be noticed that the zocecium

and peduncle are very exceptionally large (calyx about

0:38 mm., peduncle about 0:11 mm.).

Loc. Tle Hoste, Orange Bay, 26 met.; Naples.

Lepralia bifurcata, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 2, 3, 4.)

In specimens from Capri the zoaria have two branches

bifurcating at a very wide angle (fig. 2 a).

Round the zoarium there are but few zooecia, from four

to eight, either surrounding an imaginary axis or slightly

flattened. The zocecia are irregularly quadrate, granular,

* Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. vol. xxxi. p. 252 (1910),

some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 97

having the oral aperture contracted at the side, with the part

below the contraction narrower than the part above. At each

side of the oral aperture there is a small, raised, rounded avi-

cularium, and any of these may be replaced by a large

spathulate one, in one case both avicularia being thus re-

placed. Usually the spathulate avicularia are directed

distally, but one is diagonal, or it may be directed proxi-

mally. The bar to the avicularium has a small central

denticle.

The granular ovicell is globular, widely open, so that. the

operculum cannot close the ovicell aperture. At the bifur-

cation there is a large round opening with a raised border

(fig. 3), the object of the opening is not clear. It might

have been for a large avicularium, or for a radicle, but the

position does not make this probable.

It is much like the fossil Characodoma hallt, Maplestone*,

from Mornington and Mitchell River, Victoria, Australia,

which, however, has the quadrate zoarium articulated, and

the ovicelligerous zocecia are surrounded by irregular nodules ;

however, the shape of the zocecia is the same with the ovicell

in the same position, but in C. hall: there are small triangular

or spathulate avicularia replacing the semicircular or spathu-

late ones of L. bifurcata.

Loe. Capri, 50 fathoms.

Lepralia circumeincta, Neviani. (Pl. XII. figs. 6-10.)

Hippoporina circumeincta, Neviani, “ Bri. neoz. di aleune Loe.

d'Italia,” pt. 8, Bull. Soc. Rom. per gli Stud. Zool. vol. v. p. 118,

fig. 7 (1896); Bri. postpl. di Spilinga, p. 28, fiz. 11 (1896); “ Bri.

neog. delle Calabrie,” Pal. Ital. vol. vi. p. 187 (73), pl. xvii. figs. 10,

11 (1900).

Lepratia grimaldi, Jull. et Calyet, Bry. de l’Hirondelle, p. 70, pl. ix.

tig. 5 (1903).

Cheilopora circumeincta, Levinsen, Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 3538

(1909).

This does not appear to be uncommon at Naples, and

Kirchenpauer left a manuscript description in the Zoological

Station, calling it Lepralia dohrni. When the manuscript

was shown to me, it was my intention to describe and figure

the species, using the name given by Kirchenpauer, and I

have sent away some specimens explaining that Kirchenpauer

had given it this manuscript name.

When my paper on the Naples Bryozoa was written it had

* “Further Desc. of Tertiary Polyzoa of Victoria,” Proc. Roy. Soe.

Vict. vol. xiii, n.s., p. 7, pl. ii, fig. 17 (1900).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 7

98 Mr. A. W. Waters on

not come before me, nor had the specimens first met with any

ovicells, but they occur from Oran and from Capri. Neviani

evidently had very small pieces fossil, and did not describe

any ovicell. He speaks of it as incrusting, though with frag-

ments it might be difficult to be certain of this; from Naples

and Capri it is unilaminate, whereas from Oran all except

one piece are bilaminate, back to back. Jullien and Calvet,

in describing ZL. grimaldi, do not say whether it is uni- or

bilaminate.

Neviani described the surface as rugose, Jullien and Calvet

say with small perforations, and both are correct as regards

Capri and Oran specimens, which are covered by large

granules and in between there are small pores, The nature

of the granules varies in different parts and in some con-

ditions they are the most noticeable, while in others the pores

are the most distinct, but none could be deseribed as smooth.

The piece figured is very regular, but this is not always the

case.

There is a small triangular avicularium at one or both of

the upper corners of the zocecium.

There are about 27 tentacles in the Naples specimens.

There are usually 4 distal multiporous rosette-plates near

to the basal wall and 4-6 lateral ones.

The ovicell is coarsely granular, but the granules are not

so large as those figured by Jullien and Calvet. It is

not raised, but shows beyond the oral aperture buried in the

distal zocecium. The ovicelligerous zocecia have a much

wider oral aperture than the ordinary zocecia, with the

proximal edge straight, while the distal border forms

the curve of a wide are (see fig. 8). The ovicell has much

the same shape as that of Flustra foliacea, L., passing to the

basal wall, the wall between the distal end of the zocecium

and the ovicell does not appear to be calcareous.

It is very difficult to know in which genus this should be

placed. Neviani * made the genus Hippoporina for all species

indicated by modern authors as Lepralia—that is to say, all

that have a horseshoe-shaped oral aperture; he then men-

tions H. pertusa, Esper, which should therefore be the type

of Hippoporina. In Part II. of the same paper, also 1895,

he mentions H, foliacea, Ell. & Sol., and then H. integra,

sp. n., which he figures. Canu calls this the type, but it is

not the first mentioned. In Part III., 1896, Neviani men-

tions A. imbellis, Busk, and H. adpressa, Busk; then, further

* “Bri, neoz. di aleune Localita d'Italia,” 1895, p. 109, and Waters,

“ Bry. from Zanzibar,” Proc, Zool. Soc, 1918, p. 515,

some Mediterranean Bryozoa. 99

on in the same paper, he describes and figures H. circum-

cinetd, nov., and H. spilinge, noy. At one time, through an

error in binding, I was misled into thinking H. cireumeincta

was the first mentioned and therefore the type of Hippo-

portna. Neviani also includes H. edaz, Busk; H. tessulata,

Rss.; HH. depressa, B.; H. complanata, Norm. ; H. foliacea,

KE. &§8.; H. pallasiana, Moll. Neviani also described the

-genus as new in “ Bri. foss. della Farnesina,” Pal. Ital.

vol. i. p. 107 (1895), where he mentions first A. foliacea,

kK. & S.—that is to say, in 1895 he described it as new in two

places, in one mentioning first foliacea, in the other H, per-

tusa. Which of the papers was first published is not indi-

cated, though in Neviani’s ‘ Publicazione Diverse’ the

“Bri. neoz.’”’ comes first.

Canu *, in his “ Bryozoaires des Terrains Tertiaires,” in-

cludes under Hippoporina several fossil species, describing

or mentioning the ovicells in all but two, but unfortunately

his photographs only show them in three .cases. H. angi-

stoma, Rss., is included, but with its small roundish oral

aperture it does not seem closely related to many of the

species mentioned by Neviani.

Levinsen f places circumeincta in his genus Cheilopora, in

which some of the species have the ordinary and ovicel-

ligerous zocecia similar, but in circumcincta and prelucida

the ovicelligerous zocecia have different and larger oral aper-

tures than the ordinary zocecia. One of my specimens of

prelucida with an ovicell is from Tartary f, and an ovicell

has not been referred to by anyone else. It is globular,

raised, perforated, and granular, about as wide as_ the

zocecium, and is not directly closed by the operculum, for,

as the ovicell is at a lower level than the operculum, connec-

tion with the ovicell is cut off when the operculum closes the

oral aperture. The operculum of L. s¢ncera has a nearly

straight proximal edge with a thickened border parallel to

the distal edge, and the operculum of Cyelicopora prelonga,

Hincks, is very similar, so that it is unfortunate he gave the

name prelonga to two species which may have to come into

the same genus.

At one time the dimorphism, as seen in edreumeincta, would

have been thought sufficient reason for separating it gene-

* Ann. de Paléontologie, vols. ii—iy. p. 77,

+ Morph. & Syst. Stud. p. 353,

{ The Tartary specimen has avicularia, as figured by Hincks, who,

however, says no avicularia; so perhaps he did not recognise that they

were avicularia, and in my specimens “from Singapore or the Philip-

pines ” there are none.

100 Mr. A. W. Waters on

rically from forms in which it does not occur; but this

cannot now be maintained. In Adeonellide this difference

was made a generic character, but we now see that it only

occurs in about half * the species. In Lepra/ia dimorphism

is known in depressa, B.; bistata, Waters ; cincta, Hincks ;

cleidostoma, Sm.3 circumcincta, Ney. In Hippothoa it is

sometimes found, as also in many Catenicellidge; also in

Caleschara and Mcnoporella waipukerensis, Waters, in Cri-

brilina clithridiata, Waters, and in Schizoporella subimmersa,

MacG., &e.

In describing Lepralia grimaldi, Jullien says that the

dimorphism of the zocecia in this species is enough to shake

our confidence in the characteristic value of the oral aperture,

but the reason for this is not clear, for the opercula of the

ordinary zocecia will have the shape of the species both

in colonies with or without ovicelligerous zocecia, and it is

therefore a character of the greatest use—besides, in some

cases the relationship may also be shown by the ovicelligerous

zooecia.

Iam not sure that Hipporina will stand as containing the

present somewhat heterogeneous collection, nor do I feel at

all satisfied with the family Hippopodinide, Lev., for circum-

cincta has not a thin-walled zocecium, the nature and shape

of the ovicell is very different in eircumeincta and prelueida,

and then the slight difference in the distal wall in Chezlopora

and Hippopodina is a trifling character, the difference in the

rosette-plates may or may not be of importance. Under

the circumstances I, provisionally, at least, adhere to Lepralia

of Hincks, and to me it seems that the wisest and simplest

thing would have been to have done so generally, and to

have gradually removed species to other or new genera when

there was sufficient reason for so doing; for as time has gone

on it has become clear that many things were incorrectly

grouped together under Lepralia.

Loc. Naples, 45 fath.; Capri, 30 fath.; Oran, 54 fath.

(specimens given by Canu); Bay of Biscay, 240 metres

iw C.).

Fossil. Spilinga, Calabria, post-Pliocene (NV.) ; Monteleone,

Calabria, Pliocene (N.); var., Carrubare, Calabria, Upper

Pliocene (NV.).

* “A Structure in Adeonella,” Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 8, vol. ix.

p. 497 (1912).

some Mediterranean Bryozoa, 101

Lepralia ovanensis, sp.n. (PI. XII. figs. 11-13.)

The zoarium grows as a hollow cylinder (2-3 mm. diam.),

or irregularly, in places forming more than one layer.

‘The oral aperture is exceedingly long with a marked con-

traction about the middle, the lower edge being nearly straight

or slightly curved upw ards, and the distal half of the oper-

culum is very thick, almost semiglobular. On each side of

the zocecium there is a long narrow avicularium, directed

distally and extending beyond the line of the aperture.

Although there are several specimens, no ovicells lave been

found. ‘The surface of the zocecium is irregular, but cannot

be called granular, and in the Oran specimens pores are

seldom visible, whereas in the Liberia specimens they are

more easily followed, there being three or four on the front

and some by the avicularium.

There are two distal rosette-plates near the basal wall.

When only some of the tubular specimens had been seen

there was thought to be some similarity to Fedora excelsa,

Jull., but this idea was abandoned on finding more material.

There is often a groove-like mark on the dorsal surface.

In a box in Jullien’s collection from Petit Tahou, Liberia,

there were a considerable number of specimens, together with

Cupularia canariensis and an erect Porella, and specimens

therefrom of Z. oranensis were given to me in the Musée

d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris.

Loe. Oran, ‘zone coralligene,” 54 fathoms ; Petit Tahou,

Liberia.

Lagenipora tgnota, Norman. (Pl. XII. figs. 15-17.)

Layenipora ignota, Norman, “ Polyzoa of Madeira,” Journ. Linn, Soc.,

Zool. vol. xxx. p. 309, pl. xlii. flee 10-13 (1909) ; Osburn, “ Bry. of

the Tortugas Islands,” Pub. Carnegie Inst. of Washington, No. 182,

p- 214 (1914).

The zocecia are small, and there are very narrow vicarious

avicularia placed upon a kind of mound. No zocecia have

been found with two peristomial avicularia, whereas the

central peristomial avicularium is well-marl ked, having a

chamber much the same shape as that figured by Savigny

for his Cellepora lancreti, in which the ovicells are different.

The ovicells have a row of pores within the ridge, as is

usual in Lagenipora, whereas L. socialis, Uincks, to which I

have frequently referred *, has a pore at each corner, and as

* Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxx. p. 174 (1907); Proc. Zool. Soe.

1913, p. 511; Proc, Zool. Soc. 1914, p. 856.

102 On some Mediterranean Bryozoa.

this has not been figured a somewhat diagrammatic figure is »

given (fig. 14). In various species besides the usual row of

pores there may be one or two near the centre of the area,

and in a specimen from Glenelg, South Australia, the whole

of the ovicell area has numerous pores. ‘This last is very

closely allied to my LZ. caminata, in which a few pores may

be seen between the rows. In L. costazii, Aud., besides the

usual row of pores at the distal edge of the area, there is

frequently another row at the proximal edge, as is also the

case in L. lacinosa, Calvet, which may be costazii, Aud.

The two straight sclerites of the mandible (fig. 16) are

quite similar to those of L. lucida, and I only know them in

these two species and Z. caminata. Something of the kind

oecurs in Thalamoporella rozieri, Aud.

The oblique peristomial avicularium, figured by MacGuilli-

vray in his Lagenipora nitens, occurs also in the ‘ Challenger’

L. bilabiata, B.; in what has been called C. granum; in the

L. lucida, H.; in LZ. diadema, MacG.

LL. ignota, may be only an erect form of ZL. lucida, and

there are many cases of Cellepora in which the young and the

adult forms have received different names. Both have the

diagonal peristomial avicularium and the long narrow

avicularium.

Loc. Madeira, 70 fath. (V.); Tortugas, 12 fath. (0O.) ;

Oran, 54 fath. From material given by Mons, Canu.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.

dig. 1. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien, x 85. a, epines, xX 250. From

Naples.

Fig. 2. Lepralia bifurcata, sp. n., X 25. a, natural size. From Capri.

Fig. 3. Ditto. x 25, Showing the bifurcation and large round

opening.

Fig. 4. Ditto. x 50, Showing an ovicell and two spathulate

avicularia.

Fig. 5. Pedicellina hirsuta, Jullien. x 12.

Fig. 6. Lepralia circumeincta, Neviani. X12. From Oran.

‘ig. 7. Ditto. xX 85. Operculum.

Fig. 8. Ditto. x 85. Operculum of ovicelligerous zocecia.

Fig. 9. Ditto, Lateral wall, showing rosette-plates.

Fig. 10. Ditto. Distal wall, Fs 5.

Fig. 11. Lepralia oranensis, sp.n. X 25. From Oran.

Fig. 12. Ditto. x 85. Operculum.

Fig. 13. Ditto. x 85. Mandible.

Fug. 14. Lagenipora socialis, Hincks. Showing ovicell, somewhat

diagrammatic.

Fig. 15. Lagenipora ignota, Norman, x 50. -From Oran.

Fig. 16. Ditto. xX 85. Mandible.

Fig. 17. Ditto. x 85. Operculum.

Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 103

V.—Notes on Asteroidea.—Il. By Water K, FIsuer,

Director, Hopkins Marine Station of Stanford University,

California.

[Plate XIII. }

The Genus Freyella—In a revision of the Brisingide *

recently published in this Magazine, I divided the old genus

Freyella into two groups, Freyella and Freyellidea. I- made

Freyella spinosa, Perrier, the type of Preyella, since no type

was designated originally. ‘he old generic name was

retained for those species which are distinguished by having

united first adambulacral plates, a syzygial joint between the

first and second adambulacral plates, conspicuous proximal

marginals, the first of which is closely joined with its vis-a-vis

to form a pair directly above the united first adambulacral

plates, and by having, instead of two gonads to a ray, a

considerable series along either side of each ray. Unfortu-

tunately none of these points except the first is brought out

in Perrier’s figures or mentioned in the description, since

such details have generally been omitted as of no particular

importance. In part they furnish a key for a natural generic

analysis.

Through the courtesy of Dr. H. L. Clark, of the Museum

of Comparative Zoology, I recently examined an authentic

example of Freyella spinosa received from the Muséum

d’Histoire Naturelle. It belongs to the group which I called

Freyellidea. This specimen, no. 1447, has two gonads to

each ray, each gonad consisting of a good-sized clump of

tubules with a single aperture to the exterior. There is no

syzygy between the first and second adambulacral plates ; no

syzygial joint between the upper end of the second and third

ambulacral ossicles, although the interval is very narrow ;

there are no supero-marginals directly above the first adambu-

lacrals. ‘The first and second, and in one interbrachium also

the third, adambulacral plates are joined to the corresponding

adjacent plates of the next ray, although not so closely as

in the other generic group, there being considerable tissue

between the supposed plates. It was this feature, figured by

Perrier, which led me to suppose that FP’. spinosa belonged

with the group containing J’, fecunda, F. spatulifera, and

others, in which the first adambulacrals are always tightly

joined. For the present it is best to consider this character

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xx. p. 418.

104 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asterordea.

as of secondary importance in true Freyella, which is really

not very closely related to the genus containing F. fecunda.

The latter is distinguished by a syzygy, well-developed

marginals for the interbrachium, and serial gonads.

For the genus, which I called Freyella, I propose the name

Freyellaster, with Freyellaster fecundus (Fisher) as type. In

this group belong Freyellaster spatulifer (Fisher), Macassar

Strait, 901 fathoms; Freyellaster scalaris (A. H. Clark),

Galapagos Islands, 812 fathoms; and probably also Freyella

polycnema, Perrier.

The group which I termed Freyi/idea will therefore become

Freyella, with Freyella spinosa as type, and Freyellidea will.

drop out as a synonym.

The Genus Hymenodiscus, Perrier.—In the paper.on the

Brisingidz above referred to, this genus was‘not placed in

the synoptical key owing to lack of data. I have since

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

Fig. 1.—Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from above first

marginal plates, dotted.

Fig. 2.—Hymenodiscus agassizi. An interbrachium from actinal side.

a, adambulacral plates; am, ambulacral plates; ¢, interradial ;

m, marginals; 0, mouth-plates.

—~

examined Perrier’s type in the Museum of Comparative

Zoology (no. 1448) *. The type of Hymenodiscus agassizt

is almost certainly a very immature specimen, as it is small,

and there are no gonads. ‘here are no skeletal arches on

the rays and the greater part of the thin abactinal integument

* For description see Perrier, 1884, ‘ Mémoire sur les étoiles de mer

recueillies dans la mer des Antilles,’ p, 189, pls. i. & il,

Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 105

has been removed. The fine spinulation of the disk extends

upon the base of the ray. The abactinal integument of the

ray, although very delicate, contains a single layer of lattice-

work holothuroid plates, some of which at the very base of

the ray bear minute spinelets.. From this it would seem

that the abactinal wall of the ray is destined to be similar to

that of Freyel/a, unless in the fully adult animals the plates

retain their embryonic character.

The interbrachium resembles that of Brisinged/a, but

differs in having the first marginals (those which bound the

apex of thie interbrachial angle) unequal in size, as shown in

the accompanying figures (figs. 1 and 2). In Brisingella

these plates are equal, and the suture between the interradial

ends is on a line with the interradial, or median oral, suture.

There is a distinct syzygy Nonneen the first aad second

adambulacral plates. The interbrachia are not so open as in

Brisingella, as the inner ends of the first adambulacral plates

are normally in contact, or very nearly so. In an adult

specimen we would expect to find these plates still closer

together. It is worth noting that in Freyellaster and in

Brisinga, s. s., the first eae plates are of unequal size

(see figs. 1 and 2, m; “New Genera and Species of

Brisingide”). Yet in mw present juvenile form the inter-

brachial angle is different from that of either Preyellaster or

Brisinga, while the entire absence of costal arches, as well

as of gonads, may reasonably be attributed to immaturity.

It does not seem possible to identify this problematical form

with any other genus, except the even less known Gymno-

brisinga of Studer.

Gymnobrisinga sarsti (Abhandl, Akad. Wiss. Berlin,

Anhang, Abth. 2, 1884, p. 13, pl. iii., fig. 5) is based upon a

ees ray only. This lacks a dorsal skeleton, and while

the large pedicellaiia figured by Studer is different from those

of Hymenodiscus agassizt, I am quite unprepared to offer an

opinion as to the generic distinctness of the two species.

The Relationships of Labidiaster.—Although Labidiaster

is Rory g generally considered to be a member of the Brisingide,

I would : suggest that it has few essential characters in common

with that family. The genus to which it exhibits greatest

structural similarity is Coronaster*, Perrier. Coronaster

* See Fisher, “The Asteroid Genus Coronaster, Perrier,’ Proc, Biol.

Soc. Washington, vol. xxx. pp. 23-26, Veb. 21,1917. Coronaster includes

the following nominal species :—C, parfaiti, Perrier, type, C. antonit,

Perrier, C. briareus (Verrill), C. volsellatus (Sladen), C. octoradiatus

(Studer), C. d¢spinosus, Ives, C. halicepus, Fisher. I have examined

106 Mr. W. K. Fisher's Notes on Asteroidea.

seems to be more nearly allied to Pedicellaster than to either

Heliaster or to any of the recently proposed genera of

Asteriidee. I would therefore place Labidiaster in the Pedi-

cellasterida. I have dissected a large example of Labidi-

aster radiosus, Liitken, from the Straits of Magellan.

Labidiaster differs from “Brisinga, Odinia, Freyella, and

similar genera in the following important particulars :—

(1) Its abactinal skeleton is not duplicated in the Brisingide ;

(2) forficiform, or straight, pedicellariw are present ; (3) the

adambulacral plates are crowded, very short in proportion to

width, and entirely unlike in form and armature the same

highly peculiar plates of all Brisingide ; (4) the ambula-

cralia are shorter, especially the dorsal ends, which overlap,

or imbricate with, the next adoral ambulacral plate, while in

the Brisingide there is no sign of imbrication, the ambula-

cralia resembling the centra of chordate vertebrae, with vertical

articulating adoral and aboral facets.

In the Brisingide (in the narrower sense) the abactinal

skeleton of the rays is variable, being in the form of trans-

verse, independent, parallel ridges or coste, separated by

areas of integument without plates ; or the intervals may be

partially or completely filled in with more or less imperfectly

developed plates immersed in the body-wall; or the arches

may be absent and a tessellation of thin plates may cover

the genital region of the ray ; or there may be thin plates,

more or less spiniferous, together with differentiated transverse

coste.

In Labidiaster the skeleton of the ray is closely similar to

volsellatus, briareus, and halicepus. Coronaster includes Heterasterias,

Verrill, type Astertas volsellata, Sladen. In the above paper the following

remarks occur :—“ The family affiliations of Coronaster are not easy to

determine, its lineage being somewhat involved. The tendency to

crowding in the arrangement of pedicels partakes of the Asteriidx, while

its mouth-plates are quite as ‘ brisingoid ’ as those of Odinia, and perhaps

more so than the oral angles of Labidiaster, two groups placed in the

Brisingidz. Its skeleton is more like that of a simplified Pedicellaster

than like that of Asterias or allies. Parenthetically, the mouth-plates of

Pedicellaster are more prominently ‘adambulacral’ than those of any

genus of the Asteriide, even of Coscinasferias, and are nearly or quite as

prominent, relatively, as the oral angles of Brisinga. In Pedicellaster

and Coronaster the ambulacral plates are more ‘ brisingoid,’ uncrowded,

and the pedicel-pores are in two series, even if later the feet themselves

lie in four ranks. In very large specimens of Coronaster the pedicel-

pores form two slightly zigzag rows, much less pronounced than in small

specimens of Coscinasterias (in the broader sense), and the ambulacralia

are less crowded. My own feeling is that, until we arrive at a more

satisfastory basis for the subdivision of the Asteriidz than is now current,

it will be much better to leave Coronaster in the Pedicellasteride.”

Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 107

that of Coronaster. There is a longitudinal series of tri-

lobate infero-marginal plates, one of quadrilobate or cruci-

form supero-marginal plates, and one of cruciform median

radial plates. ‘lhe marginals and radials form regular

transverse series. On the basal portion of the ray there is a

more or less irregular zigzag series of trilobate dorso-lateral

plates. The primary plates either connect directly by their

slender lobes, or these are joined by one or two overlapping,

oblong, intermediate ossicles. There results an open, fairly

regular, reticulate skeleton having large tetragonal meshes

(except where the dorso-lateral plates frame pentagonal

openings). On the outer part of the ray the longitudinal,

intermediate, connecting plates and the longitudinally oriented

lobes of the marginals and radials gradually disappear, so

that there remains only a series of independent, transverse,

slender skeletal bands, simulating those of Brisinga, but

having a very different history*. The skeletal meshes

contain numerous papule. The form and armature of the

adambulacral plates are as in Coronaster. ‘The arrangement

of the pedicellarie either in retractile wreaths surrounding

the spines or in retractile transverse cushions is not unlike

that found in Coronastert+. The mouth-plates of the Bri-

singide, of Coronaster, Pedicellaster, and of Labidiaster are

similar in general form, those of Labidiaster being relatively

the smallest.

The features which are chiefly relied upon to distinguish

the Brisingide, and to which the family in part owes its

characteristic appearance, are conspicuous by their different

form in Labidiaster. Such, in the Brisingide, are the

elongate and peculiarly formed adambulacral plates; the

Jong needle-like subambulacral and marginal spines, with

their characteristic sacculate sheaths; the variable but always

non-reticulate abactinal skeleton of the rays; the presence

of only crossed or forcipiform pedicellarie.

The genus Rathbunaster (type Rathbunaster californicus,

* Verrill, in his ‘ Monograph of the Shallow-water Starfishes of the

North Pacific Coast,’ 1914, p. 352, proposes a new genus, Labidastrella,

for Labidiaster annulutus, Sladen. ‘It differs considerably in structure

from LZ, radiosus, especially in haying the dorsal and superomarginal

plates nearly abortive distally, on the rays, beyond the genital regions.”

It is evident that this tendency to lose the dorsal skeleton of the distal

part of the ray manifests itself in Z. radiosus, and is carried further in

L. annulatus, I agree with Kcehler that it does not form a safe basis

for a generic division between two otherwise similar species (Kcehler,

Ann. de l'institut océanographique, vol. vii., fasc. 8, May 1917, p. 8).

+ See Sladen’s figures of Asterias (= Coronaster) volsellata, ‘ Challen-

ger’ Asteroidea, pl. cvii.

108 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea.

from off California, deep water) was described by me as a

neighbour of the curious polybrachiate Pycnopodia of Stimp-

son. I think the genus is related, instead, to Coronaster.

It is notable for the suppression of the alternate supero-

marginal plates and the reduction of the abactinal skeleton to

spaced circular plates without trace of connectives. The

marginal and abactinal plates bear an acicular spine surrounded

by a retractile sheath with an expanded distal crown covered

with numerous pedicellaria. ‘Che ambulacral, adambulaeral,

and oral plates are similar to those of Coronaster.

In Labidiaster, Coronaster, Rathbunaster, and certain

genera of the Brisingide there are two gonads to each ray ;

each gonad opens upon the side of the ray at some distance

from the base. All three genera, as well as the Brisingide,

have a single ampulla to each tube-foot.

The family Pedicellasteride, if these views are correct,

would consist of the subfamily Pedicellasterine with Pedi-

cellaster, Lytaster, and Gastraster, and of the Labidiasterine

with Labidiaster, Coronaster, and Rathbunaster.

Asterina coronata and Asterina cristatan—In the ‘ Archiv

fiir Naturgeschichte,’ vol. xxxii., 1866, p. 73, von Martens

describes Asterina coronata from Batjan, Molucca Islands,

and from Larentuka, Flores Island, and records its occurrence

at Amboina. His description states that the relation of the

minor to the major radius is as 1 to 2 or 22, that the abactinal

plates are so arranged that the dorsal surface has a honey-

combed appearance, the plates bearing five or more spinelets,

and that scattered over the dorsal surface are groups of two

to four heavy spinelets with a common base, such groups

being found on the sides and radial regions of the ray, but

not close to the border. On the disk these special spinelets

outline an irregular pentagon.

In the ‘ Proceedings of the Biological Society of Washing-

ton,’ vol. xxix., p. 27, Feb. 1916, I described Asterina cristata

from the Caroline Islands, the special peculiarity of which is

the presence of a variable number of abactinal plates (upward

of fifty to a ray), elevated and tubercular in form, and sur-

mounted by one to five unequal, robust, pointed spines, the

largest being four or five times as long as the spinelets of the

other plaies, and many times greater in diameter. These

elevated plates, with their tuft of enlarged spines, 1 take to

be the same as von Martens’s ‘* Biischel von 2-4 starken

Stacheln mit gemeinsamer Basis,” which he says, “ stehen

auf den Armen ziemlich zerstreut, sowohl auf dem Ricken

als an den Seiten, aber nie ganz nahe am Rance.” Thus

Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea. 109

the chief character of the two species is the same. As

Dr. H. L. Clark has suggested in a letter, the two species

are probably the same, although there. exist certain discre-

pancies. Von Martens does not mention subambulacral

spines, but states that the furrow-spines are ‘in einer Reihe,

4 oder 5 fast gleich Grosse auf jeder Platte,” and that the

actinal intermediate plates have two relatively long sharp

spines. The type of Asterina cristata has two to four,

mostly three, actinal intermediate spinelets, usually six

furrow-spinelets webbed for about half their length, the

three or four median conspicuously longer than the laterals,

and usually four subambulacral spinelets, of which the two

median are much longer than the laterals, I think it is

possible that von Martens overlooked the small lateral

furrow-spinelets, although not likely ; but certainly in no

specimens seen by me are the furrow-spinelets ever subequal.

The case is somewhat complicated by two specimens .of a

race of coronata which I saw some years ago in the British

Museum. One was contained in a box with Vepanthia macu-

lata, labelled “‘ Migupou, 7 to 12 fathoms, fine sand and coral

—Cuming.” The other was labelled “ Port Hssington,

Australia.” In the first specimen there are twenty or

twenty-five of the prominent plates to each fifth of the body.

‘he actinal intermediate plates have, 1 in the neighbourhood

of the furrow, about five or six spines in a rude circle, one

spine being longer than the others ; near the ambitus there

are three spinelets, with often one or two standing mesad

from the principal comb. The furrow-spinelets are five or

six, webbed, the laterals shorter than the mesial spinelets ;

the subambulacral spinelets are four or five, shorter and

stouter than the furrow-spinelets, and also graduated in size,

the mesial spinelets being longest *. I made no notes on the

Australian specimen, but my impression is that it does not

materially differ from the other,

Thus the actinal intermediate spinelets are more numerous

than in the types of coronata and cristata, while the adambu-

lacral armature is about the same as that of cristata. The

prominent abactinal plates are fewer than in cristata, and

more like the condition in Japanese specimens.

Dr. Seitaro Goto, in his work on Japanese Asteroidea,

carefully figures and describes a species from the southern

parts of Kyushu and adjacent islands which he calls Asterina

nove-zelandie, Perrier, but which I believe is a form of

* For the privilege of examining these and many other specimens of

Asteroidea in the British Museum (Natural History) I am indebted to

Professor F, Jeffrey Bell,

110 Mr. W. K. Fisher’s Notes on Asteroidea.

coronata, as it possesses the prominent abactinal plates so

characteristic of coronata, Thus there are records from

southern Japan to northern Australia.

As a beginning towards straightening the tangle of appa-

rent races, I would suggest the subjoined scheme. Any

further evidence for or against it, or in any way bearing upon

the status of Asterina coronata, will be most welcome :—

a’, Abactinal spiniform pedicellariz present ;

8 adambulacral furrow-spinelets ; 8 or 9

marginal mouth-spinelets; 12 to 14 en-

langed. abactinal plates 22)... 6s iinet ws Asterina coronata eu-

erces* (Fisher). (Palawan.)

a’. No spiniform pedicellariz present ; furrow-

spinelets 4 to6; marginal mouth-spinelets

5 or 6.

b‘. Actinal intermediate spinelets usually

more than 3; near the furrow 5 or 6,

forming a circle or group (not a straight

comb); furrow-spinelets 5 or 6; 20 to

25 prominent abactinal plates to each

fist’ WEG IT. sake es tine wceles bette Asterina coronata fasci-

cularis *, subsp.n, (Migupou; Port Essington?)

b*, Actinal intermediate spintlets 2 or 3, but

not often 4,

ce’, Furrow-spinelets 4 or 5; actinal inter-

mediate spinelets usually 2; promi-

nent abactinal plates moderate in

number (up to 25 to each fifth of

body) and with as many as 25 spinelets

BOMB PLAbO | ier iniew ss eerauti sate tee oes Asterina coronata coro-

nata, yon Martens. (Southern Japan, Batjan, Larentuka.)

* Fisher, Proc. Biological Society of Washington, vol. xxx., May 23,

1917, p. 91. Ulugan Bay (near mouth of Baheli River), Palawan Island,

Philippine Islands, 2 to 5 feet, mud, sand, sea-weeds.

+ This new race is certainly different as regards the actinal inter-

mediate armature. Von Martens states that there are two spinelets in

coronata. Of course, specimens may prove to be variable.

M. Alvin Seale, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, who has

lived many years in the Philippine Islands, tells me he has sailed past a

fairly well-known Migupou Point ; but I have not been able to locate it,

with available maps, on Mindanao or on Luzon. Mr. Seale does not

recall upon which of the two islands the point isfound. It is quite

possible that thiy is the locality from which so many of Gray’s types

were derived.

t So far as true coronata is concerned, the remarks concerning the

number of prominent plates and the number. of spinelets on these plates

are conjectural. These observations refer to the Japanese form, described

and figured by Dr. 8S. Goto (‘A Descriptive Monograph of Japanese

Asteroidea,’ 1914, p. 650, pl. xix., figs, 279-281), which may, of course,

be quite distinct from typical coronata of the Moluccam region,

Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum. Ls

e*, Furrow-spinelets 6; actinal interme-

diate spinelets usually 5 (2 to 4);

prominent abactinal plates numerous

(more than 30 and as many as 50 to

each fifth of body) and with not more

than 15 spinelets to a plate, frequently

TORORHE RE JO tia Shc tage eo Asterina coronata cris-

tata (Fisher) *. (Caroline Islands.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII.

Type of Asterina coronata cristata (Fisher),

VI.—ZJs Dicroceelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat?

A Note on a new Variety. , By H. A. Bayuts, B.A.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

[Plate XIV. ]

REFERENCES have occasionally been made in helminthological

literature f to the occurrence of “‘ Distomum lanceolatum ” t

in the cat. These cases have, however, in recent years been

generally discredited, and it has been suspected that the

parasites recorded belonged to one or other of the species of

Opisthorchis or Clonorchis (O. felineus and C. s’nensis) known

to occur in cats, these forms being more or less similar to

Dicrocelium lanceatum in size and superficial appearance,

though differing widely from it in their internal structure.

The typical D. /anceatum is a well-known parasite of sheep

and cattle, and of various other herbivorous mammals; it is

algo an occasional, and probably accidental, parasite of man,

having been met with some six times. Its occurrence in a

carnivore, however, is a point with regard to which some

scepticism is not unnatural. When, therefore, I received

some time ago some ‘T'rematodes taken from the liver of a

cat, I was greatly interested to find that they belonged un-

doubtedly to the genus Dicrocelium, and differed from the

typical D. lanceatum only in certain very small anatomical

* This form is probably distributed over western Oceania. It seems

to be readily separable from the Japanese form, which has been classed

as true coronata, although it probably is not.

+ See, e.g., Leuckurt, ‘Die Parasiten des Menschen,’ I., Abth. 2,

p. 860; von Linstow, ‘ Compendium der Helminthologie,’ p. 30.

{ Synonymy: Fasciola lanceolata Rudolphi, 1803; Distomum lan-

ceolatum Mehlis, 1825; Dicrocelium lanceolatum Dujardin, 1845 ;

Dicrocelium lanceatum Stiles & Hassall, 1897,

112 Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroccelium lanceatum.

details. These specimens, of which there is a considerable

number, were collected at Georgetown, British Guiana, by

Mr. G. E. Bodkin, Government Biologist, during November,

1915. ‘hey were kindly handed to me for determination by

the Imperial Bureau of Entomology.

On a consideration of the many resemblances between

these examples and the typical D. lanceatum, and of the minor

points in which they differ from it, I am inclined to regard

them as belonging to a well- marked variety of that species,

rather than a distinct form. The one salient feature is

the position of the testes, which in the specimens under

consideration invariably lie symmetrically opposite to each

other in the same transverse plane. All authorities are

agreed in describing the testes of LD). lanceatum as being

placed nearly “ tandem,” i.e, one behind the other, but

somewhat diagonally, near the longitudinal axis of the body *

The exact position of the testes is, as a rule, a very constant

specific character in Trematodes ; but in this case the almost

complete correspondence between the rest of the anatomy and

that of the typical form seems to outweigh such a considera-

tion. The only other differences that L have been able to

find are in the somewhat smaller size of the cirrus-sac and

the slightly larger average size of the eggs. Hven the coils

of the uterus show complete agreement, as far as they can be

traced. For the sake of comparison, however, with the type,

it may be worth while to give a fairly full description of thie

new variety.

The length of the worms varies between 5 and 7 mm., and

the maximum widths for these lengths respectively are

1°62 mm. and 2 mm. The body is flattened dorso-ventrally,

narrowing considerably from side to side in front, and less

so behind. The posterior end is drequently somewhat

rounded; sometimes, however, it is more pointed than in

the example figured. ‘l’o the naked eye the body is whitish

and semi-transparent (in spirit), the masses of fully-formed

eggs in the uterus being visible as blackish or brownish

patches. ‘The skin is smooth.

The oral sucker is subterminal, and has a diameter of

* Neveu-Lemaire (‘Précis de Parasitologie humaine’) gives a figure

of D. lanceatum (reproduced in Brumpt’s ‘Précis de Parasitologie,’

2nd ed. 1918, p, 335), in which the testes are symmetrically arranged ;

but there is no reference to the source of the specimen from which the

original figure was drawn, and no description of the internal anatomy is

given in Neveu-Lemaire’s ‘work. The figure is, in other respects, very

rough and inaccurate.

Mr. H. A. Baylis on Dicroecelium lanceatum. 113

0°37 mm.*. The ventral sucker is situated -0°7 mm. behind

it, and measures 0°4 mm. across. The mouth is followed

immediately by a small, almost globular pharynx, measuring

0°15 mm. in length, and this is succeeded by an cesophagus

_0°2 mm. long. ‘The two simple intestinal diverticula extend

backwards to within a little more than 1 mm. from the

posterior end. They lie, for the greater part of their length,

near the lateral margins of the body.

The excretory vesicle is small and inconspicuous. Its

pore is terminal.

The genital pore is median, situated between the two

suckers and at about the level of the bifurcation of the intes-

tine. ‘The testes are large compact bodies, slightly lobulated,

especially on their lateral margins. They lie, as has been

noted already, symmetrically opposite to each other, imme-

diately behind and at the sides of the ventral sucker, and

between the intestinal diverticula. Each testis measures

about 0°8 mm. in length and 0°6 mm. in width. The ovary

is a body of variable shape, but usually somewhat lobate;

it is situated close behind the testes, but its position shows

considerable variation. It appears to be rather more com-

monly situated on the right side than on the left, but in

three out of eight stained examples the ovary was placed

behind the left testis. There is a rather large rounded

receptaculum seminis, situated just dorsally to the posterior

edge of the ovary. Laurer’s canal is present, and a shell-

gland, not differing from that of the typical D. lanceatum.

The cirrus-sac is about 0°4 mm. long and 0°15 mm. wide. It

contains a coiled vesicula seminalis. The cirrus-sac partici-

pates in the variability of position shown by the ovary and

its associated organs. Thus, when the ovary is on the right,

the cirrus-sac lies to the right of the terminal portion of the

uterus; when the ovary is on the left, the positions of the

genital ducts are generally reversed.

The vitelline glands lie within the middle third of the

body, and extend along the sides as a series of lobes of

various sizes. ‘The two vitelline ducts are given off somewhat

in front of the middle of the glands, and cross the body to

unite into a much wider single duct just behind the ovary.

The uterus fills almost the whole of the middle and

posterior portions of the body, from the level of tie anterior

end of the vitelline glands to the tail. Its coils, for the most

* This and the following measurements are taken from an example

5 mm. long, and are therefore to be regarded as somewhat below the

mean.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 8

114 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eggs and

part, take the form of transverse folds and lateral loops. In

the middle region these are confined to the space between

the vitelline glands, but more posteriorly they sometimes

extend laterally beyond the intestinal diverticula. The

ascending limb of the uterus passes forward between, and

ventrally to, the testes. The eggs are roundish-oval in

shape, and when fully formed have a rather thick brown

shell, usually showing an indentation on one side, so that in

profile one side is convex, the other concave. ‘The eggs

measure 42°5-50 wu X 30-35 p.

The variety described above I propose to call

Dicrocelium lanceatum St. & Hass., var. symmetricum,

in allusion to the arrangement of the testes,

This variety being at present known only from specimens

collected from a single host, a cat, it is doubtful whether it

should be regarded as a “local” variety or asa form peculiar

to cats. An examination of examples of D. lanceatum from

sheep or other herbivorous animals in the same locality would

be of great interest from this point of view, as well as a

further investigation of the parasites of cats. In any case,

it would appear that the older helminthologists may have

been correct in reckoning the cat among the hosts of

“ Distomum lanceolatum.”’

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV.

Dicrocelium lanceatum, var. symmetricum. Ventral view of a stained

specimen. C.S., cirrus-sac; Jnt., intestinal diverticulum; Ov.,

ovary; #., receptaculum seminis; 7., left testis; V., vitelline

glands; V.S., ventral sucker.

VII. — The Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish

(Naucrates ductor). By J. D. F. Grucurist, M.A,,

D.Sc., Ph.D.

In the course of .a general enquiry into the spawning-

habits of Cape fishes, a mature female of the pilot fish was

found. The eggs and larve of about thirty Cape fishes

have been described in local publications, but, as the pilot

and its peculiar habits are so well known, and have attracted

attention in all parts of the world, a description of the

mature eggs of this fish, hitherto unrecorded, may be

worthy of a special note, and interest a wider circle of

readers, more especially as the nature of the eggs seems to

Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish. 115

throw light on some peculiarities in the behaviour of the

fish.

The pilot fish is not uncommon in the Cape seas. The

young are frequently abundant in the summer months,

being found in company with .the young of Lichia amia,

which they somewhat resemble in the characteristic markings

of the body. The adults are well known, under the name

*‘Lootsman,” to Cape fishermen, who state that they are

always found accompanying a large shark, called the “ Tor-

nijn Haai’’ or porpoise-shark (Charcharias melanopterus).

They take up a more or less constant position near the body

of the shark, and remain within a few inches of the base of

the pectoral fin. The fishermen have also noted that they

have the habit of(darting away from the shark towards any

strange object, and then returning to their former position.

This well-kuown behaviour, interpreted in other parts of

the world as a guiding or piloting of the shark to its food,

the Cape fishermen believe, is for the purpose of a preliminary

tasting or testing of the food on behalf of the shark.

On one occasion, in the month of December, a specially

large pilot fish was caught on the hook by some fishermen

fishing off Cape Point. It was in the company of a porpoise-

shark. By placing the fish in a bucket of water, it was

possible to keep it alive, and convey it to the Marine

Laboratory at St. James, where it was placed in a large

tank, and seemed none the worse for its capture. It proved

to be a mature female with ripe eggs, which were extruded

on slight pressure.

These extruded eggs were readily seen, being large, though

quite transparent. When placed in water, however, they

became almost invisible. They did not float, and they

adhered to each other and to objects with which they came

in contact. The shape of the eggs was distinctly oval,

though a few were more rounded. A typical example, shown

in the accompanying figure (p. 116), measured 1°74 mm. in

length and 1°3 mm. in greatest breadth. In another case

the measurements were 1°65 x1°39 mm. There were very

minute dots on the surface of the egg, and from one pole

originated a single fine filament. This was of considerable

length, being in one case six times the length of the

egg, or about 10 mm. In most cases it was shorter,

and in some it appeared to have broken off close to the egg.

The filaments readily became entangled with each other, so

that it was difficult to separate out any particular one with-

out breaking it. At its base the filament had a broad

attachment to the outer membrane, of which it is apparently

116 Dr. J. D. F. Gilchrist on the Eggs and

a modification. At this point it was about -04 mm. in dia-

meter, but soon diminished to about 016 mm. The filament

appears to be homogeneous throughout, but, if treated with

hot caustic potash, it has the appearance of a thick-walled

tube.

At the distal pole of the egg, opposite that from which

the filament arises, there is a marked differentiation of the

surtace of the egg, on a small terminal area about ‘2 mm.

in diameter. This area is covered with clear polygonal

markings, which vary in size, being large towards the

periphery, where they fade off into the surrounding surface.

Near the centre they become smaller and less distinct, and

Nw at

Egg and filament of Nawerates ductor.

pass into a small thickened ring, in the centre of which the

micropyle may be clearly seen.

There is a large perivitelline space, about a fourth of the

diameter of the whole egg in breadth at the middle of the

egg. In the specimen figured this breadth was °32 mm.

The egg proper or yolk is an ovoid mass, somewhat more

oblong in shape than the outer shell of the egg. Itis clear,

but granular, and no traces of vesiculations nor oil-globules

were seen. In preserved material several cases were ob-

served in which the yolk had shrunk away from its

surrounding perivitelline substance, and, in such cases, at

the distal end opposite the micropyle, a small funnel-lke

Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish. 117

projection appeared, which in the normal condition would

penetrate the yolk-mass to a slight extent. It doubtless

has some function in the mechanism of fertilisation, though

no canal connecting it with the microphyle was detected

in the perivitelline substance.

The mode of origin of the filament of the egg is different

from what is found in some other filamentous eggs of Teleosts.

‘Thus, in the egg of the South African species of Hemi-

rhamphus and Atherina, I have noticed that, in the immature

and even fairly small ovarian eggs, the filaments occur as

irregular streaks on the surface of the zona radiata, but, in

those of Naucrates, the filament is already free, and serves

to attach the egg to the wall of the ovary. A number of

such filaments are inserted at one spot, so that the ovarian

eggs are often grouped in grape-like clusters, or the fila-

ments become twisted on each other to form a rope-like

structure, round which the eggs are grouped.

The presence of filaments on fish-eggs, as a rule, has been

found to be associated with the fact that they are anchored

to each other or to foreign objects, floating or lying at the

bottom of thesea. Thus the eggs of Hemirhamphus, Belone,

‘ and Eocetus have been found attached to each other and

to sea-weed in this way, though Scombresox, another member

of the same family, is said to have pelagic eggs provided

with filaments. Another family, the Atherinide, all the

members of which have eggs provided with filaments, so far

as is known, have demersal attached eggs.

There is thus a reasonable presumption that the possession

of filaments indicates that the eggs are, ultimately at least,

attached to some object fixed or floating in the sea, and, if

we suppose that the filamentous eggs of the pilot fish are

attached to the shark, with which the fish is so intimately

associated, it may explain some peculiarities in its habits

which have received a variety of explanations. These are

not entirely convincing, partly on account of this variety,

but chiefly on account of conflicting facts or of lack of

confirmation.

Thus the explanation that the pilot feeds on the fragments

of the food of the shark is not in accordance with the fact

that small fish have been found in its stomach. The same

objection applies to another conjecture that it feeds on the

excrements of the shark, and still another that it feeds on

the parasites on the skin of the shark. An explanation of a

different nature, that the pilot keeps close to the larger fish

for the purpose of protection from its enemies, is a more

plausible one, but is somewhat strained when its very close

118 On the Eggs and Spawning-habits of the Pilot Fish.

proximity is explained as a precaution against the attack of

the shark itself. It is not in accordance with the supposed

amicable arrangement whereby the pilot is allowed to have

a share of food or excrement, in return for its piloting

services. According to actual observation, the shark is not

at all disconcerted by the absence of the pilot, but the pilot

is said to be greatly agitated by the loss of the shark. It

has even been observed “clinging to the side of a shark,”

and, on one occasion, it is stated that it was seen to leap

out of the water in an endeavour to follow a shark which

had been caught by hook and was being hauled on board

a ship.

Another peculiarity in the behaviour of the fish, which

seems to be of some significance in this enquiry, is the well-

known fact that it sometimes accompanies large sailing-ships,

which it follows so persistently that it is drawn far away

from its natural habitat. It even follows the ship into the

harbour, where it is easily caught.

Most of these peculiarities would be sufficiently explained

if we suppose the pilot’s eggs to be attached to the rough

skin of the shark, or to the bottom of the ship, which is

so persistently followed. We may recall in this connection

the solicitude of such fishes as the Blennies for the safety of

their eggs, how they keep close guard over them, driving

off any approaching intruder. The close proximity of the

pilot to the shark, the darting forward towards any strange

object (which seems to be an undoubted fact), the persistence

in following the shark or the ship in circumstances which

are unfavourable to its own welfare, would seem to indicate

a very powerful motive, not dissimilar to that of the fishes

which guard their eggs.

The fact that the young stages of Naucrates are frequently

got, but that no pelagic eggs such as those above described

have, so far as I can ascertain, been procured in tow-nets,

seems to have some further significance in this enquiry and

to indicate that the eggs of Naucrates are not floating.

The only sufficient proof of the suggestion here offered

would, of course, be the finding of such eggs attached to

the body of a large shark or ship, which had been accom-

panied by a pilot fish, and it may be that, with the above-

mentioned facts in view, the opportunity may arise for the

solution of the long-standing mystery of the pilot fish.

On the Sika-Deer of North China. 119

VIII.— Notes upon the Sika- Deer of North China.

By ARTHUR DE CARLE Sowersy, F’.Z.8., F.R.G.S.

THE opportunity has recently been afforded me of examining

a fully adult Sika stag, shot by Mr. J. Holmberg, of Tien-

tsin, in the Fen-chou Fu district of West Shansi, during

December 1916.

Previous to this, I believe, no complete specimen of this

animal has ever been secured by a Kuropean ; while, as far

as I know, the only reference to it in any publication is that

by Pére Heude in his ‘ Mémoires concernant [Histoire

Naturelle de Empire Chinois’ (tome iv. p. 210, pl. xxxvii.

fig. 13), wherein he names the species Cervus grassianus,

from a single pair of antlers from T’ching-lo-hsien (‘T'sing-lo

Hsien), Shansi. In a paper written by me on Pére Heude’s

collection of pigs, sika, serows, and gorals in the Sikawei

Museum, Shanghai, and published in the ‘ Proceedings of

the Zoological Society of London,’ April 1917, pp. 7-26, I

suggested that the Shansi sika should be classed for the time

being with Milne-Edwards’s Cervus mandarinus, though I

stated then that winter skins that I had seen were lighter in

colour than the figure given by Milne-Edwards.

The stag which Mr. Holmberg so kindly allowed me to

examine is, however, fully as dark as Milne-Edwards’s winter

figure, though in this connection it is interesting to note that

Mr. Holmberg states that the hinds and young that he saw

with the stag were very much lighter. This agrees with my

own observations. I have had no opportunity of deter mining

whether or not the hinds and young of the Chihli sika are

lighter than the stags ; but as a result of my, examination of

Mr. Holmberg’s specimen I do not hesitate to confirm Pére

Heude’s separ ration of the Shansi sika from the other Chinese

forms, and, although he gave no description, the fact that he

gives a figure of a pair of antlers from T’sing-lo Hsien, West

Shansi, makes his name hold good, Following i isa diagnosis

and description of the species :—

Cervus grassianus, Heude.-

Cervus grassianus Heude, ‘Mémoires concernant l’Histoire Naturelle

de Empire Chinois,’ tome iv. p. 210, pl. xxxvii. fig. 13.

A single fully adult male in winter pelage examined, also

two winter skins of fully adult females, and a summer skin

of a male, as well as two fully developed pairs of antlers, all

from West Shansi.

g complete, from mountains 100 miles 8. W. of Fen-chou

Fu, Shansi, N. China.

120 ; Mr. A. de Carle Sowerby on the

Measurements in the flesh :—Head and body 60”, height

at shoulders 42", tail 8’, hind foot 164", ear 7’. Weight

165 catties = 220 lbs. (about).

Colour. A general greyish brown on the head, going into

brown on the forehead and a pale buff at the base of the

horns and the base and backs of the ears, the inside of

the ears being white. Nose dark brown ; chin dark brown,

almost black, with a small white patch on either side. Area

round the eye buffy-grey. The general colour gets darker

on the neck, but it still retains a wash of buff or ochre. The

body is dark greyish brown, with a slight indication of a

darker median dorsal line. The spots are almost invisible,

showing up in certain lights and quite invisible in others.

The dark greyish brown of the body shades into a rich brown

on the back and lower portions of the legs, getting lighter

and more ochraceous on the fetlocks. There is a peculiar

patch of long white hairs surrounded by black on the outer

surface of the hind leg about 6 inches below the heel. The

tail is black above, white beneath, the hairs being long and

making the tail somewhat bushy. ‘The croup disk is white,

edged with black on its upper half, the black joining up with

that of the upper tail surface, so that there is no white

between the tail and the back. The under surface of the

belly and inner surface of thighs are white; the chest is a

dark brownish grey.

The hairs of the neck are considerably longer than on the

rest of the body.

Horns. The horns in this specimen are not very well

developed, being past their prime. They measure :—

Right, 193" in length.

Left, 193” 54

Right, above the brow-tine 33” in circumference, below

54".

Hight points, 4+ 4.

Other horns examined are large, graceful, and heavy, but

not so large as is usual in C. mandarinus.

Skull. Condylo-basal length 322 mm.; zygomatic width

136 mm.; interorbital space 100 mm.; length of nasals

125 mm.; greatest width of palate (at post-molar) 54 mm,;

greatest width of cranium 84 mm.; length of upper tooth-

row 99 mm.; length of lower tooth-row 103 mm. Teeth

well worn.

Type. A pair of antlers in the Sikawei Museum, Shanghai,

no number, from T'ching-lo-hsien (Tsing-lo Hsien), Shansi.

The habitat of this species may be considered as confined

to the forested and mountainous areas of that part of Shansi

Sika-Deer of North China. 121

that lies west of the Fen Ho. Even here it occurs only in a

few isolated districts, namely :—

1. The forest to the south of Ning-wu Fu, west of Tsing-

lo Hsien and north of Ko-lan Chou, where Heude’s specimen

was doubtless secured,

2. In the forested area 90 miles west of Tai-yuan Fu,

known as the Chiao-ch’éng Shan.

3. In the forested area 100 miles south-west of Fen-chou

Fu, known as the Ning-hsiang Hsien mountains.

Formerly its range extended throughout the whole of the

mountainous area of West Shansi, as well as in the moun-

tains that extend in a north and south line between Shansi

and Chihli; but it has been almost exterminated by native

hunters for the sake of its horns, which are highly valued

as medicine. Only a few isolated herds occur in the districts

above mentioned, where they keep to the densest parts of the

forest. ven so, they are being steadily exterminated.

This sika ruts in November and December, sheds its horns

about March, the new growth commencing about the end of

July. Itis during August and September that this species

is most sedulously hunted by the natives, for then the horns

are considered to be in their prime.

Following is a diagnosis of the sika occurring in the

Chihli forests -—

Cervus mandarinus, Milne-Edwards.

Cervus mandarinus Milne-Edwards, ‘ Recherches pour servir 4 l’His-

toire Naturelle de Mammiféres,’ vol. i. (text), pp. 184-186, vol. ii.

pls. xxil. et xxil.a,

This sika differs from C. mantchuricus, Sw., in having the

white spots larger and fewer in number, in being generally

lighter in colour, with less white on the croup disk, and in

having the parts below the belly the same colour as the

flanks, instead of white. The differences in the winter pelage

are not so marked,

Milne-Edwards states that the spots in C. mantchuricus in

the winter pelage are so invisible as not to have been given

in Sclater’s figures. (In this it resembles the Shansi stag.)

In: €; mandarinus, i in spite of the general darkening of

the pelage, the spots remain plainly visible.

In a letter published in the P. Z. 8. 1865, No. 1, p. 142,

Swinhoe retains the name mantchuricus for the Manchurian

sika, having examined a living specimen at New-chwang in

South Manchuria. He makes the statement that he suspects

it to be the same as the deer, skins of which he secured in

the Summer Palace, and which Blyth called mantchuricus

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 9

123 Mr. C. Chubb on new —

(P.Z. 8. 1864, p. 109), but which Swinhoe himself sub-e-

quently called hortulorum (P.Z. 8. 1865, p. 1).

As there is no telling where the deer confined in the Summer

Palace came from originally, it being just as likely that they

were brought from Manchuria as from the Imperial Hunting

Grounds, owing to the fact that part of the tribute annually

paid to the Imperial Manchu household from Manchuria con-

sisted of game of various kinds, and since Milne-Edwards

finds the Chihli species so distinct from the Manchurian

form, it seems more than likely that Swinhoe’s surmise as

regards the common identity of his skins from the Summer

Palace and his New-chwang specimen was correct ; in which

case his name hortulorum applying to the Manchurian sika

is‘ later than his name mantchuricus, and so becomes a

synonym, thus leaving Milne-Edwards’s name mandarinus

clear for the Chihli specimen.

This species occurs in a wild state only in the Imperial

Hunting Grounds, north of the famous Tung Ling (Hastern

Tombs), and in the Wei-ch’ang to the north of Jehol, bothin

Chibli provinee, to the north and north-east of Peking. It

occurs In a semi-domesticated state in the magnificent park

at Jehol.

Up to recent times this deer has been strictly preserved,

but in 1911-12 the Manchu soldiers that were sent out of

Peking and were camped in the Eastern Tombs and Imperial

Hunting Grounds were allowed to kill as many as they liked,

while since that date native hunters have been allowed to

hunt in these districts, with the result that in the wild state

the species is practically extinct.

It may here be stated that unless immediate and very

stringent steps are taken for their protection, both C. gras-

sianus and C. mandarinus will become extinct, and the sika

no longer remain on the list of North China mammals.

IX.— Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subspecies of

South American Birds. By aes UaUBR Eee

M.B.O.U.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

PSEUDOCONOPOPHAGA, gen. nov.

The proposed new genus, which is based on Convpopiiare

melanogaster, Menetr., is distinguished from Conopophaga,

founded on Turdus euritue, Gmel., by its long and narrow bill,

the long tarsi and toes, the larger size, and different coloration.

Type, P. melanogaster (Menetr.).

South American Birds. 133

MACKENZIANA, gen. nov.

Reichenbach, in 1850, proposed the generic name JVisius,

and gave a figure in his Av. Syst. Nat. Voég. pl. Ixxi., which

has been associated by previous authors with Thamnophalus

Jeachi, Such, as the type; but, when that bird is compared

with the figure, it will be easily seen, that Reichenbach could

not have founded it on that species, as it is not anything like

it. The species was originally, and has for many years been,

placed in the genus Zhamnophilus, Vieillot, where it was

equally out of place, as it is so entirely different from that

genus, which was founded on Lanius doliatus, Linn. I

propose, therefore, the new generic title Mackenziena, with

the following characters:—Head not crested, no concealed

white dorsal patch, tail much longer than the wing. Bill

short and stout, the depth about two-thirds the length of the

exposed culmen. The wing, which is rounded, has the fifth

primary longest. The tail is also rounded and much gradu-

ated, the two middle feathers longest. Coloration: the male

is black, with ovate white spots and bars to the feathers, and

the female is brown marked with buff.

Type, MM. leachi (Such).

FREDERICKENA, gen. nov.

The species which I propose to separate as a new genus

under the above title has also been previously placed in the

genus Thamnophilus, Vieillot, with which it has no near

affinity ; it may be characterized by the absence of a concealed

white dorsal patch. The nuchal crest is composed of rather

broad feathers with rounded tips. The bill is short and stout,

the depth being equal to about one-half the length of the

exposed culmen. ‘lhe wing is rounded, the fourth, fifth, and

sixth primaries longest and subequal ; the seventh is longer

than the third, but shorter than the fourth. The tail, which is

rounded and graduated, is about two-thirds the length of the

wing. , The male is almost uniform in colour, but the female

has the tail and entire under surface barred.

Type, Lhamnophilus viridis, Vieillot.

PICROTES, nom. noy., pro Lochites, Cab. & Hein. 1859

(nec Gistel, 1848).

Type, Lantus severus, Licht.

SAKESPHORUS, nom. nov., pro Hypolophus, Cab. & Hein.

1859 (nec Miiller & Henle, 1837).

Type, Lantus canadensis, Linn.

124 On new South Americin Birds.

POLIOLZMA, gen. nov.

This form is readily distinguished in having the throat

aniform with the rest of the under surface. The bill, which

is long compared with the other genera of this group, has the

exposed culmen about equal in length to the hind toe and

elaw. The wing is rounded, the third, fourth, and fifth quills

longest, the second about equal to the seventh. The tail

is short and nearly square, the outer feather on each side is

only very slightly shorter than the rest. The feet are small

and weak. ‘he male and female are entirely different in

colour. I propose, therefore, that this form be separated

generically under the name of Poliolema.

Type, Myrmotherula cineretventris, Sclater & Salvin.

DICHROPOGON, gen. nov.

The species which I propose to separate generically have

hitherto been associated with Hypocnemis of Cabanis, but .

it differs altogether im colour as well as in its proportionate

measurements. The bill is small and narrow. The wing,

which is slightly pointed, has the third, fourth, fifth, and

sixth primaries longest, the second about equal to the eighth.

The tail, which is nearly square at the tip, is about two-thirds

the length of the wing. ‘he legs and feet are proportion-

ately strong, the tarsus exceeds the length of the exposed

culmen by about two-fifths. Male and female quite different

in colour of plumage.

This genus is based on Hypocnemis pwcilonota, Cabanis-

Rhopias fulviventris salmoni, subsp. 0.

Adult male. Differs from the adult male of R. f. fulvi-

ventris (Lawr.) in being uniform olive on the top of the head,

back, and sides of face, instead of greyish brown ; upper

wing-coverts pale brown, not blackish ; tail paler; the white

on the throat more extensive; breast buff instead of slate-

grey ; abdomen and under tail-coverts paler and inclining to

buff; under surface of guills pale brown, not blackish brown.

Total length 110 mm.; exposed culmen 12; wing 50;

tail 37; tarsus 17.

Adult female. Differs from the adult female of 2. f. fulvz-

rentris in being paler both on the upper and under surface.

Wing 50 mm.

Hab. Colombia and Ecuador.

The type, which is in the British Museum, was collected

by T. K. Salmon at Remedios, Northern Colombia.

THE LIFE AND LETTERS OF

SIR JOSEPH DALTON HOOKER,

O.M., GCS1, FRS.

By LEONARD HUXLEY.

Based ¢ on material collected and arranend by LADY HOOKER,

| The long life of Sir Joseph Hooker, which ee exactly one

} hundred years ago, covers the whole of the scientific renaissance.

‘Pre-eminent in botany, his name will always be associated with the

' making of Kew; but as Traveller and Explorer he was hardly less

eminent, whether in the Antarctic, the Himalayas, or the Atlas.

The history of his scientific career is also the history of many |

friendships, revealed in his unceasing correspondence, most of all

_ with Charles Darwin, for he was Darwin’s confidant, helper, and

eritic for fifteen’ years before the ‘ ‘Origin’ appeared.

_ Two Volumes. Illustrated. 96s. net.

te JOHN MURRAY, ALBEMARLE STREET, W. 1.

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

1 JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock-in the country of Books |.

in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals

of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers.

Libraries or small parcela purchased for cash.

SPECIAL NEW CATALOGUES: War Economy (Agriculture, Husbandry,

Gardening, Economic Botany, etc.). Moerical severe) = cpeeeranhieal),

2d. each, post free.

38 «GREAT QUEER “STREET, KINGSUAT, LONDON, we. a

Telephone : "Garcard

Just Published, Pees 12s, 6d.

THE FAUNA OF BRITISH INDIA |

tren: (Including ‘Ceylon and Burma), Teacenies

Published under the e authority of the Secretary of State for India j in Council.

_ Medium 8vo, with Test Mustrations.

_RHYNCHOTA, Vol. VII.

Tawor & E Pannen, Red. Lion Court, Fleet Street, RO. 4.

t i alee

ple,

‘

ve SPP

SE Ag abies Ske (RCA 2

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 7.—Ninth Series.

I. Notes ‘i the Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. Androws.- — ee

No. XLI. By Prof. M'Inrose, M.D., ‘LL.D. TBs. FRS,, he.

(Plates VED cai hey aie ce ee oe ira

III. New pects of Indo-Malayan rinaneerhl and Deberiptioas -

of Genitalia, with reference to the Geographical Distribution of

“Species rea¢in bling each other. 2 Colonel Ce sean Mz

F.LS., &e. - are VII. ae eee Ta et ha Boi a8 net

IV. Some Mediterranean Bryozoa, os Anoron Wa. ‘Warmns, 5 an

ELS. F.GS. (Plate KIL) oe eusk ens FS at i ae

aie ik. UP

Hopkins Marine Station’ of * taiifora’ University, California. - Si

(Plate KUT) 283, 32.2% as cae

VI. Is Dicroccelium lanceatum a Parasite of the Cat? A Noteon

‘a new Variety. | mt Ae ein ae) . tock cog ah oat vs We Be

Vil. The Eggs and d Spinwrninghabite of shis! Pilot Fish (Wanoratg

ductor). By J. D. F. Gricurist, M.A., D. Sc., PhD. ote oe 4

VIII. Notes upon the Sika-Deer of North China. By ‘alan: RS

pe Canty Sowensr, F.Z.8., ee aN ae a.

TX. Descriptions of new Genera and a new Subnpece of ‘South

American Birds. By CHARLES cea FZ. a8, M. B. 0. U.. ss aie aa :

* Itis ica chat al Comtaaaioasiile. for shift Work may be sdtieae

” post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francia, oe —.

dion Court, Fleet Street, London. Es a

DoT eg da

| WITH FOURTEEN PLATES. - oa

NINTH ‘SERIES. No. 8.

THe ANNALS

a ATURAL HISTORY,

“ori INCLUDING |

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

“WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu. D., F.RS., F.LS., F. -G.S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M. A.B. PD FES EZ. —

AND:

RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F. Bs.

Sa3h

4 BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE.‘ “ANNALS COMBINED WITH

MESSE, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S * “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

‘LONDON:

by Simpkin, Seavohall Hamilton, Rent: & Co.; Ld. ; ; Bailliére, Paris:

‘and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin.

WATKINS & DONCASTER —

| : Raturalists, —

Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS wad

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies at

before the breeding Season.

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Egys, &c. i

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, Misia ENGLAND. Hy

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA.

Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s. Ge PSS he

By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F. .RS., &e.

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with doncripngne of ae

new Species,

A few Copies of other Parts of Vol. II. still on hand.

Price 2ls. :

TAYLOR and Franots, Red Lion Court, Fleet Stree. E.C. 4,

Price 12s. 6d.

Super-Royal a pp. iv, 296. With 4 Plates and 16 est figures.

A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W, ‘NEW GUINEA.

L. Ps GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.MS.

TAYLOR AND Francis, Red Lion See Fleet Street.

Rates for Adverivenceia in the Rei a

Magazine of Natural History,

One aaa eee : Twelve

Insertion. __ Insertions. _ Insertions.

PAGE - ~ - - 2: (OV A eork 16 Ocach Bs Kab O each

HALF-PAGE 4 02°58) 10265 YO ay ee ro: jt

QUARTER-PAGE - TR Buk TAL, Bice ODE yom

All applications for space to be pate to vo BS, oe aan

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 3 Birdhurst Road, | Croydon, eee

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[NINTH SERIES.]

No. 8. AUGUST 1918.

X.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactula.

—Part II. Thg. Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine,

with a Note om the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neo-

tragine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

Tue first ger of this series of papers, supplementary to the

account of the “‘ Cutaneous Glands of Ruminants” published

in 1910 (Proc. Zool. Soc. pp. 840-986), was issued in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June of this year, pp. 426-435,

It deal}with the Cephalophine, Neotraginz, Oreotragine,

and Madoquine. The present communication comprises

the Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine, the most inter-

esting forms described being the two Rupicaprine genera

Capricornis and Budorcas, of which 1 had only defective

material for examination in 1910,

As in the previous paper, the pagination inserted after

generic and specific names refers to the original treatise

published in 1910.

Subfamily 4 wrrrorrvz.

Genus Gazeta, Licht.

In 1910 (P. Z. S. pp. 887-893) I described the preorbital,

_ Inguinal, pedal, and carpal or knee-glands in the following

species of this genus:—G. bennettii, subgutturosa, marica,

muscatensis, dorcas, pelzelni, cuviert, rufifrons, and semme-

ringtt. My descriptions were based upon fresh examples of all

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 10

126 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

the species except G. semmeringzi, for which I was dependent

upon a dried: skin. Since that date I have been able to

confirm my observations upon additional and fresh material

of G. bennetti, subgutturosa, rufifrons, dorcas, pelzelni, and

semmeringii, and can now add to the hst one previously

unexamined species—namely, G. dama.

Some notes upon the examples of G. seemmeringii and

G. dama may be of interest.

Gazella semmeringit berberana.—Specimens from Somali-

land (R. EH. Drake Brockman). The preorbital gland is of -

moderate size or small. The pedal glands are quite normal.

The inguinal glands are shallow wide-mouthed pouches

external to the mamme. The carpal glands are thick pads

of skin, covered with a mat of convergent hairs.

In a male example the secretion from the inguinal glands

smelt like sour milk. In a female the secretion from the

same glands, like that from the knees, had a strong ovine

scent, like that of a pen of domestic sheep, whereas the

waxy secretion from the pedal glands resembled dogs’ dung

in odour.

The rhinarium (fig. 1, I) is a little less reduced than in

typical gazelles, in which it consists of hardly more than a

small irregularly pentagonal area of naked skin restricted to

the septum between the nostrils (fig. 1, G, H). But in

G. semmeringii its upper edge is slightly expanded and

spreads a little to the right and left, partly hanging over the

nostrils above.

In the penis (fig. 1, B) the tubular prolongation of the

urethra is short, barely projecting beyond the tip of the

slightly swollen termination of the glans. It is shorter than

in ordinary gazelles—e. g., G. bennettii (fig. 1, D) and

G. rujfina, figured by Lonnberg in 1904.

Gazella dama ruficollis.—Examples ( ¢ ? ) from the Soudan

(G. Blaine). The preorbital gland is a shallow pit, quite

small as compared with that of the typical gazelles. The

pedal glands are quite normal. The inguinal glands consist

of a pair of very shallow wide-mouthed pouches, one on each

side just external to the corresponding mamma. ‘The carpal

or knee-glands, on the contrary, are rather exceptionally

well developed, consisting of a pad of thick skin, overgrown

with a mat of mesially convergent hairs covered with scurfy

secretion.

The end of the penis in ane species is slightly enlarged

and the urethra is prolonged as a thin tube a little beyond

the tip of the glans (fig. 1, C).

It has been ‘suggested that the three large white-rumped

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 127

Fig. 1.

Parkes

ES IVA 7

Cy ¢

A. Extremity of penis of Antilope cervicapra.

B. The same of Gazella semmeringit.

C. The same of G. dama.

. The same of G. bennettiz.

E. The same of Antidorcas marsupials.

F. Section of the fore foot of Lithucranius walleri.

G. Rhinarium of Gazella rujifrons from the front, x 3.

H. The same from the side.

I. The same of Gazella semmeringwi from the front, x 3.

K. The same of Antilope cervicapra from the front, x 3.

L. The same from the side.

128 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

African gazelles—G. granti, semmeringii, and dama—connect

the smaller typical African and Asiatic gazelles with the

springbuck Antidorcas; and Lydekker and Blaine (Cat. Ung.

Mamm. iii. p. 85, 1914) adopt for them the subgeneric title

Nanger, remarking that the group is replaced in South Africa

by Antidorcas. Although I am only acquainted with the

normal pedal glands of G. granti, 1 am unable to find in

G. semmeringii and G. dama any justification for the view

that they lessen the differences between the typical gazelles

and Antidorcas, or that they represent the latter in north

and east Africa more nearly than the other gazelles of that

area represent it.

In the same Catalogue another subgenus of gazelles is

admitted under the name Procapra, comprismg the three

central Asiatie gazelles picticaudata, przewalskii, and guttu-

rosa, none of which is known to me apart from dried skins

and skulls.

Procapra was established by Hodgson for the reception

of picticaudata, which, according to his description, differs

from other gazelles in having no preorbital, inguinal, or

carpal glands ; no trace of moist rhinarium, and the inter-

digital fossee, described in one place as “ pores,” small.

Moreover, on the positive side it possesses a large postcornual

sinus, by which is meant apparently a gland behind the

horns analogous to that of Rupicapra and Oreamnos. Ad-

mitting the truth of these observations, and I do not see on

what grounds they are to be disputed, picticaudata must. be

recognized as generically distinct from Gazella, and prze-

walskii, which at least resembles it in the absence of pre-

orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, must be associated with

it—at all events, provisionally. Thespecies named gutturosa,

on the other hand, resembles the typical gazelles in having

preorbital, carpal, and inguinal glands, the first two being

small and the last-mentioned large. Clearly, therefore, it

must be severed from picticaudata and przewalskii, for which

the name Procapra must be retained. But, according to

Pallas, gutturosa possesses a preputial glandular sack, re-

calling that of Moschus, Nototragus, and Sus. In this respect

it differs, so far as is known, from all the species of Gazella.

I propose, therefore, to dismember gutturosa from Gazella

under the generic title Prodorcas.

Genus AntTrpoRcas, Sund.

Antidorcas marsupialis, Zimm. (p. 893).

Several fresh examples of this species confirm in every

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 129

respect the constancy of the characters established in 1910,

showing that, so far as the cutaneous glands are concerned,

the genus Aniidorcas differs from Gazella in the absence of

inguinal and carpal glands and the presence of the great

dorsal gland.

I may add that the rhinarium resembles that of Gazella

in consisting of a small irregularly pentagonal area on the

narial septum, and that the penis is also like that of Gazella,

the urethral canal projecting a short way beyond the tip of

the slightly swollen glans (fig. 1, E).

Genus ANTILOPE, Pall.

Antilope cervicapra, Linn. (p. 894).

My observations upon the cutaneous glands of this antelope

were based in 1910 upon two dried skins. Since that date

I have seen several fresh specimens, confirming in all respects

the characters previously established as distinguishing the

genus Aniilope from Gazella. Two other differences are,

however, supplied by the rhinarium and the penis. The

rhinarium (fig. 1, K, L) is considerably better developed,

and therefore less specialised than in Gazella and Antidorcas.

Not only is it broader between the nostrils, but it is extended

along their upper border nearly as far back as their posterior

notch.

In the penis, figured by Lonnberg in 1904, the urethral

prolongation is longer and thicker than in Gazella and

Antidorcas (fig. 1, A).

Genus Litnocranivs, Kohl.

Lithocranius walleri, Brooke (p. 896).

I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore

and hind feet and the skin of the inguinal area of this

species from British East Africa. These show that the

foot I examined and described in 1910 was, as suggested,

distorted with respect to the glandular interdigital space.

This space (fig. 1, F) differs from that of Gazella, Anti-

dorcas, and Antilope in that it gradually deepens from its

upper (or proximal) to its lower (or distal) end, where

the thick interungual fold curves forward. In other words,

the skin of the front of the pastern above the depression

passes imperceptibly into the latter by a gradual inclination,

without showing a.sign of the abrupt descent seen in the

other genera. ‘lhe pedal gland recalls that of Rupicapra.

There are two pairs of mammez, but no inguinal glands.

130 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

By their external characters, dealt with in this paper, and

by their horns the genera of Antilopine here admitted may

be briefly diagnosed as follows :—

Genus GazeE.ia, Licht.

Preorbital, inguinal, carpal, and pedal glands present, the

pedal glands in the form of long and deep interdigital clefts

of even depth throughout ; rhinarium a small irregularly

pentagonal moist area on the narial septum, and not, or

only to a very small extent, bordering the nostrils above;

urethral canal usually only surpassing the glans penis to

a small extent; horns in males with concavo-convex, usually

sigmoid, curvature.

Type, G. subgutturosa.

Distribution. From Central and South-western Asia into

India and North and East Africa.

Far too many species of this genus appear to me to be

admitted by Lydekker in the British Museum Catalogue.

Genus Proporcas, nov.

Distinguishable from Gazella by the presence of a preputial

gland and a shorter tail, the structure of the pedal glands

being unknown.

Type, P. gutturosa, Pall.

Distribution. Mongolia and Northern China,

Genus ANnTILoPE, Pallas.

Distinguishable from Gazella by the nakedness of the

integumental web tying the hoofs together, by the larger

rhinarium which borders the nostrils above, by the much

longer and thicker elongation of the urethral canal of the

glans penis, and by the spirally twisted horns.

Type, A. cervicapra.

Distribution. India.

Genus Antiporcas, Sund.

Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of inguinal

and carpal glands and by the presence of a large distensible

glandular area on the back, which is peculiar to the genus.

Type, A. marsupialis, Zimm.

Distribution. Africa south of the Zambesi.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 181

Genus Lirnocrantus, Kohl.

Distinguishable from Gazella by the structure of the pedal

glands, the floor of which gradually slopes downwards from

the front of the fetlock, the cleft being deepest at its lower

end, .where it is walled in by the heel-tie; also by the

absence of inguinal glands and the presence of four mamme.

Type, L. walleri.

Distribution. British Hast Africa and Somaliland.

Genus Procarra, Hodgson.

Distinguishable from Gazella by the absence of the pre-

orbital, inguinal, and carpal glands, the presence of a gland

behind the horns, the reduced size of the pedal glands

which apparently have a pore-like orifice, as in Ovis and

Nemorhedus, and, it is stated, by the rhinarium being over-

grown with hair.

Type, P. picticaudata, Hodgs.

Distribution. Mongolia, China, Tibet.

Subfamily Rupreaprr az.

Genus Rupicapra, Blainv.

Rupicapra rupicapra, Linn. (p. 848).

Several examples of the typical race of this species from

the Tyrol have enabled me to verify, and in the case of some

characters to extend, my observations, which in 1910 were

based upon the carcases of two newly born kids and upon

adult specimens living in the Zoological Gardens.

Preorbital and inguinal glands are absent and the structure

of the pedal glands is constant, the floor of the depression

slopes gradually downwards from the front of the fetlock to

the heel-tie, where the integument is folded forwards and

upwards to form a ridge constituting the distal well of the

depression. The walls of the depression are covered with

soft, short, silky hair. Elsewhere the hair of the foot is long

and coarse, and it is noticeable that the space between the

hoofs and the heel-tie itself are covered with long hair. In

this character the feet of Rupicapra differ from those of

other genera of Rupicaprines. Even in Oreamnos, where

the greater part of the interdigital cleft is hairy, the heel-

tie at least is naked *.

* My figure of the foot of the newly born chamois shows the point of

the heel-tie to be naked. I am, unfortunately, unable to verify the

accuracy of the drawing in that respect.

132 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

In 1910 I figured and described the postcornual gland of

the male example then living in the Zoological Gardens

when at their maximum of development, and a figure of the

head of a female sketched on the same day was added to

show the absence of the swelling. But in an adult female

that died on Dec. 4th, 1912, I discovered the gland to be

much better developed than would be expected from looking

gat the living animal, in which it is covered with the hair of

the parietal region. The glandular area is superficially

like that of the male, consisting of a subcircular area of skin

marked with grooves. In section it is seen to be composed

of thickened skin thrown from front to back into four folds,

making ridges separated by valleys, the ridges gradually

increasing in height from the base of the horn posteriorly.

It may be remembered that I described this gland in the

adult female in 1910 as consisting of a crescentic groove

behind the horn on each side, this description being taken

from the historic preparation in the Museum of the: Royal

College of Surgeons. J have no doubt that this preparation

was made from a female that died during the period of

inactivity of the gland, and that the difference between this

specimen and the one I examined, which died in December,

is purely a question of seasonal development *.

The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) is small. It borders the

nostril above as a narrow band, and it reaches inferiorly to

the edge of the upper lip as a narrow vertically grooved

philtrum ; but beneath the nostrils it only extends a short

distance on each side of the middle line, the rest of the

lower rim of the nostril being formed by hairy skin.

The extremity of the penis (fig. 2, F) is slightly depressed,

and the urethral canal is prolonged beyond the extremity as

a pointed process which is a little longer than that of Nemo-

rhedus, but shorter than that of Budorcas described below.

But in the sketch published by Gerhardt in 1906 the process

is at least as long as in Budorcas.

Genus Capricornis, Ogilb.

Capricornis sumatraensis jamrachi, Poc. (p. 855).

In 1910 I gave a brief account of the superficial appearance

of the pedal and preorbital glands of an example of this

* Tt appears to me’to be probable that the “ postcornual sinus”

described by Hodgson as present in Procapra picticaudata resembles in

structure the postcornual gland of the female Rupicapra when it is in the

stage of a crescentic groove. It is detectable in thenewly born young of

Rupicapra in this condition.

Exter nal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 133

Weed

A. Rhinarium of Repicapra rupicapra from the front, x 2.

B. The same from the side.

C. The same of Nemorhedus goral from the front, x 3.

D. The same from the side.

E. The eye and preorbital gland of Nemerhedus yoral, the gland in sec-

tion showing the thickened integument overgrown with hairs,

holding secretion at their bases.

F, Extremity of penis of Rupicapra rupteapra.

G. The same of Nemorhedus goral.

H. The same of Budorcas taxicolor.

I. Section of preorbital gland of Capricornis thar.

K. Section of fore foot of the same, showing the large interdigital gland

with its small orifice.

134 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

race, named C. thar jamrachi, which was then living in the

Society’s Gardens. The death of the animal in July 1913

enabled me to make a detailed examination of these glands.

The preorbital gland (fig. 2, 1) consists of a comparatively

deep, thick-walled, nearly spherical sack, the cavity of which

is absolutely packed with long hairs, growing nearly verti-

cally from its walls and protruding as a tuft from the small,

circular, non-valvular orifice.

The pedal glands (fig. 2, K), alike on the front and hind

legs, open by a small circular orifice on the front of the

pastern at the summit of the interdigital cleft exactly as in

Ovis and Nemorhedus, and, as in these genera, the orifice

leads into a well-defined cylindrical tube or duct. But,

whereas in Ovis and Nemorhedus this duct gradually passes

into a comparatively small saccular portion of the gland

bent upon the duct at an acute angle, in Capricornis the

duct communicates abruptly with an immense saccular

gland which occupies the entire space, bounded laterally by

the bones of the feet and above and below by the anterior

and posterior integument of the pastern. Inferiorly the

sack reaches into the angle formed by the fold of integument

constituting the heel-tie, and above it extends almost up to

a point on a level with the upper edge of the false hoofs,

The cavity of the sack was sparsely hairy and filled with

brownish-yellow secretion.

So closely are the walls of the glandular sack applied to

the integument of the pastern, that I am convinced the

explanation of my failure to detect the gland in the dried

skin of C. argyrochetes, mentioned on p. 855 of my previous

paper, lies in the occurrence of a similar condition in that

species. Hence the idea I then provisionally entertained,

that possibly that species has no pedal glands, may be finally

dismissed.

I am unable to find any justification for Lydekker’s

opinion that the various forms of Capricornis should be

referred to two species, C. sumatraensis, comprising nine

subspecies ranging from Kashmir to Sumatra and an un-

known number from China, and C. argyrochetes from

Kansu and Szechuan in China. The latter does not differ

so much from some of the subspecies of C. sumatraensis as

some of the latter differ from each other. In the present

state of our knowledge it appears to me that the only

courses open to us are to regard these forms as local races

of one species, the course I adopted, or as so many distinct

species—a course which I prefer to leave to him who has

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 135

the time and leisure to discover and define the characters to

which specific rank may be assigned.

Genus Carricornutus, Heude.

€>

Capricornulus crispus, Temm. (p. 855).

Heude separated this species of serow from Capricornis

as a distinct genus Capricornulus, which Lydekker and I

adopted as a subgenus. But it appears to me that the

discovery of the structure of the pedal glands in Capricornis

throws a different complexion on the question.

In 1910 I figured and described the pedal glands of

Capricornulus crispus, and pointed out that they resemble

in all respects those of Nemorhedus. Moreover, the

discovery of the presence of preorbital glands in Nemo-

rhedus (cf. infra) lessens the differences between that genus

and Capricornis, and results in the occupation by C. crispus

of a position intermediate between the two so far as

cutaneous glands are concerned, the pedal glands resembling

those of Nemorhedus and the preorbital glands those of

Capricornis.

Genus Namoruepvs, H. Smith.

In 1910 my examination of material of this genus was

limited to dried skins of JV. goral and N. raddeanus. Since

that date I have seen a fresh adult male example of the

former species, which enables me to amplify and, in one

particular, to correct my previous observations.

Nemorhedus goral, Hard. (p. 853).

A male example from Chamba, presented by Major Rodon

in 1904, which died Nov. 4th, 1915.

The preorbital gland was declared to be absent in this

genus by Owen, Hodgson, and Ogilby. That statement,

which I accepted, proves to be untrue, strictly speaking,

although the gland is so small as to account for its being

overlooked on dried skins or even on fresh material.

Externally the gland is marked by a very small patch of

nearly naked skin covered with dry scurf-like secretion.

There is no invagination of the integument, but beneath

the patch of bare epidermis, the dermis is thickened and

glandular (fig. 2,E). The gland, although relatively

smaller, may be compared in its development to that of

136 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Adenota kob or Hippotragus niger ; but whether it repre-

sents a rudimentary or vestigial condition of the pouch-like

preorbital gland of Capricornis must be left an open

question.

The pedal glands and the struc®re of the feet resemble in

every respect those of N. raddeanus, described and figured on

p- 854 of my previous paper. Inguinal glands, as noticed in

1910, are absent.

The rhinarium (fig. 2, C,D) is large and naked on its

upper surface almost as far back as the posterior angle of

the nostril, but in the middle line above, the hair grows

forwards, forming an angular point. Beneath the nostril

laterally there is a comparatively wide area of smooth naked

skin. In front the rhinarium extends to the edge of the

upper lip as a narrow grooved strip of corrugated integu-

ment which expands above to right and left beneath the

inner angle of the nostrils, and the expanded portion is

flanked on each side by an area of smooth naked skin.

The penis (fig. 2, G) is cylindrical, slightly expanded

distally, then gradually narrowed to the apex, beyond which

the end of the urethral canal is prolonged as a tube for a

short distance.

Two points of special interest may be noticed in con-

nection with these observations: namely, the similarity of

the penis to that of Budorcas, described below, and the

presence of the preorbital gland, which serves to link Nemo-

rhedus closer with Capricornis than was previously supposed

to be the case.

Genus Buporcas, Hodgson.

Budorcas taxicolor, Hodgson (p. 856).

The death of a male example of this species from N.W.

Bhotan enables me to verify and extend my account of the

external characters of this genus published in 1910, and

based partly on this example when alive and partly upon

a dried skin of B. taxicolor tibetanus lent to me by

Mr. Gerrard.

The rhinarium (fig. 8, A, B) is continued inferiorly to

the edge of the upper lip as a narrow mesially grooved strip,

which is longer than in Nemorhedus owing to the

greater depth of the upper lip. Laterally an area of naked

skin, narrower than in Nemorhedus, is continued with a bold

curve beneath the widely expanded nostrils, and curving

round their posterior extremities passes into the dorsal

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 137

portion of the rhinarium, which is much shorter from before

backwards than in Nemorhedus, being considerably more

overgrown with hair.

Fig. 3.

A. Muzzle of Budorcas taxicolor from the front, x 3.

B. The same from the side.

C. Genital area of Budorcas taxicolor. p., pendulous extremity of penis ;

t., long tuft of hair protruding from the prepuce; m., mammze

arising from glandular elevation ; s., scrotum.

The feet resemble in essential particulars those of the dried

example figured in 1910 (p. 852) and described (p. 856),

except that on the fore foot there is no trace of the

138 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

transverse ridge of integument just where the hair of the

pastern ceases in the interungual space. There is no

trace of definite pedal gland, although the hair at the

bottom of the interdigital depression in front is stuck

together with secretion, indicating activity of the skin at

that spot. The hind foot is like the front foot.

There is no trace of preorbital gland or of inguinal glands

in the ordinary sense of that term; but the two mamme

(fig. 3,C, m.) on each side, set as far out from the middle

line as the outer edge of the scrotum, are close together,

one in front of the other, in the centre of a distinct swelling

like a small udder. When the skin is cut away, this

swelling is seen to be caused by a blackish glandular mass

like a small bunch of grapes, and blackish secretion could be

squeezed through a single pore on the posterior teat with

the use of considerable pressure. This unusual condition of

the mammary gland in the male is worth putting on record,

although, pending the examination of other specimens of

Budorcas, it must be regarded, I think, as pathological in

one individual.

The penis (fig. 3, C, p.) is provided with a pendulous

prepuce, three inches long, rising from the abdomen six inches

in front of the scrotum. Just within the orifice of the pre-

puce the skin is highly glandular and overgrown with long

hairs, which protrude from the aperture to form a tuft

three or four inches long. The glans penis (fig. 2, H) is

apically attenuated and provided with a straight, moderately

stout, urethral prolongation projecting some little way beyond -

the tip of the glans. Except for the greater elongation of

the free portion of the urethral canal, the glans penis is very

like that of Nemorhedus.

One of the chief interests connected with Budorcas is

involved in the claim that the genus is related to Ovibos,

whose uncertain position in the Bovidze was expressed by

Lounberg’s ascription of it to a special subfamily Ovibovinee

(Proc. Zool. Soe. 1900, pp. 142-167). Judging from the

characters dealt with in this paper it does not appear to me

that the claim of close relationship between the two forms

can be maintained, and I am disposed to regard the resem-

blances between them in horn-growth, robustness of build,

etc., as independently acquired. The differences between

them may be tabulated as follows. For most of the

characters relating to Ovibos I am indebted to Lénnberg’s

paper :—

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyta.

Budorcas, ad. 3.

Rhinariumwell developed, about

14 mm. deep above the nostrils,

26 mm. wide between them, and

extended beneath them as a naked

strip of skin and passing inferiorly

to the edge of the upper lip asa

mesially grooved band (philtrum)

about 7 mm. wide.

Preorbital gland absent.

Hoofs narrower, more pointed in

front, integument between them

naked.

Mamme 4, the anterior and

posterior on each side almost in

contact, but very widely separated

from those of the opposite side,

the four together arranged in a

transverse oblong about five times

as wide as long.

Prepuce distally pendulous, distal

portion of its cavity not provided

with longitudinal ridges, but

thickly beset with coarse long hairs

protruding at all seasons some

4 inches from the orifice asa long

tuft.

Glans penis markedly attenuated

at the apex, the urethral canal pro-

longed for a considerable distance

beyond the tip.

139

Ovibos, ad. 3.

Rhinariumgreatly reduced, about

8 mm. deep above the nostrils and

only a little more between them,

not extending beneath them and

not continued inferiorly to the edge

of the upper lip.

Preobital gland present, inyagi-

nated.

Hoofs broad, wide in front, in-

tegument between them thickly

hairy except for the naked heel-tie.

Mamme 4, arranged so as to

form the normal four-sided figure,

which is only a little wider than

long, the anterior being separated

from the posterior on each side by

a considerable space.

Prepuce distally pendulous, distal

portion of its cavity provided with

longitudinal folds and clothed with

fine hairs only in the winter, but

these do not form a long protruding

tuft.

Glans penis blunt at the end, the

urethral canal not extending be-

yond its tip.

But although the differeaces above tabulated exclude the

idea of relatiouship between Budorcas and Ovibos, sufficiently

intimate to warrant the removal of Budorcas from the

Rupicaprine, as now understood, and its association with

Ovibos in a special subfamily, they by no means justify the

conviction that Ovibos is not a specialised Rupicaprine.

The description, for example, of the preorbital gland applies

to that of Capricornis or Capricornulus, and the termination

of the urethral canal in Nemorhedus is nearly intermediate

in development between those of Budorcas and Ovibos ; the

arrangement of the mamme is normal for the Ruminantia,

as a whole, including the typical Rupicaprines ;_ the

structure of the feet may be easily derived in imagination

from that of Oreamnos or even of Nemorhedus, in which the

gland has reached the retort-like stage, which in the Caprinz

precedes its total suppression, as attested by Ovis and Capra,

and the reduction of the rhinarium in Ovidos is foreshadowed

140 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some

in Rupicapra, except for the total suppression of the phil-

trum. In this respect Ovibos is highly specialised and

unique, so far as its possible allies are concerned.

On the evidence before me, I consider that if the Ovi-

bovine be maintained as a special subfamily of Bovide, the

Rupicaprinz, as at present understood, should be split up

into three subfamilies, the Rupicaprine for Rupicapra and

Oreamnos, the Neemorhedine for Nemorhedus, Capricornulus,

and Capricornis, and the Budorcine for Budorcas. But if

the conservative course of maintaining the Rupicaprine in

its recognised comprehensive sense be followed, then Ovibos

should, I think, be one of the genera of this somewhat

heterogeneous assemblage.

Subfamily Caprrz.

Genus Ovis, Linn.

Ovis musimon, Schr., and O. vignet, Blyth (pp. 859-861).

Since 1910 I have examined representatives of the two

species previously recorded, namely Ovis vignei and OU. musi-

mon, without finding anything to add or alterations to make

to my previous description of the cutaneous glands, except

to remark that in the case of O. musimon the naked

condition of the interungual integument noticed in one

specimen is quite exceptional, and that as a very general

rule that species and O. vignei are alike with respect to

the hairiness of the areain question. Possibly the variation

noticed is seasonal, as appears to be the case in Ammotragus

lervia.

The rhinarium of O. vignei is quite characteristic of the

genus. It extends as a narrow bar above the nostrils

almost back to their posterior termination, the internarial

septum is narrow, the area beneath the septum is a little

expanded, and a narrow philtrum cleaves the upper lip, but

there is no naked area of skin bordering the nostrils below.

The penis of O. vignei (fig. 4, D), as in O. aries, ends in

a blunt gland-like enlargement, bent downwards distally.

From its underside the very long filiform termination of

the urethral canal arises, and passes forward on the left side

of the glandular thickening.

Genus Pseupotrs, Hodgson.

Pseudois nayaur, Hodgs. (p. 863).

Specimens examined since 1910 confirin in every respect

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 141

the constancy of the characters upon which I separated

this species from Ovis—namely, the suppression of the

preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands.

The rhinarium (fig. 4, F, G) resembles in a general way

that of Ovis vignei, but the nostr ls are more dilatable and

the “philtrun” less well defined, hardly a trace of it

remaining. In one specimen the hairs of the upper lip are

only separated by a very narrow parting, which is com-

pletely overlapped and concealed by the hairs to the right

and left of it.

The naked underside of the tail (fig. 4, H) is marked on

_ each side above the anus with a wide and moderately deep

glandular depression, corresponding with the subcaudal gland

of Capra, but smaller.

The glandular portion of the end of the penis (fig. 4, B)

is longer and straighter than in Ovis vignei, but the filiform

termination of the urethra is approximately as long as in

that species, and much longer than in the following genera.

The length of this tube and the absence of strong ‘‘ Caprine”’

smell in the male are two points in which Pseudois comes

nearer Ovis than Capra. In the suppression of the specialised

cutaneous glands Psewdois is Caprine and not Ovine.

Genus Ammotraeus, Blyth.

Ammotragus lervia, Pall. (p. 862).

My notes upon this species, published in 1910, were taken

from the examination of a living specimen. Several dead

examples that have passed through my hands since that

date confirm in every respect the statement then made as to

the absence of the preorbital, inguinal, and pedal glands.

A peculiarity I drew attention to in 1910—namely, the

smoothness of the interdigital depression in the example

examined— proves to be inconstant, although the hairs of

this area when developed are not so long as in Ovis and

Pseudois. Possibly the variation is seasonal. or instance,

in a specimen (¢) that died on Nov. 11th, the interdigital

cleft was clothed with short hairs down to the heel-tie, as is

normal in the Caprine series. In a second that died on

March 5th, the interdigital cleft was naked. A third,

which died on Feb. 10th, exhibited a condition intermediate

between those of the other two. In the newly born young

the space is covered with hair.

The rhinarium (fig. 4, M) presents no features of special

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, 11. Et

142 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Fig. 4.

iis ms Be

/ y

A. Extremity of penis of Hemitragus jemlatcus.

B, The same of Pseudots nayaur.

C. The same of Ammotragus lervia.

D. The same of Ovis vigner.

E. The same of Capra egagrus.

F. Rhinarium of Pseuwdois nayaur, showing absence of philtrum, x 3.

G. The same from the side.

H. Lower side of base of tail of Pseudois nayaur, showing the pair of

glandular depressions above the anus.

I, Rhinarium of Hemitragus jemlaicus from the side, x 3.

K, The same from the front.

L. The same of Capra egagrus, X 3.

M. The same of Ammotragus lervia, X 3.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 143

interest, being typically Ovine or Caprine in structure, with

the narrow ‘“ philtrum ” well developed.

There is a well-marked subcaudal gland above the anus as

in Pseudois.

The gland-like termination of the penis (fig. 4, C) is very

like that of Ovis vignet in shape and curvature, but the

filiform termination of the urethra is a little shorter than

in that species.

According to Lydekker, the males of this animal are not

malodorous (Cat. Ungulates, i. p. 123). That is quite

untrue. The males have a very decidedly goaty odour in

the breeding season. It is also untrue that the typical race

of this species is distinguished by ‘‘ an indistinct median

face stripe.” A pair imported from Morocco and exhibited

in the Gardens a few years ago showed no trace of such a

‘stripe.

Genus Capra, Linn. (p. 864).

I have nothing to add to what I said in 1910 regarding

the suppression of the preorbital, pedal, and inguinal glands

in various species of this genus.

The rhinarium conforms in type to that of Ovis and

Ammotragus, the “ philtrum” being better defined than in

Pseudois. In an example of C. egagrus from Crete, I found

the supranarial extension of the rhinarium (fig. 4, L) larger

than in most examples of domesticated goats; but this

varies to a certain degree in the latter, as also does the

width of the naked area of skin beneath the nostrils laterally

The subcaudal gland was a deeper pocket than those

observed in Ammotragus-and Pseudvis.

The penis (fig. 4, E) also is constructed very much as in

those genera, and has a well-defined, but rather short, glan-

dular termination, which, on the right side, as in the other

genera, curls beneath the tubular filiform termination of

the urethra, which is shorter than in Ovis, Ammotragus, and

Pseudois.

Genus Hemirracus, Hodgson.

Hemitragus jemlaicus, Hodgs. (p. 866).

Additional specimens confirm my previous statements

with regard to the suppression of the preorbital, inguinal,

and pedal glands.

Hodgson’s assertion that the rhinarium (fig. 4, I, K) is

larger in Hemitragus than in Capra is perfectly true. The

supranarial extension is considerably deeper, and, similarly,

ibs

144 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

the extension beneath the inner angles of the nostrils in

front is wider.

In the penis (fig. 4, A) the glandular termination is more

elongate and less bulbous than in Capra and the filiform

termination of the urethra is shorter. It is the shortest,

indeed, that is found within the limits of the Caprine.

The subcaudal gland is represented externally by a shallow

depression above and at the sides of the anus.

Note on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine.

In my paper published in the issue of this Journal for

June 1918, I regret that I overlooked at the time Lonnberg’s

descriptions and figures of the penis of Cephalophus natal-

ensis and of Sylvicapra gri immia (Ark. Zool. Stockholm, (5) v.

no. 10, pp. 2-3, figs. 1-2, 1909). He shows that in C. natal:

ensis the urethral canal has a very long filiform prolongation

resembling that of Guevet mazxwelli figured by Garrod

(P. Z. 8. 1877, p. 10, fig. 20), whereas in S. grimmia the

tubular pro ngation is quite short, only overlapping the

glans to a small extent. Now, C. natalensis is so closely

related to C. dorsalis as hardly ‘to admit of a doubt as to

identity in the structure of the penis in the two species. In

that case the penis of C. dorsalis I described as being without

the tubular urethral prolongation must have been defective,

owing to mutilation. Lonnberg’s observations show that

Cephalophus differs from Sylvicapra not by the suppression

of the urethral prolongation, as I stated, but by its develop-

ment and length, which affiliate the former genus with

Guevei.

In the case of the Neotraginz, it may be recalled that

Garrod (op. cit. p. 11, fig. 21) described the penis of

Ourebia nigricaudata as possessing a long slender urethral

prolongation considerably overlapping the slender tip of the

glans penis, whereas, according to Lonnberg’s observations

(op. cit. p. 4, figs. 83-4), the urethra does not surpass the tip

of the glans in Raphicerus campestris and Neotragus living-

stonianus. The penis of the example of Nototragus mela-

notis in which I found the preputial gland agrees with that of

Raphicerus campestris.

On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex. 145

XI.—On Four new Species of the Genus Demodex, Owen.

By Sranwey Hirst.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Demodex soricinus, sp. n.

@. Asmall species, the cephalothorax being fairly wide.

Body a little more than three times the width of the cephalo-

thorax. Abdomen pointed posteriorly and somewhat longer

than cephalothorax+capitulum. Capitulum much wider

than long. (The spines on the capitulum cannot be seen in

the unique specimen, which lies ventral side uppermost.)

Total length 119 pw.

Host: Sorex vulgaris.

Demodex apodemi, sp. n.

@. A very minute but fairly elongated species. Body

about 44 times as long as the greatest width of the cephalo-

thorax. Abdomen a little less than twice the combined

length of cephalothorax and capitulum. Capitulum (at base)

wider than the length. Spines on dorsal surface of capitulum

well developed, being pointed at the end as in D. musculi

etc.

Total length 139 p.

3. Body from a little more than 4 up to about 5 times as

long as width of cephalothorax.. Capitulum when fully

extended about as long as wide.

Male sexual aperture situated above interval between

second and third pairs of legs: Penis fairly long and

slender.

Host: Apodemus sylvaticus.

Demodex longior, sp. n.

9. An elongated species of comparatively large size,

resembling J. canis in many respects. Body sometimes

nearly nine times as long as the width of the cephalothorax.

Abdomen about 22 times the combined length of cephalo-

thorax and capitulum. Capitulum wider than long; the

spines on its dorsal surface are short and somewhat curved,

Total length 280 p.

6. Abdomen about twice as long as the cephalothorax+

capitulum. Body more than 6 times as long as the cephalo-

146 Mr. O. Thomas on

thoracic width. Male sexual orifice situated above the

interval between the legs of the first and second pairs.

Note.—In one male specimen the tracheal tubes leading

from the capitulum are quite distinct; each is at first double,

but afterwards fuses to form asingle wide lateral main trunk.

Host: Apodemus sylvatieus.

Demodex nanus, sp. n.

?. A minute species very like that present in Sorex vul-

garis casteaneus. Length varying from less than 3 up to

slightly more than 3} times the width of the cephalothorax.

Abdomen considerably shorter than combined length of

cephalothoraxand capitulum. Capitulum usually much wider

than long ; the spines on its surface apparently obsolete or

absent.

Total length 87-102 yw.

Host: the black rat (Rattus rattus), a number of specimens

collected by the author from a freshly killed rat.

Note.—Hahn has already described a species of Demodex

(D. ratt’) from a house-rat said to be Mus rattus. I have

not been able to consult his original description, which is

referred to by Gmeiner. ‘The latter says the species is like

that of the dog. From this one would infer that it was an

elongated form of comparatively considerable size, similar to

that found in Rattus norvegicus.

It is probable, indeed, that the rat from which Hahn’s

specimens were taken was really Rattus norvegicus, the brown

or Norwegian rat (syn. dfus decumanus). It is, of course,

possible that two species occur in /tattus rattus, as is certainly

the case in Apodemus sylvaticus.

XIT.—WNew Species of Gerbiilus and Taterillus.

By OLDFIELD THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Gerbillus allenbyi, sp. n.

A small species, with short feet and tails probably allied to

G. agag.

General colour much more mouse-grey than the usual tone

of gerbils, markedly greyer than G@. gerbillus; head, shoulders,

and most of the upper surface near “ cinnamon-buff,” but

new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 147

the middle dorsal area greyer, though this difference may be

less marked in older specimens. Under surface less absolutely

pure white than usual, the hairs, especially in the inguinal

region, with a slight tinge of buffy. Postorbital light patches

present, but not very sharply defined ; below them on each

side, between eye and ear, there is a distinct patch of grey

hairs. Ears with proectote buffy, the rest whitish; post-

auricular white patch sharply defined. Hands and feet

white, but a slight tendency to buffy appears on the wrists ;

soles all hairy except for a small round patch on the heel.

Tail not proportionally long; dull buffy, little lighter below;

its terminal dark crest inconspicuous.

Skull of the general build of that of G. gerbidlus, but the

bulles smaller. Supraorbital beads little developed.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 70 mm. ; tail 95; hind foot 24; ear 9.

Skull: greatest length 26-2 ; condylo-incisive length 23 ;

zygomatic breadth 14°5 ; nasals 9°6 ; interorbital breadth 5:2 ;

breadth of brain-case 13°3 ; zygomatic plate 3°9; palatal

foramina, anterior 4°4, posterior 2°2; greatest horizontal

diagonal diameter of bulla 9°2; breadth of bulla at right

angles to last, exclusive of meatus, 5:7 ; upper molar series 4.

Hab. Coast region of Palestine. Type from Rehobot, near

Jaffa.

Type. Young adult male. B.M. no. 14. 5.29.5. Original

number 8. Collected 3rd February, 1914, by TT’. Aharoni.

Presented by the Hon. N. Charles Rothschild.

This is evidently the species which Nehring * assigned to

G. longicaudus, Wagn. But Wagner’s animal, which I have

seen in Munich, was from Egypt, and was clearly referable

to G. gerbillus, as has been shown by Anderson and de Winton.

The Palestine gerbil seems to be related to G. agag, Thes.,

but is readily distinguishable by its less bright colour, greyer

back, and the greyish patches between eye and ear.

I have named it in honour of the general to whose forces

the country where it occurs owes release from the barbarian

domination under which it has suffered for so many centuries.

Gerbillus acticola, sp. n.

Near G. pygargus, but the bullee larger.

Size and colour as in G. pygargus, of the same light

desert-colour—quite unlike that of G. dunni of Central

* SB. Ges. Fr. Berl. 1901, p, 173,

148 Mr. O. Thomas on

Somaliland. Compared with a series from Shendy, the

ground-colour is warmer, being near ‘‘ warm buff” in py-

gargus, while it is “pinkish cinnamon” in aetécola; but the

variation in the colour of these desert-animals is so great that

not much stress can be laid upon it. Sides lighter, line of

demarcation high up. Postorbital and postauicular white

patches well marked. Fore limbs wholly, hind limbs mostly

white. Hind soles with a nearly naked stripe running along

the inner side almost to the base of the hallux. Tail buffy:

above, white below; the terminal crest inconspicuous,

brown.

Skull of the same stoutly built elongated form as in

pygargus, the supraorbital beads similarly strongly developed.

Bulle of similar shape, but decidedly larger than in any of

the considerable series available of pygargus and pyramidum.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— -

Head and body 118 mm.;. tail 144; hind foot 29;

ear 15. —

Skull: greatest median length 32°5; greatest diagonal

length 32 ; condylo-incisive length 28'5 ; zygomatic breadth

17:4; nasals 12:7; interorbital breadth 6°6; breadth of

brain-case 14°5; breadth between meatal edges 16°3 ; zygo-

matic plate 4°7; palatal foramina, anterior 5°4, posterior 3 ;

bull, horizontal diagonal length 12 ; breadth at right angles

to last, excluding meatus, 7; greatest diameter in any

direction 12°7; upper molar series 41.

Hab. Coast region of N. Somali. Type from Berbera,

other specimens from Bulhar.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 7. 11.5.4. Original

number 32. Collected 30th July, 1905, and presented by

br. R. E. Drake Brockman. Nine specimens.

This Somali representative of G. pygargus, distinguished

by its larger bulle, is the specics mentioned on p. 119 of

Dr. Drake Brockmai’s ‘ Mammals of Somaliland’ (1910) as

the Coast Gerbil, a title I have Latinized as above.

Gerbillus vallinus, sp. n.

A Gerbillus with an unusual amount of the soles naked and

with very large bulle.

Size about as in G. peba. Fur long and loose... General

colour strong sandy buffy, near “ cinnamon-buff,” not so

inclined to russet as in G. pela. Line of demarcation on

sides not very sharply defined. Lighter postorbital and post-

auricular markings scarcely perceptible. Hars short, their

new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus. 149

proectote buffy like the general colour. Fore limbs wholly

in the white area, without any darker colour on their front

surface. Soles less haired than in other members of Gerbillus,

the naked area extending from the heel along the middle

of the sole to the level of the base of the hallux, but the

region of the pads is closely and profusely hairy, as usual

in the genus. ‘J'ail at base pale buffy above, whitish below—

its terminal portion lost in the type.

~ Skull remarkable for the great size of the bullae, which

tend to recall those of Desmodillus and far exceed those of any

other member of this genus. ‘he posterior breadth of the

skull is therefore unusually great. Muzzle slender. Supra-

orbital beads present. Zygomatic plate more projected

forward than in most species of Gerbéllus, and almost

approaching the projection characteristic of Yaterdllus ; the

same is the case In G. peba. Palatal foramina, both anterior

and posterior, large and well open. Bulle greatly swollen,

the anterior edge oF the meatus also inflated; a well- marked

vacuity just beneath the opening of the meatus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body y2 mm.; tail (60+); hind foot 30;

ear 15. .

Skull: greatest median length 29; greatest diagonal

length 30; coudylo-incisive length 27 ; zygomatic breadth

16; nasals 11:2; interorbital breadth 6; breadth of brain-

ease 14°3; breadth between outer edges of meatal inflations

16°8; zyg comatic plate 4°8; palatal foramina, anterior 5:2,

posterior 2°55; greatest horizontal diagonal diameter of

bulla 10°7 ; greatest diameter in any direction 12°2 ; upper

molar series 4°2.

Hab. Bushman-land. Type from Tuin, near Kenhart,

Hartebeest River, near 29° S., 21° E.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 12. 1. 11. 2. Presented

alive by Maj. H. A. P. Littledale to the Zoological Society,

by whom it was transferred on death to the National

Collection,

This well-marked species is readily distinguishable by its

greatly enlarged bulle, which tend to approach in size those

ei Deemodillus auricularis, obtained in the same region by

Major Littledale. The hind feet of this animal are also

more naked than in other members of Gerbillus, but have,

however, the characteristic distal cushion which distinguishes

the genus from Déepodillus.

150 On new Species of Gerbillus and Taterillus.

Taterillus gyas, sp. n.

A Taterillus with decidediy larger skull than any other,

Size rather, but not conspicuously, larger than in 7’, emind.

General colour above strong and dark, near “ cinnamon,” or

even approaching “tawny”; sides cinnamon-buff. ars

rather large. Hands and feet white; soles quite without

any trace of the usual transverse band of fur. Tail long, its

basal half brownish above, dull buffy below; terminal tuft

well developed.

Skull conspicuously larger and more heavily built than in

any known Taterdllus. Interorbital region rather more

parallel-sided than usual, the supraorbital ridges strongly

developed. Posterior palatal foramina extending from the

level of the front root of m! to the middle of m?. Bulle of

average proportional size.

Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 127 mm. tail (damaged in type, 175 mm.

in another specimen of about the same size) ; hind foot 34;

ear 21.

Skull: greatest length 39; condylo-incisive length 35;

zygomatic breadth 19°5; nasals 15°6; interorbital breadth 7:3;

breadth of brain-case 15°83; zygomatic plate 7:3; palatal

foramina, anterior 7°2, posterior 4°6; horizontal diagonal

diameter of bulla 10°2 ; upper molar series 5:5.

Hab. Kamisa, Dinder R., Sudan.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 3.8. 24. Original

number 55. Collected 26th December, 1913, by Willoughby

P. Lowe, and presented by Abel Chapman. Two adult and

six young specimens examined, .

This Yaterillus is remarkable for its large size and the

complete absence of the hairy band across the soles. It thus

considerably resembles the members of the genus Taterona.

But its elongate posterior palatine foramina show that its

place really is in this genus, all the more that 7. gracilis

proves to be variable in the development of the same hairy

band. In that species the band is commonly absent, fairly

often slightly or partially developed, and occasionally fully

developed, all extremes occurring in any one locality.

This species ranges eastwards from the Gambia to Upper

Nigeria, where it occurs side by side with 7. nigeri@ on the

Bauchi Plateau. ‘The latter was first described from a

single specimen, but about a score of gerbils have been more

recently sent by Mr. Fox, and were all supposed to be of

the same species as the first. I now find, however, that they

On a new Duiker from Zanzibar. TF

are mostly referable to 7. gracilis, only four belonging

to T. nigerie, which may be distinguished by its larger

size, longer anterior palatine foramina, and uniformly longer

feet, and these in all four examples have well-developed

sole-bands.

XUIL—A new Duiker from Zanzibar.

By OLDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue British Museum has received from Dr. W. M. Aders,

Government Biologist at Zanzibar, native skins of three local

Ungulates, two antelopes and a Potamochwrus. One of the

former is that of a Nesotragus moschatus, but the other repre-

sents a duiker quite distinct from any species hitherto

described.

In honour of its donor, to whom the Museum is indebted

for many Zanzibar mammals, it may be called

Cephalophus adersi, sp. n.

Allied to C. weynsi*, but with whitish bands across thighs

and a white tufted tail.

Size and general characters about as‘in C. weynsi of the

Congo. Line along nape with reversed fur, as in that

species. General colour of withers and nape dark brown

(near mtmmy-brown), which gradually becomes more rufous

(darker than “‘avellaneous”’) on the shoulders and flanks, and

posteriorly on the rump passes into deep rich chestnut-rufous

(“‘ mahogany-red”” where richest). Under surface whitish,

not sharply defined laterally, the hairs pale drabby at base,

whiter terminally ; a mesial rufous patch on the chest. Fore

limbs with the avellaneous rufous of the shoulders passing

down without interruption, but on the hind-quarters there is

a broad whitish band running across the outer side of the

hips and separating the chestnut-red of the rump from the

rather paler red of the legs ; this band is more or less rufous

white where it commences on the sides above the inguinal

glands, but becomes nearly pure white posteriorly, where it

* Figured and described, Ann. Mus. Congo, ii. p. 15, pl. vi. (1901),

152 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh.

contrasts prominently with the mahogany-red rump. Fore

and hind feet deep rufous speckled with white, but how far

these white specklings may be an individual abnormality I

have no means of judging. Tail, without tuft, about 2 inches

in length, the tuft well marked, its hairs rather more than an

inch long, wholly white, though there is a narrow rufous line

running along the top of the tail basally.

Middle of neck to rump about 24 inches.

Hab. Zanzibar.

Type. Native skin. B.M. no. 18.5. 25.1. Presented

and collected by Dr. W. M. Aders.

By its reversed nape-hairs and general type of coloration,

with brown fore back and rufous rump, this striking duiker

shows relationship to C. weynsi, but it is at once distinguished

by the whitish bands which run across the thighs and show

up the brilliant rufous of the rump, and by the wholly white

tail-tuft, that of C. weynsi being prominently blackish above.

These characters are so marked that, although the specimen

is a native skin, without head or hoofs, I feel justified in

describing it, but hope Dr. Aders may soon be able to obtain

a complete example of so striking an animal, on whose

discovery he is to be congratulated.

XIV.—Notes on Alcides, Schinh. (Curculionide, Coleoptera).

By Guy A. K. Marsuatt, D.Sc.

ConsIDERABLE Confusion exists in collections with reference

to the strikingly marked species of Alcides related to

A. delta, Pasc. Pascoe’s original description (Journ. Linn.

Soc. Lond., Zool. x. 1870, p. 460) was based on three speci-

mens, from Ceylon, Ceram, and Amboyna respectively ; of

these he selected the Ceylon specimen as his type, and the

other two examples now prove to belong to a quite distinct

species. Subsequently he gave a figure of A. delta (ibid. xi.

1871, pl. ix. fig. 10), but instead of illustrating his type he

unfortunately selected a so-called ‘“ variety,” which turns

out to be yet a third species, and was later described by

Kirsch under the name of triangulifer (Mitt. Mus. Dresd. i.

1875, p. 40). Probably misled by Pascoe’s figure, Aurivil-

lius in 1891 (Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, (8) il. p. 218) sunk

triangulifer as a synonym of delta, and thus it stands in

Bovie’s ‘ Catalogue of Alcidine ? (Wytsman, fasc. 71).

Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alecides, Schdnh. 153

As a matter of fact, A. delta differs from both the other

forms mentioned above in a very striking character ; nor-

mally in Alcides each tarsal claw is deeply cleft, but in

A. delta the claws are simple and soldered together at the

base. This character is also found in yet another new and

allied species, likewise from Ceylon. I have not so far

observed it elsewhere in the genus, though Lacordaire men-

tions its occurrence without citing any species. A. triangu-

lifer presents a somewhat intermediate condition, the inner

division of the claw being very much reduced.

‘The following table will serve to discriminate the mem-

bers of this group, all of which possess a similarly-shaped

large patch of silvery-white scales on the side of the meso-

and metasternum, and this also occurs in the very differently

marked A. kirschi, Pase., from Labuan :—

1 ( 4). Tarsal claws simple, connate at the base ;

sides of prothorax not constricted in

front; genze of ¢ not produced down-

wards at the apex.

2 ( 3). Transverse impression at base of elytra

shallow, base of prothorax not lower

than the apex; apical edge of rostrum

produced into a short point in the

Md dle i520 0 30 Oy eth Cae ok eee delta, Pasc.

3 ( 2). Transverse impression on elytra very

deep, base of prothorax distinctly lower

than the apex; apical edge of rostrum

shallowly emarginate in the middle... ephippiatus, sp. n.

4 (1). Tarsal claws cleft; sides of prothorax

markedly constricted in front; genz

of ¢ with a tusk-like downward pro-

cess at the apex.

§ (14). Elytra with a large common triangle

formed of broad pale stripes enclosing

a black triangle; front tibiz with an

internal tooth placed nearly in the

middle.

6( 9). Peduncle of submentum narrowly ob-

long (2X1) and shallowly constricted

at the extreme base only; anterior

pale stripe on prothorax running trans-

versely upwards along the edge of the

granulate area, not covering the post-

ocular lobe.

7( 8). Apical margin of rostrum rounded;

scutellum pointed at apex; post-hume-

ral stripe on elytra not uniting behind

with posterior angle of the pale tri-

amigle, .cs.is. STS cls > ood 3/4 sta ceramodelta, sp. n.

8( 7). Apical margin of rostrum with a short

sharp point in the middle; scutellum

154 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh.

rounded at apex ; post-humeral stripe

on elytra uniting broadly with the

posterior angle of the triangle ...... muir, sp. D.

9 ( 6). Peduncle of submentum subtriangular,

broad at apex and very strongly nar-

rowed behind; prothorax with an ill-

defined pale stripe covering the whole

postocular lobe and running obliquely

backwards on to the disk.

10 (11). Shoulders of elytra produced outwardly

into a sharp angle; sete at apex of

dibizo Wlaekislt 1.54% Pasiciaicn oisisie ofc Ks stamodelta, sp. 0.

11 (10). Shoulders of elytra obtuse; setze at apex

of tibiz reddish.

12 (13). Elytra broader, broadest at the shoulders

and narrowing gradually behind;

edeagus of g with the median lobe

narrowed to a point at the apex ; pro-

thorax with an oblique blackish stripe

running from the eye almost to the

DESO). oss kininase unis ae eaters triangulifer, Kirsch.

13 (12). Elytra narrower, almost parallel-sided

from the shoulders to beyond the

middle; edeagus of J with the me-

dian lobe dilated at the apex, its

apical margin very broad and sinuate ;

prothorax with the black mark behind

the eye contined to the non-granulate

HDC! ATER A wa aaielea s Se sae Syma Javanodelta, sp. n.

14 ( 5), Elytra without any distinct triangular

markings, the oblique discal pale

stripes diverging from the middle to

the shoulders instead of converging

towards the scutellum; the internal

tooth on the front tibise much nearer

to the base than to the apex ......,. magicus, Pase.

Alcides delia, Pasc.

So far as is known at present the true A. delta is confined

to the lowlands of Ceylon.

Alcides ephippiatus, sp. un.

3d ¢. This species has the same general facies and pat-

tern as A. delta, as well as the simple and connate claws, but

differs as follows :—The pale markings are usually covered

with a dark pink or pinkish-brown powdering, and the stripes

on the elytra are generally narrower, so that the enclosed

black triangle is larger; the infra-humeral stripe is reduced

to one-half the length or less; in the V-shaped apical patch

the outer arm (on interval 7) is only half as long as the

Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh. 155

inner (on interval 3), whereas in delta they are equal or

nearly so. The rostrum is proportionately much shorter,

and the apical edge is shallowly emarginate in the middle.

The dorsal outline of the prothorax is much more convex, so

that the basal margin is well below the plane of the apical.

The elytra are proportionately shorter, the basal transverse

impression being much deeper, so that the dorsal outline is

strongly convex; intervals 3 and 4 are not so markedly

costate at the base, and the scales that form the pale

markings are much smaller, most of them being very deeply

fringed at the apex.

Length 10-134 mm., breadth 43-54 mm.

Cryton: Dikoya, 4000 ft. (type), and Bogawantalawa,

5000 ft. (G@. Lewis) ; Kandy (E. EL. Green).

The deeply sinuous dorsal outline of this species renders

it easily recognizable. It appears to be the mountain

representative of A. delta in Ceylon.

Alcides siamodelta, sp. n.

2. Closely resembling Pascoe’s figure of A. triangulifer

(1. c.), except that the shoulders of the elytra are produced

outwardly into a sharp angle. Other distinctions are :—In

triangulifer the 7th joint of the funicle is elongate and equal

to or longer than the club (4: 3-4), in the transverse pale

band forming the base of the triangle on the elytra the

intervals are distinctly granulate, the apical setz on the

tibize are reddish, and the tarsal claws have the inner divi-

sion unusually short and slender; in siamodelta the 7th

joint of the funicle is transverse and distinctly shorter than

the club (23:4), the intervals are not granulate in the

transverse band of the elytra, the apical sete on the tibic

are blackish, and the tarsal claws are normal, the inner

division being about three-fourths the length of the outer.

Length 94-103, breadth (at shoulders) 54-6 mm.

Frencu Inpo-Cuina: Laos (type) ; Sram.

Alcides triangulifer, Kirsch.

So far as I know at present this insect is confined to

the Malay Peninsula, Burma, and the Nicobars. Insects

recorded from Borneo under the name of A. delta will

probably be found to belong to a distinct species.

Alcides javanodelta, sp. n.

3 2. Apart from its narrower form and shorter rostrum,

156 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schinh.

extremely similar to A. triangulifer. In addition to the

characters given in the key, the following distinctions have

been noted:—The mentum is quite flat (an ¢riangulifer it

bears a shallow longitudinal impression); the proportions

of the 7th funicular joint to the club are 2-22: 34-4 (in

triangulifer 4: 3-4), and the intermediate tibiz are simply

angulate in the middle internally (in ¢rzangulifer there is a

sharp tooth). But its most striking character is the broad

dilatation at the apex of the median lobe of the edeagus,

for in all other species of the group this organ is pointed at

its tip, as is usual in the genus.

Length 83-12} mm., breadth 33-53 mm.

Java.

All the specimens of this group that I have seen from

Java belong to this species. There isin the British Museum

a single specimen labelled Singapore (Coll. Atkinson), but

it seems possible that the locality may be erroneous.

Alcides ceramodelta, sp. n.

3 ?. While this species agrees with triangulifer, as com-

pared with deléa, in the structural characters mentioned in

the key, it differs from it in the pattern of the prothorax,

which quite resembles that of delta and ephippiatus, the

general colour being blackish brown, with the usual oblique

lateral pale stripe above the cox, a transverse subapical

pale band running along the anterior edge of the granulate

area, and a pale central stripe.

The general form is broader in proportion to its length

than in any of the other species. ‘The rostrum is propor-

tionately short and stout, and its apical margin is rounded,

with traces of very feeble undulations ; the peduncle of the

submentum differs from that of all other members of

the group (except A. muiri) in its more narrowly oblong

form. In the autenne the 7th joint of the funicle is shorter

than the club (8:4)*. The prothorax is very similar in

shape to that of triangulifer, but the granules are slightly

smaller and there is no trace of the shallow median stria.

The scutellum is bluntly pointed at its apex, whereas in

all the other species it is broadly rounded. ‘The intervals

on the elytra are more distinctly granulate than in delta

and rather less carinate than in ¢riangulifer, thus giving the

* By actual measurement; owing to the club being pointed, it appears

relatively shorter than it really is.

Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on Alcides, Schénh. 157

elytra a somewhat smoother appearance. The legs are

markedly shorter than in ¢riangulifer, but the tarsal claws

are similar, the inner division being much reduced; the

median tooth on the middle tibiz is almost as long as that

on the front pair.

Length 124-13, breadth 64-62 mm.

Ceram (type); AmBorna (A. R. Wallace).

Alcides muiri, sp. 0.

¢. Pattern similar to that of A. delta and A. ceramodelta,

except that the post-humeral stripe on the elytra unites

broadly with the posterior angle of the pale triangle on each

side; the edges of the pale markings rather ill-defined.

Very similar in structure to <A. ceramodelta, but the

elytra distinctly narrower. The rostrum proportionately

longer and its dorsal outline less convex than in that

species, the length equal to that of the middle dorsal line of

the prothorax (4 mm.), whereas in the latter the rostrum is

4mm. and the prothorax 5 mm.; the apical margin of the

rostrum with a short sharp central projection, and the gen

produced downwards. The prothorax with comparatively

fine and close granulation, its dorsal front margin rather

strongly rounded. Scutellum broadly rounded at the apex.

The intervals of the elytra with low granules throughout.

The tooth on the middle tibize only slightly smaller than that

on the front pair, the hind pair distinctly angulate internally,

the apical fringe of a chestnut colour; tarsal claws cleft, the

inner division very small.

AAdeagus about half the width of that of A. ceramodelta;

the spiculum fine and hair-like, more slender than in any

of the other species, its median width one-third of that of

A. ceramodelta.

Length 13, breadth 6 mm,

Timor-Lavut Is,: Larat (Ff. Muir).

The following corrections must be made in Bovie’s

‘Catalogue of the Alcidinz’ (Wytsman, fase. 71) :—

(A. wahlbergi, Chev. 1881=humerosus, Ancey, 1881, nec

Har. 1880 = anceyi, Bovie, 1908) = A. olivaceus,

Gerst. 1862.

(A. curialis, Pasc. 1883) = A. transversus, Walk. 1859.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 12

158 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties

(A. parilis, Pasc. 1882) is the g of A. indigaceus, Pase.

1882.

(A. rubrirostris, Pape, 1907) = A. lameerei, Faust, 1899.

(A. trilineatus, Faust, 1891)= A. synatus, Boh. 1836.

A, signatus, Boh., is cited by Bovie (on the authority of

Faust) as an African species, but in reality it is

Indian; and all the specimens identified by Faust

under this name (cf. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1899,

p. 415) will almost certainly prove to be A. arcuatus,

Boh.

A. roelofsi, Lewis, is omitted from Bovie’s Catalogue ; it

was proposed (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 1879, p. 465)

as a new name for A. albolineatus, Roel: 1875 (nec

Boh. 18386), and A. sexvitiatus, Faust, 1894, falls as a

synonym of it.

The genus Acerus, Pasc., should not be included in the

Alcidine ; it belongs to the Hylobiine, being nearly

related to Paipalesomus, Schh.

XV.—On the Varieties of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tuis lizard, the type of the remarkable genus Ophiops

established by Ménétriés in 1882, the distinguishing feature

of which resides in the apparent absence of eyelids *, varies

* “Palpebra inferior nulla, superioris tantummodo rudimenta,”

Ménétriés.—“ Oculi palpebris destituti, capsula oculari instructi,”

Wiegmann.—“ Pas de paupiéres,” Duméril & Bibron,—“ Eyelids none,”

Giinther. I have long ago set right this misconception. ‘The only

character distinguishing this genus trom Cabrita, Gray, is the fusion of

the lower eyelid with the upper, a state of things conveying the appear-

ance of an absence of the eyelids. What was supposed to be the cornea

of the eye in Ophiops is the transparent disc of the lower lid, neither

more nor less developed than in Cabrita. Although united with the

upper, the lower eyelid is, however, not absolutely immovable. On

touching the transparent dise in an Ophiops occidentalis which I had

alive, I observed this to be at once lowered, the upper half of the eye

being then covered by the granular portion of the iid.

of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Alén. 159

considerably in the lepidosis, more or less according to the

districts it inhabits, and has, in consequence, given rise to

the establishment of a certain number of species, untenable as

such. However, with a large material (I have carefully

examined about 350 specimens) it is just possible to draw up

definitions justifying the retention of some of these forms,

whilst degrading them to a subordinate rank.

The typical Ophions elegans was founded on specimens

from Transcaucasia, in which, according to Boettger, the

number of scales and plates round the body varies between

34 and 40*. Those examined by me are from Asia Minor

(Angora, Kaisarieh, Albistan, Giaour Dagh).

The varieties which I recognize are four in number,

Their characters are contrasted with those of the typical form

in the following synopsis, intended to apply to series of

specimens :—

32 to 41 (usually 34 to 40) scales and plates round

middle of body; 7 to 15 (usually 9 to 12)

femoral pores on each side; collar distinct only

on the sides; occipital small or very small.... Forma typica.

28 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body ; 8 to

12 (usually 9 to 11) femogal pores on each side ;

collar distinct only on the sides; oczipital small .

ie ervery.small Lose... Pir bulbays Gat Dene oROD cae Var. chrenbergit.

30 to 87 (usually 31 to 36) scales and plates round

middle of body; 8 to 11 (rarely 12) femoral

pores on each side; collar often distinct, some-

times free across the throat; occipital rather

large, sometimes 2 to 24 times the width of the

MUGCPRETIGUAN Aly sit inhiw a ese de Ae Male ots Kenate Caled ota Var. persicus.

30 to 34 scales and plates round middle of body; 11

or 12 femoral pores on each side; nostril be-

tween 3 shields, a single postnasal being present. Var. mizolepis,

388 to 49 (usually 40 to 46) scales and plates

round middle of body; 10 to 16 (usually 11 to

15) femoral pores on each side ; collar and gular

fold often distinct ; occipital small or very small. Var. schluetert,

Var. ehrenbergit.

Amystes ehrenberyii, Wiegm. Arch. f. Naturg. 1855, ii. p. 1.

As has been pointed out by Boettger, the specimens from

Western Asia Minor and the Southern Sporades differ from

* Having counted them in 70 specimens from Angora, I find 16 speci-

mens with 36 scales and plates, 12 with 37, 11 with 88,8 with 40,7 with

39, 6 with 35, 6 with 34, 2 with 33, 1 with 32,1 with 41. 10 femoral

pores in 58, 11 in 46, 9 in 22, 12 in 9, 18 in 4d, 8 in 1. é

Lae

160 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Varieties

the typical form in having larger scales on an average. The

same form occurs also in Syria (Amystes ehrenbergii, Wiegmm.),

together with the small-scaled O. schluetert, Boettg.

I count 28 to 34 scales and plates round the middle of the

body ; the posterior dorsals are sometimes nearly as large as

the upper caudals, forming 7 to 10 longitudinal series between

the hind limbs. The lower border of the subocular is usually

longer than in the typical form, 4 to 3 the length of the

upper border, rarely 4.

The specimens examined by me are from Constantinople,

Smyrna, Xanthus, Meander Valley, Zebil Bulgar Dagh

(Cilician Taurus), Lebanon, Mt. Hermon, Mt. Tabor, Samaria,

Galilee, Jerusalem. :

Var. persicus, nov.

The specimens from Persia (Superghan, L. Urmi, Ispahan,

Shiraz, Karman) are distinguished by the larger occipital,

which may be twice or twice and a half the width of the

interparietal, and the more extensive share taken by the sub-

ocular in the border of the mouth, agreeing with the var.

ehrenbergii in the latter respect. The collar is often more

distinct, sometimes free across the throat. 30 to 37 scales

round thé middle of the body, usually 31 to 36. 8 to 11,

rarely 12, femoral pores on each side,

Var. mizolepis.

Gymnops meizolepis, Stoliczka, Proc. As. Soc. Beng. 1872, p. 124.

Ophiops meizolepis, Blanf. E. Persia, p. 869, pl. xxv. fig. 2.

A single specimen from the low country S.W. of Kalabagh,

on the Indus, has been made the type of a distinct species,

and even referred to a distinct genus, on account of the

presence of a single postnasal instead of two. I have not

seen the specimen, stated to have 34 scales and plates round

the body and 12 femoral pores on each side, but there is

nothing in the description to warrant a separation from

V. elegans, and I should have felt inclined to regard the

presence of one’ postnasal instead of two as an individual

peculiarity, such as I have noticed in the var. schlueterd and

in O, occidentalis, were it not that Blanford has rediscovered

the same form at Basra, Mesopotamia, where it is said to

occur in abundance, and where the character appears to be

fixed *, It is also noteworthy that the only two specimens

* According to Blanford, it occurs as a rare exception in 8. Persia:

of the Lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén. 161

from Haifa in Palestine examined by Boettger are distin-

guished from all other Syrian individuals by the same

character. In view of the constancy of the single postnasal

in individuals from certain localities, I retain O. mizolepis

under a varietal name, but provisionally only and with some

doubts as to its validity.

I have examined two of Blanford’s Basra specimens, as

well as two recently obtained at the same place by Col. Wall *

and one from Amara, Mesopotamia, received from Capt. P. A.

Buxton.

Var. schluetert.

es ea schluetert, Boettg. Ber. Senck. Ges. 1879-80, p. 176, pl. iii.

g. 3.

This is the most distinct of the various forms grouped

under O. elegans, and one might feel inclined to regard it as

a valid species. There is, however, an overlap in the

numerical character of the scales as compared with the

typical form, and no constancy in the other characters

pointed out in the original description ; so that it is better to

treat O. schluetert as a variety, completely connected with

the typical form and the var. ehrenbergit.

The dorsal scales are small, the posterior always much

smaller than the basal caudals; they form 10 to 14 longitu-

dinal series between the hind limbs; 38 to 49 scales and

plates round the middle of the body, usually 40 to 46. ‘The

femoral pores number 10 to 16 on each side, usually 11 to 15.

The temporal scales are usually smaller than in the typical

-form (50 to 90 instead of 34 to 63, 27 to 50 in the var.

ehrenbergii). A more or less distinct gular fold ; collar

usually distinct, but very rarely quite free. The subocular

borders the mouth very narrowly, its lower border is rarely

more than one-fourth the length of the upper. One specimen

has a single postnasal instead of two.

This variety is confined to Palestine (1 have examined

specimens from Mt. Hermon and Baalbeck) and Cyprus. It

should be regarded as, on the whole, the most primitive of the

forms included under O. elegans.

“Tn two specimens .... the lower nasal is joined to the lower postnasal,

so that the nasal shields resemble those in Chondrophiops | = Gymnops |

or Eremas.”

* Preserved in the collection of the Bombay Natural History Society.

162 On anew Lizard from Yunnan.

XVI.—Description of a new Lizard of the Genus Acantho-

saura from Yunnan. By G. A. BouLenGer, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Acanthosaura varcoe.

Head once and one-third as long as broad ; snout a little

longer than the diameter of the orbit ; canthus rostralis and

superciliary edge sharp ; tympanum nearly as large as the

eye-opening ; upper head-scales unequal, granulate and

keeled, a few, near the ear, raised and spine-like ; 14 or 15

scales in a trausverse series between the superciliary edges ;

8 upper and as many lower labials ; gular scales smaller than

largest ventrals. A strong oblique fold in front of the

shoulder. Body neither compressed nor depressed; dorsal

scales very unequal in size, imbricate, strongly keeled ;

nuchal crest very low, continued on the body as a series

of enlarged, strongly keeled scales; two interrupted series of

strongly enlarged, strongly keeled scales along each sile of

the back ; ventral scales strongly keeled and mucronate, the

median smaller than the laterals. Fourth finger a little

longer than third. Hind limb reaching the ear in the male,

the shoulder in the female. Tail cylindrical, not crested.

Yellowish or reddish brown above, male with a cream-

coloured dorso-la‘eral band ; 5 chevron-shaped blackish bars

across the back; sides with a wide-meshed black network ;

an oblique black streak from the lower eyelid to the com-

missure of the jaws; upper lip cream-colour; limbs with

black cross-bars ; lower parts white.

é. Q.

mm, mm,

Motel denon yy es scyelsat sete Ned cet (as! 187

Head tae. Bove. teen eta oa nereee eeee 19 19

IWadthvotehead® = '.2 teaser cae ee 14 14

Ody? Bore cc dis. 0\aid orale teu Ae iiete Oe ee: S153

Horevlimbs..<o. oo. k eee salto Poaetaeoe 31 ok

leltavch Weealley “ye coc Rae AT pty Oxy Sete 43 43

1 DEE Dean Sa ES Fy miles ctl aee LOO 115

Two specimens, preserved in the British Museum—a male

from Yunnan Fou and a female from Wuting Chu,—received

from Mr. J. Graham in 1914. .

The species is named after Mrs. Graham (maiden name,

Varcoe).

On the Braconide tn the British Museum. 163

XVII.—Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—

IV. On new Helconine, mostly Australian, By RowLAND

kK. Turner, F.Z.S8., FES.

Key to the Australian Genera of Helconine.

1. Recurrent nervure received by second cubital

eel Fox nse. Brie siete ohio, ald Wiael binges fa & Megalohelcon, gen. n.

Recurrent neryure received by first cubital

(LE ER SPE Comics CRUE COE OEE ME abr 2,

2, Median lobe of mesonotum depressed below

the Taterallobesit. 2.00%. wetees eect en .. Paraheleon, Kokuj.

Median lobe of mesonotum not depressed 3.

3. Anal cell of fore wing with two fully deve-

loped transverse nervures; first tergite

large, constricted at one-third from the

base, the basal portion bilobed and mas-

sively subtuberculate on each side of the

anterior margin . Drererate eeecera ks - Calohelcon, gen. n.

Anal cell of fore wing with one transverse

nervure, rarely with indications of the

second; first tergite not abnormal...... 4.

4, Frontal excavation DEGROM bag ct. cael ibratek, ast ,

Frontal excavation absent ................ Aspidocolpus, Wesm.

5. Anal cell of fore wing with indications of a

second transverse nervure ..........4. Gymnoscelus, Forst.

Anal cell of fore wing without any indication

of a second transverse nervure ..... 6.

6. Median segment and two basal tergites clothed

with dense grey pubescence ; second ter-

gite with a median longitudinal carina.. Trichiohelcon, gen. nu.

Median segment and abdomen without dense

pubescence ; ; second tergite without a

CHUN"), 5 ys Shc Med sexe a|orsfate elas ..... Austroheleon, gen, n.

Typical Gymnoscelus has the second transverse vein of the

anal cell fully developed.

MEGALOHELCON, gen. nov.

Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the inner tooth much

longer than the outer; anterior margin of the clypeus straight.

Face produced into a spine above the base of the clypeus,

with a curved carina on each side near the inner margin of

the eyes; cheeks as long as the third joint of the flagellum.

Head large, transverse, as broad as the thorax ; eyes broadl

oval, ocelli very large ; frontal depression not well defined.

Anteunze about 77-jointed. Median lobe of the mesonotum

164 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

broad, slightly depressed in the middle, the parapsidal furrows

very broad and deep. Median segment areolated. Abdomen

elongate-fusiform, slender at the base; the apical dorsal

segment narrow, with short cerci, terebra very short. Radial

cell not quite extending to the apex of the fore wing ; first

cubital cell only divided from the discoidal on the apical

half, the cubital nervure obsolete on the basal half of the

cell ; second cubital cell long and narrow, about half as long

again on the cubitus as on the radius; second transverse

cubital nervure oblique, sloping outwards from the cubitus

to the radius, less than half as long as the second abscissa of

the radius ; recurrent nervure received near the base of the

second cubital cell; anal cell with only one transverse

nervure, nervulus slightly postfureal.

Megalohelcon torresensis, sp. n.

@. Testacea ; mandibulis apice nigris; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis ;

cellula radiali margine costali anguste infuscata.

Long. 22 mm.

@. Antenne as long as the thorax and abdomen combined,

second joint of the flagellum a little longer than the third,

twice as long as the first. Face rugulose, mesonotum finely

and closely punctured ; pleuree almost smooth, the grooves

very coarsely crenulated. Dorsal surface of the median

segment about equal to the scutellum in length; with a

median carina and a slightly oblique lateral carina on each

side, all meeting the strong apical transverse carina ; on each

side of the segment is a strong carina reaching from the base

to the very large elongate spiracle ; the apical slope of the

segment has a small oval. area at the base, with a median

longitudinal carina beyond it; near the lateral margins are

two longitudinal carine on each side. First tergite more

than three times as long as its apical breadth, the spiracles

just beyond one-third from the base, subtuberculate. Apical

ventral segment strongly compressed laterally, the terebra

very short, only slightly exserted, probably usually with-

drawn.

Hab. Islands in Torres Straits.

In the position of the recurrent nervure this resembles the

genus Brulleia, Szépl., but is very distinct otherwise.

Doubtless the large ocelli, the long antenne, and the pale

colouring indicate nocturnal habits. All other Helconine

recorded from Australia are from §.H. Australia and Tas-

mania, and I never saw avy species of the group during my

long residence in North Queensland.

Braconidee tn the British Museum. 16

Genus PARAHELCON, Koknj.

Parahelcon, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent, i. p. 14 (1901).

Parahelcon konowi, Kokuj.

Parahelcon konowi, Kokuj. Revue Russe Ent. i. p. 15 (1901). Q.

Opius euthyrrhini, Cum. Proc. Linn, Soc, N.S.W. xxxvii. p. 19

(1912). 9.

Hab. Gosford, N.S.W.

This genus is easily distinguished by the strongly depressed

median lobe of the mesonotum. The neuration is as in

Gymnoscelus ; the anal cell has two cross-nervures, but the

second is incomplete. ‘The second transverse cubital nervure

meets the cubitus at right angles, not oblique as in typical

Gymnoscelus.

CALOHELCON, gen. nov.

Anal cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures;

nervulus interstitial or very slightly postfurcal ; second trans-

verse cubital nervure slightly oblique, not quite at right

angles to the cubitus ; first discoidal cell with a very short

petiole, almost sessile. Frontal excavation fairly deep ;

median lobe of the mesonotum normal ; parapsidal furrows

not very deep, not crenulated. Median segment smooth, not

areolated. First tergite as broad at the apex as the second,

narrowed at abont one-third from the base, the basal portion

bilobed on the anterior margin and swollen on each side, at

least as long as the apical breadth, twice as broad at the apex

as at the base. Terebra at least as long as the whole insect.

‘Type of the genus, C. obscuripennis, ‘Turn.

Calohelcon obscuripennis, sp. n.

9. Nigra; capite rufo, antennis nigris; segmento mediano dimidio

apicali, segmentoque abdominali primo, macula mediana dorsali

subapicali nigra, albidulis ; alis fusco-hyalinis.

3. Femine similis.

Long., 9, 15 mm., terebre long. 17 mm.; ¢, 14 mm.

9. Clypeus narrowly depressed at the apex, the apical

margin straight, not reaching the mandibles in the middle.

Head massive, broader than the thorax, vertex and front

smooth and shining, a short longitudinal carina between the

antenne; face finely punctured, with an impressed longi-

tudinal line on each side from the base of the antenne to the

166 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

clypeus; posterior ocelli twice as far from the eyes as from

each other. Antennee about 50-jointed, second joint of the

flagellum fully three times as long as the first. A large

curved depression, longitudinally striated, at the base of the

scutellum. Thorax and median segment smooth and shining.

Abdomen smooth and shining, the valvule clothed with

short hairs. Spiracle of the median segment small and

round,

Hab. Victoria (French), ex coll. Turner.

A variety in the British Museum collection without data

has the prothorax and mesonotum red and measures 18 mm,

in length. This may prove to be distinct or a local race.

The length of the second abscissa of the radius seems to be

variable in this species.

AUSTROHELCON, gen. nov.

Very near the genus Gymnoscelus, Forst., differing in

having only one transverse nervure in the anal cell of the

fore wing instead of two, and the second transverse cubital

nervure straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus, not

oblique. The genus Hdyta,Cam., from Borneo, is somewhat

intermediate between the two genera, having the second

cubital cell as in Gymmnoscelus, but the second transverse

vein of the anal cell almost obsolete. The frontal excavation

is shallower and less sharply defined than in Gymnoscelus and

Edyia. The nervulus in Ldyiaand Austrohelcon is distinctly

postfureal, not interstitial as in Gymnoscelus.

Type of genus, A. meridionalis, Turn.

Key to the Species of Austrohelcon.

1 Head black; thorax almost entirely rufo-

LOStACOOUS: 1 hh ieee state mete Soc he was

Thorax almost entirely black .......... 4,

2. Joints 2-4 of the hind tarsi yellowish

WHILGT Shh. Brees s alee ie eee ee 3.

Third and fourth joints of the hind tarsi

Onl whitish). eae eis Sew . A, australianus, Kokuj.

3. Pronotum, base of scutellum, and the

iniddle of the mesosternum black.... A. indultor, Erichs.

Thorax entirely rufo-testaceous ........ A, inornatus, Kokuj.

4, Head, except the ocellar region, red .... A. erythrocephalus, Turn,

Head Black, cs. sss adja V0 Rn ea bie pede PREMatenals, CUna.

Braconidve in the British Museum. 167

Austrohelcon meridionalis, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; clypeo apice mandibulisque basi fusco-ferrugineis ;

abdomine rufo-ferrugineo, valvulis terebre nigris; antennis

43-articulatis, articulis 14-22 albido-flavis; pedibus rufo-testa-

ceis, tibiis posticis tertio apicali, tarsis posticis articulo apicali,

unguiculisque ees alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; tegulis testaceis.

Long. 9-11 mm.; terebrx long. 13-14 mm,

?. Clypeus short, the apical margin deflexed and straight,

not reaching to the mandibles, leaving a space in which “the

ciliated labrum is exposed. Face closely punctured, with

more or less developed strive, and a low but distinct longi-

tudinal carina. Front and vertex smooth and shining, the

frontal depression large but not very deep, the lower portion

distinctly margined Jaterally. Pronotum rugose ; the median

lobe of the mesonotum rather prominent, shining in front,

coarsely and irregularly reticulate posteriorly, the parapsidal

furrows very coarsely crenulated; lateral lobes of the meso-

notum smooth and shining ; pleura: rugulose, tlhe mesopleurze

smooth and shining in the middle; scutellum finely punctured,

with a longitudinally striated depression at the base. Median

segment coarsely and irregularly rugose reticulate. Abdomen

smooth and shining ; the first tergite with two longitudinal

carine from the base to beyond the middle, the basal half

finely punctured, about three times as long as its apical

breadth. Hind metatarsus not quite as long as the three

following joints combined. Radius not quite reaching the

apex of the fore wing; second abscissa of the radius distinctly

longer than the first, about equal to the second transverse

cubital nervure ; first discoidal cell distinctly petiolate.

Hab. Victoria (french).

The coiour varies considerably, some specimens having the

hind tarsi whitish yellow except at the extreme apex and

some having the upper portion of the propleure fusco-

ferruginous. A specimen from Hobart differs in having the

hind metatarsus black and the second abscissa of the radius

nearly half as long again as the second transverse cubital

nervure.

Austroheleon erythrocephalus, sp. 0.

2. Iufo-testacea; thorace nigro, propleuris supra ferrugineis ;

segmento mediano nigro-sufluso; tibiis posticis tertio apicali,

metatarso postico dimidio basali, unguiculisque nigris ; antennis

168 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

43-articulatis, articulis 15-25 albido-flavis; terebrz valvulis

nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis, tegulis testaceis.

Long. 9 mm. ; terebre long. 10 mm.

9. Differs from A. meridionalis in having the face very

finely punctured, without a carina; the median lobe of the

mesonotum finely punctured, not reticulate posteriorly ; the

first tergite transversely rugulose, the two longitudinal carinee

stronger than in meridionalis and reaching almost to the apex,

and the second cubital cell longer, somewhat narrowed to the

apex, the second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long

as the second transverse cubital nervure, and about two-

thirds of the length of the cubital margin of the cell.

Hab. Victoria. (C. French).

A specimen from Franklin, Tasmania, has the hind tarsi

whitish yellow except at the base and apex, but in the type

also they are much paler than the other tarsi, and would

probably be whitish yellow in life.

I have not seen either A. indultor, Krichs., or A. australi-

anus, Kokuj. A specimen of A. tmornatus, Kokuj., differs

from the type in having joints 15-21 of the antenne whitish

instead of 15-24 as in the type, and the antenne only 39-

jointed instead of 45; but another specimen has 41 joints

with joints 15-22 whitish. The female of inornatus has the

terebra equal in length to the whole insect. Probably, as

Kokouyew suggests, inornatus will prove to be a variety of

indultor. The three species of Austrohelcon known to me all

have the clypeus short and the labrum exposed.

TRICHIOHELCON, gen. nov.

?. Closely allied to Austrohelcon, differing in the deeper

frontal excavation, in the strong longitudinal median carina

of the second tergite, and in the dense hairy covering of the

median segment and of the first and second tergites.

Type of the genus, Jphiaulax phoracanthe, Frogeg.

Trichiohelcon phoracanthe, Froge.

Iphiaulax phoracanthe, Frogg. Agricult. Gazette of New South Wales,

xxvii. p. 565 (1916). 9.

@. Nigra; capite rufo; segmento mediano, tergitisque primo

secundoque albo-cinereo-hirsutis ; alis fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris.

Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 11 mm.

@. Antenne 48-jointed; head shining, the face finely

Braconidee in the British Museum. 169

punctured ; clypeus short, the anterior margin straight, not

reaching the mandibles, labrum exposed. Mesonotum and

pleurze shining, smooth, the median lobe of the mesonotum

prominent, parapsidal furrows deep. First tergite less than

twice as long as its apical bréadth.

Hab. 8.E. Australia and Tasmania.

A parasite on Phoracantha larvee. Placed in Iphiaulaa by

Froggatt on the determination of C. Morley.

Genus GYMNOSCELUS, Forst.

Gymnoscelus rufoniger, sp. n.

@. Nigra, capite thoraceque rutis ; antennis, postscutelloque nigris ;

segmento mediano nigro, dense albido-piloso ; coxis anticis rufis ;

alis fusco-hyalinis, venis fuscis ; autennis 45-articulatis.

Long. 10 mm.; terebre long. 8 mm.

9. Head broader than the thorax, smooth and shining,

the face very minutely punctured. Clypeus truncate at the

apex, the labrum slightly exposed; cheeks long, only a little

shorter than the eyes; frontal excavation deep. Thorax

smooth and shining, the median lobe of the mesonotum

rather prominent; parapsidal furrows well marked, very

finely crenulated in the middle, the extremities smooth ; a

curved and strongly longitudinally striated depression at the

base of the scutellum. Median segment densely covered

with whitish hairs, not areolate. Abdomen smooth and

shining, not quite as long as the head, thorax, and median

segment combined, fusiform ; the first tergite about half as

long again as its apical breadth, covered with close-lying

white hairs, not carinated. Hind coxee subopaque, closely

and minutely punctured, sparsely covered with white hairs.

First discoidal cell sessile, nervulus slightly postfureal, anal

cell of fore wing with two transverse nervures, the second

partly obsolete. First abscissa of the radius very shout,

second half as long again as the second transverse cubital

nervure, the latter straight, forming a right angle with the

cubitus.

Hab. Hobart, Tasmania (J. J. Walker) ; Victoria (French).

In the Victorian specimen the white hairs spread on to

the sides of the second tergite. The species is not a typical

‘Gymnoscelus, differing in the shape of the second cubital cell

and in the partial effacement of the second transverse vein of

the anal cell. It forms a link between Gymnoscelus aud

Lrichivhelcon, differing from the latter in the absence of a

170 Mr. R. E. Turner on the

carina on the second tergite and the partial development of

the second transverse vein of the anal cell.

Gymnoscelus rufithorax, sp. n.

3S. Gracilis, niger; thorace rufo ; segmento mediano nigro, rugoso ;

alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; antennis 32-articulatis; tarsis inter-

mediis articulis tertio quartoque pallide brunneis.

Long. 6 mm.

3. Head broader than the thorax, finely and closely punc-

tured, the face more closely punctured than the vertex and

clothed with short white pubescence; clypeus truncate at the

apex; cheeks about half as long as the eyes; frontal excava-

tion very shallow and ill-defined, a low carina from between

the antenne to the anterior ocellus. Thorax finely and closely

punctured ; the median lobe of the mesonotum not prominent ;

parapsidal furrows clearly defined, finely crenulated. _ Basal

half of the scutellum depressed and strongly longitudinally

striated ; median segment very coarsely rugose, not areolate.

Abdomen very slender, as long as the head, thorax, and

median segment combined ; the first tergite nearly as long as

the remainder of the abdomen, gradually broadened from the

base, three times as long as its apical breadth, transversely

rugulose, with two longitudinal carine from the base ex-

tending for fully three-quarters of the length of the tergite,

the extreme apex smooth and shining. Hind cox closely

and finely punctured and sparsely clothed with white hairs,

hind calcaria very short. First discoidal cell sessile, anal

cell with two transverse nervures; second abscissa of the

radius nearly twice as long as the first, equal in length to the

second transverse cubital nervure, only half as long as the

cubital margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure

straight, forming a right angle with the cubitus.

Hab. Melbourne, Victoria (french).

This differs from typical Gymnoscelus in the very shal'ow

and almost obsolete frontal. excavation, in which point it

approaches Asjidocolpus. But the second transverse vein in

the anal cell is present as in Gymnoscelus.

Genus ASPIDOCOLPUS, Wesm.

Aspidocolpus penetrator, Sm.

Rhogas penetrator, Sm. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p. 5 (1878). 9.

This was erroneously placed in Rhogas by Smith. The

Braconidex in the British Museum. 171

head is smaller and more transverse than is usual in the

Helconine, and the abdomen is placed lower on the median

segment, almost as low as in the Diospiline, to which sub-

family the species shows some approach ; but the abdomen is

long and slender, and I think it is best placed here.

Hab. New Zealand.

Genus BRULLEIA, Szépl.

Brulleia chinensis, sp. ».

3g. Rufo-ochraceus; flagello, articulo basali excepto, mandibulis

apice, abdomine segmentis tertio, basi excepto, sequentibusque,

tibiis posticis dimidio apicali, tarsisque posticis, articulo apicali

excepto, nigris; alis flavo-hyalinis, venis ferrugineis, stigmate

costaque nigris.

Long. 20 mm.

3. Mandibles bidentate at the apex, the upper tooth

distinctly longer than the lower ; clypeus short, truncate at

the apex, the labrum exposed. Head transverse, broader

than the thorax, the whole, including the labrum, very finely

aud closely punctured; frontal excavation not very deep, but

well defined ; eyes about three times as long as the cheeks.

Antenne long, broken at the apex beyond the thirty-sixth

joint. ‘Lhorax finely and closely punctured ; middle lobe of .

the mesonotum not prominent ; parapsidal furrows deep,

crenulated ; postscutellum distantly longitudinally striated.

Median segment rugose, with an indistinct semicircular basal

area and two indistinct longitudinal carinz very close together

near the middle; these carive diverge on the apical slope,

enclosing a small semicircular area ; the lateral margins of

the segment with strong carinw, the spiracles large and oval;

a longitudinal striated groove below the spiracles. First

tergite rugose, broadened from the base, three times as long

as its apical breadth, with a longitudinal carina running

from each of the basal angles nearly to the middle ; second

tergite finely punctured-rugulose in the middle, the remainder

of the abdomen very finely and closely punctured. Hind

metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints combined.

Anal cell with two transverse nervures. First discoidal cell

sessile ; recurrent nervure received by the second cubital cell

near the base ; second abscissa of the radius nearly twice as

long as the first, fully as long as the second transverse

cubital nervure, which is oblique, but not bent; nervulus

interstitial.

172 On the Braconide in the British Museum.

Hab. North China.

The type of the genus is from New Guinea, but this appears

to be congenerie.

Genus HEtcon, Nees.

Helcon unicornis, sp. n.

9. Nigra; mandibulis basi, coxis trochanteribusque posticis,

femoribusque posticis, apice nigro excepto, ferrugineis; tegulis,

palpis, segmento abdominali primo, pedibusque anticis inter-

mediisque testaceo-ferrugineis ; tarsis posticis, articulo apicali

excepto, albidis; antennis 37-articulatis, articulis 10 basalibus

fusco-brunneis, 11-18 albis, apicalibus nigris; alis hyalinis,

venis fuscis,

Long. 9 mm.; terebre long. 6 mm.

9. Face rugose, with a few oblique striz on each side ;

vertex and front smooth and shining ; the frontal depression

not very deep, but strongly margined laterally, from the

anterior portion of the depression rises a strong blunt horn,

which rises higher than the raised lateral margins of the

depression. Cheeks more than half as long as the eyes.

Thorax closely and rather finely punctured ; median lobe of

the mesonotum not prominent; parapsidal furrows crenu-

lated ; mesopleuree smooth and shining; the mesonotum

behind with distinct transverse striz in the middle; basal

half of the scutellum occupied by a deep longitudinally

striated depression. Median segment transversely rugulose,

with four strong longitudinal carinze on the dorsal surface,

the sides of the segment rugose-reticulate. First tergite

rather coarsely punctured-rugulose, a little more than twice

as long as its apical breadth; second tergite indistinctly

punctured-rugulose at the base, shining at the apex; the

apical tergites smooth and shining. Hind femora very finely

serrate in the middle beneath, with a stout spine beneath

before the apex. The second transverse nervure in the anal

cell of the fore wing is only faintly indicated. First discoidal

cell distinctly petiolate; second abscissa of the radius less

than twice as long as the first, as long as tlie second trans-

verse cubital nervure, less than half as long as the cubital

margin of the cell; second transverse cubital nervure oblique ;

nervulus slightly postfureal.

Hab, French Indo-China (received from A. Vuillet).

The frontal excavation is smaller than is usual in the genus,

and does not extend as high as the anterior ocellus, differing

in this respect from the Japanese H. curnutus, Cam., in which

the excavation is very large and deep.

On the Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 173

Genus C@LOSTEPHANUS, Kieff.

Celostephanus, Kieff. Ann, Soc. Entom, France, p. 232 (1911).

This genus, created by Kieffer for the Mexican C. rufus,

Kieff., must sink asa synonym of Gymnoscelus. The hind

femora are missing in the type. The first tergite is smooth,

and the second transverse cubital nervure is not oblique ;

otherwise it does not differ appreciably from Gymnoscelus.

Kieffer placed his genus in the Stephanidee, quite erroneously.

XVILI.—Contributions to a further Knowledge of the

Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distant.

[Continued from vol. i. (ser. 9) p. 424.]

Aithalotus apicimaculatus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium black, finely, more

palely pilose; bases of the pedunculated eyes and narrow

base of head, an obscure narrow central line to pronotum, an

apical spot to scutellum, connexivum, lateral areas of head

beneath, broad lateral margins to sternum, and body beneath

more or less dark ochraceous ; legs, rostrum, and antennz

black ; antenne with the second joint longer than the third,

which is almost subequal in length to fourth joint ; eyes

strongly pedunculate ; the pale apex to the scutellum some-

what globose ; pronotum finely, obscurely punctate; mem-

brane slaty grey, the veins black, not reaching abdominal

apex.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. East Africa [German]; Lulanguru (G. O. Z.

Carpenter).

Lygeus montislune.

Spilostethus montislune, Bergr. Rev. Zool. Afric. iii. p. 456 (1914),

This species originally described from Uganda has also

been received by the British Museum from Abyssinia ;

Managasha (P. C. Zaphiro).

Lygeus fimbriatus.

Lygeus fimbriatus, Dall. List. Hem. ii, p, 546 (1852); Dist. Faun,

Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 7 (1904).

This species has now been received from Ceylon; Pera-

deniya.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 13

174 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Lygeus negus, 8), 0.

Sanguineous; apex of head and a spot at inner margins

of eyes, anterior margin of pronotum and two large sub-

quadrate spots on disk not quite reaching posterior margin

and anteriorly, outwardly, narrowly connected with lateral

margins, scutellum (excluding apex), posterior half of clavus,

lateral margins, and a cential rounded spot connected with

the same black ; body beneath sanguineous, posterior sternal

areas greyish white and laterally spotted with black ;

antenne, legs, and lateral margins of abdomen black ;

antennee with the second joint longest, third and fourth

almost subequal in length ; pronotum centrally longitudinally

carinate; scutellum robustly carinate on apical half; mem-

brane passing abdominal apex, fuliginous, the veins on

extreme basal area black.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Abyssinia; Higo Samula (R. J. Stordy).

Allied to LZ, bettoni, Dist., from Brit. E. Africa.

Lygeus dives, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; apex of head and a large spot at inner

margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal

area and two large subquadrate spots (anteriorly nearly

united to each other centrally and to the lateral margins

perfectly), scutellum (excluding apex), corium with the outer

claval margin and a darker spot at inner claval apex, lateral

margin (not extending to apex), a darker spot near middle

of lateral area, membrane, rostrum, and legs black; head

beneath and sternum black, margins of the sternal segments

greyish white, a prominent ochraceous spot near lateral

margins of each segment, and a few darker black spots;

abdomen beneath dull testaceous with a broad central fascia

and narrow lateral margins black; antennez mutilated ;

black markings above more or less obscurely punctate; an

oblique incision on each side of the anterior pronotal area

between the black markings ; rostrum reaching the posterior

COXe.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Mutanda (C. H. Marshall).

Allied to the preceding species, L. negus, Dist.

Graptostethus pictus, Dist. (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii.

p. 588, 1901).

This species, formerly only known from Natal and Trans-

vaal, can now be also recorded from N.E. Rhodesia; Upper

Rhynchotal Family Lygzide. 175

Luangwa R. (S. A. Neave). Hast Africa [German] Rd. to

Kilossa, Usagara Dist. (S. A. Neave).

Graptostethus carpenteri, sp. n.

Head and antenne black; pronotum testaceous with a

large basal black spot at each posterior angle; scutellum

black; corium greyish ochraceous, an elongate black spot

on apical half of clavus and a central rounded black spot

abutting on middle of costal margin; membrane black with .

a transverse spot attenuated interiorly and a somewhat large

apical spot greyish white; connexivum ochraceous with

black spots; body beneath pale purplish red, coxal areas

paler and more greyish in hue ; head beneath, rostrum, legs,

two sternal spots on each lateral margin, small lateral

abdominal segmental spots, and the apical abdominal seg-

ment black ; antenne with the second, third, and fourth

joints almost subequal in length; scutellum longitudinally

carinate on apical half; membrane passing abdominal

apex.

Long. 44-5 mm.

Hab. Kast Africa [German], Lulanguru (G. D. ZH.

Carpenter).

Allied to G. pictus, Dist.

Graptostethus flammatus, sp. 0.

Testaceous red ; apex of head and a small spot at inner

margin of each eye, pronotum with the anterior marginal

area and a large spot on each side of disk, scutellum (ex-

cluding apical central carination), corium with the clavus,

internal area and a sublateral marginal spot beyond middle,

membrane, body beneath, rostrum, antenne, and legs black ;

lateral margins of sternum and abdomen and abdominal

disk more or less testaceous ; sternal and coxal margins

greyish white ; antennz with the second joint about three

times as long as the first ; head and pronotum more or less

obscurely punctate ; basal angles of pronotum moderately

rounded, the lateral margins moderately thickened and

slightly recurved ; scutellum prominently centrally carinate.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Kampala (C. C. Gowdey and S. A. Neave).

A species somewhat superficially resembling above the

well-known palearctic Lygeus familaris, Fabr.

Graptostethus swynnertoni.

Lygeus swynnerioni, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 504

(1915).

The typical specimen described did not afford me a good

176 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

opportunity of detecting the posteriorly obliquely truncate

metapleure. I have now had the opportunity of examining

a good series of specimens.

Hab. South Rhodesia (C.F. WM. Swynnerton). Gaza Land;

nr. Chirindi Forest (G. A. K. Marshall). Nyasaland;

Mlanje (S. A. Neave).

The British Museum also now possesses a specimen

labelled “‘ near Sfax, Tunis (de Boerio),” a locality which I

consider doubtful.

Pyrrhobaphus guttaticollis, sp. n.

Dull purplish red, more or less pale ochraceously or

ereyishly pilose ; eyes black; pronotum with the anterior

marginal area piceous and containing two dark black spots,

two somewhat similar spots in transverse series on pronotal

disk, and two larger and somewhat subquadrate spots at

base, scutellum and membrane black, the latter with its

basal angle and apical margin greyish white ; body beneath

thickly greyishly pilose, sternal and abdominal segments

with prominent lateral black spots; legs black, greyishly

pilose; antennze with the basal joint ochraceous and its

extreme base sanguineous, remaining joints black, extreme

base of second joint ochraceous, second joint a little longest,

third and fourth almost subequal : anterior marginal area of

pronotum posteriorly defined by a waved, obliquely rounded

incised black line ; scutellum more thickly pilose, with a

T-shaped discal carination ; rostrum black.

Long. 14 mm.

Hab. Malay Archipelago ; Damma Isld. (J. J. Walker).

Cenocoris torridus, sp. 0.

Above dull testaceous red; antenne, eyes, anterior area

of pronotum (excluding extreme anterior margin), scutellum

(excluding apex), and membrane black or blackish ; sternum

pale sanguineous with large coxal blackish spots ; abdomen

beneath dull ochraceous, the discal posterior areas of the

seoments black ; rostrum, legs, and antenne black ; fourth

joint of antennz considerably longest, second and third

almost equal in length; head above discally convex; pro-

notum coarsely punctate ; scutellum centrally longitudinally

carinate, the carination not reaching base, its apex san-

guineous; clavus rather more very dull greyish than

remainder of corium ; membrane with the basal angle dark

indigo-blue, its apical margin hyaline; rostrum reaching

apical margin of second abdominal segment.

Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 177

Long. 11-13 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Townsville (Ff. P. Dodd). Cooktown

(Philip de la Garde).

Cenocoris floridulus, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium bright san-

guineous; membrane, antenne, rostrum, and legs (including

cox) black; head beneath, lateral areas of sternum, and

the abdomen beneath sanguineous, the stigmatal spots more

or less black ; basal joint of antennz reddish ochraceous,

apical joint about as long as second and third joints together ;

pronotum very coarsely punctate ; scutellum strongly,

centrally, longitudinally carinate, the carination not reach-

ing base; membrane somewhat bluish black, its extreme

basal angle testaceous, its apical margin subhyaline ; rostrum

very long, almost or quite reaching the apical abdominal

segment. .

Long. 18-20 mm.

Hab. Indo-China ; Tonkin, Laos, Vientiane (R. V. de

Salvaza).

Allied to C. augur, Stal, from Queensland.

Macropes albosignatus, sp. n.

Black ; a large subquadrate spot on each lateral margin

of corium, a subbasal transverse arcuated fasia and a broad

apical fascia to membrane greyish white; basal joint of

antennz ochraceous (remainder mutilated) ; anterior lobe

and base of posterior lobe of pronotum shining black, and

sparsely punctate, the intermediate area opaque and thickly

coarsely punctate, on the anterior lobe are two discal foveate

impressions, posterior pronotal margin concavely sinuate

before base of scutellum which is longitudinally carinate ;

membrane almost reaching base of penultimate abdominal

segment.

Long. 95 mm.

Hab. N.E. Rhodesia; near Petauke, 200-400 feet (S.A.

Neave).

This fine species is represented by a somewhat strongly

carded specimen, so that it is not possible to describe the

under surface. It is allied to M. sultanus, Dist., from

Zanzibar.

178 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.

Macropes nigrolineatus, sp. n.

Ochraceous ; three lineate, longitudinal spots between

eyes, narrow anterior margin, and two large spots at basal

margin of pronotum, inner claval margin, a transverse

macular fascia near middle of clavus, a submarginal nar-

row longitudinal fascia, and an apical central line to

abdomen above—visible through the transparent tegmina—

black; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type;

antenne ochraceous, apical joint claviform, scarcely longer

than the preceding joint; head and pronotum coarsely

punctate; scutellum finely centrally longitudinally carinate ;

corium somewhat finely punctate; anterior femora incras-

sated and spined beneath.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. Kast Africa [German]; Lulanguru, 17 miles W. of

Tabora—on bushes (G. D. H. Carpenter).

Germalus humeralis, sp. n.

Ochraceous; pronotum (excluding anterior marginal area),

clavus, outer claval area, and pale suffusion at base of

membrane pale bluish-grey ; eyes castaneous, inclining to

sanguineous; body beneath and legs pale ochraceous,

abdomen beneath with a sublateral, sanguineous, linear

fascia; antennz ochraceous, the first and fourth joints

darker, second joint longer than either third or fourth;

head above with an oblique dark line from ocelli to eyes and

in some specimens a cruciform dark spot on its apical area ;

pronotum with an anterior submarginal transverse series

of punctures, the bluish-grey area coarsely punctate, the

posterior angles distinctly black and subnodulose ; scutellum

coarsely and prominently carinate, obliquely from each

basal angle to before middle and thence longitudinally to

apex, the non-carinate portion punctate, and sometimes

more or less testaceous; corilum with the lateral margin

pale and impunctate ; membrane hyaline reflecting the

testaceous abdomen beneath which has also a central longi-

tudinal dark fascia.

Long. 44-5 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Townsville (Ff. D. Dodd).

Germalus coloratus, sp. n.

Head ochraceous with three black spots —one near apex,

and one before each eye; eyes purplish red; pronotum

Bibliographical Notice. 179

bluish-grey, coarsely darkly punctate, two slightly oblique,

impunctate, ochraceous spots in transverse series on apical

area, the posterior angles prominently black.; scutellum

bluish-grey, prominently, cruciately, ochraceously carinate ;

corium subhyaline with its apical margin black, reflecting

the dark abdomen beneath which is black, and with the lateral

margins and some central spots dark ochraceous; body

beneath and legs ochraceous ; antennz pale ochraceous, the

apical joint darkest, shorter than the second, but longer than

the third.

Long. 5 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (T. P. Dodd).

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE.

Report on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during 1917.

With 3 text-figures andl map. ByS. F. Harmer, S8c.D., F.R.S.,

Keeper of the Department of Zoology. London: printed by

Order of the Trustees of the British Museum. 1918.

T1s Report, the fifth in succession, records the stranding during

the year 1917 of 31 Cetaceans, belonging to at least 12 species, on

the coasts of the British Islands. Several of these are of quite

exceptional interest, and the male cachalot (Physeter catodon),

nearly 60 feet in length, which was found floating dead in the

Moray Firth and towed to the Caithness coast by a patrol boat,

heads the list in point of size. Other noteworthy records are those

of the rare northern white-sided dolphin (Lagenorhynchus acutus)

from Skegness, Lincs, observed for the first time in English

waters; the equally rare Risso’s grampus (G. griseus) and Cuvier’s

beaked whale (Ziphius cavirostris) from the coasts of South Devon

and Clare respectively; and the large rorqual, probably Baleno-

ptera physalus, from the Scilly Islands. An interesting summar

of the occurrence and distribution of the commercially valuable

bottle-nosed whale (Hyperoodon rostratus) in British waters appears

on p.16. Although some of the animals were, when found, in

very bad condition, it is satisfactory to learn that in many cases

it was found possible to preserve the jaws and other hard parts for

identification and future reference; and due acknowledgment is

given to the assistance of the coastguard and other authorities in

these observations, in the midst of more exacting duties.

180 Geological Society.

PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES,

GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

June 5th, 1918.—Mr. G. W. Lamplugh, F.R.S.,

President, in the Chair,

The following communication was read :—

‘The Kelestomine, a Sub-Family of Cretaceous Cribrimorph

Polyzoa.’ By William Dickson Lang, M.A., F.G.S.

The Kelestomine are a sub-family of Pelmatoporide. The

latter are a family of Cretaceous cribrimorph Polyzoa, whose costz

are prolonged upwards as hollow spines from the median area of

fusion of the intraterminal front-wall. The broken ends of these

spines form a row of pelmata (or, if small, pelmatidia) on the ~

intraterminal front-wall.

The Kelestominz are Pelmatoporidz with an apertural bar each

half of which is bifid; and the proximal and distal forks of each

half are fused with the corresponding forks of the other half.

The fused distal forks are also fused with the proximal pair of

apertural spines, which are greatly enlarged.

The simplest known form of this arrangement is seen in the

genus Kelestoma Marsson. Kelestoma is characterized among the

Kelestomine by its great cecial length, and by the great number

of cost. Kelestoma has the following three species, which form

a single lineage:—(1) Kelestoma elongatum Marsson, with an

incrusting asty; (2) a new species, with a bilaminar, erect asty ;

(3) K. scalare Lang, with an erect, cylindrical asty. There is, in

this series, a slight catagenetic decrease in the number of costae,

and the avicularian aperture becomes somewhat more pointed. The

genus occurs in the Senonian, zone of Belemnitella mucronata, in

the island of Riigen.

Morphasmopora, unlike Kelestoma, retains a small number of

coste and a short ccium; but the thickness of the proximal

apertural spines, which are hardly recognizable as such, is enormously

increased; the thickness of the bifid apertural bar is also increased.

In Morphasmopora brydonei Lang, there are four circum-apertural

avicularia ; and the proximal apertural spines and the apertural bar,

though enormously developed, are not so large as in IL. jukes-brownet

(Brydone). The latter species has fewer coste than the former,

and but one pair of circum-apertural avicularia. ‘There are also

differences in the intercecial and interstitial secondary tissue of

the two species. JM. brydonez oceurs in the island of Riigen and

M. jukes-brownei at Trimingham ; both from the Senonian, zone

of Belemnitella mucronata.

_Periaicals published: by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d.

Bi lS or

LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL ‘MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE.

Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, O.M., M.A., Se.D., E.BS.,

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Sce., ERS, E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B. A., LL. 'D., ERS. , and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, E.LS.

Published the First Day of every Month. —2s. 6d.

THE

ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

_ including Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

Conducted by

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R. Sie B.

. ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A. Se.D., E.R:S;;

d RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S.

Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subser tption |

( Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s, -

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

. Edited by :

A. S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F. R. S.,

F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., ‘ands

H. 8. JONES, M. A. B. Sc.

Its Peusnitaibitions include most of the leading English- -speaking Astronomers, -

and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical -

thought and achievement, —

Published Monthly y. Price 1s. 8d, Annual Subscription

: 16s. . post free. s

THE

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

a @ BRITISH AND FOREIGN.

i. . Sed: _ Edited by ©

: , JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G.,, ELS,

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

Articles “id oe ee Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries ; Meal ;

_ Bot anical News and Not &e., &e.

ar Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 8.—WNinth Series.

. a

X. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla,.—

Part Il. The Antilopine, Rupicaprine, and Caprine,; with a Note

on the Penis of the Cephalophine and Neotragine.’ By R.1. Pocock,

PRB Oe Pe ee hh Wie an Oa ape ae make gabe seg es

XI. On Four new Species of the Genus Demodew, Owen. By

STANLEY set eer ey tren gests eanys a pc eatsieoet ee net bs)

XII. New Species of Ger billus and Taterillus. By Onprrerp ‘

OMAR veg ae wine Ce swede sep eth tly s eiule elem pele eles sae Mylan apie 146

XIII. A new Duiker from Zanzibar. By Otprienp THomas ..,. 151

XIV. Notes on Alcides, Schinh. (Cuneo Coleoptera). By —

Goy A. Ki: Marsnare, DSc. sca feo eine egies ees tints eee eee 152

XY. On the Varieties of the Lizard Coltops elegans, Mén. By

G, A: Bouuexesn, ERS.) 2 cu4 gas ee aes gio shee SOSA ae 158

XVI. Description of anew Lizard of the Genus Acanthosaura from -

Yunnan. By G. A. Boutencer, F.R.S. 2.2... ON Gans accep Daa aa Ge

XVII. Notes on the Braconide in the British nopore —Iy. On ©

new Helconine, mostly Australian. By Rowzanp E. Turner, F.Z.8.,

BUS ies oh rag o enews es Se eee PR gue Varies oe eee Peer ct 5h

XVIII. Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal

Family Lygvide. By W. L. Distant ..... Sytner s « Hace MeneD peeneed |

BIBLIOGRAPHIOAL NOTICE.

Report on Cetacea stranded on the British Coasts during 1917. By

S. F. Harwnr, Sc.D., F.R.S., Keeper of the Department of -

Zoology, British Museum ©... 66a see ee ee ee ee ee Ror Gates 179

: PROCEEDINGS OF LEARNED SOCIETIES. ee

Geological Society ...-..sesseeees peers 6 Lig: Seale erie 2k pe eee

*,* It is requested that all Communications for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Ermine Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

ae | — hacia No. 9,

THE ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

| INCLUDING oe

-200L08Y, BOTANY, ANnp GEOLOGY /<

CONDUCTED BY

"WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.RS., F. ESS r, G. a:

_ ARTHUR a SHIPLEY, MA. Se. De E.R.S., F.Z.S8.,

“AND

"RICHARD Fe FRANCIS, = Z. S.”

: ~ BEING A CONTINUATION OF nun “ana” COMBINED WITH

arson, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S: “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.”

Pain Foc LONDON:

"TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION. COURT, FLEET STREE!?.

- Bold by Sechees Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld. ; Baillie, Paris:

ot aig Hodges, Figgis & fa Dublin, ;

os 0:

WATKINS: & DONCASTER —

Raturalists, PSE

“Keep in stock every kind of. APPARATUS | Rad

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH. 4

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING-BOXES, ety

which should be fixed up in eandens: or “shrubberies

i! before the breeding Season. ~ | Seer

A Large ‘Stock of Butterflies, Mots, Birds, “Eaas ac.

- Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to. any” address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND. oo

LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA. /

Part XII., Vol. It. Price 25s.

- By Lieut.-Ool. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., i

With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of many

~. new Species.

A few Copies of other Parts of Vol. II. still on bend

Price 21s.

Taxton a ne chars Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, Ec. 4.

re ay 8v0, PP: iv, 296. With 4 Plates id 16 Meet figures a :

. Price 12s. 6d. . pirag eet

A CONTRIBUTION

TO THE

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

‘DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA.

Bist ae

r Ss. GIBBS, F.L.S., FRMS.

Tayion AND Praxors, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street.

Rates for Advertiiomeneet in he OS and

‘Magazine of Natural History. us

One O Cee ree Twelve % Pe vapniens

Siero ty Insertion. — econ, 7 Insertions, 220 Fs :

PAGE: 550 ee 2 Oe ae each ake: O each ebay

HALP-PAGE © ooo 4) 2 G2) te OO, Pek 6 » an tee aria

QUARTER-PAGE - fs ES a 2 AO” ahy 55 nee

All applications for space to be. made ae Free Ea

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon. ee

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

(NINTH SERIES.}

No. 9. SEPTEMBER 1918.

X1IX.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily

Pyraustine. By Sir Grorece F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,

&e.

[Continued from vol. i. p. 280. ]

(8) Megastes erythrostolalis, sp. n.

?. Head yellow suffused with red; thorax and abdomen pale

red with a crimson tinge or sometimes with a red-brown tinge ;

palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

silvery white. Fore wing pale red with a crimson tinge, more or

less strongly suffused with silvery grey, the costa yellow from

before the antemedial line to the postmedial line; antemedial line

hardly traceable excépt at costa, red, oblique to discal fold and

with slight yellowish-white spots on its outer side in upper part of

cell, below ‘the cell, and above inner margin; a bar-shaped yel-

lowish white spot in end of cell with its lower extremity rather

angled inwards and a large lunulate spot below end of cell, both

defined by crimson-red ; postmedial line formed by slight brown

lunules tinged with red, oblique to vein 6 and slightly incurved

at discal fold, a small ‘yellow spot beyond it above vein 7 and

larger white spot above vein 6, then defined on each side by slight

yellow marks to vein 2; the terminal area yellow irrorated w a

red, its inner edge waved ; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish

white. Hind wing pale red with a crimson tinge and more or less

suffused with leaden grey especially just beyond the postmedial

line; a large yellowish white patch beyond the cell before the

postmedial line narrowing to a point at vein 1, defined on inner

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 14

182 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

side by an oblique crimson-red line and with some crimson-red

scales on it between veins 5 and 3; postmedial line crimson-red

defined on outer side by narrow yellow marks in the interspaces,

slightly waved, excurved to vein 3 then incurved and ending at

tornus; the terminal area yellow irrorated with red, its inner edge

waved; a brown terminal line; cilia yellowish white. Underside

silvery white, the terminal half of fore wing and the hind wing

except the cell and costal and terminal areas faintly tinged with

brown; the fore wing with slight brown discoidal bar, waved

postmedial line bent inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell, and

wedge-shaped red-brown postmedial patch from costa to vein 5;

the hind wing with waved red-brown postmedial line, indistinct

except between veins 6 and 5.

Hab. Venezurta, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 2 2

type. Hap. 36-38 mm.

(6) Omphisa leucostolalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white mixed with some red-brown ; abdo-

men white with red-brown segmental lines except on terminal

segments and oblique blackish subdorsal streaks on segments 3

to 5, the anal tuft with some red-brown at base; palpi with black

marks on the 1st and 2nd joints at sides and the 8rd joint black ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged

with brown. Fore wing white irrorated with a few cupreous-

brown scales, especially on basal area; antemedial line cupreous

brown, oblique ; a minute cupreous brown spot in middle of cell

and discoidal bar with white striga on it, a pomt beyond lower

angle of cell above base of vein 3; postmedial line cupreous brown,

forming a semicircular mark at costa, slightly angled outwards

below costa, then incurved, excurved between veins 5 and 4, then

oblique to vein 2 where it is retracted upwards to lower angle of

cell, then oblique to inner margin at the antemedial line; sub-

terminal line cupreous brown, slightly angled inwards at vein 6,

then obliquely excurved to vein 4, then oblique and sinuous to the

sinus of the postmedial line at vein 2 and excurved above inner

margin ; a slight cupreous brown terminal line. Hind wing white ;

an oblique dark cupreous brown discoidal bar with an oblique

slightly sinuous line from it to above tornus; postmedial line

cupreous brown, arising below costa and oblique to tornus, slightly

excurved between veins 5 and 4; subterminal line cupreous brown,

excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique to just beyond the post-

medial line at vein 2 where it terminates; a dark cupreous brown

terminal line and line near base of cilia.

Hab. Br. C. Arnica, Mt. Mlanje (Meave), 1 S type. Eup.

34 mm.

(5a) Evergestis dognini, n. n.

Evergestis obliqualis, Dogn. Ann. Soe. Ent. Belg. 1905, p. 75 (nee Grote,

1883).

PERU.

Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 183

(56) Hvergestis inglorialis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, andabdomen reddish brown mixed with grey ;

antenne dark brow n; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing grey strongly

suffused with reddish brown ; ; faint obliquely placed dark subbasal

spots in and below the cell; antemedial line indistinct, dark,

faintly defined on inner side by whitish, sinuous, oblique to median

nervure, then inwardly oblique; a slight dark spot in middle of

cell and diffused discoidal patch; postmedial line dark brown

defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from below costa, where

it is met by an oblique whitish shade from apex, to vein 6, then

oblique; a rather triangular patch of dark suffusion on terminal

area from below apex to vein 4 with a faint dark subterminal line

from it to inner margin; a series of small dark spots before termen

in the interspaces and a series of terminal black points on the veins.

Hind wing semihyaline whitish tinged with brown, the terminal

area rather narrowly suffused with dark brown; a terminal series

of black points; cilia with a fine white line at base.

fab. Peru, EH] Porvenir, 1 ¢ type, Chanchamayo, La Mercede

(Watkins), 1 3. Exp, 36 mm.

(la) Azochis trichotarsalis, sp. n.

Hind tarsi of male fringed with hair above to extremity.

¢. Head and thorax white faintly tinged with brown, the frons

dark brown, the neck and shoulders red-brown; abdomen red-

brown with some white at base and a series of slight white dorsal

spots, the anal tuft black tinged with grey; palpi dark brown

above, white below; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white, the fore tibie tinged with brown and black at extremity,

the tarsi ringed with brown. Fore wing white, the costa suffused

with bronze-brown, the basal area with some dark brown suffusion ;

antemedial line black-brown, curved and slightly waved; a small

elliptical black-brown spot in upper part of cell towards extremity

with white striga in centre; a black-brown discoidal bar with

brownish white striga in centre and brown suffusion beyond and

below it, defined by the black-brown medial line, which arises

below the costa, slightly waved to vein 3, then retracted to below

the discoidal bar and angled outwards above vein 1; postmedial

line black-brown, waved, ending on termen at vein 1, with small

black-brown spots on it below veins 3 and 2; black-brown striz

before termen above veins 7, 6 and a line between veins 6 and 4;

cilia with a series of small dark brown spots. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white ; a faint sinuous brown line from lower angle of cell

and a rather diffused black-brown patch at inner margin; post-

_ medial line indistinct, brown, arising at vein 6, excurved from

vein 5 to below 3 where it terminates; black- brown strie before

termen above and below vein 7 anda line from below vein 6 to

above 4:; cilia with a series of small black-brown spots at base to

vein 2.

14*

184 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1 3

type. Hap. 42 mm.

(6) Azochis cymographalis, sp. n.

Hind tibiz of male at extremity and Ist joint of tarsi without

fringes of hair.

3. Head and thorax rufous mixed with grey ; abdomen rufous

mixed with some grey, some white at base and slight dorsal white

spots on 2nd and 8rd segments, the anal tuft white tinged with

brown; frons and palpi deep rufous, the latter white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore and

mid legs rufous above. Fore wing white with a faint rufous tinge,

the costa rufous; the base suffused with rufous and with a waved

blackish line near base; a slightly curved rufous antemedial line ;

a rufous spot in upper part of cell near its extremity and rufous

discoidal bar angled inwards on median nervure, some pale rufous

suffusion beyond it and a waved rufous line from vein 2 below end

of cell to inner margin ; postmedial line rufous, crenulate, erect to

below vein 8, then rather oblique to tornus; a rufous terminal

line expanding into a slight spot at discal fold and a line near base

of cilia. Hind wing semihyaline white with a faint rufous tinge ;

postmedial line rufous, arising at vein 7 and waved to vein 2,

slightly bent outwards at vein 5, at vein 2 bent inwards and

almost obsolete to below end of cell, then fuscous and forming a

slight diffused patch at inner margin; a rufous terminal line to

vein 2 and slight line near base of cilia.

Hab. Ecvavor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 1 & type, El

Rozario (Palmer), 16. Hap. 42-44 mm.

(20 a) Cocidophora ruficostalis, sp. n.

Fore wing of male with the retinaculum formed by a fan of

scales, but without fan at upper angle of cell or postmedial costal

swelling.

g. Head and thorax yellow suffused with rufous; abdomen

yellow tinged with rufous ; palpi rufous with some white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow, the fore

tibiee with rufous band at extremity. Fore wing yellowish suffused

with rufous, the base, costal and terminal areas deeper rufous; an

indistinct diffused rufous antemedial line ; a brown discoidal striga ;

postmedial line rather diffused rufous, obliquely curved to vein 2,

then erect. Hind wing pale yellow tinged with rufous; an oblique

rather diffused rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a

rufous terminal band from apex to vein 2; cilia rufous except

towards tornus.

@. Fore wing clearer yellow except the costal and terminal -

areas, the postmedial line more curved between veins 5 and 2;

hind wing clear yellow except the terminal band, the postmedial

line excurved between veins 5 and 2.

Pyralides of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 185

Hab. Br. C. Arrtca, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 2 ;’Porr. E.

Arrica, Ruo Valley (Weave), 4 &, 1 2, Mt. Chiperone (Neave),

33,3 9 type. Hvp. 30-34 mm.

(206) Crocidophora megaptyona, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish suffused with rufous ;

palpi rufous, narrowly white in front to extremity of 2nd joint;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing

yellowish suffused with rufous, the costal area deeper rufous; an

indistinct rather diffused rufous postmedial line, incurved below

vein 3; a fine rufous terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white

tinged with rufous; an indistinct diffused rufous postmedial line

from costa to vein 2; the terminal area rufous to submedian fold;

cilia tinged with rufous and with a slight rufous line near base to

submedian fold. Underside of fore wing with the fan of scales

very large and silvery leaden grey.

Q. Fore wing with dark discoidal striga.

Hab. “Germ. E. Arnica,” Dar-es-salaam, 1 ¢ ; Br. C. Africa,

Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 1 9; Port. E. Arrica, Mt. Chiperone

(Weave), 4 5,1 9 type. Hap. 22-26 mm.

(28 a) Crocidophora rufitinctalis, sp. n.

$. Head and thorax pale rufous ; abdomen whitish tinged with

rufous ; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white. Fore wing pale rufous; an indistinct brownish

postmedial line, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to median

nervure before end of cell and erect to inner margin; cilia white at

tips. Hind wing pale rufous, the cell and inner margin whitish ;

an indistinct brownish postmedial line from discal to submedian

fold ; cilia whitish at tips.

Hab. Formosa, Tainan (Wileman), 1 3 type. Hap. 24 mm.

(18 a) Polygrammodes purpureorufalis, sp. n.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale purplish red; palpi white

below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral surface

of abdomen white, the fore coxe purplish red; (legs wanting).

Fore wing pale purplish red; a faint brownish spot in upper part of

cell towards extremity and discoidal bar; a faint obliquely curved

brownish line beyond the cell with another line beyond it, erect to

vein 5, then oblique. Hind wing pale purplish red, the costal area

to near apex and the inner margin white.

Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 9 type. Ewp. 52 mm.

(23a) Polygrammodes junctilinealis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax white suffused with rufous; abdomen

white tinged with yellow and with rufous towards extremity,

186 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

oblique black subdorsal streaks on 2nd to 5th segments ; antennze

rufous; sides of frons, the 2nd joint of palpi above towards base,

and the 8rd joint black; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous, the tibiz with

dark band at extremity, and the tarsi ringed with rufous. Fore

wing yellowish white, the basal area, costal area to end of cell,

the cell, and the veins of terminal half tinged with rufous; a red-

brown streak below basal half of costa and diffused red-brown

subbasal line from cell to inner margin; a red-brown spot in cell

towards its extremity with elliptical red-brown spot below it in sub-

median interspace, and a quadrate discoidal patch with yellowish

striga in centre; postmedial line strong, red-brown, waved, bent

outwards between veins 8 and 7, then incurved, angled outwards at

vein 5, then again incurved to vein 2 on which it is retracted to

lower angle of cell, then oblique and from inner margin curved

upwards to the spot below the cell; subterminal line red-brown,

waved, excurved at vein 5, then oblique and joined above inner

margin by an oblique bar from the angle of the postmedial line

at vein 2, bent inwards on inner margin for a short distance;

a red-brown terminal line. Hind wing yellowish white; a black-

brown discoidal bar with strong slightly curved line from it to

above inner margin; postmedial line strong, dark red brown,

rather oblique to vein 6, angled outwards at vein 5, then slightly

curved to inner margin near tornus, joined at vein 2 by a waved

red-brown subterminal line, excurved at vein 5; a dark red-brown

terminal line.

Hab. Sterra Leonr, Kennema (/rs. Addison), 1 Q ; UGanpa,

Lake George (eave), 1 Q type. wp. 38-50 mm.

(25e) Polygrammodes flavescens, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow tinged with rufous ;

palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen ochreous white, the fore femora dark brown above and the

tibie with dark band at extremity, the tarsi ringed with brown.

Fore wing yellow tinged with rufous, the terminal area more

suffused with rufous; a faint curved rufous antemedial line; a

faint rufous point in middle of cell and discvidal bar; postmedial

line pale rufous, slightly waved to vein 5, then excurved and crenu-

late to vein 2 on which it is retracted to below end of cell, then

sinuous to inner margin; the inner edge of the rufous terminal

area dentate; some yellow on termen in the interspaces ; cilia white

with a pale brown line at base. Hind wing pale yellow; a faint

waved rufous line from beyond lower angle of cell to inner margin ;

postmedial line rufous, waved, arising at vein 6, excurved between

veins 5 and 3, then oblique to termen above tornus; a slightly

waved rufous subterminal line from costa to vein 2, the veins

beyond it streaked with rufous; cilia white with a pale brownish

line near base.

Hab. Prru, San Domingo (Ockenden), 2 2 type. up.

42 mm.

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinze. 187

Genus PACHYZANCLA, insert Type

Psara, Snell. Tijd. v. Ent. xviii. p.239 (1875) ..ccccccccceccecsecseees periusalis,

which has priority.

(la) Psara palpalis, sp. n.

Palpi of male curved outwards and widely separated to near tips,

where they almost meet, fringed with hair above and below.

Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous brown tinged with grey, the

last with white segmental lines ; frons and palpi black-brown, the

latter fringed with white hair below to middle of 2nd joint ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown,

the fore tibie with black band at extremity. Fore wing white

suffused with fuscous brown, the costal area and terminal area

broadly fuscous brown tinged with grey; antemedial line blackish,

oblique to median nervure; a small blackish spot in middle of

cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line blackish defined on outer

side by white, erect to vein 5, then excurved to below vein 3, where

it is retracted to below end of cell, then oblique to inner margin ;

a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing fuscous brown

tinged with grey; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial

line blackish defined on outer side by whitish, bent outwards and

slightly waved between veins 5 and 2; a slight blackish terminal

line and white line at base of cilia.

Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 25, 42; Br. C.

Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 1 ¢ type. Kap. 26-32 mm.

(16) Psara barbipalpalis, sp. n.

Palpi of male with the second joint fringed with very long hair

in front.

3. Head and thorax pale glossy grey-brown; abdomen whitish

tinged with pale red-brown and with slight dark segmental lines,

the extremity tinged with fuscous, the genital tufts white; palpi

darker brown, white at base, the hair in front of 2nd joint reddish

brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the

fore tibize with black band at extremity. Fore wing pale glossy

grey-brown; a rather oblique dark antemedial line; a slight dark

discoidal lunule ; postmedial line dark, shghtly excurved to below

vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and erect to inner

margin. Hind wing pale glossy grey-brown; an oblique dark

discoidal bar; postmedial slight, dark, curved, incurved at vein 2;

cilia white with a brown line near base; the underside white faintly

tinged with brown.

Hab. Cotompia, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type. Exp.

22 mm.

(206) Psara normalis, sp. n,

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown with a faint

reddish tinge, the last with whitish segmental lines; palpi darker

188 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen white with a faint red-brown tinge,

the fore tibie brown. Fore wing grey-brown with a faint reddish

tinge; antemedial line blackish, oblique to median nervure; a

slight blackish spot in middle of cell and elliptical black discoidal

spot; postmedial line blackish, erect to discal fold, then excurved

to below vein 3 where it is retracted to below end of cell and ex-

curved below submedian fold; a fine whitish line at base of cilia.

Hind wing grey-brown with a faint reddish tinge; an oblique

black discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, dark, rather

diffused, excurved from discal fold to below vein 3, then retracted

to below end of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia with a

fine white line at base, the tips whitish towards tornus.

Hab. Ecuavor, Loja (Abbé Gaujon), 1 3 type. Exp. 36 mm.

(20c) Psara retrorsalis, sp. n.

$. Head, thorax, and abdomen very pale reddish brown, the

anal tuft white faintly tinged with red-brown; palpi brown, white

in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale red-brown,

the marginal areas pale reddish brown; antemedial line pale brown,

oblique; an oblique black discoidal striga; postmedial line pale

brown defined on outer side by whitish, excurved from vein 5 to

below 3, then retracted to just below angle of cell and slightly

excurved above inner margin; cilia white tinged with brown.

Hind wing very pale reddish brown; a faint oblique dark discoidal

bar ; postmedial line pale brown slightly defined on outer side by

whitish, excurved and very slightly waved between veins 5 and 2,

then retracted to below angle of cell and oblique to above tornus ;

cilia white with a pale brown line near base; the underside white

with a faint brownish tinge, a blackish discoidal point.

Hab. Ecvapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 2 5 type; PERu,

Carabaya, Huacamayo (Ockenden), 1d. Hap. 26 mm.

(31) Psara melanosoma, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax orange-yellow; abdomen orange-yellow

suffused with blackish brown except the three basal segments

dorsally ; antennz blackish ; frons with white lines at sides; palpi

grey-brown, the basal joint and the 2nd joint in front at base

white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale grey-

brown. Fore and hind wings uniform orange-yellow, the cilia

white tinged with brown.

Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 2 3 type. Eup.

26-30 mm.

(6) Rhectosomia vau-signalis, sp. n.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with pale red-

brown and slightly irrorated with black, the last with white

Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 189

segmental lines; antenne tinged with red-brown; palpi pale

reddish brown with some white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white mixed with pale reddish brown. Fore

wing white mostly suffused with pale reddish brown and irrorated

with a few black scales; a diffused band of black scales near base ;

an antemedial band of black scales, indistinct to submedian fold

where it is angled outwards, then more distinctly black; a blackish

striga in middle of cell and V-shaped white discoidal mark defined

by diffused black; a pale reddish brown medial band, erect to

median nervure before the discoidal mark, then very oblique and

defined on outer side by a waved blackish line; elongate white

marks below end of cell above and below vein 2; a faint dark post-

medial line, oblique to vein 6, then erect, waved, and with some

black scales on it to tornus, a rather triangular pale red-brown

patch on terminal area between veins 7 and 3. Hind wing white ;

a terminal series of dark points to vein 2, a small black patch below

vein 2 with a line from it to tornus ; cilia with dark brown mixed

towards tornus.

Hab. Peru, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ochkenden), 1 3 type. Exp.

38 mm.

Genus PHiycT NODES will stand as Gis

Manostege. EHulbns Vierzepncoe (US20)) ivescsncsscontencdcetee sere vos zeruginalis,

(51 a) Lowxostege obliquivialis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax pale ochreous yellow, the patagia with red-

brown patches at base, the dorsum of thorax red-brown ; abdomen

reddish brown, the basal segment ochreous, rufous behind, the anal

tuft ochreous; antennz brown; palpi with some blackish at tips ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white. Fore

wing pale ochreous ; the cell and fascia below it to middle reddish

brown ; three obliquely placed reddish brown antemedial spots from

below the cell to inner margin ; a very oblique reddish brown post-

medial band from below the costa to inner margin, conjoined to

spots beyond the cell and below base of vein 2; an oblique sub-

terminal series of reddish brown spots in the interspaces; a

terminal series of small brown spots. Hind wing white, the costal

area broadly and terminal area to submedian fold tinged with red-

brown. Underside white, the fore wing and costal area of hind

wing tinged with red- brown.

Hab. Transvaat, Waterberg Distr. (Zutrencka), 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 30 wm.

(53 a) Loxostege aureodiscalis, sp. n.

9. Head whitish ; thorax rufous mixed with whitish; abdomen

black with white seginental bands and some rufous at base ; an-

tenne blackish ; sides of frons and palpi black, the latter white in

190 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with black-brown, the

mid and hind legs with red-brown. Fore wing whitish thickly

irrorated with rufous and dark brown, the costal area darker

towards base; a dark antemedial shade; a whitish medial band

thickly irrorated with rufous from subcostal nervure to inner

margin; dark bars before and beyond the discocellulars ; a whitish

band thickly irrorated with rufous before the postmedial line from

costa to below vein 3; postmedial line rather diffused black,

slightly incurved at discal fold, below vein 3 retracted to lower

angle of cell, then erect; cilia white with dark line at middle, the

tips with brown mixed. Hind wing deep orange, the inner margin

and terminal area black, the latter very broad at costa with its

inner edge oblique to vein 4; a round black discoidal spot ; cilia

white with a dark line at middle. Underside of fore wing black

irrorated with white, the basal inner area and bands orange-yellow ;

hind wing orange-yellow, the black discoidal spot and terminal

band irrorated with white.

Hab. W. Avstrartia, Yallingup (2. W. Turner), 1 2 type.

Hap. 20 mim.

Genus CALLIPHLYCTA, nov.

Type, C. metaxantha.

Proboscis fully developed; palpi slightly fringed with hair

above and below, in male with the 2nd joint obliquely upturned ;

the 3rd porrect and long, in female downeurved and extending

about three times length of head; maxillary palpi minute ; frons

smooth, rounded ; antenne of male ciliated and minutely serrate ;

hind tibize with the outer spurs nearly as long as the inner. Fore

wing with the apex rounded, the termen evenly curved; vein 3

from just before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6, 7 shortly

stalked; 8, 9 stalked; 10, 11 from cell, 11 anastomosing with 12;

the retinaculum of male bar-shaped. Hind wing with the cell

long; vein 3 from well before angle of cell; 4, 5 from angle ; 6, 7

from upper angle, 7 anastomosing with 8.

In key differs from Calamochrous in the fore wing having veins

6, 7 stalked and 11 anastomosing with 12.

Calliphlycta metaxantha, sp. n.

Head yellow, the frons white, the antenne brown ringed with

white, the palpi white tinged with yellow and slightly irrorated

with brown; thorax white, the tegule with their terminal half

black, the patagia black at tips and with black spot behind them;

abdomen yellow banded with black; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with dark brown,

the mid tibia with black band at extremity, the abdomen with

blackish segmental bands. Fore wing silvery white; the costal

area dark cupreous brown to the postmedial band; a black-brown

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 198

band near base; a cupreous brown antemedial band with darker

edges and line of silvery scales at middle, incurved just below the

cell; a cupreous brown postmedial band with darker edges and line

of silvery scales at middle, incurved to vein 4, then bent inwards to

below end of cell and incurved to inner margin; a cupreous brown

subterminal band, arising from apex, its inner edge angled inwards

at discal fold and its outer edge dentate to vein 4, confluent with

the postmedial band below vein 4, then strongly incurved ; cilia

with series of black spots to vein 4, then a black line interrupted at

submedian fold, the tips with brown mixed. Hind wing yellow

with black terminal band to below vein 2; cilia white chequered

with black to vein 2, then yellow. Underside of fore wing brown,

the innerarea white to near tornus; an oblique white subterminal

band from costa to vein 6, the termen with the interspaces indented

by white marks; hind wing yellow, the costal area white except

towards base, a black-brown subterminal band from below costa to

below vein 2, its outer edge slightly waved and with the termen

white beyond it.

Hab. W. Austratia, Yallingup (2. W. Turner), 1d, 5 Q

type. Hap. 26-28 mm.

(La) Liopasia apicenotata, sp. n.

Head and thorax bright red-brown mixed with some yellowish ;

abdomen with the two basal segments yellow mixed with fiery red

and with subdorsal silvery white spots on basal segment, then

grey-brown with dorsal silvery white bar on 8rd segment and the

anal segment silvery white, the anal tuft fiery red and yellow;

antenne brown ringed with white; palpi red-brown, white at base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore tibize

with some red-brown at base and a band at extremity. Fore wing

red-brown tinged with grey and irrorated with blackish; some

white at base of inner margin; antemedial line black, oblique to

submedian fold, then incurved and slightly defined on inner side by

yellowish ; a small annulus in middle of cell and oblique discoidal

lunule defined by blackish; postmedial line dark, oblique to the

subterminal line at vein 5, then rather inwardly oblique and

slightly waved to vein 2 where it is bent inwards and oblique to

inner margin, with small yellow spots beyond it above and below

vein 7 and from below vein 8 to inner margin and sometimes slight

yellow and red-brown marks before it between veins 5 and 3;

subterminal line red-brown, waved, with yellowish-white spots

beyond it in the interspaces between veins 8 and 5, separated by °

red streaks on the veins, and a spot beyond it above vein 2; a ue

brown line before termen; cilia yellowish white intersected with

brown at the veins and with red-brown line through them, wholly

brown between veins 5 and 3. Hind wing semihyaline white, the

’ termen suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a terminal series of

dark points except towards tornus.

192 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

Ab. 1. Head and thorax with more yellow, abdomen deep fiery

red from 8rd to 7th and base of 8th segment; fore wing yellow

mixed with some fiery red, the costal area rufous to the postmedial

line, no yellow and white spots beyond the postmedial and sub-

terminal lines, the postmedial line more crenulate between veins

5 and 2.

Hab. Trixtpap (Jackson), 23,1 2 type; VENEZUELA, Palma

Sol, 1 3, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas (Klages), 1d, 19.

Exp. 22-30 mm.

(16) Liopasia leucoperalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax rufous, the latter with some whitish at

extremity of patagia and on dorsum; abdomen with the three

basal segments silvery white with dorsal rufous streak and seg-

mental lines, then rufous with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white

spots on 3rd segment and some white on terminal segments, the

anal segment with dorsal and subdorsal silvery white spots and the

anal tuft white and rufous; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore tibize with red-brown

band at extremity. Fore wing rufous, the costal edge white to

end of cell, some white at base of inner margin; antemedial line

black, oblique to submedian fold, then incurved and with white

patch before it on inner margin; a slight black bar in middle of

cell, a small round spot at upper angle of cell and minute spot at

lower angle ; an indistinct waved red-brown postmedial line, oblique

to vein 5 at the subterminal line, then. inwardly oblique, with

silvery white spots beyond it from costa to vein 5 and from vein 3

to inner margin; a waved red-brown subterminal line with rather

quadrate-silvery white spots beyond it above and below vein 7 and

a triangular spot below vein 6, separated by rufous streaks on the

veins, a rather bidentate spot beyond it above vein 2; a rufous

terminal line ; cilia silvery white intersected by rufous streaks on

the veins, wholly rufous between veins 5 and 3. Hind wing semi-

hyaline white, the termen suffused with rufous to vein 3; a faint

curved rufous postmedial line from costa to vein 2; a rufous

terminal line except towards tornus; cilia white, intersected by

rutous at the veins to vein 2.

Hab. Perv, Chaquimayo (Watkins), 1 $ type. xp. 32 mm.

(5) Liopasia incoloralis, sp. n.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with ochreous and

faintly with rufous, the last with diffused blackish bands on 4th to

anal segments, the anal tuft with some blackish at extremity ;

palpi pale rufous, white towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white. Fore wing white suffused with pale

olive-ochreous, the costal area white to the postmedial line; an

oblique olive-ochreous band from below costa before the postmedial

line to middle of inner margin; postmedial line rather diffused

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 198

olive-ochreous, oblique to vein 6, then rather inwardly oblique.

Hind wing pure silvery white.

Hab. Br. EK. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Ilala

(Weave), 7 3 type. Hxp. 28 mm.

(8a) Anarmodia glaucescens, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale red-brown with a greyish

tinge; palpi white in front to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with some red-

brown, the fore and mid tibie red-brown, the tibize with blackish

band at extremity, the tarsi with red-brown bands. Fore wing

" red-brown glossed with grey; a minute faint blackish spot in

middle of cell and two slight blackish discoidal points; an in-

distinct curved red-brown postmedial line; cilia silvery white, red-

brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; two slight blackish

marks in the cell and a slight black discoidal lunule; the median

nervure and veins beyond lower angle of cell streaked with red-

brown; postmedial line dark brown, curved and slightly waved,

ending at submedian fold; the termen suffused with dark reddish

brown, narrowing to tornus; the cilia silvery white with a series

of small dark spots at base to vein 2; the inner margin fringed

with black-brown hair; the underside with short black streak

followed by a point in the cell and small black discoidal lunule, the

postmedial line dentate to vein 5, then with blackish points in the

interspaces, the termen irrorated with dark brown.

Hab. Ecvapor, R. Pastaza, El Rosario (Palmer), 3 d type.

Exp. 50 mm.

(11) Anarmodia tesselliferalis, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax rufous, the latter with some whitish

behind ; abdomen red-brown mixed with some whitish and with

red-brown segmental lines ; antennz with the basal joint white in

front; frons with white lines at sides; palpi deep rufous, white

below to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen white, the fore and mid tibie rufous, the abdomen

urorated with brown. Fore wing rufous, the costal area tinged

with whitish, the medial area with the submedian interspace and

the interspaces beyond the cell white tessellated with black spots,

the terminal area tinged with grey; antemedial line indistinct,

dark, oblique ; the terminal part of cell with a white fascia with a

black spot on it at middle of cell with some rufous scales in centre ;

a quadrate grey-brown discoidal spot, defined at sides by black ;

postmedial line formed by blackish scales, slightly sinuous, oblique

to vein 7 and incurved below vein 8; the terminal area with some

blackish irroration in the interspaces; cilia silvery white, dark

brown at base. Hind wing silvery white; a slight brown streak

on median nervure and oblique black discoidal striga ; postmedial

line dark, very slightly dentate, indistinct to vein 5, then blackish

194 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

and ending at vein 2; the termen narrowly red-brown except at

apex; cilia white with slight blackish spots at the veins to vein 2.

Underside of fore wing white, the costal and terminal areas grey-

brown, the spots in the cell black, the postmedial line black and

dentate ; hind wing with the medial area irrorated with some black

scales except towards inner margin, especially above end of cell, the

postmedial line produced to minute black streaks on the veins, the

termen irrorated with blackish except towards apex.

Hab. Peru, Acopampa- (Watkins), 2 3 type. Hap. 52 mm.

(1a) Beotarcha microselene, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a cupreous

gloss; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen silvery white. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous

gloss; a faint dark line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin; a

slight white discoidal lunule defined by blackish ; cilia whitish at

tips. Hind wing dark brown with a greyish gloss; a faint dark

postmedial line from costa to vein 2; cilia white at tips and the

hair on inner margin white ; the underside white, the terminal area

tinged with brown, a dark postmedial line from costa to discal

fold.

Hab. Cotompta, Choko Prov., Condoto (Spurrell), 1 9 type.

Exp. 22 mm.

(4.¢) Baotarcha ceruleotincta, sp. n.

3. Frons grey-brown with white lines at sides, the vertex of

head white mixed with rufous, the antennz dark brown with white

points in front towards base and the basal joint white on outer side,

the palpi rufous, white above defined below by blackish; thorax

pale red-brown glossed with silvery blue; abdomen pale rufous

with some white towards extremity; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore and mid femora suffused with

rufous, the fore tibize banded with black, the mid tibiz irrorated

with black, the tarsi banded with black. Fore wing semihyaline

whitish suffused with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue, the

costa and terminal area dark cupreous brown; antemedial line dark

brown, oblique; a dark brown discoidal bar; postmedial line brown

with minute blackish streaks on the veins, defined on each side by

white marks at costa and incurved below vein 3; a white mark on

termen at submedian fold; cilia cupreous brown with a fine white

line at base to vein 2, then white. Hind wing semihyaline white ;

a series of black points on termen to vein 3.

Hab. Dutcu N. Guryea, Mt. Goliath (Meek), 1 3 type, Snow

Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1 ¢. Hwxp: 28 mm.

(2a) Calamochrous fulvitinctalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax fulvous with a yellowish tinge; abdomen with

the three basal segments fulvous, white at sides, the 3rd with

silvery white band behind expanding rather triangularly on dorsum,

the 4th with small dorsal silvery white spot, the 4th to anal seg-

ments pale red-brown, the anal tuft white tinged swith rufous;

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 195

palpi white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface

of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with brown band at extre-

mity. Fore wing yellow suffused with fulvous, the costal edge

pure white, red-brown towards base; antemedial line fulvous

brown, very oblique to median nervure, then erect and with clearer

yellow before it; a minute fulvous brown spot in the cell towards

extremity and smail discoidal lunule; a fulvous brown shade

beyond the cell between veins 8 and 3; postmedial line rather

diffused fulvous brown, slightly incurved from below costa to

vein 5, then excurved and waved to vein 3 where it is retracted to

the lower edge of the shade and erect to inner margin; a series of

minute fulvous spots before termen. Hind wing pure white with

a faint yellowish tinge on terminal area except towards tornus.

Hab. Apmrratty Is. (Meek), 2 5, 3 2 type; Sonomon Is.,

Choiseul I. (Meek), 4 $. Exp. 32-38 mm.

(14d) Metasia roseocilialis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen white with a faint brownish

tinge, the last with the terminal segments tinged with pink; palpi

red-brown, white below except at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white slightly mixed with brown. Fore wing

whitish tinged with pale red-brown, the costa black towards base

’ with some pinkish below it; an indistinct curved red-brown ante-

medial line; a slight red-brown discoidal striga; postmedial line

indistinct, pale red-brown, rather oblique to vein 5, bent outwards

between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and

slightly excurved to inner margin ; a terminal series of slight pale

red-brown strie; cilia tinged with pink. Hind wing whitish

tinged with pale red-brown; a dark brown discoidal bar ; post-

medial line dark brown, slightly excurved to discal fold, bent out-

wards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell

and oblique to inner margin near tornus ; a terminal series of slight

brown striz ; cilia tinged with pink. Underside tinged with pink,

the diseoidal lunule with white striga in centre, the postmedial

line dark brown.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Neave), 1 9 type. Exp.

26 mm. ,

(la) Gonopionea biconicalis, sp. n.

Head and thorax rufous, the latter with a silvery gloss except on

tegule; abdomen whitish suffused with rufous and with dark

brown towards extremity, the genital tufts yellowish white; an-

tenne ringed with black; sides of frons and maxillary palpi dark

red-brown; palpi rufous, white below towards base ; pectus, legs,

and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore tibize with

brown band at extremity. Fore wing rufous glossed with silvery

blue; a conical yellow antemedial patch from costa to median

nervure, its inner edge angled inwards at costa, defined on inner

side by the blackish antemedial line which is obliquely excurved to

median nervure and incurved just below the cell, defined on outer

side by a blackish line except at costa; a conical yellow postmedial

196 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine.

‘patch from costa to vein 4, defined at sides by sinuous blackish

lines, the blackish postmedial line arising from its apex and strongly

incurved ; the termen with slight yellow spots from below apex to

vein 4 and with some yellow towards tornus; cilia yellow, red-

brown at apex and between veins 4 and 38. Hind wing white, the

terminal area tinged with red-brown to submedian fold.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 3 3, 19

type. Harp. 22 mm.

(8a) Gonopionea flavidalis, sp. n.

g. Head, thorax, and abdomen white suffused with pale rufous ;

palpi rufous, white below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen pure white, the fore femora and tibiz brown on

inner side, the anal tuft brown below. Fore wing yellow tinged

with rufous, the inner half clear yellow to the medial line; ante-

medial line brown, oblique, from cell to inner margin; a brown

medial line from origin of vein 2 to inner margin, angled outwards

below submedian fold; a rather lunulate white patch just beyond

the cell with clear yellow above it on costa, the yellow on outer

side and the white patch except above defined by a dark brown line ;

a red-brown terminal line ; cilia yellowish white, with some dark

brown at apex and dark brown between veins 4 and 2. Hind wing

white with a dark red-brown terminal line to submedian fold, above .

which it forms a diffused wedge-shaped patch on vein 2, then a

faint red-brown terminal line to tornus ; the underside white with

postmedial red-brown line between veins 6 and 5.

@. Hind wing with the red-brown on termen rather diffused.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 1 g,1 2

type. Hap. 26 mm.

(5) Gonopionea coniferalis, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown ; palpi white at

base; proboscis white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

pure white, the fore tibiz with black-brown band at extremity.

Fore wing glossy grey-brown; antemedial line brown, oblique to

submedian fold, then erect; a white bar in upper part of cell

towards extremity defined at sides by blackish ; a conical yellowish

white postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by black and

somewhat constricted below costa; a sinuous blackish line from

lower angle of cell to inner margin ; cilia dark brown, white from

below apex to vein 4 and at submedian interspace. Hind wing

pale glossy grey-brown, the cilia white at discal fold and towards

tornus ; the underside white slightly tinged with brown, a brown

discoidal bar, the postmedial line brown, excurved to vein 5, then

oblique to submedian fold.

Hab. Cotompta, Don Amo (H. H. Smith), 1 3 type, Choko,

Juntas del R. Tamana and R. San Juan (Palmer), 19. Exp.

16 mm.

[Te be continued. ]

On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. — 197

XX.—New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Evanide

in the British Museum. By Rowxianp HE. Turner, F.Z.S.,

FES.

Evania sericans, Westw.

Evania sericans, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) i. p: 215 (1851).

Kieffer places this species in the section of the genus

without spines on the hind tibiae, probably because West-

wood makes no mention of such spines ; but the spines are

really well developed. 'Though widely spread, the species

seems to be uncommon.

Hab. Kuranda, Queensland (Turner), May 1913; Mackay,

Queensland (Turner), March 1892; Victoria (French) ;

Yallingup, S.W. Australia (Yurner), December; Kala-

munda, S.W. Australia (Turner), February 1914.

Evania perfida, Westw.

Evania perfida, Westw.Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (2) i. p. 216 (1851). 3.

This is also erroneously placed by Kieffer in the section

without spines on the hind tibize. Westwood states that his

type came from Tasmania, but the specimen marked by him

as perfida in the British Museum, which is undoubtedly the

type, is from S.W. Australia. | have taken it at Yallingup,

and it also occurs at Adelaide.

Pseudofrenus cylindricus, sp. n.

9. Nigra, gracillima; mandibulis, apice excepto, testaceis; tibiis

macula basali, tarsisque anticis intermediisque pallide flavo-

brunneis ; terebra, valvulisque apice pallide flavis; alis hyalinis,

iridescentibus, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo.

Long. 9 mm.; terebre long. 1°5 mm.

2. Second joint of the flagellum short, distinctly shorter

than the first, the third half as long again as the second, the

flagellum clothed with very short black hairs. Head very

long and narrow, about four times as long as broad; the

eyes elongate-ovate, separated from the hind margin of

the head by a distance about half as great as their length;

the anterior ocellus situated well behind a line joining the

summit of the eyes ; the hind margin of the head not cari-

nate. Neck as long as the distance between the tegule

and the anterior angle of the mesonotum. Thorax long and

narrow, subcylindrical, the mesonotum rounded anteriorly ;

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 15

_198 Mr. R. E. Turner on new

parapsidal furrows very shallow and narrow, almost obsolete;

scutum much longer than the scutellum; median segment

with a longitudinal groove. Head and thorax opaque,

without sculpture, the face below the antennz finely punc-

tured, Petiole 2-jointed, the basal portion formed by the

first sternite very slender throughout, the apical portion

fully half as long again as the basal, gradually widened

towards the apex ; second segment about equal in length to

the basal portion of the petiole; tergites 2-5 much longer

than broad. Terebra scarcely longer than the basal portion

of the petiole, slender. Hind tibiz strongly swollen ; hind

metatarsus nearly equal in length to the four apical tarsal

joints ; tarsal ungues small. Wings small and short, not

reaching beyond the apex of the second tergite.

The male has the second and first joints of the flagellum

equal, the third as long as the first and second combined.

Hab. Kalamunda, S.W. Australia (Yurner), February

1914. Three females and one male. Easily distinguished

by the long narrow head and thorax and short terebra.

Not nearly related to the New Zealand group typical of the

genus, but nearer to American species such as angustatus,

Kieff. The species included in Pseudofenus by Kieffer

seem to fall into two groups, one, including the type of the

genus, approaching Hyptiogaster, the other much nearer to

Fenus. The first group is confined to New Zealand.

Pseudofenus fluvialis, sp. n.

©. Nigra; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis macula basali,

tibiis anticis apice, tarsis anticis, metatarsisque intermediis

posticisque albidis ; terebra valvulisque nigris, apice albidis ; alis

hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris, stigmate brunneo ; terebra

abdomine paullo breviore.

Long. 11 mm.; terebre long. 6 mm.

2. First joint of the flagellum very little longer than the

second, the two combined distinctly shorter than the third.

Head long and narrow; cheeks very short, almost obsolete ;

head feebly margined posteriorly, narrowed behind the eyes,

which are separated from the hind margin of the head by a

distance equal to about one-third of their own length. An-

terior ocellus situated just in front of the line joining the

summits of the eyes. Head and thorax opaque, without

sculpture, clypeus finely and closely punctured. Neck as

long as the distance between the tegulz and the front of

the mesonotum; parapsidal furrows narrow, but distinct,

finely crenulate ; mesonotum rounded anteriorly, scutum as

Ilymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 199

long as the scutellum. Median segment very delicately

rugulose, with a low longitudinal carina, hind cox finely

granulate. Abdomen long and slender, the first tergite

twice as long as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the

four apical tarsal joints ; tarsal ungues small.

Hab. Perth, W. Australia (Turner), February. Two

vas taken on blossom of Hucalyptus calophylia in King’s

Park.

This is much nearer to the Mexican species, P. angustatus,

Kieff., than to P. cylindricus, but differs in the sculpture

of the thorax, the shape of the head, and other details.

Kieffer gives two species of Pseudofenus as Australian, but

P. unguiculatus, Westw., is from New Zealand, and darwinii,

Westw., belongs to Hyptiogaster.

Pseudofenus isthmalis, sp. un.

©. Nigra; mandibulis fuscis; palpis pallidis; tibiis anticis inter-

mediisque supra, metatarsis anticis intermediisque, tarsis anticis

articulo secundo, tarsis posticis, basi extrema articuloque apicali

nigris, valvulisque terebree tertio apicali albidis; pleuris sternoque

hie illic nigro suffusis, coxis, trochanteribus, femoribusque an-

ticis ferrugineis; tibiis- posticis basi infra albo-maculatis; alis

hyalinis, leviter suffusis, iridescentibus, stigmate venisque nigris ;

terebra corpore vix breviore.

Long. 10 mm.; terebre long. 9 mm.

9. First joint of the flagellum_as broad as long, haif as

long as the second, third fully as long as the first and second

combined. Head long and narrow, feebly margined and

rather strongly emarginate on the hind margin; front

convex, subcarinate longitudinally in the middle; cheeks

almost obsolete. Anterior ocellus almost on a level with

the summit of the eyes, which are separated from the hind

' margin of the head by a distance equal to slightly more than

one-third of their own length. Head opaque, finely coriaceous.

Neck nearly as long as the distance between the tegula and

the front of the mesonotum; thorax opaque, very deli-

cately rugulose, mesonotum with the anterior margin straight,

only rounded at the angles, with two short impressed longi-

tudinal lines from near the middle of the anterior margin ;

parapsidal furrows distinct, crenulated ; scutum longer than

the scutellum, prescutum much longer than the scutum.

Median segment with a distinct longitudinal carina, trans-

versely rugulose. First abdominal segment twice as long

as the second. Hind metatarsus as long as the four apical

tarsal joints; tarsal ungues small.

15*

200 Mr. R. E. Turner on new

Hab. Eaglehawk Neck, S.E. Tasmania (Turner), February

1913. One female.

Differs from flwvialis in the proportion of the antennal

joints, the shape of the head, the sculpture of the thorax

and median segment, the length of the terebra, in colour,

and other details.

Fonus autumnalis, sp. n.

Q@. Nigra; mandibulis apice excepto, tegulis, pedibusque anticis

intermediisque ferrugineis; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra,

tibiis posticis macula basali, tarsis anticis, tarsis intermediis

articulis tribus basalibus, tarsisque posticis, basi apiceque ex-

ceptis, albis; terebra, petiolo multo breviore, testacea ; valvulis

apice albidis, incrassatis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis; stigmate

pallido, fusco-marginato,

Long. 14 mm.; terebre long. 2°5 mm.

9. Head opaque, somewhat elongate, slightly swollen

behind the eyes, the hind margin distinctly carinate. Eyes

separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance

equal to about one-third of their own length ; posterior

ocelli level with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from

each other as from the eyes ; cheeks very short, not half as

long as the first joint of the flagellum ; a longitudinal carina

between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum more

than half as long again as the first, the third joint distinctly

longer than the first and second combined. Neck short ;

pronotum with a very short and small spine at each angle ;

mesonotum opaque, coriaceous, with two very short longi-

tudinal impressed lines from the anterior margin; scutellum

with well-defined marginal carine ; median segment rather

coarsely rugose-reticulate, with a rather indistinct median

carina ; hind coxe coriaceous. Hind metatarsus no longer

than the four apical tarsal joints combined, the basal third

black, the apical half of the fifth tarsal joint also black.

Terebra scarcely half as long as the petiole.

Hab. Kalamunda, S8.W. Australia (Turner), March 1914.

Four females.

Closely allied to valvularis, Schlett., but differs in the

lesser development of the angles of the pronotum, in the

sculpture of the median segment, and in the shorter cheeks.

F. fuscimanus, Kieff., has the terebra distinctly longer, the

cheeks longer, and the sculpture of the thorax rather

stronger; and F. valens, Kieff., is a much larger insect,

more robust, with the sculpture of the median segment

tending to transverse striz and the coxe black,

Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide. 201

Fenus exilis, sp. n.

¢. Nigra, minuta; mandibulis tegulisque testaceis; tibiis anticis

intermediisque, tibiis posticis basi, tarsis anticis intermediisque,

tarsisque posticis subtus pallide brunneis; terebra, petiolo multo

breviore, testacea ; valvulis apice albidis; alis hyalinis, iridescen-

tibus, venis fuscis, stigmate fusco-ferrugineo.

Long. 7 mm.; terebre long. 1°5 mm.

@. Head elongate, opaque, the hind margin very feebly

carinate. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the head

by a distance equal to half their own length ; anterior ocellus

situated a little behind a line joining the summit of the

eyes ; cheeks very short, not as long as the first joint of the

flagellum ; a low carina running from between the antenne

nearly halfway to the anterior ocellus. First joint of the

flagellum scarcely longer than broad, second scarcely half

as long again as the first, third distinctly longer than the

first and second combined. Neck rather short, angles of

the pronotum unarmed; mesonotum opaque, very finely

coriaceous, with two short, obscure, longitudinal raised lines

from the anterior margin, the curved line separating the

prescutum and scutum very shallow and not crenulate.

Scutellum without marginal carine; median segment irre-

gularly transversely rugulose; hind cox very finely coria-

ceous. Terebra more than half as long as the petiole;

hind metatarsus as long as the four apical tarsal joints

combined.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner),

January 1913. One female.

This is not nearly allied to the group of valvularis, Schlett.,

having the head slightly narrowed behind the eyes, the

- scutellum without carine, and the groove between the scutum

and prescutum narrow and not crenulate.

Fenus steindachneri, Schlett.

Gasteruption steindachnert, Schlett. Verh, zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxv.

p. 800 (1885). Q.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania, 2200 ft. (Turner).

March.

F. leptotrachelus, Kieff., is very near this, but cannot be

the male of this species, having the head much more strongly

narrowed behind the eyes.

Foenus macrocephalus, sp. n.

Q. Maxima, nigra; tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis

202. On new Hymenoptera of the Family Evaniide.

anticis intermediisque apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, meta-

tarso tertio basali articuloque quinto exceptis, albidis; terebra,

corpore sesqui longiore, testacea, valvulis apice extremo albidis ;

alis hyalinis.

Long. 30 mm.; terebre long. 45 mm.

?. Head opaque, finely coriaceous, massive, slightly

swollen behind the eyes, the hind margin rather feebly

carinated. Eyes separated from the hind margin of the

head by a distance equal to fully half their own length;

posterior ocelli in a line with the summit of the eyes, fully

half as far again from each other as from the eyes. Cheeks

as long as the first joint of the flagellum; a longitudinal

carina between the antenne. Second joint of the flagellum

twice as long as the first, third nearly half as long again as

the first and second combined. Neck very short; angles

of the pronotum unarmed. Thorax opaque, coriaceous, the

sides of the praescutum with fine transverse striz; prescutum

nearly twice as long as the scutum, with two short slightly

raised lines converging trom the anterior margin; the curved

line dividing the seutum and preescutum broad and crenu-

lated. Median segment irregularly transversely rugose-

striate, with an indistinct median carina; hind coxe shining,

punctured at the base, finely transversely striated at the

apex; hind metatarsus about equal in length to the four

apical tarsal joints ; the fifth jomt long, about equal to the

second. Pleure finely rugose; mesosternum coarsely trans-

versely striated, the sides of the median segment also coarsely

striated.

Hab. Victoria (ex coll. Turner, received through C.

French).

This is the largest species of the genus known to me.

The head and thorax, especially on the sides, are clothed

with very short white pubescence, as in F. breviscutum,

Kieff. The radius is bent into a sharp angle at about two-

thirds from its base, as in all the group of breviscutum.

Fenus calothecus, Kieff.

Gasteruption calothecus, Kieff. Ann. Soc. Ent. France, Ixxx. p, 198

(1911). @.

Specimens of this species from Yallingup, 8.W. Australia,

are larger than the type, measuring up to 22 mm., with the

terebra 60 mm., but do not seem to differ appreciably in

colour or structure. The type is from Queensland; the

cotype has been labelled Mexico, evidently by mistake.

A revised Classification of the Otomyine. 203

Feenus bicarinatus, sp. n.

@. Nigra; mandibulis basi, pedibusque anticis fusco-ferrugineis ;

tibiis anticis intermediisque supra, tarsis anticis intermediisque

apice infuscatis, tarsisque posticis, metatarsi tertio basali arti-

culoque quinto exceptis, albidis ; terebra rufo-testacea abdomine

paullo longiore, valvulis apice flavidulis et dilatatis.

Long. 22 mm.; terebre long. 15 mm.

9. Head not very strongly narrowed behind the eyes,

slightly swollen transversely behind the ocelli, opaque and

coriaceous, the hind margin distinctly carinated. Eyes

separated from the hind margin of the head by a distance

equal to nearly half their own length; posterior ocelli in a

line with the summit of the eyes, twice as far from each

other as from the eyes. Cheeks half as long again as the

first joint of the flagellum, a longitudinal carina between the

antenne, the front depressed on each side above the base of

the antenne; second joint of the flagellum twice as long

as the first, third more than half as long again as the first

and second combined. Neck rather short; angles of the

pronotum almost unarmed. Mesonotum irregularly trans-

versely rugose-striate ; with two longitudinal carinz from

near the middle of the anterior margin not reaching the

middle of the prescutum, the space between the carinze

transversely striated and deeply depressed. Pleure rugose ;

median segment rather coarsely rugose, convex, with a

longitudinal carina, the sides of the segment above the hind

coxe with a few coarse striz. Hind coxe shining, rather

indistinctly transversely striated. Hind metatarsus as long

as the four apical tarsal joints combined. Radius sharply

bent upwards towards the costa at about two-thirds from

the base, as in breviscutum and other allied species.

Hab. Swan River, Western Australia.

Easily distinguished by the strong carine on the

mesonotum.

pf)? Xx1—4 revised Classification of the Otomyine, with

. Descriptions of new Genera and Species. By Oupririp

THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Tue very striking cranial and dental characters found

among the different species of what has hitherto been con-

sidered the single genus O/omys, have long seemed to indicate

that some subdivision of the genus would be advisable.

204 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised

In Mr. Wroughton’s admirable monograph of Otomys*,

the characters used are almost entirely dental, little attention

being paid to the skull. Now, however, taking cranial

characters into full consideration, I find that the group

appears to be divisable into three genera, as shown below.

Although not easily defined in a key, the general shape

of the skull is quite distinctive of the three genera, and is,

I consider, the best indication of their relationships. On

the other hand, the grooves on the incisors, and the numbers

of the molar lamine, used so effectively by Wroughton and

Dollman for the sorting of the species, are so plastic, and

show so wide a range of variation, that, however useful for

specific distinction, they have to be used with great caution

when generic divisions are in question.

On this account, while distinguishing as full genera the

obviously natural groups typified by O. brantsii and-O. uni-

sulcatus, I have thought it better only to consider those

represented by O. anchiete and laminatus as subgenera of

Otomys, their distinction being almost entirely based on the

plastic dental characters. And the same with Parotomys

brantsii and littledalei.

A. Nasals not excessively expanded ante-

riorly. ‘Tendency to grooving of incisors

and extra lamination of molars less;

lower incisors not orvery faintly grooved;

m® with 4 or, at most, 5 lamine.

a. Bulle very large. No special nasal

broadening. .W* composed of two com-

plete laming and a modified posterior

POTCLGN Chi. oc wee sO Reha eel 1. Parotomys, g. n.

o.. Upper incisorsigrooved ... 5... sex la. Parotomys, s. s.

6®. Upper incisors smooth ............ 16. Liotomys, subg. n.

6. Bulle normal. A slight nasal broaden-

ing. MM® composed of three complete

laminz and a posterior trefoil ...... 2. Myotomys, g. n.

B. Nasals excessively broadened anteriorly,

the premaxille outside them not or

scarcely visible from above. Tendency

to grooving of incisors and extra lamina-

tion of molars at a maximum; lower

incisors, as well as upper, deeply grooved ;

m? with 6 lamine or moret .......... 3. Otomys.

c. M, composed of 4laminz .......... 3a. Otomys, 8. s.

d. M, with more than 4 laminee.

c?. M, with 5 lamine, m? with7...... 3b. Anchotomys, subg. n.

d?, M, with 6-7 lamine, m? with 9-10. 3¢. Lamotomys, subg. n.

* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) xviii. p. 264 (1906). See also Dollman’s

paper on the East African forms, op. ev. (8) xy. p. 149 (1915).

+ Five in O. dente.

Classification of the Otomyine. 205

1, Parotomys*, gen, nov.

Genotype. B. brantsii (Otomys brantsit, Smith).

Skull short, high, considerably bowed. Its general shape

showing no trace of the characteristic form found in typical

Otomys. Muzzle narrow, the nasals not particularly

broadened anteriorly, Interorbital region not specially

contracted, its edges with well-marked thickened beads

and postorbital projections. Interparietal nearly as long

as broad. Bulle very large; meatus with a strongly

projecting thickened collar on its anterior edge prominently

visible from above ; the meatal greater than the zygomatic

breadth of the skull.

Teeth. Upper incisors with either one distinct and one

indistinct groove (Parotomys, s. s.), or with none at all

(subgenus Liotomys). Lower incisors without any trace of

grooves.

Third upper molar with four laminal elements, the

posterior ones somewhat modified. Front lower molar also

with four, the two anterior partially coalesced.

This genus is most distinct from the other Otomyine, no

forms being known at all intermediate in either skull or

tooth characters. It may again be subdivided into two, as

follows :—

la. PAROTOMYS, s. s.

Upper incisors with one distinct outer and one indistinct

inner groove. Zygomatic plate evenly convex anteriorly.

Palatal foramina short. Bullee nearly spherical.

Genotype as above. :

14, Lioromys t+, subgen. nov.

Upper incisors quite without grooves, like the lower.

Zygomatic plate more or less cut back anteriorly. Palatal

foramina of medium length. Bulle more or less oval.

Genotype :—

Parotomys (Liotomys) litiledalei, sp. n.

Size and general appearance asin P. brantsii. Colour very

much as in the typical (Namaqualand) race of. that species,

though slightly darker, and so verging towards that of

P. b. luteolus. The back rather darker thau “ cinnamon-

buff,” the sides and belly paler buff, the hairs very broadly

* mapa, beside+ Ofomys.

t Aetos + Otomys,

206 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised

slaty basally. Hands and feet buffy white. Tail apparently

longer than in dranfsii, though satisfactory measurements

are not available ; well haired, dark buffy above, paler

below, a variable portion of the upper side of the end of

the tail brown or blackish, but this is sometimes scarcely

perceptible.

Skull and teeth as indicated in the synopsis and subgeneric

diagnoses above.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 157 mm.; tail 97; hind foot 26.

Skull: greatest length 37°6 ; condylo-incisive length 36 ;

zygomatic breadth 20; nasals 12°8x4°2; interorbital

breadth 6; meatal breadth 21:5; palatilar length 17;

palatal foramina 7; bulle 12°3x8; upper molar series

(crowns) 7°2.

Hab. Bushmanland. Type from Tuin, Kenhart. _

Type. Old male. B.M. no. 12.4. 25.9. Original num-

ber 7. Collected 16th July, 1911, by Maj. H. A. P. Little-

dale. Five specimens.

The specimens of this remarkable animal were placed with

the collection of Otomys brantsii without examination of the

skulls, which were cleaned and put away later. Now, how-

ever, study of the skulls shows that Major Littledale’s

animal is wholly different, and represents a really interesting

discovery.

2. Myoromys *, gen. nov.

Genotype. M. unisulcatus (Otomys unisulcatus, Bts.).

Skull with more indication of an approach to that of

Otomys. But the muzzle is not modified in the peculiar

way characteristic of that genus, the nasals being but little

broadened anteriorly, so that the premaxille are always

clearly visible from above outside them. Interorbital region

not specially contracted ; its edges with distinct beads, which -

evenly diverge backwards instead of abruptly curving out-

wards to form postorbital projections, as is the case in

Otomys. ‘These beads scarcely run any distance on to the

parietals. Other skull-characters much as in Otomys.

Teeth not very highly specialized. Upper incisors gene-

rally with one narrow groove, which is, however, occasionally

obsolescent. Lower incisors not or very faintly grooved.

Third upper molar not greatly laminated, the usual condition

being three complete lamine and a posterior trefoil, which

* uvs+ Otomys.

Classification of the Otomyine. 207

may in some cases represent two laminal elements; the

total therefore usually four and never more than five. First

lower molar composed of four laminz or their equivalents,

as in Otomys.

This genus, although clearly worthy of being distinguished

as such, shows more relationship to Otomys than is the case

with Parotomys. One species, indeed, M. turneri, both has

more expanded nasals than is normal and has clearly five

laminz in its m* ; but even then there is no equality with

the specialized condition found in true Ofomys, and the

frontal ridges are quite as in Parotomys, not as in Ofomys.

The following forms belong to this geuus :-—

broomi, Thos.

yranti, ‘Thos.

sloggetti, Thos.

turneri, Wrought.

unisulcatus, Bts.

3. Oromys, F. Cuv.

Genotype. O. irroratus, Bts.

Skull highly specialized. Muzzle with an exaggerated

expansion of the nasats in their anterior half, where they

are bent down laterally, and quite hide the premaxille from

above. Interorbital region contracted, its edges with high

ridges, which posteriorly turn abruptly outward to form

postorbital processes, and then run backwards across the

parietals. t

Teeth. Incisors much grooved, the upper with one well-

defined groove just outside the middle, the lower with one

broad and deep outer groove and on the inner side either

the faint indication of a second groove, a shallow but distinct

groove, or a deep and distinct second groove, all stages

between the three being present.

Molars with great tendency to extra lamination, the

third upper molar with from six to ten lamine (five in

O. denti only) and the first lower with from four to seven.

It does not appear possible to separate satisfactorily the

species with two grooves on the lower incisors (¢ypus and

its allies *) from the ordinary Ofomys with only one, as the

intergradation in the depth and conspicuousness of the

grooves is too complete. On the other hand, two species,

anchiete and laminatus, show such differences in the number

of the molar lamine that I have thought they should be

* Representing Oreinomys, Trouess,

208 Mr. O. Thomas—A revised

subgenerically separated, thus making three subgenera, as

follows :—

3a. OTOMYS, 8. §.

Genotype. O. trroratus, Bts.

First lower molar with four lamine ; last upper with

5 to 8.

8 6. ANCHOTOMYS *, subgen. nov.

y fo)

Genotype and only species. O. anchiete, Boc.

First lower molar with five laminz ; last upper with seven.

3c. LAmMotomys t, subgen. nov.

Genotype and only species. O. laminatus, Thos. & Schw.

First lower molar with 6-7 lamine; last upper with 9-10.

Otomys contains the great mass of the species of the

group, and has by far the largest range, extending from the

Cape to Abyssinia, while the other two genera are both

confined to South Africa.

The following new forms of this genus appear to need

description :—

Otomys irroratus ceenosus, subsp. n.

Size averaging very large, the skull-length of large speci-

mens greater than in any other Ofomys.

Colour a dark muddy greyish, darker than in O.1. auratus,

greyer, especially on the sides and rump, than in true

srroratus.

Skull as in true irroratus, but averaging larger. Laminze

of m® always 6 in number.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 201 mm.; tail 125; hind foot 32:7;

ear 23°5.

Skull: greatest length 46°3 ; condylo-incisive length 43:5 ;

zygomatic breadth 23°2 ; nasals 20°5x9:2; interorbital

breadth 4; upper molar series 9:2.

Hab. Kuruman, Bechuanaland. Alt. 4000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 4, 4. 8. 13. Original

number 20. Collected 14th February, 1904, by R. B.

Woosnam. Seven specimens. ;

By their great average size and muddy-grey colour these

Otomys seem distinguishable from the ordinary Q. irroratus,

* dyxt, near+ Otomys.

+ Aapos, the maw (also voraciousness) + Otomys.

Classification of the Otomyine. 209

although isolated individuals from elsewhere may be nearly

as large. The skull of the type even exceeds in length,

though not in bulk, that of the large O. (Anchotomys)

anchiete of Augola.

Otomys rowleyi, sp. n.

Like O. wroratus superficially, but apparently really a

representative in Portuguese 8.H. Africa of the 7-laminated

forms of the Zambesi and northwards.

General appearance and colour quite as in OQ. irroratus

cupreus, but the fur shorter and coarser. Lars and tail not

very heavily furred.

Skull of medium size, about equalling that of O. irroratus.

Nasals differimg from those of other S$. African forms by

their even expansion anteriorly, and the absence of a definite

angle at the point where the narrow part passes into the

broad—this character quite uniform in the one adult and

four young specimens before me. All the other S. African

forms have a marked angle at the point referred to.

Teeth. Third upper molar with seven laine in every

specimen, this number being that characteristic of the

Zambesi and more northward Otomys, only rarely and

exceptionally occurring in O. irroratus.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 167 mm. ; tail 92 ; hind foot 27 ; ear 20.

Skull : greatest length 40 ; condylo-incisive length 37°7 ;

zygomatic breadth 19°7; nasals 18x7'4; upper molar

series 9°].

Hab. Coguno, Inhambane, Portuguese 8.E. Africa.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 6.11.8.77. Original

number 1585. Collected 3lst July, 1906, by C. H. B.

Grant. Presented by Mr. C. D. Rudd.

Accidentally overlooking the fact that one of the series

was fully adult, Mr. Wroughton and I provisionally referred

this animal in 1906 to O. irroratus cupreus, but I now con-

sider that its constant possession of seven laminz in m!

indicates that it is a southern representative in the low hot

coast-lands of the more northern torms characterised by that

number of laminz, while only six is usual in irroratus. The

absence of an angular corner halfway along the lateral nasal

sutures is also a character which affines it to some of the

more northern forms and distinguishes it from QO. irroratus.

It is named in honour of Mr. F, R. Rowley, Curator of

the Royal Albert Memorial Museum at Exeter, to whom

both officially and privately the Mammal Departnient of the

National Museum is greatly indebted for assistance.

210 A revised Classification of the Otomyine.

Otomys mashona, sp. n.

Most nearly allied to O. angoniensis, but greyer and with

differently shaped nasals.

Size about as in angoniensis or a little smaller. Fur

decidedly finer and softer than in that species. General

colour very much as in O. irroratus auratus or a shade

darker, greyer and less brownish than in angoniensis ; sides

and hips distinctly greyer.

Skull with the nasals shorter and proportionately broader

than in angoniensis, the broad anterior part shorter and the

posterior part more rapidly narrowing backwards; lateral

sutures without a marked angle, this character distinguish-

ing the species from irroratus.

Third upper molar normally with seven lamine.

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 171 mm.; tail 108 ; hind feet 30.

Skull: greatest length 41; condylo-incisive length 39 ;

zygomatic breadth 20°3; nasals 17x89; interorbital

breadth 4°3; height from supraorbital edge to alveolus of

m? 13°7; palatilar length 19; upper molar series 9°2.

Hab. Mazoe, Mashonaland, Southern Rhodesia. Alt.

4.000’.

Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 95.11.3.18. Original

number 44 B. Collected Sth August, 1895, and presented

by J. ffolliott Darling.

This Otomys was identified by Mr. Wroughton with

O. irroratus auratus of Vredefort Road, Orange River Colony,

a locality very much farther south, but I venture to think

it is more related to angoniensis and rowleyi, with which it

agrees in the number of its molar laminz and its non-

angular nasal sutures.

Otomys burtoni, sp. n.

A small species, isolated in the Cameroons.

Size comparatively small. Fur very long and soft, woolly

hairs of back about 20 mm. in length. General colour dull

grizzled brown with a slight coppery tint, very much as in

O. trroratus cupreus. Hands and feet dark brown.

Skull not strongly bowed, with rather short muzzle.

Nasals of medium broadening anteriorly, the lateral sutures

not strongly angular. Interorbital region not heavily

ridged.

Upper incisors more pointed backwards than is usual even

in this opisthodont genus, the angle (50°) lower than in any

On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. 211

other rodent I have measured ; their face with the usual

deep outer and obsolescent inner groove. ° Lower incisors

with one broad and partially doubled external groove and

the usual obsolescent inner one.

Dimensions of the type (measured on the dry skin) :—

Head and body 158 mm.; tail 75; hind foot 26; ear 20.

Skull: tip of nasals to back of frontals 27°5 ; zygomatic

breadth 18°5; nasals 16°5 x 7:5; interorbital breadth 4:1;

breadth of brain-case 14°5 ; height of supraorbital edge

from alveolus of m?11°6; palatilar length 16°3; diastema

8°5; upper molar series 8°2.

Hab. Cameroons Mountains. Alt. 7000’.

Type. Old female. B.M. no. 7.1.1.196. Collected

by “Capt. Burton, H.M. Consul of Fernando Po,” later

Sir Richard Burton. Received with the collection of

Mr. R. F. Tomes.

This Cameroons Otomys, widely isolated as it is geographi-

cally from all other members of the genus, seems to be most

nearly allied to certain of the Central African species,

among which, by Dollman’s synopsis, it comes closest to

Bas tropicalis ‘nubilus of the Mount Kenya region. It is,

however, conspicuously smaller than that animal, nor can I

find any other to which it could be assigned.

I have named it in honour of its famous collector,

Sir Richard Burton, to whose ability and energies as a

naturalist too little credit has been generally given.

XXI.— The Hedyehog of Palestine and Asia Minor.

By OLpFrIeLp ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

WHEN writing his paper on the subspecies of Frinaceus

europeus * Barrett Hamilton referred five specimens in the

British Museum from Mount Lebanon to Erinaceus concolor,

Martin, described from Trebizond. The type of the latter

being wholly black it seemed abnormal, and on this account

Barrett Hamilton could not distinguish the Mt. Lebanon

specimens from it.

Since that date, however, further knowledge and further

material bearing on the question of EH. coneolor has accrued.

Miller has shown the definite distinction of H. roumanicus

* Ann. & Mag. N. H. (7) v. p. 360 (1900).

212. = On the Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor.

and the forms related to it from LH. europeus and its allies.

This distinction. rests mainly in the greater extension in the

former of the maxillary bones, which reach further back, so

as to coincide almost exactly with the muscular fossa * of

this region. In europeus, on the other hand, the fronto-

maxillary suture traverses the fossa a marked distance in

front of its hinder limit.

Examination of the typical skull of 2. concolor now shows

that its structure is as in #. europeus, not as in LH. roumani-

cus, and it therefore agrees with certain other forms of this

character which Satunin has shown to occur in Trans-

caucasia, so that it cannot be looked upon in any way as

abnormal. Moreover, the same author has described a dark

“ H. ponticus”? and a black “ H. ponticus abasgicus”’ from

the eastern shores of the Black Sea, which would show that

a naturally black hedgehog does occur in this region. Pro-

bably Satunin’s animals are, one or both, referable to

Li. concolor.

This being the case, it is evident that the Palestine and

Asia Minor hedgehog, which belongs to the roumanicus type,

only needs comparison with the last-named species, of which

it may be considered_a subspecies, as follows :—

Erinaceus roumanicus sacer, subsp. n.

General colour brown, about as in L. ewropeus, the head

not blackened. Spines with one subterminal dark band.

Fur of face, chest, and fore-limbs with a considerable mixture

of white hairs, that of the sides and belly uniformly brown.

Skull, on the whole, like that of roumanicus, but distin-

guished by the much greater length and development of the

Jacrymal crests, which in that animal are reduced to a mere

projecting knob above the lacrymal foramen, but in the new

form are as long as in J. europeus, running back quite to

the hinder corner of the muscular fossa above referred to,

and being traceable further back still as a ridge across the

frontals. Transverse occipital crest relatively higher, pro-

jecting above the level of the brain-case.

Dimensions of type :—

Hind foot (c.) 39 mm.

Skull: condylo-basal length 60 ; zygomatic breadth 37°5 ;

nasals 19°5 x 4; premaxillo-nasal suture 11; maxillo-nasal

suture 2°5; distance from posterior end of premaxille to

upper hinder corner of maxillze 11°5 ; interorbital breadth 17 ;

* Apparently, judging from Dobson, that of the upper half of the

levator labii supertoris proprius.

On a new Jumping Mite from the Mendip Hills. 213

intertemporal breadth 14:7; palatal length 33:3; upper

tooth-row 31.

Hab. Palestine and Asia Minor. Type from near

Jerusalem.

Type. Adult female with worn teeth. B.M. no. 18.8.1. 2.

Collected May 1918 during the British campaign, and pre-

sented by Capt. Guy C. Shortridge.

Of this hedgehog the Museum contains five specimens,

with imperfect skulls, from Mt. Lebanon, presented by

Saleem Baroody, a fine old female from Tortoum near

Erzeroum, collected by R. B. Woosnam, and another from _

Kara Dagh near Konia, presented by L. Ramsay, in addition

to the present specimen (the type). I have thought it wise

to select as type a specimen from the farthest southern

known extension of the group—that is, of the restricted genus

Erinaceus,—the hedgehogs from further south and east being

referable to Hemiechinus.

XXILU.—Onanew Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorchestes

from the Mendip Hills. By Stanuey Hirst.

THE mite dealt with in the present note is of interest, owing

to the fact that the only species of the genus hitherto

described (viz. Nanorchestes amphibius, Topsent & Troues-

sart) lives.on the sea-shore, between the tide limits or

slightly abovethem. This littoral species was discovered by

M. Topsent at Luc-sur-Mer (Calvados), France, and after-

wards found by the author at St. Ratherine’s Point, Isle of

Wight. The new species described below has a very

different habitat, for it lives on the summit of the Mendip

Hills at an altitude of over 800 feet and more than eee

miles from the sea-coast.

Nanorchestes collinus, sp. n.

General appearance very like N. amphibius, Tops. &

Trouess., but smaller in size. Hairs on dorsal surface of

cephalothorax also very similar. The curious unpaired

median structure between the chelicere is present and

strongly curved. ‘This new species differs from NV. amphibius

in the following details of structure :—Dorsal hair on cheli-

cera slender and dividing close to the base into two plumose

branches, the outer one “being considerably longer than the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 16

214 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

other (whereas in NV. amphibius the dorsal hair is rather

stout, stiff, rod-like, and not divided). Hairs on abdomen

very similar to those of WN. amphibius, being short and

branched in the same way, but they are finer. The sac-like

structure placed immediately behind the eye is almost

circular (instead of being rather elongate-oval).

Length (slightly pressed by accident) 240 p.

Material. A single specimen collected by the author on

the summit of the Mendip Hills, near Axebridge, Somerset,

July 1918.

XXIV.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-

dactyla.—Part II]. The Bubaline and Orygine. By

RB. Pocock, Rs:

Parts I. and II. of this series, supplementing my paper

published in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910, appeared in the

Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. for June and August of this year,

As in those papers, the reference numbers inserted after the

genera and species in the following pages apply to the

treatise issued in 1910. .

Subfamily Buzazrivz.

Genus Damatiscus, Scl. & Thos.

In 1910 I described the preorbital and pedal glands of

this genus from dried skins of D. korrigum. Iam now able

to supplement that account from fresh material of two

South African species, J). albifrons and D. pygargus.

Damaliscus albifrons, Burch.

The muzzle (fig. 1, A, B, C) is long, broad, and depressed,

with mobile upper lip and fleshy, valvular, narrow, and

elongate nostrils, lined for some distance inside, both above

and below, with hair. The rhinarium is much reduced, but

is broad between the narrowed inner ends of the nostrils ;

beneath the septum it is continued down the upper lip as

a short mesially grooved philtrum, which rapidly narrows

from its wide base to its pointed lower end which reaches

the inferior edge of the upper lip. Dorsally it extends as

a moist band along the upper lid of the nostril, but falls

short of the posterior angle of the nostril by some distance ;

on the lower lid of the nostril there is no rhinarial extension

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 215

of moist skin. From the dorsal aspect the rhinarium

appears as a crescentic band, thicker mesially in front than

posteriorly at the sides, the hairs on the upper side of the

muzzle spreading far forwards between the nostrils, forming

a well-defined field with an evenly convex antero-lateral

edge. The surface of the rhinarium is covered with a

reticulation of grooves defining low rounded eminences.

The preorbital gland is marked exterrally by a slightly

Fig. 1.

PROUT 7

oa SS, 4 EARS PORE iT rs

Lay!

. Muzzle and rhinarium of Damaliscus albifrons from the front. X 3.

The same from above.

The same from the side.

Extremity of the penis of D. pygargus from below.

. The same from the right side.

ECOnP

raised circular naked area, with a central orifice leading

into a short cylindrical tube penetrating about halfway into

the substance of the thick gland.

Inguinal glands are absent, and there is a single pair of

mamme.

The pedal glands, like those of other Bubalines I have

already described, are well developed only on the fore feet,

where they consist of a deep and long interdigital pouch

overlapped to a great extent above by the folded cae eee

216 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some

of the pastern, but with a comparatively long slit-like orifice.

On the hind foot the gland is represented merely by a

shallow naked depression.

Damaliscus pygargus, Pall.

Differs in none of the particulars described above from

D. albifrons, except that the philtrum fails to reach the edge

of the upper lip.

In the male the penis (fig. 1, D, E) ends in a well-defined

cordate thickening, broad at the base, narrowed at the apex.

The urethral canal is not produced beyond the extremity of

the glans, but terminates in a groove in the middle of its

under side.

The figure of the penis of D. albifrons, published by

Garrod (P. Z.8. 1877, p. 11, fig. 22), and apparently copied

by Gerhardt, represents this organ as apically attenuated

and provided with a short tubular urethral process lying

along the left side of the end of the glans and free from it

to a very limited extent, but not projecting beyond it.

It seems to me to be very unlikely that two species

so closely allied as D. albifrons and D. pygargus differ in

reality in the structure of the penis to the extent indicated

hy Garrod’s observations and my own; and since Garrod’s

figure shows close agreement between the penis of D. albi-

Jrons and that of Connochetes, 1 am disposed to think it

likely that the penis of D. pygargus I examined must have

been abnormal or, perhaps, mutilated with respect to the

end of the urethra.

There the matter must rest until the opportunity of

examining this organ in other examples of D. pygargus

occurs. ~* Considering the rarity of the species we may have

to wait long for such a chance to verify or disprove the.

point at issue.

Genus Connocuares, Licht.

Connochetes gnou, Zimm. (p. 904).

I have very little to add to my original account of this

“species except some facts regarding the rhinarium and penis

which were not described in 1910*.

The muzzle (fig. 2, A, B, C) is a gross exaggeration of

the type seen in Damaliscus, being wider and having the

valvular lids of the nostrils more protuberant and fleshy.

* In one specimen the surface of the preorbital gland showed a central

saucer-like depression. Hence this surface is not always flat, as

described in 1910,

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 217

A further important and very interesting difference is the

presence of a well-developed pouch, lined with short hair,

penetrating the internarial septum on each side and opening

by a circular orifice within the anterior angle of the nostril,

nearly midway between the latter and the anterior end of

entrance to the narial passages. The orifice of this pouch,

WSN AN ~ awa

VR :

+")

jie

A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Connochetes grow from the front. x 4.

(The vibrissee shorter than in nature.)

B. The same from the side. \

C. The same with the upper lid of the nostril raised to show the orifice

of the sack penetrating the septum.

D. Extremity of penis of the same from below.

E. The same of Gorgon taurinus from the left side.

like the entrance to the chamber itself, is revealed when

the upper lid of the nostril is raised and concealed when it

is in its normal depressed position (fig. 2, B, C).

Owing to the scanty clothing of hair on the dorsal side of

the.muzzle, the rhinarium is not so well defined above and

behind as in Damaliscus; it extends less than halfway

218 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

round the upper lid of the nostril. Viewed from the front

it is exceedingly wide and laterally attenuated, with a

concavo-convex, sinuous upper edge. The philtrum, which

is broad, angular, and ungrooved, is inferiorly abbreviated,

ending in a point a little above the middle of the upper lip,

the lower portion of which is continuously hairy across the

middle line. The surface of the rhinarium is transversely

striated, not roughened and tessellated.

In his paper on the anatomy of the Gnu, Lonnberg

(K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv. no. 3, p. 48, 1901) paid no

special attention to the rhinarium, contenting himself with

a reference to the descriptions published by others, notably

by Sclater and Thomas in the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ vol. i.

This brief description, however, contains no mention of the

pouches in the internarial septum, because they are com-

pletely concealed in dried skins, No doubt this fact

accounts for their having hitherto apparently escaped

detection. At all events I have not come across any record

of their occurrence.

I am unable to suggest any explanation of the function”

of these pouches, unless they act as traps for the maggots of

parasitic dipterous insects (Cstrus) whose usual habit it

is to pass up the true nostril into the narial passages, where

they frequently set up serious disorders in Ruminants. At

all events, these parasites would be innocuous in the pouches.

The penis (fig. 2, D) differs from that of Damaliscus py-

gargus in being apically attenuated, without trace of the

coidate thickening at the end, and in the termination of

the urethral canal in a short process on the left side of the

apex, beyond which it projects for a very short distance.

Genus Gorgon, Gray.

Gorgon taurinus, Burch. (p. 906).

An example of G. taurinus ‘albojubatus, four and a half

months old, had the muzzle constructed as in Connochetes

gnou, except that the peculiarities were less exaggerated ;

it was less depressed and narrower and the rhinarium seen

from the front was deeper from above downwards and the

shortened philtrum showed a narrow groove.

The preorbital gland was scantily clothed with long hair

and its surface was mesially depressed and saucer-like.

The penis (fig. 2, E) of an adult male of the typical race

was less attenuated apically than in that of Connochetes

gnou and the urethral canal was not prolonged beyond, the

end of the glans.

From evidence supplied mainly by the digestive tract,

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 219

Lénnberg (K. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xxxv. no. 3 (1901) ;

Arkiv. Zool. v. no. 10, p. 21 (1909)) was of opinion that the

Guus are phylogenetically related to the Bovine, the latter

being the descendants of antelopes closely akin to Conno-

chetes and Gorgon. It appears to me, however, to be certain

that the Gnus must be regarded as highly specialised forms

of Bubalis; but I cannot admit that the latter are in any

way nearly affiliated to any form of Bubaline. ‘he evidence,

on the other hand, that the Bovine are specialised Tragela-

phinee is, in my opinion, complete.

The usually recorded differences between the Gnus and

Hartebeests in cranial and cornual characters are well known.

Using the muzzle as a basis the two groups may be distin-

guished as follows :—

a. Muzzle comparatively narrow; rhinarium

cleaving the upper lip approximately to its

inferior edge, its depth about half its width,

its surface roughened and reticulated ; no

pouches in the internarial septum within the

MING Sse etyae Scte cles ties aXe ea tes a ess Bubalis, Damaliscus.

a’, Muzzle comparatively very broad; rhina-

rium not extending to inferior edge of

upper lip, its depth less than half its width,

its surface transversely striated; a pair of

pouches penetrating the internarial septum

WANE NAT GNC TIOSETI Sy wersigixtseg ye el siete sPela’ ave, « Connochetes, Gorgon

The Bubaline constitute a compact group of Bovidee

showing comparatively slight range of variation so far as the

external features dealt with in this paper are concerned. The

muzzle is expanded, the rhinarium is reduced, the nostrils

are valvular and lined within the orifice with longish hair

for the exclusion of foreign bodies. The preorbital gland

is large and is either provided with a narrow duct-like in-

vagination (Damaliscus, Bubalis) or has a flat, slightly convex

or slightly concave surface (Connochetes, Gorgon). Inguinal

glands are absent, and there is normally, at all events, a

single pair of mamme. Pedal glands are well developed

only on the fore feet, where they consist of a long deep

interdigital pouch with a long orifice, but not so long as in

the Antilopine, on the front of the pastern. In the hind

feet this gland is aborted and represented merely by a

shallow depression. The penis at most has a short tubular

urethral prolongation.

Subfamily Orverz.

Genus Oryx, Blainville.

My account of the cutaneous glands of this genus pub-

lished in 1910 was based upon an examination of dried skins

220 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

and living animals only. Since that date I have had the

opportunity of seeing fresh carcases of two very distinct

species, namely O. gazella, the type of the genus, and

O. leucoryx, which should rank, I think, as a distinct genus

Oryx gazella, Linn.

The muzzle (fig. 3, A, B, and 4, F) is broad and depressed,

y) y ,

Le ch

LANNY

LEIS

( LAUGH Z -

» vy

II i

A. Muzzle of rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the front. x

B. The same from above.

with the nostrils narrow, elongated, valvular, and hairy

right up to their lower rim. The smooth rhinarium is

reduced in size, moderately broad between the nostrils, and

extending laterally as a comparatively narrow strip all along

the upper rim of the nostrils. From the dorsal aspect it is

crescentic, the hairs of the dorsal side of the face extending

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 221

far forwards between the nostrils, more than halfway along

their length, forming a field with an evenly convex antero-

lateral border. From the front the upper edge has a sinuous

curvature, and the depth of the rhinarium down the middle

line is about equal to the width of the internarial septum ;

the inferior edge is slightly angled, but is not continued as

a philtrum down the upper lip, which is continuously hairy

across the middle line *.

Preorbital and inguinal glands are absent, as Owen and

Ogilby correctly recorded.

The pedal glands ou all four feet consist of dilated hair-

lined pouches, opening by a narrow passage and a small

orifice on the front of the pastern just above the summit of

the folded interungual web. They resemble those of O. beisa

described in 1910, except that the orifice is small and sub-

circular (cf. infra).

Oryx beisa, Rupp. (p. 907).

I am indebted to the late Mr. F. C. Selous for the fore

and hind foot of an adult example of this species from

British East Africa. In these the glands were moderately

large and saccular, with a narrow cylindrical exit passage

and circular orifice. In 1910 I described the orifice of the

gland observed on the dried feet of an immature specimen

as consisting of an elongated slit. The shape assumed by

the orifice in this case was probably due to shrinkage of the

skin when drying. At all events, the glands of the specimen

brought for me by Mr. Selous resembled those of the fresh

specimen of O. gazellia described above.

Genus A’coryx, nov.

Differs from Oryx in possessing a preorbital gland, a

more reduced rhinarium, and curved horns.

Type, 4égoryx algazel, Oken.

Aigoryx algazel, Oken (p. 909).

In 1910 my notes on this species were restricted to the

statement that an example living in the Gardens showed

the presence of preorbital glands by patches of secretion on

the face about one inch in front of the eye, thus disproving

the assertions of Owen and Ogilby that the preorbital gland

is absent.

* In the figures illustrating the muzzle of the antelopes described in

this paper, no attempt has been made to indicate by shading the trans-

ser and vertical convexity of the rhinaria, which thus appear to be

too flat.

229 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

In an example of the typical race of this species from

Northern Nigeria, the gland (fig. 4, B) consists of a

» thickened area of skin concealed and overgrown by hair

basally adherent with secretion. The glandis about 30 mm.

long and 6 mm. thick and slightly elevated, resembling the

Fig. 4. 7

wh?” rN TH Sy

s ene Ben Mi

Pa)

wey vy eile

ste win 1 j

co NYA aa wl Ut

Wy \ Wy

ng my a

he ue HAS mS

Of I aN

Fr RE

PTs oe

ACN ae i ‘

a NV} uy

' ;

ae Wer 4

Pugupra Monee :

Mone

aT} Cty Awtient

A My AY

AES. u #7 Bir —

LM lg

h 1; 4 1 if! Wa

| yf \e

fowl ee 3

ie (oe ech

A. Muzzle and rhinarium of 4%goryx algazel from the front. x 3,

B. Preorbital gland of the same in longitudinal section.

C. Extremity of the penis of the same from the left side.

D. The same from the right side with urethral process pulled down.

E. Extremity of penis of Hippotragus niger with urethral process

straightened.

F. Muzzle and rhinarium of Oryx gazella from the side.

corresponding gland of Hippotragus, although shorter as

compared with its thickness.

The muzzle (fig. 4, A) in its general features is like that

of Oryx gazella, but the rhinarium is considerably more

reduced. When viewed from the front it is much wider as

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 223

compared with its height, the height in the middle line

being slightly less than that of the upper lip and much less

than the width of the internarial septum.

As in other members of this subfamily the inguinal

glands are absent, there are two pairs of mamme, and the

pedal glands are present and constructed as in Oryz.

The penis (fig. 4,C, D) is remarkable for the thickness

and length of the tubular prolongation of the urethral canal,

which projects some distance beyond the ovate termination

of the glans and is nowhere adherent to it. It rises from

the underside of the cylindrical portion of the penis, and,

although normally closely applied to the left side of the well-

defined terminal portion, is in reality separable from it. It

is thick at the base and gradually attenuated apically.

The penis closely resembles that of Addazx as described

and figured by Garrod (P.Z.S.1877, p. 10, fig. 18) ; but

Gerhardt’s figure of the penis in Addag has a much shorter

urethral prolongation, not overlapping the tip of the glans

(Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi. p. 153, 1906).

Genus Hrppotracus, Sund.

Hippotragus niger, Ham. (p. 909).

Specimens examined since 1910 confirm in every parti-

cular the facts stated in that year as to the structure and

incidence of the cutaneous glands. The new facts here

recorded relate to the rhinarium and the penis.

The muzzle (fig. 5, A, B) is less depressed than that of Oryz,

and the sculptured rhinarium is relatively larger and more

normal, with a better defined naked tract below the nostrils,

a well-developed philtrum mesially grooved, broad at the

base, and narrowed below where it reaches the inferior edge

of the upper lip; the nostrils are more expanded with the

upper lid more swollen, so that from the anterior aspect the

upper edge of the rhinarium appears to be biconvex with an

angular median depression and from the dorsal aspect the

anterior edge is seen to be transversely truncated. The hairs

of the upper side of the nose extend some distance between

the nostrils, although not so far as in Oryx, so that the

posterior border of the rhinarium is strongly concave.

The penis (fig. 4, E) resembles that of Agoryx, described

above, in the thickness, length, and freedom of the tubular

prolongation of the urethral canal, but the termination of

the glans is less markedly bulbous.

The Orygine, apart from Addax which requires examina-

tion, are a remarkably uniform group with respect to the

224 Lewternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

structure of the penis, the presence of four mamme, the

absence of inguinal glands, and the presence on all four

feet of flask-shaped pedal glands with narrow exit passage

and small circular orifice just behind the summit of the

interungual web.

pe es =e

Sze

bd ’

ULE REY Y,

ia =

oe Gt PT

Aus “fy Feng

Sal

A. Muzzle and rhinarium of Hippotragus niger from the front, X 3.

B. The same from above.

Setting Addaz aside, the genera discussed in this paper

may be distinguished as follows :—

a. Rhinarium sculptured, with distinct philtrum reach-

ing lower edge of upper lip; upper rim of dilated

nostrils swollen; horns rising erect from head .. Hippotragus.

a’, Rhinarium smooth, without philtrum, upper lip

entire ; upper rim of narrow nostrils not swollen ;

horns inclined backwards in the plane of the

forehead.

b. Preorbital gland present as a thickened pad of skin

like that of Hippotragus; rhinarium shallow;

hors eurved» .).. ./. +. 60h Se emer os ugoryx.

'. Preorbital gland absent; rhinarium deeper;

horns Straight 5s... occ s ace eee eee” OFTE,

On new Species of Syntomidee, Nymphalide, &e. 225

Addax differs from the three above enumerated genera in

having broad rounded hoofs, the interdigital web exceedingly

thick above, the pedal glands represented by a short narrow

cylindrical tube, corresponding to the duct of the gland in

Hippotragus and Oryx, and the horas spirally twisted (Proc.

Zool. Soc. 1910, pp. 910-911).

XXV.— Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new

Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesperidee, and

Two Genera of Syntomide. By W. J. Karyn, F.E.S.

ALL the new species herein described will be figured after

the war. The striking new Chlorippe from Haiti is so far

unique. It is a ¢@ and could scarcely be a 2? ab. of

cherubina, the species it doubtless comes closest to. In

Cuba Chlorippe laure occurs, but the present insect is

certainly not a @ of that species, although it is highly

possible that laure occurs in Haiti.

The new race of Anea xenocrates from French Guiana,

although different in the ¢ from the typical species, has a 9

(only a single specimen) that is exceedingly like the ? at

Tring of the type-form from Bolivia. The female of this

species appears to be exceedingly rare, and it was rather

surprising to get a single pair from quite a new locality.

Syntomide.

TIGRIDANIA, gen. nov.

Proboscis well developed. Palpi long, upturned, reaching

well above head, and separated widely at base, but meeting

above the head. Antenne bipectinate in both sexes, longer

in g. Legs fairly long. Hind tibize with two pairs of

spurs of nearly equal length and strong spines on the tarsal

joints. Fore wing with vein 3 a long way before end of cell

and distance between veins 2, 3 less than that between 3 and 4.

Veins 4, 5 from angle of cell ; a fold between 5,6, extending

across cell; 11 from cell; 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Costa greatly

bulged at base. Hind wing with the lower diséocellular

very short and oblique; veins 2 and 4 on a long stalk, -

3 absent, 5 present, 6 and 7 from upper angle. = ;

Type, quadricincta, Kaye.

The genus comes nearest to Sarosa, from which it differs

markedly in the position of veins 2 and 3 of the fore wing.

226 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new

Tigridania quadricincta, sp. n.

Fore wing smoky transparent, with the costa broadly

black from before discocellular to apex, which is very

broadly black. Discoidal spot black ; outer margin with an

extension inwards along vein 2, and inner margin with an

extension along vein 106 heavy black. Hind wing bluish

transparent with hardly any smoky appearance; outer and

inner margins heavily black and costa clothed with pale

yellowish hair. Abdomen with four yellowish segmental

rings. The last four segments black. Fore coxe whitish

beneath. Frons’ white; gule pale yellowish; tegule with

two pale yellowish spots. Mesothorax with a long central

pale spot and patagia with a pale area at base and a pale

stripe beyond middle. Metathorax with two pale spots.

Expanse 66 mm.

Hab. Upper Amazons, Rio Ucayali.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Autochloris crinopoda, sp. n.

Head black with blue scaling at vertex ; tegule black

with blue patches ; shoulders with white spots. ‘Thorax and

patagia black. Abdomen black with indistinct sublateral

blue patches; last four segments crimson. Hind tibiee with

dense orange tufts of hair. Fore wing hyaline with heavy

black margins; a heavy black discoidal blotch and a similar

blotch between cell and inner margin. Hind wing hyaline,

with the outer margin broadly black and a small black

discoidal mark. Abdomen below with only the last two

segments crimson. » Fore cox with exterior patches of

white scales.

Expanse 41 mm.

Hab. Cayenne.

Lge

Ab. lutea, nov.

Abdomen with the last three segments yellow, the fourth

only yellow laterally.

Hab, Ecuador, Sarayacu (C. Buckley).

Saurita pebasa, sp. n.

Head black, tegule black ; patagia with large red patclies ;

shoulders with red patches. Abdomen black. Fore wing

smoky black, darker about the discocellulars and with a pale

Species of Syntomide, Nymphalide, de. 227

transverse area across the disc. Hind wing smoky black,

darker at apical area and inuer margin.

Expanse 22 mm.

fab. Peru, Pebas Loreto, 1913.

Chrostosoma guianensis, sp. n.

Head black with some blue scaling behind the eyes,

Thorax black; patagia with red spots and a red spot on the

shoulder. Metathorax with a blue spot. Abdomen black,

legs and palpi black, Fore wing hyaline, smoky, with dark

scaling at base, along inner margin, and at apex. Hind

wing smoky hyaline, with apex and inner margin narrowly

darker.

Hxpanse 28 mm.

Hab. British Guiana.

Chrostosoma halli, sp. n.

Head and thorax black. Shoulders with red patches.

First abdominal segment with a pair of subdorsal red spots.

Abdomen black with some metallic-green scaling, especially

on last three segments. Abdomen beneath white on first

three segments and with orange sublateral patches on fifth

and sixth segments. Fore wing yellowish hyaline, with the

costa narrowly black beyond the cell and with the apex black.

Outer margin very narrowly black. Hind wing yellow

hyaline; outer margins narrowly black, becoming broader at

anal angle.

Expanse 33 mm.

Hab. Guatemala, Barrios, 22. xii. 12 (A. Hail).

Pheta serpensis, sp. n.

Head black ; frons metallic green. Tegule orange with a

few blue-green scales. Patagia orange. Coxe vermilion-

red. Abdomen above orange with a broad expanding median

stripe of blackish brown. Abdomen beneath with a large

white valve covering the basal segments. Last five seg-

ments black-brown. Fore wing with costa as far as discoidal

cell orange, and inner margin for half the distance orange.

Wings hyaline. Discoidal spot black, rather rectangular.

Outer margin broadly black; apex broad, black. Hind wing

transparent, the margins black. Antenne with the tips white.

Exxpanse 26 mm.

Hab. Lower Amazon, Serpa, Jan.—Mar. 1914 (A. Hall).

228 Mr. W. J. Kaye on new

Pheia nanata, sp. n.

Head black with vertex of head, tegule, frons, and shoulders

with metallic-green spots. Abdomen with first segment with

sublateral red spots and a series of faint dorsal green spots.

Fore coxe brilliant vermilion-red. A large white valve

covering basal segments beneath. Fore wing transparent

with costa, discoidal spot and outer margin black, the last

broad at apex and expanding inwards at vein 2. Hind wing

with the costa and cell filled up with dark scaling. Apex

rather broadly black.

Expanse 26 mm.

Hab. Peru, Rio Pacaya, Lower Ucayali, Aug.—Sept.,

1912.

Related to Pheta hemapera, Schs.

Rhyncopyga discalba, sp. n.

Frons black, vertex of head black. Collar orange, tegule

orange. Thorax and abdomen black. First two joints of

palpi orange. Coxze and valve covering basal segments

white. Underside of last five abdominal segments orange.

Fore wing with the basal half transparent, Discal half of

wing dull black, containing a large white discoidal spot.

Median vein heavily scaled with blackish. Hind wing

transparent with a broad black apex.

Expanse 19 mm.

Hab. Panama, Bugaba.

Related to 2. flavicollis, Druce.

Cosmosoma ochreipennis, sp. 0.

Palpi orange ; frons yellowish. Blue spots behind antenne.

Tegulee black with metallic-blue spots. Patagia black with

a central orange streak. Hind tarsus black above, orange

beneath. Thorax black. Abdomen black, segmented with

orange and with subdorsal metallic-blue spots, the last five

segments with a subsidiary second row of blue spots, Fore

wing transparent yellowish, the costa yellow, apex broadly

black, and outer margin narrowly black, wider at tornus.

Hind wing transparent yellowish with a narrow black outer

margin.

Expanse 32 mm.

Hab. Peru, Contamana, Rio Ucayah, xix. 1912.

Gymnelia semicincta, sp. n.

Frons black, between antenne bluish black. Tegule

with brilliant blue patches. Patagia black. ‘Thorax black.

Species of Syntomidee, Nymphalide, cc. 229

Abdomen with first segment above orange, becoming paler

at sides. A broad black dorsal fascia running down the

remaining segments, edged on the sides with orange seg-

mental bands and interspaces of bluish scales, especially on the

sixth and seventh segments. Fore wing with a small bunch

of white scales at base. Costa yellowish, becoming orange

beyond the cel]. Inner margin orange on basal half. Outer

margin black, the apex very broad, the remainder very

narrow. Wing-membrane yellow. Hind wing slightly less

yellow than fore wing. Inner margin rather broadly black,

outer margin narrow,

Expanse 25 mm.

Hab. Colombia, Valparaiso.

Mesothen demicostata, sp. n.

Palpi black; vertex of head metallic blue-green; legs

orange. Tegule and patagia edged orange. Metathorax

and first five segments of abdomen with orange segmental

bands.- Fore wing yellowish transparent. Costa on the

central area bright orange; basally and on apical third black.

Apex rather narrowly black and outer margin very narrowly

black. Inner margin narrowly orange, except at base, which

is black. Hind wing yellowish transparent, with outer

margin narrowly black.

Expanse 28 mm.

Hab. W. Colombia (San Antonio), 5800 ft., Nov. 1907

(Ml. G. Palmer).

Rhyncopyga semirufa subochrea, subsp. n.

Fore wing lighter, more ochreous than in semirufa. No

dark discoidal mark and with the dark marginal band greatly

narrowed at tornus. Between discocellulars and marginal

band a broad ochreous shade. Hind wing paler than semz-

rufa and with a slightly narrower marginal band. Fore

wing below with distinct ochreous postdiscal band.

Expanse 26 mm.

Hab. N. Peru, River Tabaconas, 6000 ft. (A. H#. & F.

Pratt), 1912.

PSEUDODIPTERA, gen. nov.

Proboscis absent; palpi slightly downcurved ; antenne

bipectinate, with long branches. Thorax and second seg-

ment of abdomen clothed with hair. Fore wing long ; vein 3

long hefore end of cell; 4, 5 on a short stalk ; 6 from middle

of discocellulars, curving down greatly towards vein 5; 7, 8,

9, 10, and 11 stalked. Hind wing small, greatly cut away

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 17

230 Mr, W. J. Kaye on new

at apex; veins 3 and 5 widely separated, 4 absent, 6 absent.

A short veinlet in the cell.

Type, muszforme.

Pseudodiptera comes nearest to Apisa, from which it differs

in having veins 3 and 5 of hind wing widely separated at

origin and in having vein 6 of fore wing from middle of

discocellulars.

Pseudodiptera musiforme, sp. 0.

Palpi black; frons with large white spot. Head black

with metallic-blue spot between antenne. Tegule with

white patches. Patagia black with white spot at base of

wing. Below, fore coxee white and white patches at base

of tibiz. A broad orange stripe on underside of abdomen.

Abdomen above black with dark green metallic segmental

bands. Fore wing transparent, the margins narrowly black.

Discoidal spot narrowly black, connected with outer margin

by a short black streak along vein 5. Inner margin with a

black extension inwards midway. Hind wing transparent,

with the costa and cell filled up with blackish,

Expanse 24 mm.

tio

Hab. Congo, Oubangui-chari, Tschad.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Family Hesperida.

Subfamily Paweuizrr az.

Pseudosarbia camptcola, sp. n.

Head, thorax, and abdomen dull brownish black. Fore

wing above dull brownish black, with a broad, macular,

creamy-whitish, transparent, median band, commencing on

costa as a small whitish dot succeeded by a rather square

spot within the cell; a much larger and more transparent

spot between veins 2, 3, and a creamish-white, more opaque

spot lying beneath, but not reaching the inner margin by

about 1-2 millimetres, Cilia same as the ground-colour,

except for a large white area at tornus. Just beyond cell is

a broad regular white band from costa to vein 4, with the

veins showing through brownish. Between veins 3, 4 near

cell is a small white comma-like mark. Fore wing below as

above, except that instead of a small white dot on costa at

commencement of band there is a pale yellow streak.

Hind wing above dull brownish black with a broad white

band from vein 8 to vein 2 divided up into sections by the

dark brewn veins. Cilia at apex brown, becoming white

thence to tornus, where it is considerably longer. Hind wing

Species of Syntomide, Nymphalidee, &e. 231

below as above, except for a straight yellow streak within

the cell which runs beyond the discocellulars along the fold

in place of vein 5.

Abdomen beneath with paired white spots on sternites 4,

5, 6, 7, and 8.

?. Like the male, except that all the white markings are

broader.

Expanse, ¢ 52 mm., ? 58 mm.

Hab. 8. Brazil, Parana, Ponta Grossa, 1 ¢, 30. 3.1910

(W. J. Kaye). Uruguay (2. Trimen).

3 type in Coll. Kaye. @ type in Coll. Joicey,

The habitat of this striking “skipper” is open grassy

campo in S. Brazil at 3000 ft. elevation. Hardly another

butterfly was to be seen where the ¢ was caught, although a

close search was made at the time for further specimens of

what I recognized at the time as a rarity.

On the label of the ? specimen labelled Uruguay it is

stated “Mr. W. C. Hewitson had this Hesperid from me

[Rowland Trimen] to describe and figure together with the

specimen of Papilio hellanichus (also from Uruguay); but

although he attached to it the label ‘ Apheka’ I have not

found that he published any description or figure of it.—

R. Trimen.”

The type of Papilio hellanichus, once in the Trimen col-

lection, was acquired with the whole collection by Mr. Joicey.

Family Nymphalidae.

Chlorippe speciosissima, sp. 0.

@. Fore wing ochre-yellow with two black transverse

marks, the one within the cell flat V-shaped, the other lying

along discocellulars. A pale transverse band across disc,

straight to vein 3, then set back and broken; a conspicuous

blackish spot surrounded with reddish ochreous near tornus

between veins 2 and 3. A dark shade in subapical area

' containing two pale round spots. Subterminal black line

regular preceded by a crenulated black band which merges

in the dark subapical area. Hind wing ochre-yellow with a

small round black spot within the cell, lying close to origin

of vein 7. Costal area brownish black with a square whitish

patch in middle, which represents the end of a transverse

band which is almost obliterated. A large black spot sur-

rounded with reddish ochreous between veins 2, 3. Sub-

terminal line black, regular to vein 2, where it is strongly

. toothed and edged externally with grey. A heavy black

inner crenulated band also strongly toothed at vein 2. Outer

margin crenulated. Underside of hind wing pinkish silvery

232 Mr. R. Broom on the

with the upperside markings showing through, and with a

well-defined central whitish band becoming more or less

merged with the ground-colour at anal angle.

Expanse 82 mm.

Hab. Haiti, no precise locality.

Type in Coll. Joicey.

Anca xenocrates punctimarginale, subsp. n.

&. Differs from xenocrates xenocrates from Bolivia in the

fore wing by having no blue scaling at tornus and in the

blue subapical spots being widely separated and showing no

tendency to unite inwards. Hind wing with a series of

rather small triangular blue marginal spots, not a band as in

the Bolivian form.

@. Shows much less difference from type-form. The

margin of hind wing is yellow banded as in the 9 from

Bolivia. There is an extra yellow spot between veins 3, 4,

smaller than that between veins 2, 3.

EXxpanse 82 mm.

Hab. French Guiana, St. Jean de Maroni.

Lion

Type in Coll. Joicey.

The occurrence in French Guiana of a species only known

hitherto from Bolivia and the Upper Amazons (Pebas) is

strange, and at first suggests specific difference and not sub-

specific. But the species is rare, the ? exceedingly so, and

its range may lie across the interior of Brazil where it could

easily remain undetected. The species has been chiefly

known from Eastern Bolivia, but the few specimens known

from Pebas belong to the same form with a blue marginal

hind-wing band in the ¢.

XX VI.— Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope.

By Rosrert Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W. J. Souuas.

So much has already been written about this little vertebrate

by Broili, Case, v. Huene, Moodie, Finney, and Williston

that it might seem doubtful wisdom to add another paper

to the already extensive literature, and more especially as

my observations are on specimens already carefully examined

‘by Case and v. Huene; but when one considers that

‘Lysorophus is the most remarkable land vertebrate that has

been discovered for many years, and that opinions not only

differ as to its affinities but also as to the interpretation of a

number of the cranial elements, a further review of even the

present evidences seems justifiable.

Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 233

There is no lack of material. The Chicago Museum has

200 nodules, each containing much of the skeleton of a

specimen: the American Museum, New York, also has

many nodules, and in the American Museum nine skulls

have been chiselled out, one or two in very good condition.

In Tiibingen there are 24 skulls, and at Munich a consider-

able number more.

As the extensive literature has been reviewed by Williston

and others, it will be unnecessary to enter into this in detail.

To Broili we owe the first really good figures of the skull,

but there are one or two points in his interpretation that I,

in common with all later writers, do not accept, and from

his conclusion as to the affinities of the genus I also differ.

Case gives a brief description of the more conspicuous

elements of the skull, and reproduces Broili’s and Williston’s

figures. As these two figures differ in a number of points,

one could have wished that Case had given an original

figure of his own interpretation, and his description, while

pointing out the different views, does little to clear up the

matter.

Williston gives us clear definite views as to the structure

of the skull and skeleton, and equally clear opinions as to

the affinities of the genus.

Von Huene, the latest worker on the genus, has just issued

a paper on Lysorophus in the ‘ Anatomischer Anzeiger,’ and.

another paper is in the press describing the specimens in

the American Museum. Though these two papers are

appearing in the same year, I believe that the one in the

‘Anatomischer Anzeiger’ to be the later. On one or two

points the opinions expressed differ in the two, and it is

therefore well to know which is the latest. Von Huene has

figured a number of the better skulls in the American

Museum, and gives us clear opinions not only on the

structure, but also on the affinites of the genus.

The skulls in the American Museum, though comparatively

few in number, are mostly well preserved, and there is

scarcely a point in the structure that cannot be made out

in one or other.

The best figures published of the top of the skull are those

of Broili and Williston, and they differ, apart from inter-

pretations, only in the relative width of the nasal region.

While neither is altogether correct, a composite of the two

would give the truth. The difference arises from the

peculiar state of affairs in front of the prefrontal. Broili

correctly recognises a round opening here which he regards

as the nostril. It is also shown in Williston’s specimen.

The most natural conclusion would seem to be that this is

234 Mr. R. Broom on the

the nostril, but two of the American Museum specimens seem

to indicate that the opening extends somewhat inwards and

forwards, and one would like to see a specimen showing

the perfect snout to feel quite sure that this opening is

the nasal opening and not perhaps also an opening for some

sensory organ.

There is a small premaxilla—possibly toothed. It is

figured by v. Huene. The maxilla is slender and carries

about ten teeth. Its posterior end articulates, I believe,

with the palatine. It forms the floor of the nasal opening

Fig. 1.

Pal.

SS SS

RES

Restoration of the underside of skull of Lysorophus tricarinatus,

Cope, X 5

and perhaps its posterior border. The doubt lies in the fact

that in the specimens it is impossible to be quite sure

whether the bridge of bone which connects the prefrontal

with the maxilla is a part of the prefrontal or a part of the

maxilla or a small independent bone.

One specimen shows most of the palate. The bones area

little crushed and fractured, and the interpretation I give is

made with some hesitation (fig. 1). Von Huene figures the

specimen, but his interpretation differs somewhat from mine,

Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 235

which agrees pretty closely with Broili’s. I consider

v. Huene in error in regarding that there are “ two large,

elongate internal nares, separated by a narrow bridge.” The

large supposed left choana of v. Huene I regard as the

median vacuity between the prevomers, and the narrow

bridge as the right prevomer. The figure I give will show

how I interpret the palatal structures. The prevomers form

a horseshoe-like arrangement with posterior processes passing

back to the parasphenoid and apparently articulating with

the pterygoids. The teeth on the prevomers are well shown

in this specimen. In front there are about 6 and about

8 on each side. The paiatines are delicate bones extending

from the maxillz to the pterygoids. Between the palatines

and prevomers are, I believe, the internal nares. The ptery-

goids extend back as rather delicate bones to meet the

quadrates. The parasphenoid is a very large bone, which

forms nearly the whole of the base of the posterior two-

thirds of the skull. The supposed suture figured by

v. Huene between the parasphenoid and the basisphenoid

is, I think, a fracture merely.

The ficure I give of a transverse section of the skull

(fig. 3) shows the relations of the pterygoid to the para-

sphenoid, and also the elements of the back of the mandible.

In Broili’s figure A of the side view of the skull, there are

seen in the orbital region some deep-seated elements. These

are also shown in two of the American Museum specimens.

In what might be regarded as the sphenethmoid region

there appear to be three elements with a deep posterior

notch. In one of the New York specimens an almost

exactly similar appearance is shown, and further back an

elongated element very like an epipterygoid in appearance.

Though these elements have been seen by Broili, neither he

nor anyone else appears to have expressed any opinion as

to what they were. After considering many possibilities I

have come to the conclusion that they are ossifications or

calcifications in the cartilaginous brain-case. The anterior

elements look as if separated by sutures, but, whereas all

true sutures in the skull and even cracks are filled with the

red clayey matrix, these divisions are formed of clear calcite

which probably indicates that they were originally formed

by hyaline cartilage. Further, in a second specimen the

ossification appears to be entire. ‘The posterior narrow

vertical element is also, in my opinion, an ossification of

the cranial cartilage. It certainly has much superficial

resemblance to a reptilian epipterygoid. It articulates with

the parietal above and passes down to at least near to the

pterygoid. It thus answers in position to the epipterygoid.

236 Mr. R. Broom on the

But though in front it has a smooth edge the posterior edge

is irregular, as if indicating an ossification in cartilage. The

anterior ossification or ossifications probably correspond to

the sphenethmoid of Siredon or the frog, and the posterior

to the ossification seen in Dinosaurs, Crocodiles, and birds,

and usually, but I think wrongly, called alispbeuoid.

The quadrate is large and its upper half is largely hidden

by the squamosal. There need not, I think, be the slightest

i y

Lower jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, X 5. A represents a

section at aa.

Ang., angular; D, dentary; P.Art., prearticular; S.Ang., surangular.

Fig. 3,

fai

Fe. Pe. S.Ang

PL Art. J}

Ang.

Section across skull and jaw of Lysorophus tricarinatus, Cope, X 5. The

section of the lower jaw is near the point indicated by 06 in the

figure of the jaw. The outer corners of the parasphenoid are sepa-

rated by cracks or sutures. They are believed to be parts of the

parasphenoid.

' Ang., angular; Pa., parietal ; Pa.Sp., parasphenoid ; P.Art., prearticular ;

Pt., pterygoid ; S.dng., surangular.

doubt about this bone being the squamosal—the view also

held by Williston and v. Huene.

The occiput has recently been figured by v. Huene from

one of the American Museum specimens and also from one

of the Tibingen specimens. His drawing of the American

Museum specimen is not in my opinion quite accurate, the

American specimen agreeing closely with his figure of the

Tiibingen specimen. ‘The main difference between the two

Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 237

is that in the drawing of the American specimen the ex-

occipital is represented as very small. This is, I think, wrong,

the exoccipital being large, as represented in the drawing

of the Tiibingen specimen. The drawing v. Huene gives

of the occipital condyle is thoroughly satisfactory, showing

that the articulation is as much basi- as exoccipital.

Von Huene’s identifications of the fenestra ovalis and fora-

men for the vagus are probably correct.

The large bone situated by the sides of the supraoccipital

has been very variously identified. By Broili and Case

they have been called squamosals, by Williston epiotics, and

by v. Huene supratemporals. That they cannot be squa-

mosals requires no argument, the undoubted squamosals

lying in front. Nor can they, I think, be regarded as

supratemporals. From their being quite behind the parie-

tals, and at the sides of the supraoccipital and far behind

the jaw, it is very doubtful if they im any way roof the

temporal region. They may be epiotics, but we do not

know any forms in which epiotics take up this position.

They further appear to overlap the supraoccipital, and to

be thus membrane bones. It seems to me that they, how-

ever, answer all the requirements of the tabulares. They

lie on the outer part of the paroccipitals, are behind the

parietals, and articulate with both the parietals and squa-

mosals, and to form the upper lateral parts of the occiput.

The lower jaw has never been fully described. Von Huene

figures one of the specimens in the American Museum, but

with one or two of his interpretations I do not agree. He

has also examined some jaws in the Tubingen Museum, but

they have apparently not yielded any fresh light. The

American Museum specimen, no. 4761, shows something of

‘the jaw, but not nearly so much as two other specimens not

numbered. Between these three specimens practically all

details can be made out (fig. 2).

The dentary forms about two-thirds of the jaw. It comes

to a sharp point in front and forms with its neighbour a

short feeble symphysis. It articulates on the outer side

behind with the surangular and angular. The splenial is a

small bone lying on the inside of the lower part of the

dentary just behind the symphysis. It forms the lower

margin of the jaw in this region. The angular forms nearly

the whole of the lower border of the jaw, passing in front

between the dentary and the splenial. From two of the

American Museum specimens I incline to differ from

v. Huene, and believe that the splenial does not form part

Ann. & Mag. NV. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, ii. 18

238 Mr. R. Broom on the

of the symphysis. The surangular forms the upper half of

the back of the jaw as indicated in the figure. Von Hueneis,

I think, in error in regarding the large opening in the side

of the jaw in specimen 4716 as natural. Only a small part

is, | believe, a natural opening, the rest due to faulty pre-

paration. In other specimens the lateral opening is quite

small, as indicated in the figure. I find no evidence of a

coronoid element. Inside the jaw is a large prearticular.

The articular is evidently quite small, and possibly carti-

laginous.

Though the structure of the skull of Lysorophus may now

be said to be pretty well known, there is still some little

doubt as to the affinities. Lysorophus agrees closely with

no known animal, recent or extinct. With Williston I agree

in holding that Lysorophus is not a reptile. All known

reptiles are either Cotylosaurs or are manifestly derived from

Cotylosaurian ancestors, but Lysorophus is neither a Cotylo-

saur nor can it have been derived from a Cotylosaur. The

supposed reptilian resemblances are entirely fallacious.

Von Huene in his recent paper, though correctly figuring

and describing the occipital condyle, says: “ this condyle is

intermediate between the true reptilian condyle and the

true amphibian condyle .... The structure of the condyle

shows a great resemblance to that of the Theromorphs and

of Turtles.”” In Theromorphs and Turtles the condyle is a

tripartite condyle, of which the upper two-thirds are formed

by the exoccipitals and the lower third by the basioccipital.

In most Chelonians and Theromorphs the exoccipitals come

close together, and the basioccipital is squeezed out from

the foramen magnum. Inall generalised forms the condyle

is a projecting rounded structure which articulates with the

arches of the atlas and with the intercentrum. In Lyso-

rophus the whole articulation is with the centrum of the

atlas, which fits close into the broad hollowed out surface

formed by the basi- and exoccipitals, The presence of a

large articular surface on the basioccipital seems at first

sight to be a non-Amphibian character, but, as Watson has

recently pointed out, this is the primitive Amphibian

condition. The early Stegocephalians of the Lower Car-

boniferous, such as Pteroplax, have the basicecipital forming

practically the whole of the articulation, the exoccipitals

only very gradually in later forms taking the place of the

basioccipital. So that, so far from the occipital condyle of

Lysorophus indicating any reptilian affinities, it is really in a

more primitive condition than is found in any other Permian

or later Amphibian.

Genus Lysorophus, Cope. 239

Doubtless Williston is right in regarding Lysorophus as a

mud-borrowing animal, and many of its specialisations are

due to this habit, such as the greatly elongated snake-like

body with very numerous vertebre, great reduction of the

limbs, relatively small size of skull, loss of the arches, and

advanced position of the quadrate. And ‘the somewhat

similar characters, acquired by convergence in other groups

which have similar habits, have given rise to some striking

superficial resemblances to Lysorophus in the Gymnophiona,

the Amphisbenans, and the Typhlopide.

But, apart from all modifications in Lysoruphus due to a

burrowing habit, the skull is undoubtedly fundamentally an

Amphibian skull, and the only known Amphibia, recent or

extinct, with which it seems at all allied are the Urodela,

and, more remotely, the Anura and the Gymnophiona.

Note by Prof. W. J. Soutas.

Some years ago Dr. Broom obtained, through the kindness

of Dr. Matthew, two specimens of Lysorophus, and these he

presented to me for investigation by serial sections; at the

same time he made a most generous aldition to this gift by

placing in my hands, to dispose of as I thought fit, a paper

embodying the important conclusions to which he had been

led from his study of the specimens in American museums.

My own study is now completed, and I hope soon to give

a full and exact account of the structure of the skull in all

its details. This will confirm all the more important con-

clusions of Dr. Broom, and in justice to him I can no longer

withhold from publication the paper which he entrusted to

me in 1914.

One or two minor emendations ought, perhaps, to be

made. Thus, the vacuity between the vomers, as it is repre-

sented in fig. 1, does not really exist; these bones are

without thickened margins and meet in the middle line;

and, again, the articulare of the lower jaw is a comparatively

large and important bone.

On the other hand, there can be no doubt that the cranial

walls include, as Dr. Broom suggests, a large “sphen-

ethmoid” and “alisphenoids.” These are shown in section

in the accompanying figures (figs. 4 & 5).

The whole anatomy of the skull recalls in a striking

manner that of Siren or Menopomus, and to my mind Lyso-

rophus is without doubt an ancestral Urodele. It presents

some remarkably interesting primitive characters,

240 On the Genus Lysorophus, Cope.

Fig. 4.

Ptr: Fa.

Pt. Pa_S. ae ~T ou,

A B

Transverse sections of skull of Zysor ophus, to show the ephenethmam and

“alisphenoid ” bones.

A. Sphenethmoid: /'r., frontal; Pa.S., parasphenoid ; P.Fr., prefrontal ;

H., pterygoid ; Sp. E. , sphenethmoid, Bp.“ Alisphenoid ” (CAB a

Art., articulare of lower jaw ; Pa., parietal ; Qu., quadrate.

Fig. 5.

ie Vo-

Three horizontal sections superposed.

Vo., vomers; Pr.Ot., pro-otic ; Sg., squamosal; S.o., en

E.o., exoccipital ; Tab., tabulare; Pr.At., pro-atlas,

- Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the First Day of every Month —2s. 6d.

SERS

LONDON, EDINBURGH, ‘and DUBLIN |

PHILOSOPHICAL “MAGAZINE

Bi AND

F per JOURNAL OF ‘SCIENCE...

= Conducted by

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Se., LL.D., PRS,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, 0.M., MA, Se. ‘D., FP. RS.,

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Se., E.RBS., E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A, LL.D., ERS, and

WILLIAM FRANCIS, F. L. 8.

Published the Pir st Da, ry of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE

- ANNALS AND “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

eadns: Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

- Condueted by —

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.B.S., FL, s FAG ORS Phos

_ ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M. A.; Se. D., P.R.S., F.Z.S., and -

RICHARD T. FRAN ols, B. Z.8.

ES Peuiden in 1877. Monthly, 1s, Annual Subser -iption

Tue Companion * and 12 Monthly Numbers), 18s,

ane, en

Bf MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

s Edited by

A. S. EDDINGTON, M. A., M.Sce., F. R. S,,

/ Fr J. M. STRATTON, M:A., ahd

H.S. JONES, M. Ay: B. Se.

“Its Davieetritave include most of the leading English- -speaking Astronomers,

; aig its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical :

‘4 thought and achievement. :

' Published Monthly ys Price 1s. 8d. “Annual Subscription,

16s, post jr "ee. ‘

THE ©

“JOURNAL OF. _BOTANY

pets AND FOREIGN.

Kdited by —

_ JAMES BRITTEN, K. 8. G, BF 1:8.

‘LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

_ Articles by eae Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews;

Ry ~ Bot Lp tani News and pases &e., See,

Ried Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 9.—WNinth Series.

XIX. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Py- re

raustine. By Sir Grorce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e.

XX. New Australian Hymenoptera of the Family Hwantidee in

the British Museum. ‘By Rowzanp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S. .... 197

XXI. A revised Classification of the Otomyinw, with Descriptions

of new Genera and Species. By Orprirnp THomas............ .» 203

XXII. The Hedgehog of Palestine and Asia Minor. By Oxprrenp

Mntiaas ae ceo aig see ac S usta PRL UIE Melgar tan oe me 211

XXIII. Ona new Jumping Mite of the Genus Nanorchestes from.

the Mendip Hills, By Sranuey Hirst ............... SRR ary et 213

XXIV. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.—

Part III. The Bubaline. and Orygine. By R.1. Pocock, F.R.S, .. 214 —

XXYV. Descriptions from the Joicey Collection of new Species of ‘

Syntomide, Nymphalide, and Hesperide, and Two Genera of

Syntomide, By W.J. Kare, FBS. ....----, fechas ae

XXVI. Observations on the Genus Lysorophus, Cope. By Roserr

Broom. With a Note, by Prof. W. J. Soutas ....-. cece eee es -. 232

*,* Ttis requested that all Communie¢ations for this Work may be addressed,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Office,

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London.

“THE ANNALS

AND

eae “INOLUDING

ZOOLOGY, ‘BOTANY, AND. GnoLoay.

a. as Se

ee NS re

Oa GEASS

: CONDUCTED. ‘BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu. DD; Saf BS., F.LS: E.G. S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, MLA., Bo. D., F. R. 8., F, ZS8.,

AND --52

RICHARD ZT, FRANCIS, F. - LS.

: BEING. A CONTINUATION OF THE * < girate” sedhesnank WITH

MRESRS._ LOUDON AND CHARILESWORTH’S “MAG ALINE oF NATURAL HISTORY.”

"TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLERE STRERD,

Bz, Sold: by ‘Simpkin, hens shall, Hamilton, Rant & Co.; Ld: eS Paris

ra ates and Hodges, Figgis, & Oo, Fedtas am

Double Number. Price Five Shillings.

WATKINS | & DONCASTER

Raturalists, Ee 6

Keep. in stock every kind ot “APPARATUS and

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH- ~—

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

- Which should be fixed up in idloebnig ie ‘shrubberies ‘

before the breeding Season. % Botte

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, E - be

‘Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to ‘any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, » WC. ENGLAND.

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS.

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country: of Books

in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also ‘Transactions and J ournals

of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. Ast 8%,

Libraries or small pareels purchased for cash,

SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Entomological, Omithoibeieal: Dosloriends Geolo-

gical, War Economy (Agriculture, Husbandry, Gardening, Economic Botany, ete. ) |

Botanical (General and Geographical), ete., 2d. each, post free. ; i

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, ‘KINGSWAY, LONDON, WE. a

- Telephone : ‘Gerrard 141 2.

Super -Royal 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Test: RO

ee he gee

A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N. w. NEW ‘GUINEA.

L. S. GIBBS, FLS, FRMS.

‘Taytor AND FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Streets

Rates for Adverteenkaie) in ae Anais Hee

Magazine of Natural History. es a * a

Ole tet Se ‘Twelve

Meee Insertion. 2 ‘Insertions. | Inaction. A pier

PAGE - 450-0 - 32, Oe AB: O each 1427 each) ee ie

HALF-PAGE - - 12 6 "4050 lit S47 G' ” pes

QUARTERPAGE - 1226 U3,, ae 10 oO.

All applications for space to be made igh ae

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Ro r

™, . as ih So n a ie

; ‘ Uf

THE ANNALS 5,. \

cP] ; )

ty “199

AND ‘

“op

Busey

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTOR

[NINTIL SERLES.)

No. 10. OCTOBER 1918.

XXVII.—On the Ries and Variation of the Hdible Frog,

Rana esculenta, L. By G. A. BouLencer, RLS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Arter all I have written in the past on this common

Batrachian, it may seem surprising that I should think it

worth while to revert to the subject. The reason is that it

is far frem exhausted; that I have never ceased accumu-

lating material *, in the course of recently reviewing which

I perceived characters hitherto overlooked; that it was

desirable to test the value of certain differences appealed to

within the last few years by advocates of the extreme multi-

plication of species ; and that it is always useful to deal with

individual variations, when large series of specimens are

available, in order, by showing the instability of certain

characters, to ensure a more correct appreciation of their

importance when treating of allied species represented by less

extensive material. Not that I think inconstancy in one

case invariably follows in another, but such examples teach

caution, and should be a warning to the inexperienced.

Considering modern tendencies in zoography, it cannot be

too often repeated that the method of describing so-called

species and subspecies from single ‘specimens T or from at

* About 800 specimens are now before me, selected from at least

twice as many that have passed through my hands.

f “On aura beau multiplier les espéces, on arrivera toujours ice ,

résultat que la description exacte d’un sujet pris au hasard, parmi

soixante récoltés sur des points divers d'un méme rivage, ne pourra

conyenir a aucun des cinquante neuf autres.” Duvyal-Jouve, Mém, Ac,

Montpell. vii. 1871, p. 511.

Ann, & Mag. N. Uist. Ser. 9. Vol.ii. 19

242 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

most a very few, when large series can be examined, or

without reference to the data available through the labours

of other investigators, is unfair to those who make use of

works written on such lines. Systematics, if scientific, must

take into full consideration the exceptional, aberrant, or

annectant specimens, so often passed over without a word,

though of so great an importance from the taxonomic an

evolutionary points of view. It does not matter if thereby

our definitions are obscured, the object to be attained is to

depict the true state of things in Nature.

To the four forms which | have previously * distinguished,

as forma typica, var. ridibunda, Pall., var. lessone, Camer.,

var. chinensis, Osb., I have recently added a fifth, var.

saharica t, founded on specimens obtained by Dr. I. Hartert

in the far interior of the Algerian Sahara (E1 Golea, Tedikel

oases), a small race nearly related to the var. r¢dibunda of

the northern parts of Algeria but differing in the shorter

tibiee, constantly less than half the length of head and body

aud not overlapping when the limbs are folded at right

angles to the body ; the membrane between the toes is very

deeply notched, so much so that many specimens may be

described as having the foot only three-fourths webbed.

The Vomerine Teeth.

I have never seen these teeth in two series on the round

or elliptic bony bases that bear them, as described and

figured by Fatio¢. They form a single series, composed of

3 to 8; in exceptional cases I find only 1 or 2 teeth (speci-

mens of the typical form from St. Malo, Brussels, and Basle).

Leydig § gives the number 3 as normal, but he caunot have

examined many specimens, those on which he drew up his

description being probably mostly of the var. lessone, as the

figure of the foot given in his book indicates, and this number

is very frequent in the variety in question, although it may

rise to 5. In 8 frogsct the typical form from Basle I find

only 2 to 4 teeth, whilst in 35 from other pa:ts of Switzer-

Jand, from France, ard from Germany I count 3 to 7, 4 to 6

being the usual number; I] have also seen a_ toothiless

specimen from Vienna. In about 30 specimens of the var.

ridibunda from Germany and Austria I count usually 4 to 6

teeth ; 3 specimens have only 3, one has 7 on one side and

* Proc. Zool. Soc. 1891, p. 374, and Taill. Batr, Eur. p. 270 (1898).

+ Noy. Zool. xx. 1918, p. 84.

{ Vert. Suisse, iii. p. 313, pl. v. fig. 7 (1872).

§ An, Batr. Deutschl. p. 112, pl. ii. tig. 20 (1877).

Variation of the Edible Frog. 243

8 on the other, and one (from Vienna) has but a single tooth.

3 to 5 is the usual number in the var. chinensis, The

series of teeth are usually nearer to each other than to the

choanee, but they are sometimes equidistant in the typical form

and the var. vidibunda and usually so in the var. saharica ;

an arrangement such as is represented on the figures in

Schreiber’s book * [ am sure never occurs. In a female

from Cadillac, Gironde (var. ridibunda) the teeth form long,

slightly curved series, extending almost right across the

space between the choane. The series are sometimes hori-

zontal, sometimes more or less oblique though seldom very

Fio.1,

S&S @2o @ @&@ oO @CDEDe

a b Cc

S®sca ® eee ®2n7°@

d e if

Vomerine teeth in specimens fro.n St. Malo (a, b), Cadillac (ce),

Basle (d), Oporto (e), aud Dead Sea (f).

much so; a male from St. Malo has the series oblique on

the right side, horizontal on the left. ‘lhe teeth are usually

cxactly between the choanz, but they may extend backwards

beyond a line connecting the posterior borders of the latter,

or, more exceptionally, they may be ona line with their

anterior borders (specimens from Oporto and Pekin). There

is no difference whatever in the disposition of the vomerine

teeth that could help in the definition of the various forms

of R. esculenta,

The Tongue.

The tongue varies much in size: it may nearly cover the

floor of the mouth or its width may be only about one-third

that of the latter. Bedriaga Thas already mentioned that

the posterior processes also vary much in length according

* ‘Herpetologia Europea,’ 2nd ed. (1912).—So much in this book is

merely careless compilatiun that I need noé further allude to it except

to express amazement at the suggestion there made that the Spanish-

Portuguese frogs named vars. d*spanica and perezt may be the same as

the var. lesson@; also at reading that the males of R. greca and

R. iberica are distinguished from those of allied species in having

external vocal sacs.

+ Lurchfauna Europa’s, i. p. 36 (1891). F.

244 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

to individuals ; this is well shown by two specimens from

Florence, representing the two extremes. A more or less

distinct process between the two horns is sometimes present,

as in a specimen of the var. lessonw from Noville, Switzer-

land *,

c | a e

Showing the shape of the tongue in specimens from Berlin, var. ridi-

bunda (a, b), Florence, f. typica (c, d), and Noville, var. lessone (e).

The Head.

According to Bolkay f, the three forms distinguished by

him as species differ in the following points :—

R. esculenta. Head comparatively narrow, tip of snout

ending in a blunt point ; interorbital space equal to half, or

frequently to three-quarters, the breadth of the upper eyelid.

KR. ridibunda. Head broad, short, up of snout bluntly

rounded ; interorbital space equal to one-third the breadth of

the upper eyelid.

R. chinensis. Head narrow, long, and very pointed at the -

end ; interorbital space equal to half the breadth of the upper

eyelid.

There is no constant difference in the shape of the head

between the two first, and although it is a fact that R. chi-

nensis usually has a narrower head and a more pointed snout,

* This process is usually distinct in the Indian R. heaadactyla, Less,

It has been regarded as a specific character in a Central American frog

(R. trilobata, Mocquard), which may be merely a young ZR. halecina, L,

t+ Proc. Washingt. Ac. Se. xiii. 1911, p. 75.

Variation of the Edible Frog. 245

this is by no means always so, and specimens are to be found

in which the snout is much more rounded than in some

R. ridibunda. I have selected three specimens, of which

outline figures are here given, to show that the above

definition of the three forms cannot be relied upon. .

Fig. 3,

OW yi W

b c

Upper views of heads of typical form, g, St. Malo (a); var. ridibunda,

@, Capljina, Herzegovina (b); and var. chinensis, 2, Broughton

Bay, Corea (c), 3 nat. size,

The width of the head varies between 1 and 1 times its

length in the typical form (28; 32 in 2 from Havre), be-

tween 1 and 1} times in the var. ridibunda (= in some

specimens from Herzegovina, France, Portugal, Algeria,

Asia Minor, Persia, 36: 43 in ? from Kiev), between 1 and

1,4, in the var. chinensis. The width of the interorbital space

is 4 to $ that of the upper eyelid in specimens of the typical

form from St. Malo and Paris, 4 to 2 in others from Poitiers.

In the var. ridibunda, taking only specimens from Germany

aud Austria-Hungary into consideration, it is between 4 and 4,

but it may be exceptionally % (¢ from Laaerberg near

Vienna) ; 2 (in a large ? from Damascus) is another excep-

tion. In the var. chinensés it varies between ? and 2.

The head varies much in shape, and exceptionally may

even be not unlike that of a typical 2. temporaria (9, var.

ridibunda, from Crete). The canthus rostralis is always

very obtuse ; I have never seen a specimen in which it may

be said to be “ strongly marked,” as stated by Bolkay in his

description of R. chinensis.

The Hind Limb.

That there are very considerable differences in the pro-

portions of the hind limb, [ was the first to point out, and

I have proposed to make use of these for defining varieties,

with the necessary restrictions in the diagnoses imposed by

246 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

the many exceptions. The following figure shows how

striking these differences between the extremes are :—

Fig. 4.

Hind limbs of var. ridzbunda, 9 from Astrakhan (a), and var, lessone,

These differences reside in the length of the tibia compared

to that of the head and body, to that of the thigh (causing

the heels to overlap, to meet, or to fail to meet when the

limb is folded at right angles to the body), and to that of the

foot ; also in the size and shape of the inner metatarsal

tubercle, its basal length being compared to the length of

the inner toe (measured from the base of the tubercle).

There is another character, not made use of before, derived

from the thickness of the crural or tibial part of the limb ;

this varies, like other characters, within certain limits, accord-

ing to the actual leneth of the bone and the degree of plump-

ness of the individual, but, comparing extreme forms, it

will be found that the length of the tibia is usually over

3 times its width in the var. rtdibunda and under 3 times

in the var, lessone.

When a large material is carefully examined, it is found,

however, that these differences break down for the sharp

definition of the various forms; there is considerable over-

lap between one form and the one next to it in the series,

when the measurements are tabulated, thus precluding rigid

definitions :—

Variation of the Edible Frog. 247

¥ t a 3. 4. 5.

V.ridibunda ., 3-4 14-2+ 1-13 9-14 25-4

V.saharica .... 23-3 21-92 1-1} 9-13 23-43

I, typica ...... 3-4 18-2} 14-1 7-10 2-3

V. lessone...... 22-3 Qit,-22 ji Rib ol seeps) 1 2

V. chinensis .... 23-33 2-23 11-13 5-8 1-1?

1, Width of tibia in length.—2. Length of tibia in length from snout

to vent.—3. Length of tibia in length of foot (measured from

tarso-metatarsal articulation).—4. Length of metatarsal tubercle

in length of tibia.—5. Length of metatarsal tubercle in length of

inner toe.

Bolkay gives the following characters for distinguishing

his three species :—

RF. esculenta. Heels never meet; tibio-tarsal articulation

reaches space between tympanum and posterior corner of

eye (2), or, at the utmost, space between anterior corner

ot eyeand nostril ( ¢) ; inner metatarsal tubercle large, com-

pressed, projecting, always longer than distance between it

and subarticular tubercle of first toe.

I. ridibunda. Heels always overlap ; tibio-tarsal joint just

reaches back corner of eye (?), or end of snout (¢); inner

metatarsal tubercle small, of flattish cylindrical form, not

very projecting, always shorter than space between it and

subarticular tubercle of first toe.

Lt. chinensis. Heels never meet ; tibio-tarsal joint reaches

posterior corner of eye or as far as space between anterior

corner of eye and nostril; inner metatarsal tubercle very

large, projecting, compressed, hard and sharp, always a good

deal longer than its distance from subarticular tubercle of

first toe, frequently equal to length of first toe.

The proportion of the tibia to the thigh, expressed by the

meeting or otherwise of the heels, is most useful for dis-

tinguishing the races, but it varies like most other characters,

aud we must not shut our eyes to exceptions to the rule,

To take 2. ridibunda as an example, [ now find that the

overlapping of the tibize is not so constant as I formerly

believed. Ixceptions have already been noticed by Méhiely *

in specimens from Southern Hungary, and I find the

character to break down in 4 out of 13 examples from

Angora and in 3 from Damascus which have lately been

submitted to me by M. H. Gadeau de Kerville; besides,

Tam now convinced that the var. susana, proposed by me

for specimens from Persia J, in which the tibiee simply meet,

* Zichy’s Zool. Forschungsr. p. 61 (1901).

+ Ann, & Mag. N. H. (7) xvi. 1905, p. 552.

248 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Paces and

does not deserve to stand. ‘hese exceptions; occurring in

Asia, cannot be disposed of by an appeal to hybridity, as in

the Sone of critical specimens from Germany and Austria-

Hungary, where the var. ridibunda occurs side by side with

the typical form, which fact would render such an assumption

legitimate, From. what I have myself observed in the Spree

lakes near Berlin, I have no doubt the two forms cross in

exceptional cases, notwithstanding the asyiig amy which

maintains their segregation when living together, but we

have no practical means of discriminating between such

mongtels and truly annectant specimens.

I may mention that the tibiae feebly overlap in one

specimen of the typical form from Warsaw and in another

from Mestre. As regards the J. chinensis, I am greatly

surprised at Bolkay’s statement, which is contrary to the

descriptions by myself and by Wolterstorff*, although

supported by the description of one specimen by Stejneger T;

the two first authors agree as to the heels meeting, Wolter- .

storff even adding that they sometimes slightly overkipe

the only specimens in which I find the heels not to meet are

from Kobe, Japan (two), and Pekin (6 out of 26), and they

must be ood as exceptions to the rule,

Although the lind limb is often shorter in the female than

in the male, this is by no means generally the case; I can

show no end of female specimens of the var. r¢dibunda from

Central and Hastern Europe and Asia in which the tibio-

tarsal articulation reaches beyond the eye, and even one,

from Alemtejo, Portugal, in which it extends to the tip of

the snout—that is, farther than in most males; in a male

from Corunna it reaches the eye, whilst in a femalenon

identical size and locality it reaches between the eye and

the nostril.

Bolkay’s way of expressing the length of the inner meta-

tarsal tubercle as compared to the inner toe originates from

me, with certain reservations, however t, but I have aban-

doned it long ago, having found many specimens of the

typical form in which the tubercle is not longer than its

distance from the subarticular tubercle of the first toe, whilst,

on the other hand, it may be as long in specimens of thie

var. ridibunda,

It has been pointed out by Bedriaga §, Wolterstorff, and

Bolkay that the usually highly developed, shovel-shaped

* Abh. Mus. Magdeb. 1. 1906, p. 140.

+ Herp. Japan, p. 97 (1907).

t Proc. Zool. Soc. 1885, p. 668.

§ Wiss. Res. Przewalski Exped., Zool. iii, i. p. 1B (1899).

Variation of the Edible Frog. 249

inner metatarsal tubercle of the var. chinensis is remarkable

for a certain mobility, the distal part of its base being more

less detached from the metatarsal of the inner toe with

which it is connected by a web-like membrane. ‘This

character is not only inconstant in this variety, as I was able

to demonstrate to the second author by sending him for

identification a cut-off foot of a specimen from Broughton

Bay, Corea, which he returned to me named var. lessonee,

but it is also found in some specimens of the latter (from

Cambridgeshire and Norfolk) when the tubercle is very

strongly developed, a fact also observed by Fejervary * in

the case of his var. bo/kaya from Switzerland (=lessone).

This character is correlative of the transformation of the

tubercle into a fossorial organ, as already recognised by

Wolterstorff, who fully admits the true state of things in the

var. chinensis, from a diagnostic point of view, although

unfortunately not acquainted with the amount of variation

in the var. lessone. It has also been observed that the base

of the tubercle of the var. chinensis does not run parallel

to the axis of the longest toe, but is oblique to it; this is

llowever only more or less so in the Chinese- Japanese frog,

again in relation with the degree of development of the

tubercle, and a similar dispos sition, varying in degree, is like-

wise to be observed in the var. lessone.

Although the metatarsal tubercle may be identical in the

two varieties, I quite agree with Wolterstorff, and have

always held the view that the var. chinensis cannot have

been derived from the var. lessone, the two forms repre-

senting independent extremes in the parallel evolution of the

same adaptive character; but the var. /essone is there to

illustrate the steps through which the cliaracter has been

evolved out of a type such as the var. ridibunda, now so

completely separated from the easternmost form of J. escu-

lenta. Wolterstorff seems to look upon the typical form, or

rather its hypothetical direct ancestor, as the origin of the

races in question; Bolkay, in my opinion, is nearer the

truth when he suggests R. ridibunda being nearer to

ft. chinensis, but at the same time he inverts the drift of

evolution in regarding the former as derived from thie latter,

owing to theoretical considerations based on the now ex-

ploded * preepollex ” and ‘ prehallux” theory.

In his description of R. nigromaculata (chinensis), Stej-

heger says the toes are about ? webbed. It is so in some

eases, but rather the exception than the rule, and similar

* Beitr. Herp. Rhonetal, p. 20 (1909).

250 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

exceptions occasionally occur in the typical form (Poitiers,

Bologna) and in the var. ridibunda (Alemtejo, Majorca,

Rahamna in Morocco). The outer metatarsals are separated

nearly to the base in 2, esew/enta, only in their distal half in

R. temporaria and FR. arvalis, the other Huropean species

fillmg up the gap between the two extremes.

Integument and Markings.

The elongate glandules or interrupted longitudinal elan-

dular folds on the back *, afford, generally speaking, a good

distinctive character for the var. chinensis, but they may be

very feebly marked or almost obsolete in some specimens

(Kin Kiang, Yokohama), and they are occasionally fore-

shadowed in the var. ridibunda (Beit Jenn, near Damascus), |

so that the two formsare completely connected in this respect.

I may point out another character, hitherto overlo>ked,

which affords an absolutely constant distinction between the

typical form and the var. chinensis.

Sn ee aes este

Posterior extremities of dorso-lateral folds in. specimens from Berlin,

var. ridibunda (a), Cadillac, var. ridibunda (b), and Vienna,

f. typica (Cc).

Tie. 5.

Tn the former, and also in the var. essone, the glandular

dorso-lateral fold ends abruptly at some distance in front of

the thigh, and it is often followed by a detached portion

parallel with it but nearer to the mid-dorsal line and extend-

ing on the base of the thigh. In the var. chinensis the fold

extends uninterrupted to the hip, or, if broken up posteriorly,

without any deviation from the straight line. Now, this

striking difference is completely bridged over when we take

the var. ridibunda,as well as the var. saharica, into con-

sideration. Some specimens have the fold continuous and

* A very variable feature in the American representative of FR: escu-

lenta, R. halecina, L.

Variation of the Edible Frog. 251

extending to the hip (fig. 5, a), others have a detached posterior

part as in the typical form (c), whilst others again (b) con-

nect the two conditions, the posterior part of the fold, though

deviating, being confluent with the anterior and forming a

bend before reaching the thigh.

Bolkay mentions among the specific differences between

R. esculenta, R. ridibunda, and R. chinensis, that the dorso-

lateral fold is wider (as wide as the upper eyelid) in the

second than in the two others. ‘his character is absolutely

worthless, for in specimens of the typical form from France

and Switzerland its width usually measures } to 2 that. of

the upper eyelid, but may be equal to it (St. Malo, Havre,

Basle, Zofingen), and in German and Austro-Hungarian

specimens of the var. ridibunda $ to 2? that width is by no

means unfrequent. The fold is always narrower than the

upper eyelid in the vars, chinensis and lessone.

In my previous descriptions of the var. ridibunda I have

drawn attention to the fact that the dorso-lateral fold, though

usually broader than in the other forms, is less prominent ;

I should add that it is sometimes so flat that it cannot be

traced without the use of a lens, when the pores with which

it is studded indicate‘its course. It has not been pointed out

however that these folds are rendered more inconspicuous

still owing to the spots on the body being disposed quite

irrespective of them, whilst in the typical form and the vars.

lessone and chinensis they stand out on account of their

lighter colour, hardly ever encroached upon by the spots,

which may be arranged more or less in relation to them,

especially when forming longitudinal bands. When a

specinen of the var. ridibunda is seen at a short distance

there is usually nothing to reveal the presence of the dorso-

lateral folds, which strike the eye in the typical form and

the vars. lessone and chinensis.

These facts have a bearing on the question of the derivation

of the forms which constitute the species A. esculenta, and

confirm the view I have held ever since I took up the study

of the subject that the var. rdibunda is the most primitive

form, out of which the others have been evolved. In a paper

recently published * on the derivation of characters in the

genus ftana as a whole, the absence of the dorso-lateral fold

is considered by me as the primitive condition, and the

North American F. catesbiana, in which it is totally absent,

is, for this and other reasons, regarded as nearest the hypo-

thetical prototype among all the species of Hurasia and

* Bull. Soc. Zool, France, 1918, p. 111.

252 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

America. Close to 2. catesbiana, there is another North

American species, /?. septentrionalis, in my opinion derived

trom it, in which the fold is either present or absent, according

to individuals, but when present is short and very flat, with

the spots and marblings irregularly distributed over the body.

Such a type leads to the state of things in &. esculenta,

var, ridibunda.

Bolkay alludes to the transverse expansion of the dark

spots on the back as an important character of . chinensis,

but such transverse markings are by no means the rule in

this variety, some specimens of which are, on the contrary,

longitudinally streaked, as is often the case in the typical

form and the var. lessone, but never in the vars. rédi-

bunda and saharica. I may here mention that specimens

with the black markings forming cross-bars on the back

are exceptionally met with, not only in the var. ridibunda,

but also in the typical form (females from Rivoli and

Verona). ~ .

The light vertebral streak or band is very frequent in the

typical form and the vars. /essonee and chinensis, less 8) in

the var. ridibunda, in which it is generally broader, and

usually absent in the var. saharica. I do not think this light

vertebral streak, which occurs in so many species, is to be

looked upon as a primitive character ; the frequent cases of

deviation of its course from the straight line (most strongly

marked in specimens from Calcinaro and Cadillac) suggest

a different interpretation, and, in the present state of our

knowledge, its signification is highly problematic, as 1s that

of a light line along the inner side of the upper surface of

the leg which, in many Oriental and African species, often

accompanies the vertebral streak, and exceptionally occurs

in R. esculenta, var. chinensis (3 from Japan). Both streaks

are absent in all American species, with the single excep-.

tion of R. cantabrigensis, Baird, the representative of the

European R. arvalis, Nilss.

The Skull.

The osteological characters appealed to by Bolkay are

evidently derived from an examination of a very smail

number of specimens; put to the test of a larger material

they prove to be worthless for defining species.

I am especially surprised at his statements concerning the

nasal and fronto-parietal bones. Although usually in con-

tact with each other in full-grown specimens of the typical

form, as described and figured by Ecker, Fatio, and others,

Variation of the Edible Frog. 253

the nasal bones are not always so; there are frequent ex-

ceptions, as my own description implies *, but such exceptions

occur as well in the var. ridibunda, even in large specimens

(¢? from Vienna, 90 mm. from snout to vent, 9 from

Prague, 120 mm.), and I have come across adults of the

var. chinensis in which the nasal bones are completely

separated from each other, as is usually the case in immature

or small specimens of all the forms. As to the presence or

absence of the anterior notch between the frontoparietals, tis

is a mere individual peculiarity, usually dependent on the

size of the specimen; yet I wish to draw attention to the

figures given by Camerano + of small specimens of the var.

lessone from Italy in which the anterior extremity of the

frontoparietals answers to Bolkay’s definition of 2. chinensis.

The Size.

I append the measurements, from snout to vent, of the

largest specimens of the different forms in the British

Museum. According to Werner, the var. ridébunda may

reach a length of nearly 150 mm, in Austria.

Var, ridibunda ......s0+0%. 95 mm, 125 mm.

Ware SaRarvem™® fin: sac ee 58 80

ICU! PAP SEI al 78 95

Warsilessoe@ sts chien tee ae 64 78

Vinita CH C10C71S28n sear eno 70 85

The Tadpole.

I have examined large series of tadpoles of the vars.

ridibunda and chinensis without succeeding in finding any

characters by which to distinguish them from those of the

typical form. The characters pointed out by Annandale §

for the var. chinensis are not confirmed as regards the mouth-

disc, the position of the spiraculum, or the length of the tail

compared to that of the body.

Conclusions,

When dealing with polymorphic species, botanists often

distinguish between forms (species, some term them) of first,

second, third, and fourth rank, Applying this concept to

Rana esculenta, the typical form representing of course the

* Taill. Batr. Eur. p. 279.

+ Mem. Ace. Torin. (2) xxxy. 1883, p. 60.

} Rept. Amph, Oesterr.-Ung. p. 88 (1897).

§ Mem. As, Soc. Beng. vi. 1917, p. 147.

254 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on the Races and

first. grade, we may place the var. chinensis in the second,

the var. ridihunda in the third, and the vars. saharica

and dessone in the fourth. Looking at things from a

practical standpoint, we must regard the var. sakarica as

but a slight modification, a geographical race distinguishable

from its nearest neighbour but impossible to define if

specimens from the whole range of distribution of the

var. ridibundu are taken into consideration. ‘The typical form

is completely connected with the var. ridibunda, and where

tle two co-exist in a locality, annectant individuals may be

regarded as the result of crossing, such as undoubtedly

must take place ; but this explanation fails when we have

to deal with specimens from France, 8.E. Europe, aid

Asia, where individuals of uncertain identification like-

wise occur, although the discrimination of the two forms is

in most cases quite easy. It is no longer so when we come

to the typical form compared with the var. lesson, and in

this case the naming of certain specimens 1s_ perfectly

arbitrary, as those who have had to deal with a considerable

material from places where the two forms co-exist fully

admit *; yet, the extreme, what some would call the “ pure

lessone,” such as it occurred in the Cambridge fens and is

still found in a very few localities in Norfolk, is well entitled

to varietal rank, its structural characters being fixed and so

considerable in degree when compared with the typical form

that it would undoubtedly be looked upon by many as a

species were we not acquainted with the annectant examples

from the Continent. ‘hese extreme specimens of the var.

lessone represent the terminus of an uninterrupted series

starting from the var. ridibunda and passing through what

is called the typical form.

Another terminus form, in which the principal characters

of the var. lessone are repeated, is the var. chinensis, which

in all probability is also derived from the var. ridibunda,

but the connecting-links of which have disappeared or are

still unknown. If we appeal to the existence of a hiatus

between forms as a sole criterion for deciding on what

is a species, then J. chinensis is entitled to stand as such ;

however, considering the many points of agreement, and

preferring to keep an eye on resemblances rather than

on differences, the rank of variety or subspecies appears to

me the more appropriate for this form, as it did to Lataste

many years agot. Owing to the state of things in the

* Of. Wolterstorff, Schr. Nat. Ges. Danzig, (2) xi. 1904, p. 46.

+ Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1880, p. 61. ‘ Cette forme, que quelques

auteurs regardent comme une espéce distincte, d’autres comme une

Variation of the Edible Frog. 255

Kuropean forms, the course I have follewed is surely the

better from a philosophical point of view, whilst the use of a

varietal designation precludes all fear of the distinction being

overlooked.

The following diagram expresses the relationship between

the five forms, as I conceive them :—

Var. lessone. Var. chinensis.

T°, typica.

Var, saharica. |

rks | Pa

Var, ridibunda.

We cannot yet apply the test of crossing experiments

in justification of the subordinate position assigned to

R. chinensis, as Pfliiger was able. to do in the case of

KR, esculenta and its var, ridibunda, but another physiological

argument has been put forward by Wolterstorff: the large

and often sharp-edged metatarsal tubercle of 2. chinensis is

an adaptation to burrowing habits unlike those of A. esculenta.

We are told that Dr. Kreyenberg observed the Chinese frog

to dig and retire deep into the ground of dried-up rice-fields,

and this habit is regarded as an important ethological

differentiation from its Kuropean representatives. Curiously,

however, Féjervary very shortly after redescribed the var.

lesson under the name of var. bolkayi, from specimens living

in marshes at the mouth of the Rhéne in Switzerland, and

observed the behaviour of this frog on land to be different

from that of the typical /?. esculenta, the large and somewhat

movable metatarsal tubercle being used to burrow in the

ground after the manner of Pelobates. It is interesting to

note, in this connection, that Wolterstorff, who (1906)

seemed to attach so great an importance to this peculiarity

in the case of the Chinese frog, had (1904) only reluctantly

recognised J’, lessona’s rank as a variety, a term which for

him expresses mere individual variations, such as his colour-

simple variété de ana esculenta, L., a des caractéres propres et con-

stants qui lui méritent une description particuliére et un nom spécial ;

elle me semble cependant assez voisine de Rana esculenta pour que je

crois utile de ne l’en point séparer spécifiquement ..... Et si, aprés

quelques hésitations, je me décide a classer [R. chinensis] comme sous-

espéce de Lt. esculenta, @est par cette seule considération qu’elle me

parait beaucoup plus yoisine de cette derniére que de toutes les autres

vrenouilles,”

256 On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog.

varieties striata and nigromaculata in FR. arvalis *, and

refused to admit it as a subspecies.

These observations on the fossorial habits of the vars.

chinensis and lessone should be borne in mind by those

who appeal to the behaviour of the Indian 2. erassa,

compared to that of the typical 2. t/gr/na, as an argument in

favour of its specific distinction +. These supposed species

offer a perfect parallel to the lines of evolution which can be

traced in R. esculenta, as I have recently pointed out ¢.

Although we must not expect to find among the species of

the present day the actual types out of which their allies

have been evolved, yet I think it legitimate speculation to

look upon certain species, or certain small groups of species,

as a sufficiently near approximation to help us towards an

elucidation of the phylogenetic relationships, the expression

of which should be the aim of taxonomy. In this sense, and

with this reservation, I consider R. catesbiana, Shaw, aud

AR. grylio, Stejn., as representing the most primitive forms of

America and Eurasia; the species that cluster round them,

R. septentrionalis, Baird, R. clamitans, Daud., R. onca, Cope,

R. virgatipes, Cope, R. montezume, Baird, would be derived

from the same stock ; they constitute a distinct section, waich

is perfectly natural, though not susceptible of a very strict

definition. From this section we may imagine the one of which

ft. esculenta is the type to have been derived, and there is

Jittle doubt in my mind that the Chinese &. plancy?, Lataste,

is a connecting form, nearly allied to, but in most respects

less modified than, R. esculenta, both having been evolved

out of the same ancestor, possibly related to the Oligocene-

Miocene R. meriant, H. von Mey. ‘The chief distinctive

features of AR. esculenta compared to R. plancy? reside in a

reduction of the nasal bones, the more obtuse fingers, and the

very peculiar external vocal sacs. By what steps this last

* Such modifications represent varieties only in the sense taken by

horticulturists, and should not be given names in scientific nomenclature.

Eliminating these cases, I apply the term varietas to every division of

the system subordinate to the species, without any further consideration

of hierarchy, in order to avoid complicating nomenclature by the use of

tri-, quadri-, or even quinquenomials. In so doing, I simply adhere to

the Linnean method which has so long been followed, and is still used

by most of the botanists for whose work I have the greatest respect.

“ Les variétés des systématistes sérieux sont les espéces de M. Jordan,

au moins du Jordan des Observationes et du Pugillus..... Le mot

variété employé par les botanistes pour désigner une race sauvage laisse

peut-étre & désirer, mars a jowt de la priorité.” J. Briguet, Questions

de Nomenclature, Bull. Herb. Boissier, 11. 1894, p. 84.

+t Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus, xv. 1918, p. 63.

t Ree. Ind. Mus. xv. 1918, p. 51.

On the Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 257

character was reached, FR. halecina, L., is there to show us,

for within the limits of this highly variable species, the vocal

sacs may be said to be still in process of evolution ; situated

behind the commissure of the jaws, as in R. esculenta, R. monte-

zume, R. areolata, B. & G., and R, capito, Leconte, but unlike

those of all other frogs, they are either internal or external,

showing every degree of development, and when external

they form folds which, in certain individuals, have a tendency

towards the invagination characteristic of the sacs in

RR. esculenta. We may well assume the direct ancestors

of A. esculenta to have passed through such stages in the

course of parallel evolution.

XXVITI.— Contributions to a further Knowledge of the

Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. By W. L. Distanr.

[Continued from p. 179.]

Lygeus degeni, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, corium, and body beneath

griseo-fuscous, two small central spots on pronotum, two

larger spots on clavus, and two still larger spots on corium—

one on each side of claval apex—black; basal third of

lateral margin to corium, connexivum beneath, and legs pale

testaceous or ochraceous ; membrane pale fuscous, narrow

base, lateral margins, and an irregular discal, transverse,

angulated spot greyish white; antennz ochraceous, the

apical joint fuscous, second joint a little longest, third and

fourth joints subequal in length; pronotum and scutellum

centrally longitudinally carinate ; the upper surface is more

or less finely and obscurely very shortly pilose.

Long. 8 mm,

Hab. Abyssinia ; Taddecha, Mullka (Degen).

E:XoPaMERA, gen. nov.

Head robust, about as long as broad; eyes projecting

beyond the anterior angle of pronotum but not reaching its

anterior margin ; autennee with the basal joint stoutest and

considerably passing apex of head, second joint longest ;

rostrum with the basal joint not quite reaching base of

head, its apex scarcely passing the anterior cox ; pronotum

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 20

258 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

elongate but very little longer than broad at base, lateral

margins narrowly laminately carinate, anterior collar very

narrow, subobsolete, anterior much longer than posterior

lobe, convex, its lateral margins rounded, lateral margins of

the posterior lobe obliquely straight ; scutellum longer than

broad, subtriangular ; anterior femora thickened, spined

beneath, anterior tibie distinctly curved, their apices dilated

and inwardly a little angulate, intermediate and posterior

tibiz moderately spinulose. .

Type, E. ethiopica, Dist.

Allied to Pseudopamera, Dist., from Central America.

Exopamera ethiopica, sp. u.

Head black, moderately shortly palely pilose; eyes darker

black ; ocelli purplish red ; pronotum ochraceous, the lateral

and anterior margins and the posterior lobe paler in hue,

punctate, especially the posterior lobe, the basal margin and

lateral basal angles more or less shining black ; scutellum

ochraceous, basal and apical areas black, more or less

coarsely punctate ; corlum ochraceous; clavus more or less

closely blackly punctate, two prominent spots before claval

area, an irregular transverse subapical spot, and the apical

angle shining black, the whole corium more or less coarsely

punctate ; membrane black, its apical margin ‘pale fuligi-

nous ; head and abdomen beneath opaque black ; sternum

shining black and coarsely punctate ; coxze, trochanters and

legs, narrow lateral sternal margins and posterior sternal

segmental margins ochraceous ; rostrum ochraceous ; mem-

brane moderately passing the abdominal apex; antennz

with the first, second, and- third joimts ochraceous, their

apices black, fourth joint greyish white, it apical half black,

second joint longest, third and fourth joints almost subequal

in length.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Brit. E. Africa; Kibwesi (S. 4. Neave).

Exopamera mirabilis.

Aphanus mirabilis, Dist. Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xii. p. 471

(1903).

Hab. Fernando Po.

ALBANYARIA, gen. nov.

Body elongate ; head subtriangular, apical area distinctly

narrowed and apex of central lobe distinctly prominent ;

Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 259

eyes moderately prominent and slightly passing the anterior

angles of the pronotum; antenne moderately robust, basal

joint only a little passing apex of head; rostrum with the

basal joint almost reaching base of head ; pronotum a little

longer than broad at base, and transversely constricted near

base ; corium extending only to about three-fourths of the

abdomen ; membrane absent; anterior femora incrassated

and finely spined beneath; anterior tibiz a little curved but

not centrally spined; scutellum elongate, longer than

broad,

Allied to Fontejus, Stal, but the pronotum much shorter,

anterior tibize not centrally spined, &c.

Albanyaria multicolorata, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and the seutellum black ;

the narrow posterior pronotal lobe and the extreme apex of

scutellum greyish white ; antenne ochraceous, apex of third

joint and more than apical half of fourth black ; corium

ochraceous, the lateral marginal areas with three prominent

black spots, the smaller near base, the largest near middle,

and the third at apex, the exposed apical area of the abdo-

men black ; body beneath: black ; posterior sternal segmental

margins very pale ochraceous; legs reddish ochraceous,

apical halves of the anterior femora and apices of the tibiz

and tarsi black; antennz with the second joint slightly

longer than the third and about subequal with the fourth ;

scutellum more or less rugosely punctate ; clavus linearly

somewhat coarsely punctate; rostrum ochraceous, the basal

joint black, remaining joints imperfectly seen in carded

type.

Long. 54 mm.

Hab, W. Australia; Albany (J. J. Walker).

Genus Laryneopvs.

Laryngodus, Herr.-Scheeff. Wanz. Ins. ix. pp. 191, 212 (1853).

The short description given by Herrich-Scheffer and

some imperfections in the figure given of the type of the

genus render a fuller description of both necessary.

Laryngodus australia, Herr.-Scheff. Wanz. Ins. ix. p. 212,

fig. 967 (1853).

Head fuscous brown; eyes black ; antenne dark casta-

neous, apices of the first, second, and third joimts very

, 20*

960 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

narrowly black, fourth joint ochraceous with nearly apical

third black; head and anterior lobe of pronotum fuscous

brown, posterior pronotal lobe black, with two central spots

and the lateral margins creamy white or very pale ochra-

ceous; eyes black ; scutellum fuscous brown; corium dull

ochraceous, darkly punctate, inner area of clavus more

densely darkly punctate, disk of corium with an oblique

longitudinal fascia—neither reaching base nor apex, a sub-

central, transverse, very irregular Fascia, and the apical angle,

black ; membrane fuscous, the veins, and some irregular

suffusions and spots, pale dull ochraceous ; body beneath

and legs dark castaneous, basal spine to antenne beneath,

anterior margin of prosternum, cox, posterior angles of

meso- and metasterna, and the greater part of basal joints of

intermediate and poster ior tarsi pale ochraceous.

Head elongate, longer than basal breadth including eyes,

narrowed on apical area, and with a short spine at base of

antenne ; eyes prominent, almost reaching base of head ;

antenne with the basal joint shortest and. stoutest, second

joint a little longer than third, which is again longer than

fourth; pronotum punctate, with anterior lobe rane nar-

rower, more globose, and about twice as long as the posterior

lobe which is more strongly punctate, anterior lobe with a

central, longitudinal, fasciate, flat impression; scutellum

about as broad as long, subtriangular, thickly punctate,

extreme apex ochraceous ; corium broadened on apical area ;

membrane with the venation very prominent; anterior

femora strongly thickened, narrowed at base and apex,

distinctly spined beneath ; anterior tibiz flattened and sub-

spinosely dilated at apices; rostrum about reaching the

intermediate coxze. .

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. 8.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. EL. Turner).

Bosbequius australis, sp. n.

Head, anterior area of pronotum, scutellum and sternum,

black or blackish; anterior margin and posterior area of

pronotum and corium brownish ochraceous ; lateral pronotal

margins and a spot near inner angle of apical margin to

corium very pale luteous; abdomen beneath brownish

ochraceous ; femora castaneous, their apices and the tibize

and tarsi ochraceous; antennze dull ochraceous, second joint

longest, first joint slightly passing apex of head*; head

* In the typical Oriental species the basal antennal joint did not

reach the apex of head.

thynchotal Family Lygeide. 261

(including eyes) narrower than anterior margin of pronotum ;

first joint of rostrum extending beyond base of head ;

posterior area of pronotum, scutellum and corium coarsely

punctate ; anterior femora strongly incrassate.

Long. 8 min.

Hab, Australia; Adelaide River (J. J. Walker).

The type of the genus Bosbequius was from Tenasserim

(Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 65, fig. 1).

Thebanus nigrinus, sp. 0.

Dull ochraceous; head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and

anterior area of scutellum black ; head beneath and sternum

black ; legs ochraceous ; abdomen beneath dark slaty-grey ;

antennee ochraceous, second joint a little longest, third and

fourth almost subequal in length ; pronotum thickly, some-

what coarsely punctate; scutellum punctate, black before

the anterior branches of the cruciform carination, and dull

ochraceous behind them ; posterior margin of pronotum

concave before scutellum ; corium (excluding lateral mar-

ginal areas) darkly punctate ; membrane slaty-grey, slightly

passing the abdominal apex.

Long. 35 mm. :

_Hab. Burma; Karennee.

Genus LacHNOPHOROIDES.

Lachnophoroides, Dist. ‘ Nova Caledonia,’ Zool. i. p. 881 (1914).

Type, L. ornatipennis, from New Caledonia (ibid. pl. xi.

fig. 9 2).

I am now able to amplify the description of this genus by

sexual characters, having only seen a single 2 specimen

previously.

S. Pronotum distinctly longer than breadth at base ;

anterior tibiz strongly sinuately curved and armed

with a short robust spine near middle of under

surface.

2. Pronotum about as long as broad at base; anterior

tibiz unarmed.

Lachnophoroides crudelis.

Pachymerus crudelis, Hag]. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh, 1895, p. 462.

Hab. W. Africa; Gaboon (fide Haglund). Lagos; Ondo

(A. B. S. Powell). N.E. Rhodesia; Upper Luangwa R.

(S. A. Neave). Uganda Protect. between Junja and

Busia, E. Busoga (S. A. Neave). Abyssinia (Lake Rudolph

Exped.—Ph. C. Zaphiro).

262 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Lachnophoroides rudolfianus, sp. n.

Head and anterior lobe of pronotum dull, dark ochraceous,

posterior pronotal lobe paler ochraceous with darker punc-

tures in somewhat transverse series and with three central

longitudinal darker series, lateral margins broadly and basal

margin narrowly pale ochraceous, a black spot near each

basal angle ; scutellum ochraceous, darkly punctate, a large

castaneous spot at base and two linear black spots on apical

area; corium very pale ochraceous, more or less darkly

punctate, clavus with a black and greyish spot at base,

beyond middle of corium a broad transverse dark castaneous

fascia and the apical margin narrowly and irregularly of the

same colour; membrane pale shining ochraceous; head

beneath and sternum piceous ; abdomen beneath dull dark

testaceous ; legs and rostrum ochraceous; antenne ochra-

ceous, apices of the second and third joints and apical half

of the fourth black, second joint a little longest, third and

fourth joints subequal in length; anterior femora robust,

strongly spined beneath near apex, anterior tibiz.in ¢ strongly

curved, and with a prominent spine beneath near middle.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Soudan; Kaig (Lake Rudolph Exped.—C. Singer).

Aphanus littoralis, sp. n.

Head black or very dark castaneous, eyes griseo-fuscous ;

antenne dull ochraceous, apices of first, second, and third

joints more or less fuscous, fourth joint dark fuscous with a

broad subbasal greyish annulation; pronotum ochraceous,

prominently brownly punctate, the lateral margins almost

impunctate, anterior half (excluding margins) dark easta-

neous and almost impunctate, with a small central pale

ochraceous spot at anterior margin; scutellum ochraceous,

prominently brownly punctate, the basal area black; corium

ochraceous, rather finely brownly punctate, extreme lateral

margins almost impunctate ; membrane brownish ochra-

ceous with somewhat paler mottlings ; body beneath casta-

neous, the lateral margins, posterior sternal segmental

margins, rostrum, and legs ochraceous, the lateral abdominal

margin with large castaneous spots; second, third, and

fourth, jomts of antenne gradually decreasing in length,

the second a little longest; first joint of rostrum about

reaching base of head; membrane about reaching abdo-

minaLapex ; pronotum with a more or less distinct central

Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 263

longitudinal narrow carination ; scutellum a little foveately

depressed at base.

Long. 85-10 mm.

Hab. Blue Nile (#. S. Crespin), nr. mouth of Dinder R.

and Roseires (S. S. Flower). N.W. shore of L. Nyasa, from

Florence Bay to Karonga (S. A. Neave).

Aphanus ferrugineus, sp. n.

Head black; antennz with the basal joint black, second

and third joints ferruginous ; pronotum pale ferruginous,

coarsely darkly punctate, the anterior area (excluding

margins) black ; scutellum black, coarsely darkly punctate,

becoming paler and more ferruginous on apical area, and

with an ochraceous spot on each lateral margin near base ;

corium brownish ochraceous, darkly punctate, with two

small obscure black spots in oblique series on apical half,

the lateral margins narrowly impunctate; body beneath

black, the posterior sternal seginental margins, rostrum,

and legs ferruginous; second joint of antenne considerably

longer than third; apex of central lobe of head distinctly

prominent ; in some specimens the femora are distinctly

darker—almost black —than the tibiz ; basal joint of rostrum

passing base of head ; membrane, a little paler than corium,

reaching abdominal apex.

Long. 8-85 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland (Cotterell) ; W. shore of L. Nyasa between

Domira Bay and Kotakota (S. A. Neave). N.i. Rhodesia ;

Mid-Luangwa Valley (S. A. Neave).

Aphanus apicalis.

Rhyparochromus apicalis, Dall. List Hem. ii. p. 562 (1852).

Rhyparochromus turgidifemur, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Forh. 1855, p. 32. 1.

Rhyparochromus nigromaculatus, Stal, Ofv. Vet.-Ak. Foérh. 18565,

p- 32. 2.

Beosus apicalis, Stal, Hem. Afr. ii. p. 165 (1865).

Aphanus erosus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 501 (1901),

In describing my A. erosus I wrote, “ Allied to A. apicalis,

Dall., differing by the exceedingly coarse punctuation on

the lateral margins of the pronotum and corium, &c.”

Compared with the type of Dallas, that held good at the

time of writing, but since then a large number of species

have reached the British Museum, and intermediate varieties

occur.

Hab. 8. Africa (Brit. Mus.). Ovampo L. (Eriksson).

264 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Transvaal; Pretoria (Distant), Lydenburg (Krantz). N.E.

Rhodesia ; Mid-Luangwa Valley (Neave). Blue Nile;

Roseires (Flower). Congo (Richardson).

Aphanus albigera, sp. n.

Head and anterior area of pronotum black, posterior

pronotal area ochraceous, brownly punctate, and at the

lateral marginal junctions of these two areas a somewhat

large pale ochraceous spot; scutellum black; corium

ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, extreme lateral margin

impunctate, inner claval margin for about half its length

from base pale ochraceous and impunctate, from thence to .

apex very thickly blackly punctate, a short elongate black

line near outer claval margin, followed by a large black spot

near and outside claval apex, the apical margin of corium

narrowly black, the two last markings separated by a small

pale impunctate spot; membrane brownish with the venation

somewhat paler in hue; body beneath, rostrum, and legs

black, coxal spots and narrow, irregular posterior margins

to sternal segments pale ochraceous; antennze with the

third joint shortest, second and fourth subequal in length.

Long. 6-63 mm.

Hab. South Africa; Grahamstown. Natal; Durban

(F. Muir). ,

Allied to A. apicalis, Dall., but a smaller and narrower

species, maikings of the pronotum and short third joint of

antenne different.

Aphanus nigrellus, sp. n.

Head, antenne, pronotum, and scutellum black, lateral

pronotal margins ochraceous ; corium dull ochraceous, two

short claval lines and the apical area black, the latter con-

taining a prominent, central, transverse greyish-white spot,

and the extreme apical angle also of that colour ; membrane

griseo-fuscous, with an apical white spot; body beneath,

rostrum, and legs black; antennz somewhat robust, third

joint a little shorter than second or fourth joints ; pronotal

lateral margins distinctly, somewhat longly pilose.

Long. 6 mm.

Hab. Nyasaland; between Ft. Mangoche and Chikala

Boma (S. A. Neave).

Allied to both A. apicalis, Dall. and the preceding species

here described—A. albigera, but differing by the colour of

the pronotum and its longly pilose lateral margins, Xe.

Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 265

MAXAPHANUS, gen. nov.

Allied to Aphanus, Lap., from which it differs by the

longer and more elongate body; the longer and more robust

basal joint of the antenne, which is as long as the head and

projects considerably beyond its apex; anterior femora

shortly spined beneath, with a long and very distinct spine

before apex, anterior tibiz also shortly spined beneath

beyond base.

Maxaphanus africanus, sp. n.

Dark castaneous, in some specimens almost piceous ;

lateral margins (excluding basal areas) of pronotum and

sometimes a small central spot to same, corium with about

basal half of lateral margin, a small lateral spot beyond it

and nearer apex, a small discal spot outside the apical

claval area and a minute ‘spot before posterior margin,

extreme apex of scutellum, rostrum and legs, ochraceous ;

apical areas of femora and the tibiz and tarsi darker and

more brunescent ; antenne dark castaneous, fourth joint

(excluding apical area) pale ochraceous, second and third

joints almost subequal in length and longest, fourth longer

than first which considerably passes the apex of head;

pronotum distinctly, broadly, transversely impressed near

middle, the anterior area smooth, the posterior area finely

wrinkled, lateral margins distinctly laminate ;-corium dis-

tinctly punctate ; membrane pitchy-brown, the veins pro-

minent, the two inner veins strongly curved at base.

Long. 13-14 mm,

Hab. Nyasaland ; Mlanje (S. A. Neave). N.E. Rhodesia;

Upper Luangwa R. (S. A. Neave). Uganda; Tero Forest

(C. C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins).

Metochus holsti, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum black,

posterior pronotal lobe piceous, darkly punctate, and with a

pale central longitudinal line ; corium ochraceous, clavus, a

broad irregular transverse fascia connecting apex of clavus

with lateral margin, and the apical margin black, the

anterior area between the clavus and lateral margin is

ochraceous, brownly punctate, the area between the trans-

verse fascia and apex creamy-white; membrane fuscous

with obscure paler mottlings; head beneath and sternum

black ; abdomen beneath dark castaneous, with some lateral

266 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

marginal ochraceous macular markings ; rostrum ochraceous,

basal and apical joints piceous; femora black, their bases

and the whole of the tibiz and tarsi more or less ochraceous ;

antennz piceous, basal half of apical joint ochraceous,

second joint longest, third and fourth almost subequal in

length ; anterior femora robust, shortly spinose beneath.

Long. 10 mm.

Hab. Japanese Archipelago ; Tsushima Island (P. Holst).

Dieuches \relatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) viii.

p- 505 (1901).

Hab. Mashonaland; Umfili River (G. A. K. Marshall).

Nyasaland; Valley of N. Rukuru, Karonga District (S. 4.

Neave). Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Abyssinia ;

Gibe River (Ph. C. Zaphiro).

The type was from Mashonaland.

Dieuches parvipicius, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black ; anterior half of

lateral margins and some small spots (usnally two but some-

times four) on disk of pronotum, two spots near base and

extreme apex of scutellum ochraceous ; antennee ochraceous,

apex of third joint black, more or less mutilated in the

twelve specimens now before me; corium ochraceous,

brownly punctate, extreme lateral margins pale and im-

punctate, a spot at base of clavus, a large spot near inner

posterior angle, a very small spot in a line with it on lateral

margin, and the apical margin black; body beneath black :

rostrum and legs ochraceous, apex of rostrum and usually

apical areas of the femora—more or less——black ; antennz

with the second and third joints almost subequal in length ;

scutellum with a more or less distinct, central, longitudinal

carinate line.

Long. 7-8 mm.

Hab. Katanga; Kambove and Luffra River (S. A. Neave).

Allied to D. patruelis, Stal, but a smaller species with

both the pronotal lobes black.

Dieuches consimilis, sp. n.

Allied to the preceding species in general markings and

coloration, but a larger species with the basal joint and

apices of the remaining antennal joints black; posterior

pronotal lobe more strongly and coarsely punctate ; scutellum

Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 267

without the central carinate longitudinal line which is

always more or less pronounced in D. parvipicius.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Entebbe (C. C. Gowdey). Katanga;

Kambove (S. A. Neave). Abyssinia (C. Singer).

Dieuches smitha, sp. n.

Head and anterior lobe of pronotum testaceous, posterior

pronotal lobe ochraceous, thickly darkly punctate, lateral

pronotal margins pale, impunctate; scutellum testaceous,

extreme apex pale ochraceous ; corium dark ochraceous or

brownish ochraceous, lateral margins and a large irregular

spot before apex pale ochraceous; membrane brownish

ochraceous; body beneath testaceous ; lateral margins of

sternum, posterior margin of metasternum, and lateral

abdominal margins ochraceous; rostrum and legs ochra-

ceous, apical areas of femora and apices of the tibiz piceous ;

antennze ochraceous, the basal joint and apices of remaining

joints dark testaceous or piceous, second and fourth joints

longest and subequal in length; pronotum with a central

longitudinal carinate line on posterior lobe ; first joint of

rostrum about reaching base of head ; membrane not quite

reaching abdominal apex in @, distinctly shorter in 2.

Long. 10-11 mm.

Hab. 8. Africa (Dr. Smith’s Coll.). Graham’s Town

(fF. Pym).

Allied to D. umbrifer, Stal.

Dieuches sloggetti, sp. n.

Black ; lateral margins of pronotum and corium, second

joint and base of third joint of antenue (fourth joint muti-

lated), tibiz and tarsi stramineous or pale ochraceous ;

second joint of antennz much longer than third ; pronotum

somewhat narrow and elongate, posterior lobe thickly punc-

tate ; corium and clavus more or less thickly punctate;

first joint of rostrum about reaching base of head.

Long. 9 mm.

Hab, $3. Africa; Deelfontein (Col. Sloggett).

MeETADIEUCHES, gen. nov.

Head robust, about as long as breadth between eyes, which

almost reach anterior margin of pronotum or are not far

removed from same, in front of eyes laterally strongly

obliquely sinuate, the apex of the central lobe prominent ;

268 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

antennz with the basal joint moderately stoutest, slightly

apically curved, shorter than second joint which again is a

little shorter than third, fourth almost subequal in length

to first ; rostrum reaching the anterior coxe; pronotum

elongate, longer than breadth at base, lateral margins of

anterior lobe slightly oblique, those of the posterior lobe

more prominently oblique, the posterior angles subnodulose,

basal margin almost truncate, very slightly concave, anterior

margin truncate ; scutellum moderately long and slender,

slightly longer than broad at base, lateral margins straightly

oblique; legs elongate, anterior femora finely spined beneath,

anterior tibize slightly dilated at apex; membrane passing

abdominal apex.

Type, M. dispar, Hag).

Metadieuches dispar.

Dieuches dispar, Hagl. Ofv. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 1895, p. 460.

Hab. Gaboon (Sjéstedt). Cameroons (/scalera). Uganda;

Entebbe (Dr. C. A. Wiggins and C.C. Gowdey), Mwera,

Kyanja, Mabira Forest, Katanga River (C. C. Gowdey),

shores of L. Isolt or Wamala, 3800 ft., and S. of L. George

(S. A. Neave).

Poeantius variegatus, sp. n.

Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black ; posterior lobe

of pronotum dark castaneous and coarsely punctate, the

anterior and posterior lobes separated by a transverse ochra-

ceous fascia; scutellum black ; corium ochraceous, a longi-

tudinal fascia in clavus, and nearly the apical half of corium

black, the latter containing a narrow transverse pale ochra-

ceous fascia a little beyond its middle; membrane dull

greyish; head beneath and rostrum dull, dark castaneous,

posterior margin of metasternum more or less greyish white ;

abdomen beneath black; legs black, apices of anterior and

intermediate femora and the anterior tibiz ochraceous ;

(posterior legs mutilated in type) ; antenne with the basal

joint ochraceous, second and third joints black, second a

little longer than third (fourth joint mutilated in type) ;

head deflected, immersed to eyes, a little longer than broad ;

pronotum with a central longitudinal, ill-defined carinate

line; scutellum a little longer than broad ; rostrum about

reaching the intermediate cox.

Long. 63 mm.

Hab. Gaza Land; near Chirinda Forest (G. A. K. Mar-

shall).

Rhynchotal Family Lygeeide. 269

Letheus longirostris.

Letheus longirostris, Reut. Ent. Tidskr. viii. p. 102 (1887).

Hab. Madagascar (fide Reut.). Rodriguez ((Gullion).

Natal (Bell-Marley). N.E. Rhodesia; Lower Luangwa

River, near Petauke, N.W. shore of L. Nyasa (S. A. Neave).

This species is variable in size; specimens now before me

in length range between 9 and 12 mm.

Letheus descriptus.

Rhyparochromus descriptus, Walk. Cat. Het. v. p. 103 (1872).

Rhyparochromus alienus, Walk. tom. cit. p. 105.

Letheus signatus, Dist. Ann. & Mag, Nat. Hist. (7) viii. p. 506 (1901).

Letheus descriptus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904).

Hab. N. India. Ceylon. ‘Tenasserim. North Borneo.

Sula Island. Natal; Durban (Bell-Mariey). N.E. Rho-

desia; Upper Luangwa River (S. A. Neave).

We are now able to record the distribution of this species

(previously only known from the Indian and Malayan

regions) to the southern Ethiopian habitats of Natal and

Rhodesia.

Bergroth (Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 95 (1918)) has devoted

nearly three large octavo pages to the description of a species

from the Philippine Islands (LZ. robustus) which is apparently

to be separated by the longer rostrum, ‘‘ reaching middle of

third ventral segment.” In deseriptus the rostrum only

extends to about the posterior coxe as described by Walker.

Genus ABANUS.

Abanus, Dist. Faun. Brit. Ind., Rhynch. v. p. 81 (1910).

In describing the type of this genus from specimens

received from Bengal, I wrote “pronotum elongate, about

as long as broad at base.” This character from an examina-

tion of a series of specimens of another species received

‘from tropical Africa appears to be of a sexual (female)

character only, while in the male the pronotum is consider-

ably longer than broad at base.

Abanus ugandensis, sp. nu.

Head and anterior lobe of pronotum black, basal area of

pronotum brownish ochraceous, blackly punctate, and with a

central ill-defined pale lJevigate longitudinal line, lateral

pronotal margins pale ochraceous ; scutellum black, punctate,

elongate, with two small discal spots and the extreme apex

270 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.

ochraceous ; corium very obscure ochraceous, thickly black

punctate, the lateral margins pale ochraceous, apical margin

more distinctly black; membrane dark fuligimous, some-

times with small ochraceous suffusions; apical area of

abdomen above—as seen beyond membrane—black, the

apical margin dull ochraceous ; body beneath black, narrow

lateral sternal and abdominal margins, very narrow posterior

margin of prosternum, coxal margins, rostrum and legs,

ochraceous; antennze ochraceous, extreme apices of first

and second joints, apical third of third joint, and fourth

joint, excluding broad basal annulation, black, first joint

passing apex of head, second longest, third and fourth sub-

equal in length; rostrum reaching the intermediate coxe,

first joint about reaching or slightly passing base of head ;

prosternum thickly, coarsely punctate at base.

Long. 9-10 mm.

Hab. Uganda; Mabira Forest, Chagwe, Tero Forest (C.

C. Gowdey), Entebbe (C. A. Wiggins), Mpumu (Miss M.

Robertson). Katanga (S. A. Neave).

Genus GoNATAS.

Gonatas, Dist. Biol. Centr.-Amer., Rhynch. i. p. 219 (1882); Faun.

Brit. Ind., Rhynch. ii. p. 89 (1904).

This genus, originally described from Central America

and subsequently received from the Oriental Region, is now

also represented by a species from Natal.

Gonatas natalensis, sp. 1.

Head black; antenne with the first and second joints

stramineous, remaining joints mutilated in type; pronotum

with the anterior area black, posterior area ochraceous ;

scutellum black; corium dull greyish white, clavus pale

ochraceous ; membrane dull greyish white ; body beneath

black ; rostrum and legs pale ochraceous, apical abdominal

segment castaneous ; head including eyes scarcely narrower

than anterior margin of pronotum, which is distinctly

strongly darkly punctate on the pale posterior area, its

lateral margins moderately ampliated and slightly sinuate

at the junction of the anterior and posterior areas, its

posterior margin distinctly moderately concave ; scutellum

longer than broad, moderately elevated, and distinctly foveate

on the basal area, basal and lateral margins punctate ;

membrane reaching the abdominal apex.

Long. 53 mm.

Hab. Natal; Durban (Bell-Marley).

The Myth of the Ship-holder. 271

XXIX.—The Myth of the Ship-holder*: Studies in Echeneis

or Remora.—I. By E. W. Gupeur, State Normal College,

Greensboro, N.C., U.S.A.

[Plates XV.-X VII. ]

ConTENTS.

Introduction,

The Myth of the Ship-holder.

The Myth explained.

First Explanation: Foul Bottoms.

Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a Rudder.

Third Explanation: Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras.

Fourth Explanation: “ Dead- Water.”

Bibliography.

Explanation of the Plates.

INTRODUCTION.

Kver since the time of Aristotle, the ship-holder or

sucking-fish, because- of its peculiar structure and habits,

has greatly interested men both scientific and unscientific.

Possessed of a suctorial disk on the head and the shoulder

region, it is able to attach itself to whales, porpoises, turtles,

rays, and sharks, or ta large fishes of any kind, and thus

secure transportation and opportunity to obtain food without

exertion. It likewise attaches itself to boats, ships, floating

wrecks, or even logs in the same way and for the same

purpose. From this it is an easy transition to the belief of

the ancients that attaching itself thus to a vessel it might

retard or even hold it back. Hence the name Hcheneis, one

that holds back a ship, and Remora, a holding back.

“There is scarcely a fish of the existence of which the

ancients have been equally certain, and which has so much

occupied their imagination—from a power thought to be

inherent in the creature to counteract the strongest physical

agencies,—as the Hcheneis of the Greeks or the Remora of

the Latins.”’ ¢

* In gathering the material for this paper, I am under much obligation

to Dr. C. R, Eastman of the American Museum of Natural History, New

York City, and to Dr. H. M. Lydenberg, Reference Librarian of the New

York Public Library. In his work for the American Museum on the

great biblicgraphy of fishes, Dr. Eastman ran across and kindly trans-

mitted to mea large number of the references made use of in this paper.

Dr. Lydenberg has, as heretofore, been a court of last resort for obscure

and seemingly unintelligible references, every one of which he has, by

reason of his large knowledge of matters bibliographical, been able to

clear up. My best thanks are hereby rendered to him and to Dr. East-

man for their many kindnesses.

+ Ginther, ‘On the History of Echeneis,’ 1860.

272 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

The earliest references to this interesting fish are to be ~

found in Aristotle’s ‘History of Animals.” A fish having

such an extraordinary structure as the sucking-disk and

having such unusual habits could hardly be expected to

have escaped the keen observation of the Father of Natural

History. Yet there is nothing in Aristotle’s writings

to indicate that he ever saw or at any rate that he ever

examined the Echeneis with the care which he bestowed on

the other animals of which he wrote. In Prof. D’Arcy

W. Thompson’s scholarly translation (Oxford, 1910), one

may read (Book II. 14, 505 6, 19-22): ‘ Of fishes whose

habitat is in the vicinity of rocks there is a tiny one, which

some call the Echeneis or ‘ship-holder’.... Some people

assert that it has feet, but this is not the case: it appears,

however, to be furnished with feet from the fact that its

fins resemble these organs.” Again (Book V. 31, 557 a,

30-31): “In the seas between Cyrene and Egypt there

is a fish that attends on the dolphin which is called the

‘dolphin’s louse.” This fish gets exceedingly fat from

enjoying an abundance of food while the dolphin is out in

pursuit of its prey.”

In a footnote, Prof. Thompson identifies this fish as

Naucrates ductor, a pilot-fish found in the Mediterranean.

Now the term pilot-fish is applied rather indefinitely to a

number of different fishes. The Echeneis or Remora is

possibly the one best known, from its habit of sticking to

dolphins, sharks, or any large fishes and swimming before

their snouts. In our waters Seriola zonata and S. carolinensis,

amber-fishes of the family Carangide, are found associated

with sharks and are called pilot-fishes. They are likewise

found around the rudders of vessels and hence are also called

rudder-fishes. The Naucrates ductor of Prof. Thompson

is a pilot-fish of the same family but of a different genus.

Tt is found in warm waters throughout the world and has

the same habits as the other pilot-fishes.

Thompson’s footnote thus leads one away from the idea

that the “ dolphin’s louse” is a sucking-fish, but it should

be noted that this last reference comes in a section devoted

to sucking insect parasites, lice, ticks, and fleas, and con-

cludes with those crustaceans, “ sea-lice”’ so called, which

live parasitically on fishes. So from this internal evidence

it seems probable that the fish referred to is an Echeueid, a

sucking-fish, which attaches itself in a louse fashion to the

dolphin as these fish are known to do *.

* In a short note published in ‘Science’ for September 1, 1916, the

present writer endeavoured to show that Prof. Thompson’s identification

Myth of the Ship-holder. 273

In corroboration of the foregoing, Hasselquist may be

quoted. In his ‘Journey to Palestine’ (1757) he notes

that the Arabs at Alexandria ealled the sucking-fish

(Echeneis neucrates) “Chamell Ferrhun.” Dr. Frank R. Blake

of the Johns Hopkins University has been good enough to

pass on this Arabic name. He writes that Chamel means

louse, and that ferrhun is probably—or, at any rate, possibly

—an erroneous transliteration for theArabic ferzhun, meaning

agile or nimble. And that this meaning fits the actions of

the fish, anyone knows who has ever tried to catch with a dip-

net a shark-sucker from off its selachian host—-it dodves as

expertly as a squirrel around a tree. However, Dr. Blake

says that there is an Ethiopic word ferihun, meaning terrible,

and that Hasselquist’s name may mean “ the louse of the

terrible oue,” and since this fish is found most frequently

adhering to the shark, this translation seems the most logical

one.

In further corroboration of the contention that the

“‘dolphin’s louse” is the Hceheneis, another eastern traveller,

Forskal (1775), may also be quoted. At Dyjidda, a town on

the eastern side of the Red Sea about midway between Suez

and Aden, Forskal collected Mcheneis neucrates, and was at

especial pains to note that the Arab fishermen there called

it “‘ Keide” or “ Kaml el Kersh,” which he translates “ the

louse of the shark ”; while at Loheia, a town on the same

side of the sea, but further towards the south-east, it is called

“ Keda.” Dr. Blake has further obhged me by passing on

these terms also. He finds that “‘ Kaml el Kersh” means

“ the louse of the fish of prey,” which fish Forskal tells us

in the context was a shark belonging to the genus Carcharias.

Keda, he thinks, is probably a transliteration of the Arabic

Keide, a fetter or band, hence “ the attached one.’ Still

other testimony may be adduced as to the even more recent

use of this name. ‘he German traveller Riippell in his

‘Fische des Rothen Meeres’ (1835), published only some

eighty years ago, says of Echeneis: “In the northern part

of the Red Sea it is called Delka or else Gammel el Kersh,

of the dolphin’s louse as Nauerates ductor is erroneous as is Aristotle’s

calling the little fish which lives among rocks Echeneis. The latter

was identified as a goby and the “ dolphin’s louse” was shown to be a

sucker-fish. Prof. Thompson on receiving this short paper very kindly

wrote me that, while there might be still some uncertainty about the

rock-dweller, he agreed as to the identity of the “ dolphin’s louse.”

And now it seems well to incorporate this note in these introductory

paragraphs and to add certain other data which have come to hand since

the above article was published.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 21

274 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

in the southern part Aied.” The latter names are, of course,

variations of those noted above. Dr. Blake has not been

able to throw any light on the word Delka.

From all this we see that, in the near East where changes

take place slowly, Echeneis was still called ‘louse’ some

two thousand years after Aristotle. While to-day in our

own waters, as well as in most tropical seas, there is a certain

small Echeneid fish which Gill (1862) has named Phthier-

ichthys lineatus, the striped louse-fish.

To return now to Prof. Thompson’s “tiny fish whose

habitat is in the vicinity of rocks.” It seems to me that

this fish cannot possibly be an Echeneis. ‘The Kcheneis is

not a “tiny” fish, since the adult forms generally range

in length from ten inches to three feet ; likewise, so far as

is known to naturalists, it does not dwell among rocks. In

fish literature of the medieval and renaissance times, how-

ever, we do frequently run across references to Echeneis as

a dweller among rocks, but I take these accounts to be

merely echoes of Aristotle, since they are in other respects

mere copies of preceding writers. Furthermore, this fish is

said to have feet or, at any rate, fins resembling such organs.

To the present writer there is no doubt that the fish here

referred to is a goby, for gobies are small fish, are found in

or near rocks, and have their forwardly-placed pelvic fins

transformed into hand-like or sucker-like prehensile organs*,

Tue Myr or THE SHIP-HOLDER.

It will be remembered that Aristotle (384-322 B.c.) calls

our fish Echeneis, ship-holder, but that he nowhere refers

to the miraculous power alluded to by other but later writers.

So it is doubtful whether he knew of these alleged powers,

but if that be true why should he have named it ship-holder ?

His words are “which some call the Echeneis or ‘ ship-

holder,’ ’’ and he is evidently quoting some previous writer,

or giving the name in common or everyday use. One thing

is clear, 7. e. he is not the originator of the term, nor is it

very evident that he knew the fish by personal observation.

Before bringing to the attention of the reader the

various stories ascribing miraculous powers to our fishes,

* Since writing the above I have found that Lowe, so long ago as

1848, expressed the belief that Aristotle’s Echeneis was a blenny or a

goby or a Chironectes and that the dolphin’s louse was an Kcheneis.

On both of these points Giinther (1860, 1880) likewise is in agreement

with the author of the ‘History of the Fishes of Madeira,’ Day

(1880-84) also has briefly expressed his belief in this identification.

Myth of the Ship-holder. 275

figures of the fishes themselves are presented. Pl. XV.

of this paper shows Leptecheneis naucrates (fig. 2) and

Remora brachyptera (fig. 3), which are commonly found

in our Atlantic waters. The essential external differences

between the fishes are readily seen from the figures. Fig. 1

shows the sucking-disk of the Remora. Consideration of

the structures of these fishes is reserved for a later paper.

The first definite reference to the ship-retarding power of

the Echeneis is in a poem on fishing, “ Halieutica,’ by the

Latin poet, Ovid (43 8.c.-17 or 18 a.p.). Verse 99 reads :

“ Parva Echeneis adest, mirum, mora puppibus ingens” ;

which may be translated, ‘‘ The small Hcheneis is present,

wonderful to say, a great hindrance to ships.”

Pliny the Elder (23-79 a.p.) twice refers to the Echeneis.

In Book 1X. Chapter 41 of his ‘ History of Animals’ he

says: “It is believed that when it (Echeneis) has attached

itself to the keel of a ship its progress is impeded, and that

it is from this circumstance that it takes its name.” This

(together with other data extraneous to our subject) is taken

from Aristotle. Then Pliny quotes one Mucianus (about

whom nothing has been obtained) that a murex, a kind of

gasteropod mollusk, has a similar ship-retarding power, and

gives from this writer an alleged instance of a ship being

held by it. Pliny in the same chapter quotes one Trebius

Niger that the fish is about one foot in length and that it

can retard ships. I have been unable to find out anything

about this writer; this reference, like the one to Mucianus,

is entirely obscure *,

In Book XXXII. Chapter 1, Pliny gives what is the first

detailed account of the ship-holding power possessed by the

Echeneis, and it seems well to quote him in extenso as given

in Bostock aud Riley’s translation (1857).

“And yet all these forces [winds, tides, &c.] .....a

single fish, and that of a very diminutive size.... the fish

known as the ‘ Echeneis’.... possesses the power of

counteracting ..... A fish bridles the impetuous violence

* Pliny also gives two other uses of the Echeneis, which though

outside the scope of this paper, are of enough interest to appear in a

footnote. The first (which he seems to have had from the Greeks) is .

its use in love philters, and for the purpose of delaying judgments and

legal proceedings ; all of which he justly says are evil properties, compen-

sated for, however, by its use to stay the flow of blood in pregnancy and

for the preservation of the foetus 7m wtero. The second use, quoted from

Trebius Niger, is that when preserved in salt it is able to draw up gold

from the bottom of the deepest well. These fictions are gravely

repeated by many writers down to the middle of the seventeenth

century .... at least as late as the time of Rabelais (ene

276 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

of the deep, and subdues the frantic rage of the universe—

and all this by no effort of its own, no act of resistance on

its part, no act at all, im fact, but that of adhering to the

back ean

‘At the battle of Actium, it is said, a fish of this kind

stopped the praetorian ship of Antonius in its course, at the

moment he was hastening from ship to ship to encourage

and exhort his men, and so compelled him to leave it and

go aboard another. Hence it was, that the fleet of Caesar

gained the advantage in the onset, and charged with re-

doubled impetuosity. In our own time too, one of these

fish arrested the ship of the Emperor Caius (Caligula) in its

course when he was returning from Astura to Antium: and

thus, as the result proved, did an insignificant fish give

presage of great events; for no sooner had the emperor

returned to Rome than he was pierced by the weapons of

his own soldiers. Nor did this sudden stoppage of the ship

long remain a mystery; the cause being perceived upon

finding that, out of the whole fleet, the emperor’s five-banked

galley was the only one that was making no way. The

momeut this was discovered some of the sailors plunged

into the sea, and on making a search about the ship’s sides,

they found an Echeneis adhering to the rudder. Upon its

being shown to the emperor, he strongly expressed his

indignation that such an obstacle as this should have im-

peded his progress, and have rendered powerless the hearty

endeavours of some four hundred men. One thing too, it is

well known, more particularly surprised him, how it was

possible that the fish, while adhering to the ship, should

arrest its progress, and yet have no such power when brought

on board ”*.

This full and circumstantial account by Pliny is of great -

value, and the more so since everything leads one to believe

in Pliny’s full credence in the wonderful power of the ship-

stayer. In the paragraph following the above, our old

Roman naturalist thus refers to its Latin name: “ Some of

our own authors have given this fish the Latin name of

‘mora’ [delay],’’ another reading gives “ remora.”

The next of the ancients to write of our fish is the famous

historian, Plutarch (46 a.p.)._In his ‘ Symposiaes,’ Book II.

* Bostock and Riley say in a footnote, “ And well might it surprise

him. If there was any foundation at all for the story, there can be

little doubt that a trick was played for the purpose of imposing on

Caligula’s superstitious credulity and the rowers as well as the diving

sailors were privy to it.” Later it will be shown how entirely erroneous

is this conjectural explanation of Pliny’s translators.

Myth of the Ship-holder, 270

question 7, he says: “ Cheremonianus the Thrallian, when

we were at a very noble fish dinner, pointing to a little,

long, sharp-headed fish, said the Echeneis (ship-stopper) was

like that, for he had often seen it as he sailed in the Sicilian

sea, and wondered at its strange force ; for it stopped the

ship when under full sail, till one of the seamen perceived

it sticking to the outside of the ship and took it off” But

there was incredulity even in that day for Plutarch adds,

“Some laughed at Chaeremonianus for believing such an

incredible and unlikely story.” Then Plutarch offers for

this phenomenon an explanation of his own which will be

given later.

Next we come to Oppian, who flourished late in 200 a.p.

In his poem Halieutica—‘ On the Nature of Fishes and the

Fishing of the Ancients’’—as translated by John Jones,

there are some 38 lines in which in very poetical and effusive

fashion the action of the ‘‘sucking-fish”’ is described. In

short, he tells. how the fish clings to the keel of the swift

ship and retards it, though the wind causes the sails to belly

out. He seems, however, to have confused with the

KEcheneis the lamprey ee] which has a round suctorial

mouth. :

The last of the ancients to catalogue the myth of the

ship-detainer was Aelian, a Roman author contemporary

with Oppian in the latter part of the third century a.p.

In his ‘De Natura Animalium,’ Book I. Chapter 36, he

refers to “that fish which all men call remora because it

holds back and delays ships.” And, again, in Book III.

Chapter 17, he tells us in very interesting fashion that:

“ Kcheneis is a pelagic fish, black in appearance, equal in

length to an average-sized eel, and named for the thing it

does. For adhering with its teeth to the extreme stern of a

ship driven by a following wind and full sails, just as an

unmastered and unbridled horse is held in with a strong

rein, so the fish overcomes the most violent onset of the winds

and holds the ship as if tied fast to her wharf. In vain the

middle sails belly out, in vain the winds rush forth, it

holds steady the thing to which it adheres, The sailors’

know this indeed for the cause of this matter. Hence the

name given to this fish, which, because of their experience

with it, they call Echeneida (Remora).”

We next hear of the ship-holder in the writings of the

early Christian Fathers, and I am able, thanks to the kind

help of Dr. Hastman, to quote herein from two. The first

of these seems to have been Saint Basil, sometimes called

the Great, bishop of Caesarea in Cappadocia. In his

278 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

Hexameron *, Homily VII. paragraph 56, he writes: “If

now you hear say that the greatest vessels sailing with full

sails are easily stopped by a very small fish, by the Remora,

and so forcibly that the ship remains motionless for a long

time, as if it had taken root in the middle of the sea, do you

not see in this little creature a like proof of the power of the

creator ?”

St. Ambrose (840-397) in his ‘ Hexameron,’ the first

edition of which bears the imprint Basilez, 1566, describes

Echinus (probably a misspelling of Echeneis) as a foreteller

of storms. “ At the approach of a tempest the fish lays hold

of arock and sticks fast to it until calm weather returns.

The sailors, noting this, govern themselves accordingly.”

This is probably an echo of Aristotle’s little fish found

among rocks, and seems to be the first of a long succession

of similar stories, ascribing to this fish weather-forecasting

powers. St. Ambrose, however, does not seem to give the

ship-holding story.

Jorath, who was probably an Oriental Christian of the

twelfth century, speaks of a fish called Achandes which

sticks fast to ships in the sea, thus making them to stand

stock still f.

About the year 1250, Bartholomew Anglicus wrote his

encyclopedic work ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus,’ which was

translated by John Trevisa in 1397, and printed at Win-

chester in 1491. The following is his interesting account

of the ship-holder, for which also I am indebted to the

kindness of Dr. Eastman :—

“ Enchirius is a little fish unneth [only] half a foot long ;

for though he be full little of body, nathless he is most of

virtue. For he cleaveth to the ship, and holdeth it still

steadfastly in the sea, as though the ship were on ground

therein. Tho’ winds blow, and waves rise strongly, and

wood [violent] storms, that ship may not move nother

[neither] pass. And that fish holdeth not still the ship by

no craft but only by cleaving to the ship.”

In 1475, Johann von Cuba (or Cube) published at Metz

his ‘ Hortus Sanitatis.’ In the edition of 1536 on page 78

of chapter 34 he discourses of Echeneis or Echinus. This,

* “ Hexameron is the title of nine homilies delivered by St. Basil on

the cosmogony of the opening chapters of Genesis...... Basil read

the book of Genesis in the light of scientific knowledge of his day.”

He was born in 829 and died in his fiftieth year.

+ For this reference I am indebted to Dr. Kastman, who ran across it

on page 71 of Von Cuba’s ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’ to which reference will be

made later.

Myth of the Ship-holder, 279

he says, is a little foot and a half long fish which lays hold

of ships and causes them to stand still as if rooted in the

sea, being held by nothing save the little fish. His story

adds nothing to what we already know, but he does one

thing which is of great interest, he gives us a quaint

figure, which so far as I have been able to find, is the first

and only effort to illustrate the myth. It is reproduced as

fig.4(P]. XV.). And in this connection one is led to wonder

why this story, so interesting to these old-time writers, was

not also a favourite theme for illustrators, why it has come

down to us with but one picture.

In the ‘ Annotationes’ of Francisco Massari, published at

Basiliz in 1537, there are in chapter 35 some three or four

pages of data on the Echeneis, but careful perusal shows

that this is but a revamping of the ancients with not a single

new legend added, so Massari may be passed without further

comment.

In the year 1550 there was published at Lugduni ‘ Liber I.

De Sympathia et Antipathia Rerum’ by Hieronymous

Frascatorius, on page 24 of which is the statement that,

“ Furthermore it seems to be beyond all doubt that Echeneis

is that little fish which we call Remora, which causes to

stand still in mid-ocean the ship moved by the force and

impetus of the wind” *.

According to both Gesner and Aldrovandi, there is to be

found an account of the ship-holding power of Echeneis in

Adam Lonicer’s ‘ Naturalis Historiz Opus Novum in Quo

Tractatur de Natura,’ etc., Frankfurt, 1551. The only

edition found in New York is the German translation, which

appeared as ‘ Kreuterbuch’ in 1560. Dr. Lydenberg kindly

looked through the 1682 edition of this in the New York

Public Library, but could not find any reference to Echeneis.

I have not been able to locate another copy. However, in

Gesner’s ‘ Historia Animalium,’ IV. (1558), aud also in

Aldrovandi, there is a considerable quotation from Lonicer

with reference to Echeneis. Careful study of this, however,

shows that no new data are given.

The account of Edward Wotton (1552) is but a rehash of

Aristotle, Pliny, and the other Greek and Romau writers.

His one statement worthy of repetition reads ‘ Let the

winds rush and tle tempests rage, the Remora dominates

the furor, overcomes these great forces, and compels the

vessels to stand still, which no chain and anchor have been

* For a transcript of Frascatorius [ am indebted to the courtesy of

Mr. Charles Perry Fisher, Librarian of the College of Physicians,

Philadelphia.

280 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

made heavy enough to do.” This, however, seems to be

taken from Pliny.

In the sayings of Pantagruel, Rabelais (1553), in Book IV.

Chapter 62, has the following:—‘....an Echeneis or

Remora, a silly, weakly fish, in spite of all the winds that

blow from the thirty-two points of the compass, will m the

midst of a hurricane make you the biggest first-rate remain

stock still, as if she were becalmed, or the blustering tribe

had blown their last.””? And again, in Book V. Chapter 26:

“....there (in the country of Satin) I saw a Remora, a

little fish called by the Greeks Ecleneis, near a big ship

which was motionless although under full sail, on the high

sea.”

We now come to Rondelet (1558), who attempts to show

that the retardation of ships might have been effected by the

Echeneis of Pliny, the great shell-fish of Mucian, or the eel

of Oppian. Indeed, he asseverates (page 313) that he has

known a lamprey to thus hold. back a boat: “. . . it [Oppian’s

eel] stops it and holds it [a boat] back ; a thing which

corresponds to our lamprey, and which IT have known

through experience, for if it puts its mouth against a boat it

stops it, and I have seen it thus.” ‘hen he adds, “‘ There is

no need to marvel that various fishes are called by different

authors by the same name, nor that the same fish be called

by many and divers names, for that often happens.” For

the rest, Rondelet quotes and comments on the accounts of

Pliny and others on the true Echeneis (pp. 334-5), but adds

nothing of himself. More might be expected of this great

ichthyologist ; but it seems that he never saw the fish (he

gives no figure of it) and knew nothing of it at first-hand.

Conrad Gesner was the greatest of the encyclopedic

writers of natural history, and his ‘ Historia Animalium,’

Books I.-LlII., was published Basel, 1551-1558*. In

Book IIIL. he discourses at considerable length ‘ Con-

cerning Hcheneis or Remora,” but there is nothing in his

writings to indicate that he ever saw the fish. He adds no

new data ; but this section of his book is of value because

iin it he quotes a large number of the writers previously

eited in this paper. However, even here his value to the

student of ichthyological archeology is crippled by the fact

* Tt will be noted that the works cited of both Gesner and Rondelet

are dated 1558, and yet Gesner quotes Rondelet at considerable length.

However, the apparent discrepancy disappears when it is remembered

that Rondelet’s ‘ L’ Histoire Entiére des Poissons’ is but a translation

into his native French of his original work first published in Latin in

1554. Ball

Myth of the Ship-holder. 281

that he quotes his predecessors by name only, rarely by book

or chapters He adds nothing to our knowledge of the

Myth.

Gesuer, however, is the first writer since the ancients to

attempt a description of Echeneis. This description, which

is found in the last paragraph of his section on the Echeneis,

is evidently that of a goby, and is quoted here that the

reader may judge for himself, and uot be led into the error

of er editing Gesner with the first description.

“There is a little fish found in the ocean at Emda in

Frisia (so a certain friend has related to me) four digits long,

of very slimy skin, without scales, having a head “large in

proportion to its body, eyes small, the rest of the body cone-

shaped. Under its chin it had the form of a sucker by

which it probably adheres to rocks, for when he pressed this

cavity with his finger (so my friend narrated it) it adhered

to it so that it could be carried about.”

In Chapter XX XVII. of Liber X. of his ‘Operum,’ pub-

lished at Lugduni in 1564, Jerome Cardan writes of the

action of the Remora as if it were a settled fact, but adds

nothing of value to detain us here. He will be referred to

later as offering an explanation of the ship-staying powers

of the fish.

Departing from the beaten track of repeating what some

previous writer had copied, the Dutchman, Jan Huygen van

Linschoten, or, as his name is Latinized, Joannes Hugo

Linscotanus (1596),- gives the following interesting and

detailed account of the ship-holding power of the Remora :—

*¢ And because I am now in hand with the Fishes of India,

IT will here declare a short and true Historie of a Fish,

although to some it may seeme incredible, but it standeth

painted in the Viceroyes Pallace in India, and was set downe

by true and credible witnesses that it was so, and therefore

it standeth there for memorie of a wonderful thing; together

with the names and surnames of the ship, Captaine, day, &

yere when it was done, and as yet there are men living at

this day, that were in the same shippe and adventure, for

that it not long since, and it was thus. That a ship sayling

from Mosambique into India, aud they having faire weather,

a good fore winde, as much as the Sayles might brave before

the winde, for the space of fourteene dayes together, directing

their course towards the Equinoctiall line, every day as they

tooke the height of the Sunne, in stead ‘of diminishing or

lessening their degrees, according to the Winde and course

they had and held, they found themselves still contrarie,

and every day further backwards then they were, to: the

282 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

great admiration and wondering of them all, and contrarie

to all reason and man’s understanding, so that they did not

only wonder thereat, but were much abasht beeing stead-

fastly perswaded that they were bewitched, for they knew

very well by experience that the streame or course of the

water in these countries did not drive them back, nor with-

holde them contrarie to all Art of Navigation, whereupon

they were all in great perplexity and feare, standing still and

beholdinug each other, not once knowing the cause thereof.

*“* At ye last the chiefe Boteson, whom they call the masters

mate, looking by chance overbord towards the beakhead of

the ship, he espied a great broad taile of a Fish that had

winded itselfe as it were about the beakehead, the body

thereof beeing under the keele, and the heade under the

Ruther, swimming in that manner, and drawing the shippe

with her against the wind and their right course : whereby

presently they knewe the cause of their so going backe-

wards: so that having at last stricken long with staves and

other weapons uppon the fishes taile, in the ende they stroke

it off, and thereby the fish left the ship, after it had layne

14 dayes under the same, drawing the ship with it against

wind and weather: for which cause the Viceroy in Goa

caused it to be painted in his pallace for a_perpetuall

memory, where | have often read it, with the day and the

time, and the name of both shippe and Captaine, which I

cannot well remember, although it bee no great matter” *,

Ferrante Imperato, a pharmacist of Naples, having a taste

for natural history, formed a collection of such objects, and

made the description of these the basis of his book ‘ Historia

Naturale,’ published at Venetia, 1599. In this he writes :

‘‘ Although the Remora of the ancients has by many been

described under the forms of different fishes, there is, how-

ever, no description that fits except the one proposed by us.

It has on the upperpart of the head tentacles similar to the

vibratile combs [cirri, literally ringlets] of the polyps by

which it attaches itself to ships or the bodies of large whales

and other fishes.”

With the above description Imperato published a figure of

* Linschoten’s book was first published in Dutch at Amsterdam in

1596, but was translated into English and published in London in 1598,

while in the following year (1599) a Latin version appeared at Amsterdam,

The above account is taken literally from the Hnglish edition. For

photostats of it and of the original Dutch edition I am indebted to the

kindness of Dr. Lydenberg, who not only sent these, but who had pre-

viously in a most skilful manner run down Linschoten from an exceed-

ingly indefinite and obscure reference in Nieremberg to the ‘ Pro-Rex of

Joanues Hugo,”

Myth of the Ship-holder. 283

Echeneis or Remora which, so far as I have been able to

find, is the earliest portrayal of the sucking-fish. This is

reproduced herein as fig. 5 (Pl. XVI.). It correctly shows

the projecting lower jaw, the position and general make-up

of the sucking-disk, and the position of all fins, especially

thé long dorsal and ventral ones. ‘The tail is not good. It

is probably a Remora, since there is no effort to portray the

lateral stripe of Echeneis. The crudity of the figure is, of

course, apparent, but it is the first, and it is a fair ‘portrayal.

The disk is clearly shown, and in the description its function

is definitely indicated for ‘the first time in history *

We come now to another original story of the wonderful

power of the Remora. It is quoted from Hkman (who will

be referred to later), who says that it was told by Bartolomeo

Crescentio Romano in his book ‘ Nautica Mediterranea’

published at Rome in 1607. ‘This book | have not seen.

“....and I must tell you about another deed of the

devil, because you must know in how many ways this enemy

of mankind works against poor seamen.

“On a voyage from Gaeta to Napoli, the galley ‘8. Lucia,’

wheu sailing before a fresh wind and being two miles from

port, stopped quite immovable in spite of her sail being

strained. The steersman examined the rudder to see

whether there was some rope or net fastened to it, and as

nothing was found, he commanded the oars to be got out

and the gailey slaves to be forced on with hard blows. But

the galley did not move from the spot, and when she had

been lying motionless for a quarter of a hour cor more, the

other gallevs, which had sailed on, shortened sails, waiting.

Then a man named Catelano told the captain .... to have

three monks removed from the deck of the galley, and

averred that the galley would then immediately begin to

move ; and when the captain had them removed, the galley

certainly did begin to speed lke an arrow.

“hen all the men were about to throw these three poor

fellows into the sea, saying that they were excommuni-

cated; but the same man Catelano helped them saying, that

this was a strategem of the devil to the detriment of the

monks ; and he obtained permission that they should only

be taken from the vessel.

“This occurrence would have caused scientific men to

suppose that a very small fish, resisting the progress of the

* The above figure and description are taken from the 1599 edition of

Imperato’s book found in the library of the Academy of Natural Sciences

of Philadelphia. or it 1 am indebted to the kindness of Dr, Edward J,

Nolan, Librarian.

284 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

vessel, had got the better of the force of the sails and oars

and made the vessel stop.”

We next come to another great ichthyological encyclo-

pedist of the Renaissance, Ulyssis Aldrovandi, whose huge

folio, ‘ De Piscibus et de Cetis,? was published in 1613 at

Bononie. This author devotes to the Remora some five

pages, which are taken chiefly from Gesner. He discourses

at considerable length of the ship-holding power of the

Remora, and quotes Aristotle, Pliny, Rondelet, and several

others of the authors previously considered in the present

paper. However, it seems probable that he never saw the

fish—at any rate, a careful translation of his very difficult

Latin nowhere reveals any definite statement that he had

seen it. However, he does the one good thing of giving us

a figure and description which adds materially to our know-

ledge. A photographic reproduction of his drawing’is given

here as fig. 6 (Pl. XVI.). Note that it is labelled the

“Remora of Imperato and the author.’ Aldrovandi ex-

pressly says “... my drawing corresponds with that one’s,”

but his figure looks like an Echeneis, and his description

below confirms this idea. He says :—

“The color of the whole body almost inclines to violet, its

sides are glistening, the body is cut into two in the middle

by a sub-green line, and its tail verges to blue. There are

six fins to the body, three on the belly, two each in the

region of the stomach and one at the anus. Likewise there

is one on the back, and the tail ends in another.... Its

mouth is not unlike a dog’s except that the lower jaw projects

beyond the upper jaw contrary to that which we see in the

shark. I think that this is a truer figure [than Im-

perato’s| 7 *.

This description seems to have been made from the fish

rather than from the drawing, since the latter does not show

the median line. it is to be regretted that Aldrovandi does

not give us a definite statement on this point.

Aldrovandi, in his discussion of the Remora, gives this

interesting incident :—“ Within the memory of our parents,

it is said that the ship of Franciscus Turonensis, the

Cardinal, when he was once upon a time going from Gaul

by maritime journey into Italy, according to the narrative

of Peter Melara of Bologna, a very brave knight and at the

* For the scholarly translation of Aldrovandi, I am indebted to Mrs.

S. P. Ravenel, and to Miss Julian Dameron, associate professor of Latin in

the College. Miss Dameron has also been so kind as to help me with a

number of the other Latin articles herein referred to.

Myth of the Ship-holder. 285

same time a very learned man, was delayed by a very small

fish in the midst of its course ”’ *.

The reference made to this same incident by John John-

ston, in his book ‘ A History of the Wonderful Things in

Nature,’ London, 1657, on page 301, is probably taken from

Aldrovandi.

At Geneva, in 1614, Bartholomew Keckermann published

his works, and in his ‘ Disputationes Physice’ he discusses

the ship-staying power of the Remora. He adds nothing to

our knowledge of the myth, but does offer an interesting

explanation, which will be considered later. .

We next come to Rochefort, whose interesting and in-

structive book on the Antilles was published at Rotterdam

in 1665, who says that certain fish bear the name Remora

*“‘ because they adhere to vessels as if they wished to arrest

them in their course.” Note the clause “as if they wished.”

The old order is passing away, men are beginning to seek a

rational explanation of the retardation of ships, and doubt is

being cast on the efficacy of the Remora as the agent.

So more explicitly writes Du Tertre, whose valuable

natural history of the Antilles was published but two years

(1667) after Rochefort’s work. In the course of his descrip-

tion of the Remora and explanation of its activity, he

writes :-—

“For myself I hesitate to submit my judgment to that

which some authors assure us concerning the Remora,

saying that it brings to a full stop a ship which sails before

the wind with canvas stretched on a full sea. Since there is

so great a quantity of Remoras around the Western Isles,

one could scarcely find a ship that would not have several

attached to her, yet nevertheless during the century or more

that these islands have been frequented, it has never been

noted that a single ship has been thus arrested by the

Remoras, ‘his has caused me to think that the two or three

vessels, which have been said to have been arrested by the

Remoras, have been detained by some miracle or charm, and

since at the time some Remoras have been attached to them

* Being unable to do anything whatever with this reference, I veferred

it to Dr. Lydenberg, who very kindly went into the matter fully. He

finds that there was a Peter Melara of Bologna who left certain MSS.

which are or were to be found in the “ Biblioteca dell’ Instituto ” of that

city. He suggests that Aldrovandi had access to this particular MS,

This conjecture is strengthened when one remembers that Aldrovandj

lived, wrote, and published his book in Bologna, Note, further, that he

prefaces his statement by saying “ within the memory of our parents,”

286 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

in their usual fashion, to these have been falsely attributed

the cause of their detention.”

It will be shown later how closely Du 'Tertre came to a

true explanation, and it is to be regr etted that in substituting

one mythical explanation for another he narrowly missed

the truth. Therein he was better churchman than natu-

ralist.

Le Maire (1695) writes “ Le Sucez [Echeneis] is so called

because it attaches itself by sucking. It is in size about

equal to asole. When it attaches itself to the rudder, it

retards the vessel, but does not stop it as the Remora is

falsely said to do,”

In the face of what has just been quoted there is now to

be presented from one of the most remote corners of the

world another and much later story of the Myth. Faber, in

his ‘Natural History of the Fishes of Iceland’ (1829), gives

the following circumstantial account :—

“In Jau Olsen’s MS. it may be read [that]: ‘In the year

1720, by chance it happened on the strand before Hunevand’s-

Harde (in Nordisland) with a boat which had been rowed

out for the autumn fishery, that when the fishermen wished

to return they could not move the boat, although they rowed

with all their might. Then there was noticed behind on the

rudder a short stumpy fish, blackish-gray in color, which

moved itself a little and adhered so solidly to the boat that

one could scarcely pull it loose with the hand. It left

behind on the boat a mark of its body, and when it was

pulled loose the boat went forward. The fishermen burned

it on the shore whereby a great stench was produced. This

animal appears to have been a Remora, and through this

account the matter seems to be confirmed that there are

really such living fish which can bring a ship to a standstill.’ ”

Faber then concludes : “The exaggeration of the account

being allowed for, it is not to be doubted this was a sucking

fish.”’

There is now to be given the latest and most modern

account of retardation by the Remora that has come to light.

In 1778 there was published in London, “ Translated under

the author’s inspection,” the ‘Travels in Dalmatia’ of the

Abbé Alberto Fortis. The locality, it should be noted in

passing, is not very far removed from the countries Greece

and Rome, in which the legend originated. In a letter to

Signior Marsili, Professor of Botany in the University of

Padua, Fortis writes :—‘‘ I will finish this letter by relating

a fact, to which you may give that degree of faith which

you think it merits. You have often read in ancient natu-

Myth of the Ship-holder, 287

ralists, of wonderful things done by the Remora, or Echeneis

and not without some surprise will have learnt Pliny’s story,

who after having told us, on the faith of another, how

Anthony was retarded on bis voyage by means of this fish,

asserts positively, that a ship with Caligula on board and

four hundred rowers, was actually stopped by one of these

fishes, while the rest of the fleet went on at a great rate.

When I read this, I contented myself to shrug my shoulders,

without perplexing my brain to find out by what natural

processes, or matter of fact, such an opinion could become

so generally received, that a man of sense as Pliny certainly

was, should affirm it in positive terms. But chance led me

to the discovery. We were sailing in a small bark between

Vruillia and Almissa with a fresh equal gale, in the afternoon.

The mariners were all at rest, and the steersman only was

awake, and attended alone in silence to the direction of the

bark ; when, on a sudden, we heard him call aloud to one

of his companions, ordering him to come and kill the

Paklara. Our learned friend Signior Guilio Bajamonti was

with me, and understanding what the man meant, desired

him to show him the fish that he wanted killed, but the fish

was gone, Having interrogated the steersman, who did not

want sense, and was a fisherman by profession, why he had

ordered the Paklara killed, and what harm it had done; he

answered, without hesitation, that the Paklara used to take

hold of the rudder with his teeth, and retarded the course of

the bark so sensibly, that not only he, but every man who

sat at the helm felt it there without seeing it. He added,

that many a time he himself had catched the Paklara in the

act and had frequently killed and eat it. That it was often

met with in the waters of Lissa. ‘That in shape it resembled

a conger eel, and in length did not usually exceed a foot and

a half. That if I had a mind to see, and catch one of them

I needed only to go in a fishing boat, in the warm season,

between the islands of Lessina and Lissa, where he had

never failed to meet with them every year. [ will not desire

you to believe everything my pilot said; but confess that I

should be very glad to see the Paklara when it had taken

hold of the rudder of the bark under sail. ‘ihe wonderful

strength of the muscles of some little marine animals, such

as the Lepades, that so obstinately resist any attempts to

disengage them from their rocks, the stroke proceeding with

such rapidity from the Torpedo, known at Venice by the

name of pesce tremolo aud in the sea of Dalmatia by that of

Trnak; the vigor shewn by the Dentici in their convulsive

motions even when out of their own element, not to mention

288: Mr. EK. W. Gudger on the

the larger fish, such as, Tunny, Dolphins, ete., give me

ground to suspect, that if all that the ancients wrote con-

cerning the Remora be not just literally true, it is not alto-

gether false. It certainly is a thing worthy of some reflection,

that Pliny speaks so diffusely concerning this phenomenon,

as a known fact that could not be called in question. ‘The

Greeks adopted the.notion of this extravagant faculty, by

superstitiously hanging the Remora about women with child,

to prevent abortion. I am not, however, so ready to credit

these extravagances or in the least persuaded of the wonderful

retarding force of this little fish ; and think it sufficient to

believe that the force of the Paklara may be felt at the

rudder of a small bark, without troubling myself further

about the Remora.

“The Remora of the ancients, and the Paklara of our

days, have this remarkable difference, that the first is almost.

always of the testaceous kind, and the second is of the

genus Murena.”’

From this we see that the Abbé was half convinced of the

correctness of the sailor’s belief as to the power of the

Paklara. However, he thinks this fish to be a lamprey eel,

while the Remora of Pliny is in his opinion a shellfish, This

is confirmed by a further reference on page 325, which reads

as follows :—‘‘ Among the curious fishes found in those

waters [of Lissa] the Paklarais the most remarkable: I did

not see it, but the description given me by the fishermen,

agrees with the Hcheneis of Artedi, and Gouan, though, in

my opinion, not with the Hcheneis or Remora of the

ancients.”

Before going into an explanation of the Myth of the

Ship-holder, it may be of interest to show that the term

Remora has attained a place in literature. Among the

Romans we find Lucilius saying “ A certain voice Sounding

forth made for you a Remora in your progress.” Again,

Plautus says “‘Those things are distasteful which obstruct

many undertakings and they make for a Remora both in

public and private affairs.” However, since the word Remora

is a common Latin term for a delayer or retarder, we cannot

be sure that its use above is a reference to the fish; more

probably it is a use of the term in its original and ordinary

sense.

Probably not such, however, is the use of the term by

St. Basil (329-379). He affirms that “ Life is a voyage and

in our life’s ways, countries, courts, towns, and rocks are

remoras.”’

In English literature, however, more direet allusions are

“

Myth of the Ship-holder. 289

to be found. Thus Spenser, in his ‘ Visions of the World’s

Vanity,’ i. p. 108, writes :—

“ Looking far forth into the ocean wide,

A goodly ship, with banners bravely dight,

Through the main sea making her merrie flight.

All suddenly there clave unto her keel

A little fish that men call Remora,

Which stopt her course, and held her by the heel,

That wind nor tide could move her thence away.”

And Ben Jonson says (‘ Poetaster, III. 1) :—

“TI say a remora,

For it will stay a ship that’s under sail.”

And again, in his Act TIT. Scene 1, he makes Horace say to

Fuscus Aristius of Crispinus, a great bore, who had nearly

talked him to death :-—

“ Aristius. What ails’t thou man ?

Horace. *Death, I am seized on here,

By a land remora: I cannot stir,

Nor move but as he pleases.’

Maundrell, in his ‘ Aleppo to Jerusalem’ (p. 46) writes :—

“We had his promise to stay for us, but the remoras and

disappointments we met with in the Road had put us back-

ward in our journey.”

And again, Jeremy-Taylor quaintly says :—‘‘ A gentle

answer is an excellent remora to the progresses of anger,

whether in thyself or others.”

Before leaving this part of the subject, the following story

may be added as of interest. In David Livingstone’s

‘ Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa’ (New

York, 1858), on page 556, in writing of the Barotse valley

on the Leeba River, one of the headwaters of the Zambesi,

he says :—‘ The Barotse [people or tribe] believe that at

certain parts of the river a tremendous monster lies hid and

that it will catch a canoe, and hold it fast and motionless, in

spite of the utmost exertions of the paddlers.”

ln the Indian Ocean around Zanzibar the Remora abounds

in great numbers, and is used, as I shall show in another

paper, for the purpose of catching turtles by virtue of its

propensity for clamping itself fast to any floating object.

At first 1 was inclined to think that the Barotse myth was a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 22

290 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

far distant echo of the Zanzibar stories; but Livingstone

shows very conclusively that the mhabitants of the upper

Zambesi in his day had uo communication whatever with

the coast. Such communication may have existed at an

earlier day, and, at that time the story may have been

brought inland, or it may have arisen spontaneously. At

any rate, it is very curious and is worth repeating in this

connection.

Tue My? EXPLAINED.

First Explanation: Foul Bottoms.

In giving the explanations of the Myth of the Ship-holder,

it seems best to take them up chronologically, for, as might

be expected, even in ancient days there were men whose

minds sought a rational explanation.

The first person who attempted to clear up this matter

seems, so far as can be found, to have been Plutarch

(46 a.p.). On page 277 his account of the statement of

Cheeremonianus the Thrallian has been given, and it will be

recalled that the latter was laughed at for believing such an

extraordinary thing. However, Plutarch, entering into the

conversation, said :—

“Therefore as those things mentioned are but conse-

quences to the effect, though proceeding from one and the

same cause, So one and the same cause stops the ship, and

joins the Echeneis to it ; for the ship continuing dry, not

yet made heavy by the moisture soaking into the wood it is

probably that it glides lightly, and as long as it is clean,

easily cuts the waves ; but when it is thoroughly soaked,

when weeds, ooze, and filth stick to its sides, the stroke of

the ship is obtuse and weak; and the water coming upon

this clammy matter, doth not so easily part from it; and

this is the reason why they usually scrape the sides of their

ships. Now it is likely that the Echeneis in this case,

sticking upon the clammy matter, is not thought an acci-

dental consequence to this cause, but the very cause itself.”

Now it must be conceded that this is a reasonable explana-

tion, and we will find that until the middle of the sixteenth |

century it was repeated as explanatory of ship-retardation.

Gesner (1558) quotes Piutarch at length, insists on the

retarding effect of mosses and alg (‘‘ multa alga & musco

innascete”’), and plainly shows that he regards these

(among which the Echeneis is found) as an efficient cause

in the slowing up of the speed of ships rather than the action

Myth of the Ship-holder. 291

of the fish itself, although nowhere he expresses a disbelief

in this power of the Echeneis.

Levinus Lemnius * (1559), in discoursing of “ Sea-weed

and Sea Fucus,” apparently only amplifies Plutarch when he

. Says :—

** But Mosse must be held to be a thing different from

these: one kind whereof grows not only on the shores, but

upon the sterns of the ships, when they come home from

long voyages, to whicii not only Mosse and Sea-weeds, but

shell-fish and a little fish called Echeneis stick so fast, that

they will stop Ships, and hinder their courses, therefore our

men use to rub them off with sharp brushes, and scrape

them away with irons that are crooked for the purpose, that

the ship being tallowed and careened well and smoothly may

sail the faster.”

Aldrovandi, Gesner’s great successor and copier (1613),

devotes several pages of his huge folio to “ Occultane an

Manifesta Vi Naves Remoretur,” most of his data being

taken from Gesner. He gives at length Plutarch’s explana-

tion of the retardation as due to growths of marine algze

among which the Echeneis clings, thus being “‘ not the cause

of the retardation of the ship but an accident of the effecting

cause.”

Aldrovandi is the Jast of those who allege the growth of

sea-weeds as a cause of the retardation. It began to be

seen that, while such marine growths would slow up a ship,

they did not explain the remarkable instances of retarda-

tion in which the speed of the vessel was checked for a

while but which was presently regained. However, another

attempt had been made to explain these erratic movements

of vessels, and this will now be given.

Second Explanation: The Adhering Remora acts as a

Rudder.

This seems to have been first advanced by Rondelet (1558)

in these words :-—

“Pliny and others are greatly astonished that it is possible

for this fish to have the power to stop a moving vessel

propelled by sails and oars; but, as Aristotle says, one

wonders at many things of which one does not understand

the cause .... which we will give concerning the effect of

* Lemnius’s book ‘ De Occultis Naturze Miraculis’ was first published

at Antwerp in 1559. ‘The above quotation is from the English edition,

‘ Concerning the Secret Miracles of Nature,’ Book III. Chapter 9, pp, 218-

219, published at London, 1658.

22*

292 Mr. It. W. Gudger on the

this fish taken by itself in the place it requires. Because

the rudder is small and placed at one end of the boat it is

managed by one man who does not exert himself greatly.

In the same way it is easy for that which moves one end to

move the whole, for as the force and swiftness of those ,

things which are thrown or moved finally ceases, so at the

end of a continuous thing in motion the movement is weak

and feeble, and because it is weak it is easily disturbed and

overcome. As a boat, which is a continuous thing, goes

very swiftly when driven by the winds, the first end called

the prow goes more rapidly, and the rear end called the

stern goes not so rapidly for in this latter place is the rudder

which, moved here and there, makes the prow move easily

also, for the reason above mentioned, and consequently the

vessel as a whole moves. In this way, if a vessel is lightly

driven straight ahead, and if the Echeneis or Remora,

having put its mouth against the rudder, moves it here and

there, it is necessary that this movement through the con-

tinuity of the vessel be communicated also to the prow and

that it stop in its first course to waver in this direction or

that according as the fish moves it ; for it is a thing proved

by reason, and certified by experience, that however little

one of the ends is moved, the other also and indeed the

whole of any continuous body is moved in the same way.”

In this Rondelet seems to have taken from Aristotle’s

treatise on Mechanics the latter’s explanation of how a rudder

causes a ship to change her course, and to have adapted it

as seen above to try to show how the Echeneis causes a ship

to change her course and be delayed.

The above is a good translation of Rondelet’s old and very

difficult French *. In another place, speaking of Oppian’s

Remora, which he identifies as the lamprey eel, and which is

said to stop and hold back vessels, Rondelet affirms that

this is “a thing which corresponds to our lamprey and

which I have known through experience, for if it puts its

mouth against a boat it stops it, and J have seen it thus.”

Here for the first time we have an eye-witness account of

the ship-retarding power of a fish. ‘The lamprey has around

suctorial mouth by which it transports stones to make its

“nest” at the breeding-season, and by which it fastens

itself to fishes. That it should tius fasten on to a vessel is

by no means improbable, nor is itimprobable that by violent

motions it could slow up the speed of a small boat.

The ‘ De Subtilitate Rerum, Liber X.’ of Jerome Cardan

* For this translation I am indebted to Miss Hinda Hill, head of the

Department of French in this College.

Myth of the Ship-holder. 293

seems to have been first published in 1550; however, it was

included in his complete works published in 1564 at

Lugduni. On page 117 of this edition he has a column

devoted to the Remora and its activities. He describes at

some length and in bad Latin how the Remora by adhering

to the rudder and waving its tail to right and left, turns the

ship in first one and then the other direction, thus causing

it to waver and lose speed. He compares its action to that

of the steersman of a boat, who, using an oar over the stern,

influences her course more than all the rowers who are

pulling hard.

Gesner (1558) quotes Rondelet at length, but somewhat

simplifies the explanation of the latter, saying that when the

Echeneis affixes itself to the stern or rudder, and when it

moves body or tail it causes the vessel to stand still, or, at

any rate, to waver in its course, “just as when in a calm

the helmsman turns the ship in her prosperous and swift

course over to a more inexperienced steersman who is not

able to hold the tiller straight,” and hence the ship has a

wavering movement and does not make good progress.

Imperato (1599), who, as previously noted, was the first

to explain how the Remora fastens itself to vessels or fishes,

says :—‘“‘It has on the upper part of the head tentacles,

similar to the vibratile combs [cirri, literally ringlets] of the

polyps, by which it attaches itself to ships or to the bodies

of whales and other large fishes and retards their course and

restrains them at will; not otherwise than the rudder,

while projecting but little from the vessel, has the power of

directing its course.”

The next writer to proffer the explanation we are discussing

is Aldrovandi (1613). However, he starts by quoting

Aristotle on the use of the rudder in changing the motion of

a ship. He then advances tie same arguments which we

have found in Gesner and which the latter expanded from

Rondelet. However, Aldrovandi argues at considerable

length and somewhat ingeniously, but the gist of his argu-

ment is that the Remora sticking fast to the stern or rudder

by moving its tail or body moves this continuous thing, the

ship, causing it to hesitate or even pause in its course. It

must be said, however, that Aldrovandi’s Latin is so im-

perfect, and hence so hard to translate, that it is hard to say

how much of this is Gesner and how much Aldrovandi.

With the rise of the Renaissance, and the freeing of men’s

minds from many old-time superstitions, it began to be seen

that it was an absurd impossibility any longer to think that

one small fish could retard, much less cause to come to a

294 Mr. EK. W. Gudger on the

standstill, a large vessel. And so we find Rochefort (1665)

remarking (as noted heretofore) that Remoras “adhere to

vessels as if they wished to arrest them in their course.”

Du Tertre, who was a contemporary of Rochefort, and

whose book was published but two years later (1667), had

seen a number of Remoras attached to ships m the West

Indies, but had never known of a vessel which had been

brought to a standstill by them. So he preferred to think

that such vessels “had been detained by some miracle or

charm.”

Third Explanation: Large Numbers of Adhering Remoras.

Dampier, whose ‘ Voyages’ was published in 1697, tells

us that he found great numbers of Remoras in the Caribbean

Sea and the Gulf of Mexico, and goes on to say with regard

to their retarding power :—

‘“‘ Any knobs or inequalities at a Ships bottom are a great

hindrance to the swiftness of its sailing; and 10 or 12 of

these [Remoras]| sticking to it, must needs retard it, as much

in a manner as if its bottom were foul.” And in this con-

clusion Catesby (1754) fully agrees.

Le Maire (1695) remarks that ‘‘ Le Sucez,” if it attaches

itself to the rudder, may retard the vessel but cannot stop it,

as the old legend falsely had it concerning the Remora.

While Leguat (1721) emphatically says that “It is very

certain that these fish attach themselves often to vessels in

the water, and when the number is sufficiently great, one

cannot doubt that they are an obstacle to the course of these

floating edifices, since they prevent their easy movement

over the waves.”

John Barbot (1732) is also very emphatic on this point.

Referring to the common notion that the Remora by sticking

to a ship can retard it, he says, “....some part whereof

might be possible, if a sloop or small vessel had a thousand

or more sticking to its sides and stern, they being commonly,

at full length, about 8 foot long or better, for then they

might considerably retard the sailing of such a vessel; but

it is ridiculous to say that they can have any power over

great ships under full sail, as is pretended.”

In close agreement with Barbot is the great French

naturalist Lacépéde (1829), who in turn is probably quoting

from the naturalist Commerson, from whose manuscripts

most of Lacépéde’s information with regard to foreign fishes

seems to have been obtained. After discussing the various

Myth of the Ship-holder. 295

myths concerning the “ ship-holder,” the French ichtlyolo-

gist goes on to say

“Tn the midst of these ridiculous suppositions, one truth

however stands out; that is that on the instant when the

keel of the vessel has adhere to it, so to speak, a great

number of echeneises, it would experience in moving through

the water a resistance comparable to that which a great

number of shelled animals [barnacles?] would make if

attached equally on its surface, when it glides with less speed

through a fluid which erating on the asperities brings it

about that the vessel does not possess the same ‘ liveliness.’

But one does not fail to think that the circumstances under

which the echeneises would find themselves thus accumulated

[in such numbers] against the timbers and exterior of a ship

would be extremely rare in all latitudes.”

On this matter Lowe, in his ‘ Fishes of Madeira’ (1843),

after reviewing many of the Greek and Roman legends,

makes the following conservative statement :—

“*.,.. there is much doubtless of mere fiction or exag-

gerated fancy ; yet, on the other hand, it would be rash

altogether to deny the truth. Like most popular accounts

or vulgar errors, they may probably be founded on some

real circumstances, or “natural occurrence, distorted by

exaggeration into the wonderful. There would be nothing

marvelous, that a Lamprey, of even ordinary size, fixed to

the keel or rudder of a boat, suspended by one end and

struggling in the water should, as related by Rondelet upon

his own experience, greatly retard such vessel’s progress,

render its course unsteady, and baffle the exertions of the

rowers.

‘‘ Again it is remarkable that the Dalmatians at this day,

as Sclineider in his note on Aelian, II. 17, mentions on the

authority of the Abbé Fortis, possess the same idea regarding

a fish they call Paklara, which the ancients held regarding

their Echeneis or Remora. So strange a notion is not likely

to have originated from communication with others amongst

a wild and illiterate population; or, again, to have sprung

up spontaneously and independently without some real

ground. Without recourse, therefore, to the marvelous or

extraordinary on the one hand, or to mere fiction on the

other, it does not seem unreasonable to suppose that the

accidental attachment to the rudder of a smail sized vessel

of some fish like Rondelet’s Lamprey may have originated an

impression, which has subsequently been generalized and

transferred to other sucking-fishes, in themselves incapable

of producing like effects.”

296 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

The soundness, the reasonableness of the conclusions

reached by the various writers in the immediately preceding

pages will appeal to every reader, but it must be remarked

that these are all conjectures, not facts observed and recorded

by scientific men. However, just here I am fortunate in

being able to give the following quotation from one of the

most eminent ichthyologists of the present day, Mr. David G.

Stead. In his ‘ Fishes of Australia’ (1906), pages 190, 191,

we read :—

“Now, though it would be altogether impossible and out

of all reason to suppose that one individual [Echeneis |

could exert sufficient power to delay or retard a vessel’s

progress, still an instance has actually come under my

notice, in which a sailing-vessel was considerably delayed

while in tropical seas through a shoal of ‘ Suckers’ attaching

themselves all round its sides and bottom.”

Unfortunately, I have had no experience of my own as to

the retarding powers of this fish, but in the summer of 1915

I carefully questioned (avoiding all leading queries) one of

the most experienced fishermen at Key West, Fla. We had

just caught a large shark, and were vainly attempting to hook

its sucking-fish attendant, when I related the story of the

ship-holder, cast some doubts on it, and asked Griffin what

he thought of it. He replied about as follows :—“ They

sure will hold a boat. I have seen ten or twelve under a

boat at one time. This was while king-fish fishing at Bahia

Honda. ‘The king-fish were in big schools and were followed

by hundreds of sharks. The ‘suckers’ on the boat came

from the sharks. My brother and me had boats just like

each other in size and build, but his was a little better sailer

than mine. The first day he beat me, both sailing before

the wind, but the second day I beat him. He said, ‘No

wonder 1 am losing, too many “suckers”? hanging on her

bottom,’ All the Key West fishermen know that ‘ suckers’

will sure hold a boat.”

This was corroborated from his own experience by my

captain, au educated young Englishman from the Bahamas.

Aud both men agreed that of two fishing-boats of equal size

aud speed, the one having behind it a “trolling squid” for

mackerel will be retarded and will lose in a close race.

In order that the reader may get a elear idea of the

“brake” which a good-sized sucking-fish may put on the

movements of its host, figure 7 (Pl. XVI.) is introduced just

here. ‘This is from a photograph of a model in the United

States National Museum of a shark with its adhering

Hcheneis. The fish is about half the size of the shark—say,

Myth of the Ship-holder. Zoe

3 feet to the shark’s 6. Argument is not needed to establish

the idea of a “ brake.” ‘The figure is from a note by R. I.

Geare in ‘Scientific American’? for 1902. Mr. Geare

remarks that the shark often becomes ‘emaciated from the

strain of pulling these uninvited guests around.” However,

it should be stated that in the fizure here given the Echeneis

is much larger in proportion to the size of the shark, so far

as my experience goes, than is the case ordinarily. Echeneis

is known to attain a length of 3 feet. A Remora half that

size would be extraordinarily large. On the other hand,

however, mention should be made of the fact that, while

these semi-parasites are small, not infrequently several may

be found on one shark. Ou ashark taken at Tortugas I

found three, while one at Key West was infested with four,

the largest about 30 inches long.

Scattered throughout ancient and medieval literature are

a number of more or less isolated explanations of submarine

cliffs, of maguetic rocks, and of supernatural aud inexplicable

forces which held vessels as if anchored. These are widely

scattered and little emphasized, and it does not seem worth

while to go into them. A fair example is that of Kecker-

mann (1614), who alleges that the Remora sticking to the

stern of the vessel pours out a very viscid and cold humour

which causes the water around the rudder to be congealed,

making the vessel to lose steerage. Again, Johnston (1657)

notes that the lodcstone has the power of attracting things,

and thinks that the Remora has some such non-understand-

able power.

Fourth Explanation: ‘* Dead-Water.”

From the foregoing accounts no one can doubt that a

school of Remoras attaching themselves to a small vessel.

can seriously arrest it in its course, but that they could

noticeably retard a large sailing-vessel or a steamer is absurd.

‘However, there is not lacking evidence from the days of Pliny

to the present time that large sailing-craft and in our times

even steamboats have been mysteriously checked in their

courses and even stopped almost or quite still. These being

facts, it is necessary to find an explanation for them. ‘This

is to be found in the “ Dead-Water ” of sailors.

The phenomenon of “ Dead-Water,” in which a sailing-

vessel loses velocity and in a light wind may even come to a

stop, and in which even a steamer may be retarded, has long

been known to seamen. Probably the earliest notice of this is

to be found in Chapter X. of the ‘Agricola’ of Tacitus, where,

298 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

in speaking of the geography of Britain, he says :—‘ Thule

| Norway ?] was also seen, previously hidden by snow and

winter ; but the seais said to be tough and hard for the

rowers and to be little stirred by winds.”

Nansen, in his Norwegian North Polar Expedition (1893-

1896), repeatedly noticed this phenomenon. On his return

he turned over this problem to V. Walfrid Ekman for

explanation. Ekman’s paper may be found in the ‘ Scientific

Results’ of the expedition, volume v. (1904), and from it

the following interesting data are taken.

In order to ascertain the prevalence of this phenomenon,

Ekman published appeals for information in thirty-six

foreign and in all available Scandinavian newspapers. From

the former he received nine answers citing the appearance of

‘“‘ dead-water”’ in ten different localities, while from Seandi-

navian waters no less than thirty-two regions are reported

to abound in this phenomenon. From this data Ekman

concludes that ‘*.... From some reason or other it (dead-

water) is comparatively seldom met with beyond Scandinavia

or appears in a less decided manner than in the Norwegian

Fjords.”

Foreign reports give dead-water as occurring off Taimur

Island on the coast of northern Silesia, also in Kara Sea

and Bay in the same region, on the Murman coast of north-

west Russia, as very “‘ troublesome .... . off the great river

mouths of South America,” while off the mouth of the

Orinoco a ship had to anchor to prevent drifting out of her

course, ‘I'his phenomenon is reported from the Gulf of

Mexico and it has been experienced off the Baffin Bay coast

of Labrador, while the Saint Lawrence mouth is designated

by one Norwegian captain as one of the worst regions in the

world for dead-water. Two circumstantial accounts are

cited for this phenomenon off the mouth of Fraser River

‘and another near Vancouver Island, in which localities it

bears the familiar name used by Ekman. There are two

reports of its occurrence in the mouth of the Congo, one

for the mouth of the Loire River, and two for the Garonne

River and the basin of Arcachon near Bordeaux.

These last instances, however, are not of such pronounced

dead-water as in the following report of its oceurrence not

merely in the Mediterranean but between the island of

Cerigo and the southern part of Greece. ‘This very cirecum-

stantial account is, because of its pertinence to the Myth,

given verbatim :—

“On January 2, 1858, we were between Cape Matapan

and Cerigo and sailed eastward for the Archipelago. The

Myth of the Ship-holder. 299

wind was W.N.W., a gentle breeze and water quite smooth.

We had all sails set and made about 34 knots. At

10 a.m., when we were about 12 naut. miles 8.W. of Cerigo,

the brig no longer answered her helm and began to go up

northward to the wind. We worked the helm but to no

avail. We backed the yards and shivered the braces and

made all conceivable manceuvres, but the ship only turned

a little and went back again. The little wind we had,

seemed to be the same as before, and there were many ships

in company both to port and starboard of us, which sailed

away, whilst we were lying as if at anchor. Yet’ there was

one sail about 3 miles to port of us in the same predicament.

“In this manner we lay for 1# hours, when the ship

began to glide and fall to leeward a little. Wethen got the

head sails filled and had the aftersails shivering, and without

any command of the helm the vessel got down into its

course. The most remarkable thing was, however, that

when I stood afore, I sawa long stripe stretching from the

bow far over the water on each side dividing the water into

two parts. The water around the ship was light gray, but

ahead of the stripe it was wholly dark. These stripes

seemed by and by to move aft... . of course it was the ship

that began to glide slowly onward ox > and after 5or-6

minutes when the stripes had passed along the ship and had

left the stern and the rudder, then, at that same moment,

the ship again answered her helm and made head-way.

The wind was about the same—W.N.W. by W. a gentle

breeze. We made 3 knots, but no more, in the afternoon.

‘‘ When we approached Cerigo, the ship was about to get

into dead-water again, but by working the rudder to and

fro, we steered again, and after that, we did not feel the

(lead-water any more.

“The ship, during its long voyage, had become very dirty

and overgrown with barnacles of 10 or 15 cm. in length,

which may have had some effect.”

From Ekman’s quotations from his correspondents as to

the occurrence of dead-water around Scandinavia, the

following short excerpts are taken. In perusing them the

reader is asked to bear in mind the very words of the

quotations concerning the actions of ships found in the first

section of this paper.

The ‘ Fram’ being in dead-water off Taimur Island....

“It may therefore be supposed that the speed was reduced

to about a fifth of what it would otherwise have been” :

and when steam was cut off at 100-150 metres from the

buoy, the speed was so reduced that the engine had to be

300 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

started to reach it. ‘ Sailing vessels may . . . be seen stuck

fast in spite of a breeze brisk enough to keep the sails fully

BEVAINE 2): Sona Sometimes it happened that one vessel

gets into dead-water and another not, though it is impossible

to discover any reason for this.” “..... we already had

good speed, when all at once the ship took. dead-water... .

she stopped so quickly that it looked as if she had dropped

anchor.” ‘Che vessels being becalmed, ‘‘ One of them was

towed away without any difficulty, while the other, though

of similar size, got into dead-water, and an extraordinary

amount of work was required to get this vessel from the

spot.” Another ship in dead-water drifted back four miles

with the current “ against the direction of the steady fresh

breeze, although they had all sails set.”’ Another observer

writes that in dead-water it “.... feels as if something

were fastened to the ship and holding it back.””. ‘In such

cases, one or more vessels might suddenly lose their steering

and remain on the spot, while others pass freely through the

midst of them at a distance as short as two or three ships’

length. After a while it was the turn of the other vessels

to get into dead-water.” ‘ We scarcely glided along and

were forced to have all sails set, until we were quite near

our anchorage. ‘Then the dead-water suddenly let go its

hold. Believe me, they were both in a hurry, the ship and

the pilot. Braces and falls ran a race together, and we only

just got the anchor dropped without any misfortune.” “The

brig got into dead-water..... The speed was lost, and the

ship was as if nailed to the spot.” When the dead-water

let go with the sails drawing, “.... it all at once appeared

as if the vessel had cut loose from a mooring aft.” An

8-knot steamer in dead-water “.... according to the pilot’s

own phrase, hardly moved from the spot.”

Other descriptions might be quoted, but, save the one

now to follow, these are the most typical. The one now to

to be given, with a sketch showing the appearance of the

water around the vessel, is from the pen of Kommandor-

kaptein Joh. Kroepelien of the Norwegian Navy. He

writes that the ship with all sails set, heeling over rather

stiffly before a fresh breeze “..... all of a sudden, lost her

headway without any perceptible external cause, and the

turning power of the rudder became nil.

“We then perceived that the ship had taken dead-water.

From about amidships and outwards on both sides and to a

considerable distance aft she was surrounded by a mass of

dead-water, smooth as glass, as if the surface were covered

with oil. The line betweeu this smooth surface and the

Myth of the Ship-holder. 301

water farther out, looked like boiling ‘rips’ and was quite

distinct, the outer surface being strongly rippled by the

breeze. ‘The roar caused by the ‘dead mass of water which,

clinging to the ship, was dragged along through the water

outside, was so loud that it might well have been deemed

we were in the vicinity of a rapid, I do not remember the

appearance of the wake, nor, I believe, was there anything

remarkable about it. The rudder was of no use; we were

forced to handle the ship by means of the sails and our two

boats towing from the bow, and thus we proceeded at a

speed of one or two knots.

“In this manner we went on for a couple of hours. All

of a sudden, without any known cause, we were set free from

the dead-water. The wind had been very steady the whole

time, and we had constantly endeavored to keep the ship

in the same course. After being freed from the dead-water

the ship got headway, and after a while we logged 7 knots,

going close to the wind.

Captain Kroepelien’s sketch is reproduced herein as fig. 8

(P]. XVII.). Concerning such an appearance as is here

shown, Ekman writes: ‘As the boundary waves (to be

described and explained later) follow the vessel, their wave

erests and wave hollows remain in an invariable position

relative to the vessel. Ifthe wave motion gives to the water

at a particular spot a velocity with the vessel, it would

appear as though a bulk of water were being dragged along

with her, although it is really always a new mass of water

which follows the vessel for a short distance. It is exactly

analogous to a boat sailing before the wind with just the

same speed as the breaking waves at her side. In the case

of dead-water, on the other hand, the illusion will be more

complete, because the vessel moves at a slow velocity, and

the waves causing the motion of the water are themselves

not visible.”

In perusing the foregoing accounts, the reader cannot

have failed to be struck by the capriciousness of the pheno-

menon of dead-water, its sudden and seemingly inexplicable

appearance, its equally sudden aud mysterious disappearance.

It may cause a ship gradually to lose speed, or suddenly to

be stopped stillas if ‘ nailed,”’ “ moored,” or “anchored ” to

the spot. ‘The ship may gradually rejain her speed or may

suddenly speed away ‘Sas if a mooring had been cut.”

Again, a ship may fall into dead-water while a near neigh-

bour but a few cable lengths away may sail on her course

without ‘ let or hindrance.”

The instances just quoted, closely, almost precisely, parallel

302 Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

the accounts from the old writers given in the first part of

this paper, and there can be no doubt that their phenomena

were bona jide occurrences of dead-water. One cannot

wonder then that when a ship was thus checked and an

Echeneis found, as it was not unlikely to be, sticking to

rudder or hull, that the fish was deemed the cause of the

checking of the speed of the vessel, and that the myth grew

and became widespread.

Thus far we have been occupied with Ekman’s accounts

of dead-water, now let us consider his explanation of this

strange phenomenon. After a study of some 42 accounts

and descriptions, foreign and domestic, he generalizes as

follows: “..... IT conclude that dead-water may occur in

every place where fresh water flows out over the sea, but

that for some reason or other it is comparatively seldom

met with beyond Scandanavia or appears in a less decided

manner than in the Norwegian fjords. ... . Dead-water

only appears near to coasts, in those places where a suitable

layer of fresh or brackish water rests upon the heavier sea-

water. <A vessel, moving in such a place at slight or

moderate speed, may happen to feel the influence of this

phenomenon ; it is then said that the vessel has ‘ taken

dead-water,’ or got into dead-water.’ It is a very trouble-

some matter indeed. A sailing vessel in this plight generally

refuses to answer her helm and becomes unmanageable ;

steamers, at times sailing vessels also, keep their steerage,

but nevertheless the dead-water is agreat hindrance, causing

the ship to lose her speed almost entirely. The ‘ Fram,’ for

instance, so generally capable of making 4°5 knots along the

Siberian coast when heavily loaded, had her speed reduced

to about one knot in dead-water.”

Dead-water then appears to be due to a layer of fresh or

brackish water resting upon the heavier sea-water. The

greater the difference between the densities of the two layers

of water, the stronger of the dead-water. A vessel sailing

into such an area loses “ way,’ refuses to obey her helm,

and becomes unmanageable ; even steamers have difficulty

in maintaining speed, ‘slow ones being greatly checked and

at times brought almost to a standstill, while sailing-vessels

may be completely stopped. This appears to be due to the

fact that “....the vessel when moving at slow speeds

generated large waves in the salt-water fresh-water boundary,

aud the resistance of these speeds was anomalously increased.

At higher speeds, however, the waves disappeared and the

resistance was not affected by the fresh-water layer.”

Kkman tricd many experiments in a large glass tank con-

Myth of the Ship-holder. 303

taining a heavy bottom layer of salt water coloured with

India ink, having on top of it an uncoloured layer of lighter

fresh water. Through this fresh-water layer he towed with

a constant or steadily increasing force a small boat model,

and studied and even photographed the boundary waves set

up in the fresh-water salt-water boundary. He likewise

worked out the numerical results ina long series of extended

and complex mathematical equations, and as a result of his

experiments and calculations he states that : “It is proved

by the theoretical and experimental investigation above, that

a vessel moving in such a place creates waves in the boundary

between the two water layers, and, that on this account,

very marked effects on the speed of the vessel will occur ;

and it will be shown below that from the existence of such

waves all essential effects and peculiarities of the dead-water

phenomenon can be very simply explained... .... it will,

in addition, be shown that the resistance and speed reduction

due to the wave generation is of just the proper order of

magnitude to explain the effects of dead-water; so that the

correctness of the explanation may be regarded as completely

substantiated ” *.

Fig. 9 (Pl. XVII.) is copied from Ekman’s photographs

showing how the retarding boundary wave is crvated and how

it affects the vessel. Of these photographs Ekman himself

writes ; “The most important point, which the photographs

described above clearly show is that the waves largely in-

crease in height when the velocity of the boat increased

toward the critical velocity, but when this is passed, and the

boat is free from dead-water, the waves disappear.” In this

connection it should be noted that in (Ekman’s) figures

A, B, C, the boat is in dead-water with boundary waves

steadily increasing in size. In D, however, the velocity of

the boat has increased beyoud the critical velocity and the

boundary waves have disappeared .... the boat is free from

or without dead-water.

Fig. 10 (p. 304) is copied from Ekman from Scott-Russell

(a distinguished English engineer of the middle of the last

century) to show the effects of towing a boat in shallow water.

Kkman uses it to explain the action of the boundary waves

in dead-water. ‘‘ At the lower velocity, the boat pushes a

mass of water before her stem, and at her stern she provokes

a wave-hollow; her resistance is in consequence increased

* B, Helland-Hansen, in Sir John Murray and Dr. Johann Hjort’s

‘The Depths of the Sea’ (1912), corroborated Ekman’s conclusions, and,

calling this wave a “ boundary wave,” says that it “may stop a ship so

that it lies in dead-water hardly able to move at all.”

304. Mr. E. W. Gudger on the

just as if she constantly had to rise on an incline. She is

then ‘in dead-water,’’’ At the higher velocity on the other

hand, the boat moves on top of a low hillock of water,

which she provokes, and she consequently moves on a nearly

horizontal surface, and meets with little resistance.

As to the modus operandi by which a vessel in dead-water

regains her speed, Ekman takes the case of a sailing-vessel

Which has taken dead-water because of a drop in the wind,

“Tf the wind now recovers its initial strength, the only

effect is that the vessel has her velocity increased a little

.».., but she still lies in dead-water and consumes her

energy of propulsion upon large boundary waves. Only if

the wind freshens still more, so that the propelling force

_ Diagrams from Scott-Russell, after Ekman.

A, boat towed at low speed, no disturbance and no marked resistance ;

B, at the critical speed, boat tending constantly to rise on the

“solitary wave” and meeting with great resistance; C, boat’s

speed exceede the critical velocity, boat rides on top of solitary

wave and meets with no resistance.

gets the better of the maximum resistance...., is her

velocity at once increased....; and the large boundary

waves simultaneously disappear .... the vessel has got free

from the dead-water.”’

One other explanation and we have finished with Ekman.

It has been noted repeatedly that vessels in dead-water refuse

to obey the helm. If now one turns to Capt. Kroepelien’s

account and to Ekman’s interpretation given on page 301,

the explanation is apparent. Boat, rudder, and the surface

Myth of the Ship-holder. 305

layer of fresh water are all moving forward at the same rate.

Little, if any, of the rudder reaches down into the under-

lying salt water, and hence the vessel loses steerage.

There is little else to be said concerning Ekman’s claim

to have explained dead-water. He had done so in a wonder-

fully clear and explicit manner. In his paper he refers to

the Myth of the Echeneis, and notes that the phenomenon

of dead-water effectually clears it up. So it does, and

another myth of the ancients is dissipated in thin air under

the searching investigation of modern science.

BiIsBLioGRAPHY.

AELIANUS. 200 a.pv. ‘De Natura Animalium,Libri XVII.’: Book L.,

Chapter 86; Book II., Chapter 17. Edited (in Latin) by J. C.

Schneider.

ALpROVANDI, Uxyssis. 1618. ‘ De Piscibus et de Cetis,’ pp. 385-340.

Bononiz.

AMBROSE, Saint. ‘Hexameron, Libri Sex,’ Book V., paragraph 24,

(Basiliz, 1566.)

ANGLICUS, BartHoLtomEw. 1491. ‘De Proprietatibus Rebus.’ Win-

chester. John Trevisa, Translator.

AnisToTLe. ‘ Historia Animalium’ (vol. iv. of complete works, Oxford,

1910). Book I., 14, 5056, 19-22; Book V., 31, 557 a, 31.

Translated by D’Arcy W. Thompson.

Barpot, Joun. 1782. ‘A Description of the Coasts of South Guinea,’

Book ILI., Chapter XVI., p. 227, of “ A Description of the Coasts

of North and South Guinea” in Six Books in vol. vy. of Churchill’s

‘ Collection of Voyages and Travels.’ London.

Basi, Sarnr. (329-379.) ‘Hexameron,’ Homily VII., paragraph 56.

CaRDAN, JEROME. 1564. ‘De Subtilitate, Liber Decem’; Operum, p. 117.

Lugduni.

Ors Mime 1754. ‘The Natural History of Carolina, Florida, and

the Bahama Islands,’ vol. ii. London.

CuBA, JOHANN von. 1686. ‘Hortus Sanitatis,’ Caput 34, p. 78.

Dampier, WittraM. 1729. ‘A New Voyage Around the World,’

pp. 63-64, Vol. II. of Dampier’s ‘ Voyages.’

Du Trertre, R. P. 1667. ‘ Histoire Générale des Antilles’; Tome IL,

L’Histoire Naturelle, pp. 222-223. Paris.

Exman, V. WatrFrip. 1904. ‘On Dead-Water,’ paper no. XV. of the

Norwegian North Polar Expedition, 1893-1896 in Vol. V.

Scientific Results edited by Fridtjof Nansen. Christiania.

Faser, FriepricH. 1829, ‘ Naturgeschichte der Fische Islands,’ p. 116.

Frankfurt-a.-M.

ForskAu, Peter. 1775. ‘ Descriptiones Animalium—Piscium—que in

Itinere Orientale Observavit,’ p. xiv. Edited by Carsten Niebuhr.

Haunie.

Fortis, Abbé ALBERTO, 1778. ‘ Travels in Dalmatia,’ pp. 260-263,

3825, London.

Frascatorivs, Himronymovs. 1550. ‘ Liber I. De Sympathia et Anti-

pathia Rerum,’ etc., p. 24. Lugduni,

GresneR, Konrap von. 1558, ‘Historia Animalium,’ Book IIII,

pp. 410-415. Basel.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 23

306 On the Myth of the Ship-holder.

Gitt, THroporr. 1863. ‘Remarks on the Relations of the Genera

and other Groups of Cuban Ifishes.’ Proceedings Academy of

Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, vol. xiv. pp. 289-240.

GinrHer, ALBERT C. L. 1860. ‘On the History of Echeneis.”

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. v. pp. 886—

402.

HasseLquist, FrrepRIcH. 1762. ‘ Reise nach Palaestina in den Jahren

1749 bis 1752,’ p. 873. Translated by Carl Linneus.

ImMPERATO, FERRANTE, 1599. ‘ Historia Naturale,’ p. 697. Venetia.

JoHNsTON, JoHN. 1657. ‘A History of the Wonderful Things in

Nature Set Forth in Ten Several Classes,’ p. 801. Londen.

JoratH., See Achandes, p. 71 of Von Cuba’s ‘ Hortus Sanitatis,’

KHCKERMANN, BarrHoLomMEw. 1614. ‘ Disputationes Physic in

Operum Omnium Que Extant,’ Tomus I., column 2006. Geneva.

LacePEepE, B. G. E. (M. A. Desmarerst, Editeur.) 1829. ‘ Histoire

Naturelle des Poissons,’ tome IU. pp. 478-490. Paris.

Leevar, francis. 1721. ‘ Voyages et Aventures,’ vol. i. pp. 122-1238.

Londres,

Lr Marre, Sieur de. 1695. ‘Les Voyages aux [les Canaries; Cap-

Verd, Senegal et Gambie,’ pp. 116-117. Paris.

Lemnivus, Lavinus. 1658. ‘Concerning the Secret Miracles of

Nature,’ Book III., Chapter 9, pp. 218-219. London.

LinscHOTEN, JAN Huy@En van, 1598. ‘ Discourse of Voyages into ye

Easte and West Indies,’ pp. 89-90. London.

Livinestonk, Davin. 1858. ‘ Missionary Travels and Researches in

South Africa,’ p. 556. New York.

Lonicer, ApaM. 1651. ‘Naturalis Historie, Opus Novum in Quo

Tractatur de Natura,’ ete. Frankfurt.

Lows, Ricuarp Tuomas. 1843. ‘A History of the Fishes of Madeira’

(No. I1].), pp. 77-81. London.

Massari, Francisco. 16387. ‘ Annotationes,’ cap. 25, pp. 152-156.

Basilize.

MeELARA, PErer. “ Liber De Cardinalibus,” folio 99, MS.

UppiaAn. 200 4.D. ‘Halieutica,’ Book I., line 228 et seg. Translated

by John Jones, Oxford, 1722.

Ovip. ‘ Halieutica,’ verse 99.

PLiny THE SEconp. ‘ Natural History,’ Book IX., Chapter 41; Book

32, Chapter 1. Translated by John Bostock and H. T. Riley.

London.

Prutarcu. ‘ Miscellanies—Symposiacs,’ Book II., question 7. Edited

by A. H. Clough and W. W. Goodwin.

RaBEais, FRancors. 1553, ‘ Pantagruel,’ Book IV., Chapter .62

Book V., Chapter 29.

RocuHrFrort, C. De. 1665. ‘ Histoire Naturelle des Iles Antilles de

Amérique,’ pp. 193-194. Rotterdam.

Romano, BARTOLOMEO CrREsCENTIO. 1607. ‘Nautica Mediterranea.’

Rome.

RonvELer, Guim~tauME. 1558. ‘L’Histoire Entiére des Poi:sons,’

pp. 318 and 884-835. Lion.

Strap, Davin G. 1906. * Fishes of Australia,’ pp. 190-191. Sydney.

Worron, Epwarp. 1552. ‘De Ditterentiis Animalium, Libri Decei,’

p. 149. Lutetiz Parisiorum.

On some Ungual Phalanges. 307

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Puatr XV.

Fig. 1. Sucking-disk of Remora. After Jordan and Evermann, 1900,

Fig. 2. Leptecheneis naucrates, After Jordan and Evermann, 1900.

Ly. 3. Remora brachyptera, After Jordan and Evermann, 1900.

Fig. 4. Echeneises adhering to a vessel. After von Cuba, 1536.

PuateE XVI.

Fig. 5. Imperato’s “ Echenei, sev Remora,” 1599, the earliest-known

figure of scientific value.

Fig. 6. Aldrovandi’s Remora, 1613.

Fy. 7. Sucking-fish attached to a shark, After Geare. Courtesy of

‘Scientitie American,’

PuatTe XVII.

Fig. 8. Konmandorkaptein Kroepelien’s sketch of a vessel in “ Dead-

Water.” After Ekman.

Fig. 9. Photographs (from the side) of ‘Fram’ model in experimental

tank; fresh water coloured light, salt water dark. A, B,

and C in dead-water with the towing-force gradually ” in-

creasing; D at high speed, without dead-water.

XXX.—The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by

Kreffi, Spelean Animal vel ‘hylacoleo by Owen, and

Thylacoleo by Lydekker. By R. Erneripcs, Jnr.,

Director and Curator of the Australian Museum, Sydney,

New South Wales.

[Plates XVIII.-XX.}

I. Toe Unevat Puaraners (Myzopow avsrratis)

or Krerrr.

When a name has crept into print and is in the course of

time practically forgotten, or overlooked, as the case may

be, it is only fair to the author thereof to resuscitate it, if

found to be stable and of value. On the other hand, if

established under a misconception, and found to be of no

value, it were better relegated to the hmbo of synonymy, or

the society of abolished names.

There are several such names in the early annals of

Australian Paleontology, and in the present paper I purpose

dealing with the name Mylodon eustralis, Kretit, and the

objects it represents.

23*

308 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on

Mr. Gerard Krefft, a former Curator of the Australian

Museum, referred to his M. australis on, at least, four

separate occasions. The first reference I have been able to

light upon is contained in one of our Museum publications—

‘Guide to the Australian Fossil Remains exhibited by the

Trustees of the Australian Museum, and arranged and named

by Gerard Krefft,’ &c.*, wherein we read :——

“Order ENDENTATA.

“Genus My.topon ?

“ Mylodon? australis, Krefft.

““The presence of some animal, allied to the above extinct

American genus, is indicated by a single terminal phalanx,

or nail-bone, with its peculiar protecting bone, partly

broken”? +. This phalanx was obtained from the ossiferous

deposit of the celebrated Wellington Caves, New South

Wales.

The second reference appeared in Krefft’s ‘ Australian

Vertebrata—Fossil and Recent’ {, as follows :—

“EpENTATA.—Sloth Tribe.

“* MyLopon.

** Mylodon? australis,”

with similar remarks to those already quoted. This phalanx

must have come into Krefft’s possession between 1867 and

1870, because there is no mention made of it in the first

edition of the ‘ Australian Vertebrata’ §.

The third reference is of a controversial nature, and is

contained in “‘ A Cuvierian Principle in Palzontology tested

by evidences of an Extinct Leonine Marsupial (7hylacoleo

carnifex), by Professor Owen,-&c. Reviewed by Gerard

Krefit,” &c. ||. Confining our attention to that portion of

* Pp. 15, 8vo, Sydney, 1870.

+ Ibid. p. 4.

¢ ‘Industrial Progress of New South Wales,’ pt. iii. 1871, p. 715.

§ Krefft, “ Australian Vertebrata (Recent and Fossil), representing

all the Genera known up to the present time. With Notes by Gerard

Krefft.” Cat. Nat. and Industrial Prods. N.S. Wales, sent to the Paris

Universal Exhibition of 1867, by the New South Wales Commissioners

(Svo. Sydney, 1867,—By Authority), pp. 91-110.

|| Krefft, Ann. & Mag. Nat, Hist. (4) x. 1872, pp. 169-182, pls. xi.

& Xli.

some Ungual Phalanges. 309

this paper strictly dealing with the matter under considera-

tion, we find Mr. Krefft writing as follows :—‘‘ The claw to

which I more particularly refer as being that of a ‘ mega-

theroid animal,’ and which, with its next joint, is deposited

in the Australian Museum....is what I stated it to be—-

‘the ungual or terminal phalanx of a creature allied to

Mylodon.’ The upper face of the sheath is naturally open ;

and the next joint is short and thick, like some of the

phalanges of Professor Owen’s Mylodon id wit,'s I only draw

attention to the probability that there were in olden times,

as at the present day, small Edentata as well as large ones ;

and as I first discovered the presence of fossil edentate

Monotremes in this country, I may be allowed to say, with

the evidence before me, that animals allied to the Mylodon

will yet be found ” *.

Before proceeding to consider Krefft’s fourth reference it

is necessary to ascertain what Sir Richard Owen said of

these terminal phalanges. It appears photographs were sent

to Owen by Krefft, but how many and whether or no with

the latter’s Mylodon name attached there is no evidence to

show. ‘ Amongst the fossils obtained by Professor (A. M.)

Thomson and Mr. Krefft from the breccia-caves of Welling-

ton Valley were several ungual phalanges, some of which,

equalling or surpassing’ those of a lon, were compressed,

the vertical exceeding the transverse diameter, and being

considerable in proportion to the length: these phalanges

are curved and pointed, but the point is more or less blunted

or broken, apparently after interment. They support aclaw,

and in most there are traces more or less plainly discernible

of a bony sheath ¢ which bound or strengthened the attach-

ment of the base of the claw.”

Owen then described the bones separately and continued :—

“From these specimens may be inferred a spelean animal

with subcompressed decurved poimted claws, equalling or

exceeding those of the Lion or ‘liger in size, but supported

by phalanges resembling those of Thylacinus, Dasyurus, and

the Opossums in being non-retractile, or wanting the

characteristic low position of the joint in the sheathed

claw-bones of placental Felines, but resembling these phal-

anges, rather than the non-contractile ones of the marsupials

above mentioned, in the proportion of depth to length and

breadth.””? And finally :—‘‘ No evidence of a Megatheroid

or other Edentate animal has been found from ary cave or

* Krefft, zed. pp. 180-181,

Tt So far as I can gather only one exhibited this,

310 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on

fossiliferous deposit in Australia. The shape of the ungual

phalanges in Kangaroos and Wombats is known. The ungual

phalanges (‘Extinct Mammals,’ pl. x. figs. 11-14) are too

small for Nototherium and Diprotodon, if even one were to

entertain the idea of those huge Marsupial Herbivora having

had sheathed, compressed, decurved, pointed claws like those

which the phalanges in question plainly bore. These

phalanges are as much too large for the Thylacinus and

Sarcophilus *. But there is no other associated Carnivore

corresponding in size with that of the animal indicated by

them, save the Thylacoleo.”

Krefft for the fourth time published his name and had

figures prepared, the latter having a curious history. It

appears that Owen, in 1867, proposed to the New South

Wales Government ‘a careful and systematic exploration

of the limestone caves of Wellington. Valley,” no doubt led

thereto by his recollection of the discoveries made at Wel-

lington by his old friend the Surveyor-General (Sir Thomas

Livingstone Mitchell), This suggestion was adopted, and

Krefft was placed in charge of the work; ultimately added

to it was a similar exploration of the ‘‘ Rivers of New South

Wales.” This exploration dawdled on until the early part

of 1882, long after Krefft had ceased his connection there-

with. <A full account of all that took place during these

fifteen years will be found in the N.S. Wales ‘ Votes and

Proceedings’ +, under the title, “‘ Exploration of the Caves

and Rivers of New South Wales (Minutes, Reports, Corre-

spondence, Accounts).’”? The only portions of any scientific

value are the reports of Messrs. Thomson and Krefft. In

the latter’s principal report, dated May 1870, the following

appeared :—

“* Order

“ Mylodon? australis (Krefft).

«A distal or ungual phalanx of some unknown animal,

resembling the same bone of a Myludon (the distal phalanx

of the pollex).

“he specimen referred to is quite unique, and proves

the existence in Australia of a large sloth not unlike the

* Owen, Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262-63, pl. xiii. figs. 11-14. It

may be well to state at once, and definitely, that Owen’s “ ungual

phalanges” comprised two entirely different types of nail-bones ; this

will be made abundantly clear in the sequel.

+ Krefft, ‘ Votes and Proceedings,’ y. 1882, pp. 551-602 (pls. 14 num-

bered and 17 unnumbered).

some Ungual Phalanges. 311

South American genus Mylodon; the size of the bone

is about 1 inch and 2 lines in length. Another much

smaller distal phalanx, also covered by a ‘hood’ is in the

collection, but this belougs evidently to either a dog or cat-

like creature ”’ *.,

Krefft gave three figures of the largest of these phalan-

geals in one of the numbered plates of the ‘ Caves and Rivers

Report’ (pl. 14, figs. 7-9). It appears that about 1870 he

contemplated the publication of a work on ‘ Australian

Fossil Mammals,’ for which the seventeen numbered plates

were prepared. But, as he explained elsewhere +, these

plates ‘for want of funds were not published at the time,’

but in 1882 were appended to the Parliamentary “ paper ”’

referred to.

The MS. relating to these plates is preserved in the

Mitchell Library, Sydney, and the explanation of figs. 7-9

reads as follows :—‘‘ Are distal phalanges or nail-bones of a

very peculiar animal allied to the American genus AMylodon.

It is impossible to say what kind of teeth the creature had

judging from these two bones only. They probably re-

sembled those of a Wombat.”

One other reference will complete my knowledge of the

history of Mylodun (?) australis, Kretft.

In the ‘ Catalogue of the Fossil Mammalia in the British

Museum,’ pt. v. 1887, Mr. R. Lydekker, in the list of

Thylacoleo remains, records the cast of an ungual phalangeal

with the remark, “the bone was evidently covered by a

horny claw, like that of Phalangista” {. Now the point is

this, the Owen hooded phalangeal of Tylacoleo, is not the

Lydekker phalangeal. of Yhylacoleo, but the unsheathel

bones of both Owen and Krefft are the latter.

What Mr. Krefft’s views of the affinity of his fossils may

have been after September 1872, I have no precise means of

knowing, but I do not suppose any alteration took place, as

he appears to have been obsessed with the Edentate affinity

of his fossils, and always maintained his own opinions with

great pertinacity.

In the photographs supplied to Prof. Owen and published

in the ‘ Philosophical Transactions,’ 1871, Oweun’s figs. 11

and 12 on pl. xi. are the equivalents of Krefft’s pl. 14,

figs. 7-9 of the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report,’ in the first instance

two, and in the second three views of one and the same

* Krefft, loc. cit. p. 558; both are identically the same.

+ Krefft, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) x. 1872, p. 172,

{ Lydekker, doe, cit. p. 195.

312 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on

specimen, still in the Australian Museum. Sir Richard,

unfortunately, interchanged the numbers of two of his

illustrations between the letter-press descriptions (p. 262)

and the figure numbers on his pl. xiii. thus :—

For pl. xii, fig. 12 read fig. 13.

29 37 3) 13 > 9? 12.

In his ‘ Researches on the Fossil Remains of the Extinct

Mammals of Australia,’ &c. (1877) another interchange was

made, thus :——

For pl. x. fig. 11 read pl. ix. fig. 12.

99 39 9 >) 99 bb) 13.

There remains the smaller “ distal phalanx ” referred to

by Krefft in the ‘ Caves and Rivers Report.’ This specimen

is 20 mm. long by 14 mm. in breadth, inclusive of the

sheath or hood, which is complete proximally, but brokeu

away towards the distal end of the bone. It is similar in

shape to the nuail-bone called Mylodon by Krefft, but with a

greater degree of curvature, and less size. The articular

surface, just as in that previously referred to, occupies

nearly the whole of the proximal end, and is divided into

two subarticular surfaces by a median longitudinal ridge

for adaption to the convexities at the distal end of the

penultimate phalanx. The tuberous process for the flexor

tendon attachment is remarkably prominent and stout in

comparison to the size of the entire phalanx ; on the plantar

surface of this tuberosity are the two arterial foramina.

Krefft considered this to belong “to either a dog or cat-like

creature.”

With this last exception such are the phalanges described

by Krefft as Mylodon australis, a supposed Australian

Edentate, and referred by Owen to his Thylacoleo carnifex

by deduction. In considering the affinity of these bones,

the following general conclusions may, 1 think, be fairly

arrived at :—

1. The law of probabilities is decidedly adverse to Krefft’s

view. Had an Kdentate existed in Australia in

Post-Tertiary times, some more definite trace would

have been met with ere this.

2. Aright calcaneum, referred to this genus by Lydekker,

is all we know of the feet of Thy/acoleo, and this

determination is problematical *.

* Lydekker, loc. ett. p. 195.

some Ungual Phalanges. 313

3. The reference of Krefft’s Mylodon phalanges to Thyla-

coleo on the part of Owen was purely ‘‘ conjectural ”’

(to use his own expression), but at the same time a

clever piece of deduction based on his view of the

carnivorous habits of the ‘*‘ Marsupial Lion.”

4. If we accept for the time being, the phalanges called

Mylodon? australis as those of Thylacoleo, such

acceptance will not in the least strengthen the views

held either by Owen on the one hand, or Flower and

his followers on the other, as to the gastronomical

habits of Thylacoleo, hooded phalanges occurring

amongst both herbivorous and carnivorous animals.

5. As possibly referable to Thylacoleo Owen figured two

entirely distinct types of ungual phalanges.

We are now acquainted with the pedal bones of Dipro-

todon through the researches of Prof. E. C. Stirling, and it

can be legitimately surmised that those of its second

cousins Nototherium and Euowenia were similar. None of

the Macropodide can put in a claim ; amongst the flesh-

eaters, Sarcophilus and Thylacinus, and the Dasyures, with

the non-marsupial Warrigal, the osteological structure is

too well known to require comment.

Finally, in all probability, although “ conjectural” Owen’s

view of the nature of the hooded nail (eliminating those

without a sheath) bones will in the long run prove to be

correct ; reduction of other genera by elimination supports

it. If such be the case, then what is the claw referred

to Thylacoleo by Lydekker? This will be investigated

immediately.

The following is the synonymic bibliography of Krefft’s

ungual phalanges :—

Mylodon? australis, Krefft, Guide Austr. Foss. Remains,

1870, p..4.) -

“ australis, Krefft, Austr. Vert. Foss. & Recent

(Industrial Progress of New South Wales),

LS7 is parls.

Spelean Animal or Unguiculate Mammal, Owen (pars),

Phil. Trans. 1871, pt. i. pp. 262, 263, pl. xiii.

figs. 11-12 (non 138, 14).

Megatheroid Animal, Krefft, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

x. 1872, p. 180.

Spelean Animal .... Thylacoleo, Owen, Foss. Remains

Kixtinct Mamm. Austr. i. 1877, pp. 182-183,

i. pl. ix. figs. 11-12.

314 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on

Mylodon? australis, Krefft, N.S. Wales Votes & Pro-

ceedings, v. 1882, p. 558, 14th numbered pl.,

figs. 7-9.

Il. THe Uneuar Poaranx ProvisionaLty CaTALoGuED

AS THyLACOLEO BY LYDEKKER.

Many years ago a plaster replica of another of Kreifft’s

specimens *, described in MS. as the ‘‘ nail-bone of the hind

foot of a gigantic Phalanger, probably a small Zygomaturus,

Nototherium, or Diprotodon” was forwarded to the Geologi-

cal Department of the British Museum (Natural History).

I surmised this might be No. M. 1526 f of the ‘ British

Museum Catalogue of Fossil Mammals,’ part v. (p. 195)

catalogued by Lydekker as “ cast of an ungual phalangeal ”

provisionally of Thylacoleo; by correspondence Dr. Arps.

Woodward confirmed this. The original bone is preserved

here and is slightly imperfect ; it is from the Wellington

Caves, and bears the number A. 13320 (Pl. XVIII. fig. 2).

It is manifest, if the sheathed nail-bones (“ Mylodon”’) are

referable to Thylacoleo, following Owen, such an arched,

laterally compressed and naked bone, one of those spoken

of by Krefft as “ large nail-bones ... evidently those of a

Phalanger” {, cannot. One of these§ is probably the

original of both Owen’s illustrations of his non-sheathed

Thylacoleo ungual phalangeal. Our collection contains five

of these bones, four from the Wellington Caves ossiferous

breccia (Pls. XVIII.—XIX. figs. 2-9), the fifth from Cope’s

Creek, probably froma thermal mud-spring deposit (Pl. XX.

figs. 10-12). These vary much in size and degree of dorsal

curvature, and for tlhe convenience of description may be

taken separately.

Type 1.—-The phalanx in question || (Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9)

is highly arched, compressed laterally, the dorsal edge thin,

sharp (trenchant), the degree of curvature almost equai to

the quadrant of a circle, the general appearance of the bone

being decidedly hook-like. ‘lhe proximal end is imperfect,

the articular surface and the plantar tuberosity gone; it is

35 mm. wide, and in thickness 8 mm.

The second example never seen by Krefft or Owen

(Pl. XX. figs. 10-12) is a more perfect specimen, one in

* Krefft, ‘ Caves and Rivers Report,’ pl. 14 (numbered), fig. 12.

+ Dr. A. 8. Woodward informs me this should read 1536,

{ Wrefft, doc. cit. pl. 14. (numbered), tigs. 11 and 12.

§ Krefft, Joc. cit. MS. description of pl. 14. fig. 11.

|| Krefft, foc. cit. pl, 14. (numbered), fig. 2.

some Ungual Phalanges. 315

which the proximal articular surfaces, allowing for wear and

tear, ave perfect. The lateral surfaces (at the. point of

disruption in Pl. XIX. figs. 8 & 9) suddenly bulge outwards

to form an expanded proximal end with a concave articular

surface divided by a longitudinal central ridge, and below a

very strong and comparatively large cushion for the attach-

ment of the flexor tendon. Immediately above the centre

of the tendon tuberosity on either side, are the foramina of

the digital arteries. The surface of both specimens is pitted

aud roughened.

Length of complete bone 51 mm.; breadth 45 mm.

approximately ; thickness 13 mm.

Type 2.—The phalanges of the second type (Pls. X VI[I.—

XIX. figs. 2-7) differ from those of the first by a greater

length in proportion to width, a much less arched dorsal edge,

and a slightly less lateral compression, otherwise the same

features characterize both. The following are the dimensions

of the largest :—

Length 45 mm.; breadth 29 mm.; thickness 11 mm.

In the sheathed, or hooded terminals of Owen, although

the nail-bone is compressed laterally (Pl. XVIII. fig. 1) the

dorsal edge is only sharp or trenchant distally, the proximal

eud is truncate-flattened forming an elongately triangular

surface. The articular surface for union with the distal

end of the penultimate digit is highly concave, and much

overhung above, as figured both by Owen and Krefft. The

sheath is one with the core, or nail-bone, at the proximal

end around the articular coucavity, and along the plantar

surface as far as it extends; the tuberosity is to some extent

Hattened. ‘lhe arterial foramina pierce the sheath through

the plantar surface of the tendon tuberosity, and then

appear to enter the nail-bone as im the preceding type.

Immediately below the dorsal truncate surface at the proxi-

mal end are two other arterial foramina.

Now, to what type of Marsupial do these ungual phalanges

(Pls. XVIII.~XX. figs. 2-12) belong? It will be more

satisfactory to consider Types 1 and 2 separately. Type 1

(Pls. XIX.—XX. figs. 8-12) is the ‘‘ nail-bone of a gigantic

Pialanger of Krefft,” but this form appears to have been

quite unknown to Owen. In the Macropodide the nail-

bones are elongate, non-trenchant, more or less oval in

section, and very feebly arclied, if at all. The nail-bones of

the Peramelide are double, more or less circular, and non-

trenchant. In the Phascolomyide, or Wombats, these

terminals are again rounded above, roughly oval in section,

and not hooked. The nail-bones of the Diprotodontide,

316 Mr. R. Etheridge, Jnr., on

guided by Prof. E. C. Stirling’s reconstruction of Diprotodon,

resemble to some extent those of the Kangaroos, plano-

convex, slightly curved, broad plantar surface, and the

proximal concavities occupying the whole articular surface,

instead of about two-thirds as in Types 1 and 2; moreover,

the position of the foramina of the plantar artery branches

is markedly different. What is true of the nail-bones of

Diprotodon is possibly equally true of those of Nototherium

and EHuowenia. ,

There remain the Dasyuride and Phalangeride. In the

first, taking the Tasmanian Wolf ( Thylacinus cynocephalus,

Harris) as an example, the nail-bones are long, more or less

oval in section, rapidly decreasing in size from the proximal

to the pointed distal end. The latter are more particularly

accentuated in the Tasmanian Devil (Sarcophilus ursinus,

Harris, Pl. XIX. fig. 14), in which the distal ends of these

nail-cores are to all intents and purposes, acicular ; hence,

I dismiss the Dasyuride from consideration.

This reduces comparison to the Phalangeride, the family

in which Krefft placed * these remains. The resemblance

of the large complete specimen (PI. XX. figs. 10-12) from

Cope’s Creek to similar bones of some members of this

family is very striking. For the purpose of comparison

I have selected two, the Great Flying Phalanger (Petauroides

volans, Kerr) and the Koala, or “ Native Bear” (Phasco-

larctos cinereus, Goldfuss) +. In the Flying Phalanger it is

the 4th and 5th digits which terminate in nail-bones so

remarkably like the Cope’s Creek fossil (Pl. XX. figs. 10-12),

but in the Koala the resemblance is not so strong (Pl. XIX.

fig. 13), in consequence of the much greater length in

proportion to. width; this, however, only partially holds

good for the pollices t. With these facts before me I can

come to no other conclusion than that the subjects of

Pls. XIX.-XX. figs. 8-12 are the terminal phalanges of an

euormous Phalanger, following Krefft in this opinion, but

in a more restricted sense than he employed the term.

We may now pass to the second type (Pls. XVIII.—XIX.

figs. 2-7). The two specimens are Krefft’s ‘“ large nail-bones

* Bearing in mind that Krefft included Diprotodon, &e., in this

family.

i Gh fact in connection with the terminal phalanges, or nail-bones,

of the Phalangers in general is very obvious, the stouter and stronger

build of those of the fore feet, accompanied with a greater degree of

curvature.

{ One of the most noticeable features in Type 1 is the remarkable

slab-sided, or straight-walled appearance.

some Ungual Phalanges.. 317

... evidently those of Phalangers,” and one (Pl. XVIII.

fig.5) is Owen’s Thylacoleo “ungual phalangeal”’ (his fig. 13)

and Lydekker’s Thylacoleo “ ungual phalangeal.””’ By the

same method of elimination as observed in the case of Type 1,

I reduce consideration in this instance to the Phalangeridz

alone. There is no greater degree of variation between

Types 1 and 2 than there is in the forms of the terminals

of the same foot of. many species of Phalangeridz. I, there-

fore, again support Krefft’s views of the affinity of these

bones, but to what genus of the family the animal possessing

them was most nearly allied only time can prove. For my

own part [ am rather in favour of a gigantic Koala.

The following table explains the relative identity of the

various figures referred to :—

Krefft’s figs. Owen’s figs. Owen’s figs. Tene

Austr. Foss. Phil. Trans. Extinct Mamm. ie

Remains. 1871 (1872). of Australia, Bs:

MMe eet ee |), a seed bes Figs. 8 & 9.

RA a tae hs ee) ats eulgn Pe ts

seals 8 PL. xiii. figs. 11 & 12.| Pl ix. figs. 11 & 12. | Fig. 1

Salt Oe PSE ea tere ee a aie ces cee een ce

11] ? PL xiii. figs. 13 & 14.| ? Pl. ix. figs. 13 & 14. |? Figs. 5-7.

MOL eee, Geert Wid. viet crit Figs. 2-4.

In these notes I have sought to show that :—

1. Owen figured as the possible ungual phalanges of

Thylacoleo two entirely distinct nail-bones—a ‘‘ hooded”

form, and an unhooded or unsheathed one; both cannot

belong to the same kind of animal.

2. If the hooded bone be accepted for the time being as

of Thylacolev, then the bone catalogued as “ cast of an ungual

phalangeal ” by Lydekker cannot possibly be so.

3. The non-sheathed terminals (Types 1 and 2) were never

claimed by Krefft as appertaining either to his Mylodon

australis, or to Thylacoleo.

4. Thylacoleo is regarded by the advocates of its herbi-

vorous nature as a member of the Phalangeride. If it be

so, then the phalanges of Types 1 and 2 may, perhaps, be

those of it.

5. If the suggestion contained in the last paragraph should

* This is the original of the replica called by Lydekker Thylacoleo

(A.M, 13320, B.M, 1526 (86)).

318 On some Ungual Phalanges,

prove correct, it follows that the identity of the hooded

bones (*‘ Mylodon australis ’’) has yet to be discovered.

The suggestion of an extinct Koala may possibly be not

so speculative as would at first sight appear when it is

remembered that Mr. C. W. de Vis described * a portion of

a fibula that he believed represented “ a progenitor of the

Koala.” The further discovery of a premaxillary with its

palatal process was held to strengthen this view. Said

Mr. de Vis :— The Koala, or Native Bear, is now one of

the few types of Australian life which has not been recognized

as a part of its ancient economy: yet it is one of which no

one could be surprised to find an ancestral form among the

past modifications of marsupial structure.’ He proposed

to distinguish the former owner of this fibula by the name

of Koulemus ingens. Portion of a shoulder-blade was referred

to another extinct Pha'anger (Archizonurus securus).

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Fig. 1, The original of Krefft’s “ungual or terminal phalanx of a

creature allied to Mylodon,” with “its peculiar protecting

bone partly broken.” The original of Krefft’s figs. 7 and 8,

and Owen’s 11 and 12. Wellington Caves. Xx 2 diam.

Fig. 2. Ungual phalange “equalling or surpassing those of a Lion r

(Owen). Thisisthe original of Krefft’s tig. 12, and Lydekker’s

Catalogue (M. 1526 (36)). Wellington Caves. x 2 diam.

Fig. 8. Dorsal view of the bone, fig. 2. x 2 diam.

Fig. 4. Plantar o Es is

Fig. 5. Another phalange similar to Fig. 2, but with the dorsal surface

straight, or even a little concave. This is probably the

original of Owen’s figs. 13, 14. Wellington Caves. x2 diam.

Fig. 6. Dorsal view of fig.5. x 2 diam.

ee lpia’ ees 3

. Highly compressed ungual phalange with the proximal portion

broken away. Original of Krefft’s fig. 2. Wellington Caves.

<x 2 diam. :

Fig. 9. Dorsal view of fig. 8.

Fig. 10, Probably the almost perfect condition of an ungual phalange

similar to that seen in fig. 8. Cope’s Creek. xX 2 diam.

Fig. 11. Plantar view of fig. 10. x 2 diam.

Fig. 12. Dorsal _,, 5 ” ;

Fig. 13. Phascolarctos cinereus, Goldfuss. Ungual phalanx of the right

fore foot.

tig. 14. Sarcophilus ursinus, Harris. Fourth ungual phalanx of right

tore foot.

con o

* De Vis, ‘On the Phalangistide of the Post-Tertiary Period in

Queensland,’ Proc. R. Soc. Queensland, vi. pts. 11. & 111. p. 106.

On Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 319

XX XI.— Notes on Myriapoda.—XII.* A Preliminary List

for Derbyshire, with a Description of Brachyehseteuma

quartum, sp. n., and Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli,

var.n. By Htupa K. BRADE-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B.,

L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8. GranAm BraDE-

Birks, M.Se.

JT. INTRODUCTION.

A short holiday in Derbyshire at the end of May and

beginning of June 1918 gave us an opportunity to collect

some centipedes and millipedes ; and we feel that the results

are of sufficient inferest to warrant the publication of a

preliminary list for the county, so arranged as to make

mention of some of the work previously done by other

collectors as well as to,include our own 1918 records. Also,

in September 1916, we made one excursion from the Stafford-

shire side to the Derbyshire-Staffordshire boundary near

Beresford Hall; and, although there was some confusion in

our minds as to the exact position of the boundary, we have

incorporated some relevant results of that day’s work in the

present paper, recording the specimens taken there as from

‘near the R. Dove,’ because we are practically certain that

these are truly Derby shire occurrences. If we are in error

about the county, the animals thus recorded were found close

to the boundary of the shires, but on the Staffordshire side.

Two species included under these circumstances in the present

list, viz. Polydesmus denticulatus and Scolioplanes acuminatus,

are not otherwise known to us from Derbyshire.

In several cases of material placed at our disposal by

Mr. Standen, Mill Dale (Staffordshire) is included in our

detailed records, because it is coupled as a collecting-ground

with Dove Dale (Derbyshire) ; but in no case does such an

occurrence stand alone as a county record,

In the Diplopoda and Chilopoda (with which this paper

deals) we now know some thirty-one Derbyshire forms, and

these are enumerated below :—

DreLopopa (= Millipedes).

1. Glomeris marginata (Villers).

2. G. marginata perplezxa, Latzel.

3. Lulus ligulifer, Latzel & Verhoeff.

* A previous paper in this series—the fifth—appeared in this Journal,

May 1917, ser. 8, vol. xix. p. 417.

320 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

4. I. (Ophiiulus) fallax, Meinert.

5. I. (Tachypodoiulus) albipes, C. L. Koch.

6. I. (Cylindroiulus) silvuarum, Meinert.

7. I. (Cylindrotulus) britannicus, Verhoef.

8. Schizophyllum sabulosum (Linné).

9. Trichoblaniulus guttulatus (Bosc).

10. Amsteinia fuscus (Am Stein).

11. Polydesmus complanatus (Linné).

12. P. cortaceus, Porat.

13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch.

14. Brachydesmus superus mosellanus, V erhoett.

16. Ophiodesmus albonanus (Latzel).

16. Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. 0.

17. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoett ).

18. Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n.

CuHiLopopa (=Centipedes).

19. Lithobius forficatus (Linné).

20. L. variegatus, Leach & Brolemann,

21. L. melanops, Newport.

22. L. erassipes, L. Koch.

23. L. duboscqui, Brolemann.

24. Cryptops hortensis, Leach.

25. Geophilus carpophagus, Leach.

26. G. longicornis, Leach.

27. G. insculptus, Attems.

28. G. electricus (Linné).

29. Brachygeophilus truncorum (Bergsoe & Meinert).

30. Stigmatogaster subterraneus (Leach).

31. Scolioplanes acuminatus (Leach).

The nomenclature in the two classes is difficult, especially

the nomenclature of genera and subgenera, and, as there 1s

difference of opinion amongst the. leading authorities, it

cannot be claimed that there is finality about all the names

we have used in the foregoing list, nor by using these do we

wish to infer that we have refused to consider the claims to

priority of others. ‘The fact is that we have not yet had the

opportunity to consider al] the complicated evidence involved

in the question of some of these generic and subgeneric

names.

In the detailed records in the second section of this paper

other collectors’ names are cited by initials, as follows :—

Mrs. Furness, A.W. F.; Mr. J. Wilfrid Jackson, J.W./.;

Mr. R. Standen, #. S.; Mr. C. R. Brown, C. #. B.; Ma:

William Boulsover, W. B.

To each of these we offer our best thanks.

An asterisk indicates that the material forms a part of

Mr. R. Standen’s collection. When a record is followed by

the letter G. and a number, the material is so registered at

the Manchester Museum. ‘The letter J. in brackets, after a

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 321

record, indicates that the identification is that of our friend

Captain A. Randell Jackson, M.C., M.D., D.Sc., R.A.M.C.

In the section of the paper which deals with detailed

records we have introduced a few diagnostic points which

may be of value to other naturalists.

Geological Considerations, ete.

As far as our own 1918 collecting in the county is con-

cerned, we worked in two areas, both of them predominantly

limestone (Carboniferous Limestone) regions. The one was

the Buxton neighbourhood, where Burbage was our centre,

and where all our collecting was on the limestone, and the

other was mostly in the limestone triangle roughly formed by

Bakewell, Ashford, and Great Longstone; this area is indi-

cated in the present paper as “ Bakewell district,” except

where more explicit details are given—as, for example, in

describing the occurrence of the new animals... One of us

(S. G. B.-B.) accompanied the veteran local naturalist and

antiquarian, Mr. William Boulsover, of Bakewell, on one

excursion to Manners Wood, which stands out on a sandstone

(Yoredale Series) ridge close to the town of Bakewell ; the

collecting done there is clearly indicated in the body of the

records, but it may be noted that, in one short visit, Lithobius

variegatus was taken there, although the writers did not meet

with it in either of the limestone areas, one near by, on the

occasion of their 1918 (May-June) collecting. The distri-

bution of this species, which is the only centipede on our

British list which is unknown outside the British Isles, is

extremely interesting, and worthy of careful study, in which

natural factors, including altitude, vegetation, and geological

features should certainly be taken into account.

It may be added that the junction between the Carboniferous

Limestone and the Yoredale Rocks in the neighbourhood of

the Derbyshire—-Staftordshire boundary, where we collected in

September 1916, is near the county boundary in that area,

the Derbyshire side being the border of an extensive

limestone region. 3

Cave Hunting.

During our stay in the Bakewell district we made one

excursion through Monsal Dale to Cresskrook with Mr. J. R.

Widdowson to visit a cave in the limestone at Burymewick,

but, after all, we were not successful in finding any

myriapods there. Some good results are to be expected from

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 24

322 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

a proper exploration of our English caves, and this note may

serve as a reminder to naturalists who visit caves for the

purpose of studying other branches of science.

Il. DetTarteD Recorps!.

Class DIPLOPODA.

Subclass CHrno@NnaTHA.

Family Glomeride, Leach, 1814.

Subfamily G'zomerr.x, Verloeff, 1910.

Genus GLomMERIS, Latreille et Leach.

1. G. marginata (Villers, 1789).

10-20 mm. é

This is the common pill-millipede. It is black dorsally,

but the pleurotergites are edged with white.

*Cave Dale, R. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3143 ; *Castle-

ton, J. S.,vi/13.; *Dove Dale, K.8., J. Wid, C. RBS

25/v./16; near the R. Dove, ourselves, 1916; Bakewell

district, ourselves, 1918; one example, Manners Wood, near

Bakewell, W. B. & 8. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18.

In addition to the above examples we have examined

specimens from Millers Dale which do not appear to be

typical. In spirit-specimens the dorsal surface of the body

exhibits a row of light spots on either side of the middle line,

due to the fact that the lateral parts of each pleurotergite are

marked by definite light oval areas. ‘l‘he dimensions are the

same as those of the typical form. We think it inadvisable,

however, to establish a new variety on the material at our

disposal until, at any rate, we have made a detailed study of

the English representatives of the genus.

Seven examples, Millers Dale, &. S., 17/vi./17.

Types. 1302, Brade-Birks collection.

2. G. marginata perplexa, Latzel.

6°5 mm.

At present we think it advisable to treat this form as of

subspecific rank. Mr. Bagnall says (1) of this animal, “ [

cannot think that it can be a form of marginata, aud conneva

1 The typical length of the species is given in each case as a guide to

those interested in the group. Where the dimensions are not our own,

we are indebted to various authors.

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 323

is unknown in our Islands ; a study of British examples may

show it to be a distinct species.”

We have not yet been able to make a careful study of the

genus Glomeris, but we may add that the animal in question

is smaller than G, marginata marginata, although it has the

white edges of the pleurotergites as in that form. Its general

body-colour is brown, and its dorsal surface is furnished with

four longitudinal rows of light spots. Two rows are distinctly

Jateral, while two are close to the median line. ‘These more

median rows are formed by a pair of spots on each pleuro-

tergite, which tend to coalesce anteriorly and form a V-shaped

marking on each segment. These more median rows alone

are continued on to the last segment. Professor Ribaut has

recorded the animal (10) under the name of G. conneva

perplexa, Latzel ; Dr. Verhoeff, on the other hand, records it

(13) as G. marginata perplexa, Latzel, and adds a note of

which the following is a rough translation :—** Recent inves-

tigations have shown me that perplexa and marginata belong

to the same species, but not to connevu ; I shall reconsider

this point more carefully in another paper.” We are not

familiar with any later note by Verhoetf on this subject.

*Oiue specimen junior, Castleton, &. S., vi./13.

Family Iulide, Leach (ex p.), 1814.

(Genus Tutus (s. ].), Brandt, 1833.)

Genus Tutus, Brandt.

3. I. ligulifer, Latzel and Verhoeff.

Syn. I. scandinavius, Latzel.

15--35 mn.

Verloeff (13) includes this species in the subgenus Mdicro-

podoiulus.

The females of this species are very like those of I. fal/ac.

The coxite of the second leg of the male, however, bears an

oval expansion, which serves to characterize I. ligulifer.

13,2 2% %, Buxton district, ourselves, 1918.

4, I. (Ophitulus) fallax, Meinert, 1865,

Syn. I. longabo, C. L. Koch, 1847.

3d 18-32, 2 25-45 mm.

A fair-sized black julid, very like J. hgulifer, the females

being practically indistinguishable from those of es species.

324 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

Both animals have an acute caudal process and smooth pro-

zonites. In J. fallax the legs of the first pair, in the male,

are sickle-shaped.

*1 2 (or I, ligulifer), Cave Dale, R. S, in a recent year

(J.), G. 3159; both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Genus TACHYPODOIULUS.

5. 7. albipes (C. L. Koch).

Syn. ? I. niger, Leach.

I. transversosulcatus, Am Stein.

3 22-30, 2 25-35 mm.

This large black julid is easily distinguishable under the

microscope by the presence of transverse strie on the pro-

zonites, to which Am Stein’s name for the species owes its

origin. This animal is common in our islands,

* 9, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, 2. S., 18/viii./13 (f.),

G. 3154; *¢, 2? 9, in a collection from Dove and Mill

Dales, &. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); 1 8, near the R. Dove, our-

selves, 1x./16; Buxton & Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918.

Genus CYLINDROIULUS, Verhoeff.

(1894 as a subgenus, 1899 as a genus).

Prof. Silvestri informs us, in lité., that he considers that

Cylindroiulus and Diploiulus, Berlese, 1886 (2) are synony-

mous, the latter having precedence. This conclusion, how-

ever, does not meet with the approval of all continental

authorities.

6. C. silvarum (Meinert).

Syn. ? I. punctatus, Leach.

15-25 mm.

An animal commonly found between the bark and trunk of

rotting logs. ‘The caudal process is club-shaped.

* 9, in a collection from Dove and Mill Dales, &. S.,

21/iv./14 (J.); 19, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16;

both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918; several,

including 1 ¢@, Manners Wocd, near Bakewell, W. B. &

S. G. B.-B., 6/vi./18.

7. C. britannicus (Verhoeff, 1891).

Syn. I. frisioides, Verhoeff, 1892.

J. luscus, Meinert, as used by Bagnall and by ? Jackson. On

this point see Bagnall’s note (1) and our own (3).

16-15 mm.

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 325

An interesting tailless julid. The only known English

millipede with which this is likely to be confused is C. frisius,

Verhoeff, from which it is distinguished by the form of the

gonopods of the male. Upon dissection, we found that one

male taken by us at Great Longstone, 1918, belongs to this

species. ‘This specimen in spirit was 12°5 mm. long. A

female taken by one of us (S. G. B.-B.) at Burbage Hall,

27/v./18, is probably referable to this species.

Genus SCHIZOPHYLLUM.

8. S. sabulosum (Linné),

20-46 mm.

This is a large and handsome jalid, marked with two

bright yellow dorsal stripes running the whole length of the

body.

*2 2 9, The Winnats, Castleton, R. S., in a recent year

(J.), G. 3104; numerous, Dove Dale, R. S., J.W.S., C. BR. B.,

25/v./16; 1 3 junior, near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ;

adults, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Family Protoiulide.

(Genus BLANIULUS (s. 1.), Gervais, 1836.)

Genus TRICHOBLANIULUS, Verhoeff.

Syn. Verhoeff uses the subgeneric name T'yphloblaniulus (13), which

is used as generic by Ribaut (9).

9. T. guitulatus (Bosc).

Syn. ? Iulus pulchellus, Leach (nee C. L. Koch).

9-18 mm.

A common blind blaniulid, which is sometimes a pest in

potato crops. It is a worm-like form.

Both sexes, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Genus AMSTEINIA, Verhoeff.

10. A. fuscus (Am Stein).

9-16 mm.

Males of this species are rare; the present record is, how-

ever, admissible, as the eyes prove a useful diagnostic cha-

racter. The ocelli are arranged much the greater number in

a long single row, the remainder in a small elongated triangle

with its base against the central partof the row. The animal

326 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Biks on

is often associated with Cylindrovu/us silvarum, and its usual

habitat is between the bark and trunk of rotting logs.

Very few specimens (no adult g), Bakewell district, our-

selves, 1918.

Family Polydesmide, Leach (ex p.), 1814.

Genus PotypesMmus, Latreille, 1802 & 1804.

11. P. complanatus (Linné).

13-28°5 mm.

This large flat-backed millipede is common in the British

{sles. Its gonopods are distinctive. The genus has twenty

body-segments.

*2 6 g, The Winnats, Castleton, A. S., in a recent year

(J.), G. 3149; *2 g & and juniors, Cave Dale, Z.-8., in a

recent year (J.), G. 31386; *$ 3 2 2, in a collection from

Dove and Mill Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); fd, near the

R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell, ourselves, 4/vi./18 ;

1 $, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. § S. G. B.-B.,

6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

12. P. coriaceus, Porat.

12°5 mm.

This species is smaller than P. complanatus, also the males

have distinctive gonopods. A male from Great Longstone

which we dissected for careful diagnosis was 12°5 mm. long.

Bakewell district, ourselves, 1915S.

13. P. denticulatus, C. L. Koch, 1847.

10-16 mm.

Again the gonopods of the male are diagnostic. In this

character we did not find the male recorded below quite

typical. The slight difference, however, is probably no more

than an individual peculiarity in the specimen in question.

On the whole the condition of the gonopod is similar to that

of the preparation given by Dr. Brélemann in figure 34 in

the xviith. paper of the ‘ Biospeologica’ series (7). In our

examp'e the secondary ramus is arched much as that is in the

fig. 34 cited. To adopt the lettering used by Dr. Bié!emann,

its external appendix (p) is well developed, broad, slightly

arched, and furnished with a well-marked sharp tooth (p')

near the base, as in figure 34 (op. cit.). The individual

difference we have noted (ante) consists in the presence of a

second small tooth on the internal face of the distal part of

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 327

the secondary ramus. Tie seminal ramus presents the usual

features ; the small tooth (y) of the external face is well-’

developed.

1 g (and ? other material), near the R. Dove, ourselves,

ix, 1G.

Genus BracuypEsmus, OC. Heller, 1857.

Species B. superus, Latzel, 1884.

14. BL. superus mosellanus, Verhoeff, 1891.

8°5-9 mm.

The genus to which this animal belongs has nineteen body-

segments. ‘Ihe present variety, with typical gonopods in the

male, seems to be the common English form. We have

dissected specimens from both the localities mentioned below.

In the garden of Beech House, Great Longstone, we met

with large numbers of the animal.

Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918.

Genus OPHIODESMUS.

15. OU. albonanus (Latzel).

Syn. Paradesmus albonanus, Latzel.

4°5 mm.

This minute square-backed millipede (our spirit-specimen

is 4°5 mm. long) will probably prove to be not uncommon in

Britain. Dr. Brélemann kindly confirmed the species by

examining a drawing of the gonopod dissected from a speci-

men collected in another part of the country by our friend

Mr. Bagnali, who was good enough to send it to us, correctly

labelled. The example recorded below was adult, being

furnished with the characteristic gonopods of the species.

We suspect that the animal occurs in the garden of Asliford

Vicarage, but we failed to obtain adult males there in spite of

careful collecting.

1 g, in the garden of Mrs. Thornhill’s home, Beech House,

Great Longstone, ourselves, 1918.

Family Brachycheteumide, Verhoeff et Brade-Birks,

1911, 1918.

Genus BRACHYCHZTEUMA, Verhoeff et Brade-Birks,

1911, 1918.

Syn. Owing to errors in Verhoeff’s original description we established

Tacksoneuma, 1917, to receive a new species Brachycheteuma

bradee (Broélemann et Brade-Birks, 1917) (5). In the light

of new material of the genotypical species, Lacksonewma

becomes a synonym of Brachycheteuma.

328 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

16. B. quartum, Brade-Birks (to be described later in the

present paper).

9 7-8 mm.

While collecting on a slope by the side of the Ashford

road, close to the town of Bakewell, one of us (H. K. B.-B.)

came across a specimen of a square-backed millipede which

we recognized in the field as belonging to the family

Brachycheeteumide. Although we searched carefully not

only both of us on this, but also one of us on another occasion,

we failed to collect another example. It became clear upon

examination with the microscope that this specimen could

not be referred to any of the three known species ; a descrip-

tion is therefore given in another part of this paper.

1 9, near Bakewell, H. K. B.-B., 29/v./18.

Family Craspedosomide, Verhoeff, 1909.

Subfamily Craspeposomivz, Verhoeff, 1909.

|Tribe CRASPEDUSOMINT, Verhoeff, 1909.

Genus POLYMICRODON, Verhoeff, 1897.

Subgenus PoLyMIcRODON (s. str.), Verhoeff, 1897,

17. P. latzeh (Verhoeff, 1891).

Syn. Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeff, 1891.

‘2 Atractosoma polydesmordes, Leach.

? Atractosoma latzeli gallicum, Verhoeff, 1895.

2 Craspedosoma latzeli gallicum, Verhoeff, 1896.

? Polymicrodon latzeli gallicum, V erhoeff, 1897.

17-18 mm.

A flat-backed animal with thirty body-segments. We

have little doubt that this species should be called P. poly-

desmoides (Leach), but until the type-specimens of Leachi’s

animal are examined it seems unwise for us to make the

alteration. The characteristic gonopods are figured by

Verhoeff (12), and those of P. latzeli gallicum, which is

perhaps a anaes by Ribaut (11).

*¢ gS, Cave Dale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3147.

We also took specimens almost certainly referable to this

species in the Bakewell district, 1918, but there were no adult

males for definite diagnosis.

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 329

Family Chordeumida,. Verhoef, 1899.

Subfamily Mrcrocuorpevurna, Verhoeff, 1910.

Genus CHORDEUMELLA, Verhoeff.

Species C. scutellare, Ribaut, 1913.

18. C. seutellare bagnall:, Brade-Birks (to be described

later in the present paper).

6-0 mm.

While collecting in the garden of Beech House, Great

Longstone, one of us found a number of specimens of a small

millipede of the genus Chor ‘deumella. Upon microscopic

examination it became evident that this creature cannot be

referred to the only known British representative of the

genus, C. scutellare brélemannt, Brade-Birks, although it

falls into the species C. scutellare. Nevertheless we found

differences which justify a subspecific name for this animal,

which is described later in this study.

Numerous males, but no satisfactory females, S. G. B.-B.,

Great Longstone, 1918.

one CHILOPODA.

Family Lithobiide, Newport, 1844.

Genus Lrruosius, Leach, 1814.

19. L. forjficatus (Linné, 1758).

15-32 mm.

This large and active brown centipede has: more than two

teeth on each of the coxe of the wixillipedes Its seventh

dorsal plate is not produced posteriorly, The anal legs are

stout. Itis common all over the British Isles, under stones

and in other damp situations. We have previously (4)

recorded it for the gee as it was sent to us from Great

Longstone (1 9, A. W. F., 13/x./15) ; *Dove Dale, R. &.,

iv. ne GF) 5:Ge Bie: *in a collection from Dove and Mill

Dales, A. S., 21/iv. /1A (oF. .); near the R. Dove, ourselves,

ix./16 ; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & 8. G. B-B.,

6/vi./18; Burbage Ell S.G. B.-B. , 27/v./18 ; Buxton and

Bakewell districts, ourselves, LOLS:

20. L. variegatus, Leach et Biélemann.

20 mm.

This large and tiuly British variegated centipede has more

330 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

than two teeth on each of the coxee of the maxillipedes. Its

seventh dorsal plate has angular projections from each end of

its posterior border. ‘he anal legs are slender. It is often

to be found under stones in moorland districts. We do not

seem to have met with it ourselves in the Carboniferous

Limestone areas of Derbyshire in 1918.

* § 2, Kings Sterndale, near Buxton, &. S., in a recent

year (J.), G. 3176; *in a collection from Dove and Mill

Dales, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.); near the R. Dove, ourselves,

ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B.& S. G. B.-B.,

6/vi./18.

21. L. melanops, Newport, 1845.

Syn. L. glabratus, C. L. Koch, 1847.

10-16 mm.

A species, with numerous ocelli and 24+2 maxillipede-

teeth, which has definite angular projections from the poste-

rior borders of its ninth, eleventh, and thirteenth dorsal

plates. It is not uncommon between the trunk and bark of

rotting logs.

Burbage Hall, S. G. B.-B., 27]/v./18.

22. L. crassipes, L. Koch, 1862.

6-9 mm.

A small active orown centipede, with only twenty antennal

segments.

*Dove Dale, &. S., in a recent year (J.), G. 3165 ; near

the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Manners Wood, near Bake-

wel, WB. & S. G. B-B., 6/vi./18; Bakewell district,

ourselves, 1918.

23. L. duboscqut, Brolemann.

5°5-7 mm.

Another small species, not unlike ZL. crassipes, but provided

with only three ocelli on each side of the head in typical

cases.

The Vicarage garden, Asliford-in-the-Water, ourselves,

LES:

Family Scolopendride, Newport, 1844.

Genus Cryprops, Leach, 1814.

24. C. hortensis, Leach, 1814.

Syn. C. savignyt, Leach, 1817.

15-25 mm.

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. — - 331

A form intermediate in organization between Lithobius and

Geophilus.

A tew, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Family Geophilide, Leach, 1814.

Genus Groruiuus, Leach, 1814.

25. Gi. carpophagus, Leach.

Syn. G. sodalis, Bergsoe et Meinert.

G. condylogaster, Latzel, 1880.

41 mm.

This is a dark brown species of our well-distributed genus

Geophilus. The pegs of the anterior ventral plates are

prominent and the corresponding sockets comparatively

- small. We have not ourselves met with this species in the

county.

*Dove Dale, R. S., 21/iv./14 (J.).

26. G. longicornis, Leach, 1814.

Syn G. flavus (De Geer, 1778).

40 min.

A detailed examination of examples of this species will

show that the true peg-and-socket or “ carpophagous”’ struc-

ture is wanting in the ventral plates of the animal’s body.

This character is present in all its known English congeners.

*2 9 9, Castleton, R. S., ix./13 (J), G. 3135; near the

R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16 ; 1 9 with forty-seven pairs of

legs, Manners Wood, near Bakewell, W. B. & S. G. B.-B.,

G6/vi./18 ; Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

27. G. insculptus, Attems, 1895.

Syn. The name “G. proximus” has been used by other authors in

this country and ourselves to record animals which un-

doubtedly belong to G. insculptus. The true G. proximus,

C. L. Koch, 1847, is unknown to us.

25 mm.

In May and June we found G. inseu/ptus to be a fairly

common species, and we obtained a good number of specimens.

The socket of the anterior ventral plates is large.

Buxton and Bakewell districts, ourselves, 1918 ; Burbage

HuleG..b.7b., 2¢/v./18, :

28. G. electricus (Linné, 1758).

45 mm.

This is an interesting species, not very common in the

332 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

north of England, but apparently well distributed. The

specimen recorded below has sixty-nine pairs of legs, and is

furnished with typical pores on the coxee of the anal legs.

1, junior, Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Genus BRACHYGEOPHILUS, Brélemann, 1909.

29. B. truncorum (Bergsoe et Meinert).

10-14 mm.

This is the type of the genus, which resembles Geophilus.

In Brachygeophilus the sternites are without pore-fields, the

coxal pores are much reduced, the species are very small,

and the number of their somites is low and only slightly

variable (6). In the case of B. truncorum there are three

marked depressions on the surface of the anterior ventral

plates. It is common in the north of England.

Near the R. Dove, ourselves, ix./16; Bakewell district,

ourselves, 1918.

Genus STIGMATOGASTER, Latzel, 1880,

30. S. subterraneus (Leach).

Syn. Himantarium subterraneum (Leach).

90 mm.

A large species with a clearly defined central pore-field on

the anterior ventral plates.

Bakewell district, ourselves, 1918.

Genus SCOLIOPLANES, Bergsoe et Meinert, 1866.

31. S. acuminatus (Leach, 1814).

20-34 mm.

This is one of the darker geophilids. The maxillipedes of

this genus are sufficiently characteristic to distinguish it at

a glance from Geophilus. In this species, according to

Latzel (8), the male always (in Austria) has thirty-nine

pairs of walking-legs ; there were thirty-nine pairs in the

example recorded below. It would appear that the female

inay have from forty-one to forty-seven pairs, though Latzel

only knew them (loc. czt.) with forty-one to forty-three pairs.

1 g, near the R. Dove, ourselves, 1x./i6.

Myriapoda from Derbyshire. aoa

III. DescrIPTIONS OF THE '|’Wo NEw MILLIPEDES

RECORDED ABOVE, WITH NOTES.

Brachycheteuma quartum, sp. n.

Dimensions approximately the same as those of the known

species. Ocelli present, well but irregularly pigmented, few

in number—three. The other external characters and the

mouth-parts agreeing with the type of the genus. Male

unknown.

Female.—Vhe female presents the usual sexual differences.

The vulve.— In the “ cyphopodite” the chitinization, both

of the pilose lateral lobes (fig. 1, ew, in) and of the naked

posterior lobe (pl), is well marked. The posterior lobe is

Brachycheteuma quartum, posterior view of the right vulva. ea, 1,

external and internal lobes of the “ cyphopodite” ; pl, posterior

labe. x 260. H. K. B.-B. del. :

simple in form, and is neither provided with a marked

median elevation nor with lateral folds of chitin, though, as

usual, the chitin of the posterior lobe as a whole is stouter

than that of the rest of the organ. When viewed from

behind the distal limit of the posterior lobe is almost flat and

its lateral borders are simple, being convex in profile. From

the same point of view a strong band of chitin is seen to

arise from the external edge of the lobe at the height of its

convexity ; this band passes transversely towards the internal

edge, and, losing its definition, hardly unites with it. A

334 Dr. & the Rev. S. Graham Brade-Birks on

short, proximally directed ridge of the same nature arises

from a similar position on the internal border of the lobe.

Hab. Bakewell, wild, in a well-wooded Carboniferous

Limestone district, under a stone.

Type. Slides 1275 and 1276, tube 1277, Brade-Birks

collection.

It seems a convenient opportunity to give a diagnostic key

to the females of the genus Bruchycheteuma, as follows :—

la. Posterior lobe (of the “cyphopodite”) lack-

ing a pair of definite circular thickenings

OL NADAD ES para ol cys ey tea eco bsusce sed Secale WE 2.

16. Posterior lobe furnished with «a pair of { Birks.

definite circular thickenings of chitin... 2B. melanops, Brade-

2a. Posterior lobe with a marked median

CLOVARLOMNY niv..c'nee waleaioniseeeiee eben 3.

26. Posterior lobe without a inarked median

GlevabiOue is anes arin. aeehe tte eel ig B. quartum, nobis.

3a. Posterior lobe with a small median eleva-

tion and well-marked lateral folds of [ Brade-Birks.

CHYETAS ieee a ae hee Coie I te 2 B. bagnalli, Verhoetf et

3b. Posterior lobe with a large and outwardly

directed median elevation, but lacking fet Brade-Birks.

Jateral foldsiof chitin wi. . savin cas coe BL. bradee, Broélemann

In the males of the gens it seems probable that develop-

ment of the telepodite of the anterior gonopods runs parallel

with the development of the posterior lobe of the ‘ cypho-

podite”’ in the vulva of the female. If that is really so, we

should expect that when examples of the male of B. guartum

are found, the telepoditic elements of the anterior gonopods

will be similar to those of B. bradew and B. bagnalli—perhaps

slightly less complicated ; we should not expect the complex

condition of the telepoditic horns found in B. melanops. In

the species known previously the coxal prolongations of the

anterior gonopods. have been useful diagnostic features, and

by analogy we should expect them to differ in B. guartum

from those of the other species and to be simpler in form than

in any of them. Thus, they should most closely resemble

the coxal prolongations of B. bagnalli*. The syncoxite of

the same gonopods appears to be a fairly constant feature,

and so it is to be expected that in this character and in the

disposition of the pseudoflagella the male of B. quartum will

ugree with the other species.

* The coxal prolongations might, for example, be broader distally and

less elevated than in B. bagnalli.

| Myriapoda from Derbyshire. 335

Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli, var. n.

Dimensions of the male.—Length 6:0, breadth 0°6 mm.

Other external characters.—In all essentials these are the

same as those of C. scudellare brélemanni, though, perhaps,

the new variety is rather darker dorsally.

Modified Appendages of the Male:

Anterior paragonopods (fig. 2).—These show characters

intermediate between those of the type of the species and the

variety C. scutellare brélemanni. ‘The appendages are repre-

sented by a pair of conical processes, the coxal elements,

Fig. 3.

wmeaanceses ses

Chordeumella scutellare bagnalli.

Fig. 2.—Anterior paragonopods, x 260. H. K. B.-B. del.

Fig. 3.—Sternite and left femorite of the anterior gonopods, x 260.

H. K. B.-B. del.

which bear long apical hairs. A definite indentation of the

internal border of each paragonopod, due to an obtuse-angled

inward bend of the appendage, corresponds in position to a

feeble fold in the case of C. scutellare scutellare. The

shoulder opposite the indentation is developed into a rounded

pigmented naked projection on the external border of the

limb. This projection is the rudiment of a telepodite, but the

point of division between telepoditic and coxal elements is

336 On Myriapoda from Derbyshire.

nearer obliteration than is the case in C. seutellare brélemannt.

Whereas in drélemanni the apices of the telepoditic and coxal

elements are of about the same elevation, in this new variety

the telepoditic element falls considerably short of the elevation

of the coxite.

Anterior gonopods (fig. 3).—These, again, are interm-diate

in form between those of the type of the species and brél.-

mannt. The sternite is furnished with a median prolongation,

well developed and tongue-like in shape and simply rounded

at its extremity, its distal border being neither emarginate as

in C. scutellare scutellare, nor drawn out into a definite peak-

like projection as in C. scutellare brélemannt.

Posterior gonojods, first pair of legs of the eighth segment,

posterior paragonopods.—In all essentials these agree with

the corresponding limbs of the type of the species ; thus they

also resemble those of brélemanni.

Female. Adult unknown. :

Hab. Under wood, ou a garden-path, ete., Beech House,

Great Lonestone, 1918.

Dedication. We have pleasure in naming this variety in

* honour of our friend and colieague Mr. R.S. Bagnall, F.L.S.

ete., of Blayden-upon-Tyne.

Types. ‘Vube 1271, slides 1272, 1273, 1274, and 1349,

Brade-Birks collection.

REFERENCES.

(1) Baenatt, R. S. ‘On some Lancashire Myriapods new to the

British Fauna.” Lancs. & Ches. Nat.*, July 1917, p. 104.

(2) Bertese, A. Acari, Myr., et Scorp. fase. viil., i. (1888).

(3) Brapu-Brrxs, Hinpa K. and 8. GraHam. “Notes on Myriapoda,

IV.” Lanes. & Ches. Nat.*, Sept. 1916, p. 141.

(4) ——. “Notes on Myr., VI.” Zbid.* July 1917, p. 118.

(5) ——. “Notes on Myr., VII.” Journ. Zool. Res., Dec. 1917, vol. ii.

pt. 4, p. 185.

(6) BRéLEMANN, Henry W. ‘A propos d’un systéme des Géophilo-

morphes.” Arch. Zool. Exp. et Gén., Dec, 1909, vol. xliii. no. 3,

. 808. :

(7) Bs ‘“‘ Biospeologica, XVI.” TLézd. Oct. 1910, vol. xlv. p. 359.

(8) LarzEL, Roperr. Die Myr. der dster.-ung. Mon. (1880-4).

(9) Ripaut, H. “Notes Myriapodologiques, 1.” Soc. d’hist. Nat. de

Toulouse (1905).

(10) ‘“‘Myriopodes de la Montagne Noire.” ded. 1909, vol. xlui.

no. 3, p. 142.

(11) -—. “ Biospeologica, XXVIII.” Arch, Zool. Exp. et Gén., Jan.

1918, vol. 1. no. 8, p. 399.

(12) Veruorrr, K.W. “ Kin Beitrag zur mitteleuropadischen Diplo-

poden-Fauna.” Berl. ent. Zeitsch. vol. xxxvi. H. 1, 1891, p, 115.

(13) —-. Uber Diplopoden. “ Tausendfiissler aus Brandenburg u.

andere Formen aus Ostdeutschland u. Ost.-Ung.,” Mar. 1907.

* Published under the auspices of the Lancashire and Cheshire Fauna

Committee.

On various Species of the American Genus Astylus, 337

XXXII.—WNotes on various Species of the American Genus

Astylus, Cast., with Descriptions of their Seaual Characters

[ Coleoptera]. By GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

CERTAIN species of the Malacoderm genus Astylus, Cast.

(= Meco glossa, Solier) exhibit remarkable sexual characters,

two only of which appear to have been specially noticed by

authors, viz., the broad, vertical lamella on each side of the

terminal Apes seement ing go of A. trifasciatus and

A. gayi, mentioned by Guérin, and the deeply emarginate,

bispinose apices of the elytra in 2 2 of A. octopustulatus

and A. antillarum, observed by Gorham. The presence of

these and. other important external structures, accompanied

by peculiarities in the ¢ genital.armature (visible in many

dried specimens), has induced me to examine the tegmen

and eedeagus (penis-sheath *) of nearly all the species repre-

sented in the British Museum, or in that of the Hope

Collection at Oxford. These chitinous structures are noticed

in detail in the present paper ; and in a number of cases the

insect itself, owing to uncertainties of identification, is re-

described, or named, if new, The principal external charac-

ters observed, apart trom the longer antenne or curved tibie

of the males of certain species, are :—(1) the presence of two

compressed, subconical, tuberculiform or dentiform promin-

ences on the metasternum in ¢ (A. octopustulatus, gorhami,

&e.) ; (2) the long, spiniform, anterior trochanters in ¢

(A. subgriseus) ; (3) the obliquely produced or dentiform

inner apical angles.of one or more of the intermediate joints

of the anterior tarsi in ¢ (A. antis, splendidus, correptus, and

convexus) ; (4) the posteriorly constricted elytra in ¢

(A. correptus) ; (5) the deeply emarginate, bispinose apices

of the elytra in 2 (A. octopustulatus, gorhami, antillarum,

&c.); (6) the sinuato-truncated apices of the elytra, with

sharp or dentiform sutural angle, in 2 (A. quadrilineatus,

imbricatus, &e.) ; (7) the elongate, conical, terminal, abdo-

minal segmentin ¢ (A. seamaculatus, &c.) ; ” (8) the laterally

lamellate terminal abdominal segment, and broadly divided

fifth ventral segment, in g (A. trifasciatus and gayz); (9) the

forcipate terminal] dorsal segment in ¢ (A. for cipatus).

The tegmen of the g im many of the species is very

deeply emarginate or cleft at the apex (A. trifasciatus, &c.) ;

in others it is feebly emarginate (A. octopustulatus, &e. ),

truncated (A. cyanerythrus, &c.), or simply rounded at the

* Median lobe of Sharp and Muir.

Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii, 25

338 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

tip (A. correptus) ; the margins of the distal portion of this

organ are usually clothed with long curled hairs. The very

elongate penis-sheath exhibits a variety of forms: (1) almost

straight from near the base and simply pointed at the tip

(A. antis and many other species) ; (2) broad, compressed,

and obliquely truncate at the tip (A. seamaculatus) ;

(3) constricted distally, and obliquely truncate and sub-

securiform at the tip (A. vittaticoll’s); (4) flattened and

strongly bisinuate as seen in profile (A. értfasciatus and

gayi). The long membranous sac, containing the true

intromittent organ, has not been examined: the distal portion

of it is usually seen protruding from the dorsal surface of

the penis-sheath at some distance before the apex of the

latter, and in some cases the exposed part appears to be

studded with asperities or short bristles *. ‘The terminal

abdominal segment of the ¢ is separated from the preceding

segment, on both the ventral and dorsal aspects, by a mem-

branous space, extending broadly forward along the entire

length of the fifth ventral segment in A. trifasciatus, sea-

maculatus, &c., allowing great freedom of movement of this

portion of the body during copulation. In several species a

thickened hook-like process has been noticed on the front of

the first ventral segment in @; butas this structure is almost

covered by the posterior coxe, and cannot be seen till the

abdomen is detached, no use has been made of it in the

present paper.

The genus Astylus extends over the greater part of South

America, and is particularly well represented at high eleva-

tions in the Ecuadorean Andes, two species occurring as far

north as Panama, and two in the Lesser Antilles. The large

Chilean forms have been placed under a separate genus,

Mecoglossa, by Solier, a name that might conveniently be

retained for them, on account of the extraordinary genital

armature of the ¢, and the cleft terminal ventral seement of

the 2. Since the publication of the “ Munich ” Catalogue

of Malacodermata, in 1869, numerous species of Astylus

have been described or nanied by Kirsch, Berg, Steinheil,

Gorham, Bourgeois, and Pic. It is questionable whether

one of the papers by the last-named author, entitled “ Sur le

genre Astylus, Cast.” (L’Echange, xvii. pp. 34-36, 1902),

containing many proposed new names for S. American forms,

unaccompanied by definite descriptions or measurements, and

issued solely—as the author states—to secure priority, should

* The genitalia examined have been dissected by Mr. A. Cant. To

extract these pieces without injury, it has been found necessary to boil

the detached abdomen in caustic potash,

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 339

be recognized *, These hairy insects are found gregariously

on flowers in open places, and they bear a certain relation-

ship to the Palearctic Henicopus, wanting the peculiar

structures in the legs of the males so conspicuous in nearly

all the members of the last-named genus. The two species

found in abundance by myself in Chiriqui in 1881-83 are still

the only known representatives of Astylus recorded trom

north of the Isthmus of Panama.

The forms represented in the British Museum collection

may be grouped by their structural characters or ¢ armature

thus :t—

a, Metasternum without tubercles or dentiform pro-

cesses in ¢.

a’, Wings fully developed.

a*. Terminal abdominal segment with broad verti-

cal lamelle in ¢, the segment itself transverse

on the ventral aspect; sixth ventral segment

divided in 9; elytra more or less costate and

rugosely punctured: ¢ with bilobed tegmen

and strongly sinuate penis-sheath: species

large, Chilean [MxEcoeuossa, Sol.].... ..... Nos. 1, 2.

b?, Terminal abdominal segment without ‘lamelle,

conical or narrowed posteriorly in 6; sixth

ventral segment divided in Q; elytra not

costate: ¢ of A. -seamaculutus with bilobed

tegmen and broad, obliquely truncate penis-

SHEA LMA Crete ete en cere nce tees eee Nos. 3, 4.

. Terminal abdominal segment as in 67; sixth

ventral segment not divided in ke

a’, Elytra not constricted posteriorly in either

sex, at most obsoletely costate.

a‘, Elytral apices rounded or obtuse in f Q,

so (A. vittatus) obliquely truncate in °.

. ¢ with bilobed or emarginate tegmen

and acuminate penis-sheath, the inter-

mediate joints of anterior tarsi angulate

at inner apical angle in 4. antis and

_ splendidus.

. Anterior trochanters simple in gd . Nos. 5-22.

6°, Anterior trochanters long and spini-

LOLMIGUNE eos Wadst eet ane ore te No, 28.

b°. gf with bluntly. rounded or truncated teg-

men and acuminate penis-sheath ...... Nos. 24, 25.

e°. g with bilobed tegmen and apically §

dilated penis-sheath, ©... ...6.6s.0005 . No. 26,

* This article is catalogued in the ‘ Zoological Record’ for 1902,

p. 140, as “ Notes on proposed n. spp.”; but the paper itself is not

analysed, and the new names are not given.

+ Males of A. hematostictus, seapustulatus, converus, and amabilis not

dissected, those of A. pallipes, imbricatus, and daticauda, and female of

A, forcipatus wanting.

25*

340 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

b', Elytral apices sinuato-truncate and sutural

anglessharpin ¢ 9*: ¢ with emarginate

tegmen and acuminate penis-sheath .... No. 27.

a®, Elytra constricted posteriorly in g , subparallel

in 9, sharply costate laterally in both sexes :

3 with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi pro-

duced at inner apical angle, the tegmen

rounded at tip, and the penis-sheath acumi-

tS RES HRT SES ay wpiyetn ts se No. 28.

d?, Terminal abdominal segment with a long process

on each sidein 4, the tegmen truncate, and the

penis-sheath acuminate; elytra bicostate, the

Inher costa prominent.,.......cseeeeersecens No. 29:

b', Wings wanting or rudimentary ; elytra not costate :

$ with joints 2 and 3 of anterior tarsi produced

atinner apical angle -..j0; 2:2 serene een eahuers No. 30.

b. Metasternum bituberculate or bidentate in ¢ ; elytra

uni- or bicostate; wings fully developed: ¢ with

tegmen truncate or feebly emarginate and penis-

sheath acuminate.

c'. Elytral apices rounded or truncate in ¢’, bispinose

and deeply emarginate in 2 ...........+.:+++. Nos. 31-86.

d'. Elytral apices rounded or subtruncate in g , sinuato-

truncate, and with the sutural angles sharp and

Overlapping, WIG: LUe) se Wein wel nln dlls eae « Nos. 37-39.

1. Astylus trifasciatus.

Dasytes (Astylus) trifasciatus, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48, t. 16.

figs, 2-2c; Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109.

Mecoglossa rugosa, Solier, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 426, t. 10.

figs. 5-5 g.

&. Ventral sutures 1-4 oblique fiom the outer margin to

median line; segment 1 with a stout hook in the middle at

the base; segment 5 long, divided into two, widely separated,

apically convergent lobes, which are broadly subtruncate at

the tip, the median portion membranous. ‘Terminal segment

elongate on the dorsal aspect, transverse on the ventral

aspect, angulate on each side towards the apex beneath, the

apical portion dilated laterally into a broad, vertical, inwardly

concave, securiform lobe, and the apical margin toothed in

the centre above. ‘legmen with moderately long, ciliate,

feebly curved, lateral lobes, which are subtruneate or bluntly

rounded at the tip. Penis-sheath very strongly, bisinuately

curved, tapering at the tip.

@. Ventral segment 6 about as long as 5, cleft, and

separated laterally from the dorsal portion.

Hab. CHILE.

Apparently a comrion species in some parts of Chile.

* Possibly a variable character in this species, A. guadrilineatus,

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 341

This insect has extremely rugosely punctured elytra, and two

more or less distinct costee on the dise ; the first and second

fasciz are usually connected with the dark sutural stripe, and

the latter is sometimes dilated at the tip. The females are

broader than the males, and some of them (labelled with the

MS. name MMecoglossa intermedia in the Fry collection), from

Lota, Chillan, &c., have much less coarsely punctate elytra.

The long hairs on the under surface are cinereous in colour

in the rugose form, and intermixed with black hairs in the

smoother examples. The elytral markings are sometimes

reduced to two spots on the outer part of the disc, the

anterior one being quite small. Females largely preponderate

in the long series before me, few of which are labelled with

any definite locality.

2. Astylus gayi.

Dasytes ( Astylus) gayzi, Guér. Icon. Régne Anim. p. 48.

Mecoglossa affinis, Solier, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 427.

~ Dasytes porrectus, Buquet, in De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837).

Hab. CHILE, Valparaiso (C. Darwin), Concepcion, San

Blas, Coquimbo, (Mus. Brit.), Araucania (R. Wd, Middleton),

&e.

This insect is a smoother, very hairy form of A. trifasciatus,

with the elytral markings usually reduced to three angular

patches along the outer part of the disc and the sutural stripe

dilated at the base and apex, and the long hairs on the under

surface entirely or in great part black. The two forms have

precisely similar g¢ armature, and the smoother females

alluded to under A. trifasciatus would be equally well placed

under either of them.

3. Astylus sexmaculatus.

Dasytes sexmaculatus, Perty, Del. Anim. art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 15 ;

Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 96.

Dasytes pictus, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 128 (1887).

g. Ventral segment 1 with a blunt hook in the centre at

the base; 5 broadly cleft down the middle, the lateral portions

subtruncate at the tip. ‘Terminal segment long, tubulate,

narrowing outwards, emarginate laterally at the apex.

Tegmen with long, spoon-shaped, slightly sinuous lateral

lobes, which are curved inwards at the tip, and thickly

fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, compressed, the

outer portion broadly, obliquely truncate, as seen in profile.

342 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

?. Ventral segment 5 short, triangular, emarginate,

6 cleft, shorter than 5.

Hab. Braztt, Rio de Janeiro (Blanchard, Fry), Sao Paulo

(Perty), Alto de Serra Paulo (G. #. Bryant).

A long series seen, males preponderating, showing scarcely

any variation, except in size. The penis-sheath of the g,

examined in many specimens, is very different from that of

any of the allied species dissected.

4, Astylus hematostictus, sp.

Elongate, narrow, shining, nigro-pilose above and beneath ;

nigro-ceeruleous, the head and prothorax greenish, the elytra

with an oblong spot at the base, the lateral margins to near

the middle, a triangular postinedian patch on the “disc, and a

transverse subapical mark, luteous or reddish, the antenna

testaceous to about the middle; the head and prothorax

finely, the elytra rather coarsely punctate. Head not much

developed behind the eyes; antenne moderately long in g,

short in 2. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides in

both sexes. HElytra long, subparallel in their basal half.

6. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6

moderately long, conical, cleft down the middle.

ee ea segment 4 snore, divided nee the middle.

Length 6-63, breadth 23-22 mm. (¢ 2.) Z

Fab. 3RAZIL, Minas Gane. (Mus. Brit.).

Described from a pair acquired by the Museum in 1844,

the ¢ labelled with the Ms. specitic name hematostictus.

An elongate, narrow, metallic insect, with nigro-ceruleous

elytra, which are each marked with three rather large luteous

or reddish spots—one basal (oblong), one postmedian (tri-

angular), and one subapical (transverse). A larger abraded

? (length 83 mm.), from Puarcatambo, Peru, too imperfect

to name, differs from the Brazilian insect in having the elytra

less coarsely punctate, and the three spots transverse, the

second forming a definite arcuate fascia. A. hematostictus

seems to be nearest allied to A. seamaculalus, Perty, from

which it is separable by its smaller size, narrower form, and

the differently shaped spots on the elytra. The unique male

has not been dissected.

5. Astylus antis.

Dasytes antis, Perty, Del. Anim, art. Bras. p. 29, t. 6. fig. 13 (1888) ;

Cast. Hist. Nat. Coleopt. i. p. 280.

Dasytes jluvofasciatus, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, vi. 2, p. 97, t. 6.

fig, 10.

Astylus Jasciatus |Germ. in Dej. Cat. 8rd edit. p. 123], Sharp and

Muir, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1912, pp. 540, 541 ig genit. armature).

Species of the American Genus Astylus. B43

3d. Anterior tarsi with joints 3 and 4 angulate, and 2

obliquely dentate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral

segment 5 broadly, deeply emarginate. Terminal segment

long, tubulate, narrowing from the base, cleft beneath.

Tegmen narrowly cleft for a short distance at the apex,

which is fringed with long hairs. Penis-sheath narrowed

and somewhat acuminate at the tip.

2. Ventral segment 6 short, undivided, feebly notched at

the apex.

Hab. Brazit, Rio de Janeiro, Santa Catharina, Sio Paulo,

Rio Grande, &c.; PARAGUAY, Sapucay (W. Foster) ;

ARGENTINA, Corrientes (sec. Blanchard).

Of the twenty-five specimens before me, females pre-

ponderating, five belong to the smaller form with a relatively

narrow prothorax in both sexes, this latter corresponding to the

D. flavofasciatus of Blanchard, from Corrientes, Rio Grande,

Sapucay, &c. A male of each has been dissected, and the

armature proves to be precisely similar. The broad, com-

plete, submedian flavous fascia on the elytra separates

A. antis from A. splendidus. The prothorax and the base

of the elytra are thickly set with long, erect or projecting,

black hairs in both of them, The length varies from

10-16 mm.

6. Astylus splendidus.

Dasytes splendidus, Cast. Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr. 1832, p. 398; Hist. Nat,

Coleopt. i. p. 280.

Alab. Braziu (Mus. Oxon.), Rio de Janeiro (Fry).

This is a large very brilliantly coloured form of A. antis

with the flavous markings on the elytra reduced to an oblique

subapical fascia on the outer part of the disc; the fascia,

however in one of the five examples seen (256 6,3 2 2)

reaches the suture and is continued along it for a short

distance forward. The @ characters are similar to those of

A. antis, and the two insects are certainly nothing more than

forms of one species. Both occur at Rio de Janeiro, where

also the smaller and narrower A. flavofasciatus, Blanch, las

been found.

7. Astylus aulicus.

Astylus aulieus, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 123 (1837) ; Pic, Bull. Soc. Ent.

Fr. 1908, pp. 328, 329.

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate

6 about as long as 5, undivided, with a narrow, deep, triang ular

344 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

notch at the apex: Tegmen with two long, widely separated,

straight lateral lobes, which are fringed with long hairs at

the tip. Penis-sheath stout, acuminate and slightly up-

turned at the apex.

?. Ventral segment shorter than 5, simple.

Hab. COLOMBIA ; VENEZUELA.

A common insect in the countries quoted. The typical

- form has a transverse, angulate red patch on the outer part of

the elytra before the middle, sometimes (var. fenestratus,

Pic, 1. c.) extending-forward along the outer margin and up

the middle of the dise to the base. Examples also occur

with a small red spotat the base and one or two others beyond

the middle. ‘The @-characters are described from three

specimens dissected many years ago by Dr. Sharp.

8. Astylus rubripennis.

Dasytes rubripennis, Latr.in Voyage Humboldt, i. p. 178, t. 17. fig. 3.

Melyris (Astylus) rubripennis, Kr, in Wiegm. Archiv fir Naturg. xiii.

1, p. 84.

_ &. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 with

an oblong excavation in the centre at the apex, and the apex

itself deeply emarginate. ‘T’egmen with short, broad lateral

lobes, the apices of which are obliquely truncate and thickly

set with long hairs. Penis-sheath stout, gradually narrowed

and slightly curved at the tip.

Hab. ? CotomBiA (Mus. Brit.); Peru, Jaen de Bra-

ecamorras (JZumboldt and Bonpland).

Two males in the. Museum labelled “ Colombia ” and.ac-

quired in 1844, agree with Latreille’s figure of D. rubripennis

and Krichson’s subsequent description of the same species. The

elytia have the reddish portion of the surface more extended

than in A. bonplandi, leaving a broad, posteriorly angulate

space at the base (enclosing an oval or oblong reddish patch),

a small spot on the dise towards the apex, and the sutural

and apical margins black. The very different ¢ -armature

shows that the two insects are distinct.

9. Astylus bonplandi.

Melytris (Astylus) bonplandi, Er, in Wiegm. Archiv fiir Naturg. xiii.

1, p. 84 (1847).

Dasytes rubripennis, var., Latr. in Voy. Humboldt, i. p. 178, t..17.

fig. 4.

Astylus bonplandi, Bourg. Bull. Mus, Paris, 1911, p. 212.

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 un-

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 345

divided, with a small, deep, triangular notch at the tip. ‘Teg-

men with rather broad, long, lateral lobes, which are angularly

dilated at the apex within, the apices clothed with black hairs.

Penis-sheath almost straight from near the base, abruptly

narrowed at the tip, the narrow apical portion slightly

thickened distally. _

?. Ventral segment 6 simple, about as long as 5.

Hab, Ecuavor (Buckley), Chillalocha, Loja (Bourgeois),

San Lucas, Quito (é# coll. Fry), ? Guayaquil (Rosenberg) ;

Peru, Jaen de Bracamorras (Humboldt and Bonpland),

Moyabamba (ea coll. Fry), Nauta ; BoLrvia.

To judge from the labels on the numerous examples before

me, two or more species are confused in collections under the

name A. bonplandi, after the elimination of A. rubripennis ;

and it is doubtful if much reliance can be placed on some of

the Ecuador locality tickets, as it is scarcely likely that an

insect ranges from the sea-level at Guayaquil to the elevated

region of Quito. A moderately large, black, thickly migro-

pilose * form ; the elytra red, with a common scutellar patch,

an oblong patch at the shoulder (these markings sometimes

coalescent posteriorly), two transversely-placed spots at the

middle of the dise (often confluent and reaching the suture),

a large spot below them, the sutural and apical margins, and

the outer margin in part, black. In one or two examples

the upper surface has a faint metallic tinge.

10. Astylus ceruleotinetus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, shining, nigio-pilose ; nigro-ceeru-

Jeous, sometimes with a greenish lustre, the basal joints of

the antenne rufo-maculate ; the elytra with an oval, poste-

riorly acuminate spot at the base, two transversely-placed

patches before the middle (the inner one subtriangular or

oval, and sometimes coalescent with the basal spot, the outer

one extending forward along the outer margin to the shoulder),

and.a large, anteriorly subtruncate, complete or incomplete

annulus before. the apex, flavescent or red. Head small,

somewhat deeply inserted into the prothorax, closely, finely

punctate, hollowed in the middle between the eyes, the latter

mot very prominent ; antennee moderately long in @, shorter

in ¢. Prothorax transverse, finely punctured, the margins

strongly reflexed. Elytra rather broad, rounded at the apex,

closely, somewhat coarsely punctate, sometimes with a faint

costa on the inner part of the disc. Leys slender.

if Several examples in the Fry collection are. completely abraded

above.

346 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

3. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical,

cleft down the middle to near the apex, leaving a narrow

membranous space exposed. Tegmen with long, narrowly

separated lateral lobes, which are somewhat spoon-shaped

and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath rather slender, the

outer portion straight, narrowly produced at the apex, the

latter rounded.

2. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.

Length 8-11, breadth 4-5 mm. (J 2.)

Hab. CotomstA, Bogota; VENEZUELA ; PERU.

Fifteen examples, including five males. A less robust,

smaller insect than A. bonplandi, the surface constantly

metallic, the .elytral markings somewhat different, the sub-

apical annulus always well defined, the legs more slender ;

the ¢ with the sixth ventral segment almost divided down

the middle, and the lateral lobes of the tegmen undilated at

the tip. Some of the specimens seen, both in the British

Museum and in the Hope Collection at Oxford, are ticketed

A. (Dasytes) bonplandi or A. rubripennis, Latr. ; the three

at Oxford are without locality-label.

11. Astylus nigrolimbatus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, somewhat robust, shining, nigro-

pilose ; nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the antenne

rufo-maculate ; the elytra with a space at the base (enclosing

a transverse reddish spot), the suture thence to the tip, a

triangular or transverse patch at about the middle of the dise

(reaching the suture in one specimen), a rounded or sub-

triangular patch below this, a patch at the apex, and the

outer margin entirely of the ground-colour, the rest of their

surface orange-yellow. Head, antennee, and prothorax much

as in A. ceruleotinctus, and the elytra similarly sculptured.

gd. Ventral segment 1 hooked in the centre in front,

5 deeply, semicircularly emarginate, 6 long, conical, with an

elongate-triangular notch at the tip, without trace of median

division. ‘l'’egmen with long, flattened lateral lobes, which

are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath

almost straight, somewhat abruptly narrowed at the apex,

the protruding membranous sac studded with minute points,

9. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.

Length 73-94, breadth 33-45 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. Ecuapor (ex coll. Fry: 2); Peru [type] (ea coll.

Frys 8-2).

Three males and two females. This insect resembles the

smaller examples of A. bonplandi, from which it is separable

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 347

by the transverse reddish basal spot and the entirely bluish-

black outer margin of the elytra. The g has a similarly un-

divided sixth ventral segment; but the lateral lobes of the

tegmen are shaped much as in the same sex of A.ceruleotinctus,

which has an incompletely cleft sixth ventral segment in 3.

The above-mentioned colour differences also distinguish

A, nigrolimbatus from the last-named insect, the outer limb

of the elytra being partly flavescent or red in all the speci-

mens of A. bonplandi and A. ceeruleotinctus before me.

12. Astylus-bourgeorsi.

Astylus bourgeoisi, Kirsch, Abhand]. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89,

no. 4, p. 1], t. 1. ig. 20; Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 212.

Astylus bisserguttatus, Gorh. in Whymper’s Great Andes, Suppl. App.

pp. 52, 53, fig. (1891).

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub-

triangular, suleate down: the middle, notched at the tip.

Tegmen narrow, with long, compressed, subcontiguous lateral

lobes, which are ciliate and somewhat rounded at the tip.

Penis-sheath with the outer portion almost straight, sulcate

on the ventral aspect, abruptly narrowed at the apex.

9. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.

Hab, COLOMBIA (ex coll. Sharp), Tuquerres (sec. Kirsch) ;

Ecuapor, Quito, Cayambe, Mindo, Machaehi, &c.

This variable insect is common at high elevations (8000-

10,000 ft.) in Ecuador, many localities being given for it by

Bourgeois and Gorham, who figure similar well-marked

examples. The latter have on each elytron a patch at the

base, two transversely placed, oblong spots towards the

middle, and a large annulus before the apex, flavescent or

red, these markings being sometimes reduced to small spots,

three of which represent the broken-up annulus. The inner

submedian juxta-sutural spot is rarely wanting, and the elytra

themselves are coarsely punctured. Two dissimilarly

coloured males lrave been dissected, showing no variation in

the armature.

13. Astylus rivet,

Astylus riveti, Bourg. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1911, p. 213.

Moderately elongate, shining, pilose, the hairs on the

upper surface mostly black, with shorter decumbent greyish

hairs intermixed, those on the under surface and legs

cinereous ; wneous, the basal joints of the antenne entirely

or in part, and the others at the extreme base, rufous; the

348 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

elytra greenish, nigro-ceruleous, or black, with an elongate

streak at the middle of the base, two or three shorter streaks

(including one near the outer margin) below this, and a large

irregular annulus before the apex, all sometimes coalescent

or partly obsolete, flavescent or rufo-testaceous ; the head,

prothorax, and scutellum closely, finely punctate, the elytra

foveolato-punctate, with minute punctures in the narrow

interspaces. Head small, the anterior portion short ; antennee

moderately long in g, shorter in 9. Prothorax transverse,

rounded at the sides in both sexes. Elytra snbparallel to

about the middle, the humeri tumid, the apical margin finely

crenulate.

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about

as long as the lateral portions of 5, without groove, deeply,

triangularly notched at the tip. Tegmen with long, com-

pressed, narrowly separated, lateral lobes, which are rounded

and flavo-ciliate at the apex. Penis-sheath pointed at the

tip.

ee 6-7, breadth 23-33 mm. (f¢ ?.)

Hab. Ecuavor, Tioloma, alt. 4263 metres (sec. Bourgeois :

type), Cafiar (Rosenberg ex coll. Fry: 3 2).

The above description is taken from four males and one

female from Cafiar, which vary greatly in the development

of the elytral markings. A. riveli, Bourg., from Tioloma,

based on a single example ( ? ?), seems to belong to the same

species. The elytra in the insect before me are more coarsely

punctured than in the allied A. bourgeoist, Kirsch (=bissex-

guttatus, Gorh.), a common species in the Andes of Ecuador,

and equally variable in colour. In one example ( ¢ ) of the

present insect the markings are entirely wanting on the basal

half of the elytra, and in another (@?) the elytra (as in the

type of A. rivett) are rufo-testaceous, with the sutural and

outer margins, and four irregular angular patches black.

14. Astylus sexpustulatus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, shining, the elytra duller, sparsely

nigro-pilose ; nigro-zneous, the basal joints of the antenne

partly red, the elytra black, each with six sharply defined

orange-yellow spots—one, transverse, rather large, at the

base, one small, beneath the humeral callus (not visible from

above), one oblong, subquadrate, lateral, at about the basal

third, one, small, oval, near the suture, before the middle,

one, oblique, on the outer part of the disc, beyond the middle,

and one, rather large, triangular, near the apex; the head and

prothorax closely, finely, the elytra very coarsely, punctured.

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 349

Head rather small; antenne short in both sexes. Prothorax

transverse, rounded at the sides. Elytra moderately long,

without costa ; the apices, ¢ ?, rather narrow, rounded,

feebly denticulate.

~ g. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub-

conical, moderately long.

Leneth 51-6, breadth 2}-24 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab, Ecuapor (Rosenberg).

One pair. Smaller than A. bourgeotsi, Kirsch (=bissea-_

guttatus, Gorh.), the head narrower, the antennae much

shorter, the elytral markings very different, the six orange-

yellow spots (one of which is not visible from above)

precisely similar in the two specimens seen. ‘I'he male,

not dissected, doubtless has a bilobed tegmen. °

15. Astylus seaguitatus.

Astylus sexguttatus, Kirsch, Abhandl. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1888-89,

no, 4, p. 11, t. 1. fig. 20.

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly, semicircularly emarginate,

6 grooved down the middle. Tegmen with long, narrowly

separated, rather broad lobes, which are ciliate at the tip.

Penis-sheath attenuate; the apical portion beyond the aperture

narrow. a

Hab. COLOMBIA, Popayan and Jambalo (see. Kirsch).

There isa g of this species in the Museum received in

1855, labelled with the MS. name A. bimaculatus, Clit., and

as from Guatemala, the locality being certainly incorrect,

A brilliant, nigro-ceruleous insect, with six sharply defined

flavous spots on each elytron, arranged 1,2, 2,1. A. mi-

chaelis?, Pic (1908), from Theresopolis, Brazil, seems to be

more nearly allied to A. seaguitatus than'to A. sewmaculatus,

Perty, with which it is compared by its describer. -

16. Astylus luteogutiatus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, narrow and subparallel-sided (¢), or

broader (2), shining, pilose, the hairs on the under surface

and legs cinereous; greenish-aneous, the elytra and ventral

surface often nigro-ceruleous, the latter with a spot at the

base, two others along the sides (the anterior one sometimes

obsolete), another, transverse, before tlle apex, and sometimes

two additional spots along the disc near the suture orange--

yellow or rufous, the basal joints of the antenne rufo-

maculate ; sparsely, finely, the elytra moderately coarsely

punctate. Head rather narrow, well developed behind the

350 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

eyes ; antennze moderately long in g, shorter in 2. Pro-

thorax transverse, rounded at the sides in @, narrowed

anteriorly in 2. Elytra moderately long, the apices some-

what produced.

g. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 sub-

conical. Tegmen with long, somewhat spoon-shaped, lateral

lobes, their apices flavo-ciliate. Penis-sheath almost straight,

subacuminate at apex.

Leneth 6-7, breadth 22-34 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. Ecuapor, Loja (Rosenberg), Macas (Buckley) ;

PERU (ex colls. Murray and Fry: type).

Fifteen examples, ten of which are from Peru, females

preponderating, three out of the four from Loja having two

additional reddish spots on the disc of the elytra near the

suture. Recognizable by the metallic green or bluish elytra,

with sharply-defined orange spots, the two near the suture

evanescent, and the two submarginal ones often very small or

wanting. A. luteoguttatus is allied to the Colombian A. sew-

guttatus, Kirsch, differing from the latter in its much smaller

size, less robust build, shorter elytra, &c. A. latemaculatus,

Pic, from Peru, seems to be the nearest ally amongst those

indicated by him in 1902.

17. Astylus luteicauda, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, shining, pilose ; nigro-eneous, green-

ish or eneous, the antenne wholly or in part, the apices of

the elytra, the tibiee (except at the base), and tarsi testaceous

or rufo-testaceous ; the head and protiorax rather sparsely,

the elytra very coaisely, punctate. Head elongated behind

the eyes, and depressed in the middle between them, narrow

in 2, broader in g 3 antenne long and rather slender in g,

short in 9. Prothorax transverse, broad and with the sides

rounded in g, rapidly narrowed from near the base in 9.

Elytra subparallel, sometimes with an indication of a faint

costa on the disc, the apical margin obsoletely crenulate.

3. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 coni-

eal, notched at the tip. Tegmen with long, compressed

lateral lobes, which are rounded and flavo-ciliate at the tip.

Penis-sheath straight, pointed at the apex.

Length 5-6, breadth 22-24 mm. (¢ ¢.)

flab. Ecuapor, Loja and Zaragura (Rosenberg ex coll.

Fry).

Three females and two males. ‘This insect must be nearly

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 351

related to, and perhaps a form of, the Peruvian A. nigro-

femoralis, Pic*, which is said to have the elytra luteo-

trilineate at the base and luteo-maculate at the apex. The

last-named species is compared by him with A. pallipes,

Kirsch, from Keuador. The longer head (especially in 9),

rufo-testaceous tibia and tarsi, less coarsely punctured elytra,

&e., separate A. luteteauda froin A. riveti, Bourg. in all its

varieties. The g-armature is very similar in the two forms.

A, (Dasytes) wanthurus, Blauch., from Maldonado, also has

a yellowish tip to the elytra.

18. Astylus variegatus.

Dasytes variegatus, Germ. Ins. Spec. nov. p. 77 (1824); Cast. Hist.

Nat. Col. i. p. 280°; Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97 *.

Astylus variegatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii, p. 109 *.

Astylus variegatus, Germ., var. notatus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 86

(1902) °.

? Astylus atromaculatus,*Blanch., var. revoili, Pic, L’Hchange, xvii.

pp. 35, 36 (1902) °.

Var, Larger, the head and prothorax black, the elytra

reddish, with the black median patch curving downwards

posteriorly and coalescent with the sutural stripe; all the

tibiz more or less curved in @.

g. Anterior and intermediate tibiee curved. - Ventral

segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, undivided,

deeply, triangularly notched at tip. ‘egmen with very

long, somewhat spoon-shaped lateral lobes, which are flavo-

ciliate along their lower margin and at the apex. Penis-

sheath stout, acuminate at apex.

2. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse.

Hab. Braziu ***’, Rio de Janeiro**, Minas Geraes,

Pernambuco, Sao Paulo, Rio Grande; Paraguay, Sapucay

(W. Foster); ARGENTINA, Corrientes’.

Apparently an abundant insect in many parts of Brazil,

especially about Rio de Janeiro, and often found gregariously

on flowers. ‘The larger and darker form (? revoil’, Pic) has

the lateral lobes of the g-tegmen rounded at the tip (not

incurved and truncate as in A. atromaculatus), and shaped as

in A, vartegatus. ‘The head and prothorax are usually

metallic in the latter, The subapical spot on the elytra is

sometimes obsolete, sometimes (var. notatus) united with the

one on the opposite elytron into a common transverse patch.

* Mélanges exot.-entom. xii. p. 8 (Jan. 1915).

19. Astylus atromaculatus.

Dasytes atromaculatus, Blanch, in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97, t. 6.

fig. 10.

Astylus atromaculatus, Blanch., var. 12-maculatus, Pic, L’Echange,

xvii. p. 36 (1902).

do. Anterior and intermediate iibize curved. . Ventral

segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about as broad as

long, deeply, triangularly notched at tip. Tegmen with long,

broad lateral ‘lobes, which are incurved at the apex within,

subtruncate or blunt at the tip, and flavo-ciliate along their

lower and apical margins, Penis-sheath stout, acuminate at

apex.

?. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 transverse,

Hab. ARGENTINA (O. W. Thomas), Mendoza, Catamarca

(Mus. Brit.), Tucuman (ca coll. Sharp); Bourvia (Mus.

Owon.).

A close ally of A. variegatus, but differing from it in

having the prothorax densely clothed with adpressed cinereous

hairs (in addition to the long, erect, bristly, black hairs) at

the sides and down the middle, the cinereous pubescence

extending over the greater “part of the dorsum in the

Tucuman examples ;, the median and _ postmedian. black

patches on the disc of each elytron oblique and less rounded,

the median patch more or less constricted at the middle and

sometimes divided into two spots (the six spots being

arranged 2, 2, 1, L=var. 12-maculitus, Pic) ; the tegmen of

¢ with incurved more or less truncate lateral lobes. Living

examples of this insect have been captured at Durban and

Pretoria, doubtless introduced with hay during the Boer War.

Blanchard gave no locality * for A. atromaculatus, but states

that @?Orbigny found it in profusion. on flowering lianas. on

the borders of woods. ‘The Bolivian example in the Oxford

Museum is labelled “ nigricollis Hope.’

20. Astylus lineatus.

Anobium lineatum, Fabry. Syst. Ent. p. 62"

Melyris lineatus, Oliv. Ent. ii, 21, t. 1. fig, 6%.

Dasytes lineatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. 1. p. 281°; Blanch. in Voyage

d@Orbigny, p. 98+.

Astylus lineatus, Redt. Reise Novara, ii. p. 109°.

3. Anterior and intermediate tibiz feebly curved. Ven-

tral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical, broader

* The “ Munich” Catalogue incorrectly gives Brazil.

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 353

than long, truncate at the tip. Tegmen with very long,

rather narrow, lateral lobes, which are slightly incurved and

rounded at the apex, their lower and apical margins flavo-

ciliate. Penis-sheath drawn out into a rather long slender

point, which is thickened at the tip.

Hab. Braztu**, Rio Janeiro’ (d’ Orbigny*, C. Darwin,

‘Fry; &e.).

A common insect in Brazil. The long series examined

shows scarcely any variation in the peculiar elytral markings.

The type in the Banksian collection is a male.

21. Astylus vittatus.

Astylus vittatus, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. ili. 1, pp. 127, 330,

t. 7. fig. 9 (excl. example from Venezuela).

Astylus vittatus, Gorh., var. chiriquensis, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom,

xu, p. 7 (Jan. 1915).

3. Elytra rounded at the apex. Ventral segment 5

deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 moderately long, subconical,

smooth, grooved down the middle posteriorly, and feebly

‘notched at the tip. Tegmen bifurcate at apex, excavate at

the tip above, the apical portion clothed with long, curled,

blackish hairs. Penis-sheath acuminate at tip.

9. Elytra obliquely subtruncate at the apex.

Hab. Panama, Chiriqui.

Found in abundance in Chitiqui. The variety has the

flavous or reddish stripés (juxta-sutural and discal) on the

elytra coalescent anteriorly, and the inner costa well defined.

The metasternum is without tubercles in g@. The sexes

were not identified by Gorham. The unarmed apices of

the elytra in 9 separate A. véttatus from various similarly

coloured forms,

22. Astylus pallipes.

Astylus pallipes, Kirsch, Abhandl. Zool, Mus. Dresden, 1888-89, no, 4,

p. 11, t. 7. fig. 22.

Hab. Ecuapor, Quito (ex coll. Murray), Loma de Canam-

ballo [type].

A female example from Quito, in the Museum, from the

Fry collection, is evidently referable to this species. It is

black, with the antenne in great part, the tibiee (except at

the base), and tarsi testaceous; the elytra flavescent, with

the suture, outer margin, two lines on the disc, and the tip

black, the surface very coarsely punctured.

Ann, & Mag. N. list, Ser. 9. Vol. i. 26

354 Mr. G. C. Champion on vartous

23. Astylus subgriseus.

Astylus subgriseus, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902).

3. Moderately elongate, shining, thickly clothed with

rather long, adpressed, cinereous pubescence intermixed on

the upper surface with long, erect, black, bristly hairs;

nigro-zneous or nigro-ceruleous, the basal joints of the

antenne partly red, the elytra with three narrow luteous

stripes—one near the suture and extending along it at the

tip, one running down the dise to the middle, and narrowing

from the base, and one marginal, complete; the head and

prothorax closely, very finely punctate, with coarser punc-

tures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured. Head well

developed behind the eyes; antenne moderately long.

Prothorax a little broader than long, strongly rounded

at the sides, and much narrowed behind. Elytra moderately

elongate, subparallel, somewhat abruptly and obliquely

narrowed at the tip, fhe apices narrow, the sutural angles

sharp. Legs long ; anterior and intermediate tibise curved ;

anterior trochanters drawn out into a long, blunt, spiniform

process, which is finely denticulate beneath. Vential seg-

ment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 elongate, subconical.

Tegmen with very long lateral lobes, which are subtruncate,

slightly incurved, and flavo-ciliate at the tip. Penis-sheath

abruptly acuminate at apex.

Length 62-7, breadth 25-3 mm.

Hab. Braziu [type], Pernambuco (Gounelle).

Two males, each with the genital armature protruding.

They are provisionally referred to the imperfectly described

A. subgriseus, Pic, from Brazil, which is said to have three

yellowish vitte on the elytra, the one on the dise not reaching

beyond the middle, and the suture black. It is the only

species of the genus known to me with a long spiniform

process extending outward from the anterior trochanters

in ¢.

24, Astylus cyanerythrus.

Dasytes cyanerythrus, Perty, Del. Anim, artic. Bras. p. 29, t. 6,

fig. 14°.

Dasytes bifasciatus, Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 280%.

Dasytes rubrofasciatus, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 97°.

gd. Ventral segment 5 broadly arcuato-emarginate, 6 about

as long as broad, membranous in the middle at the base,

triangularly notched at the apex. Tegmen broad, the outer

portion comparatively short, bluntly rounded, unemarginate,

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 355

and fringed with long hairs at the tip. Penis-sheath stout,

abruptly acuminate and hooked at the apex.

?. Ventral segment 6 short, simple.

Hab. Braztu*?, Rio de Janeiro *, Santa Catharina, Bahia.

The seventeen examples of A. cyanerythrus before me

(13 2? 2,44), belonging to the British Museum, or to

the Hope Collection at Oxford, vary greatly in size (length

41-10, breadth 24-55 mm.), and to some extent in colour.

The two black patches on the dise of the prothorax are often

transversely confluent, and the dark coloration sometimes

extends over the whole dorsum, or leaves the basal margin

only red; and the reddish submedian and subapical fasciz on

the elytra are very narrow in some examples, and not con-

nected along the suture, differing in this respect from Perty’s

figure. ‘Three of the specimens at Oxford are labelled with

the MSS. names annu/atus, K., longicornis, K., and speciosus

respectively. A normal large § (spectosus in Mus. Oxon.)

has been dissected for examination of the mouth-parts and

genital armature. It is possible that the smaller, darker, and

more opaque form, also from Rio de Janeiro, may prove to

be distinct? The synonymy quoted refers to the larger

insect. -

25. Astylus jatahyensis.

Astylus jatahyensis, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902).

Astylus jatahyensis, var. armitaget, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom. xii.

p. 8 (Jan. 1915).

Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining, the elytra

duller, clothed with erect, black bristly hairs intermixed with

scattered cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under

surface long, cinereous ; black, the antenne in great part,

the prothorax with the entire margin, the elytra with the

sutural and outer margins and a narrow !-shaped streak

running down the middle of the dise to near the apex, the

coxe, and legs (the tarsi, posterior femora, and posterior

tibize in part excepted) testaceous; the head closely, the

prothorax rather sparsely punctured, the elytra irregularly

asperato-puncilate, with the interspaces alutaceous. Head

rather short and broad, arcuately impressed in front ; antennze

moderately long. Protlorax transversely convex, hollowed

in the middle at the base, shallowly sulcate posteriorly,

Elytra not very long, parallel, with or without two feeble

cost on the disc, the apices narrow, rounded.

3. Ventral segment 5 feebly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short,

triangularly notched at apex. Tegmen truncate at tip.

Penis-sheath acuminate.

26*

356 _ Mr. G. C. Champion on various

Var. The elytra testaceous, with two blackish, abbreviated

or interrupted streaks, one near the suture, the other sub-

marginal (var. armitage?, Pic).

Length 43-53, breadth 2-24 mm. (¢.

Hab. Brazit, Jatahy in Goyas (Gounelle), Sitio Paulo

(ex coll. Fry).

Pic’s type, to judge from the brief note about it, would

appear to want the narrow !-shaped streak extending down

the disc of each elytron, conspicuous in the two males from

Jatahy before me. The variety, represented by two examples

from Sao Paulo in the Fry Collection, agrees with his brief

diagnosis of A. armitagei.

26. Astylus vittaticollis.

Dasytes vittaticollis, Blanch. in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 98 (1843).

? Melyris quadriteniata, Ey, Archiv fiir Naturg, xiil. 1, p. 84 (1847).

g. Antenne rather slender, elongate, much longer than

in 9. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6

moderately long, subconical, with a narrow, deep, triangular

notch at tip. Tegmen with long lateral lobes, which are

rounded and clothed with long hairs at the apex. Penis-

sheath, as seen in profile, obliquely dilated and subsecuriform

at tip.

@. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 shaped very

much asin @.

Hab. Bourvia (Mus. Brit.: 8 9), Chuquisaca [type] ;

? CHILE (Germain, ew coll. Fry: 3 2).

Very like the variable A. guadrilineatus, Germ., but with

much more finely punctured elytra, the apices without tooth

at the sutural angle in either sex ; the prothorax (in fresh

specimens) with a line down the middle and a space along

the sides closely cinereo-pubescent, much as in A. atro-

maculatus, Blanch. ; the antenne long and slender in ¢, with

the basal joints only testaceous; the genital armature very

different.

Five specimens are before me, including a pair from

Bolivia, a pair labelled “Chile” (a locality requiring con-

firmation), and a @, belonging to the Oxford Museum,

teniata, Er., from Peru, may be based upon a slightly worn

example of the present species, the definition “ elytris apice

integris, crebre punctatis, subrugulosis” agreeing with

A, vittatrcollis. ;

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 35

27. Astylus quadrilineatus.

Dasytes quadrilineatus, Germ. Ins. Spec. nov. p. 76 (1825)'; Blanch.

in Voyage d’Orbigny, p. 987; Cast. Hist. Nat. Col. i. p. 2814

3. Antenne wholly or in part rufo-testaceous, moderately

long, considerably longer than in 9. LHlytra more or less

sinuate at the tip, and with the sutural angles almost as

acute asin 9. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate,

6 barely as long as 5, subconical, feebly notched at tip.

Tegmen more or less emarginate or bilobed, and clothed with

long blackish hairs at apex. Penis-sheath gradually nar-

rowed or acuminate at tip.

2. Ventral segment 5 feebly emarginate, 6 short.

Hub, BRaAziIL"*, Santa Catharina (ex coll. Fry: 2), Rio

Grande; Uruguay, Maldonado’, Monte Video (C. Darwin) ;

ARGENTINA (0. W. Thomas), Santa Fé and Bahia Blanca

(C. Darwin), Buenos Ayres *; PATAGONIA ”.

A variable insect, if the specimens before me all belong to

one species. ‘The reddish or flavescent marginal and dis-

coidal vitte of the elytra are sometimes coalescent at the

tip and the discoidal one may be reduced to a narrow incom-

plete line. Four males have been dissected, showing some

variation in the form of the tegmen, which in a large example

from Buenos Ayres has a short lobe on each side at tip.

Two small males from Monte Video, with the sutural angles

of the elytra obtuse and the tegmen rounded at apex, may

belong to a different species? ‘The length varies from

6-9 mm. ‘The general colour may be bluish-green, green,

nigro-ceruleous, or brassy.

28. Astylus correptus, sp. n.

Elongate, moderately broad, shining, nigro-pilose, with

short, adpressed, cinereous hairs intermixed; black, the

elytra (the humeri, basal portion of the suture, and apical

margin excepted) brown ; closely, minutely, the elytra finely,

irregularly punctate. Head hollowed on each side anteriorly ;

antenne strongly serrate, short in $, a little longer in g.

Prothorax broader than long, narrowed anteriorly in both

sexes, hollowed in the middle at the base. Elytra long,

costate laterally to near the apex, and obsoletely bicostate on

the disc ; in g somewhat rounded at the sides, and with the

apical portion narrow and considerably produced; in ? sub-

parallel to near the tip, and with the humeri much swollen.

¢. Anterior tarsi with joints 2 and 3 obliquely dentate

and 4 angulate, and the intermediate tarsi with joint 3

358 Mr. G. C, Champion on various

dentate and 4 angulate at the inner apical angle. Ventral

segment 5 arcuato-emarginate, 6 conical. Tegmen flattened,

simple, narrow, rounded and entire at the tip. Penis-sheath

slender, the outer portion straight, abruptly pointed at the

apex.

Length 94-103, breadth 4,45 mm. (¢ ¢.)

Hab. Cotomsta [ ? ] and VENEZUELA [¢] (J/us. Brit.).

One pair, acquired by the Museum in 1844, the ¢ bearing

an inapplicable MS. name. The dissimilarity in the shape

of the elytra in the two sexes, the elytra themselves being

sharply costate laterally in both of them, the peculiarly

formed anterior and intermediate tarsi of the ¢ (suggestive

of the Palearctic genus Henicopus), and the simple, narrow

tegmen in the same sex, are characters of insufficient import-

ance to remove A. correptus from Astylus. The g, which

must be taken as the type, has the facies of an Omophlus.

29. Astylus forcipatus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, narrow, feebly shining, clothed with

long, erect, bristly hairs intermixed with adpressed, scattered,

cinereous pubescence, the vestiture of the under surface long,

cinereous ; black, with a faint brassy tinge, the antennae,

tibize, and tarsi testaceous ; the elytra flavous, each with two

broad vitte extending from the base to the apical declivity

(one dorsal, the other submarginal), and a spot before the

apex, black ; closely, finely, the dark portions of the elytra

rugulosely, punctate, the punctures on the flavous portions

conspicuous, and uniseriately arranged within the dorsal and

marginal ridges. Head broad, tle eyes large, prominent ;

antenne moderately long. Prothorax transverse, narrowed

anteriorly, canaliculate on the disc. Elytra parallel, bicostate,

the inner costa stout, the submarginal one narrow, the apices

obtuse.

&. Terminal dorsal segment of abdomen with a long,

stout, flattened, slightly sinuate process on each side, which

is blunt at the tip and clothed with very long blackish hairs.

Ventral segment 5 shallowly arcuato-emarginate, 6 short,

deeply, triangularly excised. ‘Tegmen narrow, truneate at

the apex. Penis-sheath flattened, acuminate and somewhat

spoon-shaped at the tip.

Length 43-53, breadth 13-2 mm.

Hab. BRAzIL (ex coll. Fry).

‘'wo males, injured by pinning, and both having tlie

genital armature extruded. A small, narrow, parallel-sided

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 359

insect ; the elytra flavous, with two broad vitte (discoidal

and submarginal), and a spot before the apex, black ; the

antenne, tibia, and tarsi testaceous; the terminal dorsal

abdominal segment with a long process on each side.

A. forcipatus is not unlike the insect here identified as

A, jatahyensis, Pic, and is somewhat similarly coloured—

except that the prothorax is wholly black and the subapical

spot on the elytra is testaceous (instead of black)—differing

from the latter in having a rougher, less convex prothorax,

a stout costa on the disc of the elytra, &c.*

30. Astylus convewus, sp. n.

Elongate oval, rather convex, very shining, sparsely pilose ;

metallic blue, the basal joints of the antenne in great part

rufo-testaceous, the elytra testaceous, with the suture narrowly

and two broad stripes on the disc (united posteriorly in one

specimen) ceruleous, the legs black; the head closely, finely,

the prothorax sparsely, somewhat coarsely, and the elytra

very coarsely, punctate. Head rather broad; antenne (¢)

long and comparatively stout, the joints longer than broad,

in ¢ alittleshorter. Prothorax transverse, ample, rounded at

the sides, the margins strongly reflexed. Elytra moderately

long, somewhat acuminate at tip, without trace of coste, the

humeri obtuse. Wings wanting. Legs moderately elongate.

¢. Anterior tarsi with joint 2 drawn out into an oblique

tooth, and 3 angulate, at the inner apical angle. Ventral

segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 short, notched at

tip. Penis-sheath drawn out into a long point at apex.

Length 5-53, breadth 24 mm. (2 2.)

Hab, PERU, Chanchamayo (Thamm).

One male and two females. A rather convex, apterous,

metallic-blue insect, with testaceous, czeruleo-bilineate elytra.

Not unlike A. pallipes, Kirsch, from Ecuador, but more

convex, the antenne longer and stouter, the prothorax more

ample and with strongly reflexed margins, the humeral callus

obsolete, the legs black, the wings (so far as can be geen

without opening the elytra) wanting. This species may

have to be removed from Astylus. The long antenne, &c.,

separate A. convexus from the Chilean genus Arthrobrachus.

* In the Fry Collection there is a damaged ¢ of an allied larger form

from La Paz, Bolivia, with entirely testaceous legs, the abdominal pro-

cesses wanting, &c. It cannot be referred to A. boliviensis or exclama-

tionis, Pic, from the same country.

360 Mr, G. C. Champion on various

31. Astylus eurvidens, sp. n.

Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black, bristly

hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes-

cence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface cinereous ;

black, the basal joints of the antenne partly red, the elytra

with an oblong streak at the base, the outer margin to near

the tip, and two stripes on the disc (one near the suture,

abbreviated anteriorly, the other abbreviated behind and

placed a little exterior to the basal patch, with which it is

sometimes connected anteriorly), the sutural and marginal

stripes transversely coalescent just before the apex, flavous

or luteous ; the head and prothorax densely, finely punctate,

the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra

roughly punctured. Head small, subrostrate, the eyes large ;

antenne short, serrate, joints 7-10 about as broad as long,

in dg, transverse in §. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly.

Elytra long, subparallel, costate from the humeral callus to

near the apex, and also with an anteriorly evanescent costa

on the disc ; the apices in ¢ distinctly sinuate and with the

sutural angle sharply produced, in ? very deeply emarginate,

with the sutural and outer angles each produced into a long

curved tooth, those at the sutural angles overlapping, tlie

outer one very strongly arcuate.

3. Metasternum with two compressed, conical, tuberculi-

form prominences in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5

deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, subcylindrical (with the

dorsal portion forming a long tube, which is cleft laterally at

the tip). Tegmen feebly bifurcate at tip, deeply sulcate at

the apex above, the apical. portion thickly clothed with long,

curled, blackish hairs. Penis-sheath sharply pointed, curved

upward at the tip.

Length 7-84, breadth 23-3 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab. VENEZUELA, Merida (Rosenberg: $ 9); ? PERU

(ew Deyrolle: @).

Three males and four females, the Peruvian habitat re-

quiring confirmation. Extremely like A. vittatus, Gorh.,

from Chiriqui, but easily separable therefrom by the sexual

characters: the g with two compressed tubercles on the

metasternum and the terminal abdominal segment elongated

and subeylindrical ; the 2 with a very long tooth on each

side of the apical emargination, the outer tooth arcuate, the

inner one overlapping the corresponding tooth on the opposite

elytron.

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 361

32. Astylus antillarum.

Astylus antillarum, Gorh. P. Z. 5. 1898, p. 328, t. 27. fig. 7 (d).

3. Metasternum with two, curved, outwardly-directed,

dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle

behind, Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-emarginate,

6 long, compressed (subcylindrical as seen in profile with

the terminal dorsal segment).

/lab. ANTILLES, St. Vincent.

Described from a single pair—the ¢ now in the British

Museum, the ¢ having passed into Pic’s collection, from that

of Gorham, The @ has the apices of the elytra deeply

excised, as in the same sex of the allied forms. The spots

are too red in the published figure.

33. Astylus gorhami.

3. Astytus gorhami, Pic, Mélanges exot.-entom. xii. p. 8 (Jan. 1915),

Elongate, moderately shining, clothed with long, ereet,

black bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine, ad-

pressed, cinereous pubescence, the latter somewhat con-

spicuous along the elytral suture in 2, the vestiture of the

legs and under surface long, cinereous ; black, the’ antennal

joints more or less rufescent externally or at their base, the

elytra each with a pyriform patch on the dise at the base, a

mesially-constricted, apically widened, elongate streak on

the dise below this, a subquadrate patch near the tip, and

the outer margin in great part, orange-yellow ; the head and

prothorax densely,. finely punctate, the latter with coarser,

punctures intermixed, the elytra roughly punctured, smoother

in the depressed juxta-sutural areain 2. Head long, narrow,

subrostrate ; antemne short, joimts 7-10 transverse in ?.

Prothorax about as long as_ broad, narrowed anteriorly.

Elytra long, sharply margined, costate laterally from the

humeral callus to the common transverse apical depression,

and with a faint costa on the disc also, the space between

this and the suture and another within the outer ridge longi-

tudinally depressed, conspicuously so in 93; the apices blunt

or subtruncate in g,-and deeply semicircularly excavate (the

sutural and outer angles thus appearing sharply dentate)

in 2.

3. Metasternum with two compressed, curved, outwardly

directed dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in

the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 as long as 3 and 4

362 Mr, G. C. Champion on various

united, very deeply emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen

slightly dilated and simply bifurcate at the tip, the apex set

with numerous long, projecting, blackish hairs. Penis-

sheath acuminate, curved upward at tip.

9. Ventral segment 5 triangularly emarginate at tip,

6 short.

Length 74-8, breadth 3-33 mm. (¢ ?.)

Hab. ANTILLES, St. Vincent (H. H. Smith, Lansdown

Guilding), and Union Island in the Grenadines (H. H.

Smith).

Redeseribed from five males and four females belonging

to the British Museum or to the Hope Collection at Oxford,

including a ¢ from St. Vincent found by Lansdown Guilding

and a 9 from Union Island, the others unlabelled, but all

probably from St. Vincent. The specimen from the

Grenadines, labelled A. antillarum, var. ?, by Gorham, was

not mentioned by him in his description of that species. It

is strange that there should be two such closely allied forms

in a sminmall island like St. Vincent, but there is nothing inter-

mediate in the series of A. gorhami before me, A. antillarum

having the elytra spotted much as in A. octopustulatus.

The emarginate, bidentate apices of the elytra is a character

peculiar to the 2 of these three insects, all of which have a

bituberculate metasternum in @.

34, Astylus amabilis.

? Astylus amabilis, Pic, L’Echange, xvii. p. 35 (1902).

Elongate, shining, clothed with long, erect, black bristly

hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous pubes-

cence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface cinereous ;

black, the basal joints of the antenne partly or almost

entirely red, the elytra with a broad or moderately broad

stripe extending down the disc to the apical depression, a

transverse subapical patch, and the outer margin to near the

apex, these markings sometimes coalescent posteriorly,

flavous or orange-yellow; the head and prothorax closely,

finely, the elytra roughly, punctured. Head small; antenne

short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Elytra long, sub-

parallel, costate laterally from the humeral callus, and with

an indication of a faint costa on the disc; the apices in g

feebly subtruncate or rounded, in ? deeply emarginate, with

the sutural angle drawn out into a long, narrow, nearly

straight tooth and the outer angle into a shorter acutely

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 363

triangular one, the sutural tootly slightly overlapping the one

on the opposite elytron.

3. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercules

in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-

emarginate, 6 elongate, compressed.

Length 63-8, breadth 23-3} mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab, CoLomsta (ex coll. Fry), Magdalena (Mus. Brit.).

A mainland form of the Antillean A. gorhami, Pic, the

markings on the disc of the elytra united into an almost

straight vitta, the tooth at the sutural angle in the ? elongated

and longer than the outer one, which is also more acute,

Three males and two females seen, one female bearing the

MS. name Dasytes spinosus, Guér., and one male, ex Deyrolle,

labelled D. amabilts, Dej. The apices of the elytra are

truncate in two of the males and rounded in the third. This

insect seems to be referable to the species briefly alluded to

by Pic under the name A. amabilis: he describes the elytra

as having a complete pale discal band and a narrow black

tip. His type, from Colombia, was also obtained from

Deyrolle, and under the same MS. name.

35. Astylus octopustulatus.

Astylus octopustulatus, Gorh. Biol. Centr.-Am., Coleopt. iii. 1, p. 330,

t. 12. fig. 25 (3).

6. Hlytra truncate at apex. Metasternum with the small

dentiform processes arising from a tumid space in the middle

behind. Ventral segment 5 very deeply emarginate, 6 long,

compressed. ‘Tegmen simply bifurcate and clothed with

long, projecting, blackish hairs at tip. Penis-sheath drawn

out into a long point at the apex.

@?. Klytra deeply emarginate at apex, the sutural and

outer angles sharply dentate,

Hab. PANAMA, Chiriqui.

Gorham correctly identified the sexes of this insect, but he

overlooked the metasternal dentiform prominences of the ¢,

which are wanting in the same sex of his A. vittatus.

36. Astylus lebasi, sp. n.

Dasytes lebasii, De}. Cat. 3rd edit. p. 124 (1837),

Elongate, narrow, shining, clothed with long, erect, black,

bristly hairs intermixed with scattered adpressed cinereous

pubescence, the vestiture of the legs and under surface

364 Mr. G. C. Champion on various

cinereous ; black, the basal joints of the antenne red, the

elytra each with four longitudinally arranged spots on the

disc—one at the base, acuminate-oval, one, oblong or slightly

oblique, one, reunded or subtriangular, and one, transverse,

subapical, the anterior two sometimes coalescent—and the

outer margin to near the apex, flavous or orange-yellow;

the head and prothorax closely, finely, the elytra roughly,

punctured. Head small, the eyes rather large ; antenne

short. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly. Hlytra long, sub-

parallel, sharply costate from the humeral callus downward,

and also feebly costate on the dise ; the apices in ¢ feebly

truncate or rounded, in 2 more or less emarginate, and with

the sutural and outer angles dentiform.

3. Metasternum with two small, compressed, subcon-

tiguous: tubercles in the middle behind. Ventral segment 5

deeply arcuato-emarginate, 6 long, compressed. Tegmen

simply bifureate and clothed with long, projecting blackish

hairs at the tip. Penis-sheatlh drawn out into a long, slender

point at the apex.

Leneth 53-6, breadth 275-23 mm. (¢ 2.

Hab. CotompiaA (Mus. Brit.), Carthagena (Dejean Cat.) ;

VENEZUELA (ew coll. Fry).

Described from eight examples, four of each sex. The

teeth at the apex of the elytra in 9 vary in length, and the

first and second spots on the disc are confluent in two of the

specimens of that sex before me. ‘This is the undescribed

smaller Colombian form alluded to by Gorham in his descrip-

tion of A. octopustulatus. There is nothing intermediate in

the long series of the latter examined, and the present

insect may be distinguished from it by the elongated first

and second spots on the dise of the elytra, approaching

similar. A. lebast is not mentioned by Pic in any of his

various scattered papers on Astylus.

37. Astylus hamatilis, sp. n.

Blongate, narrow, shining, clothed with erect, black,

bristly hairs intermixed with scattered fine adpressed

cinereous pubescence, which is denser on the prothorax and

elytral suture of 2, the vestiture of the legs and under

surface cinereous ; black, the basal joints of the antenne

partly red, the elytra each with four Iengitudinally-arranged |

marks on the disc—one, pyriform, at the base, one, angulate

or A-shaped, one, rounded or subtriangular (connected out-

Species of the American Genus Astylus. 365

wardly in one specimen with the angular mark), and one,

transverse, subapical—and the outer margin to near the apex,

orange-yellow, the head and prothorax closely, finely punctate,

the latter with coarser punctures intermixed, the elytra

roughly punctured. Head narrow; antennz short, joints

7-10 transverse in 2. Prothorax narrowed anteriorly.

Elytra long, subparallel, costate laterally from the humeral

callus to the apical declivity, and with an anteriorly evane-

scent costa on the disc; the apices narrow and rounded or

subtruncate in ¢, a little wider, feebly emarginate, and with

the sutural angle angularly dilated inwards so as to overlap

the one on the opposite elytron, in @.

6. Metasternum with two compressed conical tubercles in

the middle behind. Ventral segment 5 deeply arcuato-

emarginate, 6 long, compressed (subcylindrical .as seen in

profile with the terminal dorsal segment). Tegmen narrow,

subtruncate at tip, which is slightly hollowed dorsally and

clothed with long blackish hairs. Penis-sheath drawn out

into a slender, feebly curved point.

Length 64-64, breadth 24-22 mm. (¢ 2.)

Hab, VENEZUELA (ex coll. Fry).

Three malcs and one female, varying a little in the develop-

ment of the elytral markings, two of them being coalescent

in one specimen. Near A. octopustulatus, Gorh., the spots

differently shaped, the second one on each elytron hooked,

the tooth at the outer angle in the 9 reduced to a feeble

angulation, the dentiform sutural angle directed inwards and

overlapping the one on the opposite wing-case.

38. Astylus imbricatus, sp. n.

?. Black, the elytra with three rather broad flavous vitte,

the two on the disc connected anteriorly, the sutural and

marginal ones broadly coalescent before the tip (leaving the

apical margin narrowly black), and the median one slightly

constricted posteriorly ; the apices of the elytra sinuato-

truncate, the sutural angle sharp and overlapping the one on

the opposite wing-case; the elytral bicostate and rather

coarsely punctate,

Length 53, breadth 2 mm.

Hab. VENEZUELA (ex col/. Fry).

One female. Smaller and narrower than the smallest

example of A. vittatus, var. chiriquensis, the apices of the

elytra truncate, with inwardly produced, acute, overlapping

366 On various Species of the American Genus Astylus.

sutural angles. The male probably has tubercles on the

metasternum, these being present in the same sex of the

nearly allied A. curvidens. The Venezuelan insect referred

by Gorham to his A. vittatus may belong here ?

39. Astylus laticauda, sp. n.

?. Black, the elytra with an oblong spot at the base, a

small spot on the dise at about one-third from the tip, a

transverse patch midway between the latter and the apical

margin, and the outer margin to about the middle, orange-

yellow; the elytra bicostate, the apices broadly sinuato-

truncate, with the sutural angle produced inwardly into a

rather long tooth and the outer angle rounded; the other

characters as in the same sex of A. gorhami, A. antillarum,

lebast, &c.

Length 7, breadth 3 mm.

Hab. VENEZUELA (ex coll. Fry).

One worn female, too different to be included under any of

the allied forms as a colour-variety (the third spot on the

elytra small and the second wanting altogether), owing to

the broadly sinuato-truncate apices of the elytra and the

inwardly-produced dentiform sutural angles.

Alphabetical list of species and varieties of Astylus

enumerated in the present paper: the synonyms and varietal

names are printed in italics, and the numbers of the species

are placed in brackets after their respective names, an

asterisk indicating the new forms :—

affinis (2). eyanerythrus, 24.

amabilis, 34. 12-maculatus (19).

annulatus (24). fasciatus (5).

antillarum, 32. Jenestratus (7).

antis, 5. Jlavofasciatus (5).

armitaget (25). *forcipatus, 29.

atromaculatus, 19, payl, 2.

aulicus, 7. gorhami, 33.

bifasciatus (24). *hematostictus, 4.

bisserguttatus (12). *hamatilis, 37.

bonplandi, 9. *imbricatus, 38.

bourgeoisi, 12. intermedius (1).

*ceeruleotinctus, 10. jatahyensis, 25,

chiriquensis (21). *laticauda, 39.

*convexus, 30. > *lebasi, 36.

*correptus, 28. lineatus, 20.

*curvidens, 31. longicornis (24).

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 367

*luteicauda, 17. rubripennis (9).

*luteoguttatus, 16. rubrofasciatus (24).

nigricollis (19). rugosus (1).

¥nigrolimbatus, 11. sexguttatus, 15.

notatus (18). sexmaculatus, 3,

octopustulatus, 35. *sexpustulatus, 14.

pallipes, 22. speciosus (24).

pietus (3). sptnosus (34).

porrectus (2). splendidus, 6.

quadrilineatus, 27. subgriseus, 23.

quadriteniatus (26). trifasciatus, L,

quadrivittatus (26). variegatus, 18.

revolt (18). vittaticollis, 26.

riveti, 13. vittatus, 21.

rubripennis, 8.

Horsell, Aug, 1918.

XXXIII.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-

dactula.—Part IV. The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and

Aipycerine. By R. I. Pocock, F.R.S.

As in the previous papers of this series published in the

‘Annals’ for June, August, and September of this year, the

pagination subjoined to the specific headings refers to my

treatise on the Cutaneous Glaads of the Ruminants printed

in the Proc. Zool. Soc. for 1910.

Subfamily Repvycrvz (olim Cervicaprine).

Genus Peusa.

Pelea capreolus, Bechst. (p. 911).

A second specinien of this species, which came into my

hands since 1910, enables me to confirm in every particular

the characters of the genus, based on external features, which

I pointed out in that year.

Since this specimen, like the first, had no trace of inguinal

glands, I think it may be assumed that Owen’s statement as

to their presence was false. .

The only fact I have to add to my original description is

that the false hoofs on both the fore and hind feet are

united across the middle line.

Genus Exzorracus, Gray.

Eleotragus arundinum, Bodd.

In 1910 I was not in a position to incorporate an account

368 Mr, R. I. Pocock on some

of this species in my paper. The examination, however, of

an adult female specimen in 1911 revealed some interesting

features connected especially with the rhinarium and

inguinal glands.

The rhinarium (fig. 1, C), as in all the Reduncine, has a

narrow philtrum, but it recalls that of Peleain the backward

extension of its upper surface a long way beyond the poste-

rior angle of the nostrils. This area of it, however, is not so

inflated as in Pelea.

iui D ND

A, Extremity of penis of Kobus defassa from the left side.

B. The same of Redunca redunea.

C. Rhinarium of Eleotragus avundinum from the right side. x 2,

- The same of Redunca redunca from the front. xX 2.

. The same from above. x 3.

F. The same from the left side. x 2.

As in Pelea, there is no trace of preorbital glands, as

Owen stated. In the feet the interdigital web is naked, as

in Pelea, but there is no trace of pedal glands, and the false

hoofs are not united, but separated by a narrow tract of

naked skin. The feet, indeed, resemble those of Adenota

and. of most examples of Redunea.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 369

Owen correctly recorded the presence of inguinal glands

in this species, but gave no particulars. They are, as a

matter of fact, peculiar. On each side of the mamma,

which are arranged in a quadrilateral, and rather far out

from them, is a large orifice opening backwards and inwards,

not outwards, and this leads into a pouch about 3 inches

deep which runs obliquely forwards and outwards along the

depression between the thigh and the abdomen. The area

round the mamme and the glands is naked, and the secre-

tion of the glands has a starchy smell, like flour-paste.

For information as to the structure of the penis, see under

Redunca (q. v. infra).

On the strength of the information regarding the rhinarium

and inguinal glands I gave him in 1914, Mr. Lydekker

(Cat. Ung. Mamm. ii. p. 203) granted subgeneric rank to

Eleotragus. But, as I pointed out to him at the time, the

characters which distinguish the type-species of Eleotragus

from that of Redunca (olim Cervicapra) are quite sufficient

for generic admission. ‘The structure of the rhinarium

affiliates Eleotragus with Pelea, aud distinguishes it from

Redunca. On the other- hand, the absence of pedal glands

and the presence of inguinal glands show affinity to Re-

dunca and departure from Pelea. In the direction of the

inguinal glands and in the presence of only a single pair,

representing the shallow anterior pair of Redunca, Eleotragus

is distinct from that genus.

Genus Repvunca (olim Cervicapra) *.

Redunca redunea, Pall. (p. 913).

A male example of this species from the Sudan (G. Blaine),

and probably referable to the race described as cottoni, re-

sembles in every particular, so far as the characters under

discussion are concerned, the examples of the typical race of

the species from Senegambia which | described in 1910.

The rhinarium (fig. 1, D, E, F), viewed from the front, has

a convex upper margin ; the nostrils are about as widely

separated as in Eleotragus, and, as in that genus, there is

scarcely a trace of naked skin below them ; the philtrum is

as wide above as the internarial septum, narrow inferiorly,

and expands slightly where it passes into the gum of the

upper lip; it is mesially grooved up to the level of the lower

* On the evidence supplied by Palmer, I follow Lydekker in adopting

Redunca tor Cervicapra, the latter being a synonym of Antilope.

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 27

370 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

border of the nostril, but there is no depression on the

antero-superior surface of the rhinarium ; the posterior edge

of the upper surface of the latter is only slightly angular,

the hairs of the muzzle extending in a nearly straight line -

across between the posterior angles of the nostrils. It is in

this respect that the rhinarium differs so markedly from

that of Hleotragus.

There is a bare patch of skin below the ear *.

Of the two pairs of inguinal glands, the anterior consists

on each side of a wide but shallow pouch, and the posterior

of a subcylindrical but dilatable pouch about 2 inches deep,

the yellow secretion having a starchy smell.

Of the pedal glands no vestige remains; on the fore foot

the false hoofs are united at the base, on the hind foot they

are separated by a narrow strip of naked skin.

The glans penis (fig. 1, B) is slightly thickened .towards

the extremity, then gradually narrowed to a blunt point ;

the urethral canal is produced into a short slender tube

overlapping the tip of the penis to a small extent. This

penis is very like that of Hleotragus arundinum described

and figured by Lounberg (Ark. Zool. Stockholm, (5) v.

no. 10, p. 6, fig. 5, 1909), except that the urethral process

appears to be a little longer,

Genus ADENOTA, Gray.

Adenota kob, Erxl. (p. 915).

I have nothing to add to the description of this species

published in 1910 ; but it is important to recapitulate the

characters upon which the genus should be sustained,

although Mr. Lydekker regarded it merely as a subgenus of

Kobus.

It resembles Kobus in the structure of the rhinarium

-(q. v. infra) and in possessing a tufted instead of a bushy

tail like that of Pelea and Redunca. It differs from Kobus

in having a preorbital gland, consisting of a thickened area

of skin, and a single pair cf inguinal glands. In one of

the specimens described in 1910 I recorded the presence of

an additional vestigial or rudimentary inguinal gland, lying

far out away from the mamme, on the right side. This

* This patch was absent in the two examples of the typical race of

this species described in 1910. This statement was evidently overlooked

by Mr. Lydekker in 1914, when he cited the presence of this patch as

one of the features distinguishing Fedunca trom Kobus. The naked

patch is not glandular, but consists of very thin skin. Its function is

unknown.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 371

gland clearly represents one of the anterior pair present in

Redunca. This very interesting fact shows that in Adenota

representatives of the posterior pair of inguinal glands seen

in Redunca are retained, whereas Eleotragus retains the

homologues of the anterior pair of Redunca,

Genus Kosus, Smith.

Kobus defassa, Riippell (p. 916).

In 1910 I was unable to publish reliable information as to

the cutaneous glands of any species of the genus Kodus,

having only the dried skin of the head of K. defassa and

dried fect of K. marie for examination. Since that date I

have been able to examine an adult male and female of

K. defassa and an adult male hybrid between K. defassa and

K, ellipsiprymnus.

Preorbital gland.—Although I was unable in 1910 to

discover a trace of this gland on the dried head-skin of

K. defassa, I suggested the probability of the existence of a

gland resembling that of Adenota kob. This suggestion,

however, very clearly furnished no justification for

Mr. Lydekker stating, on my authority, that rudimentary

face-glands are present in the genus (Cat. Ung. Mamm.

pp. 199 & 225, 1914). Fresh material proved my guess to

be erroneous. Kobus resembles Eleotragus and Redunca in

having no preorbital glands, as Owen long ago stated.

The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) was described by Mr. Ly-

dekker as “ normal.’ By this epithet he clearly meant

unlike that of Pelea and EHleotragus. But, as a matter of

fact, there are certain features about the rhinarium of

Kobus which, according to my conception, are distinctly

abnormal in the sense that, within the limits of the Reduncine,

they are peculiar to the genera Kobus and Adenota, the

rhinarium which most nearly approaches the normal in the

Reduncine being found in Redunca. In Kobus the anterior

surface of the rhinarium is bilobate, owing to the presence

of a wide median depression up which the median groove of

the philtrum extends as high as the summit of the anterior

portion of the nares. ‘There is also a wide area of naked

skin passing beneath the nostrils to their posterior extremity

laterally. Finally, on the dorsal side the hair of the summit

of the muzzle encroaches as an angular field to a point

nearly on a level with the anterior extremities of the nostrils,

and on each side of this field the upper rim of the nostrils is

elevated. The encroachment of this hair gives a biconvex

27*

372 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

aspect to the upper edge of the rhinarium from the front

aspect, the corresponding edge in Redunca being evenly

convex from side to side. A rhinarium of this structure is

found only in Kobus and Adenota within the limits of the

Reduncine.

Inguinal glands are absent, as Owen stated, and there is no

trace of pedal glands.

s “ee BYE Sy

id Waray Wi

: A

A. Rhinarium of Kobus defassa from the front. i.

B. The same from above.

The extremity of the penis (fig. 1, A) is much more

bulbous than in Redunca, with a downbent rounded apex,

and the urethral canal is of unusual length, recalling that

of Ovis in the extent to which it overlaps the end of the

penis. The figures of the penis of this genus published by

Lénnberg (Nova Acta R. Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. pl. il. fig. 4,

1904) and by Gerhardt (Verh. Deutsch. Zool. Ges. xvi.

p. 153, 1906) represent the urethral prolongation as curling

up on the left side of the termination of the glans and

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 378

closely applied to it. It is also much shorter than in the

specimen I examined.

By the characters described in this paper the genera of

Reduncinze may be distinguished as follows :—

1. a. Rhinarium swollen above and extending ;

back far beyond posterior angle of nostrils. Pelea, Eleotragus.

a’. Rhinarium otherwise.

b. Rhinarium not deeply and widely grooved

in front, extending as a narrow strip

below nostrils laterally ; its posterior

border nearly straight between the

MGISELUIS c guetye ota ieee eas ex la, wal ue oie ats Redunca.

b'. Rhinarium deeply grooved in front, a

wide naked strip below nostrils late-

rally; its posterior border acutely an-

gular between the MORONS Say mone ted Adenota, Kobus.

2. a. Preorbital gland absent ...........0006- Pelea, Eleotragus,

Redunca, Kobus.

a’. Preorbital gland a thickened area of skin.. Adenota.

3. a. Inguinal glands absent ...........+.05. Pelea, Kobus.

a’. Inguinal glands present.

b. Two pairs of inguinal glands .......... Redunea,

b'. One pair of inguinal glands.

c. Anterior pair of inguinal glands of Re-

dunca retained as long anteriorly

directed pouches ..............505> Eleotragus.

c'. Posterior pair of inguinal glands of

Redunca retained as short inwardly

directed pouches. ...........---05- Adenota,

4, a. Pedal glands retained as flask-shaped sacs

with short duct and small orifice ...... Pelea.

a’. Pedal glands aborted ............ 138 aes Eleotragus, Redunca,

Adenota, Kobus.

5. a. Penis with urethral tube short, slightly

surpassing attenuated end of glans .... Hleotrugus, Redunca.

a'. Penis with urethral tube very long, far

surpassing bulbous end of glans ...... Kobus.

Subfamily Mprcrrzivz*.

Genus /ipyceros, Sund.

Aipyceros melampus, Licht. (p. 918).

The feet of a specimen of this species from British Kast

Africa, brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous, enables

* L instituted this subfamily under this name in 1910; but Lydekker,

while adopting the group in 1914 (Cat. Ung. Mamm. iii. p. 4), emended

the title to Avpycerotinz, but quite unwarrantably, ABpycerine being, I

believe, correctly formed and having the advantage of brevity.

374 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the

me to confirm my description of the metatarsal glands and

to substantiate the correctness of my supposition as to the

structure of the fore feet, published in 1910. The fore feet

are exactly like the hind feet, except for the absence of the

metacarpal glands. Pedal glands are absent. A piece of

the skin of the inguinal region of the same specimen showed

two pairs of mamme, but no trace of inguinal glands, thus

agreeing with the dried skins in the British Museum.

Hence it may be concluded that Owen’s statement that

inguinal glands are present in the genus is erroneous; and

since he affirmed at the same time the existence of large

preorbital glands, which, according to universal testimony,

are absent, it seems obvious that the specimen he examined

did not belong to the genus Apyceros at all, but was

probably some large form of Gazella.

XXXIV.— Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhino-

lophidee and Megadermatide. By KNuD ANDERSEN.

[AT the request of Dr. Knud Andersen, who expects to be

absent from his scientific work for some time, the following

diagnoses are published, mostly in the form of extracts from

the synopses of species prepared by him for the second

volume of the ‘ Catalogue of Chiroptera.’

By this method the exact relationship of the species to

their nearest allies is readily seen, together with the cha-

racters distinguishing them.

The “ groups” in which the species of AAinolophus are

placed are those recognized (though under different names)

in Dr. Andersen’s “ List of the Species and Subspecies of the

Genus Rhinolophus” *, 1905.—O. T.]

Genus RHINOLOPHUS.

Rh. megaphyllus group. (Called simplea group in the

‘Annals’? paper, 1905.)

a’. Connecting process higher posteriorly than

anteriorly (at junction with sella).

a. Ears longer, 16°5-21 mm, (inner margin).

General size larger; forearm 40-49 mm.

a®, Nose-leaves larger: breadth of sella at

base 25-3 mmm., of horseshce 9 10°5,

* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvi. p. 648 (1905).

Families Rhinolophide and Megadermatide. 375

Constriction at middle of sella always

distinct.

b°. Nose-leaves smaller: breadth of sella at .

base 2-2°3 mm., of horseshoe 7:7-9.

Constriction of sella often obsolescent.

c*, Lancet cuneate or subcuneate.

d*, Lancet hastate or subhastate (constric-

tion of sella obsolescent or absent).

e°. Nasal swellings 5:2-5°5 mm.; c-m* *

US 2 eT ae Ra Bae borneensis

f°. Nasal swellings 4:9-5:°2 mm.; cm?

6:2-6'7. Lancet peculiarly short-

ened (prebably nearest hastate),

looking as if broader at base than

long. Forearm 40-40°5 mm. (S.

ren geicere fo states ais tha cise at javanicus, sp. Nn.

6°, Ears shorter, 15-16°5 mm. on inner margin.

General size smaller; forearm 37-39 mm.

e*, Connecting process as usual. Nasal

swellings 46-48 mm.; c-m® 63-65.

Forearm 38-39, (Madura.).......... madurensis, sp. 0.

d°®, Connecting process rather more pro-

nounced than usual. Nasal swellings

4-3 mm.; e-m? 59-63. (Luzon.) .... virgo.

6'. Connecting process broadly rounded off, as

low posteriorly as anteriorly (at junction with

sella). Sella distinctly expanded at middle,

narrower at base than across expansions,

constriction (at or above middle) very distinct.

ce’. Forearm 46 mm.; tibia 20. Sella broader.

(Bandon, Lower Siam.) ........5....0.% robinsont, sp. n.

d’, Forearm 40-44 mm.; tibia 16-17. Sella

narrower. (Pulo Tioman; P. Pemangil.) Alossi, sp. n.

Types :—

javanicus. Female. B.M. no. 9.1. 5.174. Original num-

ber 1655. Collected 18th March, 1908, by G. C. Short-

ridge at Pangandaran, Dirk de Fries Bay, S. Java.

Presented by W. E. Balston.

madurensis. Female. B.M. no. 10.4.7.9. Original num-

ber 2164. Collected 4th November, 1909, by G. C.

Shortridge at Soemenep, E. Madura. Presented by

Oldfield Thomas.

robinsont. Female. B.M. no. 18.8. 2.1. Original num-

ber 527/13. From Kao Nawng, Bandon, Lower Siam,

13th June, 1913, Presented by the Federated Malay

States Museum.

klossi. Female. B.M.no.18.8,2.2. From Pulo Pemangil,

June 1915. Presented by the Federated Malay States

Museum.

* c-m’=front of canine to back of m?,

376 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the

Rh. pusillus evoup. (Called lepidus group in 1905.)

w. Connecting process like an erect (nearly equi-

lateral) triangle, its front margin practically

Pe (uon-coucaye).

. Smaller; forearm 33:5-43 mm. ....,...4. ( pusillus subgroup.) -

a’, Skull and teeth larger; skull to front of : ;

canine 16:5-18°'7 mm.; cond.—can,* 14°4-

16°9; mandible 11-132; c-m 6'2-7°5.. (lepidus series.)

a, Base of fur of back paler, ora

with the darker tips ....:...--se0. lepidus.

ce‘. Skull and teeth averaging ‘larger ;

total length to front of canine 16:8-

18°7 mm.; cond.-can. 15-169; e-

m®> 65-75. Forearm 38-42°5.

(Upper Burmat) ies ee thee eet l. shortridget, subsp. n.

6°, Fur of back uniform from base to tip . refulgens.

J+. Sella subacute, its tip forming an

equilateral triangle in front view. :

(Subartra ee cretiejae ninth arian 7. cuneatus, subsp. n.

6, Skull and teeth smaller; skull to front

of canine 15°3-16°7 mm.; cond.-can.

13:5-14'8; mandible 98-11; c-m*5:5-6'4. (puszllus series.)

(Fur of back pale at base. Sella conspicuously constricted at middle,

markedly narrower at tip than at base.)

a, Smaller, with relatively shorter tibia

and smaller foot. Skull 153-16 mm. ;

cond.-can. 13°5-14:2; forearm 35:5-

39:7 ; tibia 14-16; foot (c. u.) 7-8.

a‘, Canines, p' and ps; unmodified; ps

; sometimes external, but generally

half or wholly in row. Forearm

35'5-39'7 mm..... faa heea noe . blythi, sp. n.

a’, Fur conspicuously pale above and

below. (Kumaon.) .......... b. blythi.

6°. Fur conspicuously darker above [subsp. n.

and below. (Darjiling to China. ) b. szechwanus,

b‘, Canines much heavier than in a*; p'

and ps; conspicuously reduced” in

size; ps generally external. General

size as in a’,

ce’. Teeth markedly larger; c—m 6:4

mm.; c-m;, 67. (8S. Liu-Kiu;

Tshig@ki: ea. sae toe perditus, sp. 0.

d’, Teeth not larger than usual; c-m*

55-57 mm.; c-m, 5°8-61.

(Middle Liu-Kiu; Okinawa.) .. pumilus.

b°, Larger, with relatively longer tibia and

larger foot. Tibia 16°5-17°5 mm.

(Japan)... <ais ge gentale eps trae f cornutus.

b'. Larger; forearm 44°5-51°5 mm......... (acuminatus subgroup.)

b, Connecting process like an erect anteriorly

curved horn, its front margin conspicuously

CONCAVE: SE epien fesse Caras Re oe eee ees (garoensis subgroup.)

* cond.—can.= length of skull from condyle to front of canine.

Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 377

a’, Smaller. Skull, longth to canine 15-15:2

Gris Sing the cin ie I ae cr Oe eK ets S garoensis.

6’. Larger. Skull, length to canine 16:4-18

mm., c-m® 63-7 ; forearm 39-40.

ce, Smaller. Skull, length to canine 16:4—

17 mm., condyle to canine 14:6-15:3,

mandible 11°2-11°7, c-m* 6°3-6:7 ; fore-

arm 39-39°5. (North Central Island,

Pais REPALTELY o'Nlie igo! Wis, cn GPa sc 0he, 6 ais Samulus, sp. n.

ad’, Larger. Skull, length to canine 18 mm.

(Port Blair, S. Andamans.) .......... cognatus.

Types :—

lepidus shortridge. Male. B.M. no. 18, 8.3.1. Original

number 4015. Collected 12th October, 1913, at Pagan,

R. Irrawaddy, Burma, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented

by the Bombay Natural History Society. A large

series examined. Also one from Kindat, Chindwin.

refulgens cuneatus. Male. B.M. no. 7.1.9.3. From

Sukaranda, Deli, Sumatra. Collected by Dr. H. Dohrn.

Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa. Paratype in

Genoa Museum.

blytht. Female. BLM. no. 18. 8.38.2. Original number

3879. Collected 23rd October, 1913, at Almora,

Kumaon, 5500’, by C. M. Crump. Presented by the

Bombay Natural History Society.

blythi szechwanus. Female. B.M. no. 13.1. 26.2. Col-

lected at Chung-King, Sze-chwan, 27th Sept., 1912, and

presented by Mr. W. R. Brown. Other specimens trom

Darjiling, ahd, Burma, Yunnan, other localities in

Sze-chwan, and Foochow.

perditus. Female. B.M. no. 5. 11.3.15. From Ishigaki,

southern Liu-Kiu. Purchased of Alan Owston, — :

famulus. Female. B.M. no. 9.4.4.8. From North Cen-

tral Island, Andamans. Presented by the Indian

Museum, Calcutta.

Rh. hipposideros group. (midas group, 1905.)

Rh. hipposideros—sy nopsis of subspecies :—

a. Infraorbital bridge linear (very rarely some-

mWiait DYGACENGG ) ss 5 to 1 ctu elt sd att Bereielaears minimus, hippost-

b. Infraorbital bridge broadened. [deros, & minutus.

d'. Infraorbital bridge as a rule somewhat,

though not often much broadened. Size

about as in minimus. Forearm of type

375 mm. Skull, length to front of canine

15°5, condyle to canine 13:8, c-m*® 56,

(Corsica and Sardinia.) ............ vee. major, subsp. n.

378 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the,

e’. Infraorbital bridge nearly always much

broadened.

a?. ps nearly always present. Size as hippo-

sideros. (Gilgit to Cyprus.) .......... midas.

62, p; nearly always absent. Size as mini-

mus. Forearm of type 37 mm. Skull,

length to front of canine 15:3, condyle

to canine 13°6, c-m® 55. (Morocco.) .. escalere, subsp. n.

Types :—

majori. Male. B.M. no. 6.4. 14.3. Patrimonio, N. Cor-

sica. Collected and presented by. Dr. C. I. Forsyth

Major.

escalere. Female. B.M.uo.10.11.24.2. Ha-ha, Mogador,

Morocco. Collected by M. de la Escalera. Presented

by Oldficld Thomas.

Rh, luctus group. (philippinensis group, 1905.)

ce. Smaller; skull to front of canine less than

25 mm.; forearm 42°5-54.

ce’, Ears shorter; from base of inner margin

20-23mm. Nose-leaves smaller; breadth

of horseshoe 9°5-10. Fur dark. Skull

smaller and narrower, to front of canine

20°5-22; mandible 13:8-15; across m’

7°2-7'°8. Forearm 425-60.

a*, Considerably smaller. (Borneo.) ...... sedulus.

b?. Considerably larger; canine to m° 8:4—

8'5mm.; forearm 48°5-50. Infraorbital

canal longer. (Malay Peninsula.) .... edaz, sp. n.

ad; Mars larrens Wes che cance we ere es trifoliatus, niasensis,

d. Larger; skull to front of canine more than [solitarius.

25 mm.; forearm 57-75°'5.

e. Ear shorter, 28-30°5 mm.; forearm 57-63.. beddomet,

e?, Averaging smaller ; c-m* 9'7 mm.; fore-

arm 57. (Ceylon )iivcceis ect miies b. sobrinus, subsp. n.

77. Averaging larger; c-m’ 10:2-10'8 mm. ;

forearm 59°5-63. (Indian Pensinsula.) 06. beddomez,

f'. Ear longer, 34-89 mm.; forearm 63°5-75'5.

og? Bar smaller: (Qiee a ohemiieeiserr anon morio.

c®, Ears averaging smaller. Colour gene-

rally darker. (Malay Peninsula.) .. m. moro.

d°, Ears averaging larger. Colour gene-

rally lighter. (Borneo.) .......... %m fetidus, subsp. n.

Types :—

edax. Female. B.M. no, 7. 4.18.1. Singapore. Col-

lected and presented by H. N. Ridley.

beddomei sobrinus. Female. B.M. no. 18.8.3.3. Original

number 1137. Collected at Kala Oya, N.C.P., Ceylon,

Famualies Rhinolophide and Megadermatide. 379

by Major E. W. Mayor, Presented by the Bombay

Natural History Society.

morto fetidus. B.M. no. 89.1. 8.4. Baram, E. Sarawak.

Collected by Dr. Charles Hose.

euryotis group. (arcuatus group, 1905.)

a. No special modification of hairing of posterior

NORE, Scns a ee aie oth ya eae eke < euryotis subgroup.

6. Median (intercellular) portion of posterior leaf

clothed with long, semi-rigid, densely set

Dienst. ais oti eee « Feo AP ASAL EA te Veo ereaght subgroup.

a’, Posterior connecting process unmodified ;

hairs of posterior leaf bushy, not specially

SEBO CU came Ghee tare ts a chat edie a wee ose canutt.

b°., Posterior connecting process practically

absent; hair of posterior leaf arranged in

a conical tuft pointing towards posterior

face of sella.

a. P; and p' not smalley than usual; ears

longer; forearm 485mm. (Madura.).. plosus, sp, n.

6°, P; rudimentary or wanting, p’ reduced ;

ears smaller .......... Ria kaee SSE Ree creaghi.

Type of 2. pilosus:—Male. B.M. no. 10. 4. 7. 5. Original

number 2162. Collected at Marengan, Soemenep, E.

Madura, Java, 4th November, 1909, by G. C. Shortridge.

Presented by Oldfield Thomas.

Ascllia tridens diluta, subsp. n.

Like A. tridens tridens, but averaging larger, and colour

of fur conspicuously paler.

Forearm 52°2 mm.

Skull: length to foot of canine 18°7; cond.—can. 16°6 ;

c—m® 7; c—ms3 7°7.

Hab, (of type). El Golea, Algerian Sahara, Other speci-

mens from Biskra.

Type. Female. B.M. no, 12.11.14. 2. Original num-

ber 42. Collected 16th May, 1912, by Dr. E. Hartert. Pre-

sented by Lord Rothschild.

Genus HIPPOSIDEROS.

H. bicolor group.

a. P, comparatively large, from 3 to practically

the full antero-posterior length of p4, its cusp

always reaching above middle of cusp of p4;

internasal septum thick or even pear-shaped

(thicker posteriorly).

380 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the

a’. Smaller forms. Skull, cond.—can. 138-16°1

mm., c-m’ 5-6; forearm 34—42°5,

a, Smallest. Skull, cond—can. 18-13°8 mm.,

c-m 5-5'5; forearm 34-40°2,

a®, Forearm 34-86'7 mm. (India, Burma,

Borneon)ia et icin: 0 tcp ees

6°, Forearm 37-402 wm. (Philippines.)

6*. Larger. Skull, cond.—can. 138-161 mm.,

c-m? 5°5-6; forearm 37-42°5.

ce, Skull somewhat narrower iu front;

across canines 3'5-3'7 mm.

a*. Decidedly paler. Forearm 387-42

mom. (Sumatra, Java.)s cies 3

b+. Decidedly darker.

a, Skull averaging smaller, cond.—

can. 13°3-14° mm. Forearm

38-41°8. (Ceram, New Guinea,

Port Albany :) jis a .'eieid arene slareisee

6°, Skull averaging longer, cond.—

can. 15°1 mm, Forearm 40-42.

canines 4-4'1 mm. Forearm 38:8-42°5,

(Nigoaus.) oti ciosaent scares

6. Larger forms. Skull, cond.-can. 15-16°7

mm., c—m* 6--6'8. Forearm 38'5-46'2.

c?, Nose-leaves broader than usual. Horse-

shoe 5'8 mm., sella 5'2. Forearm 40:5.

COTE ic 5 pect nig tain eee ee coceaes

d?, Nose-leaves not broader than usual.

Horseshoe 4'5-5'5 mm., sella 3°7-4'8 ..

e®°, Smaller. Skull, cond.-can. 15-15°5

mm., c-m® 6-6:2; forearm 38°5-41°'5,

(Masuri, Burma, Pegu.) ........-.

f?. Medium. Cond.-can. 15'7-16°3 mm.,

c-m® 6'2-6°7 ; forearm 40-46°2.

e*, Smaller: forearm 40-43 mm. (Siam,

WOKEN ia s gs ejecnatreon oneleteerae

d‘, Larger: forearm 42-46-2mm. (Ma-

lay Reninswlas) ii) ds gfsite ade welds hk

( g°. Largest. Cond.—can, 16-16°7 mm.,

c-m? 6°5-6'8; forearm 44:8-46. (Nias,

mean.) capac os cps ars eevee

b. P, small, froma little less than 3 to about 5

the length (ant. post.) of ,, its cusp below,

or at most at the middle of the cusp of p,;

internasal septum very thin, narrowing into

a sharp edge posteriorly.

c’. Forearm less than 44 mm.; c-m* below 6.

Nose-leaves smaller. .

c?, Smaller. Forearm 85-37'3 mm. Ears

shorter. (Ceylon and S. India.) ......

d?, Larger. Forearm 385-43 mm. LEars

larger. (Indian Peninsula.)..........

A3, Colour of fur averaging darker, (In-

dian Peninsula as far north as Nasik.)

cineraceus.

anticola.

bicolor.

albanensis.

[subsp. n.

albanensis sevus,

nicobarule.

pomona, sp. .

gentilis, sp. n. x

gy. gentilis.

g. sinensis; subsp.'t.

g. atrox, subsp. n. *

g. major, subsp. n. ¥

atratus.

Sulvus.

Ff. fulvus.

Families Rhinolophide and Megadermatidee, 381

7, Colour of fur paler. (Kathiawar,

Cutch, Sind, Rajputana.).......... J. pallidus, subsp. n.

d', Forearm 46 mm.; c-m* 6'8. Nose-leaves

larger,6xX8mm. (Selangor.) .......... nequam, Sp. D.

Types :—

albanensis sevus. Female. B.M. no. 99. 12.4.12. From

Key Is. Purchased of Rolle.

pomona. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.4. Original number

Coorg, 15th February, 1913. Presented by the Bombay

Natural History Society.

gentilis. Male. B.M. no. 93.11.15.2. From Thayetmyo,

Burma. Presented by Lieut. KE. Y. Watson.

g. sinensis, B.M.no. 92.2.1. 3. From Foo-chow, Fo-kien.

Presented by J. de La Touche, Esq.

g-atrov. Female. B.M. no. 1.3.9.4. From Semangko

Gap, Selangor, 2800’. Presented by A. L. Butler, lisq.

g. major, Male. B.M. no. 94.1.7.6. From Bua-Bua,

Engano Island. Collected by Dr. HK. Modigliani.

Presented by the Museo Civico, Genoa.

fulvus pallidus. Male. B.M. no. 18. 8.3.5. Original

number 1636. Collected at Junagadh, Kathiawar,

21st Sept., 1912, by C. A. Crump. Presented by the

Bombay Natural History Society.

nequam. Male. B.M. no. 85.8.1. 369. From Klang,

Selangor. Collected by W. Davison. Presented by

A. O. Hume.

HI, diadema group.

A. Skull in front of sagittal crest concave ; meso-

pterygoid space broader, palatine angle broadly

rounded off; lateral vertical ridges of

posterior leaf obsolescent ....../......00- diadema subsection.

Ge HIRLIOR Sho cro Bel ae 80 aM ado etote DOG Scie demussus,

Gh Tear ee oa eycreeis eo di nied VN eee har diadema.

a, Averaging smaller: c-m’ 11:3-13°6 mm.

Three supplementary leaves. [tus.

a”, Foreafai73-S2'omiae sas hk ys d. oceanttes, d. pullas

6°. Forearm 76-87°5 mm.

ce’, Ears not larger than usual: length

27-285 mm., breadth 25-26°5.

a’, Colour more brownish above and

beneath:. (Key‘Is.)( ..08. ns. d, custos, subsp. n. =

6°. Colour powdered with greyish

above and still greyer below.... dd. griseus.

d*, Ears larger: length about 380 mm.,

breadth 28-5-29'8.

e®, Skull and dentition weaker: c-m°

about 12°3 mm. (Celebes.).... d.speculator,subsp.n. x

382 Dr. K. Andersen on new Bats of the

d', Skull and dentition heavier: c—m*

13:2-13°6 mm, (Gilolo.) ...... d. euotis.

B. Skull in front of sagittal crest convex or flat-

tened ; mesopterygoid space narrower; pala-

tine angle acute or subacute ; upper border of

posterior leaf trilobate ; lateral vertical ridges

SUELO) Gis Merwere mente. cnr iled-ie heen areen pfeinese lankadiva subsection.

d, pale (Indian Peninsnla.)........ 4. indus, sp. Nn.

. Skull larger, length to front of canine

29°8-32°2 mm. ; c-m? 12°5-13°5. General

colour dark brown or grey-brown.

c?, External dimensions averaging smaller :

forearm 77-84°5 mm.

e&, General colour above dark brown,

base of hairs not white. (Kanara.) imdus indus.

f?. General colour above grey-brown,

base of hairs white. (EH. Mysore.) 7%. mivtus, subsp. n.

d®. F.xternal dimensions larger: forearm

82-88 mm. Colour as f*. (Hoshan- .

TOUMAG SR STSOES ) ow nyo sol S ohh ciemgaeie 7, unitus, subsp. n.

Sf’. Skull smaller, to front of canine 28°5- : :

28-8 mm.; e-m® 115-111. General

colour above slaty, with white bases to

hairs, ~ (Gollan). 255.’ meets argo schistaceus, sp. n.

H. diadema custos. Male. B.M. no. 10.8.1. 27. Original

number 850. Collected July 1909 at Ara, Key Island,

by W. Stalker. New Guinea Expedition.

d. speculator. Female. B.M. no. 97.1.3. 20. | From Kalao,

S. Celebes. Collected by A. Everett.

indus, “Female: Baty-mo. 19, 11 98. 20- Oxeinal num-

ber 1109. Collected at Gersoppa, Kanara, 19th May,

1912, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay

Natural History Society.

t. mivtus. Male. B.M. no. 18. 4.11.19. Original num-

ber 1747. Collected 18th September, 1912, at Kolar,

E. Mysore, by G. ch Shortridge. Presented by the

Bombay Natwal History Society.

unitus, Female. B.M. no. 12. 11, 29. 20. Original

number 1201. Collected 25th April, 1912, at Mundra,

Saugor, C.P., 1600', by C. A. Crump. Presented by

the Bombay Natural "History Society.

schistaceus. Male. B.M. no. 13. 4, 10.3. Original num-

ber 1462. Collected 26th July, 1912, at Vijayanagar,

Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay

Naiural History Society.

Families Rhinolophidee and Megadermatide. 383

H. speoris group.

The subspecies of speoris :—

a, Skull, length to foot of canines 19-20:3 mm.

(average of 108 specimens 19°7 mm.) ; fore-

arm 49°8-54 (average 52). (Ceylon, Kanara,

Bombay, Khandeish, Mysore.)............ 8. speoris.

6, Skull, length 18-19°8 mm. (average of 34

specimens 18°8 mm.); forearm 45°8-51°5

(ayerage 49:4). (Bellary.) ....ceessnects s. pulchellus, subsp. n.

Type of H. s. pulchelius:—Female. B.M. uo. 13. 4. 10. 13.

Original number 1478. Collected 27th July, 1912, at

Vijayanagar, Bellary, by G. C. Shortridge. Presented

by the Bombay Natural History Society.

Hi. calearatus group.

HA. cupidus, sp. n.

Nearly allied to H. calcaratus, but with teeth considerably

smaller, canine to m? 7°3-7°5 mm. as compared with 8°2—8°3

in calcaratus. Forearm in the immature type 46°25; in an

adult from Jobi Island 49:2. :

Type. Immature male. B.M. no. 97. 12.6.4. From

Eaga, British New Guinea. Collected by A. S. Anthony.

Presented by Lord Rothschild.

Genus MEGADERMA.

Subspecies of M/. spasma :—

a’, Tibia averaging shorter, 27-28 mm. (Celebes,

Be bi tere ia he Wakes aie alae o Mea tan 6 store or 5 M. s. spasma.

6*, Tibia averaging longer, 28°5-33°5 mm.

a*®, Length of skull 24:-4-26°3 mm. ; lower jaw

16'9-18 ; c-m? 9:5-10. Forearm 54—58°5.,

(Java, Kangean, Sumatra, Borneo.) .... — s. tréfoliwm.

b. As trifolum, but averaging perceptibly

larger. Forearm 55-61°6 mm. (Malay

Peninsula, 8. Tenasserim.) ............ s. medium, subsp. n.

c. Maximum of size in the species ; lower jaw

17°8-19 mm.; cm’ 10-10°8. Forearm

62-63. (Lower Chindwin.)............ 8. majus, subsp. n,

d. As trifolium, but more delicately built ;

lower jaw 166-173 mm.; zygomatic

breadth of skull 15°7-143 mm. (against

14:3-15°5). Forearm 53°5-56°5, (Siam,

AMAR peas «chek tines ot alata sates wos Ses al 8. mus, subsp. n.

384 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

e. Much like ¢r?folium, but with narrower skull ;

zygomatic breadth 15-8-14°3 mm. Fore-

arm 54-58°5. (Indian Peninsula.) ...... s. horsfield.

f. Ass. horsfieldi, but averaging smaller exter-

nally. Forearm 52-56 mm. ...:3..:.. s. ceylonense, subsp. n,

Types :—

M. s. medium. Female. 3B.M. no. 96.4. 15.1. -From

Singapore. Collected and presented by H. N. Ridley. .

s.majus. Female. B.M. no, 18. 8.3.6. Original number

5354. Collected at Kin, Lower Chindwin, by G. C.

Shortridge. Presented by the Bombay Natural History

Society.

s. minus. B.M. no. 78. 6.17.42. From Camboja. Pre-

sented by M. Pierre. :

s. ceylonense. Male. B.M.no. 18. 8.3.7. Original num-

ber 1317. Collected at Trincomalee by Major E. W.

Mayor. Presented by the Bombay Natural History

Society.

XXXV.—Descriptions and Records of Bees.—LXXX.

By T. D. A. Cockxrerex1, University of Colorado.

Nylocopa collaris, Lepeletier.

g. Sandakan, Borneo (Baker).

This is the form which Lepeletier described from Java as

X. dejeanii. His collaris was based on females, doubtless of

more than one race, but it may be restricted to the Malayan

form, with Sumatra as the type locality.

Xylocopa collaris penangensis, subsp. n.

&. (Type.)\—Similar to the Philippme X. fuliginata,

Pérez, in having the light hair covering first and basal two-

fifths of second segments of the abdomen, the lower margin

straight. Otherwise it is like X. collaris, with pale hair on

thorax above, except a narrow band along anterior edge of

scutellum. The metathorax has black hair. In the colour

of the hair on legs and apex of abdomen it resembles

X. collaris var. bryanti, Cklil., from Java, but the wings are

not darker than in typical collaris. The thorax dorsally is

very faintly greenish. The pleura has pale hair on upper

part and black on the lower. The insect is a little smaller

than typical collaris.

Records of Bees. 385

_¢.—Differs from X. fuliginata in being smaller (anterior

wing 16°55 mm.), with the wings darker and _ brilliantly

violet, and the thorax anteriorly with a band of white hair.

The white thoracic band is narrower and less conspicuous

than in collaris, and sends only a small and feeble extension

to the pleura.

Island of Penang (Baker).

Mesotrichia bombiformis (Smith).

Manila, Philippine Is., Jan. 1, 1918 (McGregor).

The wings are much greener apically than in one from

Los Banos.

Mesotrichia confusa viridissima, subsp. n.

2. (Type.)—Larger, anterior wing 23 mm.; anterior

and posterior wings brilliant bluish green.

¢ .—Yellow hair of thorax above brighter ; second sub-

marginal cell a little longer.

Island of Penang (Baker).

Pérez cites various localities for confusa; Singapore may

be designated as the type locality. I have both sexes from

Singapore, collected by Baker. The shorter wings of the

females are violaceous, apically obscure green. Exactly the

same thing, determined as confusa by Maidl, was received

from the Berlin Museum, labelled “ Sikhim (ingham).”

It is unfortunate that some assistant at the Berlin Museum

put “Sikhim” labels on numerous bees which never came

from, that region.

A | pecimen of M. confusa from Trong, Siam (Addolt), is

intermediate between the type and viridissima, having the

long wings of the latter, but with some violaceous colour,

though they are mainly green. It is certainly nearest to

viridissima,

Trigona geissleri, Friese.

I have a male from Sintang, North Borneo ; and a couple

of workers collected at Singapore by Baker appear to

belong to the same species. It is a black isect, with

_ broad abdomen ; legs black, but trochanters red or reddish ;

scape clear ferruginous ; frout and mesothorax polished.

It has some resemblance to 7. canifrons aud T. leviceps,

but is clearly distinct. The Bornean male has the flagellum

black, but in the Singapore workers it is ferruginous, more

or less dusky above. The Singapore insect should perhaps

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 28

386 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

be separated, but we should first see Bornean workers.

I have not seen any publication of 7. geissleri, but it may

have appeared in Germany since the mails from that country

to America were discontinued.

Lrigona pallidicincta, sp. n.

3 .—Length nearly 9 mm.

Head and thorax black, the clypeus, supraclypeal area,

labrum, mandibles, upper border of prothorax, tubercles,

and tegule pale ferruginous; antenne black, scape red at

extreme base; sides of face covered with appressed greyish-

white hair; vertex with long dark fuscous hair; thorax

with short pale hair at sides, but dorsally it is mainly

fuscous; scutellum with a pale (tegumeutary) patch poste-

riorly, and middle of. metathorax suffusedly reddened ;

front not polished, except a triangular area in front of ocelli;

mesothorax shining, with three impressed lines, the lateral

ones deep. Wings hyaline, faintly reddish, stigma ferrugi-

nous, nervures fuscous.. Legs very pale reddish basally,

otherwise dark brown. Abdomen brown, darker apically ;

basin of first segment, and its broad apical margin, pale

testaceous, the light colour sharply defined ; base of third

segment broadly pallid.

Singapore (Baker).

Resembles 7. castanea, Bingham, but the wings are quite

differently coloured. ‘There is a rather strong superficial

resemblance to the African 7. conradti, Fr.

Trigona melanotricha, sp. n.

Worker.—Length about 7°5 mm.

Black, very robust, with rather long and coarse black

hair ; head broad : clypeus and mandibles obscure reddish ;

hair of face dark, the sides with thin appressed brown hair ;

front polished and shining; cheeks with thin brown pile ;

scape in front and flagellum beneath dull red, third antennal

joint entirely bright ferruginous ; mesothorax and scutellum

shining; tegule dark reddish. Wings hyaline, basally

orange-fulvous, nervures aud stigma clear ferruginous ;

trausverse-cubital nervures obsolete. Legs black, with

coarse black hair; hind tibia very broad, fringed with very

long black hair. Abdomen short and broad, shining, obscure

reddish basally.

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9222).

Ktelated to 7. eryihrostoma, Cam., but quite distinct.

Records of Bees. 387

Trigona rufibasalis, sp. 0.

Worker.—Length a little over 6 mm.

Rather slender, but the head broad. Black, with the

mandibles dull red at apex, and tarsi red at apex ; face with

very thin greyish pile; front polished and shining ; scape

* bright ferruginous ; flagellum dark, reddish at extreme

base, and red beneath at apex ; mesothorax shining, without

distinct impressed lines; hair of thorax above black but

scanty; tegule piceous. Auterior wings with the basal half

orange-ferruginous, the apical field clear; hind wings dusky

throughout. Hind tibize not very broad for the genus.

Abdomen shining black, venter with bands of black hair.

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9225).

Somewhat related to 7. collina, Sm., and T. vidua, Lep.,

but the wings are differently coloured, and the head and

thorax are shining.

The above species of Trigona were received from Prof. C.

F. Baker, with others from Sandakan, Borneo, and Singa-

pore. The following key separates and records all the

species represented in the series :—

Clear ferruginous. (Sandakan.) .......... melina, Gribodo.

. At least the thorax or abdomen dark ........ :

1. Mesothorax red, sometimes dark............ 2.

Mesothorax pure’ black? 0-30.08 oo. Wie 0b 200 3.

2. Face pale or red up tolevelofantenne. (San-

dakan.)...... Pia ety dae hae he ood ae? apicalis, Smith.

Only clypeus red. (Sandakan and Singapore,

the malar space a little shorter in the Singa-«

DOCS TORN. edna edo Socket ang ee erence te ok ambusta, Ckll.

3. Tegule clear testaceous; abdomen brownish.

CSIP a NOTE) ae meas ye ccleaner a ae pallidicincta, Ckll.

Mamulssy darken *o ic ne on oa wena cee Saka 4.

4, Large species, with reddish clypeus, and wings

basally orange-fulvous. (Sandakan.)...... melanotricha, Ckll.

Smaller; or if rather large, clypeus black ....

5. Seape black, except at extreme base; larger

HERIONG Soa cto Haier Aces let lee alee a 6.

Scape ferruginous; smaller species.......... Te

6. Wings dilute fuliginous. (Singapore.) .... téama, Ckll.

Wings not fuliginous. (Sandakan.) ........ busara, Ckll.

7. Wings strongly reddened basally, apically

hyaline. (Sandakan.), 2.205 05020 ssi as rufibasalis, Okll.

Wings greyish hyaline... 20.030. eens 8.

8. Larger; abdomen broad. (Singapore.) .... . gezsslert, Friese.

Smaller; abdomen narrow. (Singapore.).... vaddezt, Ckll.

Megachile penangensis, sp. 0.

? .—Length about 1] mm.

Face below level of antennz with black hair, front and

388 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

vertex with red hair, lower part of cheeks with white hair ;

thorax above and first abdominal segment with very bright

red hair, thorax beneath with thin white hair; second

abdominal segment with a narrow fulvous band, but rest of

abdomen black and bandless ; ventral scopa white, black on

last two segments; antenne black; mandibles quadri- @

dentate; legs black, with pale hair, red on inner side of

tarsi and of anterior and middle tibiz ; tegule red. Wings

deep fuliginous, hyaline basally.

Island of Penang (Baker, 9277).

Very close to M. schauinslandi, Alfken, and at first sight

appearing identical, but certainly distinct by the much more

closely and finely punctured abdomen. Prof. Baker sends

me Hawaiian M. schauinslandi, determined by Friese as

M. umbripennis, Smith, and this synonymy seems correct.

M. penangensis nearly agrees with the description of wmbri-

pennis, but lacks the white hair-bands at sides of abdomen.

Also from Penang comes Megachile conjuncta, Sm. (Buker,

9273).

Megachile facetula, sp. n.

? .—-Length about 11 mm.

Rather slender ; black, including. antennz and legs, but

tegule ferruginous ; frout, vertex, broad oblique bands from,’

prothorax to below wings, ‘and narrow sides of mesothorax,

with bright ferruginous hair; lower margin of clypeus

bituberculate in middle; Sie and seaueliaal very

coarsely and densely rugosopunctate ; ventral scopa white,

black on last segment. Abdomen dorsally strongly pune-

tured, segments 1—4 with lateral short bands of white hair,

fifth with a narrow entire band. Wings basally hyaline,

but otherwise dark fuliginous, splendidly iridescent, with

purple colours.

Sandakan, Borneo (Baker, 9278).

This looks like Df: jJaceta, Bingham, and is closely allied,

differing by the narrower cheeks (from upper part of eyes to

occipital margin much less than diameter of eye), sculpture

of thorax not so coarse, and abdomen without metallic

colours. Also from Sandakan comes M. atrata fulvipennis

(Smith).

Megachile ramera, sp. u.

? .—Length about 14 mm. :

Robust ; black, including antenne, legs, and tegule;

ventral scopa very bright ferruginous, white at extreme

base; face, front, and vertex with black hair, a little white

Records of Bees. 389

about bases of antennze and at each side of upper end of

clypeus ; cheeks with white hair; mandibles strongly keeled

externally, the cutting-edge very long; clypeus broadly

emarginate, the emargination crenulate, and with a median

denticle ; supraclypeal area flattened, polished and sparsely

. punctured in middle; clypeus rather closely punctured, with

a smooth median line on upper part; thorax at sides,

beneath, and metathorax with long white hair, but black

hair in middle of mesopleura; mesothorax shining, strongly

but not very densely punctured, appearing bare, but with

short black hair, the lateral margins with white hair ;

scutellum with black hair, but a thin band of white between

it and mesothorax. Wings dusky, nervures dark fuscous ;

tibial spurs ferruginous. Legs: with mainly pale bair,

ferruginous on inner side of the broadened hind basitarsi.

Abdomen broad, with beautiful green and purple colours ;

hind margins of segments with narrow bright ferruginous

hair-bands.

Singapore (Baker, 9274).

A beautiful species; closely related to the Australian

M. pictiventris, Sm., but readily known by the red abdo-

minal bands and the wholly black hair of front. Also from

Singapore comes a female M. subrixator, Ckll. (Baker,

9275).

Megachile subignita, sp. n.

? Length about 13°5 mm.

Not very robust; black, including antennz and legs,

tegule red; ventral scopa white at base, pale ferruginous in

middle, black on last two segments; lower margin of

clypeus gently arched, simple; clypeus denseiy punctured,

with a smooth median line; front and sides of face with

ferruginous hair, vertex with thin fuscous hair, lower part

of cheeks with white; sides of mesothorax and scutellum,

tubercles, upper part of pleura, and metathorax with long

bright ferruginous hair ; mesothorax and scutellum shining,

strongly but not densely punctured, with thin fulvous hair

on disc. Wings reddish dusky, nervures ferruginous, the

outer ones becoming fuscous. Legs with pale hair; tibial

spurs ferruginous ; hind basitarsi not very broad, their inner

side with red hair. Abdomen finely punctured, with greenish

tints; hind margins of segments with narrow pale red hair-

bands, sides of first segment heavily tufted with bright

ferruginous hair.

Singapore (Baker, 9276).

In Friese’s tables runs nearest to ML. penetrata, Sm., but

that is much larger, and otherwise different.

390 Bibliographical Notice.

Paracolletes metallicus (Smith).

Males. Waipara, New Zealand, Nov. 21 (Brittin).

Halictus aerarius, Smith.

Males from Kobe, Japan (Baker).

Chelynia elegans (Cresson).

Estes Park Village, Colorado, June (Hazel Andrews).

Osmia pentstemonis, Cockerell.

Peaceful Valley, Colorado; at flowers of Pentstemon,

July 5 (Cockerell).

Osmia hendersoni, Cockerell.

Tolland, Colorado.

BIBLIOGRAPHICAL NOTICE,

Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., G.CS.T,

Based on Materials collected and arranged by Lady Hooker.

[With nine] Portraits and Illustrations. By Leonarp Huxuey,

author of ‘Life and Letters of T. H. Huxley,’ ete. London:

John Murray, 1918. 2vols. 8vo. 1., pp. xi, 546; il., vil, 569.

36s. net.

Amonesr the methods of writing a biography there are two which

are pre-eminent—one, the strictly chronological, which leads the

reader along as the subject lived, and enables him to trace the in-

fluences which moulded the life as they occurred, and the other,

which may be termed the episodical method—by describing certain

episodes of the life, and treating them fully, disregarding any over-

lapping of dates. The present work is largely on the second plan,

probably wisely chosen, but having the disadvantage of rendering

the sequence of dates at times somewhat difficult to follow.

Born in 1817 at Halesworth, Suffolk, of parents and grandparents

of Norfolk birth, and having a botanical atmosphere from his

early days, the future Sir Joseph Hooker passed his boyhood,

University career, and early training in Glasgow. Four years on

H.M.S. ‘ Erebus’ in Antarctic Seas were followed by service on the

Geological Survey as botanist, and then came a still more important

journey in India, particularly amongst the Himalayas in Sikkim.

Here his work was so thorough that, besides his large collection of

plants and seeds, the map of Sikkim which he plotted proved of

invaluable help to the British military expedition of 1903.

Bibliographical Notice. 391

Ten years as assistant to his father, the Director of the Royal

Botanic Gardens, Kew, were followed by twenty more as Director,

and then by twenty-six of busy scientific labours unshackled by

the claims of official administration, until that December day in

1911 when he was laid to rest beside his father in the churchyard

on Kew Green, a veteran of 94 years, full of honours, with a

splendid record of work.

His published works are proof of the power he possessed of

pursuing his purposed path, in spite of absorbing official duties

as head of the great national botanic institution, which owes so

much to the two Hookers.

Where so much was accomplished it is hard to select for mention,

but we may instance the six quarto volumes on the material

brought home from the Southern Seas, ‘ Flora Antarctica,’ ‘ Flora

Nove Zealandie,’ and ‘ Flora Tasmanie,’ 1844-60. Here we have

not merely an enumeration of the plants, but in the ‘ Flora T'as-

maniz ’ we find a luminous exposition of distribution in space and

time prefixed to the enumeration. His ‘Himalayan Journals,’

1854, form a fascinating record of his travels and captivity in that

region. A faculty he possessed in singularly large measure, of

methodizing facts and putting them into a convincing and lucid

form, even on a small scale, and we note how he rapidly seized the

important characters of plants and so described them, that his

writings are readily utilized.

His masterly survey of Arctic plants (1861) shows how keen

he was on questions of distribution, and his account of the plants

of the Galapagos Islands (1849), both in the Linnean Society’s

‘Transactions,’ confirm this statement.

With Dr, Thomas Thomson (1817-78) he essayed a ‘ Flora Indica,’

1855, but the experience gained in producing the single volume issued

showed him that a work conceived on that scale was impossible of

production. ‘The Flora of British India,’ therefore, was planned

on a more modest scale, and with other Indian botanists to help

by undertaking assigned portions. ‘’he soundness of this pro-

cedure was proved by the finishing of this enumeration in seven

octavo volumes, 1872-1897, an event marked by the striking and

presentation of a gold medal by the Linnean Society in 1898.

The ‘Genera Plantarum,’ 1862-83, which was worked up chiefly

from material at Kew, in conjunction with George Bentham, was a

monumental production, in which both of those distinguished

phytographers contributed their ripe experience; it differed from

its predecessors by being based upon actual examination of authen-

ticated specimens or actual types, and was not merely literary com-

pilation. ‘The last big work on which Hooker started to engage

was that termed ‘ Index Kewensis,’ which occupied thirteen years

and a half from first to last. It was due to Charles Darwin, who

induced Sir Joseph Hooker to get the work undertaken; he

approved the plan submitted by the actual compiler, and acted as

the channel by which the needful funds were received from

Mrs. Darwin. As the work progressed and became available for

392 Bibliographical Notice.

reference, Hooker’s interest in it increased, and finally he went

through the MS. to revise the geographical notes and read the

proofs. Unluckily Mr. Darwin himself died within three months

of the undertaking being put in hand.

With this activity in botanical publication, Hooker’s influence in

other directions must not be overlooked. He was Darwin’s confi-

dant for fifteen years before evolution was brought before the scien-

tific world in July 1858. He spent five years as President of the

Royal Society, 1873-78, with its consequent numerous committees,

and served on the Council of the Linnean Society almost uninter-

ruptedly from 1846 to 18384, and was Vice-President from 1861 to

1876 and 1882 to 1884, though he declined the Presidency in 1886,

after his retirement from Kew.

Such is a rapid outline of Hooker’s life, which is treated in detail

in the two volumes before us. Mr. Leonard Huxley is well

qualified as the biographer, being the eldest son of Prof. 'T. H. Huxley,

F.R.S., Hooker’s intimate friend, and, although it is not declared,

is the godson mentioned on page 59 of the second volume. With

the material already arranged by Lady Hooker, the connecting text

became manageable, otherwise the bulk available might have

proved insuperable.

Many portraits are extant, in various media; that reproduced

as the frontispiece to the first volume is, perhaps, the least satis-

factory, Hooker himself pronouncing it ‘ lackadaisical,” the very

word the present writer had always applied to it.

In so long a work it is not surprising that slips occur—some due

to the printer, but not all, Here are a few, which should be

corrected in a second issue. The ‘8. J. Klotzsch ” mentioned in

the note in vol. i. p. 25 was Johann Friedrich Klotzsch (1805-60).

The name “ Osmanthus” on page 367 of the same volume must be

meant for “ Osmothamnus.” What was the date of the letter

cited? Jt must have been after 1882, when Rhododendron antho-

poyon was printed in the ‘Flora of British India,’ with Osmo-

thamnus fragrans and O. pallidus as synonyms.

In the second volume, on page 247, line 23, the name should

read Maingay, and p. 447, Mougeotit and Mnium ; while such slips as

‘‘ slpendid ” and “‘ Penquins ” are simple press errors.

There are two Cunninghams curiously confused in the Index, ii.

p. 527 ;-in vol. ii. David Douglas Cunningham (1843-1914) is re-

ferred to on p. 427, note, but his brother Robert Oliver Cunningham

(1841-1918) on p. 80, and 101, note.

We close the volumes, which have recalled the memory of many |

yanished botanists, with gratitude to the writers whose labours

have done so much to place on permanent record the great and

strong personality which Hooker’s surviving contemporaries must

always remember with pleasure. It was indeed their good fortune

to have been associated with so commanding a figure. B. D. J.

‘a

SA ae

Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS.

Published the First Day of every Month. —2s. 6d.

ih THE —

LONDON, EDINBURGH, fend DUBLIN

PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

JOURNAL OF SCIENCE,

Conducted by .

SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Sc., LL.D., ERS,

SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, O.M., M.A., Se.D., F. RS.

JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Sc., ERS, E.GS.,

GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A., LL-D., E.RBS., and

Pings WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.LS.

Published the First Day y of every Month.—2s. 6d.

THE —

~ ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

ania Zoology, Botany, and Geology.

ies Conducted by —

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS. Ph.D., F.R:S., F.LS., F. en S.,

ARTHUR BE. SHIPLEY, M. A., Sc.D., F. R. ee Z. S., and

} _ RICHARD if FRANCIS, PLS. :

ade in n 1877. Monthly, Vs: Annual Subser ee

— € Companion’ and 12 Monthly Numbers), 18s.

THE OBSERVATORY,

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY. |

Edited by.

A.S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F.R.S.,

F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., ‘and

: H. S. JONES, M.A. B.Sc. ;

_ Its Contributors include most of the leading English- -speaking Auiidaones:

: and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical.

z _ thought and achievement.

* Published Peels: Price 1s. 8d. “Annual Subsoription

eta: 66; post Jee x

JOURNAL OF. BOTANY

se 5 hohe, AND FOREIGN. :

Edited by :

Bs AMES BRITTEN, KS. G, BR LS.,

LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

ae ‘ Articles Pe pee Botanists ; _ Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews ; ;

ts Q ‘'B

otanical News and Notes, &., &e.

: a Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. |

CONTENTS OF NUMBER 10. Ninth ‘Savies ie

ate

XXVIII. On the Races and Variation of the Edible Frog, Raa: mt

esculenta, L. By G. A. Bourmnesr, FRB... . 0s pe af eee i 241

XXVIII. Contributions toa further Knowledge of the Rhynehatal

Family Lygeide. By W. 1. Distant .... 0.6580. Sara RG T

XXIX. The Myth of the Ship-holder: Studies in Echeneis or

Remora.—I. By E. W. Gunanr, State Normal College, Greensboro,

N.C., U.S.A. (Plates XV.-XVIL) ..... oe Se ARS Dee wer

XXX. The Ungual Phalanges termed Mylodon australis by Krefft,

Spelean Animal vel Thylacoleo by Owen, and Thylacoleo by Ly-

dekker. By R. Eruzriver, Jnr., Director and Curator of the

Australian Museum, Sydney, New South Wales. (Plates XVHII— ~

XX.) es aR eae Ce ns Oe Soh ee a ee oR Cohen agers BOT

XXXI. Notes on Myriapoda.—XII. A Preliminary List for

Derbyshire, with a Description of Brach; ycheteuma quartum, 8p. 2.,

and Chordeumella seutellare bagnalli, var.n, By Hitpa K. Bripz-

Brrxs, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., and. the Rey. 8:

Grauam Brapk-Brrxs, MSG. oh. eras vee See +o an y« 819

XXXII. Notes on various Species of the American Genus Astylus,

Cast., with Descriptions of their Sexual Characters CO “By >.

Groner Onantes Caamrion, BVZiS): does. St Gis ee enOOt

XXXIII. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

—Part IV. The Reduncine (Cervicaprine) and Aipycerine. By

Ret: Pasoox, CRS. ea ea eee aes png Se ea niece 367

Ld : > +3

“XXXIV. Diagnoses of new Bats of the Families Rhinolophide

and Megadermatide. By Knup ANDERSEN ..............-. ; hie 374

XXXV. Descriptions and Records of Bees. —LXXX. By T.D. A.

Cocxrrett, University of Colorado Pea brates) Geo wep cae 4» 384

-BIBLIOGRAPHIOAL NOTICE, i

Life and Letters of Sir Joseph Dalton Hooker, O.M., G.C.S.1, Based.

on Materials collected and arranged dy Tay Hookets By

LEONARD ELUXERE 6 Uo ins he oe tees ee es See my i ag

*,* Itis requested that all (iciuiu iste teatn for this Wo ork may he ian,

post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and pd Printing caine

Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London,

WITH SIX PLATES.

» Volk: s ae ‘NINTH SERIES. ; No. 11.

; ae a= | ; ere beees . mM

“THE. ANNALS

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

ck ENCLUBING§: 3. 22%

*) Shee Konica : %

200L0GY, sit ee AND G@EOLO ; a;

‘CONDUCTED. BY

. WILLIAM C ARRUTHERS, Pa. D., Ly R. S., FuUILS:, F: Gs

ARTHUR pis eee MA, So.D., F.R.S., F.Z.8

. AND

RICH HARD. ab FRANCIS, PLS.

BEING A CONTINUATION or THE. 0 ANNALS” ‘COMBINED With

‘MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’

ou gah LONDON:

Seat ‘TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLERY STREET.

| Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co, Ld., Bailliére, Paris

and Hodges, F Figcis, & Co., att

oy Raturalists,

bb con in stock every | kind of

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &¢. Also ee :

which should be fixed up in parse or Shruppany a

before the breeding Season. ae Ma 10

A Large Stock of Butterflies, Woths, Birds, er tc.

pops

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any aadiad! ‘

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND.

WATKINS & Meee he.

: “a Price 198) 6d. foarte cy ne wat

ey FAUNA. OF ERITISH. INDIA

(Including Ceylon “andl Burma). ie she ee

Published under the authority of the Secr etary of State for India i in Couneil,

Medium 8vo, with Teat Illustrations. Ay ao é

RHYNCHOTA, ‘Vol. wae

Taytor & Francis, | Red Lion Court, Eicee Street, EC. As

Price 12s, 6d.

A CONTRIBUTION

Super- Baie 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Test gure 8.

'PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. ‘NEW GUINEA.

be 8: GIBBS, F.LS., PRMS.

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Streot. ees

Rates for Advertisements 1 in ‘he Annals and

Magazine of Natural History.

Ones Gik:: ee Pyiclve ih Gage

Insertion. -- Insertions. We tions Ne

PAGE - - - - Lig 2 Oey @ Yates a7 C}, O each f. +2 O cach

HALF-PAGE - fete i ents oo 4 O° ¢) Soha aber Wf 6. : Net.

QUARTER-PAGE - 126 AS 10° Oe as

All applications for space to be nutes to ge :

Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 3A, Birdhurst Road, s, Croydon,

ee oes

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

[NINTH SERIES. ]

No. 1l. NOVEMBER 1918.

XXXVI.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily

Pyraustine. By Sir Georee F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S.,

&e.

[Concluded from p. 196.]

Genus Pronea will stand as Tp

Honaiide EMAb ia Clits Da GION CLONE vasnusWemasccsugvevarsay says fulvalis.

(1h) Hapalia bifossata, sp. n.

Antennz of male laminate with ridge of scales above ; fore wing

with depressed streaks beyond the cell above and below vein 6.

3. Head and thorax pale red-brown; abdomen whitish with

diffused brown bands except at base leaving whitish segmental

lines; frons with white lines at sides; palpi red-brown, white at

base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged

with ochreous brown, the fore tibize with dark brown band at

extremity. Fore wing whitish tinged with red-brown, the costal

and terminal areas broadly suffused with red-brown and the latter

irrorated with darker brown, the costal edge dark brown to the

postmedial line, then whitish with two minute dark spots on it;

antemedial line red-brown, oblique to submedian fold and incurved

below vein 1; a brown point in the cell towards extremity and

obliquely curved discoidal striga; the depressed streaks beyond

the cell whitish; postmedial line dark brown, slightly incurved

below costa, then excurved and minutely waved to below vein 3

where it is retracted to below end of cell, excurved below sub-

median fold; a terminal series of minute dark spots, rather bar-

shaped below vein 4; cilia dark brown, chequered with whitish at

Ann. & May. N. Hist. Sr. 9. Vel, ii. 8,

394 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

tips. Hind wing white, the inner area tinged with red-brown, the

terminal area suffused with red-brown to vein 2; a blackish point

at lower angle of cell; postmedial line brown, excurved from discal

fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a terminal series of minute

dark spots to vein 1; cilia red-brown with white tips to submedian

fold, then wholly white ; the underside white with the costal area

tinged with red-brown, black points at the angles of cell, the-post-

medial line black, punctiform, and extending to vein 1.

Hab. Peru, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden), 1 3 type. Exp.

20 mm.

(17) Hapalia lobibasalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male laminate with ridge of scales above; hind

wing with the costa lobed near base.

6. Head and thorax whitish suffused with red-brown ; abdomen

white slightly suffused with red-brown; palpi dark red-brown,

white in front to extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white slightly suffused with red-brown. Fore

wing whitish suffused with red-brown, the costa darker brown ;

a faint oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; postmedial line

brown, waved, excurved from vein 6 to 4, then oblique ; a terminal

series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; cilia with a brown

line at middle. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown; a

terminal series of minute black-brown spots to vein 2; the under-

side with indistinct curved brown postmedial line from costa to

vein 2.

Hab. Ectvapor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 S$ type. Hap.

20 mm.

(4a) Hapalia magnifovealis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; frons with white

lines at sides; palpi white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white tinged with yellow, the fore tibiz orange-

yellow in front. Fore wing orange-yellow, the costal area more

fulvous orange, the terminal area rather narrowly suffused with

red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to sub-

median fold; antemedial line indistinct, orange, very oblique; the

fovea beyond the cell large, white with a brownish white boss in

it ; postmedial line orange, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to

below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a punctiform red-

brown terminal line from below apex to submedian fold slightly

defined on inner side by orange; cilia fulvous orange, whitish at

tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the cell and costal area to near

apex and the inner area white; an orange postmedial line from

vein 5 to submedian fold; the terminal area narrowly suffused

with red-brown and glossed with silvery blue from below apex to

Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyrausti xe. 395

vein 2; a dark brown terminal line from apex to submedian fold ;

cilia orange-yellow with a deeper orange line through them and

some whitish at tips to submedian fold, then white tinged with

yellow.

Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 d type. ZHvp. 18 mm.

(15 b) Hapalia endotrichialis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow ; palpi with the

basal joint white ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen at base

with some white. Fore wing orange-yellow; a faint brownish

antemedial line, oblique to median nervure, then erect; minute

reddish brown spots in the cell towards extremity and on disco-

cellulars ; postmedial line reddish brown, excurved and slightly

waved to below vein 8, then retracted to below end of cell and

waved to inner margin; a fine dark brown terminal line. Hind

wing orange-yellow ; postmedial line brown, arising at vein 6,

oblique to vein 2, then slightly incurved and ending at submedian

told; a fine dark brown terminal line except towards tornus.

Hab. Formosa (Wileman), 1 3 type. Exp. 28 mm.

(24a) Hapalia glaucostigmalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax rufous; abdomen greyish suffused with

red-brown; antenne red-brown; palpi red-brown, white below to

near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white mixed with red-brown, the fore legs red-brown,

white on inner side. Fore wing rufous, the inner area paler ;

small obliquely placed dark brown spots in the cell, in submedian

fold, and on inner margin; a small grey-white spot in middle of

cell and discoidal lunule defined by dark brown; postmedial line

dark brown, excurved from below costa to vein 4, then oblique and

slightly sinuous ; a brown subterminal shade. Hind wing ochreous

white; an indistinct curved brown postmedial line; a slight

terminal brown shade from apex to vein 2; cilia whitish.

Hab. Cotompta, Rio Derg, 1 2 type. Earp. 24 mm.

(346) Hapalia nigristriatalis, sp: n.

3g. Head, thorax, and abdomen white tinged with red-brown,

the last darker towards extremity ; palpi suffused with red-brown

below, white above ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abéomen

white tinged with red-brown. Fore wing white tinged with red-

brown, the inner half whiter to beyond middle, the terminal area

broadly suifused with red-brown; a rather diffused red-brown

fascia through the cell; the veins beyond the cell slightly streaked

with red-brown and veins 7, 6 streaked with black defined below

by white streaks towards termen ; five black points oa terminal

396 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

part of costa which is white ; some blackish scales on lower disco-

cellular; a terminal series of minute blackish points on an ochreous

white line ; cilia dark brown, chequered with white at tips. Hind

wing white, the termen narrowly suffused with red-brown to sub-

median fold; a terminal series of black points to vein 2; cilia

white.

Hab. Cotompt1a, San Antonio (Palmer), 1 3 type. ap.

22 mm.

(85a) Hapalia tristigmalis, sp. n.

Head white tinged with cupreous brown; thorax pale cupreous

brown ; abdomen whitish banded with dark brown except towards

base; antenne dark brown ringed with white; frons with white

lines at sides; palpi dark brown, white in front towards base and

with some white at tips; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdo-

men white mixed with some black-brown, the fore tibiz black-

brown, the tarsi ringed with black. Fore wing whitish suffused

with cupreous brown with a slight purplish gloss, the costal edge

black with alternating white marks towards apex; a curved black

antemedial line, defined on inner side by white and with a small

triangular creamy white spot beyond it below the costa; a small

conical creamy white spot defined by black except above in upper

part of cell towards extremity; a sinuous black line defined on

outer side by white from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a

creamy white postmedial patch defined by black from costa to

vein 5, its outer edge angled outwards at vein 6, then reduced to a

bar; cilia creamy white, chequered with brown at base and with

brown line at middle. Hind wing white faintly tinged with

brown ; slight dark spots in upper part of cell towards extremity

and at upper angle; a faint brown postmedial line, incurved between

discal and submedian folds ; the terminal area suffused with pale

purplish brown except towards tornus; cilia chequered with brown

at base and with brown line at middle to vein 2; the underside

with black spots in the cell near base and before and at end of cell,

a postmedial series of black spots, incurved at discal fold and ex-

curved above inner margin.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Smith), 4 3, 2 2

type, Bonda (H. H. Smith), 1 6,192. Hxp. 18 mm.

(36 a) Hapalia distictalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark cupreous brown; palpi

white below to near tips ; pectus, legs, and base of ventral surface

of abdomen with some white, the tarsi creamy white. Fore wing

dark cupreous brown; a faint oblique dark antemedial line; a

small triangular creamy white spot defined by blackish except

above in upper part of cell towards extremity ; a faint sinuous dark

line from lower angle of cell to inner margin; a _postmedial

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 397

creamy white bar defined by blackish between veins 8 and 4, its

outer edge slightly angled outwards at veins 6 and 5; cilia white

at tips with some brown scales mixed. Hind wing dark cupreous

brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; a faint slightly sinuous dark

postmedial line from vein 4 to tornus; cilia white at tips; the

underside with waved dark postmedial line, incurved at discal fold ;

both wings with white line at base of cilia.

Hab. ConomBra, Don Amo (4H. H. Smith), 1 2 type, Bonda

(H. H. Smith),1 2. Hap. 20-22 mm.

(86d) Hapalia flavipartalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax yellow mixed with red-brown, the frons

whitish, the antennz whitish tinged with brown; palpi red-brown,

white below towards base and with some whitish at tips; abdomen

white mixed with red-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of

abdomen white, the fore tibize yellowish, the mid femora with

minute brown spot at extremity. Fore wing with the basal half

orange-yellow, the base suffused with red-brown, the terminal area

red-brown ; an oblique sinuous brown antemedial line; a brown

annulus in middle of cell ; a curved brown medial line confluent with

the inner side of a reddish brown discoidal spot defined by dark

brown and with dark brown striga in centre, the spot confluent

on outer side with the brown terminal area; a conical orange-

yellow postmedial patch from costa to vein 5, defined by dark

brown and its inner edge confluent with the yellow basal area at

costa; cilia white at tips from below apex to vein 4 and with some

white at submedian interspace. Hind wing white, tinged with

red-brown except the cell and costal area to beyond middle; the

cilia white; the underside white, the terminal area tinged with

brown to vein 2.

Hab. Cotomsta, Choko, R. Siato, 1 ¢ type. Hwvp. 20 mm.

(386) Hapalia umbriferalis, sp. n.

¢. Head and thorax rufous, some white on vertex of head and

on metathorax behind; abdomen dark red-brown with white

segmental lines; palpi with some white at base; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with rufous, the femora,

tibie, and tarsi banded with black. Fore wing rufous suffused

with dark brown, the costal area bright rufous except towards base,

with three small black spots on the costa towards apex; antemedial

line black-brown, angled outwards below costa, excurved below the

cell and angled inwards above inner margin, defined on inner side

by whitish ‘below the cell; a small black annulus in upper part of

middle of cell and discoidal figurefof-eight shaped mark, its upper

and lower parts filled in with rufous, the rufous from costa ex-

tending into the cell before it ; postmedial line black-brown defined

398 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

on outer side by whitish, strong and obliquely downeurved to

vein 6, then excurved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is

retracted to below angle of cell and bent outwards below submedian

fold ; a terminal series of minute black spots with whitish striae

between them; cilia dark red-brown, whitish at tips. Hind wing

red-brown, rather darker at termen on which there is a series of

minute blackish points; cilia white at tips; the underside pale

rufous slightly irrorated with dark brown, a minute black spot in

middle of cell and small spots at the angles, postmedial line black,

maculate, excurved to below vein 38, then retracted and ending in a

small spot below vein 2, a terminal series of black points to vein 2

and some dark brown at submedian fold.

Hab. Prru, San Domingo (Ochkenden), 1 & type. Exp.

22 mm.

(506) Hepalia conisanalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen red-brown mixed with some

ereyish, the last with white segmental lines except towards base ;

frons with white lines at sides ; palpi rufous, white at base; pectus

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with red-brown.

Fore wing whitish suffused with red-brown and thickly irrorated

with dark brown, the terminal area rather more strongly suffused

with red-brown ; antemedial line rather diffused, brown, slightly

waved; a pean brown spot in upper part of cell towards extre-

mity and discoidal striga; a brown shade beyond the cell from

costa to vein 2; postmedial line brown, minutely waved, excurved

from below costa to vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell;

a rather punctiform dark brown terminal line to submedian fold ;

cilia with a brown line through them, the tips whitish. Hind

wing whitish suffused with red- brown and irrorated with dark

brown ; postmedial line indistinct, brown, slightly excurved from

diseal fold to vein 2 where it terminates; a rather punctiform dark

terminal line to 2; cilia with a brownish line near base and the tips

whitish to vein 2, then wholly whitish.

Hab. Br. C. Aprica, Shiré Valley, Mwanza R. (Weave), 1 2

type, Mt. Mlange (Neave),1 2. Exp. 20 mm.

(10la) Hapalia lunilinealis, sp. n.

S$. Head, thorax, and abdomen rufous, the genital tufts white ;

palpi below towards base and pectus in front white; tarsi white

tinged with rufous. Fore wing rufous; antemedial line indistinct,

brown, oblique, and slightly sinuous to vein 1, then incurved ; a

slight dark discoidal lunule; postmedial line formed by minute

dark lunules, excurved from below costa to below vein 3, then

retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner margin; a brown

terminal line; cilia whitish tinged with rufous and with brown

line near base. Hind wing whitish tinged with rufous; a curved

Pyralidze of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 399

postmedial series of brown points on veins 5 to 2; a red-brown

terminal line and line near base of cilia to vein 2.

Hab. Ecuavor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 6 3 type. Euzp.

28 mm.

(104¢) Hapalia rubritactalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen ochreous yellow tinged with

rufous ; palpi rufous, the basal joint white ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore legs tinged with rufous ; a faint

diffused brownish antemedial line from subcostal nervure to inner

margin ; a small brownish spot in upper part of cell towards extre-

mity and discoidal bar; postmedial line indistinct, diffused,

brownish, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to below angle of cell

and erect to inner margin, slightly defined on outer side by yellow;

the costal area yellower towards apex. Hind wing ochreous yellow

suffused with rufous, the inner margin whitish ; postmedial line

brownish defined on outer side by diffused yellow, erect to vein 2

towards termen, then retracted and again erect to termen above

tornus; the terminal area suffused with rufous to vein 1, leaving

some yellow on termen; cilia white.

Hab. “Germ. E. Arnica,” Ruaha R., Kilossa Rd. (eave), 1 ¢

type. Exp. 20 mm.

(127) EHapalia carbonifusalis, sp. n.

Head fuscous brown mixed with some ochreous ; thorax fuscous

brown ; abdomen greyish suffused with fuscous brown; antennze

fuscous brown; palpi black-brown with some white below ; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen grey suffused with fuscous

brown, the fore tibie with black band at extremity. Fore wing

fuscous brown mixed with grey-white; antemedial line blackish,

oblique to median nervure, then erect; a slight white discoidal

lunule defined by fuscous brown; postmedial line rather diffused

blackish, slightly excurved at vein 7, and bent outwards between

veins 5 and 3, then retracted to below end of cell and erect to inner

margin; a blackish terminal line ; cilia chequered with blackish at

tips. Hind wing fuscous brown tinged with grey.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 3 $, 3 Q type.

Exp. 16-20 mm.

(127d) Hapalta conistolalis, sp. n.

3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with grey-

white; antenne dark brown; palpi black-brown; fore tibiz at

extremity and the tarsi banded black and white. Fore wing

thickly irrorated with dark brown and grey-white; antemedial line

black, slightly waved, oblique to submedian fold, then erect; a

small rather diffused blackish spot in middle of cell; a small white

400 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

discoidal lunule irrorated with brown and defined at sides by black ;

postmedial line black, excurved at vein 7 and between veins 5 and 3,

then retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian

fold; a terminal series of small black spots; cilia white mixed with

brown. Hind wing grey-brown irrorated with fuscous; a dark

terminal line except towards tornus ; cilia white mixed with brown

and with brown line at middle.

Hab. N. Nreerta, Zingeru (Simpson), 1 3 type, Minna (Macfie),

1 ¢. Hep. 20 mm.

(127 e) Hapalia pulverulenta, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax reddish brown mixed with grey-white ;

abdomen whitish tinged with red-brown ; frons with white lines at

sides; palpi red-brown, white at base; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen white, the fore legs suffused with red-brown.

Fore wing reddish brown mixed with some white ; a brown ante-

medial line in submedian interspace, angled outwards to a slight

spot at submedian fold; slight brown spots at middle of cell and

on discocellulars; postmedial line formed by small brown spots,

defined on outer side by slight white marks and with some white

before it at discal fold, excurved from discal fold to vein 3, then

ineurved ; a terminal series of minute blackish spots. Hind wing

pale reddish brown ; a terminal series of black points to vein 2;

cilia white tinged with red-brown. Underside of fore wing grey-

brown, the costal area white to near apex ; hind wing white.

Hab. Cryton, Ambalangoda (Jlackwood, Green, Pole), 3 3

type. Hap. 20-22 mm.

(128 a) Hapalia poliostolalis, sp. n.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown with a leaden gloss,

the last with white segmental lines; palpi white below; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown.

Fore wing grey-brown with a leaden gloss; a faint erect brown

antemedial line; a faint dark discoidal bar; postmedial line rather

diffused dark brown, very slightly waved, excurved from costa to

below vein 8, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect to inner

margin ; cilia white tinged with brown, with dark line near base

and slight spots near tips. Hind wing grey-brown with a leaden

gloss, the cilia white with a dark line near base; the underside

white mixed with brown, obliquely placed small black spots at the

angles of cell, a curved punctiform dark postmedial line, and

terminal series of black points.

Hab. Formosa, Kanshirei (Wileman), 1 9 type. Hap.

16 mm.

Pyralids: of the Subfamily Pyraustine. AOL

(la) Pyrausta pectinalis, sp. n.

Antenne of male bipectinate with long fine branches to two-

thirds length.

3. Head and thorax pale red-brown ; abdomen whitish suffused

with red-brown; antennz ringed with black towards base; palpi

black-brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore cox dark

brown towards base, the femora and tibize suffused with red-brown.

Fore wing glossy red-brown ; a faint dark discoidal bar; cilia with

pale line at base and some whitish at tips. Hind wing glossy red-

brown ; a faint dark mark at upper angle of cell; cilia with some

whitish at tips; the underside whitish tinged with red-brown, a

faint rather diffused brown postmedial line from costa to vein 4.

Hab. Perv, Chanchamayo, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 26 mm.

(81b) Pyrausta fulviflavalis, sp. n.

Q. Head whitish tinged with fulvous ; thorax fulvous ; abdomen

whitish suffused with fulvous; palpi rufous, white below; throat

white ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale rufous,

the mid tibize on outer side and all the tarsi white. Fore wing

fulvous, the costal edge brown to middle, then white ; antemedial

line indistinct, brown, eblique and waved to above vein 1 and

angled inwards above inner margin ; a brown point in upper part

of middle of cell and curved discoidal striga ; -a diffused brown spot

beyond lower angle of cell ; postmedial line brown, dentate, oblique

to vein 5, then inwardly oblique and incurved above inner margin ;

cilia rufous. Hind wing semihyaline whitish tinged with orange-

yellow, the terminal area orange-yellow to submedian fold, angled

inwards at vein 2 to below end of cell; a curved series of slight

red-brown lunules on veins 4, 3, 2; a red-brown terminal line and

the cilia rufous from below apex to vein 2.

Hab. Argentina, Puerto Aguirre (Betton), 1 Q type. Exp.

32 mm.

(88a) Pyrausta violascens, sp. n.

Q. Head and tegule fulvous ; thorax very pale purplish; abdo-

men white with a violaceous grey tinge; palpi rufous, white below

towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white

faintly tinged with brown. Fore wing very pale purplish, the

costal area fulvous to beyond middle; a faint oblique brownish

antemedial line ; a small fulvous spot in the cell towards extremity

and discoidal bar; a faint brownish postmedial line, excurved and

slightly waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below

angle of cell and oblique to inner margin; cilia whitish. Hind

wing very pale purplish, the inner area whitigh; a faint brownish

402 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

postmedial line, excurved and slightly waved between veins 5 and 2,

where it terminates ; cilia whitish.

Hab. Gow Coast, Kumasi (Sanders), 1 9 type. Hxp.28 mm.

(55a) Pyrausta fulvilinealis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax white mixed with some fulvous ; abdomen

white; antenne pale fulvous; frons with black bars at sides;

palpi fulvous mixed with some blackish, white below towards base ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore femora

red-brown above, the tibize black on inner side and the tarsi ringed

with black. Fore wing creamy white, the costal area tinged with

fulvous and the costal edge black-brown to end of cell; antemedial

line fulvous, oblique, slightly excurved below costa ; a small fulvous

spot in the cell towards extremity and discoidal lunule defined by

fulvous; postmedial line fulvous, interrupted, angled outwards

below costa, then incurved to vein 5 where it is interrupted, oblique

to vein 2, then represented by a bar below angle of cell and oblique

line from vein 2 to inner margin; subterminal line fulvous, rather

interrupted, oblique to vein 5, excurved between veins 5 and 4, and

angled inwards at vein 2 to near the postmedial line; the costa

fulvous towards apex; a fine fulvous terminal line. Hind wing

ereamy white; a fulvous discoidal bar; postmedial line fulvous,

slightly bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted and

obsolete to lower angle of cell, then oblique to inner margin; sub-

terminal line fulyous, slightly excurved between veins 6 and 2 and

ending at tornus; a fine fulvous terminal line and slight line near

base of cilia.

Hab. Ucaxrpa, Mbale-—Kumi Rd. (Neave), 1 3 type. Exp.

32 mm.

(58a) Pyrausta distictalis, sp. n.

3. Head and thorax whitish suffused with fulvous ; abdomen

creamy white faintly tinged with rufous ; pectus, legs, and ventral

surface of abdomen creamy white, the fore legs tinged with rufous,

the femora, tibiz, and base of tarsi blackish above. Fore wing

very pale yellow, the base suffused with fulvous, the costal edge

blackish ; a minute black spot in the cell towards extremity and

another at lower angle. Hind wing uniform very pale yellow.

Underside of fore wing tinged with brown except on inner area.

Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 2 5 type. Exp.

24 mm.

(6le) Pyrausta leucoplacalis, sp. n.

3d. Head and thorax cupreous brown with some white on meta-

thorax ; abdomen white indistinctly banded with cupreous brown ;

antennz whitish tinged with cupreous brown; sides of frons and

Pyralidee of the Subfumily Pyraustine. 403

palpi black-brown, the latter white below; pectus, legs, and ventral

surtace of abdomen white, the fore femora and tibize suffused with

cupreous brown and the mid tibiz with cupreous brown spots at

extremity. Fore wing cupreous brown, an ochreous white fascia

below costa from the antemedial to beyond the postmedial line ;

antemedial line dark brown defined on inner side by ochreous

white, arising at median nervure and slightly angled outwards

above inner margin, an ochreous white patch beyond it at inner

margin; a small semihyaline white spot in middle of cell and

discoidal spot defined by dark brown except above where it is con-

fluent with the subcostal fascia ; postmedial line dark brown, waved

and defined on outer side by a waved ochreous white band, with a

semihyaline white patch before it beyond the cell and spots below

veins 4, 3, 2, excurved from costa to vein 4, then oblique; a narrow

terminal ochreous white band and a terminal series of small brown

spots to vein 2; cilia white. Hind wing semihyaline white t@ the

postmedial line, then ochreous white; small black-brown subbasal

spots below the cell and above inner margin ; a black discoidal bar ;

postmedial line black-brown, arising below costa, curved and waved

between veins 5 and 2, where it is retracted, then sinuous to inner

margin ; a wedge-shaped cupreous brown subterminal patch with

waved edges from below costa to vein 3, then a rather diffusec

interrupted sinuous line ; a terminal series of small brown spots to

vein 2; cilia white.

Hab. Cotomsta, Sierra del Libane (H. H. Sinith), 2 3 type.

Exp. 26 mm.

(103 6) Pyrausta xanthyalinalis, sp. n.

@. Head and thorax pale yellow tinged with rufous ; abdomen

pale yellow; frons with blackish bars at sides; palpi black-brown

above and white at base; pectus, legs, and venta surface of abdo-

men white, the legs tinged with yellow, the fore legs with dark

brown mark at femoro-tibial joint. Fore wing pale yellow, thinly

sealed, the costal area tinged with rufous and the costal edge dark

brown to the postmedial line; antemedial line brown, slightly

curved; adark brown discoidal lunule; postmedial line dark brown,

curved inwards and obsolescent between veins 5 and 2 and slightly

excurved above inner margin; a terminal series of brown striz

from apex to vein 4. Hind wing pale yellow, thinly scaled; a

brown discoidal striga ; postmedial line brown, curved inwards and

obsolescent between veins 5 and 2.

Hab. Ecvapor, R. Pastaza, El Topo (Palmer), 3 ¢ type.

Exp. 24 mm.

(106 6) Pyrausta microdontalis, sp. un.

2. Head and thorax whitish tinged with red-brown ; abdomen

white faintly tinged with brown; palpi red-brown, white below ;

404 Sir G. F. Hampson on new

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the fore legs

and mid femora streaked with brown. Fore wing whitish suffused

with pale reddish brown and slightly irrorated with fuscous; a

eurved blackish antemedial line; a black discoidal bar; postmedial

line blackish, curved and minutely dentate to vein 2 where it is

retracted to below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; a faint

rather diffused dentate brown subterminal line; a fine black

terminal line; cilia whitish at tips. Hind wing whitish suffused

with pale reddish brown and irrorated with fuscous, the inner

margin white; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; postmedial line

rather diffused blackish, waved to vein 2, then retracted to below

angle of cell and ending at tornus; a blackish subterminal shade

with slightly waved outer edge to vein 2, then oblique; a fine

black terminal line; cilia with dark line near base, the tips white.

Hab. Br. EB. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala

(Weave), 1 2 type. Hap. 20 mm.

(107 b) Pyrausta pulvereiumbralis, sp. n.

3S. Head and thorax ochreous tinged with rufous; abdomen

whitish suffused with red-brown and with white segmental lines

towards extremity, the anal tuft tinged with rufous; palpi white

below towards base; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen

white slightly tinged with brown. Fore wing ochreous tinged

with rufous, irrorated with brown from before the antemedial to

beyond the postmedial line except on costal area, the medial area

whitish except towards costa; antemedial line fulvous yellow with

a brownish line on it, curved; a small brown spot defined by .

fulvous yellow in upper part of cell towards extremity and brown

discoidal bar defined by fulvous yellow; an oblique brown shade

from beyond upper angle of cell to inner margin beyond the post-

medial line, which is fulvous yellow with a brownish line on it,

excurved from vein 7 to 5, then rather oblique to vein 3, then bent

inwards to lower angle of cell, then again rather oblique and bent

outwards to inner margin, a brown shade with waved outer edge

beyond it from below costa to vein 3; a curved rather diffused

fulvous yellow subterminal line, arising below the costa; cilia

white with a faint ochreous brown line at middle. Hind wing

white; a brownish postmedial line, bent inwards at vein 2, then

oblique to tornus ; a brownish subterminal line.

Hab. Axysstyta, Diré Daroua (Kristensen), 1 5 type. Eup.

24 mim.

(107 e) Pyrausta fulvitinctalis, sp. n.

Q. Head and thorax fulvous; abdomen red-brown with fine

white segmental lines on medial segments ; antenne dark brown ;

frons with white lines at sides; palpi yellow with a fulvous tinge ;

pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with

Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustinz. 405

rufous. Fore wing red-brown, suffused with fulvous to middle

and on costal area to apex; a faint dark antemedial line, oblique to

submedian fold, then inwardly oblique; postmedial line dark,

oblique towards costa, then excurved and minutely waved to vein 3,

slightly angled inwards at vein 2 and erect to inner margin; a fine

dark brown terminal line ; cilia with a fine pale line at base followed

by a brown line. Hind wing red-brown; an indistinct curved

dark postmedial line; a dark brown terminal line; cilia with a fine

pale line at base followed by a brown line ; the underside paler, the

costal area ochreous white to the postmedial line.

Hab. Ecuavor, Zamora (Abbé Gaujon), 1 2 type. Exp.

20 mm.

(1086) Pyrausta wanthocepsalis, sp. n.

3. Head yellow tinged with rufous; antenne, thorax, and

abdomen glossy fuscous brown; palpi dark brown, yellowish above

and white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus, legs, and

ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown. Fore wing

glossy fuscous brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a diffused

whitish spot in end of cell; postmedial line whitish, somewhat

dilated at costa, incurved at discal fold, excurved to vein 3, then

retracted to below angle of cell and excurved below submedian

fold ; a terminal series of slight black points and fine white line at

base of cilia. Hind wing pale brown with a slight cupreous tinge ;

cilia with a fine white line at base followed by a brown line, the

tips with some whitish.

Hab. Mexico, Guerrero (H. H. Smith), 2 3 type, Godman-

Salvin Coll., Guadalajara (Goldsmith),1 $. Hwp. 20 mm.

(1186) Pyrausta infuscalis, sp. n.

Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark reddish brown; palpi

dark brown, white below to near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown.

Fore wing dark reddish brown slightly irrorated with whitish; a

faint dark antemedial line, oblique towards costa and defined on

outer side by whitish below the cell; postmedial line indistinct,

rather diffused dark brown slightly defined on outer side by whitish,

somewhat angled outwards below costa, incurved at discal fold,

excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below angle of cell and erect

to inner margin; a terminal series of small rather triangular

blackish spots ; cilia whitish mixed with brown. Hind wing pale

reddish brown, the costal area whitish to beyond middle; cilia

whitish with a brown line near base; the underside whitish mixed

with brown, a dark postmedial line excurved below vein 7 and

between veins 5 and 2.

Hab. Sixutm (Méller), 1 2 type. Hxp. 20 mm

406 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine.

(139 b) Pyrausta auricinctalis, sp. n.

3. Head and tegule orange-yellow, the latter with some dark

brown dorsally ; thorax dark brown mixed with yellow; abdomen

dark purplish brown, the two terminal segments orange-yellow, the

genital tufts paler yellow ; antenne brown, orange-yellow towards

base; peetus and legs yellowish tinged with brown. Fore wing

dark purple-brown ; the base orange-yellow ; the costal edge orange-

yellow to a medial orange-yellow band from costa to above vein 1,

rounded below, the costa beyond it orange-yellow; an orange-

yellow terminal band with curved inner edge; cilia orange-yellow

at base, whitish at tips. Hind wing dark purplish brown; an orange-

yellow terminal band, the inner edge slightly incurved at submedian

fold ; cilia orange-yellow, whitish at tips.

Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo, Maramas Distr., Lala

(Neave), 1 3 type. Herp. 18 mm.

(8a) Pegostoma subterminalis, sp. n.

$6. Head, thorax, and abdomen white mixed with reddish

brown; antenne brown; palpi dark brown, white below; pectus,

legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed with dark

brown. Fore wing white, the basal area and costal area to apex

tinged with red-brown; a red-brown subterminal band, its inner

edge incurved below vein 5 and slightly angled outwards above

vein 1; cilia pale red-brown. Hind wing pale red-brown. Under-

side white suffused with red-brown. é

Hab. Orange R. Cotoxy, Bloemfontein (Hekersley), 1 3 type.

Hep. 16 mm.

(4a) Noctuelia anartalis, sp. n.

9. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown mixed with some

white; antenne dark brown; palpi dark brown, the basal joint

white; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white mixed

with dark brown. Fore wing red-brown mixed with white and

slightly irrorated with dark brown; an oblique black-brown line

defined on inner side by white from upper part of cell towards

extremity to inner margin; some diffused blackish beyond upper

angle of cell; postmedial line white defined on inner side by a fine

slightly dentate black-brown line, incurved below vein 4 and

slightly angled outwards below submedian fold ; a diffused sinuous

whitish subterminal band indented by a wedge-shaped dark mark

from termen above vein 1; cilia white with a brown line near base

and some brown at tips. Hind wing orange-yellow, the costal

area white; some dark brown irroration along vein 1; a narrow

red-brown terminal band, ending in a point at submedian fold, its

inner edge slightly waved; cilia brown, white at tips. Underside

On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 407

of fore wing white, tinged-with yellow on disk, the costal area

irrorated with red-brown ; hind wing orange-yellow, the costal area

white, irrorated with red-brown except towards base, the terminal

band formed by red-brown irroration.

Hab. KE. Turxestan (Avinof’), 1 2 type. Exp. 22 mm.

(7a) Noctuelia josialis, sp. n.

3S. Head and tegul orange-yellow, the latter with black-brown

patches at tips glossed with blue, with orange-yellow stripes at

sides and the patagia with some orange-yellow scales; abdomen

black-brown with a cupreous gloss and orange-yellow subdorsal

stripes, the genital tufts white; antenne black: frons with black

patch; palpi black, the basal joint and base of 2nd joint yellow;

femora whitish tinged with brown; ventral surface of abdomen

with white stripe except at extremity. Fore wing black-brown

with a cupreous gloss; an orange-yellow fascia along median

nervure to near termen where its extremity is rounded; an orange-

yellow streak on inner margin. Hind wing black-brown with a

cupreous gloss; a broad orange-yellow stripe in and below the cell

to near termen, extending to inner margin at base and narrowing

somewhat with its lower edge oblique beyond the cell.

Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quiguas, 1 ¢ type.

Exp. 80 millim.

XXXVII.—On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods

(Myriapoda), with Special Reference to Three Leachian

Species. By RicHarD S. BAGNALL, F.L.S.

One of the drawbacks to students of British Myriapods

undoubtedly lies in the unsatisfactory state of the nomenclature.

When one remembers that, amongst the Diplopods, there

are so many instances of two (or more) species being so closely

related as to be practically indistinguishable, except by a

dissection and study of the male, one at once realizes how

difficult it must be for a discoverer of a species so closely

allied to one already known to decide which of the two was

the one described by an older naturalist at a time when

present-day methods were not used.

A case in point: Brachyiulus pusillus, a graceful little

Julid with a pair of yellowish stripes. down the back, was

described by Leach from Edinburgh and London more than

a hundred years ago. In recent years Verhoeff showed that

there were two species, externally alike but abundantly

408 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the

distinct in the structure of the male gonopods ete., describing

one of them as new under the name of Brachyiulus littoralis,

The dissection of male examples, however, from an abun-

dance of British material proves that all our examples are

referable to Verhoeff’s species. Surely, by deduction, one

must refer the British material to Leach’s species, and so

sink Verhoefi’s name as asynonym. And, further, another

name must be found for the puszllus of Verhoeff (non Leach).

The present memoir is an attempt to show my deductions

as to the true synonymy of three of Leach’s species, from

which it will be seen that new names will have to be found

for Craspedosoma rawlinsi, Verhoeff (non Leach), and

Brachyiulus pusillus, Verhoeff (non Leach). As existing

names (now sunk as synonyms) may be found applicable, I

leave this question to more capable hands. I have, however,

suggested a new name for Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non

Verhoeff), the issue in this instance not being complicated

by old synonymy.

Of four of Leach’s memoirs on Myriapods containing

practically the same subject-matter, I have perused the

following :—

Leach, W. E. 1814-15. ‘A Tabular View of the Ex-

ternal Characters of Four Classes ef Animals, which Linné

arranged under Insecta ; with the Distribution of the Genera

composing Three of these Classes into Orders &c., and

Descriptions of several new Genera and Species.” In Trans.

Linn. Soc. Lond. vol. xi. (1815) pp. 306-400 (Class II.

Myriapoda, pp. 376-386).

Leach, W. E. 1817. ‘The Characters of the Genera of

the Class Myriapoda, with Descriptions of some Species.”

In the ‘ Zoological Miscellany,’ ii. pp. 36-45 (with 10

plates).

The following extract is from the first of these references :—

[p. 379 | “Spec. 7. Julus pusillus.

“ J. Segmento ultimo submucranato, corpore cinerascente

nigro aut fusco-brunneo lineis duabus rufescentibus.

“ Long. Corp. 5 ad 6 lin.

“Habitat prope Kdinburgum sub lapidibus ; in Battersea

fields, Londinum prope, inter graninum radices.

“‘ Copulatione observavi.

;

Synonymy of some European Diplopods. 409

[p. 380]

“8. Corpus rufescens lateribus lineaque lengitudinale

dorsali fuseus brunneis.

“ Dorsum lineis fortioribus exaratis, distantibus rectis sub-

lveequalibus, Antennee fuse articulis dilutis. Pedes lutes-

centes, -

“Gen. 3. CRASPEDOSOMA.T

[ Footnote ] This genus was proposed by my much lamented

friend Richard Rawlins, Hsq., who discovered tlie first species,

“Corpus lineare, depressum, segmentis lateraliter com-

pressis, marginatis. Antenne articulo secundo tertio breviore.

“* Segmentis lateribus medio prominulis.

Spec. 1. Craspedosoma Rawlinsii.

“C. dorso fusco-brunneo lineis quatuor punctorum albi-

dortin, ventre pedibusque rufescentibus.

« Long. Corp. 7 lin.

“ Habitat inter muscos et sub lapidibus propre. Edin-

burgum vulgatissima. Detexit R. Rawlins cujus nomen

gerit.

«e*® Segmentis lateribus postice productis.

“ Spec. 2. Craspedosoma polydesmoides.

“ C. dorso rufo griseo, ventre pallido, pedibus rufescentibus

basi pallidis, angulo segimentorum postico setigero.

“ Habitat in Danmonid prope Plymouth, sub lapidibus

passim. Detexit Dom Montagu.

“Corpus rufo-griseum, pedibus pallidioribus. Dorsum

lineé longitudinaliter impressum. Segmenta valdé promi-

nentia angulo antico rotundate ; postico retrorsum producto,

setifero seté conic alba. Facies saturate rufo-grisea. Oculi

atri, Antennee rufo-griseze sub-pilosula. Venter pallidus,

ulbidus. Pedes rufescentes, basi pallidi.” [End of p. 380. ]

Brachyiulus pusillus (Leach), non Verhoeff.

Syn. Brachyiulus (Microbrachyiulus) littoralis, Verhoeff.

Julus pusillus, Leach, pie Trans. Linn. ei Lond, xi. p. 379 ;

1817, Zool. Mise. iii. p. 8

In 1917 I brought forward B. B. (Microbrachyiuts) littoralis,

Verhoeff, as British on the strength of a large number of

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 30

410 Mr. R. 8. Bagnall on the

examples found at Ainsdale, near Southport, in April 1916,

which were kindly identified by Brélemann. Since then I

have taken examples of the same species in the Forth Area

of Scotland, in the counties of Northumberland and Durham,

both inland and on the coast, and in other localities, including

the Soufh Coast at Swanage. In every case expert examina-

tions of the males were made by Mr. and Mrs. Brade-Birks,

proving the species to be Verhoeff’s littoralis.

Leach described J. pustllus from Edinburgh and London,

and as I have secured material from one of these localities,

and no British examples as yet dissected have been found to

be referable to pusillus as diagnosed by Verhoeff, one is

forced to the conclusion that when he demonstrated that there

were two allied species, Verhoeff unfortunately gave the

name Utioralis to what was in reality Leach’s species. I may

have the opportunity this winter of going into the question

of how far Verhoeft followed previous continental authors as

regards B. pusillus ; in any case, a new name must be found

for B. pusillus of Verhoeff (non Leach), but as the names

boleti, Am Stein (1857) and stuwbergit, Fanzago (1875), are

given as synonyms of pusil/us by Latzel, and might be

referable to either species, I dare not go further in the matter

just now.

Craspedosoma rawlinsii, Leach.

Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, non Attems.

Craspedosoma rawlinsn, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. xi.

p- 880; 1817, Zool. Mise. ili. p. 36, pl. exxxiv. figs. 1-5.

Craspedosoma raulinsii, Samouelle, 1819, The HEntomologist’s

Useful Compendium, p. 114.

Craspedosoma rawlinsti, var. stmile, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent.

Zeitsch. xxxvi. pp. 129-180.

Craspedosoma simile, Verhoeff, 1910, Sitzungsber. Ges. Naturf.

Freunde, no. 1, pp. 19-62, figs.

Verhoeff first described his s¢mele in 1891 as a variety of

vawlinsi, but later raised it to specific rank, and in 1910

(reference above cited) he reviewed the genus Craspedosoma

(pp. 80-55) and gave the tables of his subdivisions, species,

and subspecies. ‘That the species he regards as rawlinsid

and simile are well characterized is distinctly demonstrated,

but here again I contend that Verhoefi’s species should be

referred to the species Leach described.

In-1912 I sent Verhoeff specimens of Craspedosoma from

Gibside, County Durham, which he returned as C. simile and

Synonymy of some European Diplopods. —~ 411

C. simile rhenanum, and as such [ recorded them *, Examples

identified by Ellingsen from Norway (a large series) were

all referred to simile (and subspecies and varieties thereof )

by Verhoeff (Zool. Anz. xxxix. pp. 499-511, May 1912),

whilst the C. raw/insii: recorded trom Holland in moles’

nests by Father Heselhaus, 8.J. (Tijdschrift voor Ent. lvi.

1913, p. 240), was later (/. c. lvil. 1914, p. 80) referred by

Verhoef to simile. It therefore seems that no examples of

what he regards to be rawlinsti have been examined by

Verhoeff from our faunal area, all so named being referred to

simile, and until the reverse is proved I consider it distinctly

advisable to regard Verhoeff’s sime/e as a synonym of raw-

finsu, Leach. in the meantime, it is to be hoped that more

British examples may be secured for study.

Thus a new name is necessary for the rawlinsti of Verhoeff

(non Leach), but as Latzel gives the names marmoratum,

C. Kk. (1847), and gibbosum, Am Stein (1857), as synonyms,

it would not be wise to suggest a new name without further

research.

Craspedosoma leachi (nom. nov.), Bagn.

Syn. Craspedosoma simile, Attems (non Verhoefi), 1895, Sitz. k.

Akad. Wiss. Wien, math.-naturw. Cl. civ. pp. 75-76.

A species allied to mutabile, Latz. When Attems described

it he was aware of Verhoeff’s var. simile of rawlinsit, but the

raising of this form to specific rank rendered it necessary to

give another name to Attems’s species.

Polymicrodon polydesmoides (Leach).

Syn. Polymicrodon latzeli (Verhoeff ).

Craspedosoma polydesmoides, Leach, 1814, Trans. Linn. Soe,

Lond. xi. p. 880; 1817, Zool. Misc. iii, p. 36, pl. cxxxiv.

figs. 6-9 ; Samouelle, 1819, The Entomologist’s Useful Com-

pendium, p. 114. ¢

Atractosoma polydesmoides of later British authors.

Atractosoma latzeli, Verhoeff, 1891, Berl. Ent. Zeitsch. xxxvi.

pp. 127-128, figs. 4-6.

Polymicrodon latzeli, Verhoeff, 1897, Berlin. Archiv. f. Natur-

gesch, i. pp. 129-188; 1912, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. North-

umberland & Durham, n. s., iv. pp. 159-166, pl. x. figs. 4-7.

Also Polymicrodon latzeli of recent autbors.

Atractosoma latzeli was described by Verhoeff in 1891

from the south of England, his description being based upon

* “Brief Records of Chetechylene vesuviana, Newp., and other Myrio-

pods new to the British Fauna,” The Zoologist, July 1912.

30*

4 * Mr. L. B. Prout on new

a solitary poorly preserved male example, and six years later

the same author instituted the genus Polymicredon for that

species. In 1911 I submitted numerous examples of P. lat-

geli to Verhoeff from the north of England, who (1912) wrote

at some length upon this material. Nowhere have I seen

any attempt to show how Jatzeli differs from Leach’s species

polydesmoides, described somewhat over a hundred years ago

(and figured) from South Devon, of which Samouelle says

‘inhabits Devonshire under stores. It is common all along

the borders of Dartmoor and on the southern coast. It was

once taken by Dr. Leach in the garden of the British

Museum.”

I have twice stated that there appeared to be two allied

species, referring the commoner to datzeli and the rarer to

polydesmoides ; but in recent years I have made a closer

study of the Diplopoda, and I am convinced that the so-regarded

rarer species is in reality the later larval stages of latzeli.

Verhoeff states (1912, p. 165) that the occurrence of

P. latzelt in the north of England is very noteworthy from

the zoogeographical point of view “ since this is the first time

that a Craspedosomid of ‘ Atractosoma-habit’ has been

recorded from the northern region affected by the Ice Age.

This is by far the most northerly record for any such Craspe-

dosomid.” Asa matter of fact, the species is not uncommon in

Scotland and is one of the commonest Diplopods in the

northern counties of England ; it is probably as common in

the midlands and the south, where I have collected it in

North and South Devon, Bath, Oxford, Swanage, Ports-

mouth, Isle of Wight, and in the. London district.

T see no grounds whatever for the retention of the name

latzeli, which I consider must fall as a synonym of poly-

desmoides.

XXXVITI.—New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection.

By Louis B. Provt, F.E.S.

Family Zygenide.

1. Caprima chrysosoma.

? —31 mm.

Head and body orange-ochreous ; antennal shaft blackish,

with blue irroration (tips lost); tarsi blue-blackish on

upper side; tibial spurs almost entirely atrophied.

Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 413

Fore wing long and narrow, more recalling Aphanto-

cephala, or even Docleopsis, than Caprima; SC* wanting,

R* just stalked, DC acutely inangled; black, irrorated with

blue ; a small ochre-yellow patch at base, produced on the

space between costal edge and vein C to a length of nearly

2 mm. ; a narrow ochre-yellow streak from SC at4or5 mm.

from base, running very obliquely in direction of termen

but not quite reaching SM’.

Hind wing black with blue irroration ; abdominal margin

ochre-yellow for a width of over 1 mm. At termen appear-

ing to widen on account of some yellow irroration.

Underside similar, but in part with stronger blue and

purple reflections, the yellow markings somewhat extended,

the fore wing with some additional yellow scales in and

distally to the posterior angle of the cell and at distal end of

abdominal margin.

Aru Is., March-May 1916 (W. J. C. Frost).

Family Geometrida.

Subfam. Srzrrazivz.

2. Semeopus subtranslucens.

? .—33 mm.

Head and body nearly concolorous with wings; antennal

joints not projecting ; ciliation fully as long as diameter

of shaft ; pectus not densely hairy.

Fore “wing with apex acute, termen rather irregularly

subcrenulate; proximal areole ample, distal minute, SC’

arising well down on the stalk of SC’~°’; subdiaphanous

whitish, with slight pink reflections and with some some-

what olivaceous* irroration; costal margin and _ base

olivaceous *; markings olivaceous *, antemedian line before

one-third, excurved in cell and in submedian area; cell-

mark ocelloid ; median line dentate, from five-eighths costa,

oblique outwards to SC°, somewhat incurved between the

radials and strongly behind middle, reaching hind margin

about middle; a duplicating line just beyond the median

commences about R’, feeble at first but becoming distinct

and thickening, almost connected with median by olivaceous

shading in posterior part ; postmedian line dentate, placed

midway between this and termen or slightly nearer the

* “ Buff with a tinge of olive” would perhaps better describe this

shade.

414 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

latter, very oblique outwards between SC* and SC’, where

it is acutely angulated, incurved and thickened into two

spots between the radials and again (though less strongly)

behind M?*; terminal line olivaceous, accompanied by tri-

angular interneural dots (pointing proximad).

Hind wing with termen irregular, dentate, the teeth at

R' and R* longest and sharpest; R? very shortly stalked,

M°* arising rather nearer R° ; Irroration in proximal half in

part fuscous; first line wanting; cell-spot round, black,

without pale centre; the other ‘markings corresponding to

those of fore wing.

Underside paler ; fore wing with costal margin somewhat

olivaceous ; both wings with cell- spot ocelloid, median and

postmedian and terminal markings nearly as above.

Sierra del Libane, Colombia, 6000 feet (H. H. Smith).

Rither recalls S. trygodata, Warr. (Nov. Zool. xi. 36),

but distinguishable by the relatively long antennal ciliation

and longer teeth of termen of hind wing, as well as by the

venition. These two species together with ‘ Trygodes”

pertumna, Schaus, so far bridge over the supposed gap

between Semeopus and Tr ygodes that I doubt whether the

latter can be regarded as more than a section.

3. Anisodes (Brachycola) clandestina.

3 .— 32 mm.

Structure of antenna, palpus, legs, areole, etc., approxi-

mately as in absconditaria ; palpus with secoimd joint

beneath perhaps clearer whitish and more appressed-scaled ;

abdominal cavity enormously developed, the sternal tuft

less developed. Smaller, wings shorter, irroration fairly

strong, purple-reddish (in absconditaria extremely weak,

browner), underside more strongly marked, including some

rather noticeable pink irroration at middle of costa of hind

wing.

Khasis, type in coll. Joicey; 1 g in coll. L. B. Prout

(genitalia examined by Rev.C. R. N. Burrows). Pundaloya,

Ceylon (coll. ‘ving Mus.). Penang and Gunong IJjau

(coll. Tring Mus.)—ocelloid form of central spot persisting

(in type giving place to punctiform).—Larut Hill, Perak,

4360 {t., 21st April, 1898 (S. S. Flower), 1 3; Singapore

(fH. N. Ridley), a good series; Sarawak, 1 ¢ 2 (Wallace)

«coll. Brit. Mus.).

This is essentially the obrinaria of Hampson’s ‘Fauna

of British India, Moths,’ iii. p. 446, although, on account of

Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 415

shortage of material and preponderance of ? ? in the

British Museum collection at that time, he mixed in some

very heterogenous elements. A. odrinaria, Gn.=caligata,

Walk.=similaria, Walk., and A. pallida (bon. sp.?) belong

to the typical section Anisodes and have no areole. A. odli-

viaria, Walk.=:suspicaria, Snell., to the section Perizera,

Meyr. (nec Hamps.), also with no areole, but with hind

femur tufted.

I should have considered this a local form—more rufes-

cent—of niveopuncta, Warr. (Nov. Zool. iv. p. 48), but the

genitalia show that it has reached full specific rank. In

niveopuncta the uncus is more long and slender, the valves

very different, the penis has a very distinct cornutus (or

perhaps bunch of cornuti), and’ there is a better developed

pair of hair-brushes on the 4th (?) abdominal segment.

4. Flavinia allogaster.

3 .—30 mm.

Closely similar to circumdata, Maassen (Stiibel’s Reisen,

Lep. pp. 101, 130, t. iv. f. 22). Abdomen with a pale dorsal

line as in alcidamea, Druce (Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1890,

. 498).

' rae wing with the apical black border broadened, its

proximal edge on the upper surface at R* being over 4 mm.

from the apex, at R* fully 3 mm. from termen, on the

under surface very slightly less broad; black on hind

margin slightly broadened.

Hind wing with the black distal border above less narrowed

between R' and M’.

Peru, without more exact locality. Type in coll. Joicey

(ex Schaus) ; three in coll. Brit. Mus. from the same source,

mixed with true circumdata.

Family Drepanide.

5. Cyclidia substigmaria, Hbn.

It has been unaccountably overlooked that this species was

described and figured by Hubner (‘ Zutriige,’ iii. 29, figs. 519-

520) from ‘ China,” 7. e. no doubt S. China, and represents

unmistakably the form later described by Walker (List Lep.

Ins. xxiv. 1121) from Hong Kong as “ Abravas”’ capitata,

though the last-named author neglects to describe the

underside. The common Indian race, which has for so long

passed as substigmaria (see, for instance, Hampson’s ‘ Fauna

416 Mr. L. B. Prout on new

of British India, Moths,’ vol. i. pp. 327, 828, fig. 225,

Strand in Seitz ‘ Macrolepidoptera,’ vol. 11. p. 196, pl. 23f),

therefore remains without a name and J propose to call it

Cyclidia substigmaria superstigmaria, subsp. nov. Ground-

colour whitish, markings fawn-brownish, always more or

less shadowy, subtornal spots at inner margin of fore wing

well defined, cell-spot of hind wing above black.

Dharmsala, Kulu, Sikkim, Burma, etc.; type ¢ (Dar-

jeeling, ex coll. Lidderdale) in coll. Joicey.

From Vrianatong, Tibet, comes a greyer, more suffused

race, with the cell-spot of the hind wing above generally

less deep biack than in the form superstigmaria, the sub-

tornal brown markings of fore wing not, or scarcely, more

strongly developed than the posterior end of the line which

precedes them proximally. I name this substigmaria inter-

media, subsp. nov. Type in coll. Joicey.

Typical substigmaria from China and Formosa (also, in

Tring Museum, from Tonkin) is very similar to subsp.

intermedia, but less dark grey, the cell-spot of the hind wing

above still weaker, the subterminal dots generally connected

by stronger grey shading, the subtornal markings of the

fore wing frequently confluent with the preceding line so as

to form a brownish pyramid, the cell-spots generally less

intensely black.

The Japanese representative, nigralbata, Warr. (Nov. Zool.

xxi. p. 401), may possibly be a separate species, though most

collections have mixed it with “ capitata”’ (i. e., substigmaria

substigmaria), not even recognising the marked distinctions

as racial.

Family Arctiidae.

Subfam. Lrrvosrane.

6. Caprimima esthla.

gS 2? .—31-32 mm.

Similar to C. ca/ida, Walk., but larger. The yellow on

patagia aud tegule more extended.

Fore wing with the yellow area broad, the black at base

rather broad, especially in the 2, where it curves outwards

along costal margin, the black costal margin in middle very

narrow in ?, wanting in ¢.

Hind wing rather more produced in tornal region than in

calida, the black along abdominal margin broad, at apex

moderately broad, at distal margin between M’ and tornus,

on the other hand, quite narrow (recalling zsabelle, Rothsch.) ;

Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 417

apical area wanting the “cupreous-red”’ cloud which in

calida is always present beneath and generally also above.

Goodenough I., 2500-4000 ft., Apr. 1913 (A. 8. Meek).

Type 3,2 2 2 in coll. Joicey. Also in Tring Museum,

Possibly a local form of calida, though very different

from Hampson’s “ ab, 1.”

Subfam. Arcruynz.

7. Helactinidia tornensis.

3 .—30 mm.

Similar to chiguinda, Druce.

fore wing slightly more rounded, rather blacker brown;

streak behind cell longer, crossing base of M’?; outer band

broader, not indented at posterior extremity of cell.

Hind wing without the black costal area ; the streaks on

submedian fold and in abdominal area wanting.

Torné, Cauca Valley, Colombia, August 1907. Type in

coll. Joicey.

Family Hypsida.

8. Phegorista bisignibasis.

? .—58 mm.

Head and thorax above black ; face marked with white

at lower extremity, occiput and front of thorax narrowly

marked with white; breast and palpus beneath (to near

end of second joint) orange ; abdomen orange with narrow

black anterior rings ; legs orange marked with black, tarsi

mostly black ; antennal joints not projecting.

Fore wing light reddish orange, along costal and hind

margins narrowly and irregularly black; a small black

patch at base, with its outer edge convex and containing

a pure white basal spot, close to costa; apical region black,

its boundary rather straight from proximal end of areole in

direction of tornus but narrowly interrupted at submedian

fold, followed by a black subtornal and a small whitish

tornal spot between SC* and M? placed in the apical patch

near its proximal edge, slightly broader than in agaristoides,

Bdv., but proximally indeuted in the middle; fringe spotted

and tipped with white.

Hind wing scarcely more reddish ; a black distal border

about asin agaristoides.

Underside similar, fore wing without white tornal spot.

Tanga, German H. Africa, February. Type in coll. Jeicey.

418 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

9. Phegorista trialbata.

3 .—85 mm.

Akin to agaristoides, differing as follows :—Palpus with

third joint shorter ; second joint beneath narrowly marked

with white (in agaristoides less narrowly with orange).

Fore wing above with the oblique streak behind cell larger

and narrower, pinkish white; a small long-oval pinkish-

white spot in front of it, beyond middle of cell 3 subapical

patch white, as in some agaristoides, but considerably

broader and somewhat longer, reaching vein M?’, its distal

edge irregularly curved; no supplementary spot on sub-

median fold ; fringe not white at apex.

Hind wing with the border narrower than in agaristotdes ;

orauge ground-colour less reddish than in most agaristoides.

Fore wing beneath orange as far as the black apical area,

only with the costal margin narrowly black.

Uganda (H. 8. Gledhill). Type in coll. Joicey.

XXXIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXX1.

By T. D. A. Cocxrretzt, University of Colorado.

Augochlora (Odontochlora) lyoni, sp. n.

? .—Length about 8°5 mm., anterior wing 6.

Robust, black, with strong metallic tints as follows:

clypeus (which is smooth, with well-separated large punc-

tures) green in middle and purplish at sides ; cheeks blue-

green next to orbits, otherwise purplish; region on each

side of antennze obscurely purplish ; vertex greenish ;

tubercles bright green; mesothorax with disc obscurely

green, margins purple; scutellum greenish; postscutellum

and area of metathorax purple; mesopleura dark purple

edged with blue; first abdominal segment suffused sub-

laterally with bright green and purple; second with similar

colours, but less distinct, the remaining segments black.

Flagellum ferruginous beneath ; front dull and granular ;

ocelli not enlarged; process of labrum broadly truncate,

slightly bigibbous; mesothorax densely punctured, except

the posterior middie, where the punctures are sparse on a

shinmg ground; area of metathorax with numerous very

fine more or less wrinkled striz; posterior face with no

Records of Bees. 419

sharp margin; tegule reddish. Wings dusky, stigma and

nervures pale yellowish brown ; first r. n. meeting second

t.-c. Legs reddish piceous, with pale pubescence; hind

spur simple. Abdomen shining, thinly hairy, with very

small punctures; first dorsal segment with a low tubercle

on middle of disc ; first ventral segment with a long slender

spine ; last dorsal segment with fuscous hair.

San Julian, Venezuela, July 19, 1900 (MW. W. Lyon, Jr.).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

Nearest to the Mexican A. zophodes (Halictus zophodes,

Vachal), but distinguished by the smooth and shining

surface of clypeus, with well-separated punctures. The

tubercle on the first dorsal segment of abdomen recalls the

Australian Halictus mirandus, Cll.

Agapostemon viequesensis, sp. n.

? Length about 8 mm., anterior wing 6.

{fead and thorax brilliant bluish green ; lower margin of

elypeus broadly black ; labruin and mandibles red, the latter

black subapically ; sides of face and front suffused with

purple-blue ; flagellum dull ferruginous beneath, but the

last joint bright ferruginous on both sides ; clypeus and

supraclypeal area shining ; mesothorax dull, minutely granu-

lar ; scutellum rather yellowish green, shining, somewhat

bigibbous; area of metathorax purple, poorly defined, with

ohscure rugse; posterior truncation bright green, with a

sharp edge; tegule light ferruginous. Wings dusky

hyaline, stigma clear honey-colour ; second s.m. receiving

first r.n. a considerable distance from its end. Legs light

ferruginous, with pale yellowish hair, that on outer sides

of tibiae more or less fuscous. Abdomen mainly yellowish

green, with blue-purple shades on apical half, but the first

three segments have transverse median bands of reddish

brown, where the surface is not metallic ; bases of segments

with pale tomentum ; venter mainly pale fulvous.

Vieques Island, Porto Rico, West Indies, Feb. 1899

(dug. Busck). U.S. Nat. Museum.

In Vachal’s table it runs out at 14, and it is scarcely to

be compared with any described species. The extreme

bases of the abdominal segments are testaceous, but the

apical margins sliding over them are not noticeably dis-

coloured.

Neocorynura discolor (Smith).

Augochlora tisiphone, Gribodo, is a synonym. Smith’s

420 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

type was from Oajaca, and Gribodo’s was marked

‘“€Oajuca? ” (sic).

The following species are now recorded from new

localities : —

Augochlora radians (Vachal). Cacao, Trece Aguas, Alta

Vera Paz, Guatemala, April 25 (Schwarz and Barber).

This is probably the same as the so-called A. vesta from

Mexico in the British Museum, but it is not true

vesia.

A. fervida, Smith. Tlahualilo, Durango, Mexico, at

peach blossoms (4. W. Morrill).

A, illustris (Vachal). Colombia, from C, F. Baker

collection.

A. phemonoé (Schrottky). Sapucay, Paraguay, March

(W. T. Foster).

A. nigrocyanea, Ckll. Tampico, Tamaulipas, Mexico,

Dec. 6 (F. C. Bishopp).

A. esow {(Vachal). Paraiso, Canal Zone, Panama, Jan. 18

(Aug. Busck).

A. seminigra, Ckll. Cordoba, Mexico, Jan. 20 (F. Knad).

The A. nigrocyanea females from Tampico are variable ;

one has strong purple tints on. apical part of abdomen,

which the other lacks ; the latter has the mesothorax black.

Xenoglossa howardi, sp. n.

3. (Type.)—Length about 12 mm., anterior wing 9.

Black, including the clypeus and antenne; mandibles

fulvous apically, bidentate, but with a slight notch on inner

side indicating the rudiment of a third tooth; labrum brown

at sides, covered with appressed pale hair; maxillary palpi

5-jointed ; hair of head long and creamy white, with some

fuscous hairs on vertex and below antenne ; hair of thorax

above clear reddish fulvous, without black; a large patch

on middle of mesopleura, and tubercles, with dark fuscous

hair; tegule ferruginous. Wings dusky. Legs black, the

spurs stramineous, and tarsi at apex ferruginous ; hair of

middle and posterior tibiz and tarsi dark brown, but the

femora and anterior legs with pale hair. Abdomen shining

black, minutely punctured, hind margins of segments 2 to 4

suffusedly reddened; no hair-bands, but base of second

segment at sides with thin greyish hair; venter with thin

whitish hair.

2? .—Length about 12°5 mm.

Similar to the male, but all the legs with dark brown

Lecords of Bees. A421

hair ; dark brown hair on sides of thorax more extensive ;

second and third abdominal segments with a thin transverse

band of greyish tomentum, not conspicuous.

Type (male) from the Federal District, Mexico (J. R.

Inda, 56). U.S. Nat. Museum. Female from Oaxaca,

Mexico, Sept. 18 (L. O. Howard).

Related to X. assimilis (Smith), but without the black

patch of hair on thorax above in female. The male antennz

are formed as in X. pruinosa (Say). The species belongs

to the subgenus Peponapis of Robertson, though differing

from his type-species in the black clypeus of male and

reiluction of pale hair on female abdomen.

Allodape candida, Smith.

?.—Mkonumbi, near Lamu, Tana River, E. Africa,

Sept. 1892 (Chanler Exped.).

This differs slightly from Smith’s description, and from a

specimen from Abyssinia, sent by Gribodo, in that the light

band on clypeus is not at all widened at the lower end.

Leptergatis globulifera, sp. nu.

3d .—Length 6-6°5. mm.

Black, with the long flagellum dull ferruginous beneath,

tegulze rufo-piceous, legs more or less suffused with reddish,

the tarsi and tibiz at apex ferruginous.

Close to L. armata (Smith), differing thus: scape dark ;

ocelli closer together ; clypeus and labrum entirely black,

mandibles mainly dark reddish ; tegule darker ; abdominal

hair-bands less distinct; wings a little more dusky. The

hind legs are practically as in ZL. armata. The co-type has

the mandibles paler, with a large pale yellowish spot, beyoud

which they are ferruginous.

Venezuela; type from Aroa, Dec. 12, 1910 (M. A.

Carriker). U.S. Nat. Museum. Another is from Lagunita

de Aroa, 2000 ft. alt. (47. A. Carriker).

Prosopis holomelena, sp. n.

? .—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5.

Entirely black, without light markings; robust, with no

depression between first and second dorsal abdominal seg-

ments ; clypeus long, dull, the punctures very indistinet ;

apical part of flagellum bright ferruginous beneath; punc-

tures of mesothorax and scutellum excessively minute, the

422 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

surface between them microscopically rugulose; area of

metathorax with irregular ruge; tegule black. Wings

slightly dusky, stigma and nervures very dark ; second s.m.

long; recurrent nervures meeting the transverso-cubitals ;

tibie and tarsi with some pale hair. Abdomen shining,

impunctate, the surface with a delicate microscopical

tessellation.

Buitenzorg, Java, March 10, 1909 (Bryant and Palmer).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

Nearest to P. impunctata, Friese, but easily separated by

the entirely black face.

Prosopis coroicensis, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 7°5 mm., anterior wing 6°2.

Black, robust, without yellow markings on thorax or legs ;

face long, eyes very long; clypeus (except a narrow dark

stripe on each side), large supraclypeal mark (rounded

above), lateral face-marks (extending along orbital margins

halfway up frent, where they end obtusely, shaped like feet

on tip-toe, with very long tapering toes), all bright chrome-

yellow ; antennz piceous; scape very short; mandibles

stout, suffused with reddish ; front dull, very ’ densely and

finely punctured ; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with very

large well-separated punctures; mesopleurz with large

sparse punctures ; area of metathorax with coarse transverse

and longitudinal ridges; posterior truncation. very coarsely

sculptured, flat, with well-defined margins ; tegule piceous.

Wings deep fuliginous ; first r.n. joining first s.m. con-

siderably before its end. Legs more or less reddish, the

auterior tibisee dusky ferruginous in front. Abdomen

shining, without hair-bands; first two segments quite

strongly punctured, third with minute punctures ; first

ventral segment emarginate at apex.

Coroico, Yungas, Bolivia, May 1, 1899. U.S. Nat.

Museum. No collector’s name is given. “

By the venation this resembles P. petroselini, Schrottky,

but it is easily separated by the fuliginous wings and other

characters.

Prosopis tricolor, Schrottky.

? .—Differs from the male thus : clypeus with an elongate-

cuneiform rufo-fuscous mark on each side ; antennz entirely

ferruginous; yellow band on prothorax interrupted in

Records of Bees. 423

middle ; marks at bases of tibie cream-colour. Schrottky

only described the male. :

San Bernardino, Paraguay, Oct. 21 (K. Fiebrig). U.S.

Nat. Museum.

Prosopis flavohumeralis, sp. n.

? .—Length about 6 mm., anterior wing 4°5.

Black, with yellow markings ; mandibles ferruginous ;

labrum black ; clypeus yellow except narrow lower margin

and a stripe on each side, failing above ; supraclypeal mark

broadly subtriangular, while above it, on front, are two

narrow yellow marks close together; lateral face-marks

extending nearly to summit of eye, where they are broadly

but very “obliquely truncate, and diverge a little from the

orbital margin; scape and flagellum: dusky ferruginous

beneath, darker above ; front very densely and minutely

punctured, vertex more coarsely ; tubercles and the sharp

projecting anterior lateral angles of prothorax yellow, but

no other yellow on thorax; mesothorax and scutellum

perfectly dull and coarsely punctured ; area of metathorax

with raised lines in the form of a square, but without ve

sculpture, except a microscopical cancellation all over;

posterior truncation distinct; tegule with a yellow spot.

Wings dusky; recurrent nervures meeting transverso-

cubitals ; marginal cell broad (deep). Legs with anterior

tibiz yellow in front, the others at base ; tarsi more or less

reddish. Abdomen shining, without hair-bands ; first seg-

ment distinctly though minutely punctured, second and

third extremely sparsely and indistinctly.

San Bernardino, Paraguay (K. fMiebrig). U.S. Nat.

Museum.

In Schrottky’s tables of Paraguay species this runs to

P, itapuensis, Sky., but differs by the dusky wings and spots

on angles of prothorax. It seems to closely resemble

P. lychnis, Vachal, differmg in the punctuation of the

abdomen.

Prosopis howardiella, sp. n.

g .—Length about 3°5 mm.

Head all black except a large obtusely trilobed (the sides

concave) pale yellow patch on clypeus; scape black;

fiagellum thick, ferruginous beneath ; thorax entirely black ;

mesothorax and scutellum with sparse very minute punctures

on a microscopically tessellate surface; area of metathorax

424 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Deseriptions and

large, with a few small irregular basal plice, and a median

raised line continuous to hind margin; posterior truncation

’ of metathorax not clearly defined as usual, its upper lateral

corners not defined at all, but its upper middle separated

by a short ridge from the basal area, while an oblique

ciliated ridge limits it on each side; abdomen impunctate,

microscopically transversely lineolate, first segment nar-

rowed. Wings clear, very faintly dusky apically ; recurrent

nervures ending a little before the transverso-cubitals ;

second submarginal cell nearly square, its inner and outer

sides parallel; bases of tibiz, and anterior tibiz in front,

cream-colour ; tarsi pale ferruginous.

Oaxaca, Mexico, April 30 (L. O. Howard). U.S. National

Museum.

. Looks like some small Pemphredonid wasp, but is a true

bee, with many plumose hairs on body. It is more or less

related to Vachal’s P. recisa, P. puerula, P. fissa; &c., but

much smaller and very distinct.

Prosopis subgrisea, sp. n.

9 .—Length about 7 mm., anterior wing 5°3.

Black, with yellowish-white or brownish-white markings ;

mandibles and labrum black ; clypeus long, black, the lower

margin suffusedly reddish, but with a cream-coloured stripe

running down its middle (not quite reaching upper end),

not quite so broad as the area on either side ; supraclypeal

mark small, roundish; lateral face-marks linear, extending

along orbital margins nearly halfway up front; scape

and base of flagellum ferruginous, rest of flagellum black

above and faintly reddish below; front appearing granular ;

upper part of prothorax with linear light margin, and greater

part of tubercles light ;.a light band covering anterior half

of scutellum, a band on postscutellum, and axille light ;

mesothorax dull, coarsely punctured; area of metathorax

with coarse ruge ; posterior truncation and sides of meta-

thorax densely covered with pale grey tomentum ; pleura

sparsely punctured; tegule with a light spot. Wings

brownish hyaline, with the costal field, including marginal

cell and beyond, fuliginous ; hind tibie with rather more

than basal half white. Abdomen dullish, the punctures

excessively minute and close; first and second segments

with yellowish-white marginal hair-bands, third to fifth with

hind margins obscurely pallid; apex with dark fuscous

hair.

Records of Bees. 425

San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico. U.S. National Museum.

From the Ashmead collection ; no doubt collected by C. H.

T. Townsend.

Resembles P. mexicana, Cresson, but easily separated by

the linear lateral face-marks, and other characters. It is

evidently closely allied to P. maculipennis, Smith, known

only in the male, but that has yellow markings and the

first abdominal segment rather strongly punctured.

Prosopis knabi, sp. n.

3 .—Length about 3°75 mm., anterior wing 3.

Black, with yellow markings ; scape black, broadly red

at end, and largely in front; flagellum entirely bright

ferruginous, a little darker above; clypeus entirely, sub-

triangular supraclypeal mark (broader than long), and lateral

face-marks ail light yellowish, the latter ending obtusely on

orbital margin about halfway up front (former practically

as in P. episcopalis, Ckll.) ; pale marks of thorax confined

to tubercles and a broadly interrupted line on prothorax

above ; tegule testaceous, hyaline in front, with a yellow

spot ; mesothorax closely and strongly punctured, scutellum

rather more sparsely, the surface between the punctures

smooth ; base of metathorax with strong longitudinal and

transverse rugz, but the sculpture is mainly and essentially .

transverse ; whole sides of thorax strongly punctured, the

metathorax at sides bare (without grey tomentum) ; knees,

anterior tibiz (except a large patch behind), middle and

hind tibie very broadly at base and narrowly at apex, and

the tarsi all pale yellow. Wings clear; stigma and nervures

sepia ; first recurrent nervure joining first submarginal cell

a short distance before its end. Abdomen appearing im-

punctate under a lens, but the microscope shows minute

punctures on first segment.

Champerico, Guatemala, Aug. 4,1905 (frederick Knab).

U.S. National Museum.

This minute species recalls some of those of the United

States, such as P. modesta, Say, but it will be readily

known by the red flagellum and transverse rugs at base of

metathorax.

The foliowing localities are new :—

Prosopis mexicana, Cresson. Tampico, Mexico, Dec. 15

(EZ. A. Schwarz) ; Frontera, Mexico.

Prosopis azteca, Cresson. San Rafael, Jicoltepec, Mexico

(L. O. Howard).

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. ii. 31

426 On some Fishes from the Shari River.

XL.— On some Fishes from the Shari River, with Descriptions

of Two new Species. By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

M. A. Baupon, Administrator of the Ubanghi-Shari Colony,

French Equatorial Africa, has kindly sent me, for the British

Museum, a little series of small fishes from the Shari River,

containing examples of two species not included in Dr. Pelle-

grin’s excellent book ‘Les Poissons du Bassin du Tchad,’

and of two others that are undescribed.

The genus Barbus, as yet unknown from that Basin, is

represented by two species: B. pleuropholis, Blgr., pre-

viously recorded from the Congo, the Aruwimi, and the

Uelle, and B. baudoni, sp. n. The Cyprinodonts belong to

two species: Haplochilus acuticaudatus, Pellegr., and

I, hutereaut, Blgr., the latter recently discovered in the

Uelle. Other species are Anabas petherici, Gthr., Tilapia

melanopleura, A. Dum., Hleotris nana, Blgr.*, and Ander-

sonia brevior, sp. n., belonging to a very remarkable genus

of Siluride, of which a single species was known: A. leptura,

Blgr., from the Upper Nile and the Bahr-el-Gebel.

Barbus baudoni.

Depth of body equal to length of head, 32 to 32 times in

total length. Snout rounded, shorter than the eye, which is 22

times in length of head and equals interorbital width ; mouth

small, terminal, with thin lips; no barbels. Dorsal IIL 8,

equally distant from centre of eye and from caudal, border

very feebly concave; last simple ray not enlarged, not

serrated, a little shorter than head. Anal II] 5, not reaching

caudal. Pectoral about ? length of ‘head, not reaching

ventral; base of latter below middle of dorsal. Caudal

peduncle 13 times as long as deep. Scales radiately striated,

23-2472, 2 between lateral line and ventral, 8 round caudal

peduncle. Yellowish brown above, silvery beneath ; a band

of crowded black dots from the gill-opening to the base of

the caudal ; on this band, three round black spots, the first

just in front of the dorsal, the second just behind the latter,

* These specimens connect the Nile fish with £. wellensis, Bler.,

which is probably not entitled to stand as a distinct species.

On new South-American Batrachians. 427

the third at the base of the caudal; a fourth black spot

above the anterior rays of the anal.

Total length 30 mm.

Allied to B, trisptlomimus, Blgr., from the Ogowe and

Lower Congo.

Andersonia pellegrint.

Depth of body 9 times in total length, length of head

6 times. Head 14 times as long as broad; snout obtusely

pointed, as long as postocular part of head, 3 times as long

as diameter of eye, which is ? interorbital width, “Maxillary

barbel twice as long as inner mandibular, and 2 length of

head. Median occipital process 34 times as long as broad,

narrower than and 1} times the length of the laterals.

Dorsal I 6, twice as distant from end of snout as from caudal,

first ray as long as head. Anal 9. Pectoral 2 length of

head. Caudal peduncle a little more than 4 of the total

length, 24 dorsal and 21 ventral scutes, the last 9 on

caudal peduncle. Greyish above, with four rather indistinet

dark bars across the back; dorsal blackish in the distal

third.

Total length 42 mm.

Closely allied to A. leptura, Blgr. Distinguished by the

smaller eye and the different proportions of the occipital

processes,

Named in honour of the distinguished author of the

‘ Poissons du Bassin du Tehad.’

XLI.— Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians.

By G. A. BOULENGER, F.R.S.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Phyllobates kingsburyt.

Head slightly longer than broad. Snout rounded-sub-

truncate, projecting beyond the mouth, as long as the orbit ;

loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than

the eye; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid;

tympanum very distinct, half the diameter of the eye, 3 to 4

{imes its distance from the latter. Fingers moderate, first

and second equal, or first slightly the longer ; ae rather

428 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

small; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent. 'Tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of

head and body. Toes moderate, perfectly free, the disks

larger than those of the fingers but smaller than the tym-

panum ; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent ; two small

metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, outer round; an oblique

fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin of upper parts

finely shagreened, of lower parts smooth. Brown above,

with a paler dorso-lateral streak ; a black streak round the

snout, continued, as a broad band, on the side of the body ;

usually a white streak along the upper lip, continued along

the body to the groin, edged below, on the body, by a black

streak or series of spots; limbs brown, with dark brown

spots, arm and thigh lighter, with a dark brown streak in

front and behind ; lower parts white, uniform on throat and

breast mottled with greyish brown.

From snout to vent 28 millim.

Four specimens from El Topo, Rio Pastaza, Hastern

Ecuador, altitude 4200 feet; from Mr. M, G. Palmer’s

collection, 1912.

Named in pious memory of my late Attendant, Frederick

Kingsbury, killed in action in Palestine, Feb, 25, 1918.

Dendrobates ranoides.

Head slightly longer than broad. Snout truncate, very

feebly projecting beyond the mouth, longer than the eye ;

loreal region vertical ; nostril nearer the tip of the snout than

the eye ; interorbital space broader than the upper eyelid ;

tympanum very distinct, 3 the diameter of the eye, 3 times

its distance from the latter. Fingers rather slender, first

and second equal; disks small, not much wider than the

finger ; subarticular tubercles very indistinct. Tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head

and body. Toes slender, perfectly free, the disks larger than

those of the fingers but only about half the diameter of the

tympanum}; subarticular tubercles feebly prominent; two

small metatarsal tubereles, inner oval, outer round ; a curved

fold along the distal half of the tarsus. Skin granulate,

finely on the upper parts and belly, more coarsely on the

sides. Reddish brown above, marbled with dark brown on

the head and back and with blackish cross-bars on the limbs ;

a pale dorso-lateral streak ; a black streak round the snout,

continued, as a broad band, on the temple and along the side

South-American Batrachians. 429

of the body ; tympanum reddish brown; lower parts white

with numerous small black spots and vermiculations.

From snout to vent 22 mm.

A single specimen from Villavicencio, Quatiquia River,

Colombia, altitude 400 feet. Presented by the Wellcome

Bureau of Scientific Research.

Alylodes roseus.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine teeth in

short transverse series considerably behind the choane.

Head as long as broad ; snout rounded, not projecting beyond

the mouth ; canthus rostralis indistinct ; loreal region very

oblique, concave ; nostril twice as far from the eye as from

the tip of the snout ; interorbital space as broad as the upper

eyelid; tympanum hidden. Fingers moderate, first a little

shorter than second ; disks large, a little broader than long ;

subarticular tubercles moderate. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the eye; tibia half the length of head and body.

Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks as large as those of the

‘fingers ; subarticular tubercles small, feebly prominent; a

single metatarsal tubercle, rather large and prominent. Skin

smooth above, granular on the belly; three subconical

tubercles on the upper eyelid. Grey above, with dark brown

variegations ; loreal region dark brown; a white streak on

the canthus rostralis and on the edge of the upper eyelid, and

a broader, dark-edged one from the eye to halfway down the

side of the body ; dark oblique bars on the sides of the head

and body and on the limbs ; upper eyelids and sides of body

with deep pink spots ; groin, sides of thigh, lower surface

of arm, forearm, and tibia, and upper surface of tarsus and

metatarsus deep pink ; throat, belly, and lower surface of

thighs grey, marbled with brown.

From snout to vent 27 mm.

A single specimen from Andagoya, Choco, Colombia.

Presented by Dr. H. G. F. Spurrell in 1916.

Fylodes trachyblepharis.

Tongue oval, entire or slightly nicked behind. Vomerine

teeth in small groups just behind the choane. Head as long

as broad; snout rounded, not projecting beyond the mouth ;

canthus rostralis distinct; loreal region oblique, concave ;

nostril nearer the tip of the snout than the eye; interorbital

space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, half

430 Mr. G. A. Boulenger on new

the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, first a little

shorter than second ; disks rather large, round, smaller than

the tympanum ; subarticular tubercles rather small, feebly

prominent. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the nostril or

the tip of the snout; tibia 12 times in length of head and

body. ‘Toes moderate, perfectly free ; disks a little smaller

than those of the fingers ; subarticular tubercles small, feebly

prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval, rather large

and prominent, outer round and small. Upper parts with

small glands, belly granular; upper eyelids with several

subconical tubercles. Brown above, back and sides of head

yellowish ; a >—<-shaped black marking behind the back

of the head, the antero-lateral branches of which extend to

the eyes ; a dark canthal streak, and two dark bars from the

eye to the edge of the mouth; an oblique dark temporal

streak ; limbs with dark cross-bars; sides of thighs deep

pink ; lower parts, throat, and breast finely speckled with

brown.

From snout to vent 20 mm.

Three specimens from El.Topo, Rio Pastaza, EK. Ecuador,

4200 ft.; from Mr. M. G. Palmer’s collection, 1912.

L-ptodactylus hololius.

Tongue oval, slightly nicked behind. Vomerine tecth

in long, slightly oblique series behind the choane, not

extending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders

of the latter. Head as long as broad; snout rounded,

scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis

indistinct; loreal region oblique, slightly concave; _ nostril

equidistant from the eye and from the tip of the snout;

interorbital space as broad as the upper eyelid ; tympanum

very distinct, half the diameter of theeye. Iingers moderate,

obtuse, first a little shorter than second; _ subarticular

tubercles rather large and very prominent. Tibio-tarsal

articulation reaching the eye; tibia a little less than half

the length from snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly

free, not margined ; subarticular tubercles moderately large,

very prominent ; two small metatarsal tubercles, inner oval,

outer round ; no tarsal fold. Skin perfectly smooth ; no

dorsc-lateral feld. Pale brown above, with dark brown

spots; a dark cross-bar between the eyes, followed by a

rhombic spot; a A-shaped dark marking between the

shoulders ; limbs with rather indistinct dark cross-bands ;

lower parts white.

South-American Batrachians. 431

From snout to vent 26 mm.

A single specimen from Pebas, R. Maraiion, Peru ; from

the collection of Mr. J. J. Mounsey, 1913.

Leptodactylus diptychus.

Tongue oval, rather strongly nicked behind. Vomerine

teeth in long transverse series behind the choanz, not ex-

tending outwards beyond the vertical of the inner borders of

the latter. Headas long as broad; snout rounded, projecting

considerably beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis indistinct ;

loreal region oblique, slightly concave; nostril a little nearer

the end of the snout than the eye ; interorbital space a little

narrower than the upper eyelid; tympanum very distinct,

two-thirds the diameter of theeye. Fingers moderate, obtuse,

first much longer than second ; subarticular tubercles large

and very prominent. ‘Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching

between the eye and the nostril; tibia half the length from

snout to vent. Toes slender, obtuse, perfectly free, not

margined; subarticular tubercles rather large, very pro-

minent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner oval and about half

as long as the inner toe, outer round and very small; a tarsal

fold. Skin smooth above, with small warts on the sides of

the body; a glandular fold above and behind the tympanum

and another, narrow but prominent, from behind the upper

eyelid to the hip; throat and belly smooth, with a groove

defining a ventral disk; lower surface of thighs granulate.

(greyish brown above, the dorso-lateral folds lighter; tym-

panum reddish brown; a dark brown canthal streak ;

temporal fold edged with blackish; lips with dark brown

spots; a brown bar between the eyes and a A-shaped marking

between the shoulders; limbs with narrow dark brown cross-

bars ; a white streak, edged on both sides with dark brown,

along the back of the thighs ; lower parts white.

From snout to vent 44 mm.

A single specimen from the Andes of Venezuela.

Leptodactylus laticeps.

Tongue roundish, entire. Vomerine teeth in very long,

slightly curved transverse series behind the choane, extending

outwards to below the centre of the latter, Head much

broader than long, much depressed ; snout broadly rounded,

scarcely projecting beyond the mouth; canthus rostralis

indistinct ; loreal region very oblique, slightly concave ;

432 On new Southe American Batrachians.

nostril nearer the end of the snout than the eye ; tympanum

very distinct, nearly as large as the eye. Fingers rather

short, very obtuse, first much longer than second; subarticular

tubercles large and very prominent. Tibio-tarsal articulation

reaching the posterior border of the eye ; tibia 2} times in

length trom snout to vent. ‘Toes rather short, obtuse,

perfectly free, not margined ; subarticu'ar tubercles small,

prominent ; two metatarsal tubercles, inner elliptic and two-

thirds the length of the inner toe, outer round; no tarsal

fold. Skin smooth; no folds on the back. Pale brown

above, with large roundish black spots on the back and sides

and on the upper surface of the head ; five very regular

vertical black bars on each side of the head, traversing the

mouth, separated by narrower whitish bars; tympanum

blackish, whitish in the centre; limbs with black cross-bars 5

whitish beneath, spotted with black.

From snout to vent 85 mm.

A single specimen from Santa Fé, Argentina, received

from Mr. Falkland Ricketts in 1898.

Hyla leptoscelis.

Tongue circular, entire and slightly free behind. Vomerine

teeth on a level with the posterior borders of the very large

choane, in slightly curved oblique series forming a chevron

pointing forwards. Head as long as broad, very strongly

depressed ; snout rounded, not projecting, as long as the eye ;

canthus rostralis obtuse ; loreal region very oblique, feebly

concave; nostril near the tip of the snout; interorbital

space a little broader than the upper eyelid; tympanum

distinct, half the diameter of the eye. Fiugers moderate,

with moderately large disks, outer with a slight rudiment of

web; no projecting rudiment of pollex. Hind limb extremely

slender ; tibio-tarsal articulation reaching a little beyond the

tip of the snout; tibia eight times as long as broad, 3 the

length of head and body. Toes 3 webbed ; a feeble tarsal

fold. Skin smooth, granular on the belly and under the

thighs ; heel with a pointed dermal appendage, which is half

as long as the eye. Yellowish above, with purplish-brown

markings ; a large spot on the snout, two V-shaped bands

between the eyes, two cross-bars on the back, a V-shaped

band on the sacral region, and angular cross-bars on the

limbs.

From snout to vent 26 mm.

A single specimen from Lago do Iachy, above Sao Paolo

On some Sawflies from the Australian Region. 433

de Clinenca, R. Solimoens, Brazil; from the collection of

Mr, J. J. Mounsey, 1913.

Hylella ocellata.

Tongue cireular, entire, and slightly free behind. Head

broader than long, very strongly depressed ; snout rounded,

not projecting, as long as the eye, which is obliquely turned

forward ; no canthus rostralis, loreal region feebly concave ;

nostril near the tip of the snout ; interorbital space broader

than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, 2 the diameter of

the eye. Fingers rather long, with moderately large disks,

outer one-fourth webbed. Hind limb very slender; tibio-

tarsal articulation reaching beyond the tip of the snout; tibia

seven times as long as broad, 2 the length of head and body.

Toes 2 webbed. Skin smooth, belly granular. Violet-blue

above (in spirit), with round white spots, which are small

and crowded on the sides of the head and on the limbs and

large and scattered, and surrounded by a blackish ring, on

the back ; the blue colour forms a very narrow band on the

thigh ; upper lip with a white edge; sides and lower parts

white.

From snout to vent 29 mm.

A single specimen from Huancabamba, EH. Peru, above

3000 feet (coll. E. Boettger, 1912).

XLII.— Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from the

Australian Region. By S. A. Rouwer, Forest Insects,

U.S. Bureau of Entomology, Washington, D.C.

Tus short paper, which is a contribution from the Branch of

Forest Insects, United States Bureau of Entomology, contains

the descriptions of four new species of sawflies. One of these

species is especially interesting, because it represents a new

genus which is the basis of a new subfamily.

The material upon which this paper is based was submitted

for study by the British Museum (Natural History), and all

the types will be returned to that institution.

Xiphydria obtusiventris, sp. n.

In Konow’s table of Xiphydria this runs to fumicornis,

. Konow, but it differs from the description of that species in

434 Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some

a number of ways and does not seem to be closely allied.

The unusual short ovipositor and ninth tergite cause the

abdomen to be rounded, not tapering, apically, and gives

this new species a distinctive appearance.

Female-—Length to end of abdomen 8 mm.; anterior

margin of clypeus rounded, medianly depressed, but with a

median protuberance, which at first sight gives the impression

that there is a small median tooth ; malar space about half

as long as the width of mandibles at the base ; surface of

clypeus with dorsad-ventrad striz; face and front reticulate ;

middle fovea small, indistinct ; ocelli in a low triangle, the

postocellar line longer than the ocellar line; vertex and

posterior orbits finely aciculate ; antennz distinctly tapering

apically, 18-jointed, the third joint distinctly longer than

fourth but not as long as 4 plus 5; pedicellum not half as

long as third joint; scape subequal in length with third

joint ; proscutum broad, well defined by foveolate notauli,

but the median longitudinal furrow is feeble; surface of

scutum and prescutum reticulate, with a more sparsely sculp-

tured area at the anterior middle of prescutum and lateral

middle of scutum; scutellum finely granular anteriorly,

smooth and shining posteriorly; sides of pronotum granular,

but with many longitudinal raised lines in addition ; anterior

part of mesepisternum reticulate, the posterior portion smooth,

polished ; abdomen finely granular, but the depressed apical

margins of the tergites are almost without sculpture ; ninth

tergite short, rounded apically, giving the end of the abdomen

somewhat the same appearance as in Oryssus ; . ovipositor

broad ; straight above, obtusely pointed apically and tapering

from a broad base, not extending much beyond the apical

margin of tergites; legs normal ; venation usual, the intra-

radius joins the radius about one-fourth the length of the

intraradius from the end of the second cubital. Black ;

antennz and legs ferruginous ; wings hyaline, with a faint

yellowish tinge; venation pale brown, stigma dark brown ;

mandibles and sheath piceous.

Type-locality. Kuranda, N. Queensland, Australia.

Described from a single female collected May 3-June 2,

1913, by R. E. Turner at an altitude of 1100 ft.

Type. British Museum (Natural History).

ZENARGINE, Subfam. nov.

Based on the genus Zenarge described below, and belongs

to the family Argide, where it may be readily separated

from either of the subfamilies by the following key :—

Sawflies from the Australian Region. 435

Subfamilies of Argide.

Anal vein complete and separate for its entire length ;

first and second anal cells separated by an oblique

interanal vein ; anella and recurrentella wanting. Zenargine.

Anal vein either partly or entirely wanting ; first anal

cell wanting or small and separated from the

second by the submedian vein; anella and re-

“currentella present, « <5 (+ wgbivass 4 ois sd aig ink Yas le

A, TIntercosta Present ve t,2 ts, q7se\aais ade weiss aid Argine.

Tntercoste Wanting Yoss cn ao ce tp wee So ee alee Sterictiphorine.

The Argids, largely because of their three-jointed an-

tenne, have long been considered as a distinct group, but

most classifications have failed to show any relationship

between them and such groups as the Perreyiid#, Loboceride,

or Pterygophoridee. A study of these four families shows,

however, that they have much in common, and it is not

unlikely that they had a common origin and are phylo-

genetically closely allied. The subfamily Zenargine adds

some evidence to this assumption, because it has certain

characters which suggest an affinity with the Perreyiidse and

certain others which suggest Loboceride. The venation in

the Zenargine is different from all other sawflies. The

anterior wing probably represents a generalized Argid,

because, with the exception of the complete anal vein, it

presents nothing remarkable. The apex of the radial cell

and the form of the radial and cubital cells, especially at the

base, however, suggest Loboceras. The hind wing is much

more specialized than the hind wing of the Argids, because

of the loss of anella and recurrentella, and is not unlike

Perreyia. The shape and foveolation of the head is not

typical of the Argids, but recalls more the head of some of

the Perreyiidee. y

In MacGillivray’s classification the genus Zenarge runs to

the subfamily Lophyrinz, but it has but little in common

with this group, and does not even resemble it closely in

venation.

ZENARGE, gen. nov.

Genotype. Zenarge turneri, Rohwer.

Clypeus long, the dorsad-ventrad length nearly half as

great as the apical width, the anterior margin rounded

laterally and emarginate medianly, the dorsal margin com-

posed of three sections, the lateral sections half the length of

the median section, the entire dorsal margin sharply defined ;

436 Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some.

labrum short, nearly truncate apically; malar space about

one-third as long as the width of mandibles at base ; inner

margin of eyes slightly converging towards the clypeus, the

area between them wider than high and the distance between

them at the clypeus greater than the length of the eye ; ocelli

in a low triangle, the posterior ones distinctly in front of the

supraorbital line ; width of posterior orbits about two-thirds

the cephal-caudad length of eye ; antennze 3-jointed, the third

thickened apically in female, but nearly of a uniform thick-

ness in male; pronotum well developed laterally ; prescutum

well defined and with a faint median longitudinal depression ;

anterior margin of the scutellum subangulate, the posterior

marin rounded, the surface convex ; first parapteron present,

but in specimens in which the pronotum fits close it is con-

cealzd by a lobe-like projection of the pronotum ; sternauli

present but not sharply defined; mesepimeron large, with a

cephal-caudad suture at about the middle; second pleural

suture straight; third pleural suture straight ; the metepi-

sternum and metepimeron of equal height ; propodeal spiracle

large, elongate-oval, and placed near the base on the dorsal

surface; metascutellum distinct ; metapostnotum much re-

duced, hardly visible ; propodeum completely chitinized and

without a median suture ; abdomen cylindrical ; ninth tergite

not especially large laterally ; cerci distinct ; sheath with

the lower margin much thickened, the ventral surface sculp-

tured and with some long hair; basitarsi distinctly shorter

than the following joints ; claws simple; intermediate tibie

armed with a pair of spines at the apical third; posterior

tibiee armed with a single spine at the apical third ; costal

cell rather narrow; intercostal vein present; radial cell

without a cross-vein or a distinct appendage, pointed at apex ;

three closed cubital cells; the second and third each receiving

a recurrent near the base; basal vein joining the subcosta a

short distance before the origin of the cubitus, longer than

the first recurrent, therefore not parallel with it ; first dis-

coidal cell similar in outline to that of Caloptilia ; nervulus

received at about its length from the basal vein ; anal vein

complete, the first and second anal cells very much the same

as in Pseudosiobla ; radiellan cell without an appendage ;

one closed cubitellan cell; recurrentella wanting ; anella

wanting.

Zenarge turnert, sp. n.

Female—Length 10 mm. Anterior margin of the clypeus

arcuately emarginate medianly ; supraclypeal area convex,

Sawflies from the Australian Region. 437

triangular in outline; median fovea rather large, deep, with

sloping walls, nearly cireular in outline ; antennal furrows

very poorly defined but present ; ocellar basin shallow, rather

large, triangular in outline but only poorly limited below ;

postocellar line distinctly shorter than the ocellocular line,

subequal with the ocelloccipital line; postocellar furrow

present; postocellar area poorly limited laterally, much wider

than long ; head shining, front with rather spare punctures;

thorax shining, with small scattered punctures ; stigma three

times as long as wide, of nearly uniform width for basal

two-thirds, then gradually tapering to metacarpus; third

cubital cell narrowed above, the third intercubitus subequal

in length with the third abcissa of the radius; abdomen

shining ; sheath seen from the side with the apex rounded.

Black ; clypeus, labrum, mandibles (except tips), face, inner

orbits narrowly above antenne, posterior orbits, margin

(anterior, posterior, and lateral) of pronotum, tegule, apical

two-thirds of scutellum, metascutellum, a broad band of

mesoepisternum, and metepisternum yellowish white ; abdo-

men ferruginous, propodeum and apical two tergites black ;

legs black, four anterior coxee, trochanters, apices of femora,

entire tibia, and tarsi yellowish white ; hind coxe except a

large spot on upper lateral surface, trochanters, basal fourth

of hind tibiz, and four apical joints of hind tarsi yellowish

white ; wings sublyaline, venation including stigma dark

brown.

Male.—Length 9mm. Agrees very well with the cha-

racters given for the female; differs in colour from the

female in having the mesosternum ferruginous, in having all

of the black of the legs (except hind tibie and basitarsus)

replaced by ferruginous ; apex of abdomen black ; tergites

with distinct punctures which become so close on the basal

segments that the surface is coriaceous; hypopygidium very

deeply arcuately emarginate apically,

Type-locality. Killara, Sydney, N. S. Wales, Australia.

Described from two females (one type) and one male

collected at an altitude of 400 feet on August 17, 1913, by

R. E. Turner, after whom the species is named.

Type and allotype. British Museum (Natural History).

Paratype. U.S. Nat. Mus.

Genus ANCYLONEURA, Cameron,

The genus Ancyloneura, Cameron, belongs to the tribe

Euriini, and falls close to Neoeurys, Rohwer, but may be

438 Mr. S. A. Rohwer on some

separated from the last-mentioned genus by the obsolete

antennal furrows and by having the hind basitarsus shorter

than the following joints.

The species which belong here have not been fully described,

and seem to be closely related. The following key, which is

based on literature, may aid in distinguishing the forms

described :—

Key to the Species.

Hind femora black; antennz 15-jointed (Kirby’s

CTH G ON Ep atanire Sates dearer Tas oe eae nigripes (Smith).

Hind femora reddish ; antennz with less than 15

POUR Seite. ie cals woo aie atcl> ars Ae ave la A Gls wi ie euebare fs is

1. Markings of the fore legs ‘sordid white” ;

antenne 13-jointed. (Aru.) ........000s varipes, Cameron,

Markings of the fore legs ferruginous; an-

tenn 12-jointed. (New Guinea.) ...... wollastont, Rohwer.

Ancyloneura wollastont, sp. 0.

In the absence of the first intercubitus this species differs

from the recognized generic characters, but in all other ways

it agrees with my notes and with the description.

Female.—Length 455 mm. Shining, without apparent

sculpture; median fovea rather deep, elongate, linear; post-

ocellar line slightly shorter than the ocelloccipital line; post-

ocellar area not defined anteriorly and defined laterally by

rather broad depressions ; antennz 12-jointed, the third

joint slightly longer than the fourth and fifth ; from the

third joint the joints gradually decrease in length until the

eleventh, which is subequal in length with the twelfth ;

eleventh joint a little more than twice as wide as long;

stigma about three times as long as greatest width, angulate

near base and tapering to a narrow apex ; first intercubitus

wanting; third cubital cell as long on the radius as the

combined first and second; second recurrent about two-

thirds the length of the second intercubitus from the base of

the third cubital cell; sheath concealed ; lower apical margin

of lancets with regular rounded teeth. Black ; apical part

of femora (more extensively on posterior pair), anterior tibiz,

base of anterior tarsi, basal two-thirds of intermediate tibie,

and basal half of hind tibiee ferruginous; wings brown

apically, hyaline basally ; venation dark brown.

Type-locality. Iwaka River, New Guinea.

Described from one female, collected February 1911 by

A. F. R. Wollaston.

Type. British Museum (Natural History).

Sawfltes from the Australian Region. 439

Genus PoLycionus, Kirby.

In ‘Genera Insectorum,’ fase. xxix. 1905, p. 40, Konow

places the genus Polyclonus, Kirby, asa synonym ot Ancylo-

neura, Cameron. This seems to the author to be wrong, and

as very little is known concerning the genus the tollowing

notcs, taken from specimens in the British Museum, and

made in 1909, may be of value :—

‘A female of Polyclonus atratus, Kirby (genotype), from

Melborne, Victoria, ‘C. F. 8. 00, No. 1164, proves the genus

is a good one. It may be briefly described thus: Length

5 mm. ; expanse 12°5 mm. Clypeus truncate ; malar space

very narrow, practically wanting ; antennal furrows indis-

tinct but complete; a distinct furrow from the anterfor

ocellus to between bases of antenne ; head strongly granular ;

antenne wanting beyond 12th joint, each joint beyond the

second with a ramus like Pterygophorus ; scutum and scu-

teilum shining, sparsely punctured; tarsal claws simple ;

venation like Perreyia (fig. 80, plate 39, Proc. U.S. Nat.

Mus. vol. 29,1906), except that the third cubital receives the

second recurrent and the third cubital cell is longer than the

second. Black; labrum, mandibles, tibia, and tarsi pallid ;

wings hyaline, iridescent; venation black.”

From these characters and others gained from an incom-

plete generic synopsis the author is of the opinion that the

genus belongs to the tribe Kuriini, where it is easily distin-

guished by the ramose antenne of both sexes.

Neoeurys tasmanica, sp. n.

This new species is closely allied to metallica, but may be

separated by narrower sheath, darker stigma, and shorter

distance between the second recurrent and second intercubitus.

Female—Lenugth 5 mm. Antennal furrows complete to

occiput ; middle fovea shallow, wedge-shaped ; postocellar

furrow wanting; postocellar line subequal with the ocell- -

ocular line; antennze 13-jointed, the third joint but slightly

longer than the fourth; scape but slightly longer than the

pedicellum ; sculpture of the head fine and close; stigma

slightly angled ‘at base, then regularly tapering to apex;

second recurrent received by the third cubital cell half the

length of the second intercubitus from the base of the cell;

prescutum and scutum medianly finely granular and some-

what opaque; sides of the scutam and scutellum shining ;

mesepisternum with small rather close punctures ; sheath

440 Mr. R.I. Pocock on some

slightly concave above, rounded apically, and tapering to the

rather narrow base. Blue-black, with a faint bronzy tinge to

head ; palpi, apices of anterior femora, and all of the tibize

rufo-ferruginous ; wings dusky hyaline, venation (including

stigma) dark brown.

Male—Length 3 mm. The male assigned here agrees

closely ; the middle fovea is somewhat deeper and the apices

of all the femora are pale; the lower margin of the stigma is

pale, and the second recurrent joins the third cubital cell

somewhat further from the base. Hypopygidium narrow and

truncate apically,

Type-locality. ‘Tasmania.

Described from one female (type) collected on the summit

of Mt. Wellington, 1904, by A. M. Lea, and one male (allo-

type) from Haglehawk Neck, S.H. Tasmania, Feb. 12-

Mar. 3, 1913, collected by R. Ki. Turner.

Type and allotype. Collection British Museum (Natural

History).

XLITI.—On some External Characters of Ruminant Artio-

dactyla.—Part V. The Tragelaphine. By R. I. Pococg,

F.R.S.

Subfamily TraerraPHine.

The only fresh material available in 1910 for examination

of the cutaneous glands of this group belonged to the genera

Tetraceros, Boselaphus, and Tragelaphus. For the rest

dependence had to be placed upon the inspection of dried

skins and living examples, which yielded unsatisfactory

results, Since that year additional material of those genera,

as well as fresh examples of Strepsiceros, Limnotragus, and

Taurotragus, have come into my hands, and these have

enabled me to clear up some doubtful points.

Genus Tetraceros, Leach.

Tetraceros quadricornis, Blainv. (p. 921).

I have nothing to add to my description of the glands of

this species published in 1910, except to say that an adult

female had the glands of the false hoofs of the hind legs as

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 441

well developed as in the male. Their secretion had a

decidedly pungent and unpleasantly musteline odour.

The rhinarium is well developed and ‘ bovine.” From

the anterior aspect the upper margin is strongly convex and

the area beneath the nostrils is mesially grooved and very

wide—wider, in fact, than the area above those orifices—and

visible to a considerable extent in profile view. From the

dorsal sid@ the anterjor margin is convexly truncated, and

the posterior margin is straight between the posterior angles

of the nostrils, the hair of the nose not extending forwards

beyond that line.

Genus Bosetaruus, Blainv.

Boselaphus tragocamelus, Pall. (p. 926).

In a male example the preorbital gland had a much

shallower pit than in the female described in 1910, and was

without definite lids. The gland itself, moreover, was not

regularly heart-shaped, but was longer than thick and of

irregular form.

The rhinarium (fig. 1, A, B,C) is large and “bovine,”

closely resembling that of Tetraceros, but more protuberant

in front, and, beneath the nostrils, laterally and with a

wider internarial septum. On its dorsal side the hair

advances a little way between the nostrils, so that the poste-

rior border of the rhinarium is concave.

In 1910 I briefly described the glandular nature of the

skin between the ialse hoofs of the hind feet in the female.

The same feature is present in the male where the skin

between the widely separated false loois is clothed with

longish hair, is very thick and glandular, and mesially

folded, In the fore foot there is no trace of the gland, the

false hoofs being larger and the hair restricted to the uarrow

area between them. ‘this gland (fig. 3, B) on tle hind foot

of Buselaphus clearly represents an earlier stage of the

evolutiou of the pair of pouch-hke glands present in Tetra-

ceros. The presence of similar glands in Taurotragus and

Strepsiceros (cf. infra) serves to link Boselaphus with the

African Tragelaphines, and refutes, if refutation be needed,

Riitimeyer’s claim that Bosedaphus belougs to a differcit

group.

Inguinal glands are absent and there are two pairs of

MANIne.

The penis (fig. 1, D, E) agrees, generally speaking, with

the sketch and description published by Gerhardt (op. cit.

Aun. & Mag. NS Hip Ser, os Kel. ie on

442

Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

viive al

AN 1

Rhinarium of Boselaphus tragocamelus from the front. x 2.

‘The same from above.

The same from below.

The extremity of the penis of B. tragocamelus from below.

The same from the lett side.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 443

p. 153). It ends in an elongated subovate portion defined

by a shallow constriction. The urethral canal, however,

reaches the extremity of this, lying rather upon its right

than on its left side.

Genus Tracextapuus, Blainv.

Tragelaphus scriptus, Pall., and its subspecies (p. 929).

The only specialized cutaneous glands which occur in this

species and its numerous affiliated forms, of which sylvaticus

is the commonest in our Zoological Gardens, are the inguinals,

which, according to my examination of a large number of

specimens, are invariably present as a pair of small pouches

lying far out in front of the four teats, the orifice being in

the fold between the thigh and the abdomen. The only

other genera of Tragelaphines which possess these are

Limnotragus aud Strepsiceros. Asinall the African Trage-

laphines preorbital and interdigital pedal glands are absent.

The glands between the false hoofs of the hind legs, found

in Tetraceros, Boselaphus, Strepsiceros, and Taurotragus are

also absent.

The rhinarium is variable with respect to the width of the

area between the edge of the lower lip and the nostrils.

Sometimes there is a definite narrow philtrum as in S¢repsi-

ceros and adult examples of Taurotragus, but not infrequently

the hair of the upper lip does not encroach so far towards

the middle line, leaving a broader irregularly shaped naked

space. This variation may be a matter of age, or it may

prove to have aracial significance. Otherwise the rhinarium

seems to resemble that of Tauwrotragus and _ Strepsiceros,

except that the posterior edge between the angles of the

nostrils is straight from side to side.

The penis, as described and figured by Lonnberg (Ark.

Zool. Stockholm, (5) v. no. 10, p. 7, fig. 6, 1909), is distally

attenuated, wish a terminal sigmoid “flexure, the urethral

canal not being prolonged beyond the tip of the glans penis.

Genus Limnorracus, Scl. & Poc.*

Limnotragus spekei, Scl. (p. 930).

Examples of the two races gratus and selousi resemble

* Although this genus is of very doubtful value, it may be explained

that, at the request of Mr. Thomas, who in 1900 was compelled by ill-

health to abandon temporarily all zoological work, I took his place in

the completion of vol. iv. of the ‘ Book of Antelopes,’ Strictly speaking,

therefore, although the matter is of no great moment, this peneng name

should be ascribed to Sclater and myself.

AAL Mr. R. I. Poeock on some

Tragelaphus with respect to the cutaneous glands, the

inguinais being present and similarly placed and the glands

between the false hoofs absent.

The rhinarzum also is like that of Tragelaphus, except that

the area between the nostrils =o the edge of the lower lip

is usually at all events wider. It is as wide as the inter-

narial septum in a specimen ‘of selousi and wider in au

example of ¢ gratus. I have never seen it narrower, as 1s

sometimes the case in Tragelaphus. Tenney appears

merely to differ from Trayelaphus in the length ot the loots

and the nakedness of the posterior surface of ithe pastern

and sae But,as Meinertzhagen has pointed out (P. 4. 5.

T9TG. 1, p. 377), there is sometimes a patch of hair in the

middle of the pastern between the false hoofs and the hoots

themselves. But in two examples which came together

from the Congo to the Zoological Gardens the feet of the

male were Hated behind, while those of the female had the

patch in question.

Genus Srrupstceros, H. Smith.

Strepsiceros strepsiceros, Pall. (p. 931).

The fresh carcase of a hornless male, three or four months

old, from South Africa, is all the material of this

have seen.

The rhinarium has a narrow grooved philtrum and the

hair upoa the upperside of the nose spreads forwards some

distance between the nostrils. Otherwise the

resembles that of Tragelajhus.

‘There is no trace of preorbilal gland.

fnguinal glands also are absent. Possibly their absence in

this specimen was due to immaturity, smee both Owen and

Ogilby agree as to their presence in the species. When

present they probably resemble in size and position those of

S. inberbis, of Trayelaphus, and Limnotragus.

Pedal glands of the interdigital type are absent, but upon

the hind feet there are glands associated with the widely

separated false hoofs as in Taurotragus. On the inner side of

each false hoof there is a fringe of long black hair growing

from a glandular thickening of the skin, the secretion of

which is discharged amongst the roots of the hairs and intoa

hairless cleft between the thickening and the false hoof.

‘The skin of the middle of the area between the false hoofs

is clothed with short hair aud is thin and not specially glan-

species L

rhinarium

Evternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 445

dular. On the fore feet no such fringes exist, the false

hoofs being small, close together, and overlapping *.

Strepsiceros imberbis, Blyth.

Of this species I have seen one fresh specimen, an imma-

ture castrated male from Somaliland, and the feet and

inguinal area of an adult female from British Kast Africa,

kindly brought home for me by Mr. F. C. Selous.

These specimens resemble in nearly every particular the

example of S. strepsiceros, above described. The upperside of

tne rhinarium, however, was not overgrown with hair to quite

the same extent, and there was a single pair of inguinal

glands, each consisting of a narrow sack 2 inches deep, with

a small circular orifice, and lying far out in advance of the

two pairs of mammie, as in Trayelaphus aud Limnoirayus.

The glands close to the false hoofs (fig. 3, D) of the hind

feet were exactly as described in S. strepsiceros, aud on the

fore feet the false hoofs were smaller than on the hind feet

and separated by a narrow strip of naked skin, horny ia

one of the specimens.

The penis of the castrated male was very small and simple,

with a bluntly rounded termination. ‘The urethral canal

was not produced beyond the end of the glans.

Strepsiceros has iitherto been distinguished from Trage-

laphus merely by small differences in the horns of very little

systematic value. Particularly satisfactory, therefore, is the

discovery of the difference between the two genera supplied

by the glands adjoining the posterior false hoofs.

Genus Tavrorracus, Wagn,

Taurotragus oryx, Pall. (p. 932).

To the description of the cutaneous glands of this species

published in 1910 1 have to make one important addition.

‘Uhis is the presence of glands close to the false hoofs of the

lind legs, precisely resembling those described above under

Stirepsiceros. ‘These are as well developed in a calf’ one day

old as in the adult, and they are the only specialized cuta-

beous glands present in the genus, so far as my observations

go (tig. 3, A, C). 1 have never succeeded in finding a trace

of the preorbital gland described by Mr. W. L- Sclater,

und am compelled to disbelieve in its existence.

‘The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B, C) in the adult is not “ bovine,”

.* Nyala angasi resembles Strepsiceros and differs from Trayelaphus in

possessing the glandular fringes by the false hoofs of the hind legs,

446 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

like that of Boselaphus, It is much less protuberant both in

front of and beneath the nostrils laterally, and the septum

between the expanded nostrils is narrower. Beneath the

nostrils in front the rhinarium spreads somewhat to right

“Ny c

A. Rhinarium of Tawrotragus oryx from the front.

3. The same from above.

C. The same from the side.

D. Extremity of penis of 7. oryx from the left side.

HK. The same from below,

and left, being nearly as broad here as just above the

nostrils ; but beneath this it rapidly narrows to form a

mesially grooved philtrum which is about as wide as half the

internarial septum. The upper edge from the front view is

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 447

lightly convex; the posterior edge from above is lightly

concave, the hairs of the upper side of the nose spreading

Fig. 5,

2IZLE AZIZ >

eld

im Hes at

TAN Sr 2 1,1, VAY

onl wy Ws Ny J val \\

Te ue WL

Vigh

7! 1) \

et le i

Bp is

Nj ; hn) ne

ti i} iH iy

edd A

z :

A. Transverse section through the false hoofs and glands of the hind

foot of Taurotragus oryx.

B. The same of Boselaphus tragocamelus.

C. Lower view of hind foot of Tawrotragus oryx, showing the glandular

fringes encircling the false hoofs on the inner side.

D. The same of Strepsiceros imberbis.

forwards a little in advance of the posterior notch of the

nostrils.

The width of the philtrum appears to vary sometimes

448 Laternal Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

with age in an interesting manner. Thus in a calf one day

old it is wider than in the adult, being about three-fourths

the width of the internarial septum, whereas in a foetus

about three months developed the naked area beneath the

nostrils is very broad, broader even than in the adult

Boselaphus, giving the rhinarium a strictly bovine appear-

ance. This suggests that the bovine type of rhinarium is

tle primitive type in the Ruminantia *.

As I recorded in 1910, inguinal glands and interdigital

pedal glands are absent, but the hind feet possess glandular

thickenings of the skin surmounted by a fringe of black

hairs (fig. 8, A, C) precisely as in Strepsiceros.

The penis (fig. 2, D, HE) of an old male has an elongated,

undulating, attenuated terminal portion, much longer than

in Boselaphus, and, as in that genus and others belonging to

the Tragelaphinge in which this organ has been described,

the urethral canal is not produced beyond the tip of the

glans.

The points of interest connected with the characters

above enumerated may be summarized as follows :—

(1) Preorbital gland present.......... weeees Letraceros, Boselaphus.

. pipe ROSEN wd Cie af aen etme teen Traygelaphus (Ltmno-

trugus), Nyala, Strep-

siceros, Taurotragus.

(2) Inguinal glands present . ...)c0i. sa. oe ee Tragelaphus (Limno-

tragus), Strepsiceros

(Palwaysin thelatter).

i 5g oy MAISON hytics. ote Nes Se: weaee. YLetraceros, Boselaphus,

Laurotragus.

(8) Glands between posterior false hoofs absent. Yvrayelaphus (Limne-

iragus).

present.

Consisting’ "of definite pockets within

false “hoofs afiht Wi fous hanne & ee eee Tetraceros.

Consisting of a thickening of is skin

only.

Thickened skin extending across fet-

lols iy ic ZA icc eae pee eee Deoselaphus.

Thickened skin restricted to area close

to false hoofs and surmounted by

DAH G SOL Maas i a hace leek e .. Nyala, Strepsiceros,

Laurotragus.

* It may be added that in the foetal specimen above alluded to the

faciat vibrissee were well developed, consisting of shoit scattered

mystacials and submentals, a row of superciliaries and suboculars, an

upper and a lower genal tuft arising from the white spots on the cheelk

and interramals. It is singular that the Artiodactyla and the Carnivora

are the only orders of mammals known to me which possess as a primi-

tive character two genal tufts—an upper and a lower—on each cheek.

ie “Published ihe Br st Dig of ever ‘y Month. ary 6d.

Ss : AVS MR THE

4 LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN

a PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE

ine AND

| JOURNAL OF SCIENCE,

Conducted by -

aa SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D.Se., LL.D., F.R.S,

~ SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, 0. M., M. A., Se. DB R. S.,

we JOHN JOLY, M.A. D.Sc., E.RS, E.GS.,

Sed GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B. A., LL. Ds, F, R. S., ane.

Wet, WILLIAM FRANCIS, BULB ots

Re oa :

_ Published the First Day of every Month. Dd sad

THE

NWALS. AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY

ke including Zoology, Botany, and Geology. |

a * Conducted by

: WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., FR.

ae E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Se. D., FB.

yh ee OMAR D ch. FRANCIS,

S., F.LS., nas,

sere Syst eee

F.Z. y

. ty Wouuded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription

BES oe and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s.

TH B OBSERVATORY,

=e eee REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY.

Edited by

-. A, S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., F.RB.S.,

a eel Es M. STRATTON, M.A., and

H. $8. JONES, MA. B. Sa.

Its Contributors include most of the leading English- speaking Astronomers,

and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the BLOgTess of astronomical

thought and achievement.

Published Monthly. Dorie 1s. 8d. Annual Subscription, ie

16s. post free. ; gi

| THE ; oe bas ks

JOURNAL OF BOTANY

it, - BRITISH AND FOREIGN. .

t fae: 5 = Kdited by _

Nh oe JAMES BRITTEN, K.S.G., E.LS,, a

¢ Be _. LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM,

7 “Articles by prominent Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries Reviows Si

es Botanical News and eugene &e., &e. he :

“Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. oe

c mr : P.

XXXVI. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Py- — |

raustine. By Sir Groree F, Hampson, Bart., F.ZS.,&. ..:., ... 893 |

. > es oy

2 ait

XXXVII. On the Synonymy of some European Diplopods _

(Myriapoda), with Special Reference to Three Leachian a By 2

Ricuarp 8. Baewann, F.L.S. 2.5.

XXXVIIL. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. By. Lo

B, Prove, PRGA tee ie Pees Ce ee oe oe +. 412

XXXIX. Descriptions and. Records of Bees —LKXXI. By

T. D. A. Cocxurrtt, University of Colorado......... Volecwees 418

XL. On some Fishes from the Shari River, with Descriptions. of

Two new Species. By G. A, Bournyenr, F.RB. ....... ee ace

XLI. Descriptions of new South-American Batrachians

G.- A. Bourunerr i RS2 oe eee ee as ey acy ce a oe

XLII. Notes on and Descriptions of some Sawflies from

Australian Region. By 8..A. Ronwer, Forest: Insects, U.S. Bu

ef Entomology, Washington, D.C. ........ PS ay SR Ben i

XLIII. On some External Characters of Ruminant Artiod ot

—Part V. The Tragelaphine, By R.1. Pocock, F.R.S. ..:sys5

Red Pisin Court, ves Street, Teadaw e

4 gS 8,

NINTH SERIES. No. 12.

THE ANNALS”

| MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.

L | ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY.

CONDUCTED BY

WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S.,

ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., HZ.8:3

: AND

RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.8.

: - ; *

BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE “‘ANNALS” COMBINED WITH é

MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARLESWORTH’S “‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.” =

LONDON:

TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREEY.

¥ _ Sold by Simpkin, Marshall, Hamilton, Kent, & Co., Ld: , Bailliére Paris:

b ; nerd 1 Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin,

. Raturalists, ret ae genus”

Keep in stock every kind ot APPARATUS. ae

CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH-

OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES,

which should be fixed up in gardens or * shrubberies

before the breeding Season. Set een

\A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Fags, ae. ; —

Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to any address.

36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND. |

ST A TSS I SE IE SS tek

Peni ese Sidecar Rises oe DS ES oes ie De A

SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND SERIALS. |

JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books |

in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and J ournals

of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or meee

Libraries or small parcels purchased for cash.

SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Entomological, Onutielogitat Zoological, Geolo-

sical, War Economy (Agriculture, Husbandry, Gardening, Economic BOuay ete. 1ae

Botanical (General and Geographical), etc., 2d, each, post free,

38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY, LONDON, W.C. 2.

Telephone: Gerrard 1412.

Super-Royal 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Text-figures.

_ Price 12s. 6d.

A CONTRIBUTION

PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA

DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA.

L. S. GIBBS, F.L.S., F.R.MS.

TayLor AND Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. et

Rates for Advertisements in the fae and

~ Magazine of Natural Be 2

One Six = Pwelve

Insertion. Insertions. ~ Oe eertions. some

PAGE: #2 soap esae = 20-0 1216 O each =! 12° 0 each) 3s

HALFsPAGE 3-88 952 Ge AO gO Gs all

QUARTER-PAGE - 12 6 1 a a ?< 10: 0-4, Jae

All applications for ener to be made to

THE ANNALS

AND

MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY,

(NINTH SERLES.]

No. 12. DECEMBER 1918.

XLIV.—On some Hexternal Characters of Ruminant Artio-

dactyla.— Part VI. The Bovine. By ik. I. Pocock,

F.R.S.

Subfamily Borvivz.

IT retain this subfamily as a matter of convenience only,

being unacquainted with a single character of importance by

which it may be disting uished from the Tragelaphine. On

the other hand, close affiliation between the two is attested

by a large number of common characters. Indeed, Anoa

depressicornis, the most primitive form of Bovine, quite

commonly shows the typically Tragelaphine white spots and

patches on the face, throat, and feet, which must be regarded

as strong-evidence of near affinity with the Tragelapline

stock, as I pointed out in 1910.

For close upon a century there has been great divergence

of opinion regarding the status of the groups into which the

species of the Bovine naturally fall. In 1827 Hamilton

Smith split up the Linnean genus Bosinto a number of sub-

-genera—Bison, Bibos, etc. By Gray, who added Poephagus

to the series, these were granted generic rank. In this

opinion he was followed by Riitimeyer, and more recently by

Matschie. English authors, like Blanford, Flower, and

Lydekker, on the contrary, retained the genus Bos in a

comprehensive sense, giviug subordinate rank to the others.

In 1910 I followed that course, being unable to find evidence

from the characters I was then working at for defining the

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9, Vol. ii. a3

450 ° Mr. R. J. Pocock on some

alleged genera and subgenera. Since that year, however,

study of certain other external features—notably the rhina-

rium and penis—have supplied additional characters to those

derived from the skull, horns, tail, distribution of hair, and

outward form, which, I think, justify Gray’s claim that the

groups are worthy of generic recognition. Probably other

characters bearing out this view will come to light with the

examination of further material.

So far as the cutaneous glands are concerned, the genera

have the following mainly negative features in common :—

Preorbital glands, as in all African Tragelaphines, are

absent.

Inguinal glands are invariably absent, as in the Trage-

laphine genera Vauwrotraqus, Boselaphus, and Tetraceros.

Pedal glands of the interdigital type are also invariably

absent, as in all Tragelaplines.

Glands ou the false hoofs are absent, as in Tragelaphus.

‘Two pairs of mamme are present, as in all Tragelaphines.

Genus Bos, Linn.

Bos, Linn. Syst. Nat. ed. 10, p. 1758: type, taurus.

Rhinarium (figs. 1, A, B; 3, C) large; viewed from the

front its upper margin is evenly convex from side to side

and the median area below the line of the widely separated

expanded nostrils is wider than the internarial septum

throughout its extent, the hairs of the upper lip extending

inwards neither beneath the nostrils above nor along the

edge of the upper lip below ; above the edge of the lip there

ruus upwards a short shallow median groove, which is

present in all genera, and thus disproves Lydekker’s state-

ment (Cat. Ung. in Brit. Mus. i. p. 11, 1912) that the

rhinarium in the Bovine is undivided. A few scattered

hairs arise from the rhinarium inferiorly, and its surface is

sculptured and reticulated. The anterior portion of its

dorsal surface is exposed to a varying degree in accordance

with the extent to which the hair of the upper side of the

muzzle spreads forwards between the nostrils; but the naked

upper edge of the nostrils is always of considerable width

and depth, and not narrowed as in Bison and Poephagus.

The extension of the hair between the nostrils above varies

according to the breed, being greater, for instance, in British

park cattle (B. taurus) than in Indian humped cattle (B. in-

dicus) ; but intergradation between these two forms seems

to be supplied by other breeds of B. taurus.

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 451

The penis of B. taurus, as figured by Garrod (Proc. Zool.

Soe. 1877, p. 10, fig. 19) is well known. It ends in an

ovately rounded knob or cushion, on the lower side of which

the orifice of the urethra terminates without running out

into a definite tubular prolongation. In B. indicus (fig. 4,

B, C) the penis is of a similar type. ;

Rhinarium of zebu (Bos indicus) from above. X 3.

The same from the front,

The only existing members of this genus, as here recorded,

are the numerous domesticated breeds of cattle referred to

B. taurus and B. indicus. Apart from these there are a

certain number of extinct species, of which the aurochs

33*

452 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

(B. primigenius) is the best-known form. In domesticated

cattle the skull is so variable in structure that it would

A. Rhinarium of American bison (Bison bison) from the front. x 2

B. The same from the side.

C. The same of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis) from the

side.

require the examination of a long series of specimens to

formulate a generic diagnosis based upon cranial characters.

2 en

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 453

But the success of such an undertaking would be doubtful,

seeing that the skulls of some domesticated breeds differ

more from aurochs-like breeds than the latter differ from

other genera of Bovine. To this variability is probably to

Lo a?

Mir. ler >>,

. V7 4%

YR0 Ns Si

A. Rhinarium of yak (Poephagus grunniens) from the front. x 3.

B, The same from the side.

C. The saine of zebu (Los indicus). X d.

be attributed in a great measure the prevalent admission of

subgeneric rank to the groups into which the existing species

of Bovine fall. The ears are no less variable in size and

shape than the skull and horns, even in closely related

breeds.

454 Mr. R. I. Pocock on some

Genus Brsos, Hodgson.

Bibos, Hodgson, Journ, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vi. p. 499 (1837): type,

gaurus, H. Smith.

Gaveus, Hodgson, op. cit. xvi. p. 706 (1847): type, frontalis.

Gauribos, Ur ibos, "Bubalibos, Heude, Mém. Hist. Nat. Chin. v. pt. i.

p. 8 (1901): types (now selected) respectively laosiensis, platycerus,

annamiticus, Heude.

The rhinarium of the two forms I have examined—namely,

frontalis, which is almost certainly a domesticated breed of

B. gaurus, and banteng—does not differ in any important

Vig. A;

ag *

ae:

aaa

———~__

iB)

———

. End of penis of African buffalo (Syncerus caffer equinoctialis?) from

the left side.

The same of zebu (Bos indicus).

The same from below.

. The same of banteng (Bibos banteng) from left side.

. The same of gayal (Bibos, frontalis) from below.

. The same of American bison (Bison bison) from the side.

. The same from below.

Qamyban Pp

respects from that of Bos, although the dorsal surface seems

to be less overgrown with hair than even in B. indicus. The

hair encroaches only to a slight extent between the posterior

angles of the nostrils, so that the posterior border of the

upper side is lightly concave. This feature may, however,

prove to be variable. In the feet the interungual integument

is naked as in Bos, not hairy as in Bison.

The penis (fig. 4, D, ) in both the above-mentioned

species differs from that of Bos in that the urethral canal is

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla, 455

produced into a short tube free from the terminal cushion-

like thickening of the glans, as in Poephagus (ef. infra).

Genus Bison, H. Smith.

Bison, H. Smith, Griffiths, An. King. v. p. 373 (1827): type, bison,

Linn,

Bonasus, Wagner, Schreb. Saiug., Suppl. iv. p. 515 (1844): type,

bonasus, Linn.

The rhinarium (fig. 2, A, B) differs from that of Bos and

Bibos in being more overgrown with hair both above and in

front. In front the hair of the upper lip spreads towards

the middle line along the lower margin of the nostrils and

even penetrates the inner portion of those orifices. Hence

at this level the rhinarium is not wider than the internarial

septum. Inferiorly, however, it expands, and is broad where

it passes into the edge of the upper lip. Dorsally the hair

of the nose spreads over the upper surface of the rhinarium

almost to its anterior margin, leaving a comparatively narrow

naked rim bordering the nostrils above, so that from the

anterior aspect the upper edge of the rhinarium does not

present the evenly convex upper margin seen in Bos and

Bibos. ’

The feet also differ from those of the two last-mentioned

genera in having the interungual web overgrown with hair,

which is sometimes stuck together with secretion. This

hairy clothing has been observed in two pure-bred specimens,

male and female, which died at different seasons of the year.

Hence it may be inferred that the growth of hair on this

part of the foot is not a seasonal character, as it appears to

be in some of the Caprine Ruminants—e. g., Ammotragus

lervia and Ovis musimon*.

The penis (fig. 4, F, G), like that of Bos, has no free

prolongation of the urethral canal.

Although I have cited Bonasus as a synonym of Bison, it

must be explained that that course is justified mainly by

inference, since I have had no opportunity of examining

fresh material of the European species, B. bonasus, which is

* Some of the American bisons that have been imported into England

as pure-bred stock appear from the higher carriage of the head, higher

quarters, longer horns, and other points to have taurus-blood in their

veins. They are hybrids known as cattaloes in the United States. One

of these had the interungual integument of the hind feet naked as in

Bos taurus, whereas the ‘interungual skin of the fore feet was covered

with a growth of short hairs, being intermediate in this respect between

the naked condition seen in B, taurus and the long-haired condition seen

in Bison bison.

456 Mr. R. I, Pocock on some

a very distinct species from its American ally B. bison, and

so far as external appearance is concerned, especially as

regards the higher, flatter hind-quarters, serves to connect

the type of Bison with Bos. Not! ving 18 known of its feet or

penis. Nevertheless, judging from living examples, the

vhinarium seems to be shaped like that of Bison bison.

Genus Porruacus, Gray.

Poephagus, Gray, List Mamm. Brit. Mus. p. 153 (1843); id. Cat. Ung.

Brit. Mus. p. 39 (1852): type and only species, grunniens, Linn.

The rhinarium (fig. 8, A, B) is low and depressed and the

whole of the upper surface is covered with short hair except

for a comparatively narrow strip running along the upper

margin of the nostrils. Beneath the inner edges of the

nostrils in front the rhinarium is a little wider than the

internarial septum, but the lower portion of its anterior

surface is largely overgrown by the hairs of the upper lip,

which encroach towards the middle line, leaving a median

naked philtrum which is narrower than the internarial

septum. In this last-mentioned particular the rhinarium of

Poephagus differs from that of all other genera of Bovine.

The penis, as recorded by Lonnberg (Ark. Zool. Stockholm,

(5) v. no. 10, 1909), has a short tubular urethral prolonga-

tion free from the terminal glandular thickening, apparently

exactly as in Bibos fronialis and banteng.

Genus Anoa, H. Smith.

Anoa, H. Smith, Grifiths, Anim. King. vy. pp. 855, 827, as subgenus of

Antilope : type, depress ye nis, H. Smith.

Bubalus, id. op. cit. p. 871: type, bubalis (= bubalus, Linn.).

Buffelus, Riitimeyer, Verh. Ges. Basel, (2) iv. p. 884 (1865): type,

now selected, bubalus, Linn. (= ndicus, Riit.).

Probubalus, id. loc. cit. : ‘type depressicornis (=celebensis, Riit.).

The rhinarium of the two very distinct species I have

examined—namely, depressicornis and bubalis—seems to

resemble that of Bos and Bibos in all essential characters,

exhibiting a large naked dorsal area and a nearly parallel-

sided area below the level of the nostrils in front, which is

wider than the internarial septum.

The feet have the interungual integument naked.

The penis I have not examined, but according to en

(Nova Acta Soc. Upsal. (3) xx. p. 60, pl. 1..fig. 16, 1903)

there is no definite tubular urethral S Aeamee in A. de-

pressicornis. Tis figure, nevertheless, suggests the presence

External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla. 457

of a short urethral process. The statement, however, must

be accepted in preference to the figure.

Genus Syncerus, Hodgson.

Syncerus, Hodgson, Journ, Asiat. Soc. Bengal, xvi. pt. 2, p. 709 (1847) :

type, brachyceros, Gray.

Planiceros, Gray, Cat. Rum. Brit. Mus. p. 10 (1872), as subgenus of

Bubalus: type, planiceros, Blyth (=centralis, Gray).

peat, id. op. ctt. p. 12, “as subgenus of Bubalus: type, caffer,

parm

Apart from the shape of the head, horns, and the size of

the ears, I am not acquainted with any important external

characters by which the African buffaloes may be distin-

guished from their Asiatic allies. My examination, how-

ever, 18 restricted to one example—a young bull—of S. caffer

equinoctialis? In this specimen the penis was thinner than

in other Bovines, and there was no trace of a tubular pro-

longation of the urethral canal free from the terminal

thickening of the glans (fig.4, A). A side view of the large

rhinarium is duces iene, C.

Riitimeyer long ago pointed out some of the cranial

differences between the African and Asiatic buffaloes, and,

admitting them as distinct genera, adopted the name Bu-

balus for the former and introduced Buffelus for the latter.

For no very good reasons, apparently, he severed the anoa

(A. depressicornis) from the Asiatic forms and proposed

Probubalus for its reception.

In 1901 Loénnberg (K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Hand]. xxxv.

no. 8) adopted Riitimeyer’s opinion as to the generic status

of the two types of buffalo, and backed it by the addition of

other cranial features. At the same time he showed that

the anoa falls into line with the big buffaloes of India, the

link between the two being supplied by mindorensis. He

followed Riitimeyer also in the matter of nomenclature,

with the exception that Probubalus lapsed as a synonym of

Buffélus. Nevertheless, in 1903 (N. Acta Soc. Upsal. (3)

xx. pp. 55-61) Lénnberg writes on the soft anatomy of

Anoa as if it were a genus apart from other Asiatic buffaloes.

‘The reason for this course is not clear,

In 1911 Wollister (P. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxiv. p. 191)

adopted the views of Ruitimeyer and Loénnberg regarding the

buffaloes of Africa and India, without, however, being aware,

so far as can be judged, of their publications upon this -

subject. Not possessing a skull of depressicornis for exami-

nation, he left Anoa alone, adopting the name Budalus for

458 External Characters of Ruminant Artiodactyla.

the Asiatic forms and Syncerus for the African. In this

matter he was perfectly correct, if Anoa be left out of con-"

sideration. But if, as seems to be the case, depressicornis is

not generically, or even subgenerically, distinguishable from

bubalis, the name Anoa must supersede Bubalus for the

Asiatic buffaloes by virtue of page priority.

In view of the distinguishing cranial characters between

the African and Asiatic buffaloes pointed out by the above-

quoted authors, it seems impossible to escape from the

conclusion that the two groups deserve generic separation.

From lack of material for examination I am unable to add

any new external features to those that have been already

published. Hollister’s statement, however, that the ears of

African buffaloes (Syncerus) are distinguished from those

of Asiatic buffaloes (Anoa) by being heavily fringed is not

always true. ‘The ears, nevertheless, as I pointed out in

1912 (‘ Field, Aug., p. 396), are very different in shape,

those of the Asiatic buffaloes being narrower and much

more pointed than of their African allies.

Setting aside the characters derived from the shape of the

head, the horns, the height of the withers, the length and

bushiness of the tail, the distribution of hair on the body,

and others that have been made use of by previous workers

who have adopted subgeneric or generic titles for the Bovine

groups, the incidence of the external features to which

attention has been particularly directed in this paper to

support the generic recognition of these groups may be

briefly summarized as follows :—

(1) a. Rhinarium reduced inferiorly by the en-

croachment of the hair of the lower half

of the upper lip to form a distinct phil-

trum which is narrower than the intef-

narial septum; its upper surface ovyer-

grown with short hair up to the anterior

margin, leaving a narrow naked rim above

Che MOSiTNSs AL). 5 «cites balers ee a Centos Poephagus.

b, Rhinarium very wide inferiorly above the

edge of the upper lip, wider than the inter-

narial septum, and forming no distinct

philtrum ; the hairs of the muzzle spread-

ing inwards beneath the nostrils and

entering the inner angles of those orifices,

reducing the width of the rhinarium at

this level; its upper surface covered with

hair almost to the anterior edge, so that

only a narrow naked rim borders the

MOSS AHOVEs 05 Vas ceca dele Quip elll a Bison.

Mr. R. EK. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 499

e. Rhinarium large and naked, everywhere

wide below the level of the nostrils in

front, its dorsal surface overgrown poste-

riorly between the nostrils to a varying

extent, but never sufficiently to reduce

the upper edge of the nostrils to a narrow

NAK CG TUN: ists ss Sha te eh arg tit ee iomers Bos, Bibos, Anoa,

Syncerus.

(2) a. Feet with the interungual integument

evergronvn with hair. :....5.-sfa0 ss eubype.« Bison.

b. Feet with the interungual integument

naked ..... sh cian nbheonice len ateerstar eters Bos, Bibos, Poepha-

gus, Anoa, Syn-

cerus.

(8) a. Penis with a short tubular urethral pro-

cess free for a short distance from the

terminal thickening of the glans........ Bibos, Poephagus.

6. Penis without tubular urethral process .. Bos, ison, Anoa,

Syncerus.

XLV. — Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXVI. On

new African Philanthine. By Rowranpo E. Turner,

EZ:S.,, F.ES.

Philanthus fossulatus, sp. n.

9. Nigra; clypeo, mandibulis basi, scapo subtus, facie usque ad

emarginationem oculorum, fronte macula; femoribus anticis

subtus, femoribusque intermediis macula parva apicali flavis ;

pronoto margine postico, callis humeralibus, tegulis, mesopleuris

antice, postscutello, tergito primo macula utrinque, secundo

fascia obliqua utrinque, tertio, quarto quintoque fascia apicali,

sexto macula magna utrinque, sternitis 3-5 fascia undulata

antice bisinuata, secundo fascia lata postice emarginata, sexto

fere toto, tibiis tarsisque albidis; flagello, coxis, trochanteribus,

femoribus, segmentis abdominalibus primo, secundo, sextoque,

tertio apice quintoque basi ferrugineis ; alis hyalinis, venis fuscis,

stigmate costaque testaceis.

Long. 10 mm.

?. Clypeus very broadly rounded anteriorly, with a few

scattered and shallow punctures ; antenne inserted nearer

to the eyes than to each other, the front between them

distinctly swollen. Front very closely and finely punctured-

rugulose, the vertex much more strongly punctured.

Antenne not very stout; second joint of the flagellum

slender at the base, gradually thickened to the apex, about

460 Mr. R. KE. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

as long as the third and fourth joints combined, third joint

a little broader at the apex than long. Ocelli in a broad

triangle, the posterior pair fully half as far again from each

other as from the eyes. Pronotum as broad as the meso-

notum, smooth and shining, the mesonotum shining, with

large and rather sparse punctures ; scutellum and _ post-

scutellum shining, the former with a few small punctures.

Tergites shining, rather closely covered with large and very

deep punctures, on the fourth tergite the punctures become

sparser and shallow at the apex, those on the fifth tergite

are small and scattered, sixth tergite almost smooth ;

sternites shallowly and sparsely punctured. Median seg-

ment finely and closely punctured; the basal triangular

area large, covering almost all the dorsal surface, smooth

and shining with a well-marked median sulcus and without

marginal carine. Cubitus of the hind wing interstitial

with the transverse median nervure, the fore wings with a

small fuscous cloud at the extreme apex.

Hab. Bohotle, Somaliland (A. F. Appleton).

Easily distinguished by the very coarse puncturation of

the tergites. “Nearly allied to the group of P. venustus,

Rossi.

Philanthus flagellurius, sp. n.

tegulisque macula basali pallide flavis; tibiis tarsisque anticis

femoribusque anticis infra fiavo-testaceis ; tibiis tarsisque inter-

mediis posticisque, femoribusque intermedils posticisque apice

extremo testaceis ; abdomine rufo-testaceo, basi fiavescente ; alis

fusco-hyalinis, venis nigris, stigmate testaceo; antennis crassis-

simis.

Long. 12 mm,

@. Clypeus rounded at the apex, shining, shallowly and

very sparsely punctured; front very finely and closely

longitudinal ly rugulose, vertex punctured, the punctures

more or less confluent transversely ; posterior ocelli as far

from exch other as from the eyes. Antenne very stout ;

second joint of the flagellum rapidly broadened from the

hase, almost as broad at the apex as long, scarcely longer

than’ the third joint ; the third to tenth joints broader than

long. Mesonotum and mesopleure closely and rather

coarsely punctured, scutellum and _ postscutellum more

closely and finely punctured ; median segment irregularly

rugulose on the sides and on the apical slope; the triangular

dorsal area rugose, margined by distinct grooves. The two

ee ae ee

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 461

basal tergites subopaque, without distinct punctures ; the

apical tergites shining, with a few small and scattered

punctures ; sternites shining, sparsely but more strongly

punctured ; the second sternite smooth, except at the apex.

Cubitus of the hind wing originating just beyond the

transverse median nervure,

Hab. Usangu District, German East Africa, 8500 to

4500 ft. (S. A. Neave), December; Lilongwe District,

Central Angoniland, 4000 to 5000 ft. (S. A. Neave),

May 28-—June 2, 1910.

Somewhat resembles P. dolosus, Kohl, but is easily dis-

tinguished by the very stout flagellum and the sculpture of

the scutellum and median segment.

'Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér.

Philanthus fuscipennis, Guér. Iconogr. regn. anim. iii., Insect. p. 443

(1845).

Philanthus consimilis, Kohl, Ann. Naturh. Hofmus. Wien, vi. p. 349

(1891). dQ.

Philanthus reticulatus, Cameron, Sjéstedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

Zool. ii. p. 270 (1910).

Hab. The whole Ethopian region.

A very variable species in colour; the yellow markings

on the scutellum and postscutellum are usually obsolete, as

in Guérin’s description,

Philanthus nigrohirtus, sp. n.

Q. Nigra, mandibulis macula basali, clypeo, facie, macula parva

pone oculos, vertice macula obliqua utrinque oculos attingente,

pronoto margine postico, tegulis, callis humeralibus macula

parva, mesopleuris antice, scutello, postscutello, femoribus anticis

intus, tibiisque supra flavis; abdomine fulvo-flavidulo, segmento

primo basi nigro; fronte inter antennas dense nigro-hirsuto ;

alis fuscis.

gd. Feminz similis; fronte supra antennis bimaculata (spe

transverse fasciata), vertice immaculato, scutello postscutelloque

nigris, nonnunquam flavo-maculatis, clypeo apice macula minuta

nigra.

Long., 2 12 mm., ¢ 10 mm.

¢. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, very

sparsely punctured, with a long black hair springing from

each puncture ; front very closely and finely punctured,

with delicate longitudinal striz, and rather thickly clothed

with long black hairs, which are especially dense between

the antenne ; vertex shining, rather closely punctured ; the

462 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera,

ocelli in an almost equilateral triangle, the posterior pair

almost as far from each other as from the eyes. Antenne

stout, the second joint of the flagellum not as long as the

third and fourth combined, the fourth as broad as long.

Pronotum smooth ; mesonotum shining, closely punctured,

more closely anteriorly than posteriorly, clothed with black

hairs ; scutellum and postscutellum almost smooth, pleure

closely punctured. Median segment closely and finely

punctured, the sulci defining the basal area almost obsolete,

a broad longitudinal depre-sion on the middle of the dorsal

surface not quite extending to the base. Abdomen smooth

and shining, sixth tergite delicately longitudinally striated ;

sternites sparsely punctured. Fore metatarsus with seven

spines. Cubitus of the hind wing originating distinctly

beyond the transverse median nervure.

3. The sculpture throughout rather stronger than in the

female, scutellum sparsely punctured, median segment

finely punctured-rugose; tergites smooth and shining, the

seventh tergite with large scattered punctures. Fourth

jomt of the flagellum distinctly longer than broad.

Distance between the eyes on the vertex about equal to the

length of flagellar joints 2-4.

Hab. Mt. Kokanjero, 8.W. of Elgon, Uganda Protectorate,

6400 ft. (S. A. Neave), August 1911 ; Ruwenzori, 7000-

8000 ft. (Scott Elliot).

Males with the black pubescence somewhat shorter are in

the collection from Ankole-Toro Border, E. of Lake George

(S.A. Neave), October 1911; Nandi Escarpment, 5800 ft.

(S. A. Neave), May 1911 ; and Uchwezi Forest, British E.

Africa (S. A. Neave), March 1912.

Philanthus niyrohirtus, subsp. calvus, subsp. n.

Specimens of both sexes from the Luangwa Valley, N.E.

Rhodesia, are without the long black hairs on the head and

thorax, but do not differ appreciably otherwise. For this

form I suggest the above subspecific name. The female is

without yellow marks on the vertex. This approaches

P. stecki, Schulz, but the eyes are a little further apart on

the vertex, the posterior ocelli in stecki being distinctly

nearer to the eyes than toeach other. Specimens apparently

not distinct specifically from calwus from W. Africa

(Gambia, Gold Coast, Togo, and N. Nigeria) often have

eight spines on the fore metatarsus. These seem to be

distinct from P. camerunensis, Tullgr., in which the posterior

Mr, R. E, Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 463

ocelli are much further from the eyes than from each other

and the clypeus more narrowly rounded.

Phiianthus loeflingii, Dahlb.

Philanthus loeflingii, Dahlb, Hymen. Europ. i. p. 495 (1845), 9.

Philanthus innominatus, Bingh. Ann, & Mag. Hist. (8) x. p. 212

(1902).

Hab. The whole Ethiopian region from Harar and the

Gambia to Natal.

Philanthus triangulum, Fabr.

Vespa triangulum, Faby. Entom, Syst. p. 378 (1775).

Crabro diadema, Fabr. Spec. Intect. i. p. 471 (1781).

Philanthus frontalis, Gerst. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, p. 509

(1857)! ° &

Hab. The whole Ethiopian region.

Philanthus histrio, Fabr.

Philanthus histrio, Faby. Syst. Piez. p. 801 (1804).

Philanthus formosus, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M., iv. p.471 (1856). ¢.

Philanthus flavolineatus, Cameron, Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

Zool. ii. p. 271 (1910).

Philanthus trichocephalus, Cam. Ann, Transyaal Mus, ii. p. 146 (1910).

Hab. E. Africa from Harar to Natal; Angola.

Philanthus ugandicus, Magy.

Philanthus ugandicus, Magy. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, xiv. p. 188

(1908). Q.

Philanthus pilifrons, Cameron, Sjostedt, Kilimandjaro-Meru Exp.,

Zool, ii. p. 271 (1910). ¢.

Hab. Fi. Africa, Transvaal to Harar.

I think that these, although differing much in colour, are

only sexes of one species; but in specimens from Mombasa

the males are coloured as the females, with the abdomen

wholly testaceous red on the second and third tergites and a

yellow spot on each side of the first tergite, the fourth and

fifth tergites are marked with black at the base. This

appears to be the usual colouring of the species from Harar to

Johannesburg. I have seen no females with the colouring

of P. pilifrons, but several males from the Nandi plateau

and Usanga. Philanthus limatus, Bingh., is allied to this

species, but not identical.

464 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

Philanthus strigulosus, sp, n.

Q. Nigra; clypeo, facie, macula curvata inter antennas, fascia

transyersa frontali, orbitis externis anguste tegulisque flavis;

tergitis primo macula magna utrinque, secundo, apice excepto,

tertioque lateribus fulvo-ferrugineis; tergitis quarto quintoque

lateribus anguste, sternitis 2-5, basi nigris, femoribus posticis

apice, anticis intermediisque fere totis, tibiis tarsisque flavo-

testaceis; alis flavo-hyalinis, apice leviter infuscatis, venis

fulvis.

3. Femine similis; fascia frontalilatissima; tergito quarto etiam

fulvo-ferrugineo, apice in medio nigro, sexto lateribus flavo-

maculato.

Long., 9 18 mm., ¢ 17 mm.

?. Clypeus broadly rounded anteriorly, sparsely and

shallowly punctured ; front between the antennz convex,

very tinely and closely punctured, the front above the

antenne very finely and closely longitudinally striated,

punctured between the striz ; vertex shining, coarsely, but

not closely punctured; ocelli in a broad triangle, the

posterior pair a little further from the eyes than from each

other ; pubescence dark fulvous on the front, black on the

vertex and thorax ; second joint of the flagellum as long as

the third and fourth combined, eaeh of the two latter a

little longer than broad. Pronotum closely punctured ;

mesonotum closely and strongly punctured anteriorly, much

more sparsely in the middle and at the apex; scutellum

shining, coarsely but sparsely punctured; postscutellum

more closely punctured. ‘Triangular area of the median

segment. very coarsely obliquely striate-rugose, margined by

a very broad smooth and shining space; the sides and apex

of the segment very closely, but not coarsely, punctured

rugulose. Tergites rather sparsely punctured; the sixth

tergite very delicately longitudinally striolate towards the

apex; sternites with very sparse large punctures. Basal

joint of the fore tarsi with eight spines on the outer margin.

Cubitus of the hind wing originating a little beyond the

transverse median nervure.

3. Clypeus, face, vertex, mesonotum, and scutellum much

more closely punctured than in the female. A bunch of

long black hairs springing from just above the base of the

mandibles on each side and reaching more than halfway to

the middle of the margin of the clypeus. The two basal

tergites more closely punctured than the others; seventh

tergite coarsely but sparsely punctured.

Hab. Near Johannesburg, Transvaal (4. J. Cholmley);

Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera, 465

Basutoland, between Matsekuwa and Mafeteng (R. Craw-

shay), March 30, 1902.

In the sculpture this approaches P. rugosus, Kohl, which

I have not seen, but is a larger species, very differently

coloured. There are only seven spines on the fore tarsus

of the female in rugosus, instead of eight, and the clypeus of

the male rwgosus is armed with three small teeth, which are

absent in strigulosus. There is also no mention in Kohl’s

description of the tufts of long hairs near the base of the

mandibles. The puncturation of the second and third

tergites of the female is as close as on the first, though the

punctures are smaller.

Cerceris bagandarum, sp. u.

2. Nigra ; capite ferrugineo, fascia lata frontali nigra; clypeo,

facie, carina interantennali, tergitisque primo, basi uigro,

secundoque flavis; pronoto, mesonoto lateribus anguste, tegulis,

pleuris, scutello, postscutello, segmento mediano, tergito sexto

basi, sternitis primo dimidio apicali, sextoque, pedibusque

ferrugineis; coxis supra, femoribusque posticis supra nigris;

alis flavo-hyalinis, apice late infuscatis, venis testaceis ; ely peo

apice porrecto; mesopleuris subtuberculatis; sternito secundo

area elevata basali nulla.

3. Femine similis; pleuris nigris, segmento mediano nigro macula

magna ferruginea utrinque, sternitis secundo, sexto, septinioque,

tergitisque sexto septimoque ferrugineis ; tergitis tertio, quarto

quintoque fascia angusta transversa angulis apicalibus flava;

alis subhyalinis, haud flavescentibus; clypeo haud_ porrecto

apice angustato et obtuse tridentato; mesopleuris haud tuber-

culatis.

Long., 9 16 mm., ¢ 11 mm.

?. Mandibles with a large triangular tooth on the inner

margin at about one-third from the apex. Clypeus

gradually raised from near the base, strongly convex and

porrect at the apex, but without a free lamina. Antenne

inserted about half as far again from the anterior ocellus

as from the base of the clypeus; interantennal carina stroug ;

second joint of flagellum about two and a half times as long

as the first. Posterior ocelli nearly twice as far from the

eyes as from each other and as far from the hind margin of

the head as from the eyes. Clypeus aad face subopaque

almost impunctate, front and vertex closely punctured-

rugose; thorax and median segment more coarsely punc-

tured- rugose ; mesopleure with a small tubercle ; triangular

basal area of the median segment strongly and regularly

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. 11. 34

466 Mr. R. le. ‘Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera.

transversely striate, the strie very feebly arched. Abdomen

almost smooth, finely aciculate, the basal segment distinctly

broader than long, with a few scattered punctures ; sixth

tergite strongly narrowed from the base to near the middle,

thence narrowly produced with almost parallel sides and

narrowly rounded at the apex. Sixth sternite deeply tri-

angularly emarginate at the apex, with tufts of golden hairs

springing from just beneath the apical angles, the sixth

tergite margined laterally with golden hairs, springing from

beneath the segment.

S$. Mandibles with a blunt ill-defined tooth near the

middle of the inner margin; clypeus and front minutely

punctured, sparsely clothed with short sericeous pubesceuce ;

the clypeus. longer than broad, narrowed auteriorly, the

apical margin with three obtuse teeth. Antenne inserted

nearly as far from the base of the clypeus as from the

anterior ocellus ; second joint of the flagellum ‘twice as long -

as the first. First tergite broader than lone; sixth sternite

with an acute spine and a tuft of long golden hairs at the

apical angles ; seventh sternite shallowly emarginate at the

apex; seventh tergite parallel-sided, truncate at the apex,

half as long again as broad.

Hab. Kafu River, near Hoima-Kampala Road, Uganda

Protectorate, 8500 ft. (S. 4. Neave), December 29- aie 190i,

2 9 ¥; Siroko River, near W. foot of Mt. Elgon, 3600 ft.

Uganda Protectorate (S. A. Neave), Aug. 12-14, 1911, 12.

Very uear C. diodoata, Schlett., though differing much

in colour, The structural points in both sexes correspond

closely, but the striation of the basal area of the median

segment is more oblique in diodonta and the puncturation

of the second tergite is quite, distinct, not obsolete as in the

present species; the second tergite is also broader in

diodonta, being rather sharply broadened just behind the

base.

Cerceris sodalis, sp. 0.

2 g. Very close to C. bagandarum and practically identi-

cal with that species in the structure, colour, and sculpture of

the head, thorax, and median segment, the female, however,

has the posterior margin of the pronotum and the post-

scutellum yellow. ‘The colour of the abdomen is ferruginous

in both sexes, the sternites at the base and the middle of the

second tergite black ; the first tergite with a narrow apical

band, second very broadly at the sides and narrowly at the

apex, tergites 83-5 in the female and 3-6 in the male rather

Mr, R. Ki. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 467

less broadly at the sides and narrowly at the apex yellow.

The sixth tergite of the female is very narrow at the apex,

more so than in bayandarum, and the second tergite is more

distinctly punctured in both sexes than in that species,

though less closely than in diodonta. The second tergite of

the female is broader than in bagandarum, though scarcely

as broad as in diodonta.

Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British E. Africa

(F. G. Hamilton), May 1912; Marsabit, British E. Africa

(C. A. Neave), October 1911; east shore of Victoria Nyanza,

near Karungu (S. A. Neave), April 1911; Kibwezi, British

K. Africa, 3000 ft. (S. A. Neave), April 1911.

It is quite possible that this and bagandarum may prove

to be a subspecies of diodunta, but they are quite easily

distinguished, and until large collections are available may

conveniently stand as distinct species. C. severini, Kobl,

is also very near in structure.

Cerceris bicolor, Sm.

Cerceris bicolor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no, 52 (1856). 9.

Cerceris fossor, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M. iv. p. 447, no, 54 (1856). ¢.

Cerceris andersoni, sp. n.

¢@. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, flagello, articulis apicalibus

supra infumatis, tegulis, segmento abdominali sexto, pedibusque,

coxls exceptis, ferrugineis ; clypei lamina macula magna, carina

inter antennas ad clypel basin, facie fascia lata longitudinali

utringue, postscutello, tergitis primo, tertio, quarto quintoque

fascia angusta apicali, sternitoque tertio macula transversa

apicali utringue flavis; alis sordide hyalinis, apice cellulaque

radiali infuscatis, venis fuscis, stigmate testaceo ; clypeo lamina

porrecta libera; mesopleuris haud tuberculatis ; sternito secundo

area basali elevata nulla.

Long. 10 mm.

@. Clypeus with a porrect lamina, free from near the

base, the lamina coarsely punctured at the sides, the apical

margin very shallowly and broadly emarginate and nearly

equal to the distance from the base of the clypeus to the

apex of the lamina; the clypeus below the lamina smooth

and shining, truncate at the apex. Antenne inserted about

twice as far from the anterior ocellus as from the hase of the

clypeus, the second joint of the flagellum less than half as

Jong again as the third. Inner orbits of the eyes almost

parallel ; posterior ocelli further from the eyes than from

each other. Face sparsely punctured ; head and thorax

34*

468 Mr. S. H. Haughton on a new

very closely rugosely punctured, the postscutellum more’

sparsely punctured; pronotum about two-thirds as long as

the scutellum. Median segment rugosely punctured; the

basal area triangular, almost equilateral, obliquely striated,

with a median longitudinal groove, the apex irregularly

transversely striated. Tergites strongly but not closely

punctured, first tergite broader at the apex than long ;

pygidial area rugulose, elongate, fully twice as long as its

greatest breadth, and more than three times as long as its

apical breadth, the apex subtruncate. Second sternite

shining, sparsely punctured,

Hab. Eastern edge of forest of Aberdare Mountains,

7300 ft. (7. J. Anderson), February 1911.

This belones to the group of the European C. labiata,

and is rather closely related to that species, but is not

very near any other Ethiopian species. The interantennal

carina is less elevated than in- Jadiata, and is flattened to-

wards the base of the elvpeus. Two females from Mlanje

Plateau, Nyasaland, 6500 ft. (S. 4. Neave), December 1912,

have the postscutellum black and the lamina of the clypeus

much reduced in size.. These may represent a subspecies,

but I cannot regard them as specifically distinct.

XLVI.—A new Dinosaur from the Stormberg Beds of South.

Africa, By 8S. H. Haveuron, B.A., F.G.S., Assistant

Director, South Afiican Museum.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the South African Museum.)

Thecodontosaurus minor, sp. 0.

The specimens forming the type of this new form were

presented to the South African Museum by the late Dr. M.

Ricono. ‘They consist of a left tibia, a cervical vertebra,

aud a portion of the left ilium.

Left Trbia.—The tibia is 109 mm. long. The proximal

articular surface is 81 mm. long and 18 mm. broad. This

surface for the most part slopes obliquely backwards and

laterally, the inner border being convex from front to back

aud higher in front than behind. ‘The tuberositas-tibie is

almost the highest point of the bone; it is prolonged ante-

viorly and turned slightly outwards. ‘he lateral condyle is

— Dinosaur from South Africa. 469

strongly developed. Below the head the shaft thins rapidly

until at its middle it has an antero-posterior thickness of

12 mm. and a width of 10 mm. Thence it thickens towards

the distal end, ‘The anterior face is flat, with a prominent

edge on the lateral side and a rounded edge medially. ‘The

outer sharp edge is continued down to the anterior distal

process. ‘lhe posterior border of the shaft is rounded.

The distal surface is trapezoidal in-form. The inner ante-

rior border is 20°5 mm. long, the posterior outer border

16 mm. long, while the posterior inner border is 12 mm. long.

The anterior process lies 7 mm. above the posterior process.

Between the two on the outer surface of the bone is a shallow

groove.

Cervical Vertebra.—The length of the body is 31 mm,

The anterior articular surface is slightly larger than the

posterior. Both are considerably higher than broad. The

body is pronouncedly amphiccelous. There is a prominent

median ventral keel, sharper in its anterior half. The whole

body is strongly compressed laterally, having a width at the

middle of 5 mm. and at the anterior end of 8mm. The

eanal has a height and breadth anteriorly each of 5 mm.

The ends of the zygapophyses are missing. The dorsal spine

was low and fairly long, with a somewhat convex upper

border.

Ischium.—A portion of what is probably the left ischium is

preserved, including the proximal articular surface. The

bone is bent strongly backwards, more so than in Uhecodonto-

saurus antiquus as figured by von Huene, so that the ischium

must have been directed very strongly backwards. At the

broken distal end the bone is 12 mm. thick and 6°5 mm.

broad. The inner border of the proximal surface is straight,

the lateral border has a prominent outward projection, the

maximum width of the surface being 9 mm.

The nature of the tibia and the ischium mark these remains

off from the Plateosauride, and place them among the Theco-

dontosauride. They indicate a member of this family

smaller than any hitherto described from South Africa, and

which cannot be exactly identified with any Huropean

species. I propose, therefore, to give it a new specific name,

Thecodontosaurus minor.

Type. S.A.M. Cat. no. 3451.

Locality. Pitsing, Maclear, C.P. Cutting in road to

Naude’s Nek.

Llorizon. Red Beds, just below halfway from base.

470 The Re-discovery of Cylindroiulus parisiorum.

XLVII.—WNotes on Myriapoda.—XI1V. The Re-discovery of

Cylindroiulus parisiorum (Brélemann et Verhoef’). By

Hinpa K. Brape-Birks, M.Sc., M.B., Ch.B., L.R.C.P.,

M.R.C.S., and the Rev. 8S. GRAHAM BRADE-Birks, M.Se.

We hope to deal before very long with some centipede and

millipede material from the English Midlands, but we think

the present brief note advisable, owing to the exceptional

interest of the species it records.

Mr. 8S. Priest, F.G.S., with Mr. and Mrs. F. J. Epps (all

members of the Dartford Naturalists’ Field Club) visited

Upper Arley, Worcestershire, on 22. vii. 1918, and took a

number of millipedes and centipedes between the bark and

trunk of fallen timber in a meadow next to the churchyard

there. This material, which was kindly submitted to us by

the collectors, included a species of Julus (s. 1.), which upon

dissection we found to be referable to Cylindroiulus parisi-

orum (Brélemann et Verhoeff, 1896).

SSS

Anterior and posterior gonopods in profile. x 100, H. XK. B.-B. del.

We sent our drawing of the gonopods to M. le Dr. Henry

W. Brélemann, who agrees with our diagnosis, and informs us,

in litt., that nobody appears to have identified the species

since its first description (1). ‘hus some doubt had arisen

in Dr. Brélemann’s mind as _to the validity of the species.

The English rediscovery of the animal is therefore of some

Importance.

Externally C. parisiorum is practically indistinguishable

7 “ene cue

On the Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron. 471

from C. britannicus, Verhoeff, and C, fristus, Verhoeff, both

of which are not uncommon English species. However,

the gonopods, which are figured by Brélemann and Verhoeft

(loc. cit.), are quite definite diagnostic characters, and so

there is no doubt about the record. Our material bears these

numbers :—1379, 1380, 1381, 1382, Brade-Birks collection.

REFERENCE.

(1) BrétemMann, H. W., and C. W. Vernorrr. “ Matériaux pour

servir & une faune des Myriapodes de France.” Feuille des

Jeunes Naturalistes, Sept. 1896, no. 311, pp. 214 e¢ seg., with 10

text-tigs.

XLVITI.—Note on the Pectoral Fin of Eustheuopteron.

By Dr. BRANISLAV PETRONIEVICS.

THE pectoral fin of Husthenopteron was figured and described

for the first time by Whiteaves (comp. J. F. Whiteaves,

1889, p. 87, & pl. v. fig. 5), whose description was improved

by Traquair (comp. R. H. Traquair, 1890, p. 19). Two

other specimens of the same fin were figured by A. 8. Wood-

ward (1898, p. 25) and W. Patten (1912, p. 391).

During my stay in London this year the pectoral fin in

the British Museum specimen P. 6796 of Lusthenopteron,

figured by A. 8. Woodward (whose figure was republished

by E. 8. Goodiich in 1902, pl. xvi. fig. 1), was somewhat

newly prepared by Mr; FO: Barlow. a give here a new

figure of 1t (comp. text-fig. 1) and a brief description.

The pectoral fin in our specimen is composed (1) of an

axis, (2) of preaxial radials, and (3) of postaxial processes. —

The axis consists of four pieces. The first or basal piece is

situated behind the displaced cleithrum, of which the inferior

edge lies near to its superior edge in the specimen. It is not

possible to decide whether this elongated and somewhat

obscure bony matter is to be identified wholly with the basal

piece of the fin, or whether it does not comprise also the

coraco-seapular ossification. Should this latter be the case,

then the front edge of the postradial process of the basal

would mark the limit between the basal and coraco-scapula.

The second piece of the AXIS is expanded and slightly

bifurcated posteriorly. he third ‘piece is somewhat longer

than the second and expanded still more posteriorly, where it

has not only a large postaxial process, but is also more

distinetly bifurcated.

472 Dr. Branislav Petronievics on the

Fig. 1.

Pectoral Fin of Zusthenopteron, British Museum specimen P. 6796.

Nat. size.

cl., cleithrum ; cosc., the possible coraco-scapula; J.azt., the first axonost

or the basal; 2.azt., second axonost; 3.azt., third axonost; 4.azt.,

fourth axonost; J.prar., first preaxial radial; JZ.pra.r., second

preaxial radial; IZ/.pra.r., third preaxial radial; pa.pr., postaxial

process ; dermal rays are represented by lines,

Peetoral Fin of Kusthenopteron. AT}

Finally, the fourth piece of the axis is somewhat con-

stricted in the middle, and quite distinctly bifurcated poste-

riorly (a feature not marked in the figure of A. S. Woodward,

i868). When looked at with a maguifying-glass, these two

posterior branches seem to continue in two separate ossifica-

tions, so that the composition of this fourth axonost of two

separate parts is not improbable, although not to be affirmed

with certainty, the separating line between the two being

perhaps due to a crack, One sees also with the magnifying-

glass the clear attachment of a dermal ray to the left of these

two bifurcations, while a fragment of somewhat crushed bony

matter attached to the right bifurcation also probably represents

dermal rays.

There are three preaxial radials in our specimen. The

uppermost radial is attached to one of the two articulating

surfaces of the basal axonost; it is bent inwards in the

middle and constricted posteriorly. The new preparation

shows the attachment of the dermal rays to this radial very

-clearly. The second radial, attached to the smaller of the

two articulating surfaces of the second axonost, is also con-

stricted posteriorly, but not sufficiently preserved in its poste-

rior part. The third radial, better preserved than the second,

is constricted in the middle, but the limit of its posterior part

is indeterminable. It is attached to the smaller of the two

articulating bifurcations of the third axonost.

There are only two postaxial processes in our specimen, and

no postaxial radials at all. The first process is a large pro-

longation of the basal axonost (this prolongation is not well

visible in the figure of A. S. Woodward, 1898), and the

second a prolongation of the third axonost, while the second

and the fourth axonosts are devoid of similar processes (on

the left side of the second axonost some bony matter is visible

in our specimen, but it is evidently a crushed scale).

Having finished the description of the fin in question, I

will add some remarks concerning the problem of the origin

of the tetrapod limb. The resemblance of the internal skeleton

of the pectoral (and also of the pelvic) fin in Husthenopteron

to the internal skeleton in the tetrapod limb has been empha-

sized by several authors (by Patten, Watson, Broom, Gregory),

and Watson especially has tried to point out in detail the

homologies of both (comp. Watson, 1913, p. 25 seg. and

figs. 1 & 2). But his restoration of the pectoral tin of

Kusthenopteron (l. ¢. fig. 2) is wrong, inasmuch as he takes

no account of the posterior bifureation of the fourth axonost

(in this respect the restoration of Broom, 1913, p. 460, fig. 1

is more accurate) and represents the postaxial process of the

AT4 Dr. Branislav Petronievics on the

basal axonost as a separate postaxial radial (in this respect

the restoration of Broom is exact). .

Now I consider the posterior bifureation of the fourth

axonost in our specimen as of exceptional importance for the

question of homologies. As tlhe pelvic fin of Husthenopteron

is far more reduced than its pectoral fin (comp. fig. 1 of

pl. xvi. in Goodrich, 1902, which shows that there is no

fourth axonost in the pelvic fin—British Museum specimen

P. 6794—and no postaxial processes), we must infer that the

paired fins of Husthenopteron represent a stage far in advance

of that stage of the paired fins in its ancestors, which was

the starting-point for tle evolution of the paired limbs in tlie

primitive ancestors of the Tetrapoda*. If this inference is

a right one, then it is not improbable that the posterior

bifurcation of the fourth axonost in our specimen is a remnaut

of a more primitive stage when the fourth axonost was com-

posed of two separate ossifications, the paired fins of Hustheno-

pteron being evidently the reduced archipterygium-type of

Gegenbaur (a resemblance recognized by Woodward, Tre-

quair, and others). So that we have to conclude from this

evolution that the axis of the tetrapod limb runs along the

humerus, ulna, ulnare, and between the fourth and fifth finger T

(comp. text-fig. 2, in which some further hypothetical homo-

logies have been indicated). This conclusion, as one secs, *

* This conclusion is confirmed also by the skull, which in Hustheno-

pteron is simpler than in the more primitive Osteolepide, whose paired

fins are also less reduced (comp. the tins of Megalichthys figured by

Ed. D. Wellburn in his paper “On the Genus Megalichthys,” in Proc.

Yorkshire Geol. & Polytechnic Soc. vol. xiv., 1900), I may add in this

connexion that the skull of Osteolepis may be considered to approach

nearer to the Stegocephalian skull than is shown by the restoration of

Pander (comp. Chr. H. Pander, ‘ Ueber die Saurodipterinen, &c.,’ 1860,

pl. i. figs. 8 & 9), lately reproduced by Gregory (comp. Gregory, 1915,

tig. 2, A, B). Pander’s restoration was founded on the specimen of

Osteolepis microlepidotus figured by him in pl. i. fig. 1; but tig. 4 on the

same plate represents a specimen in which all the three characteristic

bones of the Stegocephalian skull (supratemporal, intertemporal, post-

orbital) are present.

+ The pectoral fin of Swuripterus taylort (figured and restored by

Gregory, 1915, plate iv. and fig. 9) does not militate against this supposi-

tion. ‘This fin, less reduced than that of Lwsthenopteron, has three

elements attached to the third axonost, so that these three elements may

correspond with the three digits on the ulnar side of the tetrapod limb.

As the two outer of these three elements have almost the same length,

it may well be supposed that the axis runs between the two (and not

along the outer one alone, as Gregory hypothetically supposes—comp.

Gregory, 1915, p. 860). I should mention that the first to emphasize

the resemblance of the Swwzpferus-fin with the tetrapod limb was its

discoverer, James Hall himself (comp. J, Hall, ‘Geology of New York,’

part iv, 1843, p. 282).

Pectoral Fin of Husthenopteron. 475

does not entirely confirm the theory of Gegenbaur, according

to which the tetrapod limb is derived from a reduced uniserial

archipterygium (comp. Gegenbaur, 1898, p. 520), but never-

theless it is more in conformity with this theory than with

the other (also advocated by Watson), which takes a reduce

biserial archipterygium for the base of the tetrapod limb.

Fig. 2.

The internal skeleton of the Pectoral Fin of Eusthenopteron, showing

homologies with the tetrapod limb, Nat. size,

hu., humerus; u., ulna; 7., radius; w/., ulnare ; p., pisiform; ca., three

distal carpalia; I—V., digits; av., axis of the tetrapod limb,

In conclusion, I desire to express my thanks to Dr. Smith

Woodward for the loan of the new preparation and_ for

valuable help.

LITERATURE,

1. J. F. Wurrraves. “TIllustrations of the Fossil Fishes of the Devonian

Rocks of Canada,” in Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, vol. vi. 1889,

p. 77 seg. (on ELusthenopteron, p. 78 seq.).

2. R. H. Traquartr. “Notes on the Devonian Fishes of Scaumenac

Bay and Campelltown in Canada,” in Geol, Mag. vol. vii. 1890,

p. 15 seg. (on Husthenopteron, p. 18 seq.).

476 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and

. A. S. Woopwarpb. ‘Catalogue of the Fossil Fishes ‘in the British

Museum,’ pt. ii. 1891 (on Lusthenopteron, p. 361 seq.).

4, ——. ‘ Vertebrate Paleontology,’ 1898 (on Lusthenopteron, p. 25 seq.

& p. 76 seq.).

5. E.8. Goopricu. ‘On the Pelvic Girdle and Fin of Eusthenopteron,”

in Quart. Journ. Mier. Soe. vol. xlv. 1902, p. 311 seq.

6. ——. ‘ Cyclostomes and Fishes,’ Part IX. Vertebrata Craniata of

Sir Ray Lankester’s ‘ A Treatise of Zoology,’ 1909.

. L. Hussaxor. ‘Notes on Devonie Fishes from Scaumenac Bay,

Quebec,” New York State Museum, Bulletin 156, 1912, p. 127 seq.

(on Lusthenopteron, p. 131 seq.).

8. W. Patren. ‘The Evolution of the Vertebrates and their Kin,’ 1912

(on Eusthenopteron, p. 391).

9. W. K. Gregory. “ Present Status of the Problem of the Origin of

the Tetrapoda, with special reference to the Skull and Paired

Limbs,” in Annals N.Y. Acad. Sci. vol. xxvi. 1915, p. 317 seg. (on

Eusthenopteron, p. 353 seg. & p. 364).

10. C. Gecensaur. ‘ Vergleichende Anatomie der Wirbeltiere,’ i. Bd.,

1898.

11. D. M.S. Watson. “On the Primitive Tetrapod Limb,” in ‘ Anato-

mischer Anzeiger,’ vol. xliv. 1918, pp. 24-27.

12. R. Broom. “ On the Origin of the Cheiropterygium,” in Bull. Amer.

Mus. Nat. Hist. vol. xxxii, 1918, pp. 459-464.

ioe)

ALIX.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —UXX XIL.

By T. D. A. Cockrreti, University of Colorado.

Exomalopsis mellipes, Cresson.

The male, not before known, has been collected by H. H.

Hyde at Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (Baker coll., 1785).

It runs in Friese’s table of males to H. planiceps, Sm., but

is larger, with red legs.

Exomalopsis vincentana, Cockerell.

The male, previously unknown, was collected by HL. H.

Smith on the windward side of St. Vincent. It is hardly

5 mm. long, and there is much black hair on mesothorax,

scutellum, and legs. It is nearest to H, globosa, but dis-

tinguished at once by the ochreous-yellow tarsi.

There is a series of small Hxomalopsis (including Antho-

phorula), which are superficially similar and easily confused.

They may be separated by the following table, based ‘on

females :—

Second abdominal segment with oblique

stripes of light hair at sides, but no apical

band ie es

Liecords of Bées: * ee ATT

' Second abdominal segment with an ’ apical

Weeeee ranged “5a eter sigs eMemadev Meth, aft Oh cks 3

1. Dise of scutellum with black hair .......... globosa (Fabr.).

Dise of scutellum with fulvous hair ........ 2.

2. Basitarsus with much black hair ..,....... pulchella, Cresson.

Basitarsus with pale hair ................ similis, Cresson.

5. Second segment of abdomen with a narrow ;

apical band of snow-white hair...... eoeee. verbesine, Ckll.

Second segment with a broad band..........

4. Abdominal hair+bands . clear white; sia

DREIRG rr aN rele a: 7.0\0 9.50 056, wk. aalahhaeceene chlorina, sp. n.

Ab Jominal bands greyish or yellowish ; ey es

HLGOVONCOMS sfa7 Fels, « cht e\vecs’ oh v whe daecarelatalehoraieient 5.

5. Hind legs with much black hair............ 6.

Hind legs with hair mainly or nearly all pale ;

species of Anthophorula: .......cccceeees ts

6. Flagellum ferruginous beneath, abdomen

TOR SI Ward vr sec ey Ahicte rere meemattAG wo Srape Cate .. mtens, Ckll.

Flagellum dark coffee-brown beneath. .... albovittata, sp. n.

‘¢ Text ule rufo-testaceous; stigma larger, pale

enemies eM EN. ox. or Bee texana, Friese.

Tegule dark; stigma smaller .)............ 8.

8. Dise of mesothorax polished and smooth .... coguillett?, Ashmead.

Dise of mesothorax punctured ............ .. morgan, Cll.

Ezomalopsis albovitiata, sp. n.

Closely allied to the Californian £. nitens, but less robust ;

flageilum dark ; hair of face pure white ; disc of mesothorax

with fine but distinct punctures; hair of scutellum shorter

and greyish instead of yellowish; hair on base of first

abdominal segment pure white, apex of first segment with

only a rather small patch of white hair on each ‘side. The

loose scopa of hind tibiz and tarsi is black behind (above)

and white in front; the wings are dusky, and the tegule

are piceous.

Oaxaca, Mexico (Crawford). U.S. Nat. Museum.

There is some resemblance to Leptergatis globulifera, but

the front is smooth and shining in the Hzomalopsis, densely

punctured in the Lepteryatis.

Exomalopsis chlorina, sp. n.

? .—Length about 6 mm. ;

Eyes bluish green; hair at sides of face dense and pure

white; flagellum red beneath, dark above ; hair of thorax

white ; tegulz rufo-piceous; wings clear, stigma and nervures

pale amber ; stigma much smaller than in H. tevana ; bands

on abdominal segments 2-5 broad and pure white; scopa

of hind legs on outer side white, blackish at base of tibia,

478 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

dark fuscous on inner side of basitarsi ; mesothorax very

distinctly punctured; tarsi red at apex.

Las Cruecs, New Mexico, at flowers of Spheralcea in

garden of my house, Aug. 24 (Cockerell).

I had confused this with E. texana, hut, having received

a topotype of the latter, I find it is quite distinct.

Exomalopsis thermalis, sp. 1.

9 —Length about 9 mm.

Very robust, black; hair of head and thorax long and

white, with a slight creamy tint; head very broad; eyes

olive-green ; labrum black ; mandibles chestuut-red im

middle; clypeus flattened, shining, sparsely punctured ;

flagellum chestnut-red beneath; mesothorax closely and

strongly punctured; scutellum shining, with very fine

punctures ; tegule bright rufo-fulvous. Wings yellowish,

the large stigma and the nervures clear ferruginous ; small

joints of tarsi red; hair on inner side of tarsi ferruginous ;

middle tibiz with short fuscous hair on outer side beyond

middle; middle basitarsi with long white hair on outer side ;

scopa of hind legs long and plumose, largely black on outer

side, that on basitarsus of three colours—black, white, and

red. Abdomen very broad, with a glaucous tint; first two

segments closely punctured as far as the narrow arched pale

hair-band, beyond that smooth and shining, the second

segment with excessively minute punctures ; segments 3 to5

with broad bands of yellowish tomentum, the fifth broadly

fringed with fuscous hair apically.

Aguascalientes, Mexico, Dec. 1, 1909 (F. C. Bishopp).

U.S. Nat. Museum.

Exomalopsis crucis, sp. 0.

9 .—Length about 8°5 mm.

Closely allied to the last, differing thus : scape more or

less reddish, especially at base ; flagellum pale ferrugimous

beneath ; labrum clear red, with pale reddish hair ; hair of

thorax above strongly tinged with yellowish; scutellum

closely and very distinctly punctured; first abdominal

segment reddish basally.

Medellin, Vera Cruz, Mexico (H. H. Hyde ; Baker coll.,

1785). U.S. Nat. Museum. :

These two species are related to EH. mellipes, Cress.

(which has red legs) ; and more especially to H. frederici,

Ckll., which has the tarsi, and tibiz at apex, ferruginous—at

a ee

Records of Bees. 479

least, in the male (female unknown). I questioned whether

E. thermalis might be the female of frederici, but the fine

short pile on basal part of third abdominal segment in

thermalis is pale greyish ochreous, in frederici it is black.

The hind spurs of thermatis and crucis are strongly curved

at end, as in frederici. A second specimen of £. crucis

comes from San Juan Allende, Mexico, Nov. 29 (C. H. T.

Townsend).

Leptergatis globulifera, Cockerell.

The female, not before known, was taken by M. A.

Carriker at Aroa, Venezuela, Dec. 12, 1910. It is much

like L. armata, Sm., but has redder antenne. From the

female alone, I should have regarded the insect as a local

race of urmata.

Tetrapedia diversipes, Klug.

Manaos, Brazil (Miss H. B. Merrill); San Bernardino,

Paraguay (4. Mebrig).

Nomada calloptera, sp. n.

$.—Length about 10°5 mm.; expanse about 18°5.

Ifead and thorax black, densely punctured, with long and

abundant pale fulvous hair; lower corners of face broadly

(with a sharply pointed extension upward along orbit),

broad band aloug lower margin of clypeus, base of the

simple mandibies, labrum (which is not dentate) and the

rather stout scape in front, all yellow; eyes pale grey;

flagellum thick, simple, black above (except the sutures),

ferruginous beneath; third antennal joint brighter red,

about half as long as fourth; scutellum bigibbous, very

coarsely punctured; tubercles red and polished, but no other

light marks on thorax ; tegule red. Wings clear, the apex

fuscous ; stigma clear bright ferruginous, nervures fuscous ;

b. n. going a short distance basad of t.-m.; first and second

t.-c. nervures convex outwardly. Legs red, anterior tibiz

with an apical yellow spot ; middle trochanters black above,

with a red spot, and lighly polished ; middle femora black

beneath Lasally ; hind femora black behind except at apex.

Abdomen red with rather pale yellow markings, hind mar-

gins of first three segments broadly fuscous, first segment

with more than basal half black, and small yellow marks

sublateraily ; second segment black at base, and with a very

large yellow patch (not pointed mesad) on each side ; third

480 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell— Descriptions and

with a very’ broadly interrupted yellow band, excavated

behind sublaterally; fourth to sixth with yellow bands,

interrupted by a red spot on each side; apical plate broad,

notched ; venter red with yellow bands.

Tokyo, Japan, April 12, 1909 (Sasaki). U.S. Nat.

Museum. It is also labeiled Yamada.

In the table of Palearctic species it runs near N. manni,

Moraw., differing by the black scutellum. It is quite dis-

tinct from all those described from Japan. It is a large

species of Nomada, s. str.

Nomada pyrifera, sp. 0.

? .—Leneth about 10 mm.

Head and thorax red with black markings, closely punc-

tured, the hair white ; labrum pale yellow, with no distinct

tooth ; malar space pale yellowish; mandibles simple, red,

black at apex; lower part of clypeus, and lower part of

supraclypeal area, suffusedly yellowish; middle of front,

extending to occiput, black, and cheeks black with a broad

red band behind eyes ; antenne entirely red, long, reaching

to base of abdomen; third joint scarcely half as long as

fourth (this at once separates it from the superficially

similar N. japonica, Sm.) ; mesothorax with three black

bands, confluent in front; scutellum strongly elevated,

entirely red; area of metathorax black in middle and red

sublaterally; pleura nearly all red; no yellow on thorax ;

tegule pale red. Wings clear, dilute fuscous at apex;

stigma ferruginous; nervures fuscous ; b. n. going far basad

of t.-m.; second s.m. very broad, receiving first r. n. about

middle. Legs bright ferruginous, hind femora with a black

stripe behind. Abdomen smooth and polished, ferruginous ;

basal half of first segment black, second segment with a very

large pyriform (pointed mesad) spot on each side; fourth

and fifth segments with yellow bands, failing laterally ;

venter with broad yellow bands.

Japan (presumably Tokyo), May (Sasaki), U.S. Nat.

Museum.

This also runs near N. manni in the Palearctic fauna, but

is readily distinguished by the pattern of abdomen and the

red scutellum. Sasaki collected two males, of different

species, which looked like N. pyrifera. One I have described

as N. calloptera, as it differs from pyrifera in the colour of

the stigma and the basal nervure going less basad ; the other,

collected at ‘'okyo in April, I suppose to be the true male

of pyrifera. It is unfortunately in very bad condition, but

Records of Bees. 481

the following characters can be made out : mandibles largely

yellow ; face densely covered with white hair ; scape swollen,

yellow in front ; mesothorax all black ; tubercles yellow ;

scutellum with yellowish or reddish spots ; metathorax and

pleura all black ; venation and colour of stigma as in pyri-

fera; first abdominal segment with basal half black, apical

half red, and two large yellow spots, not far apart, on the

red ; second segment with pyriform marks larger, meeting

in the middle line; segments 3 to 6 with entire yellow

bands ; apical plate feebly notched; venter with yellow

bands.

Andrena melanospila, sp. u.

9? .—Length 10 mm.

Black, the head and thorax with copious moderately long

hair, dull white on face, cheeks, and pleura, pale fulvous on

occiput and dorsum of thorax (brightest on scutellum), but

black on mesothorax posteriorly, and on front and vertex ;

malar space linear; process of labrum rather narrow,

obtuse; clypeus brightly polished, with sparse small punc-

tures ; facial fovee broad, dark brown, not extending below

level of antenne ; antenne dark; third joiut much longer

than fourth, but not quite as long as fourth and fifth ;

mesothorax dull and granular, shining posteriorly ; scutellum

shining, without evident punctures; area of metathorax

dull and finely granular; tegule piceous. Wings dusky,

the large stigma and nervures dull reddish; b. n. meeting

t.-m.; second s.m. receiving first r. n. distinctly beyond

middle ; scopa of hind tibiz white in front and black behind.

Abdomen dull, not punctured; second segment depressed

scarcely a fourth; hind margins of segments 2 to 4 with

narrow pure white hair-bands; caudal fimbria purplish

black.

Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee). U.S. Nat. Museum.

In the Palearctic fauna this falls near to A. denticulata

(Kirby), from which it is easily separated by the narrow

white abdominal bands and the black and white hair of hind

tibie. It is not like any of the species described by Strand

from Tsingtau. The abdominal bands are as in A. wilkella,

but that has an entirely different clypeus.

Andrena delicatula, sp. n.

| ¢ .—Length 8 mm.

Black, superficially exactly hke A. albicrus, but running

in tables of Palearctic species to A. lapponica, which is a

Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. it. 35

A482 Mr. O. Thomas on

larger insect. Hair of head and thorax long and white,

very faintly yellowish on scutellum, a little blackish hair at

sides of face ; mandibles long and curved ; process of labrum

weakly bilobed ; clypeus dull, covered with long white hair;

antenne entirely dark ; third joint about equal to fourth ;

mesothorax and‘ area of metathorax dull and granular

tegule piceous, reddish posteriorly. Wings slightly dusky ;

the large stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ; b. n. falling

some distance short of t.-m.; second s.m. broad, receiving

‘first rin. at middle: Legs black, tarsi reddish at apex.

Abdomen shining, not punctured, segments 2 to 4 with thin

white hair-bands at sides only ; apex emarginate.

Soochow, China (N. Gist Gee, 121). U.S. Nat. Museum.

The abdomen has little of the long loose hair so con-

spicuous in A. albicrus. Among the Japanese species, this

falls nearest to A. precociformis, Ckll., which is larger, with

shining clypeus and chestnut-red stigma. ‘The cheeks are

broader and flatter in A. delicatula. From Soochow also

comes Nomia chalybeata, Smith (N. Gist Gee, 140). *

* Agapostemon cockerelli, Crawford.

TReeoRe Colorado, Sept. 7, 1918 (Cockerell). New to

Colorado.

Colletes sieverti, Cockerell.

Gregory Canyon, Boulder, Colorado, July 13 (Cockerell).

Trigona ruficrus corvina, Cockerell.

Chagres River, Panama Canal Zone, Oct. 9, 1917, “ chew-

ing on the leaves of young citrus plants ” (Harold Morrison).

L.—A new Species of Kligmodontia from Catamarca.

By OLDFIELD ‘l'HOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

THE British Museum has recently received a small collection

of mammals from Chumbicha, Catamarea, collected by Sr. HE.

Budin, and among them there occur specimens of the

following new species :—

a new Species of Eligmodontia. — 483

<< "Hligmodontia marica, sp. n..

Size smaller than’ in other species. Fur soft and fine, hairs

of back about 7 mm. in length. General colour above pale

sandy buff, darker along the back, paler on the sides where it

is nearly “ pinkisli buff.’ Whole of under surface pure

sharply defied white, all the hairs, even laterally, white to

‘their bases, Middle of face and crown darker buffy like

the back, aréa‘ between eyes and ears, and a patch above each

‘eye piler like the sides. Ears large, the usual piebald

arrangement of their colour strongly marked ; a whitish patch

at base of proectote, middle part of proectote nearly black,

terminal part and whole of metentote greyish buffy, the fine

hairs along the edge white. Limbs wholly white, the buffy

body-colour not or scarcely encroaching on the white of the

upper arms; palins and soles with the structure characteristic

ot Hligmodontia, but the hairy covering quite thinly spread.

Tail ‘longer’ than head and body, dull buffy above, whitish

below, the contrast not so marked as it is in the southern

species, ‘

Skull markedly smaller than that of the other species,

especially as compared with that of the forms geographically

nearest. 2

Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :—

Head and body 65 mm.; tail 93; hind foot 20;

ear 15. j

Skull: greatest length 21°4; zygomatic breadth 12 ;

nasals 8; interorbital breadth 3°8 ; breadth of brain-case 11 ;

palatrlar length 9°33 palatal foramina 4°$; upper molar

series 370.

Hab. Chumbicha, Catamarca. Alt. 600 m.

Type. Young adult male. B.M.no.18.11.11.1. Original

number 311. Collected 30th July, 1918. Presented by

Oldfield ‘Thomas.

This beautiful little mouse is the smallest species of the

genus and is readily distinguishable by size from L. hértipes

aud morent, occurring north and south of it respectively.

BH. typus, with which the Bahia Blanca elegans is always

assumed to be synonymous, is also larger, and the belly-hairs

are broadly slaty at base. ‘he more southern /. morgand has

a proportionally shorter tail.

Sr, Budin says of HH. marica :—“ This pretty mouse has

been the one which has most pleased and interested me of all

the rodents. It was caught among the prickly pears

[‘pencas’”] in one place only, in a space some bik square

. 30

484 Mr. O. Thomas -on

metres in area, where I obtained four specimens, but saw

none anywhere else, and it is evidently very rare.”

[As an indication of the extent to which our British

National Museum has participated in the general advance in

the systematic knowledge of Mammalia, and the corresponding

accumulation of typical specimens, I may perhaps be per-

mitted to record that, so far as I am able to calculate, this

ig the two-thousandth mammal to which, as the official

mammalogist of the Museum, I have had occasion to give a

name. And many hundreds more have been described and

named by other workers. The vastness of the collection—

especially of types—indicated by these figures is due mainly

to the patriotism of our countrymen all over the world, many

of whom have been proud and pleased to contribute to their

National Museum merely because it is the National Museum,

without pay or return, and often in climates where mere

existence is a burden.

Having possessed for forty years the great privilege of

working on this wonderful collection, I feel I cannot too

strongly express my appreciation of the generosity and public

spirit shown by its many contributors—whether those who at

home have provided funds for making expeditions, or abroad

have made collections to be added to the National treasures.

My own share in the woik, carried on as it has been under

the most favourable conditions, has been a continuous pleasure.

And in appreciation of one important element in this pleasure,

the sympathetic and ever-ready help of my wife, I have

given to this attractive little animal the above specific name. |

LI.—Two new Forms of Leggada.

By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS.

(Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.)

Leggada bella sybilla, subsp. n.

Near L. b. induta, but with much shorter fur.

Hairs of back about 4°0-4'°5 mm. in length. General

colour buffy, not so bright as in induta, and broadly darkened

on the back, the flanks clear buffy. Belly pure sharply

defined white. A very small subawal white spot. Hands

and feet white. ‘ail pale greyish above, white below.

Two new Forms of Leggada. 485

Skull about as in induta, smaller than in minutoides,

slightly larger than in marica. Posterior nares of normal

shape.

Dimensions of the type :—

Head and body 55 mm.; tail 46 ; hind foot 13.

Skull: greatest length 18; condylo- incisive length 16°3 ;

nasals 6° 8; breadth of brain-case 8°5 ; palatal foramina 4;

upper molar series 3:0.

Hab. Benguella, Angola. Type from the Usolo River.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 5.5.9. 70. Original

number 7. Collected 18th July, 1904, by Dr. W. J. Ansorge.

Seven specimens.

The type of sydilla was captured at the same time of year

as that of induta, so that the difference in the fur is not

seasonal. Dr. Ansorge also obtained examples of this pretty

mouse in November and December. In ZL. 6. marica the

molars are only 2°6 mm. in length.

Leggada paulina, sp. n.

Intermediate between the two West-African species

LL. museuloides and setulosa.

Size markedly less than in setwlosa, rather greater than in

musculoides, (General colour greyish mouse-colour above,

with a wash of drabby or buffy along the cheeks, shoulders,

and flanks. Under surface pure white, not so sharply defined

as in musculoides. HKars small, as in musculoides. Forearms

tinged with buffy, legs greyish; hands and feet white. Tail

so thinly haired as to appear naked to.the unaided eye, the

fine hairs brown above, whitish below ; the scales brown

throughout.

Skull intermediate between those of setulosa and musculoides.

Brain-case rounded, not so flattened as in musculoides.

Masseteric knob of zygomatic plate near its anterior border.

Dimensions of the type (measured in flesh) :—

Head and body 67 mm.; tail 48; hind foot 13°7;

ear 9°95.

Skull: greatest length 18:2; condylo-incisive length 16°5 ;

zygomatic ; brenden 9; nasals 6°7; interorbital breadth 3°6 ;

breadth of brain-case 84; palatilar length 7:9; palatal

foramina 3°9; upper molar series 3.

Hab. Bitye, Ja River, §.E. Cameroons. 2000’.

Type. Adult female. B.M. no. 14. 1. 24.27. Original

‘number 694. Collected 15th September, 1913, by Mr. G. L.

Bates.

Though evidently allied to L. musculoides, of which it may

486 Mr. W. T.. Distant on ¥he° ~

be a Gereronns representative, this mouse is distinguishable

by its larger skull and darker coloration, in ‘whieh latter it

nearly resembles the common Cameroons fs setulosa, in whose

company it was captured, and for whose young it might

readily be mistaken.

Contributions to a further Knowledge of the Rhynchotal

Family Lygeide. By W. L. Disranr,

[Continued from p. 270.]

Astacops tigrinus, sp. 1.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, and corium pale ochraceons ;

poeta black, basal joint ochraceous; apices of the stylated

eyes black ; boty beneath pale ochrac ‘eous with prominent

transverse, somewhat broad, black fascize, the most premi-

nent bei g at the anterior margins of the meso- and

metasterna, and ai the po-terior.margins of the abdominal

segments, there is also a small black spot on each side of the

anterior marginal area of the prosternum and a central black

longitudinal fascia on the apical abdominal segment; legs

black, anterior and intermediate femora (excluding bases),

apical third. of posterior femora, and extreme bases of tibiw

ochraceous ; tarsi mostly black; antennee with the second

and. fourth joints subequal in length, each a little longer

than third; scute!lum transversely subeonvex on basal area,

ceutrally thence to apex strongly carinate ; membrane black,

apical margin pale and passing the abdominal apex.

Long. 12 mm.

Hab. Philippine Islands; Mindoro Is'and, Baco Base

(J. J. Mounsey).

Scopia:tes nigripes.

Scopiastes nigripes, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vil. p. 533 (1901).

Astacops melampus, Bergr. Phil. Journ, Sci. xiii. p. 57 (1918).

Hab. Queensland.

Macropes simoni, sp..n.

Head, pronotum, scutellum, body beneath, aud legs black;

anteune piccous, apical joint black ; ; hemelytra pale creamy

yellow, clavus brown, vein outside clavus also brown, uearly

Rhynchotal Family Ly geide. 487

apical half of corium black; membrane with the base

black, and with a large discal ‘spot fuscous with the veins

black ; antennz with the first and second joints subequal in

length, each a little shorter than fourth ; rostrum passing

the anterior coxee ; pronotum with the auterior lobe smooth,

shining, black, punctate anteriorly and laterally, with two

finely impressed central longitudinal lines, posterior lobe

more opaque and thickly punctate, anterior lobe not promi-

nently broadened asin M. philippinensis, Dist., but gradually

somewhat convexly narrowed to apex ; membrane reaching

or very slightly passing the anterior margin of the apical

abdominal segment; scutellum centrally, longitudinally

carinate.

Var. Abdomen beneath and the legs brownish ochraceous.

Long. 5-53 mm.

Hab. Philippine Islands (#. Simon).

A species readily distinguished from M. philippinensis,

Dist., by its small size and structure of the pronotum, &c.

Bergroth has recently described another small species, M.

lacertosus, from the same habitat, but, as he states ‘‘ pro-

notum in the male with the greatest width before the middle ”

and with different colour-markings to the “ elytra,” it cannot

be confused with his specific creation. .

~ .

Dinomachus marshall, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) vii.

p- 473 (1901).

Bergroth, my constant but by no means infallible critic,

has recently (Medd. Mus. Zool. Afd., Gottenborg, p. 6,

1914) referred to my very short and quite misleading

“description of the genus.” He states that I have ‘‘ omitted

the most important character of D. marshalli, viz., the

extraordinary length of the rostrum, which reaches the

middle of the abdomen.” As I had only an imperfect

specimen before me when I wrote my description (I described

the imperfect condition of the antennze), | could not describe

a mutilated rostrum. However, tew regard Bergroth’s

animadversions too seriously.

ddd. Hab. Mashonaland ; Sal'sbury (Marshall). Mozam-

bique; Bazi River, Zululand (Bell-Marley and Warren).

Transvaal ; Lydenburg (Kraniz); Natal; Durban (Bell-

Marley )—Brit. Mus.

In the above series the length varies from 8 to 11} mm.

I have already described species of Dinomachus from the

Oriental Region, and I now add another two species from

Australia.

488 Mr. W. L. Distant on the

Dinomachus .kurande, sp. n.

Head black with a basal spot between the ocelli and

the apex of the central lobe ochraceous ; pronotum ochra-

ceous, somewhat thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate; narrow

Jateral and anterior margins, a slender central longitudinal

carination, and two similar but oblique carinations on

posterior lobe dull ochraceous; scutellum very coarsely

darkly punctate, a central longitudinal carination on pos-

terior half, which apically bifurcates on each side, ochraceous;

corium ochraceous, thickly, coarsely, darkly punctate, the

lateral margins very narrowly ochraceous, apical angles

ochraceous with a small black spot; membrane bronzy

brown ; body beneath imperfectly seen in carded type; legs

very pale ochraceous, subapical areas of the femora and

annulations to the tibie and tarsi castaneous ; antenne

pale ochraceous, apex of the second joint and nearly the

whole of the third and fourth joints pale brownish, second

joint much the longest, third and fourth joints almost sub-

equal in length, first joint distinctly passing apex of head ;

rostrum imperfectly seen in carded type.

Long. 7 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda (F. P. Doda).

Dinomachus doddi, sp. n.

Head castaneous, coarsely punctate, apex of central lobe

and a central longitudinal line between ocelli ochraceous ;

pronotum ochraceous, somewhat darkly punctate, a broad,

subanterior, transverse fascia, two central longitudinal spots

at base, and a submarginal ]ine on posterior lobe castaneous;

Seuhe thant castaneous, coarsely punctate, a central longi-

tudinal carinate line obliquely branching on each side of

apex castaneous ; corium ochraceous, coarsely punctate, its

extreme apical margin piceous ; membrane pale bronzy ;

body beneath castaneous; rostrum, coxe, legs, disk, apex

and segmental marginal spots to abdomen beneath ochra-

ceous ; rostrum about reaching the intermediate coxe;

sternum very coarsely punctate ; antennze ochraceous, apices

of the first, second, and third joints and nearly the whole of

fourth joint pale castaneous, second joint longest, third a

little longer than fourth ; pronotum with a central longi-

tudinal carinate line and with the subanterior transverse

fascia slightly globose and very sparingly punctate.

Long. 8 mm.

Hab. Queensland ; Kuranda (#. P. Dodd).

Rhynchotal Family Why eecide. 489

Masoas transvaaliensis, Dist. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7)

xviii. p. 290 (1906).

The type of this species was from the Transvaal (Pretoria) ;

the Brit. Mus. now contains two other specimens from

Angola which are slightly larger, measuring in length

4;mm. The type has only a dimension of 3} mm.

Oxycarenus collaris, Muls. & Rey. Aun. Soc. Lin. Lyon,

1852, p. 102 ; Oshan, Verz. Pal. Hem. Bd. 1, Heteropt.

p- 300 (1906).

This Palearctic species, as hitherto understood, must now

be also included in the Oriental fauna, as the British Museum

has recently received specimens from the Agricultural Col-

lege, Poona. It was found “infesting in large numbers

the capsules of the safflower plant grown in Poona”

(Harold Mann).

Maruthas bicolor.

Maruthas bicolor, Dist. Nov. Caledon. 1, L. iv. p. 379, pl. xi. fig. 5

(1914).

Oxycarenus bicoloratus, Bergr. Phil. Journ. Sci. xiii. p. 73 (1918).

Hab. New Caledonia.°

Clerada apicicornis, Sign. in Maillard, Notes sur l’Ile de la

Réunion, Ins. p. 28, pl. xx. fig. 8 (1862).

This very widely distributed species can now be recorded

from Queensland ; Kuranda (F. P. Dodd).

Pamera tricolorata, sp. n.

Head, pronotum, and scutellum black; corium dark cas-

taneous ; apex of scutellum and lateral marginal area of

ecorium to beyond middle ochraceous, on apical area of

corium two pale ochraceous or greyish spots in transverse

series, in some specimens these spots are united and in

others they are practically absent; membrane brownish

ochraceous ; body beieath and legs black ; apices of femora,

basal areas of intermediate and posterior femora, and the

whole of the tibize and tarsi ochraceous ; antennz piceous,

second joint paler, fourth joint with basal half pale ochra-

ceous, second joint a little longest, third and fourth almost

subequal in length; auterior lobe of pronotum with a distinct

anterior collar, convex, a little longer than posterior lobe

but narrower, the posterior lobe somewhat coarsely punctate;

seutellum centially longitudinally carinate, the carination

49() Mr. W. L. Distant o2 the

bifureate towards, base; corium, excluding lateral marginal

area, more or less thickly punctate ; membrane not passinz

abdominal .apex ; rostrum reaching or slightly passing

anterior Coxe.

Long. 6—7 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda Gite sa R. E. Turner ;

April, F. P. Dodd). Adelaide River (J. J. Walker). Tenim-

ee Island: (W. Doherty).

Pamera vincta, Say.

This very widely distributed species has now been received

from Queensland (Townsville), where it was taken by

Mr. F. P. Dodd.

AUSTROPAME RA, GEN. NOV.

Head long, anteocular portion abeut as long as postocular,

but the anteocular portion acuminately apically produced ;

eyes moderately prominent ; ocelli situate ‘a little behind a

line between the posterior margins of the eyes; antenne

inserted a little in front of eyes, first joint about as long

as head, second longest; pronotum with a narrow anterior

collar about as long as broad at base, strongly laterally

sinuate, the anterior lobe subglobose and shorter than the

posterior lobe; ro<trum slightly passing the anterior coxe,

first jot uot reaching base of head; seutellum about as

broad at base as long, obliquely transversely ridged ; corium

elongate: membrane reaching abdominal Apex ; “anterior

femora strongly incrassated ; body beneath with the apical

lateral angle of the posterior abdominal segment moderately

acute.

Allied to the Or ental genus Pamerana, Dist., from which

it differs by the non-spinuous antenniferous tubercles, the

much louger postocular area of the head, &c.

Austropamera turneri, sp. 0.

Head and pronotum black, posterior pronotal area strongly

punctate ; ocelli red ; antenne dull ochraceous, apices of the

first and second joints, the whole of third, and about basal

half of fourth joint black, basal joint about as long as head,

second longest ; scutellum black, centrally, obliquely trans-

versely testaceously ridged; corium dull ochraceous, clavus

and outer claval area darkly punctate, a broad, transverse,

black fascia beyond middle and the apical areas black ;

membrane dull. black; head beneath and sternum black ;

Rhynchotal Family Lygeide. 491

abdomen dull dark castaneous, with an ochraceous lateral

marginal spot a little beyond middle ; rostrum and anterior

legs castaneous, extreme femoral apices and bases of tarsi

ochraceous ; anterior and posterior legs ochraceous, apices of

femora castaneous ; other structural characters as in generic

diagnosis.

Long. 743 mm.

Hab. Queensland; Kuranda, 1-100 feet (R. EH. Turner,

May and June).

ARRIANOIDES, gen. nov.

Head elongate, alout as long as breadth between eyes,

narrowed towards apex; eyes not projecting beyond thie

pronotal angles ; first joint of antenne distinctly passimg apex

of head; pronotum about as long as broad, transversely

impressed at middle, the lateral margins very slightly am-

pliately produced, moderately narroweil { from bases to anterior

margin, anterior lobe moderately convex; scutellum about

as long as broad at base, its apex linearly acute, the disk

broadly foveate; corium about twice as long as broad ;

membrane reaching the abdominal apex; anterior femora

moderately incrassated and spined beneath on apical area;

rostrum imperfectly seen in carded specimen.

Allied to Arrianus, Dist., and Teutates Dist.

Arrianoides australis, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, scutellum, and disk of

corium black; posterior pronotal lobe, claval area, and

extreme lateral margins to corium more or less castaneous ;

a large white spot on apical area of pronotum, the extreme

apex of which is castaneous; extreme lateral margins and

basal angles of pronotum and apical spot to clavus pale

castaneous or ochraceous ; body beneath (imperfectly seen in

-earded specimen) with the sternum black and the abdomen

dark testaceous; antennz ochraceous, first joint passing

apex of head, second longest, third longer than fourth ;

anterior lobe of pronotum convex and almost impunctate,

posterior lobe distinctly punctate, a somewhat obscure central

longitudi:al impression neither reaching an‘erior nor pos-

terior wargius; claval area distinctly punctate ; femora pale

castaneous; tibia and tarsi ochraceous; membrane bronzy-

brown. Other structural characters as in generic diagnosis.

Long. 5mm.

Hab. Queensland; Townsyille (F. P. Dodd).

492 On the Rhynchotal Family Lygeide.

Poeantius lineatus.

Poeantius lineatus, Stil, En. Hem. iv. p. 162 (1874).

Poeantius brevicollis, Bredd. Deutsch. ent. Zeitschr. 1907, p. 207.

This widely distributed species may now also be recorded

from Australia. Queensland; Townsville (Ff. P. Dodt).

Naudarensia rolandi, sp. n.

Head, anterior lobe of pronotum, and scutellum glossy

black ; posterior pronotal lobe and corium more piceous ;

basal angles of pronotum, narrow lateral margins, and two

spots on apical areas of corium dull greyish ochraceous ;

body beneath shining black ; femora shining black, their

apices and the tibiz and tarsi oc!iraceous, apices of tibize and

tarsi black; antennz dull ochraceous, second and fourth

joints longest, and almost subequal in length, the apical

joint piceous, first joint not reaching apex of head; pronotum

about as long as broad at base, transversely constricted

behind middle ; head an‘l anterior lobe of pronotum glabrous,

posterior pronotal lobe thickly coarsely punet ite ; membrane

reaching apex of penultimate abdominal segment; corium

sparingly coarsely punctate; rostrum not quite reaching

the intermediate coxe ; tibiz finely spinulose ; anterior tibiz

moderately dilated at apices.

Long. 54 mm.

Hab. S.W. Australia; Yallingup (R. E. Turner).

This genus was hitherto only known from Continental

India.

Daerlac nigricans, sp. 0.

Black ; apical angular area to corium and posterior half

of connexivum ochraceous ; body beneath imperfectly seen in

carded specimen; membrane fuscous brown; antenne with

the first joint passing apex of head, second, third, and fourth

joints almost subequal in length ; head above thickly, finely

punctate, obliquely directed from near eyes to apex; pro-

notum longer than broad, auterior lobe globose, and thickly

punctate, about twice as long as posterior lobe, from which

it is deeply transversely separated ; posterior margin

slightly concave; scutellum about as long as broad at base,

its extreme apex ochraceous; clavus coarsely punctate ;

corium more finely punctate; anterior femora strongly

globose, posterior femora moderately incrassated, inter-

mediate femora less prominently incrassate.

Long. 84-9 mm.

Hab. N.S. Wales, Sydney (J. J. Walker).

493

INDEX to VOL. II. j

ABANUS, new species of, 269,

Acanthosaura, new species of, 162,

Acontia, new species of, 74.

/Byoryx, characters of the new

genus, 221.

/Ethalotus, new species of, 173.

Agapostemon, new species of, 419.

Albanyaria, characters of the new

genus, 258.

Alcides, new species of, 154.

Amphipyra, new species of, 67,

Anza, new subspecies of, 282.

Anarmodia, new species of, 193.

Ancyloneura, new species of, 438.

Andersen, K., on new bats of the

families Rhinolophide and Mega-

dermatide, 374.

Andrena, new species of, 481.

Anisodes, new species of, 414.

Anua, new species of, 76.

Aphanus, new species of, 262.

Argiva, new species of, 82.

Arrianoides, characters of the new

genus, 491,

Artiodactyla, on some external cha-

racters of ruminant, 125, 214, 367.

Asellia, new species of, 379.

Astacops, new species of, 486,

Asteroidea, notes on, 103.

Astylus, notes on species of, 337.

Augochlora, new species of, 418.

Austrohelcon, characters of the new

genus, 166,

Austropamera, characters of the new

genus, 490.

Autochloris, new species of, 226.

Azochis, new species of, 183.

Bagovall, R. 8., on the synonymy of

some European Diplopods, 407.

Bastilla, characters of the new

genus, 78.

Baylis, H. A., on Dicroccelium lan-

ceatum, 111.

Bertula, new species of, 92.

Bibliographical notices, report on

Cetacea stranded on the British

coasts during 1917, 179; life and

letters of Sir J. D. Hooker, 390.

Birds, new, 122.

Blenina, new species of, 69.

Beotarcha, new species of, 194,

Bomolocha, new species of, 93.

Bosbequius, new species of, 260.

Boulenger, G. A., on the varieties of

the lizard Ophiops elegans, Mén.,

158; on a new lizard from

Yunnan, 162; on the races and

variation of the edible frog, 241 ;

on some fishes from the Shari

river, 426; on new S,-American

batrachians, 427.

Brachycheteuma, new species of,

333.

Braconidz, on the, in the B.M., 163.

Brade-Birks, H. K., notes on Myria-

poda, 319, 470.

Brevipecten, new species of, 88.

Broom, R., on the genus Lysoro-

phus, 282.

Brulleia, new species of, 171.

Bryozoa, new, 96.

Cenocoris, new species of, 176,

Calamochrous, new species of, 194.

Calliphlycta, characters of the new

genus, 190.

Calvheleon, characters of the new

genus, 166.

Capnodes, new species of, 89.

494

Caprima, new species of, 412.

Caprimima, new species of, 416.

Carea, new species of, 73.

Cariona, characters of

genus, 83.

Cat, on the occurrence of Dicro-

ccelium lanceatum in the, 111.

Cephalophus, new species of, 151.

Cerceris, new species of, 465,

Cerynea, new species of, 68.

Chalciope, new species of, 80.

Champion, G. C., notes on various

species of the American genus

Astylus, 337. :

Characoma, new species of, 68.

Chloridea, new species of, 65.

Chlorippe, new species of, 231.

Chordeuiella, new variety of, 335,

Chrostosoma, new species of, 227.

Chubb, C., on new South-American

birds, 122.

Cocidophora, new species of, 184.

Cockerell, T. D. A., descriptions and

records of bees, 384, 418, 476.

Coleoptera, new, 152.

Cosmosoma, new species of, 228.

Crocidophora, new species of, 185,

Daerlac, new species of, 492.

Demodex, on four new species of,

145.

Dendromus, new species of, 59.

-Dichropogon, characters of the new

genus, 124.

Dicroccelium lanceatum, occurrence

of, in the cat, 111.

Dieuches, new species of, 266.

Dinomachus, new species of, 488.

Diomea, new species of, 89.

Dipodillus, new species of, 60.

Distant, W. L., on the rhynchotal

family Lygeidee, 178, 257, 486.

Draceenura, new species of, 94.

Dysgonia, new species of, 78.

Kcheneis, studies in, 271.

Eligmodontia, new species of, 482.

Ercheia, new species of, 77..

Erebus, new species of, 84.

Erinaceus, new subspecies of, 212."

Etheridge, R., on some ungual pha-

langes, 307.

Eumonodia, new species of, 75,

Eusthenopteron, note on, 471.

Euxoa, new species of, 66.

Evergestis, new species of, 183.

Exomalopsis, new species of, 477.

the new

IN DEX.

Exopamera, characters of the new

genus, 257.

Fisher, W. K., notes on Asteroidea,

103. ;

Fishes, eggs of, 114; studies in, 271;

notes on, 426, 471.

Flavinia, new species of, 415.

Foenus, new species of, 200.

Frederickena, characters of the new

genus, 123.

.Gatirtha, new species of, 70.

Geological’ Society, proceedings of

the, 180.

Gerbillus, new species of, 63, 146,

Germalus, new species of, 178.

Gilchrist, J. D. F., on the eges and

spawning-habits of the pilot fish,

114,

Globcsusa, characters of the new

genus, 91,

Gonatas, new species-of, 270.

Gonopionea, new species of, 195.

Graptostethus, new species of, 175.

Gudver, E. W., on the nyth of the

ship-holder, 271.

Gymnelia, new species of, 228.

Gymnoscelus, new species of, 169.

Hampson, Sir G. I’., on new Pyra-

lide, 181, 393.

Hapalia, new species of, 393.

Haughton, 8. H., on anew Dinosaur

from South Africa, 468.

Heleon, new species of, 172,

Heliactinidia, new species of, 417.

Hesperidze, new species of, 225,

Heterocera, new, 65.

Hipposideros, new species of, 583.

Hirst, 8., on four new species of the

genus Demodex, 145; on a new

. jumping mite from the Mendip

Hills, 213.

Hymenoptera, new, 197, 384, 418,

459, 476.

Hypeetra, new species of, 80, °

Kaye, W. J., on new species of

Syntomide, Nymphalide, and

Hesperide, 225.

Lachnophoroides, new species of,

- 262.

Leggada, new species of, 484,

Lepidoptera, new, 412.

Lepralia, new species of, 96.

Leptergatis, new species of, 421,

Liopasia, new species of, 191.

Lophoruza, new species of, 67.

INDEX.

Loxostege, new species of, 189.

l.ygeeus, new species of, 174, 257.

Lysorophus, note on genus, 253.

M‘Intosh, Prof., notes from the

~ Gatty Marine Laboratory, St. An-

drews, 1.

Mackenzizena, characters of the new

genus, 125.

Macropes, new species of,

486,

Mammals, new, 59, 119, 146,151,

203, 211, 374, 468, 482, 484.

Marshall, G. A. K., notes on Alcides,

wea Sehonhi, 152. ;

Maurilia, new species.of, 71.

Maxaphanus, characters of the new

genus, 265.

Megachile, new species of, 387.

Megadermatid, ou new species of,

B74.

Megalohelcon, characters of the new

genus, 163.

Megastes, new species of, 181.

Mesothen, new species of, 229.

Mesotrichia, new subspecies of, 385.

Metadieuches, characters of the new

genus, 267.

Meta-ia, new species of, 195.

Metochus, new species of, 265.

Mylodon australis, on the ungual

phalanges termed, 307.

Myotomys, characters of the new

genus, 206.

Myriapoda, notes on, 319, 407.

Nanorchestes, new species of, 213.

Naudarensia, new species of, 492.

Neoeurys, new species of, 439.

Noctuelia, new species of, 406.

Nomada, new species of, 479.

Nymphalide, new species of, 225,

Omphisa, new species of, 182.

Opbiops elegans, new varieties of,

158.

Orzesia, new species of, 90.

Otomyina, on a revised classification

of the, 203.

Otomys, new subspecies of, 208.

Pamera, new species of, 489.

Parotomys, characters of the new

genus, 205,

Patula, new species of, 88.

Pegostoma, new species of, 406.

Petronievics, B.,.on the pectoral fin

of Eusthenopteron, 471.

Phegorista, new species of, 417.

177,

495

Pheia, new species of, 227.

Philanthus, new species of, 459.

Pocock, R. I., on some external

characters of ruminant Artio-

dactyla, 125, 214, 367, 440, 449.

_ Poeautius, new species of, 268.

Poliolema, characters of the new

genus, 124.

Polygrammodes, new species of, 185.

~ Prodoreas, characters of the néw

genus, 130.

Prosopis, new species of, 421...

Prout, L. B., on new Lepidoptera,

412.

Psara, new species of, 187., __

Pseudoconopophaga, characters of the

new genus, 122.

Pseudodiptera, characters of the new

venus, 229,

Pseudofoenus, new species of, 197.

Pseudosarbia, new species of, 230.

Pyralidz, new, 181, 393.

Pyrausta, new species of, 401.

Pyrrhobaphus, new species of, 176.

tana esculenta, on the races and

variation of, 241,

Remora, on studies in, 271.

Reptiles, new, 158, 162, 241, 427.

Rhectosomia, new species of, 188.

Rhinolophide, on new species of,

374.

Rhopias, new species of, 124.

Rhynchota, new, 173, 257, 486.

Rhyncopyga, new species of, 228,

229.

Rohwer, 8. A.,on some sawflies from

the Australian region, 435,

Saurita, new species of, 226.

Sawflies, notes on, 433,

Selepa, new species of, 69.

Semzeopus, new species of, 413.

Sericia, new species of, 90.

Sowerby, A. de C., notes upon the

Sika-Deer of North China, 119.

Stictoptera, new species of, 68. —

Swinhoe, Col. C., on new species of

Indo-Malayan Heterocera, 65.

Syntomide, new genera and species

of, 225.

Taterillus, new species of, 150, ;

Thebanus, new species of, 261.

Thecodontosaurus, new species of,

468.

Thomas, O., on new forms of Den-

dromus, Dipcdillus, and Gerbillus,